Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

all 929 "E" titles
  • Digital
    edited by Vivian Vimarlund.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the ecosystem for two-sided markets, barriers and facilittors / V. Vimarlund and T. Mettler
    Patient safety and health information technology / E.M. Borycki and A.W. Kushniruk
    Usability of healthcare information technology / A.W. Kushniruk and E.M. Borycki
    Inclusive design in ecosystems / J. Mitchell and J. Treviranus
    Privacy, trust and security in two-sided markets / P.S. Ruotsalainen
    Sustainable and viable introduction of tele-technologies in healthcare / L. Botin, P.Bertelsen and C. Nøhr
    Implementation and evaluation of e-health ecosystems in two-sided markets / P. Nykänen
    HIT implementation and coordinated care delivery from the perspective of multi-sided markets / C.E. Kuziemsky
    Explaining healthcare as a two-sided market using design patterns for IT-business models / M. Eurich and T. Mettler
    Business models in two-sided markets (analysis of potential paymants and reimbursement models that can be used) V. Vimarlund and T. Mettler
    The future of two-sided health markets / V. Vimarlund.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Davor Mucic and Donald M. Hilty, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the use of telecommunication technologies to provide mental health services to individuals in communities or locations that are underserviced, typically as a result of their geographic isolation or due to cultural and/or linguistic barriers. The potential of the e-Mental Health approach is demonstrated in various mental health settings by describing concrete clinical examples and applications involving novel strategies for employing technology. Further, the book presents an approach to cooperation on a global level based on the exchange of expertise and knowledge across national boundaries. The target audience includes mental health workers (clinicians and staff members), medical and nursing students, academic researchers, technology professionals and health care policy makers.

    Contents:
    INTRODUCTION
    Technology, health and contemporary practice: how does telemental health fit it and what does it offer?
    Unexpected events with new technologies: addiction, consequences on communication
    PREVENTION, EARLY DETECTION AND HEALTH PROMOTION
    Telemental health improves access to care, promotes health, facilitates prevention and provides evidence-based treatments at a distance
    How to evaluate your telemental health program, make improvements and increase clinical, fiscal and administrative
    Treatment of cross cultural populations world wide (international perspectives of telepsychiatry)
    CLINICAL CARE MODELS: STEPPED CARE, COLLABORATIVE CARE AND INTEGRATED CARE BY TELEPSYCHIATRY
    The effectiveness of telemental health: evidence base, how to choose the model based ease/cost/strengths and future areas of research
    How telemental health adds to traditional outpatient and newer models of integrated care for patients, providers and systems
    Patient-centered comorbidity approaches (e.g., depression/diabetes) to MH treatments and the interdisciplinary team
    Social media and clinical practice: what stays the same, what changes and how to plan ahead
    NEW THERAPIES / METHODS / TREATMENTS
    Web-based support and treatment approaches
    Web-based CBT and potential alternatives
    How psychiatric applications are shifting clinical practice: patient reflection, informal and formal clinical care, communication and new approaches to treatment
    CONSEQUENCES, LIMITS AND RISKS
    Global/world wide telehealth: international perspectives of telepsychiatry and the future
    How does the Internet influence the Doctor-Patient Relationship?
    Pathological use of Internet/social media
    From telehealth to an interactive virtual mental health clinic.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Patricia Geraghty.
    Summary: This book is designed to meet the needs of nurse practitioners, other advanced practice nurses, and allied health professionals working in women's health, primary care, and other specialties. The multiple roles the clinician embraces in menopause management include that of direct caregiver, manager of therapeutics, educator, and interdisciplinary team member or leader. This book provides updated, evidence based information on the menopause transition from the late reproductive stage to post-menopause to optimize the interaction of the clinician and the individual woman in each of those roles. Women's lived experiences of menopause and women's concerns regarding both the menopause transition and the choice of care options are included as critical components of shared therapy decisions. The review of natural menopause physiology and the variability of menopause symptoms are inclusive of diverse women and diverse trajectories. The impact of menopause on chronic disease, sleep, weight and nutrition, mood and cognition, urogenital health and sexuality, as well as vasomotor symptoms are each developed as individual topics by experts in those fields. Evidence based management using hormonal and non-hormonal options, and life-style and other complementary interventions are discussed with the most updated advantages and disadvantages of each treatment option. Consistent with advanced practice nursing theory, the approach is whole patient focused.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. History and Overview of the Menopause Experience
    Part I. Women's Perspective and Physiology of the Menopause Transition
    Chapter 2. Women's Voices: The Lived Experience of the Path to Menopause
    Chapter 3. Communication with Women in the Menopause Transition
    Chapter 4. Physiology of Menopause
    Chapter 5. Menopause and Chronic Disease
    Chapter 6. Menopause Hormone Therapy
    Part II. Menopause Symptom Management
    Chapter 7. Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Chapter 8. Vasomotor Symptoms
    Chapter 9. Sleep Disruption
    Chapter 10. Mood and Cognition
    Chapter 11. Genitourinary and Sexual Health
    Chapter 12. Nutrition and Weight Management in Midlife
    Chapter 13. Musculoskeletal Health in Menopause
    Chapter 14. Breast Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    edited by Massimo Lombardi, Sven Plein, Steffen Petersen, Chiara Bucciarelli-Ducci, Emanuela R. Valsangiacomo Buechel, Cristina Basso, Victor Ferrari.
    Summary: This highly comprehensive and informed textbook has been prepared by the Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance section of the European Society of Cardiology association on imaging, the EACVI. The EACVI Textbook of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance is the authority on the subject.

    Contents:
    Cover; Contents; Abbreviations; Contributors;
    SECTION 1 Physics;
    Chapter 1 The MR scanner in anutshell;
    Chapter 2 Basic MR physics;
    Chapter 3 Spatial encoding and image reconstruction;
    Chapter 4 Scan acceleration;
    Chapter 5 Basic pulse sequences;
    Chapter 6 Motion compensation;
    Chapter 7 MR angiography;
    Chapter 8 CMR applications;
    Chapter 9 Image quality and artefacts;
    SECTION 2 Safety in cardiovascular MRI;
    Chapter 1 MRI set-up and safety;
    Chapter 2 MRI contrast agents;
    Chapter 3 MRI interactions withmedical devices;
    SECTION 3 CMR methodology;
    Chapter 1 Morphology
    Chapter 2 Global and regional cardiac function
    Chapter 3 Dynamic contrast-enhanced perfusion CMR;
    Chapter 4 Early and late gadolinium enhancement;
    Chapter 5 Mapping techniques;
    Chapter 6 Blood flow and phase contrast CMR;
    Chapter 7 Coronary imaging;
    SECTION 4 Ischaemic heart disease;
    Chapter 1 Chronic ischaemic heart disease;
    Chapter 2 Acute ischaemic heart disease;
    SECTION 5 Myocardial disease;
    Chapter 1 Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 2 Dilated cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 3 Takotsubo syndrome;
    Chapter 4 Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 5 Non-compaction or excessive trabeculation cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 6 Myocarditis;
    Chapter 7 Chagas' cardiomyopathy; Chaper 8 Transplant cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 9 Cardiac involvement in oncologic patients;
    Chapter 10 Cardiac involvement in systemic diseases and secondary cardiomyopathies;
    Chapter 11 Infiltrative cardiomyopathy;
    Chapter 12 Myocardial iron overload;
    Chapter 13 Cardiovascular magnetic resonance in cardiac resynchronization therapy;
    Chapter 14 Athlete's heart and prevention of sudden cardiac death in athletes;
    SECTION 6 Pericardial disease;
    Chapter 1 Pericardial disease
    SECTION 7 Vascular disease
    Chapter 1 CMR of vascular disease;
    SECTION 8 Valve disease;
    Chapter 1 Valve disease;
    SECTION 9 Masses and tumours;
    Chapter 1 Epidemiology and classification;
    Chapter 2 CMR approach in cardiac tumours;
    Chapter 3 Benign cardiac tumours;
    Chapter 4 Malignant tumours;
    Chapter 5 Metastatic tumours;
    Chapter 6 Pericardial tumours;
    Chapter 7 Cardiac thrombi;
    SECTION 10 Congenital heart disease; Chpater 1 Introduction;
    Chapter 2 Segmental approach to congenital heart disease;
    Chapter 3 Adapting CMR sequences for CHD and imaging small patients
    Chapter 4 Novel CMR techniques for advanced surgical planning
    Chapter 5 Assessing shunts;
    Chapter 6 The pulmonary circulation: assessing pulmonary arteries and pulmonary veins;
    Chapter 7 Ebstein's malformation of the tricuspid valve;
    Chapter 8 Congenital aortic disease;
    Chapter 9 CMR for transposition of the great arteries;
    Chapter 10 Tetralogy of Fallot;
    Chapter 11 Double-outlet right ventricle;
    Chapter 12 The single ventricle and surgical palliation;
    SECTION 11 Extra-cardiac findings;
    Chapter 1 Extra-cardiac findings;
    SECTION 12 CMR in the multi-modality environment
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Robert K. Jackler, MD Sewell Professor and Chair Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery Professor of Neursurgery and Surgery Standford University School of Medicine Stanford, California, illustrations by Christine Gralapp, MA, CMI, FAMI, Medical and Scientific Illustrator, Fairfax, California.
    Contents:
    Surgical anatomy of the ear
    The fundamentals of ear surgery
    The external ear
    Stapes surgery
    Tympanoplasty
    Ossiculoplasty
    Mastoidectomy
    Cholesteatoma
    The facial nerve
    Vestibular surgery
    Cochlear implants
    Temporal bone fractures, encephaloceles, and cerebrospinal fluid leaks
    Temporal bone resection
    The petrous apex
    Pulsatile tinnitus.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Janna S. Gordon-Elliott, Anna H. Rosen, editors.
    Summary: This casebook tackles the common psychiatric illnesses that physicians experience during these early stages of their careers. The cases carefully present guidelines for assessment and management, along with clinical pearls and resources for further reference. Written by experts in the field, the text is designed to be valuable for physicians engaged in medical education and training, and specifically for the psychiatrists who provide care for other physicians. Each chapter includes a unique case and discussion. Topics include: onset of a mood and or psychotic disorder, life transitions, trauma in care, physician suicide, anxiety, and other issues that are part of the experience of young adults developing their personal and professional identities.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Anita Riecher-Rössler, Patrick D. McGorry.
    Contents:
    Preliminaries
    Overview. Early detection of psychosis: state of the art and future perspectives
    Early intervention in emerging psychosis: state of the art and future perspectives
    Early detection of psychosis: clinical assessments. First signs of emerging psychosis
    Psychosis high-risk states in adolescents
    The psychosis high-risk state
    Early detection of psychosis: helpful or stigmatizing experience for those concerned?
    Early detection of psychosis: neuroimaging. Structural and functional MRI in the prediction of psychosis
    Pattern recognition methods in the prediction of psychosis
    Connectivity abnormalities in emerging psychosis
    Early detection of psychosis: neurocognitive and neurophysiological assessments. Neurocognition and motor functioning in the prediction of psychosis
    Electroencephalographic predictors of psychosis
    Early intervention in emerging psychosis. Psychological methods of early intervention in emerging psychosis
    Nonpharmalogical substances for early intervention
    Pharmacological intervention in first-episode psychosis
    Conclusions and future perspectives. early detection and intervention in psychosis.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Rami El Assal, Dyani Gaudilliere, Stephen Thaddeus Connelly, editors.
    Summary: Head and neck cancer (HNC) is a heterogeneous group of cancers that, if combined, represent one of the most common cancer types. Patients with HNC suffer significant morbidity and mortality due to the importance of the structures involved. Over two-thirds of these patients are diagnosed at a late stage, leading to a poor prognosis. Therefore, advancements in early detection and treatment of HNC are crucial. Volume I begins with a general overview, including the industry landscape, of HNC detection, diagnosis, and treatment. Next, it covers the applications of innovative technologies such as microfluidics, nanotechnology, and deep learning to early detect as well as study HNC. For example, studying the cellular features at a single-cell level became possible with the advancement of technologies such as mass cytometry or specifically, Cytometry by Time Of Flight Mass Spectrometry (CyTOF), which has revolutionized the way we can study complex human diseases such as HNC. Finally, the last few chapters are dedicated to describing the standard of care of HNC. The first volume of Early Detection and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers is highly pertinent to the next generation of interdisciplinary clinicians, scientists, residents, and students who are particularly interested in HNC and in the translation of early detection methods, technologies, and research to clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Early Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Head and Neck Cancers
    Emerging Technologies in Head & Neck Cancer Detection: Industry landscape of Head and Neck Cancer Detection and Diagnosis
    Microfluidic Technologies for Head and Neck Cancer: from Single Cell Analysis to Tumor-on-a-chip
    Nanotechnology for Diagnosis Imaging and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers
    The Role of Mass Cytometry in Early Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Head and Neck Cancers
    Deep Learning based Cancer Detection from H&E Slide of HPV-associated Oropharyngeal Tumors
    Salivary Biomarkers for Non-invasive Early Detection of Head and Neck Cancer
    Surgical Ablative Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
    Conventional Reconstructive Approaches following Resection of Head and Neck Cancers
    Dental Implants and their Management in the Treatment of Oral Cancers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Rami El Assal, Dyani Gaudilliere, Stephen Thaddeus Connelly, editors.
    Summary: Head and neck cancer (HNC) is a heterogeneous group of cancers that, if combined, represent one of the most common cancer types. Patients with HNC suffer significant morbidity and mortality due to the importance of the structures involved. Over two-thirds of these patients are diagnosed at a late stage, leading to a poor prognosis. Therefore, advancements in early detection and treatment of HNC are crucial. This second volume provides an up-to-date overview of the theoretical background in the field of head and neck cancer (HNC) as well as of the emerging research that is impacting our understanding of this disease. The book begins with a comprehensive review of the epidemiology, etiology, symptoms, diagnosis, and staging of HNC. Next, it covers the essentials of potentially malignant disorders of the oral cavity, an important variety of HNC. Subsequently, it covers the newly emerging research in the field of HNC. The overall goal is to shift towards precision medicine (discussed in detail in Volume I), which will bring individualized clinical benefit to patients with HNC. This second volume of Early Detection and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers concludes with the topic of chronic pain associated with HNC, including both the mechanisms of pain and the management strategies, and the emerging oral mucoadhesive drug delivery approach for HNC. All HNC surgeons, scientists, residents, and individuals whose lives have been touched by this disease, will recognize the impact pain has upon a patients health and his or her recovery trajectory.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of Head and Neck Cancers
    Epidemiology of Head and Neck Premalignant Lesions
    Mutational Landscape of Head and Neck Cancers
    Genomic and Proteomic Factors of Head and Neck Cancer Progression
    Understanding the Role of Exosomes in Molecular Pathogenesis of Cancers including Head and Neck Cancers
    Risk of Head and Neck Cancers in Systemic Inflammatory Disorders and after Immunosuppressive Treatment
    Metastasis of Brain Tumors (including Glioblastoma) to Head and Neck Region
    Virus-associated Head and Neck Cancers in Immunocompromised and Healthy Patients
    Orofacial Pain-/Oral Adverse Event-associated with Head and Neck Cancers
    EGFR Activation Signature and Modulation in Head and Neck Cancers
    Identification of Genetic Differences between Normal and Tumor Tissues in Head and Neck Cancers
    Cellular Immune Mechanisms of Natural Killer (NK) Cell, Dendritic Cells (DC) and T Lymphocyte Activation Against Head and Neck Cancers
    Statistical Power Analysis in Head and Neck Cancer Studies
    Bioethics in Head and Neck Cancer Research
    Future Perspective of Head and Neck Cancer Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Florian Otto, Manfred P. Lutz, editors.
    Summary: "This Recent Results in Cancer Research volume provides an up-to-date overview of the multidisciplinary management of locally confined rectal cancer as well as colorectal cancer with synchronous resectable liver metastases. The contents comprise the majority of the invited contributions from the Second St. Gallen EORTC Gastrointestinal Cancer Conference, held on 6-8 March 2014 in St. Gallen, Switzerland. Written by some of the world's leading experts in the imaging, endoscopy, pathology, molecular biology, surgery, radiotherapy, and medical oncology of rectal cancer and liver metastases, the chapters offer a comprehensive view on the latest recommendations in diagnosis and multidisciplinary treatment. Every clinician involved in the care of patients with rectal cancer will find this book interesting and helpful."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Staging of rectal cancer
    Imaging assessment of early rectal cancer / Jo Waage, Fiona Taylor, James Read and Gina Brown
    Predicting lymph node metastases in pT1 rectal cancer / S. L. Bosch and I. D. Nagtegaal
    Treatment of early rectal cancer
    Endoscopic resection: when is EMR/ESD sufficient? / H. Messmann
    Transanal endoscopic microsurgery /Chris Cunningham
    Surgical treatment of rectal cancer
    What is "good quality" in rectal cancer surgery? The pathologist's perspective / S. L. Bosch and I. D. Nagtegaal
    Total mesorectal excision: open, laparoscopic or robotic / Monica Young and Alessio Pigazzi
    Ultra low resection versus abdomino-perineal excision in low rectal cancer / Torbjörn Holm
    T4 rectal cancer: do we always need an exenteration? / Thomas A. Vermeer, Miranda Kusters and Harm J. T. Rutten
    Do T3 rectal cancers always need radiochemotherapy? / Rob Glynne-Jones
    Quality of life after surgery for rectal cancer / Teresa Gavaruzzi, Francesca Giandomenico, Paola Del Bianco, Lorella Lotto, Alessandro Perin and Salvatore Pucciarelli
    Combined modality therapy in rectal cancer
    Aims of combined modality therapy in rectal cancer (M0) / J. P. Gerard, K. Benezery, J. Doyen and E. Francois
    Neoadjuvant radiotherapy (5 3 5 Gy): immediate versus delayed surgery / Krzysztof Bujko, Maciej Partycki and Lucyna Pietrzak
    Early and late toxicity of radiotherapy for rectal cancer /Ines Joye and Karin Haustermans
    Immediate surgery or clinical follow-up after a complete clinical response? / Angelita Habr-Gama and Rodrigo Oliva Perez
    Rectal cancer with synchronous liver metastases
    Limits of colorectal liver metastases resectability: how and why to overcome them? / Serge Evrard
    Rectal cancer with synchronous liver metastases: leave it all in? When (not) to resect the primary? / Florian Lordick
    Recurrence patterns after resection of liver metastases from colorectal cancer / Halfdan Sorbye.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    [Jay B. Brodsky]
    Summary: From its start in 1909, all surgical and obstetrical anesthesia services at Stanford affiliated hospitals were provided by physician anesthesiologists. The first formal anesthesia residency training program in California was founded in 1937 at Stanford. Then in 1959 one of the nation’s earliest independent Departments of Anesthesiology was established at Stanford. Many of the most prominent anesthesiologists in the country came to work at Stanford. This book highlights the anesthesiologists on the faculty of the Stanford School of Medicine from 1909 until 1972, the final year of John Bunker’s tenure as the first Chair of the Department of Anesthesiology.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RD79 .B76 2022
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Gisèle Apter, Emmanuel Devouche, Maya Gratier.
    Summary: This first book of a two-volume series describes current research and state of the art clinical practice the shed light on the developmental origins of psychopathology in the first year of life, i.e. approximately up to the emergence of secondary intersubjectivity and/or walking. The second volume explores the interactional underpinnings of psychopathology in toddlerhood, from the time of voluntarily gross motor functioning to the emergence and basic organization of symbolic language at 24-30 months. A comprehensive approach is adopted, focusing on the fundamentally interactive nature of early development and examining interactions both with caregivers and more broadly with the socio-cultural environment. The books describe the processes involved in psychopathological trajectories and provide clinical insight into tailored, culturally sensitive therapeutic care in diverse environments. This volume discusses in detail situations placing the infant at risk and the nature of infant development, including communication, intersubjectivity, functional development, and affective and emotional development. Culturally and socially sensitive approaches to psychopathology are examined, with examples of specific infant- and family-centered therapies. Information on risk of abuse and neglect and infant protection policies is included.

    Contents:
    Introduction.-Historical View
    Part 1: At risk situations: The MRM Model and Infants' Implicit Relational Knowing
    Parental Pathology
    During Pregnancy
    Premature Parents
    Immediate Peripartum Psychopathology
    Part 2: Early Fetal and Infant Development: The Beginning of Parent-Infant Communication.-Mothers and Fathers Interactions with Sons and Daughters
    Early Rhythms Development
    Affective and Emotional Development
    Part 3:Early Assessment: NBAS
    Early Psychomotor Assessment.-0-3
    Assessing Early Interactions
    Conclusion: Therapeutic Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Byrne, Alan Rosen.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: List of contributors
    Foreword
    Part I: The Rationale for Early Intervention in Nearly Everything
    1 Introduction
    2 How Early Intervention can turn things upside down and turn a patient into a psychiatrist
    3 Involving the Family in Early Interventions
    4 Do Early Intervention Services for Psychosis Represent Value for Money?
    Part II: Early Intervention across the Lifespan
    5 Perinatal preventive interventions in psychiatry: A clinical perspective
    6 Psychiatry and Intervention in Infancy and Early Childhood
    7 Early Intervention for young people with mental illness
    8 Transiting out of Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services
    9 Adults of working age
    10 Early Intervention in Older Adults
    A focus on Alzheimer's Dementia
    Part III: Early Intervention in Specific Settings
    11 Primary prevention of mental disorders
    12 Early intervention in mental health problems: the role of the voluntary sector
    13 Why primary care matters for early intervention in psychiatry
    14 General hospitals
    15 Early Intervention Services: Background, rationale and development
    Part IV: Early Intervention in Specific Disorders
    16 Prevention and early intervention in depression and anxiety disorders
    17 Alcohol and substance use prevention and early intervention
    18 Early intervention in childhood disorders
    19 Early intervention for Delirium
    20 Early intervention for Self-harm
    21 Early intervention in Bipolar disorder
    22 Early intervention in Eating disorders
    23 Early intervention to reduce violence and offending outcomes in young people with mental disorders
    24 Early intervention for Borderline Personality Disorder
    Part V: Conclusions
    25 Early intervention and The Power of Social Movements: UK development of early intervention in psychosis as a social movement and its implications for leadership
    26 Challenging stigma
    27 Conclusions including standards
    Afterword.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Yankai Xia, editor.
    Summary: This book offers valuable insights into the latest concepts and findings from epidemiologic, clinical and basic studies in the burgeoning area of early-life environmental exposure and diseases. The book is divided into five parts, starting with an overview of environmental exposure measurement and evaluation, followed by a review of the effects of exposure to various substances like tobacco smoke, pesticides and metals as well as stress on offsprings health. It then discusses the developmental origins of a range of childhood diseases that affect growth, neural development and the immune system, and highlights the importance of longitudinal studies that measure exposure at potentially sensitive time points during childhood. It also provides up-to-date evidence of the intergenerational/transgenerational effects of early-life environmental exposure, especially via genetic and epigenetic pathways. Allowing readers to gain a thorough understanding of the predominating aspects of early-life environmental exposure and diseases, the book also provides a basis for developing environmental and health policies that could have wide and long-term impacts on human health.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Cover Page
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Environmental Exposure Measurements and Evaluations
    1 Introduction
    2 Internal Exposure Assessment
    2.1 Biomarkers
    2.2 Biomaterials
    3 External Exposure Assessment
    4 Analytical Instruments for Environmental Exposure
    4.1 Gas Chromatography
    4.2 Liquid Chromatography
    4.3 Capillary Electrophoresis
    4.4 Ultraviolet-Visible Spectroscopy
    4.5 Fluorescence Spectroscopy
    4.6 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
    4.7 Atomic Fluorescence Spectroscopy
    4.8 Mass Spectrometry 2 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Respiratory Morbidity
    2.1 Types of Exposures
    2.2 General Overview of Respiratory Morbidity Following Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure
    3 Nicotine Is the Primary Determinant of Early-Life Tobacco Smoke Exposure-Mediated Respiratory Morbidity
    3.1 Animal Models Used to Study Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotineś Effects on the Developing Lung
    3.2 Critical Window for Tobacco Smoke/Nicotineś Effects on the Developing Lung
    3.3 Perinatal Nicotine Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics 3.4 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Potential Long-Term Outcomes on Respiratory Health
    3.5 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Predisposition to Respiratory Infections and Allergic Asthma
    3.6 Genes and Signaling Pathways Involved in Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine-Induced Lung Phenotype
    4 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Weight
    5 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Neurobehavior
    6 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Diabetes 4.9 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
    4.10 Direct-Reading Instruments
    4.11 Chromatography Tandem Mass Spectrometry
    4.12 Inductively Coupled Plasma Tandem Mass Spectrometry
    4.13 Capillary Electrophoresis Tandem Mass Spectrometry
    5 Analytical Methods for Environmental Exposure
    5.1 Analytical Methods for Organic Chemicals
    5.2 Analytical Methods for Inorganic Chemicals
    6 From Exposure Measurements to Evaluations: The Use of Models
    7 Future Perspective
    References
    Early-life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Health
    1 Introduction 7 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Fertility
    8 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and the Developing Heart
    9 Effects of Prenatal Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure on Craniofacial Development
    10 Effects of E-cig Flavorings on Developing Organs
    11 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and the Risk of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)
    12 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Later Risk of Malignancies
    13 Perinatal Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Transgenerational Effect
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Alexander Vaiserman, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the field of developmental programming of ageing phenotypes. Although gerontological research has traditionally focused on later stages of the life cycle, growing evidence indicates that both the rate of ageing-associated functional declines, and the risks of later-life chronic pathological conditions, can be traced to origins early in life. While other books in the field concentrate on the developmental origin of particular disorders, this volume offers a detailed guide to all important aspects of the role of early-life conditions in programming both chronic pathological conditions and the ageing process. Interest in the study of ageing and longevity had its beginnings in research on the fetal origins of adult disease. This has evolved into a hypothesis on the Developmental Origins of Adult Health and Disease (DOHaD), which postulates that adverse environmental exposures during critical in-utero and early postnatal stages of development may permanently change physiological responses and cause functional impairments and disorders in adult life. In this book, the contributing authors and leading experts from around the world, describe research on mechanisms underlying the developmental programming phenomenon, as well as interventional strategies aimed at restoring developmentally disrupted epigenetic patterns. Early Life Origins of Ageing and Longevity benefits a wide audience of working scientists, clinicians, and advanced students, and will also interest scientifically curious general readers who wish to know more about current research in this rapidly evolving field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Overview; 1 Epidemiology of Early Nutrition and Adult Health: Metabolic Adaptations and Body Composition; 1.1 Introduction to the Developmental Origins of Adult Health and Disease; 1.2 Famine and DOHaD; 1.2.1 Dutch Famine; 1.2.2 Chinese Famine; 1.2.3 Finnish Famine; 1.3 Historical Birth Cohorts and DOHaD; 1.3.1 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Obesity; 1.3.2 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Chronic Diseases; 1.3.3 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Mental Health Diseases; 1.4 Growth Retadation and DOHaD; 1.4.1 Global Prevalence of Stunting 1.4.2 Stunting in Latin America1.4.3 Stunting in Africa; 1.4.4 First 1,000 Days Concept; 1.4.5 Stunting and Metabolic Adaptations; 1.4.6 Social Determinants of Growth and Role in DOHaD; 1.5 Summary and Conclusions; References; 2 General Biology of the Developmental Origins of Health; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Growth: A Cellular Process; 2.3 Cellular Dualities: Alternative Cell Fate Decisions; 2.4 Oxygen; 2.5 Building and Reserving; 2.6 Building the Body: Cells Are Energy-Driven; 2.7 Phenotypic Outcomes Reflect Tissue Construction; 2.8 Fetal Challenges in Building the Body 2.9 Biological Fundamentals of Developmental Origins of Health and DiseaseReferences; Experimental Study of DOHaD; 3 Early Life Programming of Aging in Genetically Long-Lived Mice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Ames Dwarf Mouse, an Animal Genetically Predisposed to Extreme Longevity; 3.3 Multiple Mechanisms Link Reduced GH Signaling with Extended Longevity of Ames Dwarf Mice; 3.4 Effects of GH Replacement Therapy in Juvenile Ames Dwarf Mice; 3.5 Discussion; References; 4 Immunological Basis of In Utero Programming of Adult Disease; 4.1 Developmental Origin of Metabolic Diseases 4.2 Fetal Immune Development4.3 Fetal Immune Perturbation Results in Adult Metabolic Disease; 4.4 Immunologic Basis of Metabolic Health; 4.5 Concluding Remarks; References; 5 Early Life Developmental Programming of the GH/IGF Axis and Long-Term Health; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Developmental Programming of the GH-IGF Axis-Evidence from Epidemiological Cohorts and Human Clinical Studies; 5.3 Altered Programming of the GH-IGF Axis-Evidence from Animal Models; 5.3.1 Rodents; 5.3.2 Sheep; 5.3.3 Primates; 5.3.4 Other Models; 5.4 Epigenetic Regulation of the GH-IGF Axis 5.5 Strategies to Reverse Early Life Impacts on the GH-IGF Axis5.6 Conclusions; References; 6 Early Life Nutritional Programming of Adult Health Status; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Obesity and Pregnancy; 6.2.1 The Increasing Prevalence of Maternal Obesity; 6.2.2 Maternal Obesity and Adverse Pregnancy Outcomes; 6.3 Maternal Obesity and Programming of Later Disease; 6.3.1 Epidemiological Evidence Linking Maternal Obesity to Later Outcome; 6.4 Animal Models of Maternal Obesity; 6.4.1 High Fat Feeding; 6.4.2 Cafeteria Feeding; 6.4.3 Clinical Studies; 6.5 Obesity and Infant Feeding; 6.5.1 The Role of Early Infant Nutrition: Breastmilk Versus Infant Formula
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Frieder Berr, Tsuneo Oyama, Thierry Ponchon, Naohisa Yahagi, editors.
    Contents:
    Endoscopic Screening and Surveillance-Indications and Standards
    Histopathology of Early Mucosal Neoplasias-Morphologic Carcinogenesis in the GI Tract
    Principles of Endoscopic Resection-Diagnostic and Curative Resection of Mucosal Neoplasias
    Endoscopic Detection and Analysis of Mucosal Neoplastic Lesions
    Enhanced Imaging and Tumor Morphology
    High-resolution Endoscopic Ultrasound -Clinical T-staging of Mucosal Neoplasms
    Squamous Cell-lined Esophagus and Hypopharynx
    Mucosal Neoplasias
    Columnar Epithelium-lined (Barrettś) Esophagus
    Mucosal Neoplasias
    Stomach-Mucosal Neoplasias
    Duodenum and Small Bowel
    Mucosal Neoplasias
    Colorectum-Mucosal Neoplasias
    Chronic Inflammatory Bowel Disease in Remission -Mucosal Neoplasias.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ron El-Hawary, Craig P. Eberson, editors.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases demonstrating the management of idiopathic, congenital, syndromic and neuromuscular early onset scoliosis (EOS), this concise, practical casebook will provide orthopedic surgeons with the best real-world strategies to properly manage the differing presentations of EOS they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome, clinical pearls and pitfalls, and literature review. Cases included illustrate different types and management strategies for EOS, including various spine-based growing rods, the vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib (VEPTR), anterior vertebral body tethering (AVBT) and congenital resection. Treatment strategies for EOS with related conditions such as myelomeningocele, cerebral palsy and skeletal dysplasia are also discussed, as are common complications and the role of traction. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Early Onset Scoliosis: A Clinical Casebook is an excellent resource for pediatric orthopedic surgeons and other physicians confronted with both common and complex disorders of the child's spine.

    Contents:
    Normal Spine Growth
    Classification of Early Onset Scoliosis
    EDF Casting for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Spine-Based Growing Rods for the Treatment of Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis
    The Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) for Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis
    Treatment of Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis with a Hybrid Growing Rod Construct
    Shilla Growth Guidance Technique for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Early Onset Scoliosis Treated with Magnetically Controlled Growing Rods
    Modern Trolley Growth Guidance for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Anterior Vertebral Body Tethering (AVBT) for Early Onset Scoliosis
    Anterior Vertebral Body Stapling for the Treatment of Idiopathic Scoliosis
    Congenital Resection for Early Onset Scoliosis
    The Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) for Congenital Scoliosis
    Hemiepiphysiodesis for the Treatment of Congenital Scoliosis
    Congenital Myopathy with Early Onset Scoliosis
    Cerebral Palsy with Early Onset Scoliosis
    The Use of the Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) in Myelomeningocele
    Early Onset Scoliosis in Skeletal Dysplasia
    Complications with Early Onset Scoliosis
    Spine Growth Assessment of Growth Friendly Surgery
    The Role of Traction in Early Onset Scoliosis
    The End Game for Early Onset Scoliosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Colin Nnadi.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Christian Lattermann, Henning Madry, Norimasa Nakamura, Elizaveta Kon, editors.
    Summary: Early osteoarthritis is novel topic for orthopedic surgeons and its process begins immediately after joint injury. The mechanical restoration of the joint surface or ligamentous stability is not sufficient to restore the homeostatic environment in the joint, and this leads to osteoarthritis, despite mechanical stability and alignment. This book sheds light on the various mechanisms and systems involved in the gradual decline of the injured joint toward manifest osteoarthritis. Published in collaboration with ISAKOS, this volume appeals to all stakeholders in surgical orthopaedics and sports medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Claire Bouvattier, Catherine Pienkowski, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Current findings in epidemiology
    2. Precocious puberty and environmental endocrine disruptors
    3. Neuroendocrine control of puberty
    4. Puberty in particular situations
    5. Clinical and biological diagnosis of central precocious puberty
    6. Etiological diagnosis of central precocious puberty
    7. Precocious puberty therapeutic management: GnRH analogs treatment
    8. Midterm and long-term impacts of GnRH agonists treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Xiangpeng Zheng, Ming Li, Guozhen Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses major issues and advances in the diagnosis and treatment of incidentally detected early-stage lung cancer (ESLC). In Part I, pathology and radiology experts comprehensively review the state-of-the-art advances in individual research fields, and offer an update on the cross-sectional anatomy of the lung and post-processing techniques for CT imaging. Part II focuses on the imaging features, differential diagnosis and radiologic-pathologic correlations of ESLCs in the categories pGGN, mGGN and solid nodules in compliance with the Guidelines on Lung Cancer Screening from the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN). Part III briefly introduces therapeutic management strategies for ESLCs, including surgical and non-surgical approaches, for instance stereotactic ablative radiation therapy (SABR) and radiofrequency ablation (RFA). Lastly, the authors have meticulously prepared 50 clinical cases of pathologically proven benign and malignant pulmonary nodules with in-depth discussion and experts? comments to further readers? understanding of practical imaging and management strategies of ESLCs.

    Contents:
    The pathological advances of early lung adenocarcinoma
    Advancement in Cross-sectional Anatomy of the Lung
    Low-dose CT Screening of Lung Cancer
    The Advances of PET/CT clinical application in micronodular lung cancer
    Angiogenesis-dependent tumor progression
    Pure Ground-glass Nodules
    Part-solid Ground-glass Nodules
    Solid Pulmonary Nodules
    CT-based Categorization of Small Pulmonary Adenocarcinoma and Differential Diagnosis
    Multiple Primary Lung Cancer
    Management Strategies of Micronodular Lung Cancer: Surgical Perspectives
    Management Strategies of Early-stageLung Cancer: Stereotactic Ablative Radiation Therapy
    Radiofrequency ablation
    Case Discussion.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    authors, Jay M. Weiss, Lyn D. Weiss, Julie K. Silver ; illustrator, Dennis J. Dowling.
    Contents:
    What is an EMG?
    Why perform electrodiagnostic studies?
    About the machine
    Nerve conduction studies
    Electromyography
    Injuries to peripheral nerves
    How to plan out the examination
    Pitfalls
    Carpal tunnel syndrome
    Ulnar neuropathy
    Radial neuropathy
    Radiculopathy
    Spinal stenosis
    Fibular (peroneal) neuropathy
    Tarsal tunnel syndrome
    Peripheral polyneuropathy
    Myopathy
    Brachial plexopathies
    Lumbosacral plexopathies
    Motor neuron diseases
    Critical illness neuropathy and myopathy
    Inflammatory neuropathies
    Neuromuscular junction disorders
    How to write a report
    Tables of normals
    Reimbursement
    Figures for table 4.3 (nerve conduction studies setup)
    Figures for table 5.4 (common muscles: innervation, location, and needle placement).
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Timothy D. Brewerton, Amy Baker Dennis, editors.
    Summary: Eating disorders, addictions, and substance use disorders are each challenging in their own right, but they also commonly co-occur, causing major challenges for clinicians. Emerging research suggests that there are common substrates at the neuroanatomical, neurochemical, and psychological levels. While randomized controlled trials have revealed a number of effective psychotherapeutic and psychopharmacologic treatments for the individual conditions, little is known about integrative interventions for these comorbidities. This book presents cutting-edge research on the overlap of these complex disorders and reviews integrative assessment strategies and treatment approaches, including enhanced cognitive behavioral therapy, dialectical behavior therapy, abstinence approaches, motivational enhancement, mindfulness meditation, and pharmacotherapy. The issue of whether eating-disordered behaviors such as dieting, binge eating, and excessive exercise are merely other forms of addictive behavior is examined. The authors argue both for and against the concept of food addiction in research, clinical treatment, and public policy.

    Contents:
    Research Perspectives: Relationship between feeding and drug seeking behaviors
    Animal models of eating disorders
    Activity Anorexia
    Role of neurotransmitter systems
    Dimensions of personality and neuropsychological function
    Imaging findings
    Genetic aspects: Do EDs, addictions, and SUDs share genetic vulnerabilities
    The Role of Epigenetics
    Clinical Perspectives: Epidemiology of EDs, addictions and SUDs
    Assessment
    Nutritional Aspects
    Are EDs addictive disorders?
    The Role of Stress, Trauma and PTSD
    The Role of Obesity
    EDs, addictions and SUDs following bariatric surgery
    Prevention and public policy issues
    Treatment Perspectives: General principles of treating the comorbid patient
    The use of CBT
    Mindful based treatments
    The use of self-help approaches
    The use of motivational interviewing and MET
    The use of family therapy
    Nutritional interventions
    The use of exercise
    The use of alternative and complementary therapies
    Ethics and the role of compulsory hospitalization
    The role of invitational intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jason M. Nagata, Tiffany A. Brown, Stuart B. Murray, Jason M. Lavender, editors.
    Summary: Boys and men with eating disorders remain a population that is under-recognized and underserved within both research and clinical contexts. It has been well documented that boys and men with eating disorders often exhibit distinct clinical presentations with regard to core cognitive (e.g., body image) and behavioral (e.g., pathological exercise) symptoms. Such differences, along with the greater likelihood of muscularity-oriented disordered eating among boys and men, emphasize the importance of understanding and recognizing unique factors of clinical relevance within this population. This book reviews the most up-to-date research findings on eating disorders among boys and men, with an emphasis on clinically salient information across multiple domains. Five sections are included, with the first focused on a historical overview and the unique nature and prevalence of specific forms of eating disorder symptoms and body image concerns in boys and men. The second section details population-specific considerations for the diagnosis and assessment of eating disorders, body image concerns, and muscle dysmorphia in boys and men. The third section identifies unique concerns regarding medical complications and care in this population, including medical complications of appearance and performance-enhancing substances. The fourth section reviews current findings and considerations for eating disorder prevention and intervention for boys and men. The fifth section of the book focuses on specific populations (e.g., sexual minorities, gender minorities) and addresses sociocultural factors of particular relevance for eating disorders in boys and men (e.g., racial and ethnic considerations, cross-cultural considerations). The book then concludes with a concise overview of key takeaways and a focused summary of current evidence gaps and unanswered questions, as well as directions for future research. Written by experts in the field, Eating Disorders in Boys and Men is a comprehensive guide to an under-reported topic. It is an excellent resource for primary care physicians, adolescent medicine physicians, pediatricians, psychologists, clinical social workers, and any other professional conducting research with or providing clinical care for boys and men with eating disorders. It is also an excellent resource for students, residents, fellows, and trainees across various disciplines.

    Contents:
    Section 1
    Overview
    1 History of eating disorders in men
    2 Body Image in males
    3 Muscularity oriented disordered eating
    4 Epidemiology of eating disorders in males
    Section 2
    5 Assessment/Diagnosis
    6 Assessment
    7 Using Eating Disorder and Body Image Assessment Questionnaires with Boys and Men
    8 Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder
    9 Muscle Dysmorphia
    Section 3
    Medical complications
    10 Medical complications of traditional eating disorders
    11 Supplements and appearance and performance enhancing drugs and medical complications
    12 Anabolic androgenic steroids and medical complications
    Section 4
    Prevention and treatment
    13
    Prevention
    14 Treatment
    Section 5
    Specific Populations/Social Cultural
    15 Race/ethnicity considerations
    16 Cross-Cultural in Latin America
    17 Sexual minorities
    18 Transgender men and gender minorities
    19 Athletes and Exercise
    20 Social Media, Eating and Body Image Concerns Amongst Men and Boys
    21 Body image and eating disorders across the lifespan
    22 Conclusions and Future Research Directions for Eating Disorders in Boys and Men.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jonna Fries and Veronica Sullivan.
    Contents:
    What are eating disorders? / Therese Waterhous
    The psychology of an eating disorder : etiology and risk factors / Cathey Soutter
    Physiology of an eating disorder / Vicki Berkus
    The treatment of eating disorders / Jonna Fries and Veronica Sullivan
    Nutrition therapy : evolution, collaboration, and counseling skills / Sondra Kronberg
    Eating disorders in college students / Mandy Golman, Marilyn Massey-Stokes, and Susan Karpiel
    Eating disorders in athletes / Kate Bennett
    Pregnancy and eating disorders / Maggie Baumann and Jessica Setnick
    Eating disorders in males / Helen B. Murray and Adelaide S. Robb
    Eating disorders and type 1 diabetes / Carolyn Costin, Gail Prosser, and Jacque Mular
    Eating disorders in racial/ethnic minorities / Anna M. Bardone-Cone, M.K. Higgins, and Stacy L. Lin
    Eating disorders in women at midlife and beyond : a bio-psycho-social-relational perspective / Margo Maine and Karen Samuels
    Eating disorders in sexual and gender minorities / Jonna Fries.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Nicolaus Kröger, John Gribben, Christian Chabannon, Ibrahim Yakoub-Agha, Hermann Einsele.
    Summary: This first open access European CAR-T Handbook, co-promoted by the European Society for Blood and Marrow Transplantation (EBMT) and the European Hematology Association (EHA), covers several aspects of CAR-T cell treatments, including the underlying biology, indications, management of side-effects, access and manufacturing issues. This book, written by leading experts in the field to enhance readers' knowledge and practice skills, provides an unparalleled overview of the CAR-T cell technology and its application in clinical care, to enhance readers' knowledge and practice skills.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The science behind CAR-T Cells
    3. Manufacturing CAR-T Cells: the supply chain
    4. Clinical indications for CAR-T Cells
    5. Clinical management of patients treated with CAR-T Cells
    6. Access to CAR-T cells. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Enric Carreras, Carlo Dufour, Mohamad Mohty, Nicolaus Kröger, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael B.A. Oldstone, Madeleine Rose Oldstone.
    Contents:
    1. Ebola's origin: a limited but devasting viral hemorhagic disease of Central Africa
    2. Ebola's unanticipated arrival in West Africa
    3. Kenema Government Hospital: from Lassa to Ebola
    4. Sheik Humarr Khan: leading the fight against ebola in Sierra Leone at Kenema Government Hospital
    5. ZMapp: the ethics of decision making
    6. Robert Garry: managing the effort to curtail ebola's curse
    7. Pardis Sabeti: geneticist tracking ebola's travels and changing profile
    8. Ebola's curse: impact on the economics of West Africa
    9. Ebola's scorecard: failure of the WHO and the international community
    Addendum
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Marta Lado, editor.
    Summary: This current manual gives an overview to management of Ebola Virus Disease outbreaks from a practical point of view. It gives an introduction to the topic, reviews the history and previous outbreaks of Ebola virus disease and gives insight to clinical features of the disease. The major part of the book presents ways of response including screening, isolation and personal protection equipment as well as waste management during disease outbreaks. New therapies and experimental drugs are discussed in further detail. The last part of the volume deals with all aspects of diagnostics and practical laboratory handling of Ebola virus. Dr. Marta Lado is the clinical lead of the King's Sierra Leone Partnership in country team. She brings together a group of authors aggregating both well-grounded basic knowledge on Ebola virus as well as deep experience with Ebola Virus Disease in the field.

    Contents:
    EVD INTRODUCTION
    Virology and VHF diseases: Ebola, Marbung, Lassa.-History of previous outbreaks
    Sources of the infection, ways of transmission
    CLINICAL FEATURES AND CASE DEFINITION
    Clinical features: incubation period, clinical presentation and post Ebola syndrome
    RESPONSE TO EVD OUTBREAK
    Screening of suspected cases in a referral Hospital: variability of the case definition adapted to the outbreak. Screening forms and Standard precautions
    Isolation Unit: how to set up and construct a holding unit in a hospital and satellite clinics
    Personal protection equipment (PPE) and Infection prevention and control (IPC) measures
    Waste management and cleaning/disinfection
    Safe Medical Burials: practical and cultural implications
    EVD MANAGEMENT
    Symptomatic, supportive treatment- differences between treatment in the field and high resources settings (Europe, US)
    Special populations: pregnancy and pediatrics
    Controversies with invasive therapies: dialysis, ventilation
    New therapies, Experimental drugs (Zmapp, Favipiravir, convalescent serum, etc) and vaccines
    DIAGNOSTICS EVD
    Rapid tests for EVD
    Laboratory: RT-PCR, serology and Ag determination.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Julian Frieden, Ira L. Rubin.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC683.5.E5 F67 1985
  • Digital
    Franklin H. Zimmerman.
    Summary: "A conversational, reader-friendly, clinical approach to electrocardiography. A how-to-read ECGs teaching tool that provides lessons from basic to advanced"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Background material/getting started
    How to use this book
    History
    Anatomy and physiology
    Electrophysiology
    Introduction to the EKG
    The cardiac rhythms. Introduction to laddergrams
    Mechanisms of arrhythmias
    Sinus rhythms
    Premature complexes and aberrancy
    Conduction abnormalities and heart block
    Supraventricular arrhythmias
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Chamber enlargement. Atrial
    Ventricular
    Myocardial ischemia, infarction and pericarditis
    Preexcitation
    Pacemaker interpretation
    Miscellaneous conditions. Electrolyte imbalance
    Drug effects
    Qt prolongation
    Hypothermia
    A step-by-step method of interpretation
    Final exams
    Supplementary materials
    Diagnostic criteria
    Glossary
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Print
    Roland X. Stroobandt, S. Serge Barold, Alfons F. Sinnaeve.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and basic physiology
    ECG recording and ECG leads
    The normal ECG and the frontal plane QRS axis
    The components of the ECG waves and intervals
    P waves and atrial abnormalities
    Chamber enlargement and hypertrophy
    Intraventricular conduction defects
    Coronary artery disease and acute coronary syndromes
    Acute pericarditis
    The ECG in extracardiac disease
    Sinus node dysfunction
    Premature ventricular complexes (PVC)
    Atrioventricular block
    Atrial rhythm disorders
    Ventricular tachycardias
    Ventricular fibrillation and ventricular flutter
    Preexcitation and Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (WPW)
    Electrolyte abnormalities
    Electrophysiologic concepts
    Antiarrhythmic drugs
    Pacemakers and their ECGs
    Errors in electrocardiography monitoring, computerized ECG, other sites of ECG recording
    How to read an ECG.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Fred Kusumoto.
    Summary: The second edition of this book provides an overview of electrocardiography from a pathophysiological basis. Refreshed with color illustrations, it incorporates new anatomic and electrophysiologic information as well as updated material on clinical applications of the electrocardiogram (ECG). Intended as a reference for students with a basic understanding of the ECG, the book's focus is to provide the fundamental anatomic and electrophysiologic processes that lead to ECG changes rather than simple pattern recognition. Each chapter has key points and questions with comprehensive explanations so that the reader can assess their understanding of the contents. It can be utilized as a guide - chapter by chapter - or read cover to cover for a complete overview. Case studies are included at the end of the book that integrate the multiple principles of electrocardiography. The Second Edition of ECG Interpretation: From Pathophysiology to Clinical Application is an essential text for medical students, residents, fellows, physicians, and nurses in cardiology and clinical cardiac electrophysiology.

    Contents:
    Part I. Fundamentals
    Chapter 1. Electrophysiology/Anatomic Principles
    Chapter 2. ECG Physics
    Chapter 3. Normal ECG
    Part II. Abnormal Depolarization and Repolarization
    Chapter 4. Hypertrophy
    Chapter 5. Bundle Branch Blocks, Fascicular Blocks
    Chapter 6. TU Waves
    Chapter 7. ST Segment Changes: Myocardial Infarction
    Chapter 8. ST Segment Changes: Other
    Part III. Arrhythmias
    Chapter 9. Premature Beats
    Chapter 10. Bradycardia
    Chapter 11. Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 12. Wide Complex Tachycardia
    Chapter 13. Pacing
    Part IV. Putting It All Together
    Chapter 14. Interpreting ECGs
    Chapter 15. Cases 1: Putting It All Together
    Chapter 16. Cases 2: ECG in Clinical Practice
    Chapter 17. Cases 3: Electrolytes
    Chapter 18. Orphans
    Chapter 19. Extra Practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Jessica Shank Coviello, DNP, APRN, ANP-BC, Associate Professor, Director of the Doctor of Nursing Practice Program, Yale University School of Nursing, West Haven, Connecticut.
    Contents:
    Cardiac anatomy and physiology / Opal V. Wilson
    Obtaining a rhythm strip / Jessica Shank Coviello
    Interpreting a rhythm strip / Carolynn Spera Bruno
    Sinus node arrhythmias / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Atrial arrhythmias / Nancy Bekken
    Junctional arrhythmias / Karen Knight-Frank
    Ventricular arrhythmias / Maurice H. Espinoza
    Atrioventricular blocks / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Nonpharmacologic treatments / Karen Crisfulla
    Pharmacologic treatments / Mary l. Johnston
    Obtaining a 12-lead ECG / Marcella Ann Mikalaitis
    Interpreting a 12-lead ECG / Carolynn Spera Bruno.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Jessica Shank Coviello, DNP, APRN, ANP-BC.
    Summary: "Offering expert direction, this freshly updated, fully illustrated guide is packed with images and learning aids that support your understanding and retention in obtaining and interpreting rhythm strips. Recognize and treat a wide variety of arrhythmias with this vital text -- an ideal study aid and friendly on-the-unit support for both students and practicing nurses."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I. ECG fundamentals
    Chapter 1. Cardiac anatomy and physiology / Opal V. Wilson
    Chapter 2. Obtaining a rhythm strip / Jessica Shank Coviello
    Chapter 3. Interpreting a rhythm strip / Carolynn Spera Bruno
    Part II. Recognizing arrhythmias
    Chapter 4. Sinus node arrhythmias / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Chapter 5. Atrial arrhythmias / Nancy Bekken
    Chapter 6. Junctional arrhythmias / Karen Knight-Frank
    Chapter 7. Ventricular arrhythmias / Maurice H. Espinoza
    Chapter 8. Atrioventricular blocks / Leigh Ann Trujillo
    Part III. Treating arrhythmias
    Chapter 9. Nonpharmacologic treatments / Karen Crisfulla
    Chapter 10. Pharmacologic treatments / Mary L. Johnston
    Part IV. The 12-lead ECG
    Chapter 11. Obtaining a 12-lead ECG / Marcella Ann Mikalaitis
    Chapter 12. Interpreting a 12-lead ECG / Carolynn Spera Bruno
    Appendices and index
    Practice makes perfect / Kathleen M. Hill
    ACLS algorithms
    Brushing up on interpretation skills / Kathleen M. Hill
    Look-alike ECG challenge
    Quick guide to arrhythmias
    Glossary
    Index.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Shirley A. Jones.
    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiologyof the heart
    The electrocardiogram
    Sinoatrial node arrhythmias
    Atrial arrhythmias
    Junctional arrhythmias
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    Atrioventricular and bundle branch blocks
    Artificial cardiac pacemakers
    Artifact
    The 12-lead ECG and acute myocardial infarction
    ECG practice test one
    ECG practice test two
    ECG practice test three
    ECG practice test four.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Thomas S Metkus.
    Summary: Includes nearly 200 tracings and 150 cases that teach you the art and Science of ECG interpretation. This book presents a set of tracings, which when taken together, demonstrate most of the abnormalities that a generalist physician trainee should be familiar with.

    Contents:
    Introduction: A focused step-wise guide to ECG interpretation
    Level 1
    Case #1
    Case #2
    Case #3
    Case #4
    Case #5
    Case #6
    Case #7
    Case #8
    Case #9
    Case #10
    Case #11
    Case #12
    Case #13
    Case #14
    Case #15
    Case #16
    Case #17
    Case #18
    Case #19
    Case #20
    Case #21
    Case #22
    Case #23
    Case #24
    Case #25
    Case #26
    Case #27
    Case #28
    Case #29
    Case #30
    Case #31
    Case #32
    Case #33
    Case #34
    Case #35
    Case #36
    Case #37
    Case #38
    Case #39
    Case #40
    Case #41
    Case #42
    Case #43
    Case #44
    Case #45
    Case #46
    Case #47
    Case #48
    Case #49
    Case #50
    Level 2
    Case #51
    Case #52
    Case #53
    Case #54
    Case #55
    Case #56
    Case #57
    Case #58
    Case #59
    Case #60
    Case #61
    Case #62
    Case #63
    Case #64
    Case #65
    Case #66
    Case #67
    Case #68
    Case #69
    Case #70
    Case #71
    Case #72
    Case #73
    Case #74
    Case #75
    Case #76
    Case #77
    Case #78
    Case #79
    Case #80
    Case #81
    Case #82
    Case #83
    Case #84
    Case #85
    Case #86
    Case #87
    Case #88
    Case #89
    Case #90
    Case #91
    Case #92
    Case #93
    Case #94
    Case #95
    Case #96
    Case #97
    Case #98
    Case #99
    Case #100
    Level 3
    Case #101
    Case #102
    Case #103
    Case #104
    Case #105
    Case #106
    Case #107
    Case #108
    Case #109
    Case #110
    Case #111
    Case #112
    Case #113
    Case #114
    Case #115
    Case #116
    Case #117
    Case #118
    Case #119
    Case #120
    Case #121
    Case #122
    Case #123
    Case #124
    Case #125
    Case #126
    Case #127
    Case #128
    Case #129
    Case #130
    Case #131
    Case #132
    Case #133
    Case #134
    Case #135
    Case #136
    Case #137
    Case #138
    Case #139
    Case #140
    Case #141
    Case #142
    Case #143
    Case #144
    Case #145
    Case #146
    Case #147
    Case #148
    Case #149
    Case #150.
    Digital Access AccessCardiology 2014
  • Digital
    Jane Huff, RN, CCRN, Education Coordinator, Critical Care Unit, Arrhythmia Instructor, Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) Instructor, Preceptor-Mentor, Critical Care Unit, Unity Health White County Medical Center, Searcy, Arkansas.
    Summary: "Grasp the electrocardiography basics and identify arrhythmias accurately, with the freshly updated ECG Workout, 7th Edition. Fully addressing the most common arrhythmias, this clearly worded text will take you step-by-step through expert ECG tracing interpretation methods, including differentiating among rhythm groups, equipment use, and management protocols. This is the go-to ECG guide for both student training and professional review--perfect for physicians, nurses, medical and nursing students, paramedics, emergency medical technicians, telemetry technicians, and related practitioners. Get a strong grounding in accurate ECG readings with: NEW pull-out arrhythmia summary cards help you interpret end-of-chapter practice strips, NEW and updated advanced cardiac life support (ACLS) guidelines incorporated in each arrhythmia chapter, NEW and updated figures, boxes, tables, and additional practice strips, Updated coverage of all ECG concepts and skills, including: Illustrated anatomy and physiology of the heart, Electrical basis of electrocardiology, Arrhythmia chapters: sinus, atrial, junctional and AV blocks, ventricular and bundle-branch block rhythms--examples, causes, clinical treatments, and practice strips, Step-by-step direction on interpreting rhythm strips, Components of the ECG tracing: waveforms, intervals, segments, complexes, and waveform identification, Discussion of cardiac monitors, lead systems, lead placement, ECG artifacts, and troubleshooting monitor problems, Methods for precise rate calculation, Discussion of cardiac pacemakers: types, indications, function, pacemaker terminology, malfunctions, and pacemaker analysis, with practice tracings. ECG conversion table ensures precise heart rate calculation with plastic pocket version inside back cover. Skillbuilder practice strips--more than 600 life-size ECG tracings: End-of-chapter strips from actual patients, with 3-second indicators for rapid-rate calculation, and answers at back of book. A mix of arrhythmias to help you distinguish among types. Posttest with mix of more than 100 waveform rhythm strips, for student testing or self-evaluation"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the heart
    Electrophysiology
    Waveforms, intervals, segments, and complexes
    Cardiac monitors
    Analyzing a rhythm strip
    Sinus arrhythmias
    Atrial arrhythmias
    Junctional arrhythmias and AV blocks
    Ventricular arrhythmias and bundle-branch block
    Pacemakers
    Posttest.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kathy R. Foltz and Amro Hamdoun.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Jae K. Oh, Garvan C. Kane, James B. Seward, A. Jamil Tajik.
    Summary: "This best-selling manual is a practical guide to the performance, interpretation, and clinical applications of echocardiography. It is written by recognized authorities at the Mayo Clinic and provides a concise, user-friendly summary of techniques, diagnostic criteria, and quantitative methods for both echocardiography and Doppler echocardiography. Discussion of each clinical problem also includes transesophageal echocardiography"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Hakimeh Sadeghian, Zahra Savand-Roomi.
    Summary: This atlas of echocardiography presents more than 100 cases of adult congenital heart disease, from diagnosis to treatment follow-up. The coverage is broad, encompassing atrial and ventricular septal defects, patent ductus arteriosus, cyanotic adult congenital heart disease, and numerous other anomalies, as well as findings on fetal echocardiography. For each disease, all echocardiographic images and views which proved of diagnostic value are arranged sequentially, with inclusion of transesophageal echocardiographic images whenever appropriate. Additional pertinent information is provided relating to diagnosis and treatment, and key teaching points are highlighted. The superb quality of the illustrations and the range of cases considered (including many rare ones) ensure that this atlas will be of great value for cardiology residents and fellows and highly relevant to day-to-day practice.

    Contents:
    Left to right shunts
    Cyanotic adult congenital heart disease
    Other anomalies
    Fetal heart echocardiography.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Petros Nihoyannopoulos, Joseph Kisslo, editors.
    Summary: This updated textbook provides an essential evidence-based approach to echocardiography and includes practical case-based instruction illustrating a wide variety of clinical scenarios in which echocardiography is a vital diagnostic option for physicians. It reflects how echocardiography has evolved into a complex multimodality method for evaluating and quantifying cardiovascular lesions, and explains the use of hemodynamic assessment of the heart using echocardiography, transesophageal and three-dimensional echocardiography, deformation imaging and assessment of myocardial perfusion, which have added a new dimension to real-time noninvasive evaluation of patients. Echocardiography highlights the clinical utility of these evolving modalities that are now crucial to the renaissance of echocardiography, and it provides a thorough clinical review of this most revealing and adaptable methods of imaging a patient. The Editors and their world-class group of contributors have created an essential reference for those in training or who already use echocardiography in their practice. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Tarak Rambhatla, Gila Perk.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive yet easy to read study guide for those preparing for the echocardiography board examinations, which brings all of the critical resources together into one convenient and portable resource. Echocardiography is an integral part of routine cardiology practice and this book represents a quick, yet thorough, reference that can be easily consulted to help practicing clinicians deliver high quality care to their patients. The Echocardiography Companion: Study Guide and Review includes a comprehensive educationally-focused review of the technique, its clinical uses, applications, and utilization in all cardiac conditions. The practical and quick reference format allows it to serve as a reference book and as a helpful companion to students, on which notes can be taken while studying from other resources such as board review videos.

    Contents:
    Echocardiography Physics
    Chamber Quantification
    Systolic Function and Strain Imaging
    Coronary Artery Disease and Stress Testing
    Diastolic Function
    Right Ventricular Function and Pulmonary Hypertension
    Aortic Valve
    Mitral Valve.-Tricuspid Valve and Pulmonic Valve
    Prosthetic Valves
    Cardiomyopathies: Dilated, Hypertrophic, Restrictive, Right Sided
    Echocardiographic Swan Ganz Cather: Hemodynamics
    Pericardial Disease
    Aortic Disease
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Cardiac Masses
    Additional Echo Modalities: M mode, TEE, 3D echo, Interventional echo. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Michel Slama, editor.
    Summary: This book offers readers a better understanding of how to perform echocardiography in their daily intensive care unit (ICU) work. With numerous practical examples highlighting the indices and hemodynamic monitoring profiles that physicians could encounter, it considers echocardiography not merely as a simple imaging technique, but as a practical diagnostic and hemodynamic monitoring tool. The booklet is richly illustrated with figures explaining how to perform echo, and includes numerous tables, simple equations and normal and abnormal values. Echocardiography in ICU, a pocket guide written by the leading international experts in the field, is an excellent source of information and guidance for all residents and physicians working in ICU, emergency medicine, anesthesia and cardiology as well.

    Contents:
    Foreword.-Preface
    Ultrasound Physics
    Section 1 TEE and TTE Views.-Transthoracic echocardiography: views and measurements
    Transoesophageal echo views and measurements
    Artifacts
    Section II: Echocardiography in ICU
    Echocardiography in ICU: when to use it
    Transthoracic echocardiography : technical aspects
    Transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) in mechanically ventilated patients: practical aspects
    Section III: Heart lung interactions
    Heart lung interactions
    Section IV: Hemodynamic evaluation
    Fluid requirement and fluid-responsiveness
    LV global and segmental systolic function including cardiac output
    LV diastolic function and PAOPRight ventricular function
    Pulmonary artery pressures
    Section V: Shocks
    Hypovolemia fluid-responsiveness
    Cardiogenic shock
    Septic shock
    Section VI: Respiratory failures
    Respiratory failure
    Right to left shunt
    Section VII: Pathologies
    Pericardial Effusion and tamponade
    Echocardiography in ARDS
    Pulmonary embolism
    Valvulopathy quantification
    Infective Endocarditis
    Prosthetic valve evaluation
    Myocardial infarction and complications
    Acute diseases of the thoracic aorta.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin W. Eidem, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Patrick W. O'Leary, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular Diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Frank Cetta, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular Diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Contents:
    Principles of cardiovascular ultrasound
    Practical issues related to the examination, anatomic image orientation, and segmental cardiovascular analysis
    Quantitative methods in echocardiography-basic techniques
    Quantitative methods in echocardiography-advanced techniques for the assessment of ventricular function
    Anomalies of the pulmonary and systemic venous connections
    Abnormalities of atria and atrial septation
    Atrioventricular septal defects
    Ebstein's malformation and tricuspid valve diseases
    Echocardiographic assessment of mitral valve abnormalities
    Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries
    Ventricular septal defects
    Univentricular atrioventricular connections
    Abnormalities of right ventricular outflow
    Abnormalities of left ventricular outflow
    Tetralogy of fallot
    d-Transposition of the great arteries
    Double-outlet right and left ventricles
    Truncus arteriosus
    Patent ductus arteriosus and aortopulmonary window
    Abnormalities of the aortic arch
    Marfan syndrome: aortic aneurysm and dissection
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Additional cardiomyopathies
    Pericardial disorders
    Systemic diseases
    Vascular abnormalities
    Cardiac tumors
    Evaluation of the transplanted heart
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Echocardiography in the diagnosis and management of endocarditis
    Evaluation of prosthetic valves
    Fetal echocardiography
    Three-dimensional echocardiography in congenital heart diseases
    Stress echocardiography
    Intracardiac and intraoperative transesophageal echocardiography
    Interventional echocardiography in congenital heart disease
    Echocardiographic assessment of mechanical circulatory support
    Cardiac magnetic resonance and computed tomographic imaging in congenital heart disease
    Evaluation of the adult with transposition after atrial or arterial switch operations
    Tetralogy of fallot with pulmonary regurgitation
    Echocardiographic evaluation of the functionally univentricular heart after fontan "Operation"
    Eisenmenger syndrome
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Benjamin W. Eidem, Leo Lopez, Jonathan N. Johnson, Frank Cetta.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Wyman W. Lai, Luc L. Mertens, Meryl S. Cohen, Tal Geva.
    Summary: "This textbook was designed to be a resource on echocardiography in pediatric and congenital heart disease. When first published in 2009, this book filled a void of nearly 10 years between major textbooks in the field. In this textbook we strived to provide a comprehensive source of information for both beginners and advanced practitioners. At the time of the first edition, the "special" topics included 3D echocardiography and fetal echocardiography. When we updated the textbook in 2016, the newer topics were post-Fontan imaging and pregnancy with heart disease. In this updated third edition of our comprehensive textbook, we focused on consolidating recent advances in echocardiography into routine practice. We have incorporated the topics of speckle tracking echocardiography and 3D echocardiography into the chapters discussing ventricular function and cardiovascular lesions. To highlight the progress in our profession, we added new chapters on assessment of the right ventricle, the transitional neonatal circulation, and the role of multimodality imaging. In our "key elements" sections, we continued to emphasize echocardiographic predictors of important clinical outcomes. Many, if not most, of the images and videos have been replaced to give the readers up-to-date examples of essential clinical images"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Eyal Herzog, Edgar Argulian.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the use of echocardiography in the rapidly evolving field of critical care cardiology. Increasingly, cardiac care units (CCU) are focusing on the management of patients with multisystem diseases, advanced hemodynamics compromise, complex ventricular arrhythmias, and established or incipient multi-organ failure. This book covers ultrasound applications in such topics as hemodynamic assessment and the assessment of patients with intracardiac devices. Syndrome-based echocardiography in the CCU is also covered with an emphasis on using echocardiography in patients with acute dyspnea, acute chest pain and neurologic syndromes. The use of contrast echocardiography in the CCU is also covered. Echocardiography in the CCU reveals the essential role of various echocardiographic modalities in modern acute cardiovascular care. This is therefore a critical resource for all cardiology practitioners and trainees who use echocardiography in CCUs.

    Contents:
    Hemodynamic assessment in the CCU by Echo
    Use of Echo in Patients with Intra-Cardiac Device
    Non Cardiac Ultrasound in the CCU
    Hand held Ultrasound devices in the CCU
    Contrast Echo in the CCU
    Echo in Acute Chest Pain
    Echo in Acute Dyspnea
    Echo in Syncope
    Echo in Hypotension and Shock
    Echo in Cardiac Arrest
    Echo in a Patient with Arrhythmia
    Echo in Acute Neurologic Syndrome
    Echo in a Patient with a new murmur.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Chiara Robba, Giuseppe Citerio.
    Summary: The aim of this book is to educate and train practitioners in the safe and professional use of diagnostic ultrasound imaging in the visualization and interpretation of various cerebral conditions not only in neurointensive care, but also in the operating room and, in general, cardiothoracic and neurocritical care settings. It is chiefly intended for anaesthetists and intensivists with a basic knowledge of ultrasound physics, but also for neurosurgeons and neurologists. All chapters were coordinated by the Editors, with experiences in hands-on courses on Echography and Doppler of the Brain, and prepared by international experts. The book covers from basic principles to estimation of intracranial pressure and cerebral perfusion. The topics cover emergency department and prehospital brain US as part of POCUS and US multiorgan evaluation to general intensive care, neurointensive care and anesthesia, including special populations as pregnant and children and setting as LMIC. Clinical scenarios complete the book. An innovative and unique guide that equips readers to perform bedside and non-invasive assessments for a range of cerebrovascular diseases.

    Contents:
    Part I. Technology, views and normal echo anatomy
    Physical principles probe/Technology
    Basic anatomy with TCCD and vessels
    Windows and practical approach: the MoTOr
    ONSD
    Limitations and pitfalls
    The minimal, intermediate and advanced skills: how to boost your competencies
    Part II. PI, FV, Autoregulation, Cr Cl
    Intracranial pressure
    Brain US for cerebral perfusion
    Part III. Pathology and clinical applications: Emergency department
    Emergency department and prehospital brain US as part of POCUS and US multiorgan evaluation
    Part IV. Liver failure, metabolic coma, sepsis
    Meningitis, stroke
    Cardiac arrest
    ARDS (protective ventilation), ECMO
    Part V. Intracerebral haematomas, midlineshift, hydrocephalus
    SAH Vasospasm
    Brain US in the neurologic settings
    Brain death
    Part VI. Pathology and clinical applications: Applications in neurosurgery
    Applications in neurosurgery
    Applications in low middle income countries
    Part VII. Pathology and clinical applications: specific considerations
    Pediatric population
    Pregnant patients
    Part VIII. Pathology and clinical applications: Intraoperative applications
    Non cardiac surgery
    Cardiac surgery
    Part X. Pathology and clinical applications
    Clinical cases images: clinical scenarios.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Scudder, John M.
    Digital Access Google Books 1864-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    X41 .S43 1885
    1
  • Digital
    Fabio Sangalli, Nicolò Patroniti, Antonio Pesenti, editors.
    Summary: Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) has been in clinical use for some 40 years, but it is only in the past decade that its application in the treatment of life-threatening circulatory and respiratory failure has truly flourished. This book presents a comprehensive overview of both pathophysiological and practical aspects of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal support. The basics of ECMO, including its history, the "ECMO team", cannulation, materials, and blood-surface interactions, are first discussed. The various indications for and particular characteristics of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal life support are then described in detail in the main part of the book. Patient care during ECMO and monitoring of the ECMO patient are also carefully covered, with explanation of the management of technical and clinical complications and transport-related problems. Further topics include long-term therapy options beyond ECMO, such as ventricular assist devices and transplants, outcome, the new frontiers of ECMO for organ procurement and future challenges. The authors are well-known experts in the field whose authoritative contributions and attention to practical aspects will be invaluable for novices and experienced practitioners alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rakesh Singh Sengar, Ashu Singh, editors.
    Summary: As the world population is exploding and alongside fluctuations in climate is also prevalent, there is an increasing stress on the food requirements of the population. We have an urgent necessity to produce more food in the limited agricultural land. Further, to feed 7 billion people there is a requirement of high yielding crops, without harming environment and limiting the use of unnecessary pesticide and chemical fertilizers. Therefore it has become crucial to develop agri-bio-techniques which are environment friendly and also give high crop productivity. Many countries are evaluating the utility of biotechnology and its role in addressing problems of food security and poverty. Biotechnology is the application of scientific and engineering principles to the processing and production of materials by utilising biological agents. These agents are exploited to provide goods and services. Agricultural biotechnology encompasses a growing list of techniques that range from simple probes to determine a relevant gene from the complete genome to manipulating genes for a desired outcome. Many other popular methods used in the realm of agricultural technology are - gene integration, Marker-assisted breeding, Tissue culture, Gene profiling or association mapping, Metabolomics etc. The fundamental challenge facing the scientific community is how to devise innovative strategies that will bring all developed as well as developing countries into the "biological fold" and to do so in ways that will take full advantage of advances in the biological sciences to curb poverty, improve public health, and promote human development. This book contains information on eco-friendly techniques for high crop productivity and it is a myriad of different techniques and technology used to sustain productivity in crop plants. There are fewer books focusing on large-scale organic farming, molecular farming etc. Multidisciplinary research and literature is needed to deliver knowledge and products into the marketplace which fulfil these requirements. The present book is a collection of literature contributed by experts, scientists, professors, and researchers from around the world, it emphasizes work of concerned scientist and his choice of techniques used for enhancement of agricultural production. This book analyses the use of modern techniques to increase crop yields, production, and risk of hunger linked to socioeconomic scenarios.

    Contents:
    Organic Agriculture: Techniques to Improve Crop Production
    Recent Biotechnological Approaches to Produce Climate-ready-crops and Enhancing Crop Productivity
    Bioformulation and Fluid Bed Drying: A new approach towards an improved biofertilizer formulation
    Analysis of chlorophyll fluorescence: a reliable technique in determination of stress on plants
    The LISA and SOCRATEES© approach for sustainable crop and soil management
    Integrated farming systems for sustainable agriculture
    Resource conserving technologies for enhancing resource use efficiency and crop productivity
    Biotechnological tools for Enhancing Abiotic Stress Tolerance in plant
    Bioengineering of DREB and NAC Transcription Factors for Enhancing Plant Tolerance against Abiotic Stresses
    Perspectives in high-throughput phenotyping of qualitative traits at the whole-plant level
    An Overview of QTL Identification and Marker Assisted Selection for Grain Protein Content in Wheat
    Statistical Data Analysis Tools-Software prospects for Crop Productivity.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kuldeep Bauddh, Sanjeev Kumar, Rana Pratap Singh, John Korstad, editors.
    Summary: Rampant industrialization, urbanization, and population growth have resulted in increased global environmental contamination. The productivity of agricultural soil is drastically deteriorated and requires a high dose of fertilizers to cultivate crops. To ensure food security, farmers are compelled to apply excess chemical fertilizers and insecticides that contaminate soil, air, and water. Heavy loads of chemical fertilizers not only degrade the quality of agricultural land but also pollute water and air. Use of chemical fertilizers also accelerate the release of greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide and methane along with nutrient runoff from the watershed in to lower elevation rivers and lakes, resulting in cultural eutrophication. Farming practices globally in developed, developing, and under-developing countries should utilize and promote sustainable methods through viable combined environmental, social, and economic means that improve rather than harm future generations. This can include use of non-synthetic fertilizers like compost, vermicompost, slow-release fertilizers, farmyard manures, crop rotations that include nitrogen-fixing legumes. Organic fertilizers like compost and vermicompost improve soil properties like texture, porosity, water-holding capacity, organic matter, as well as nutrient availability. The purpose of this book is to document the available alternatives of synthetic fertilizers, their mode of action, efficiency, preparation methodology, practical suggestions for sustainable practices, and needed research focus. The book will cover major disciplines like plant science, environmental science, agricultural science, agricultural biotechnology and microbiology, horticulture, soil science, atmospheric science, agro-forestry, agronomy, and ecology. This book is helpful for farmers, scientists, industrialists, research scholars, masters and graduate students, non-governmental organizations, financial advisers, and policy makers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: Sustainable Agricultural Approaches for Enhanced Crop Productivity, Better Soil Health, and Improved Ecosystem Services
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Crop Productivity Along with Soil Health
    1.3 High-Yielding Varieties (HYVs) and Genetically Modified Varieties (GMVs)
    1.4 Modern Agricultural Practices and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services (ES)
    1.5 Environmentally Friendly Agricultural Practices and Ecosystem Services
    1.6 Soil-Friendly Crops
    1.7 Soil-Friendly Fertilizers and Pesticides
    1.7.1 Biofertilizer 1.7.2 Biopesticides
    1.7.3 Green Manure
    1.7.4 Farmyard Manure (FYM)
    1.7.5 Biochar
    1.7.6 Vermicompost
    1.7.7 Slow-Release Fertilizers
    1.8 Soil-Friendly Farming Practices
    1.8.1 Crop Rotation
    1.8.2 Multi-cropping
    1.8.3 Mixed Cropping
    1.8.4 Strip Cropping
    1.8.5 Zero/Low Tillage
    1.8.6 Nitrogen-Fixing Cropping
    1.9 Conclusion
    References
    2: Ecologically Sound and Practical Applications for Sustainable Agriculture
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Need for Topsoil
    2.3 No-Till
    2.4 Crossbreeding and Genetics
    2.5 Case Studies Around the World
    2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Communication
    2.8 Economic Viability
    2.9 Education
    2.10 Final Thoughts
    References
    3: Destruction of Soil Health and Risk of Food Contamination by Application of Chemical Fertilizer
    3.1 Mineral or Chemical Fertilizers
    3.2 Application of Chemical Fertilizers
    3.2.1 Direct Application
    3.2.1.1 Surface Feeding
    3.2.1.2 Foliage Feeding
    3.2.1.3 Indirect Application
    3.3 Contamination of Soil Health
    3.3.1 Soil Health
    3.4 Chemical Fertilizers and the Risk of Food Contamination
    3.5 Discussion
    3.6 Conclusion
    References 4: Impacts of Synthetic Pesticides on Soil Health and Non-targeted Flora and Fauna
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Need of Pesticides
    4.3 Synthetic Pesticides
    4.4 Types of Synthetic Pesticides
    4.4.1 Organochlorine Pesticides
    4.4.2 Organophosphorus Pesticides
    4.4.3 Carbamates
    4.5 Toxicity of Synthetic Pesticides
    4.5.1 Toxicity to the Animals
    4.5.2 Toxicity to Plants
    4.5.3 Toxicity to the Soil
    4.6 Impact of Synthetic Pesticides on Non-targeted Beneficial Insects
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    5: Ecological Consequences of Genetically Modified Crops on Soil Biodiversity 5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Genetically Modified Crops
    5.3 Role of Genetically Modified Crops in Agriculture
    5.4 Environmental Consequences of GM Crops
    5.4.1 Impact on Human Health
    5.4.2 Impact on Plants
    5.4.3 Impacts on Soil Biodiversity
    5.4.4 Impact on Non-targeted Insects
    5.5 Risk of Gene Flow
    5.6 Conclusion
    References
    6: Application of Biochar in Agriculture: A Sustainable Approach for Enhanced Plant Growth, Productivity and Soil Health
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Biochar
    6.2.1 Synthesis of Biochar
    6.2.2 Characteristics of Biochar
    6.2.2.1 pH
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Felix Fuders, Pablo J. Donoso, editors.
    Summary: This book proposes strategies for improving the resilience and conservation of temperate forests in South America, such that these forests can provide ecosystem services in a sustainable way. As such it contributes to the design of a resilient human-forest model that takes into account the multiculturalism of local communities, in many cases including aspects of ecological economics, development economics and territorial development planning that are related to indigenous peoples or first nations. Further, it provides proposals for public and territorial policies that improve the state of conservation of native forests and forest ecosystems, based on a critical analysis of the economic factors that lead to the degradation of forest ecosystems in South America today. This edition was conceived by members of the Transdisciplinary Research Center for Social and Ecological Strategies for Sustainable Forest Management in South America at the Universidad Austral de Chile. It includes contributions by distinguished researchers from around the world, combining the fields of economics, ecology, biology, anthropology, sociology and statistics. It is not, however, simply a collection of works written by authors from different disciplines, but rather each chapter is in itself transdisciplinary. This approach makes the book a unique contribution to enhancing social, managerial and political approaches to forestry management, helping to protect forest ecosystem services and make them more sustainable. This, in turn, will benefit local communities and society as a whole, by reducing the negative externalities of forestry management and enhancing future opportunities.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Part 1. General thoughts on transdisciplinarity, economics and ecology
    Chapter 1. Towards a transdisciplinary ecological economics: a cognitive approach
    Chapter 2. The 'Tragedy of the Commons' and the role of the money interest rate
    Chapter 3. Allocative efficiency and property rights in ecological economics: why we need to distinguish between man-made capital and natural resources
    Part 2. Chile
    Chapter 4. Subsidizing green deserts in southern Chile
    between fast growth and sustainability of Forest Management
    Chapter 5. Land use as a socio-ecological system: developing a transdisciplinary approach to studies of land use change in south-central Chile
    Chapter 6. Between extractivism and conservation: tree plantations, forest reserves, and peasant territorialities in Los Ríos, Chile
    Chapter 7. Land tenure insecurity and forest conservation in Chile: the case of the Mapuche Huilliche indigenous communities in the coastal range rainforests of Mapu Lahual
    Chapter 8. Towards a New Forest Model for Chile: managing forest ecosystems to increase their social, ecological and economic benefits
    Chapter 9. On ecosystem dynamics for the conservation of wetlands and forest
    Part 3. Brazil
    Chapter 10. Transdisciplinary case study approaches to the ecological restoration of rainforest ecosystems
    Chapter 11. Forest governance in Brazil and Chile: institutions and practices in the implementation of sustainable management of native forests
    Chapter 12. Municipal private natural heritage reserves: uses and attributions of Natural Protected Areas in the city of Curitiba (PR)
    Chapter 13. Understanding adoption and design of incentive-based forest conservation policies: a case study of the SISA Program in Acre, Brazil
    Conclusions
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Martin Drechsler.
    Summary: "Ecologists and economists both use models to help develop strategies for biodiversity management. The practical use of disciplinary models, however, can be limited because ecological models tend not to address the socioeconomic dimension of biodiversity management, whereas economic models tend to neglect the ecological dimension. Given these shortcomings of disciplinary models, there is a necessity to combine ecological and economic knowledge into ecological-economic models. Gradually guiding the reader into the field of ecological-economic modelling by introducing mathematical models and their role in general, this book provides an overview on ecological and economic modelling approaches relevant for research in the field of biodiversity conservation. It discusses the advantages of and challenges associated with ecological-economic modelling, together with an overview of useful ways of integration. Although being a book about mathematical modelling, ecological and economic concepts play an equally important role, making the book accessible for readers from very different disciplinary backgrounds"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What is a model?
    Purposes of modelling
    Typical model features
    Homogenous deterministic population models
    Homogenous stochastic population models
    Spatial population models
    Models with individual variability
    Models of biodiversity
    Instruments for biodiversity conservation
    Game theory
    Incentive design
    Modelling human decisions
    The agglomeration bonus
    Foundations of ecological- foundations of ecological-economic modelling
    Benefits and challenges of ecological-economic modelling
    Integration of ecological and economic models
    Examples of ecological-economic modelling
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    Christian R. Landry, Nadia Aubin-Horth, editors.
    Summary: "Researchers in the field of ecological genomics aim to determine how a genome or a population of genomes interacts with its environment across ecological and evolutionary timescales. Ecological genomics is trans-disciplinary by nature. Ecologists have turned to genomics to be able to elucidate the mechanistic bases of the biodiversity their research tries to understand. Genomicists have turned to ecology in order to better explain the functional cellular and molecular variation they observed in their model organisms. Ecological genomics covers 3 fields of research that have most benefited from the recent technological and conceptual developments in the field of ecological genomics: the study of life-history evolution and its impact of genome architectures; the study of the genomic bases of phenotypic plasticity and the study of the genomic bases of adaptation and speciation"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Recent advances in ecological genomics: from phenotypic plasticity to convergent and adaptive evolution and speciation
    Trait transitions in explicit ecological and genomic contexts: plant mating systems as case studies
    Revisiting Mortimer's genome renewal hypothesis: heterozygosity, homothallism, and the potential for adaptation in yeast
    Ecological genomics of adaptation and speciation in Fungi
    Integrating phenotypic plasticity within an ecological genomics framework: recent insights from the genomics, evolution, ecology, and fitness of plasticity
    Eco-evo-devo: the time has come
    Evolutionary and ecological genomics of developmental plasticity: novel approaches and first insights from the study of horned beetles
    Neurogenomics of behavioral plasticity
    Ecological genomics of host behavior manipulation by parasites
    Ecological epigenetics
    The reproducibility of adaptation in the light of experimental evolution with whole genome sequencing
    Ecological Genomics of Host Shifts in Drosophila mojavensis
    The genomics of an adaptive radiation
    insights across the Heliconius speciation continuum
    Merging ecology and genomics to dissect diversity in wild tomatoes and their relatives
    Integrated genomics approaches in evolutionary and ecological endocrinology
    Evolutionary genomics of environmental pollution
    Signatures of natural selection and ecological differentiation in microbial genomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Manoj Kumar Jhariya, Ram Swaroop Meena, Arnab Banerjee, editors.
    Summary: Ecological intensification involves using natural resources such as land, water, soil nutrients, and other biotic and abiotic variables in a sustainable way to achieve high performance and efficiency in agricultural yield with minimal damage to the agroecosystems. With increasing food demand there is high pressure on agricultural systems. The concept of ecological intensification presents the mechanisms of ensuring high agricultural productivity by restoration the soil health and landscape ecosystem services. The approach involves the replacement of anthropogenic inputs with eco-friendly and sustainable alternates. Effective ecological intensification requires an understanding of ecosystems services, ecosystem's components, and flow of resources in the agroecosystems. Also, awareness of land use patterns, socio-economic factors, and needs of the farmer community plays a crucial role. It is therefore essential to understand the interaction of ecosystem constituents within the extensive agricultural landscape. The editors critically examined the status of ecological stress in agroecosystems and address the issue of ecological intensification for natural resources management. Drawing upon research and examples from around the world, the book is offering an up-to-date account, and insight into the approaches that can be put in practice for poly-cropping systems and landscape-scale management to increase the stability of agricultural production systems to achieve Ecological resilience. It further discusses the role of farmer communities and the importance of their awareness about the issues. This book will be of interest to teachers, researchers, climate change scientists, capacity builders, and policymakers. Also, the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, agronomy, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policymakers will also find this to be a useful read for green future.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Ecological Intensification of Natural Resources towards Sustainable Productive System
    Chapter 2. Ecologically Harmonized Agricultural Management for Global Food Security
    Chapter 3. Ecological Intensification: A Step towards Biodiversity Conservation and Management of Terrestrial Landscape
    Chapter 4. Climate Change and Agricultural Sustainable Intensification in the Arid Lands
    Chapter 5. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Development
    Chapter 6. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Agriculture in South Asia
    Chapter 7. Ecological Intensification for Sustainble Agriculture and Environment in India
    Chapter 8. Mulching and Weed Management towards Sustainability
    Chapter 9. Vertical Greenhouses Agro-technology- Solution toward Environmental Problems
    chapter 10. Bioremediation of Lead Contaminated Soils for Sustainable Agriculture
    Chapter 11. Pollination and Ecological Intensification: A Way towards Green Revolution
    Chapter 12. Ecosystem Services of Himalayan Alder
    Chapter 13. Soil Carbon Stock and Sequestration: Implications for Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation
    Chpater 14. Ecomodelling towards Natural Resource Management and Sustainability
    Chapter 15. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Agriculture: The Nigerian Perspective
    Chapter 16. Eco-designing for Sustainability
    Chpater 17. Ecological Intensification: Towards Food and Environmental Security in Sub-Saharan Africa
    Chapter 18. Eco-intensified Breeding Strategies for Improving Climate Resilience in Goats.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wesley Dáttilo, Victor Rico-Gray, editors.
    Summary: Based on graph theory studies this book seeks to understand how tropical species interact with each other and how these interactions are affected by perturbations in some of the most species-rich habitats on earth. Due to the great diversity of species and interactions in the tropics, this book addresses a wide range of current and future issues with empirical examples and complete revisions on different types of ecological networks: from mutualisms to antagonisms. The goal of this publication is not to be only for researchers but also for undergraduates in different areas of knowledge, and also to serve as a reference text for graduate-level courses mainly in the life sciences.

    Contents:
    Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Tropical Biodiversity: The Importance of Biotic Interactions for Its Origin, Maintenance, Function, and Conservation; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Biotic Interactions and the Origin of Tropical Forest Biodiversity; 1.3 Biotic Interactions and the Maintenance of Tropical Biodiversity; 1.4 Biotic Interactions and Ecosystem Functioning; 1.5 Management and Conservation Implications; References;
    Chapter 2: The History of Ecological Networks; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Pioneering Natural Historians. 2.3 Early Ecologists2.4 Food Web Models; 2.5 Modern Developments in Ecological Network Analysis; 2.6 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 3: The Structure of Ecological Networks; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Indices to Describe the Topology of Ecological Networks; 3.3 Indices to Describe the Roles of Individual Species; 3.4 Factors That Influence the Structure of Ecological Networks; 3.5 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Ecology and Evolution of Species-Rich Interaction Networks; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Ecological Dynamics; 4.3 Evolutionary Dynamics; 4.4 Eco-evolutionary Dynamics. 4.5 The Challenge Ahead: Eco-evolutionary Dynamics in Tropical, Species-Rich NetworksReferences;
    Chapter 5: The Complex Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Relationship Within Tropical Ecological Networks; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Interactions in a Network Perspective; 5.3 Origin and Maintenance of Structural Patterns in Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.4 The Robustness of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.5 Limitations and Recommendations for the Study of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.6 Future Directions in the Study of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; References;
    Chapter 6: Plant-Pollinator Networks in the Tropics: A Review. 6.1 Introduction6.2 A Profile of Pollination Network Studies; 6.3 Global Distribution of the Studies; 6.4 Comprehensive Versus Partial Networks and Habitats Sampled; 6.5 Sampling Methods; 6.6 Structure and Drivers of Pollination Networks; 6.7 General Network Patterns; 6.7.1 Low Connectance; 6.7.2 Uneven Degree Distribution and Interaction Strength; 6.7.3 Asymmetric Interactions; 6.7.4 Nestedness; 6.7.5 Modularity; 6.8 Drivers of Network Structure and a Nicheâ#x80;#x93;Neutral Continuum Model for Interactions; 6.8.1 Contemporary Mechanisms. 6.8.2 A â#x80;#x9C;Neutralâ#x80;#x93;Niche Continuum Modelâ#x80;#x9D; for Species Interactions6.8.3 Evolutionary History May Shape Interactions by Its Influence on Species Traits; 6.8.4 Historical Drivers of Interactions; 6.9 Is There a Latitudinal Gradient of Specialization in Pollination Networks?; 6.10 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 7: Tropical Seed Dispersal Networks: Emerging Patterns, Biases, and Keystone Species Traits; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Temporal and Spatial Distribution of Tropical Seed Dispersal Networks; 7.3 Basic Network Descriptors and Methodological Bias; 7.4 Methodological Bias.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Charles M. Crisafulli, Virginia H. Dale, editors.
    Summary: This book builds on existing work exploring succession, disturbance ecology, and the interface between geophysical and biological systems in the aftermath of the 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens. The eruption was dramatic both in the spatial extent of its impact and the range of volcanic disturbance types and intensities. Complex geophysical forces created unparalleled opportunities to study initial ecological responses and long-term succession processes that occur in response to a major contemporary eruption across a great diversity of ecosystems, lowland to alpine forests, meadows, lakes, streams, and rivers. These factors make Mount St. Helens an extremely rich environment for learning about the ecology of volcanic areas and, more generally, about ecosystem response to major disturbance of many types, including land management. Lessons about ecological recovery at Mount St. Helens are shaping thought about succession, disturbance ecology, ecosystem management, and landscape ecology. Explosive Mount St. Helens now rivals Krakatoa's 1883 eruption for understanding ecological change. Researchers escaping their desks have produced top science by repeated immersion, inspiration and observation in nature. From a mountain with conspicuous heterogeneous geology, the big picture emerges, and landscape ecology's evolving spatial patterns come alive. Bounce-back ecosystem recovery processes enrich the concepts of both resilience and ecological succession. Readers will relish the cascade of discoveries here. Richard T.T. Forman, retired PAES Professor of Landscape Ecology at Harvard University. A volcanic eruption instantly resets the ecological clock, starting a process of recovery and renewal that follows multiple pathways. The lessons gleaned from the contributions to this book apply not just to Mount St. Helens, but more broadly, to less spectacular but more frequent environmental disturbances of all sorts. John A. Wiens, former Chief Scientist, The Nature Conservancy, and Adjunct Professor, University of Western Australia "Research following the eruption of Mount St. Helens has helped revolutionize our thinking about how forest ecosystems respond to disturbances. Now, as demonstrated in this book, it has also become the global go-to locale for scientific information on impacts of volcanic eruptions! We are incredibly fortunate to have this latest volume summarizing science in this eruptive landscape." Jerry F. Franklin, Professor of Forest Ecosystems, University of Washington.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    C. Max Finlayson, Gurdeep Rastogi, Deepak R. Mishra, Ajit K. Pattnaik, editors.
    Summary: This book chronicles the decades-long work of studying, analyzing, and reversing the environmental pressures that threatened India's Chilika Lagoon, the largest brackish-water lagoon in the region, and the second largest in the world. Designated as one of India's first Ramsar Sites in 1981, Chilika Lagoon continued to degrade for a decade longer. Then, the Chilika Development Authority (CDA) was established to gather information and devise a restoration plan that benefits the ecosystems of the lagoon, with sensitivity to the needs and livelihoods of local communities. Expert contributors detail the work of analysis, planning and implementation, including extensive coverage of such topics as: Devising a plan for implementing Ramsar wise use guidelines Sedimentologic, chemical, and isotopic impacts Hydrodynamics and salinity Runoff and sediment in watersheds of the Lagoon's Western Catchment Long-term analysis of water quality and continued water quality monitoring Bio-optical models for cyclone impact assessment Studies of geomorphology, land use, and sedimentary environments Spatiotemporal assessment of phytoplankton communities Creation of a post-restoration scenario for fish and fisheries Assessing status of waterbirds, species diversity and migration patterns The result was a major hydrological intervention to re-establish hydrological and salinity regimes, biodiversity, and fish catches, and help protect the livelihood of lagoon-dependent communities. The story of the rehabilitation and management of Chilika Lagoon demonstrates that it is possible to halt and reverse the encroachment and degradation of wetlands, to restore biodiversity and to provide benefits for large numbers of people. Ecology, Conservation, and Restoration of Chilika Lagoon goes beyond scientific research articles to explore institutional and governance issues, political ecology, and the Ramsar Convention's guidelines for ecosystem restoration. The book will benefit researchers, wetland managers, government policy makers and more general readers concerned with restoration and conservation of wetlands around the planet.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    An overview of the restoration and management of Chilika Lagoon : successful application of the Ramsar wise use guidelines
    Ecological characterization of Chilika : defining strategies and management needs for wise use
    Ecosystem services : implications for managing Chilika
    Sedimentologic, chemical, and isotopic constraints on the Anthropogenic influence on Chilika Lake, India
    Modelling of hydrodynamics and salinity characteristics in Chilika Lagoon
    Assessment of runoff and sediment yield from selected watersheds in the Western Catchment of the Chilika Lagoon
    Long-term analysis of water quality in Chilika Lagoon and application of bio-optical models for cyclone impact assessment
    Spatio-temporal variation in physicochemical parameters of water in the Chilika lagoon
    Geomorphology, land use/land cover and sedimentary environments of the Chilika Basin
    Spatiotemporal Assessment of phytoplankton communities in the Chilika lagoon
    Fish and fisheries of Chilika : post-restoration scenario
    Avifauna of Chilika, Odisha : assessment of spatial and temporal changes
    Biodiversity of benthic fauna in Chilika lagoon
    Microbial ecology of Chilika Lagoon
    Survey, characterization, ecology, and management of macrophytes in Chilika lagoon.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Gisela Heckel, Yolanda Schramm, editors.
    Summary: Pinnipeds are marine mammals that include eared seals, true seals, and walruses. This book presents detailed reviews on the ecology and conservation of 10 pinniped species along the coasts and islands in Latin America, from Mexico to Chile and Argentina. Topics covered include their population dynamics, trophic ecology, reproduction, and behavior. In addition, the book addresses major conservation issues regarding climate change, interaction with fisheries, ecotourism, and other human activities.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 - Introduction - Pinnipeds in Latin America
    Chapter 2 - South American fur seal (Arctocephalus australis, Zimmerman 1783)
    Chapter 3 - Ecology and conservation of the Galapagos fur seal (Arctocephalus galapagoensis, Heller 1904)
    Chapter 4 - Antarctic fur seal (Arctocephalus gazella, Peters 1876)
    Chapter 5 - Reviewing the current status of Juan Fernandez fur seals (Arctocephalus philippii philippii, Peters 1866)
    Chapter 6 - The Guadalupe fur seal (Arctocephalus philippii townsendi, Merriam 1897)
    Chapter 7 - South American sea lion (Otaria flavescens, Shaw 1800)
    Chapter 8 - Current status of the California sea lion (Zalophus californianus, Lesson 1828) in Mexico
    Chapter 9 - Life history strategies in the Galapagos sea lion (Zalophus wollebaeki, Silvertsen 1953): understanding the past to predict the future
    Chapter 10 - Conservation and management implications of southern elephant seals (Miroung leonina, Linnaeus 1758): demography, social organization and behavior
    Chapter 11 - Status review of the northern elephant seal (Mirounga angustirostris, Gill 1866) in Mexico: past, present and perspectives
    Chapter 12 - The Pacific harbor seal (Phoca vitulina richardii, Gray 1864) in Mexico.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sonia Gallina-Tessaro, editor.
    Summary: This book brings together the latest information on tropical ungulates in different Latin American countries. These animals are not only important from the point of view of their role in different ecosystems, but also have cultural value for people. The book also discusses topics such as habitat transformation and hunting as these species are an important source of food in many places. Addressing ungulate natural communities in diverse ecosystems and countries, the book provides information on specific aspects of each of the most representative species, and highlights topics to help readers better understand these species and develop effective management and conservation strategies. The information presented also reveals the need for more knowledge and will hopefully provide the incentive for continued studies on this important group of animals. This publication serves as a reference for academic research on ungulate ecology, behavior and dynamics, as well as the basis for conservation strategies.

    Contents:
    Section 1
    General Topics of Tropical Ungulated Species
    Chapter 1
    Introduction: Tropical Ungulates in Latin America
    Chapter 2
    Tropical Ungulates in Mexico
    Chapter 3
    Tropical Ungulates of Costa Rica
    Chapter 4
    Tropical Ungulates of Honduras
    Chapter 5
    Tropical Ungulates of Panama
    Chapter 6
    Tropical Ungulates of Colombia
    Chapter 7
    Tropical Ungulates of Venezuela
    Chapter 8
    Tropical Ungulates of Peru
    Chapter 9
    Tropical Ungulates of Brazil
    Chapter 10
    Tropical Ungulates of Argentina Chapter 11
    Tropical Ungulates of Uruguay
    Section 2
    SpecificTopics of Tropical Ungulated Species
    Chapter 12
    Mule Deer
    Chapter 13
    White-Tailed Deer
    Chapter 14
    Brocket Deer
    Chapter 15
    White Lipped Peccari
    Chapter 16
    Collared Peccari
    Chapter 17
    Tapir
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    En Tao Wang, Chang Fu Tian, Wen Feng Chen, J. Peter W. Young, Wen Xin Chen.
    Summary: This book reviews the history and development of rhizobial ecology (diversity, function and interactions with the biotic and abiotic environments), evolution (genome diversification, systematics of symbiotic genes) and application. Further, it describes the new concept of rhizobia, the latest systematic methods, biogeographic study methods, and genomic studies to identify the interactions between rhizobia, legumes and environments. To enable readers to gain a comprehensive understanding of rhizobial biogeography, the book provides effective protocols for the selection and application of high-efficiency rhizobial inoculants. In addition, it presents standard and modern methods used in studies on rhizobial ecology and evolution in dedicated appendices, making it a unique and valuable handbook for researchers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Symbiosis between rhizobia and legumes
    Chapter 2. History of rhizobial taxonomy
    Chapter 3. Current Systematics of rhizobia
    Chapter 4. Genomics and evolution of rhizobia
    Chapter 5. Symbiosis genes: diversity and organization
    Chapter 6. Evolution of symbiosis genes: Vertical and horizontal gene transfer
    Chapter 7. Diversity of interactions between rhizobia and legumes
    Chapter 8. Geographical distribution of rhizobia
    Chapter 9. Environmental determinants of biogeography of rhizobia
    Chapter 10. Effects of host plants on biogeography of rhizobia
    Chapter 11. Rhizobial genomics and biogeography
    Chapter 12. Current status of rhizobial inoculants
    Chapter 13. Screening for effective rhizobia
    Chapter 14. Usage of rhizobial inoculants in agriculture
    Chapter 15. Rhizobial activity beyond nitrogen fixation
    Chapter 16. Working on the taxonomy, biodiversity, ecology and evolution of rhizobia
    Index
    Acknowledgments.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew M. Barton and William S. Keeton ; foreword by Thomas A. Spies.
    Summary: "An important contribution to the burgeoning literature extolling the virtues of forest complexity. As a compendium of the literature on forest heterogeneity alone, this book is an indispensable reference for scholars and practitioners of ecological forest management." Gregory H. Aplet, Senior Science Director, The Wilderness Society "Ecology and Recovery of Eastern Old-Growth Forests is extremely timely and hugely important. Old-growth forests are quickly disappearing, and global changes mandate that we find new approaches to manage them. Succinctly written by prominent American and Canadian scientists, this book is a must-read for forest professionals and enthusiastic forest lovers everywhere." Christian Messier, Professor of Forest Ecology, Université du Québec à Montréal and Université du Québec en Outaouais "Finally, a much-needed, up-to-date treatise on the state of old-growth forests in the East. All forest stakeholders should read this book." Jerry F. Franklin, Professor Emeritus, University of Washington.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Introduction: Ecological and Historical Context
    Chapter 2. Old-Growth and Mature Remnant Floodplain Forests of the Southeastern United States
    Chapter 3. Fire-Maintained Pine Savannas and Woodlands of the Southeastern United States Coastal Plain
    Chapter 4. Old-Growth Forests in the Southern Appalachians: Dynamics and Conservation Frameworks
    Chapter 5. Topography and Vegetation Patterns in an Old-Growth Appalachian Forest: Lucy Braun, You Were Right!
    Chapter 6. Old-Growth Disturbance Dynamics and Associated Ecological Silviculture for Forests in Northeastern North American
    Chapter 7. Historical Patterns and Contemporary Processes in Northern Lake States Old-Growth Landscapes
    Chapter 8. Is Management or Conservation of Old Growth Possible in North American Boreal Forests?
    Chapter 9. Forest-Stream Interactions in Eastern Old-Growth Forests
    Chapter 10. Belowground Ecology and Dynamics in Eastern Old-Growth Forests
    Chapter 11. Biological Diversity in Eastern Old Growth
    Chapter 12. Eastern Old-Growth Forests under Threat: Changing Dynamics due to Invasive Organisms
    Chapter 13. Silviculture for Eastern Old Growth in the Context of Global Change
    Chapter 14. Source or Sink? Carbon Dynamics in Eastern Old-Growth Forests and Their Role in Climate Change Mitigation
    Chapter 15. Conclusion: Past, Present, and Future of Old-Growth Forests in the East
    Glossary
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    I.J. Gordon, Herbert H.T. Prins, editors.
    Summary: Large herbivorous mammals have a long history of adaptation to changing environmental circumstances. Many groups of mammalian herbivores started as omnivores and opportunistic browsers of fruits and other plant parts, later adapting to increasingly specialised leaf browsing, and finally to grazing as open grass-dominated environments spread following climatic cooling and drying during the Neogene. Changes in global climate led to vegetational changes in terrestrial ecosystems, which resulted in changes in the proportions of browsing and grazing species in the ungulate guilds. There is currently a range of proxy methods to assess diets and feeding ecology of large extinct herbivorous mammals, including dental microwear and mesowear analyses and stable isotope analyses. Together these methods have enabled an increasingly diverse and fine-scale understanding of the dietary variation of herbivorous mammals throughout the Cenozoic, providing a more detailed picture than traditional comparative ecomorphology approaches alone. This chapter will provide an up-to-date assessment of the analytical methods of determining the diet of extinct large herbivorous mammal taxa, and provide insights into changes in the assemblages of browsing and grazing mammals and how these relate to changes to climate and the evolution of different plant forms.

    Contents:
    The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H.T. Prins
    The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen
    The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J.T. Faith
    Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss
    Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan. A. Venter, Mike M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke
    Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee
    Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Minib Khanyari, Herbert H.T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi
    Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone
    Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi
    Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A.D.M. van de Vijver, Herbert H.T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen
    Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo
    Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee
    Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P.J. Smit and Corli Coetsee
    Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W.S. Flynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf
    The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H.T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B.P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss
    Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H.T. Prins.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Charles S. Elton ; with contributions by Daniel Simberloff and Anthony Ricciardi.
    Summary: Charles S. Elton's classic text Ecology of Invasions by Animals and Plants sounded an early warning about a human-driven global change that became widely appreciated among scientists and the public only decades later. "We must make no mistake", he wrote. "We are seeing one of the great historical convulsions of the world's fauna and flora." The enormous environmental consequences of this phenomenon are now well recognized. The past 60 years have seen an exponential rise in research on biological invasions, and Elton's original hypotheses are among those at the center of this research. In this new annotated edition, ecologists Daniel Simberloff and Anthony Ricciardi have provided forewords placing each chapter into historical scientific context. They assess the influence of Elton's ideas on the development of invasion ecology. Moreover, using the author's notes from the Elton archives at the University of Oxford, Simberloff and Ricciardi offer evidence that Elton was preparing the groundwork for a revised edition and discuss what additions and changes he intended to make. With clear language and copious examples, Ecology of Invasions is the first book to place invasions in a global context and is still the most cited work on the subject. It is an essential reference for students, researchers, and the general public who wish to understand an environmental phenomenon that has grown in magnitude and scope as a global issue for conservation and biosecurity.

    Contents:
    The invaders
    Wallace's realms : the archipelago of continents
    The invasion of continents
    The fate of remote islands
    Changes in the sea
    The balance between populations
    New food-chains for old
    The reasons for conservation
    The conservation of variety.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Ann E. Hajek, David I. Shapiro-Ilan.
    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    1. General concepts in the ecology of invertebrate diseases
    2. Methods for studying the ecology of invertebrate diseases and pathogens
    Section II. The Basics of Invertebrate Pathogen Ecology
    3. The pathogen population
    4. The host population
    5. Abiotic factors
    6. The biotic environment
    Section III. Ecology of Pathogen Groups
    7. Viruses
    8. Bacteria
    9. Fungi
    10. Microsporidia
    11. Nematodes
    12. Modeling insect epizootics and their population-level consequences
    13. Leveraging the ecology of invertebrate pathogens in micrbial control
    14. Prevention and management of diseases in terrestrial invertebrates
    15. Prevention and management of infectious diseases in aquatic invertebrates
    16. Ecology of emerging infectious diseases of invertebrates
    17. Conclusions and future directions.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Edouard Jurkevitch, Robert J. Mitchell, editors.
    Summary: This work is a collection of articles that discuss microbial predation from a variety of perspectives. It provides the readers a concise resource describing factors that are critical for several different predatory microbes, including Myxobacterium spp. and Bdellovibrio­-and-like organisms (BALOs), including the mechanisms involved, ecological conditions that adversely impact it and potential applications in aquaculture and bioproduction. The first half of this collection focuses more on ecological aspects of predation, with in-depth discussions on "wolf pack" predators, the presence and activities of predators in waste-water treatment plants and the role of intraguild predatory relationships, i.e., when two different predators are competing for a single prey but also interact with one another. The reader will gain a deeper understanding of the predatory mechanisms involved and their ecological roles. In the latter half, emphasis is given more to the application and limitations of predators. In addition to discussing secondary metabolite production within different microbial predators, the readers will also learn how predators are being used to purify secondary metabolites from prey. This section also discusses the expanding and promising role of predation in aquaculture, focusing on the application of predators to reduce pathogenic populations, but includes some important caveats for young researchers to consider and follow when working with Bdellovibrio. This work is written for both experienced researchers already in the field and for young scientists who are captivated by the thought of predation at the microscale and its growing importance within a wide-array of fields.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Predatory interactions between Myxobacteria and their prey
    The ecology of Bdellovibrio and like organisms in wastewater treatment plants
    Intraguild predation: predatory networks at the microbial scale
    Antibacterial activities of Bdellovibrio and like organisms in aquaculture
    Secondary metabolism of predatory bacteria
    Environmental and biotic factors impacting the activities of Bdellovibrio bacteriovorus
    Emerging horizons for industrial applications of predatory bacteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Graham E. Rotheray.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of the larva of Diptera Cyclorrhapha. It first discusses the principal forms, functions and roles of larvae, and then evaluates feeding, locomotion and respiration in larval saprophages, phytophages and zoophages as keys to understanding and predicting larval morphology. It also highlights how the environment affects morphology, the adaptiveness of morphological features and compares the adaptive features. Assessing the larval attributes that have the potential to explain the success of the Cyclorrhapha, the book also suggests future research directions and provides a summary of main findings and conclusions. As such, it appeals to entomologists, evolutionary biologists and Diptera researchers in all fields.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The Cyclorrhaphan larva
    Chapter 2: Acquiring data: targets, problems and solutions
    Chapter 3: Forms, functions and names
    Chapter 4: Mobility and locomotion
    Chapter 5: Respiration
    Chapter 6: Saprophagy, developing on decay
    Chapter 7: Phytophagy and mycophagy
    Chapter 8: Zoophagy: predation and parasitism
    Chapter 9: The Cyclorrhaphan larva as a data source.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Vasilios Fragoulakis, Christina Mitropoulou, Marc S. Williams, George P. Patrinos.
    Contents:
    Economic evaluation in health care: evidence-based medicine and evidence-based health economics
    Genomic medicine today: an introduction for health economists
    Economic evaluation and genomic medicine: what can they learn from each other?
    Introduction to the technical issues of economic evaluation
    Advanced methodological aspects in the economic evaluation
    Economic evaluation in the genomic era: some examples from the field
    Special requirements for economic evaluation and health technology assessment in genomic medicine
    A new methodological approach for cost-effectiveness analysis in genomic medicine
    Conclusions and future perspectives.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Sonia Quiroga, editor.
    Summary: This book compiles examples of the most widely used tools in agricultural economics that have been developed and used to analyze the impact of global change in agricultural activity. The research papers on this topic are plenty but lack the methodology. The content of this book can be used by research students exploring additional methods in agricultural economics.

    Contents:
    Part I: Microeconomic modelling: Risk management, adaptation measures and stakeholders' perception
    Ch.1. Crop Production functions and efficiency models: Climate change and water adaptation policy over competitiveness and social disparities of crop production in the Mediterranean
    Ch.2. Using ecological modelling tools to inform policy makers of potential changes in crop distribution: an example with cacao crops in Latin America
    Ch.3. The effects of climate change on poverty and income distribution: A case study for rural Mexico
    Ch.4. The value of meteorological information in agrarian producers' decision making: introducing analytic decision models
    Ch.5. Participatory process: Approaches for assessing farmer behavior towards adopting climate change adaptation strategies in Sub-Saharan Africa
    Part II: Macroeconomic and Complexity Modelling: Global challenges and multi-agent interactions in Mitigation and Adaptation Policy analysis
    Ch.6. CGE models in environmental policy analysis: A review and Spanish case study
    Ch.7. General equilibrium models: A computable general equilibrium model to analyze the effects of an extended drought on economic sectors in México
    Ch.8. Costs and benefits of Adaptation: "Economic appraisal of adaptation options for the agriculture sector
    Ch.9. The impacts of climate change on crop yields in Tanzania: comparing an empirical and a process-based model
    Ch.10. Development of a prioritization tool for climate change adaptation measures in the forestry sector
    A Nicaraguan case study.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tahereh Alavi Hojjat.
    Summary: Much has been written about the economic causes of obesity, but this book offers a comprehensive and deep investigation of the causes and treatment of these issues in a single volume. In the second edition, the author expands upon the serious threat that obesity poses not only to our health, but also to our society. Obesity costs billions of dollars a year in lost productivity and medical expenses. The social distribution of obesity has changed over time. Obesity rates in the United States continue to worsen in parallel with income inequality. Socioeconomic groups with low personal capital, levels of education, and income have higher obesity rates. In fact, the rate of obesity has increased the fastest among low-income Americans. The disproportionate burden of obesity on the poor poses an economic challenge and an ethical imperative. The link between obesity, inactivity, and poverty may be too costly to ignore because obesity-associated chronic disease already accounts for 70% of US healthcare costs. Although economic and technological changes in the environment drove the obesity epidemic, the evidence for effective economic policies to prevent obesity remains limited. The new edition brings together a multitude of topics on obesity previously not discussed with a particular emphasis on the influence of poverty and income inequality on obesity including: Economic Analysis: Behavioral Patterns, Diet Choice, and the Role of Government Income and Wealth Inequality and Obesity Social Mobility and Health Food Policies, Government Interventions, and Reducing Poverty The Economics of Obesity is an essential text for readers interested in learning about the causes and consequences of obesity within a social context including students, academicians, and practitioners in public health, medicine, social sciences, and health economics, both in and outside of the United States. US and international policy-makers also will find the book a salient read in addressing the issues that contribute to the cycle of poverty, income inequality, and obesity.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction: The Magnitude of the Obesity Problem
    Chapter 2: Different Perspectives on Causes of Obesity
    Chapter 3: Consequences of Obesity
    Chapter 4: Economic Analysis: Behavioral Patterns, Diet Choice, and the Role of Government
    Chapter 5: Socioeconomic Factors: Poverty and Obesity
    Chapter 6: Income and Wealth Inequality and Obesity
    Chapter 7: Data and Methodology: Empirical Investigation of the Relationship Among Obesity, Income Inequality, and Poverty
    Chapter 8:Obesity and Socioeconomic Status: Case Study of Peruvian Women
    Chapter 9: Social Mobility and Health
    Chapter 10: Food Policies, Government Interventions, and Reducing Poverty
    Chapter 11: Concluding Comments.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Mirza Hasanuzzaman, Kamrun Nahar, Münir Öztürk, editors.
    Summary: Halophytes are those plant species that can tolerate high salt concentrations. There are diversified species of halophytes suited for growth in various saline regions around the world, e.g. coastal saline soil, soils of mangrove forests, wetlands, marshlands, lands of arid and semiarid regions, and agricultural fields. These plants can be grown in soil and water containing high salt concentrations and unsuitable for conventional crops, and can be good sources of food, fuel, fodder, fiber, essential oils, and medicine. Moreover, halophytes can be exploited as significant and major plant species for the desalination and restoration of saline soils, as well as phytoremediation. This book highlights recent advances in exploring the unique features of halophytes and their potential uses in our changing environment.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Halophytes Responses and Tolerance to Abiotic Stresses.- Chapter 2. Behavior of Halophytes and their tolerance mechanism under different abiotic stresses.- Chapter 3. An Overview of the Germination Behaviour of Halophytes and Their Role in Food Security.- Chapter 4. Reactive Oxygen Species Production and Scavenging During Seed Germination of Halophytes.- Chapter 5. Halophyte Growth and Physiology under Metal Toxicity.- Chapter 6. Oxidative stress and antioxidant defense under metal toxicity in halophytes.- Chapter 7. Molecular mechanisms of osmotic stress recovery in extremophile plants: What can we learn from proteomics?.- Chapter 8. Halophytic Microbiome in Ameliorating the Stress.- Chapter 9. Economic utilization and potential of halophytes.- Chapter 10. Halophytes: prospective plants for future.- Chapter 11. Sustainable Use of Halophytic Taxa As Food and Fodder
    An Important Genetic Resource in Southwest Asia.- Chapter 12. How Could Halophytes Provide a Sustainable Alternative to Achieve Food Security in Marginal Lands?.- Chapter 13. Halophytes
    The Plants of Therapeutic Medicine.- Chapter 14. Halophyte species as a source of secondary metabolites with antioxidant activity.- Chapter 15. Phytoamelioration of the salt-affected soils through halophytes.- Chapter 16. Multidisciplinary studies on a pilot coastal desert modular farm growing Salicornia bigelovii in United Arab Emirates.- Chapter 17. Financial analysis of halophytes cultivation in a desert environment using different saline water resources for irrigation.- Chapter 18. Rhizophora Biomass of Mangrove Swamp Forests and its Utilization in Energy and Industrial Production: The Case of Malaysia.- Chapter 19. Halophytic Plant Diversity of Duzdag Mountain in Nakhchivan Autonomous Republic
    Azerbaijan.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Haakon Hop, Christian Wiencke, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses in detail on all ecologically important aspects of the Kongsfjorden system such as the marine and atmospheric environment including long-term monitoring, Ecophysiology of individual species, structure and function of the ecosystem, ecological processes and biological communities. The contributed articles include review articles and research articles that have a wider approach and bring the current research up-to-date. This book will form a baseline for future work.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    D.K. Pal.
    Summary: This book highlights ecosystem services of Indian tropical soils driven by soil properties. Soils are complex and important biomaterials and have an outstanding role in providing ecosystem services to mankind. The tropical soils have been traditionally and generally considered as either agriculturally poor or virtually useless by many. This book will discuss the difficulties encountered in managing Indian tropical soils in order to sustain their productivity. Some unique soil properties are yet to be linked explicitly to soil ecosystem services and soil care needs to be a constant research endeavour in the Indian tropical environment. This book highlights the new and unique soil knowledge base necessary to close the gap between food production and future population growth.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: Soil Properties and Ecosystem Services: Overview and Introduction; References;
    Chapter 2: Agro-ecological Regions for Better Crop Planning and Ecosystem Services; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Refinement of Agro-ecological Zones Based on Soil Properties; 2.3 Usefulness and Revision Needs of AESR; 2.3.1 Example 1 from SAT Non-zeolitic Vertisols; 2.3.2 Example 2 from SAT Zeolitic Vertisols; 2.3.3 Example 3 from BSR and IGP Areas on Wheat Productivity; 2.4 Generation of New Data for AESR Revision 2.5 Computation of Length of Growing Period (LGP) Based on sHC2.5.1 Estimation of sHC; 2.5.1.1 sHC of the IGP soils; 2.5.1.2 sHC of the BSR soils; 2.6 Modification of AESR Boundaries; 2.6.1 The Indo-Gangetic Plains; 2.6.2 Black Soils Region; 2.7 Usefulness of Modified AESRs in BSR Observed in Better Compatibility Between Revised LGP and Cotton Yield: A Case Study; References;
    Chapter 3: Organic Carbon Sequestration and Ecosystem Service of Indian Tropical Soils; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Other Factors of SOC Sequestration; 3.3 '4 per mille' Concept and Enhancement of SOC Sequestration 3.4 Possible Ways to Enhance the SOC SequestrationReferences;
    Chapter 4: Is Soil Inorganic Carbon (CaCO3, SIC) Sequestration a Bane or a Hidden Treasure in Soil Ecosystem Services?; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Formation of CaCO3 in SAT Soils: A Regressive Pedogenesis; 4.3 SIC (CaCO3) as Soil Modifier: Its Soil Ecosystem Services; 4.4 SIC's Ecosystem Services and Sustainability of SAT Soils; References;
    Chapter 5: Soil Modifiers (Ca-Zeolite and Gypsum) as Ecosystem Engineers in Soils of Humid and Semi-arid Tropical Climates; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Ca-Zeolites as Prolonged Ecosystem Engineer in Inceptisols, Alfisols and Mollisols of the Humid Tropical WG and KR Areas5.3 Ca-Zeolites as Transitory Ecosystem Engineer in Soils of SAT Marathwada Region of Central Peninsular India; 5.4 Gypsum: A Better Ecosystem Engineer than Ca-Zeolites in Vertisols of SAT Environment; 5.5 Zeolites Sustain Rice Cultivation in SAT Vertisols; 5.6 Ca-Zeolites in Adsorption and Desorption of Major Nutrients in SAT Vertisols; 5.6.1 Organic Carbon; 5.6.2 Nitrogen; 5.6.3 Phosphorus; 5.6.4 Potassium; References
    Chapter 6: Degradation in Indian Tropical Soils: A Commentary6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Physical Degradation Due to Water Erosion in Indian HT and SAT Soils; 6.2.1 HT Soils; 6.2.2 SAT Soils; 6.3 Chemical Degradation in Indian HT and SAT Soils; 6.3.1 HT Soils; 6.3.2 SAT Soils; References;
    Chapter 7: Summary and Concluding Remarks; 7.1 Agro-ecological Regions as a Tool for Ecosystem Services; 7.2 Organic Carbon Sequestration and Ecosystem Service; 7.3 Soil Inorganic Carbon Sequestration in Soil Ecosystem Services; 7.4 Soil Modifiers as Ecosystem Engineers; 7.5 Degradation in Indian Tropical Soils
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Ajith H. Perera, Urmas Peterson, Guillermo Martínez Pastur, Louis R. Iverson.
    Summary: Over the last two decades, the topic of forest ecosystem services has attracted the attention of researchers, land managers, and policy makers around the globe. The services rendered by forest ecosystems range from intrinsic to anthropocentric benefits that are typically grouped as provisioning, regulating, supporting, and cultural. The research efforts, assessments, and attempts to manage forest ecosystems for their sustained services are now widely published in scientific literature. This volume focuses on broad-scale aspects of forest ecosystem services, beyond individual stands to large landscapes. In doing so, it illustrates the conceptual and practical opportunities as well as challenges involved with planning for forest ecosystem services across landscapes, regions, and nations. The goal here is to broaden the scope of land use planning through the adoption of a landscape-scale approach. Even though this approach is complex and involves multiple ecological, social, cultural, economic, and political dimensions, the landscape perspective appears to offer the best opportunity for a sustained provision of forest ecosystem services.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Ecosystem services from forest landscapes: An overview.- Effects of climate change on CH4 and N2O fluxes from temperate and boreal forest soils.- What are plant-released biogenic volatiles and how they participate in landscape- to global-level processes?.- Towards functional green infrastructure in the Baltic Sea Region: knowledge production and learning across borders.- Sustainable Planning for peri-urban landscapes.- Barriers and bridges for landscape stewardship and knowledge production to sustain functional green infrastructures.- Solving conflicts among conservation, economic and social objectives in boreal production forest landscapes; Fennoscandian perspectives.- Natural disturbances and forest management: interacting patterns on the landscape.- Ecosystem services from forest landscapes: Where we are and where we go
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Pablo L. Peri, Guillermo Martínez Pastur, Laura Nahuelhual, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by I Nicol Ferrier, Jonathan Waite.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this popular Handbook provides the latest guidance on prescribing and administering electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). Leading researchers and practitioners review new research on ECT and related treatments, including their efficacy in children and adolescents, and in those with bipolar disorder and neurological conditions. With a focus on safe provision and minimisation of side effects, it provides the reader with practical, evidence-based advice. The book has been substantially revised: references have been updated throughout; related treatment modalities such as rTMS, tCDS and ketamine are covered in greater depth; and current administrative and legal framework guidelines are clearly outlined. An essential reference manual for consultant and trainee clinical psychiatrists, as well as ECT practitioners. This guide will benefit clinical teams looking after complex cases of depression, as well as those involved in the care of other people for whom ECT may be recommended.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Togas Tulandi, editor.
    Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases covering ectopic pregnancy, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians in reproductive medicine and obstetrics/gynecology with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat the various forms of the condition they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included illustrate different management strategies ? from treatment with methotrexate to surgical interventions ? as well as types of ectopic pregnancy, such as ovarian, interstitial, heterotopic and abdominal forms, among others. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Ectopic Pregnancy: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for reproductive medicine specialists, obstetricians and gynecologists, and family and emergency medicine physicians alike.

    Contents:
    Identification of Risk Factors of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Discriminatory Serum hCG level for Ectopic Pregnancy
    Pregnancy of Unknown Location
    Ectopic Pregnancy After In-Vitro Fertilization
    Surgical Treatment of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Bleeding Ectopic Pregnancy
    Medical Treatment of Ectopic Pregnancy
    Compliance with Methotrexate Treatment for Ectopic Pregnancy
    Inadvertent Methotrexate Administration
    Effect of Methotrexate Treatment for Ectopic Pregnancy on Current and Subsequent Pregnancy
    Interstitial Pregnancy
    Cervical Pregnancy
    Ovarian Ectopic Pregnancy
    Cesarean Scar Pregnancy
    Abdominal Pregnancy
    Intramural Pregnancy
    Heterotopic Pregnancy
    Retroperitoneal Ectopic Pregnancy
    Ectopic Molar Pregnancy
    Rudimentary Uterine Horn Pregnancy
    Fertility after Tubal Ectopic Pregnancy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ottavio Alfieri, Michele De Bonis, Giovanni La Canna, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giovanni Sogari, Cristina Mora, Davide Menozzi, editors.
    Summary: This book explores one of the most discussed and investigated novel foods in recent years: edible insects. The increasing demand for alternative protein sources worldwide had led the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) to promote the potential of using insects both for feed and food, establishing a program called "Edible Insects." Although several social, environmental, and nutritional benefits of the use of insects in the human diet have been identified, the majority of the population in Western countries rejects the idea of adopting insects as food, predominantly for cultural reasons. Nevertheless, international interest in promoting the consumption of insects has grown significantly, mainly in North America and Europe. This trend is mostly due to increasing attention and involvement from the scientific network and the food and feed industries, as well as governments and their constituents. The book explores the current state of entomophagy and identifies knowledge gaps to inform primary research institutions, students, members of the private sector, and policymakers to better plan, develop, and implement future research studies on edible insects as a sustainable source of food. The case studies and issues presented in this book cover highly up-to-date topics such as aspects of safety and allergies for human consumption, final meat quality of animals fed with insects, the legislative framework for the commercialization of this novel food, and other relevant issues.

    Contents:
    Insects as food: risk assessment and their future perspective in Europe
    Insects as food in the Global North
    the evolution of the entomophagy movement
    How to measure consumers acceptance towards edible insects?
    A scoping review about methodological approaches
    Bugs on the menu
    Drivers and barriers of consumer acceptance of insects as food
    Sensory and consumer perspectives on edible insects
    Quality and consumer perspectives on edible insects
    Quality and consumer acceptance of products from insect-fed animals
    Potential allergenic risk of entomophagy.-Insects as food: the legal Frameword.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    T.K. Lim.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Fruits
    v. 2. Fruits
    v. 3. Fruits
    v. 4. Fruits
    v. 5. Fruits
    v. 6. Fruits
    v. 7. Flowers
    v. 8. Flowers
    Digital Access
  • Digital
    Judith Babar, Oğuz Dicle, Hildo J. Lamb, Laura Oleaga, Fermín Sáez.
    Summary: This EDiR guide has a practical rather than a theoretical focus, and is intended as a reference tool for potential EDiR candidates who would like to gain a better understanding of the EDiR examination. A pool of experts has made every possible effort to create a single source that contains everything needed to successfully pass the EDiR examination. Times have changed, and there is certainly a new generation of radiologists who will find this cutting-edge tool a "must-have" to familiarize themselves with the examination quickly and easily. The book is divided into the following main sections: one chapter for each subspecialty; one chapter on Safety, Management and Imaging Procedures; another on Principles of Imaging Techniques and Processing; and lastly, one on Management. This structure follows the same pattern as the EDiR examination, which is based on the European Training Curriculum (ETC) for Radiology released by the European Society of Radiology (ESR). Each subspecialty is covered using the same basic structure: Multiple Response Questions (MRQs), Short Cases (SCs) and CORE Cases from one of the most recent EDiR examinations. Students will thus be able to see all the questions from a recent examination and learn from the answers and comments provided by our pool of experts. Clinical cases as electronic supplementary material complete the book, and links to EDiR preparation sessions are also included, allowing students to improve their knowledge of specific areas.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Adrian Thomas, Francis Duck.
    Summary: This book explores the lives and achievements of two Irish sisters, Edith and Florence Stoney, who pioneered the use of new electromedical technologies, especially X-rays but also ultraviolet radiation and diathermy. In addition, however, the narrative follows several intertwined themes as experienced by the sisters during their lifetimes. Their upbringing, influenced by their liberal-minded scientist father, set the tone for both their lives. Irish independence fractured their family heritage. Their professional experiences, fulfilling for Florence as a qualified doctor but often frustrating for Edith as a Cambridge-educated scientist, mirrored those of other aspiring women during this period, when the suffragist movement expanded and womens lobby groups were formed. World War I created an environment in which their unusual specialist knowledge was widely needed, and the sisters war experiences are carefully examined in the book. But ultimately this is the extraordinary story of two independent but closely bonded sisters and their abiding love and support for one another.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Dublin
    Chapter 2: Oakley Park
    Chapter 3: Newnham College, Cambridge
    Chapter 4: Cheltenham
    Chapter 5: London School of Medicine for Women
    Chapter 6: Florence and X-rays
    Chapter 7: Teaching Physics
    Chapter 8: Challenge and Loss
    Chapter 9: Action and Reaction
    Chapter 10: Florences War
    Chapter 11: Chateau de Chanteloup
    Chapter 12: Serbia and Salonika
    Chapter 13: Mobile Radiography
    Chapter 14: Villers-Cotterêts
    Chapter 15: Royaumont Abbey
    Chapter 16: Return to Civilian Life
    Chapter 17: Family, Retirement and Travel
    Chapter 18: Legacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    door Lauren Ann Maggio, geboren op 11 november 1979 te Lynn, Massachusetts, Verenigde Staten.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Characterizing physicians' information needs at the point of care
    3. Access of primary and secondary literature by health personnel in an academic health center : implications for open access
    4. Evidence-based medicine training in undergraduate medical education : a review and critique of the literature published 2006-2011
    5. Challenges to learning evidence-based medicine and education approaches to meet them : a qualitative study of selected EBM curricula in North American medical schools
    6. Designing evidence-based medicine training to optimize transfer of skills from the classroom to clinical practice : apply the Four Component Instructional Design Model
    7. Discussion.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R834 .M344 2015
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Edwin A. Bowe, Randall M. Schell, Amy N. DiLorenzo.
    Summary: Do you want to improve your teaching skills in graduate medical education? This book provides suggestions and practical examples for teaching in the Pre-Anesthesia Clinic, the Operating Room, the Pain Clinic, and the ICU. Designed to help the reader become a more efficient and effective teacher, it also provides best practice suggestions for teaching airway management, regional anesthesia, transesophageal echocardiography, and newer technologic advancements such as point-of-care ultrasound. Based on research in education, this book provides information for all medical educators, including creating the optimal learning environment, teaching clinical reasoning, using multimedia and simulation, making the classroom interactive, and the significance of test-enhanced learning, while presenting specific examples of each. Chapters include teaching professionalism, preparing residents to be teachers, teaching quality and safety, providing feedback, and teaching residents how to read the literature. This volume emphasizes providing practical suggestions from recognized leaders in each of the areas discussed.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Susan Bridges, Lap Ki Chan, Cindy E. Hmelo-Silver, editors.
    Contents:
    Foreword
    How can e-learning support PBL groups? A systematic literature review
    How do students use their mobile devices in PBL?
    Are Wikipedia articles and YouTube videos reliable resources in problem-based learning curricula
    Peeking behind the curtain of PBL learning processes: An ethnographic study among medical students
    Video as context and conduit for problem-based learning
    PBL facilitation with interactive whiteboards: An interactional ethnography
    E-learning for e-health: Improving concepts to improve curriculum
    The deteriorating patient Smartphone app: Serious game design
    Mobile just-in-time situated learning resources for surgical clerkships
    Utilising mobile electronic health records in clinical education
    EEG and dental simulators indicate skill-learning pathways
    Impact of haptic simulation on dental student performance
    Opportunities of a virtual reality training environment in dental education
    Measuring emotions in medicine: Methodological and technological advances within authentic medical learning environments.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Christoph Mulert, Louis Lemieux, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the most up-to-date and comprehensive source of information on all aspects of EEG-fMRI, a neuroimaging technique for synchronous acquisition of electroencephalography (EEG) and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) data. The reader will find in-depth information on the physiological principles of the EEG and fMRI signals, practical aspects of data measurement, artifact reduction, data analysis, and applications. All the main areas of the techniques application are the subject of one or multiple chapters: sleep research, cognitive neuroscience, and clinical neurology and psychiatry. In addition to providing a thorough update, this second edition offers five entirely new chapters covering important areas of research that have emerged during the past 5 years, including noninvasive brain stimulation during fMRI, resting-state functional connectivity, real-time fMRI, and neurofeedback. Written by the most prestigious experts in the field, the text is enhanced by numerous high-quality illustrations. This book will be valuable for neuroradiologists, neuroscientists, physicists, engineers, electrophysiologists, (neuro) medical scientists, neurologists, and neurophysiologists. Chapter 30 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.

    Contents:
    PartI Background: Principles of Multimodal Functional Imaging and Data Integration
    EEG: Origin and Measurement
    The Basics of Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Locally Measured Neuronal Correlates of Functional MRI Signals
    What Can fMRI Add to the ERP Story?
    The Added Value of EEGfMRI in Imaging Neuroscience
    Part II Technical and Methodological Aspects of Combined EEGfMRI Experiments: EEG Instrumentation and Safety
    EEG Quality: Origin and Reduction of the EEG Cardiac-Related Artefact
    EEG Quality: The Image Acquisition Artefact
    Image Quality Issues
    Specific Issues Related to EEGfMRI at B0 7 T and above
    Experimental Design and Data Analysis Strategies
    Real-time fMRI with EEG
    Brain stimulation with multimodal acquisitions
    Part III Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Brain Rhythms
    Sleep
    Part IV Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Clinical Applications : EEGfMRI in Adults with Focal Epilepsy
    EEGfMRI in Idiopathic Generalised Epilepsy (Adults)
    EEGfMRI in Children with Epilepsy
    EEGfMRI in Psychiatric Disorders
    Part V Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Activation Studies: Combining EEG and fMRI in Pain Research
    Simultaneous EEG and fMRI of the Human
    Part VI Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Auditory System: Visual System
    Cognition
    Part VI Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Special Topics: Neuronal Models for EEGfMRI Integration
    BOLD Response and EEG Gamma Oscillations
    EEGfMRI in Animal Models
    EEGfMRI Information Fusion: Biophysics and Data Analysis
    EEG-fMRI and brain connectivity (data fusion and modelling)
    EEGfMRI Information Fusion: Empirical approaches
    Outlook.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Li Hu, Zhiguo Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the conceptual and mathematical basis and the implementation of both electroencephalogram (EEG) and EEG signal processing in a comprehensive, simple, and easy-to-understand manner. EEG records the electrical activity generated by the firing of neurons within human brain at the scalp. They are widely used in clinical neuroscience, psychology, and neural engineering, and a series of EEG signal-processing techniques have been developed. Intended for cognitive neuroscientists, psychologists and other interested readers, the book discusses a range of current mainstream EEG signal-processing and feature-extraction techniques in depth, and includes chapters on the principles and implementation strategies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Historical Background; 1.2 Why to Write This Book?; 1.3 Who Wrote It and Who to Use?; 1.4 The Organization of the Book; References;
    Chapter 2: EEG: Neural Basis and Measurement; 2.1 Neural Basis of EEG; 2.1.1 Volume Conduction and Source Estimation; 2.1.2 EEG, ECoG, and LFP; 2.2 EEG Measurement; 2.2.1 Recording Electrodes; 2.2.1.1 Electrode Type; 2.2.1.2 Electrode Number; 2.2.1.3 Electrode Placement; 2.2.1.4 Impedances; 2.2.1.5 Reference Electrode; 2.2.2 Amplifiers and Converters; 2.2.3 Artefacts; 2.2.4 Suggestions on EEG Measurement 2.2.4.1 Recording Environment2.2.4.2 Parameters of EEG Recording System; 2.2.4.3 Subjects; References;
    Chapter 3: Electroencephalography, Evoked Potentials, and Event-Related Potentials; 3.1 Spontaneous EEG Activity; 3.2 Evoked Potentials and Event-Related Responses; 3.3 An Overview of EPs and ERPs; 3.4 Common EP and ERP Components; 3.4.1 Auditory Evoked Potentials; 3.4.2 Visual Evoked Potentials; 3.4.3 Laser Evoked Potentials; 3.4.4 Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; 3.4.5 Steady-State Evoked Potentials; 3.5 Pitfalls and Promise in EP and ERP Studies; References 4.4.4 Oddball Paradigm4.4.5 Sentence Comprehension Paradigm; References;
    Chapter 5: EEG Preprocessing and Denoising; 5.1 Artifacts in EEG; 5.1.1 Physiological Artifacts; 5.1.2 Non-physiological Artifacts; 5.2 Montage; 5.3 Filtering; 5.4 Re-referencing; 5.5 Extracting Data Epochs and Removing Baseline Values; 5.6 Removal and Interpolation of Bad Channels; 5.7 Removal of Bad Epochs; 5.8 Removal of EEG Artifacts Using ICA; 5.9 Summary; References;
    Chapter 6: Spectral and Time-Frequency Analysis; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Spectral Estimation; 6.2.1 Basic Concepts; 6.2.2 Periodogram 6.2.3 The Welchś Method6.2.4 The Multitaper Method; 6.2.5 Autoregressive Method; 6.2.6 Comparison of Spectral Estimation Methods; 6.2.7 Extraction of Spectral Features; 6.3 Time-Frequency Analysis; 6.3.1 Basic Concepts; 6.3.2 Short-Time Fourier Transform (STFT); 6.3.3 Continuous Wavelet Transform (CWT); 6.3.4 Other Commonly Used TFA Methods; 6.3.4.1 Time-Varying AR Model; 6.3.4.2 Time-Frequency Decomposition Methods; 6.3.4.3 Latest Developments; 6.4 Event-Related Synchronization/Desynchronization (ERS/ERD); 6.4.1 Estimation of ERS/ERD; 6.4.2 Baseline Correction and Illustration of ERS/ERD
    Chapter 4: ERP Experimental Design4.1 Experimental Design and Cognitive Processes; 4.1.1 Stimulus Properties; 4.1.2 Condition Comparison; 4.1.3 Behavioral Measure; 4.2 Requirements of the ERP Method; 4.2.1 Trial Number; 4.2.2 Stimulus Probability; 4.2.3 Time-Locking; 4.2.4 Time Interval; 4.2.5 Eye and Body Movement Control; 4.3 Confounding Factors; 4.4 Classic Experimental Designs and Corresponding ERP Indexes; 4.4.1 Cue-Target Paradigm; 4.4.2 Face Presentation Paradigm; 4.4.2.1 Stimulus Response Compatibility (SRC) Paradigms; 4.4.2.2 Stop Signal Paradigm; 4.4.3 Gambling Paradigm
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shahin Roohinejad, Mohamed Koubaa, Ralf Greiner, Kumar Mallikarjunan, editors.
    Summary: This text comprehensively covers novel, innovative technologies used in the food and beverage industries in order to provide safe and healthy foods for consumers. The research provided in these chapters aims to show that the traditional pasteurization and commercial sterilization of foods result in unacceptable quality and nutrient retention, creating an important need for alternative methods used to minimize undesirable reactions such as thermal decomposition or degradation. Emerging processing methods to minimize heat induced alterations in foods and their applications are covered in-depth, demonstrating that these methods are useful not only for the inactivation of microorganisms and enzymes but also for improving the yield and development of ingredients and marketable foods with higher quality and better nutritional characteristics. Effect of Emerging Processing Methods on the Food Quality: Advantages and Challenges not only covers the advantages of using innovative processing methods, but also the disadvantages and challenges of using these techniques on food quality. Each chapter focuses on a different emerging processing technique, breaking down the sensory, textural and nutritional aspects for different food products in addition to the advantages and challenges for each method. New technologies and advanced theories are a major focus, pointing to innovative new paths for the quality and safety assurance in food products. From pulsed electric fields to ultrasounds, this work covers all aspects of emerging processing techniques for fruits and vegetables, foods and dairy products.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Impact of Ohmic Processing on Food Quality and Composition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Nutritional Properties; 1.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.2.2 Meat Products; 1.2.3 Dairy Products; 1.3 Textural Properties; 1.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.3.2 Meat Products; 1.3.3 Dairy Products; 1.4 Sensorial Properties; 1.4.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.4.2 Meat Products; 1.4.3 Dairy Products; 1.5 Advantageous and Challenges of Using Ohmic Processing on Food Quality; 1.6 Conclusions; References 2.3.2 Plant-Based Foods2.4 Sensorial Attributes and Consumer Acceptance; 2.5 Conclusions and Outlook; References;
    Chapter 3: Impact of Ultrasound on Food Constituents; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Advantageous and Challenges of Using Ultrasound on Food Quality; 3.2.1 Nutritional Properties; 3.2.1.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.1.2 Meat Products; 3.2.1.3 Dairy Products; 3.2.2 Textural Properties; 3.2.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.2.2 Meat Products; 3.2.2.3 Dairy Products; 3.2.3 Sensorial Properties; 3.2.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.3.2 Meat Products; 3.2.3.3 Dairy Products; 3.3 Conclusions
    Chapter 2: Effects of Pulsed Electric Fields on Food Constituents, Microstructure and Sensorial Attributes of Food Products2.1 Introduction; 2.2 On Food Constituents; 2.2.1 Proteins; 2.2.1.1 Milk Proteins; 2.2.1.2 Egg Proteins; 2.2.1.3 Meat and Fish Proteins; 2.2.1.4 Plant-Based Proteins; 2.2.2 Lipids and Oils; 2.2.2.1 Milk Fat; 2.2.2.2 Egg and Meat Lipids; 2.2.2.3 Plant-Based Oils; 2.2.3 Carbohydrates; 2.2.4 Bioactive Compounds; 2.2.4.1 Milk Components; 2.2.4.2 Plant Compounds; 2.2.5 Flavor Compounds; 2.2.5.1 Milk; 2.2.5.2 Plant-Based Foods; 2.3 Food Microstructure; 2.3.1 Animal-Based Foods Cheese4.2.3 Sensorial Properties; 4.2.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; Fruits; Vegetables; 4.2.3.2 Meat Products; Fish and Fish-Based Products; Meat and Meat-Based Products; 4.2.3.3 Dairy Products; Milk; Fresh Cheese; Cheese; 4.3 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Impact of Pulsed Light on Food Constituents; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Influences of Pulsed Light on Foods' Qualities; 5.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 5.2.2 Meat Products; 5.2.3 Dairy Products; 5.3 Challenges; 5.3.1 Challenges as a Surface Treatment Technology; 5.3.2 Effect on the Photochemical and Photothermal Compounds
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Fábio Silveira, Arlene Terezinha Cagol Garcia Badoch.
    Summary: This book shows how a successful public health policy designed to foster the culture of brain death diagnosis and improve the interaction between Organ Procurement Organizations and Intra-Hospital Organ and Tissue Donation Committees for Transplants led the Brazilian state of Paraná to reach one of the highest rates of effective organ donors per million population in the world. Brazil has the largest public transplant system in the world, and each of the country’s 26 states is responsible for organizing its own transplant system. The state of Paraná, with 11 million inhabitants, has stood out in this regard in the last decade. It reached 47.7 effective donors per million population (pmp), performing better than countries such as the United States (33.3/pmp), Canada (21.9/pmp), Portugal (33.6/pmp) and Croatia (41.2/pmp). The remodeling of Paraná’s transplant system, between 2011 and 2020, was based on the recognized Spanish model, but has some unique characteristics. This book seeks to describe all the steps of this remodeling, describing its characteristics and explaining how the new system was built. By presenting an in-depth analysis of a local successful case, Effective Public Health Policy in Organ Donation: Lessons from a Universal Public Health System in Brazil seeks to provide useful information to policy makers, health professionals and students from different fields within the health sciences interested in understanding how public health policies can improve organ donation rates, especially in developing countries. Describes the highly efficient organ procurement system developed in the state of Paraná, Brazil Brazil Presents a model that can be reproduced in countries with lesser socio-economic development Explains the construction and development of Paraná’s organ procurement system, allowing replication.

    Contents:
    1.The Parana´s Model of Organ Donation and Transplant
    2.Pathway to convert a potential in an actual organ donor
    3.Strengthening the donation process
    4.Access, outcome and monitoring of transplants
    5.Interference of the human factor in the efficiency of the Parana´s Transplant System.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [editors] Steven Chang, Allen Ho.
    Summary: "This book provides a thorough understanding of the history, classification and multiple options of treatment for trigeminal neuralgia. It addresses the entire pathology of trigeminal neuralgia and minimally to maximally invasive approaches to treating this phenomenon"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Glycerol rhizotomy as a treatment modality for trigeminal neuralgia / Alexander Dru, Hasan Zaidi, Andrew Shetter
    Endoscopic-assisted microvascular decompression / M. Yashar Kalani, Michael Levitt, Celene Mulholland, Charles Teo, Peter Nakaji
    V2 rhizotomy / Lucas Campos, Nicholas Telischak, Huy Do, Xiang Qian
    History of trigeminal neuralgia : a discussion of how the understanding of pathophysiology guided treatment / Alice Hung, Michael Lim
    Medical management of trigeminal neuralgia / Niushen Zhang.
  • Digital
    Mustafa Karahan, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Pietro Randelli, Gabriëlle J.M. Tuijthof, editors.
    Summary: This book explains how training in arthroscopic skills is best carried out in order to keep up to date with advances in arthroscopy, meet the ever-increasing demand for high-quality care, and respond to changes in available training time. State of the art developments regarding tools, performance monitoring, and learning strategies are presented, and practical guidelines provided for direct implementation in daily clinical practice. The coverage of simulation-based training ranges from the use of wet labs and box trainers through to sophisticated virtual reality simulators. Subsequent sections on objective performance tracking of training outside and in the operating room cover a variety of key aspects, including psychomotor learning, the adequacy of performance measures, evidence-based thresholds, preclinical training strategies, the role of global rating scales, and video tools. As a result of the success of arthroscopy, its role in the orthopaedic armamentarium is continuously increasing and ever more complex surgeries are being performed arthroscopically. Effective training in arthroscopy is essential to good outcomes. The guidance provided in this book by acknowledged experts in the field will assist in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of arthroscopic training and in enhancing patient safety.

    Contents:
    Obstacles faced in the classical training system; Why is there a need for newer systems?- Needs and wishes from the arthroscopic community? Simulation: Traditional wet labs (animal and human cadavers) including industry involvement
    Box trainers & anatomic bench models
    Virtual reality simulators
    Simulator Validation
    Guidelines for use of simulators. Objective performance tracking: Psychomotor learning applied to arthroscopy
    What measures represent performance?- What thresholds are evidence-based?- Preclinical training strategies
    Guidelines for preclinical performance tracking. Monitoring training in the OR: Theory on learning strategies applied to arthroscopy
    Global rating scales
    (Video) tools for objective monitoring in OR
    Guidelines for use in OR
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Evan M. Forman, Meghan L. Butryn.
    Summary: "Effective Weight Loss presents 25 detailed sessions of an empirically supported, cognitive-behavioral treatment package called Acceptance-Based Behavioral Treatment (ABT). The Clinician Guide is geared towards helping administer treatment, and the companion Workbook provides summaries of session content, exercises, worksheets, handouts, and assignments for patients and clients receiving the treatment"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    Acknowledgments
    Introduction and Principles of Treatment
    Chapter 1: Session 1: Welcome
    Chapter 2: Session 2: Calorie Cutting Keys
    Chapter 3: Session 3: Goal Setting, and Weighing and Measuring
    Chapter 4: Session 4: Labels, Planning, and Calorie Accounting
    Chapter 5: Session 5: Control What You Can, Accept What You Can't; the Home Food Environment
    Chapter 6: Session 6: Physical Activity and Willingness (Part 1)
    Chapter 7: Session 7: Willingness (Part 2) and Values
    Chapter 8: Session 8: Forming Good Habits/Flexibility
    Chapter 9: Session 9: Restaurant Eating/Handling Weekends and Special Occasions
    Chapter 10: Session 10: Barriers to Living a Valued Life
    Chapter 11: Session 11: Friends and Family
    Chapter 12: Session 12: Introduction to Defusion and Urge Surfing
    Chapter 13: Session 13: Strategies to Help Defuse and Increase Willingness
    Chapter 14: Session 14: Review of Dietary Principles, Mindless Eating, and Portion Sizes
    Chapter 15: Session 15: Mindful Decision-Making
    Chapter 16: Session 16: Transitioning to Bi-Weekly Meetings
    Chapter 17: Session 17: Maintaining Losses over the Long Term
    Chapter 18: Session 18: Willingness and Reducing Barriers to Physical Activity
    Chapter 19: Session 19: Committed Action
    Chapter 20: Session 20: Emotional Eating
    Chapter 21: Session 21: Lapse vs. Relapse/Reversing Small Weight Gains
    Chapter 22: Session 22: Revisiting Commitment/Transition to Monthly/Bi-Monthly Meetings
    Chapter 23: Session 23: Maintaining Motivation
    Chapter 24: Session 24: Looking Ahead
    Chapter 25: Session 25: Celebrating Accomplishments
    Appendix 1: Weight and Lifestyle Inventory (WALI)
    Certificate of Completion
    References.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    Evan M. Forman and Meghan L. Butryn.
    Summary: 'Effective Weight Loss' presents 25 detailed sessions of an empirically supported, cognitive-behavioural treatment package called Acceptance-Based Behavioral Treatment (ABT).

    Contents:
    Information about weight loss and this treatment program
    Chapter 1: Session 1: Welcome
    Chapter 2: Session 2: Calorie Cutting Keys
    Chapter 3: Session 3: Goal Setting, and Weighing and Measuring
    Chapter 4: Session 4: Labels, Planning, and Calorie Accounting
    Chapter 5: Session 5: Control What You Can, Accept What You Can't; the Home Food Environment
    Chapter 6: Session 6: Physical Activity and Willingness (Part 1)
    Chapter 7: Session 7: Willingness (Part 2) and Values
    Chapter 8: Session 8: Forming Good Habits and Flexibility
    Chapter 9: Session 9: Restaurant Eating: Handling Weekends and Special Occasions
    Chapter 10: Session 10: Barriers to Living a Valued Life
    Chapter 11: Session 11: Friends and Family
    Chapter 12: Session 12: Introduction to Defusion and Urge Surfing
    Chapter 13: Session 13: Strategies to Help Defuse and Increase Willingness
    Chapter 14: Session 14: Review of Dietary Principles, Mindless Eating (Part 1), and Portion Sizes
    Chapter 15: Session 15: Mindful Eating (Part 2) and Mindful Decision-Making
    Chapter 16: Session 16: Transitioning to Bi-Weekly Meetings
    Chapter 17: Session 17: Maintaining Losses over the Long Term
    Chapter 18: Session 18: Willingness and Reducing Barriers to Physical Activity
    Chapter 19: Session 19: Committed Action
    Chapter 20: Session 20: Overeating and Emotional Eating
    Chapter 21: Session 21: Lapse vs. Relapse/ and Reversing Small Weight Gains
    Chapter 22: Session 22: Revisiting Commitment and Transition to Monthly/Bi-Monthly Meetings
    Chapter 23: Session 23: Maintaining Motivation
    Chapter 24: Session 24: Looking Ahead
    Chapter 25: Session 25: Celebrating Accomplishments
    Appendix A: Keeping Track Form
    Appendix B: In-Session Weight Change Record
    Appendix C: Home Weight Change Record
    Appendix D: Weekly Review
    Appendix E: Worksheets.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Arthur N. Popper, Anthony Hawkins, editors.
    Summary: The meeting of Aquatic Noise 2013 will introduce participants to the most recent research data, regulatory issues and thinking about effects of man-made noise and will foster critical cross-disciplinary discussion between the participants. Emphasis will be on the cross-fertilization of ideas and findings across species and noise sources. As with its predecessor, The Effects of Noise on Aquatic Life: 3rd International Conference will encourage discussion of the impact of underwater sound, its regulation and mitigation of its effects. With over 100 contributions from leading researchers, a wide range of sources of underwater sound will be considered.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ton J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zwinderman.
    Summary: Machine learning and big data is hot. It is, however, virtually unused in clinical trials. This is so, because randomization is applied to even out multiple variables. Modern medical computer files often involve hundreds of variables like genes and other laboratory values, and computationally intensive methods are required. This is the first publication of clinical trials that have been systematically analyzed with machine learning. In addition, all of the machine learning analyses were tested against traditional analyses. Step by step statistics for self-assessments are included. The authors conclude, that machine learning is often more informative, and provides better sensitivities of testing than traditional analytic methods do.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Traditional and Machine-Learning Methods for Efficacy Analysis
    Optimal-Scaling for Efficacy Analysis
    Ratio-Statistic for Efficacy Analysis
    Ratio-Statistic for Efficacy Analysis
    Complex-Samples for Efficacy Analysis
    Bayesian-Networks for Efficacy Analysis
    Evolutionary-Operations for Efficacy Analysis
    Automatic-Newton-Modeling for Efficacy Analysis
    High-Risk-Bins for Efficacy Analysis
    Balanced-Iterative-Reducing-Hierarchy for Efficacy Analysis
    Cluster-Analysis for Efficacy Analysis
    Multidimensional-Scaling for Efficacy Analysis
    Binary Decision-Trees for Efficacy Analysis
    Continuous Decision-Trees for Efficacy Analysis
    Automatic-Data-Mining for Efficacy Analysis
    Support-Vector-Machines for Efficacy Analysis
    Neural-Networks for Efficacy Analysis
    Ensembled-Accuracies for Efficacy Analysis
    Ensembled-Correlations for Efficacy Analysis
    Gamma-Distributions for Efficacy Analysis
    Validation with Big Data, a Big Issue
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Daniel Rosenthal, Oleg Pianykh.
    Summary: Aiming at building efficient radiology operations, this book walks the reader through the entire radiology workflow, from the moment that the examination is requested to the reporting of findings. Using their practical experience, the authors draw attention to the many elements that can go wrong at each step, and explain how critical analysis and objective metrics can be used to fix broken processes. Readers will learn how to measure the efficiency of their workflows, where to find relevant data, and how to use it in the most productive ways. The book also addresses how data can be turned into insightful operational information to produce organizational change. All aspects of radiology operations are considered including ordering, scheduling, protocols, checking-in, image acquisition, image interpretation, communication, and billing. The closing section provides a deeper dive into the advanced tools and techniques that are used to analyze operations, including queuing theory, process mining and artificial intelligence.

    Contents:
    Part 1. A word about numbers
    Mining your own business
    Part 2. Ordering
    Scheduling.-Examinations, Protocols, Autoprotocols
    Arriving for the Examination
    Creating the Imagines.-Image Delivery
    From Images to Reports
    Part 3. Ars Longa, Vita Brevis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eberhard Breitmaier
    Summary: Study the essentials of organic chemistry efficiently! This e-book for bachelor and master students facilitates effective learning and is renowned for the quality of its content. Based on the author's long teaching experience, this book has been developed from lecture scripts of courses held in the USA and in Germany. It comprises the molecular orbital model to explain covalent bonding in organic molecules, the classes of organic compounds including natural products, polymers and biopolymers, basic concepts (orbital hybridization, resonance, aromaticity), types and mechanisms of organic reactions, and essential aspects of molecular structure such as atom connectivities, skeletal isomerism, conformation, configuration and chirality.
  • Digital
    editor, Mark A. Chapman.
    Summary: The book discusses the importance of eggplant (Solanum melongena L.) as a crop, highlighting the potential for eggplant to serve as a model for understanding several evolutionary and taxonomic questions. It also explores the genomic make-up, in particular in comparison to other Solanaceous crops, and examines the parallels between eggplant and tomato domestication as well as between the most common eggplant species and two related eggplants native to Africa (Ethiopian eggplant [Solanum aethiopicum L.] and African eggplant [Solanum macrocarpon L.]). The eggplant genome was first sequenced in 2014, and an improved version was due to be released in 2017. Further investigations have revealed the relationships between wild species, domesticated eggplant, and feral weedy eggplant (derived from the domesticate), as well as targets of selection during domestication. Parallels between eggplant and tomato domestication loci are well known and the molecular basis is currently being investigated. Eggplant is a source of nutrition for millions of people worldwide, especially in Southeast Asia where it is a staple food source. Domesticated in the old world, in contrast to its congeners tomato and potato, the eggplant is morphologically and nutritionally diverse. The spread of wild eggplants from Africa is particularly interesting from a cultural point of view. This book brings together diverse fields of research, from bioinformatics to taxonomy to nutrition to allow readers to fully understand eggplant's importance and potential.

    Contents:
    Economic/Academic importance
    Botanical descriptions/cytology
    Classical genetics and traditional breeding
    Genetic basis of nutrition
    Molecular mapping
    comparison to other crops
    Molecular mapping of genes & QTLs/Association Mapping
    Structural & functional genomic resources developed
    The draft genome
    Background history of the genome initiatives. Strategies for sequencing
    Repetitive sequences, gene annotation, gene families, genome duplication
    Synteny with allied & model genomes
    Other domesticated eggplants
    Domestication genomics
    Impact on germplasm characterization & gene discovery
    Impact on plant breeding
    Future prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Gaddi, Fabio Capello, Marco Manca, editors ; forewords by Sergio Bertolucci and Gianfranco Gensini.
    Summary: The debate over eHealth is alive as never before. Supporters suggest that it will result in dramatic innovations in healthcare, including a giant leap towards patient-centered care, new opportunities to improve effectiveness, and enhanced wellness and quality of life. In addition, the growing market value of investments in health IT suggests that eHealth can offer at least a partial cure for the current economic stagnation. Detractors counter these arguments by claiming that eHealth has already failed: the UK Department of Health has shut down the NHS National Program for IT, Google has discontinued its Health flagship, and doubts have arisen over privacy safeguards for both patients and medical professionals. This book briefly explains why caregivers, professionals, technicians, patients, politicians, and others should all consider themselves stakeholders in eHealth. It offers myth-busting responses to some ill-considered arguments from both sides of the trench, in the process allowing a fresh look at eHealth. In addition, it describes how the technical failures of previous eHealth systems can be avoided, examines the legal basis of eHealth, and discusses associated ethical issues.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction: The debate over eHealth
    2 Definitions of eHealth
    3 An introduction to the technological basis of eHealth
    4 eHealth and me: The implications of the Net for health care relationships
    5 Legally eHealth
    6 EU support to eHealth and cost-benefits
    7 No (e)Health without (e)Research
    8 eHealth policy
    9 The high-tech face of eHealth
    10 The data-driven revolution of healthcare
    11 eEducation and eHealth: a call for action
    12 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Zeguang Ren.
    Summary: This book introduces the basic tenets and technique skills for endovascular embolization and provides the most up-to-date technical advancements, treatment strategy evolution, and literature review related to the endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. The most special feature of this book is how the content is organized. The morphology, instead of the location, dictates the treatment strategy applied and procedure skills required for the endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. Hence, the book is structured with a new conceptual way of classifying aneurysms into eight different types based on the morphological characteristics of brain aneurysms. The specific technical skills and treatment strategies for these different aneurysm categories are described separately in their own chapters. Another important feature of the book is the combination of detailed technical descriptions of the skills, strategies, and advancement in the field accompanied with case presentations. The large and comprehensive collection of the case presentations further enhances the points in the text. This book can be used as a handbook on endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. It can also help physicians in the early careers of these subspecialties for their daily practice and board preparation. The text will provide the most up-to-date knowledge for more experienced endovascular neurosurgeons and interventionalists on the topics of new techniques and endovascular products. Additionally, it can also serve as a practice guidance resource for nurse practitioners and physician assistants of the above subspecialties.

    Contents:
    Why the Brain is classified into eight types, and what are they?
    Anticoagulation and antiplatelet treatment related to endovascular treatment of aneurysms
    Complications of aneurysm embolization and its prevention
    Trans-femoral access
    Trans-radial access
    Transbrachial access
    Transcervical Access
    Narrow neck aneurysm
    Wide neck aneurysm
    Blood Blister like and small aneurysms
    Fusiform/Dissecting Aneurysm
    Recurrent/Residual Aneurysm
    Large and giant aneurysms
    Pseudoaneurysms/arterial injury
    Infectious aneurysm (mycotic aneurysm).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    von Gaston Graul.
    Contents:
    T.
    1. Einführung in das Wesen der Magen-, Darm- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten.
    Digital Access Google Books 1908-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L801 .G77 1908
    1
  • Print
    Lehnartz, Emil.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    F514 .L54 1937
    1
  • Digital
    Lloyd Tannenbaum, Rachel E. Bridwell, Brannon L. Inman.
    Summary: This book is a short-form guide designed to fill a training gap in medical education. It is a reference that will help interns and junior residents understand and appropriately respond to real world situations that they will be encountering as newly minted physicians. The book outlines a basic methodology for electrocardiogram (EKG) interpretation and sets a framework for the junior resident physician to use to approach every EKG. It describes common dysrhythmias that residents will often encounter, on the wards, in the emergency department, and in clinic. It uses many high-quality images to prime junior learners in the interpretation and recognition of high yield EKGs. Chapters address commonly encountered pathology, such as atrio-ventricular blocks, tachydysrhythmias, acute coronary syndrome, and syncope. The conversational tone of this book is designed to mimic how staff physicians talk to senior medical students and junior residents, maximizing readability to enhance retention. EKG Teaching Rounds is a case-based book that will quickly become an essential reference text for medical professionals in training who are looking to advance their knowledge of EKG interpretation. This book is relevant for every medical specialty and every level of medical education.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: The Basics
    Chapter 2: Conduction Blocks
    Chapter 3: Tachydysrhythmias
    Chapter 4: Bradydysrhythmias
    Chapter 5: Electrolytes
    Chapter 6: Syncope
    Chapter 7: Acute Coronary Syndrome. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Maureen A. Knechtel.
    Contents:
    Basics of cardiac physiology and relationship to the EKG rhythm output
    Introduction to the EKG, cardiac anatomy, and electrical conduction system
    Defining the intervals
    Lead review
    Rate
    Rhythm
    Axis
    Heart block
    Ischemia and infarction
    Supraventricular tachycardia
    Ventricular arrhythmias
    paced EKGs
    Drug and electrolyte effects on the EKG
    Clinical conditions that affect the EKG
    Applying EKG skills to clinical practice.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Richard G. Barr.
    Contents:
    Introduction to elastography / Richard G. Barr
    Principles of elastography / Richard G. Barr
    Elastography for diffuse liver disease / Giovanna Ferraioli, Mabel Zicchetti, Raffaella Lissandrin, and Carlo Filice
    Elastography for focal liver disease / Stephanie R. Wilson
    Elastography of the breast / Richard G. Barr
    Elastography of the thyroid gland / Vito Cantisani, H. Grazhdani, E. David, F. Calliada, N. Di Leo, M. Di Segni, A. Masciotra, C. Catalano, and F. D'Ambrosio
    Elastography of the prostate / Jean-Michel Correas and O. Hélénon
    Elastography of the lymph nodes / Nitin Chaubal, Anupam Bam, and Ketki Khadtare
    Elastography of the spleen, pancreas, and kidney / Mirko D'Onofrio, Vito Cantisani, Emilio Quaia, Riccardo De Robertis, Costanza Bruno, Stefano Crosara, Valentina Ciaravino, Antonio Giulio Gennari, Michele Pontello, and Roberto Pozzi Mucelli
    Elastography of the musculoskeletal system / Richard G. Barr, Amy M. Lex, and Nelson A. Hager
    Elastography of small parts / Fabrizio Calliada, Vito Cantisani, Chandra Bortolotto, Hector Grazhdani, Emanuele David, Antonio Pio Masciot, and Andrea Isidori
    Magnetic resonance elastography / Bogdan Dzyubak
    Future applications of elastography / David O. Cosgrove.
  • Digital
    Mirella Fraquelli, editor.
    Summary: This volume explores the main applications of elastographic techniques in hepatological and gastroenterological diseases, and elaborates on the use of these diagnostic techniques in a broad range of clinical settings; in this regard, it provides a clear critical methodological approach to the correct indication, taking into account the existing diagnostic pathways, the actual diagnostic accuracy of elastographic techniques, and their impact on clinical practice in terms of correct positioning of the test in the diagnostic pathway and clinical outcomes improvement. In the first chapters, which focus on the correct methodology for Diagnostic Accuracy Assessment of non -invasive techniques, the architecture of diagnostic research is discussed. In turn, the following sections describe a broad range of clinical applications in hepatology and gastroenterology. The closing section presents a number of case studies on practical issues, together with a critical discussion on how to promote the appropriate use of these technologies. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to specialists, post-graduate medical students, and researchers in the fields of hepatology and gastroenterology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Introduction to Elastography
    1: Elastographic Measures: A Methodological Approach
    1.1 Phase 0
    1.2 Phase 1
    1.3 Phase 2
    1.4 Phase 3
    1.5 Phase 4
    1.6 Conclusions
    References
    2: Liver Stiffness: Thresholds of Health
    2.1 Preamble: The Concept of Normality in Medicine
    2.2 Healthy Ranges in Liver Disease Diagnostics
    2.3 Definition of Healthy Ranges for Liver Stiffness
    2.4 Conclusions
    References
    Part II: Liver Diseases 3: The Role of Transient Elastography for Fibrosis Staging in HCV-Related Chronic Liver Disease
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Assessment of Liver Disease Severity
    3.2.1 Role of Liver Biopsy
    3.2.2 Non-Invasive Assessment of Liver Fibrosis in CHC
    3.3 Transient Elastography for the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis Prior to Antiviral Therapy
    3.3.1 Combination Algorithms
    3.3.2 TE vs. Other Elastography Techniques
    3.4 Transient Elastography for the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis After SVR
    3.5 Transient Elastography for Diagnosing Liver-Related Complications 3.5.1 Portal Hypertension
    3.5.2 Gastro-Oesophageal Varices (GEV)
    3.5.3 Hepatocellular Carcinoma (HCC)
    3.6 Transient Elastography to Determine Prognosis
    3.7 Conclusions
    References
    4: The Role of Elastography in HBV: Assessing Liver Fibrosis
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Liver Stiffness Cofactors and Confounders
    4.3 TE in Untreated HBV Carriers
    4.3.1 HBsAg Carriers Without Liver Disease
    4.3.2 Untreated CHB Patients
    4.4 TE in Treated CHB Patients
    4.4.1 LS Kinetics During Antiviral Treatment 4.4.2 Correlation Between LS Changes During Treatment and CHB Outcomes
    4.5 Conclusions
    References
    5: The Role of Transient Elastography in NAFLD
    5.1 Fibrosis in NAFLD: The Burden
    5.2 Transient Elastography: The Technique
    5.2.1 The Procedure
    5.2.2 Probes
    5.2.3 The Role of Controlled Attenuation Parameter (CAP)
    5.2.4 Limitations
    5.3 Transient Elastography in NAFLD: The Quote
    5.3.1 Diagnostic Accuracy
    5.3.2 The Issue of Rule-In and Rule-Out
    5.3.3 Confounding Factors
    5.3.4 Liver Stiffness as Predictor of Liver Events
    5.4 Conclusions References
    6: Elastography in Liver-Transplanted Patients
    6.1 Acute Rejection
    6.2 Recurrent Hepatitis C
    6.3 "Non-viral" Graft Disease After Transplantation
    6.4 Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD)
    6.5 Elastography Outcome After Liver Transplantation
    6.6 Spleen Stiffness and Liver Transplant
    References
    7: Elastography in Autoimmune Liver Diseases
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Primary Biliary Cholangitis
    7.3 Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
    7.4 Autoimmune Hepatitis
    7.5 Conclusions
    References.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Bernard F. Morrey.
    Contents:
    Part I. Exposures
    part II. Fractures and trauma
    part III. Complications of trauma
    part IV. Soft tissue injuries and management
    part V. Nonreplacement and reconstructive surgery
    part VI. Joint replacement arthroplasty
    part VII. Postoperative management.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Porcellini, Roberto Rotini, Susanna Stignani Kantar, Silvia Di Giacomo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with detailed guidance on the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of injuries and disorders of the elbow, including dislocation, complex instability, articular fractures, epicondylitis and epitrochleitis, distal biceps and triceps tendon injuries, peripheral nerve pathology, snapping triceps syndrome, elbow stiffness, and upper limb compartment syndrome. The choice between conservative and surgical treatment in different settings is clearly explained, and detailed advice offered on selection of surgical technique. A separate section provides a deeper understanding of the most common sports-related elbow pathologies, and their management, based on careful correlation with the movements performed by athletes in particular sports. Extensive consideration is also given to rehabilitation and physiotherapy protocols. This book will be of value for all orthopedic surgeons and other specialists who care for patients with elbow injuries, which can represent a challenge even to the more experienced.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Luigi Adriano Pederzini, Denise Eygendaal, Matteo Denti, editors.
    Contents:
    Clinical relevant anatomy of the elbow
    Biomechanics of the elbow joint in overhead athletes
    Physical examination of the elbow
    Imaging of the elbow in overhead athletes
    Preventions of elbow injuries
    Medial sided elbow pain
    New aspects in UCL stabilization
    Evaluation of medial coll rec by ultrasound
    Olecranon elbow pain in sportsmen
    Lateral sided elbow pain
    Conservative treatments in lateral elbow pain
    PRP in lateral elbow pain
    Degenerative elbow in sportsmen
    Distal Biceps tendon pathology
    Triceps tendon pathology
    Triceps repair
    Posterior impingement of the elbow joint
    Nerve compression syndromes around the elbow in sportsmen
    Endoscopy around the elbow
    Ulnar nerve problems in sportsmen
    Acute sports related injuries
    Elbow Dislocation in Extreme Sports
    Complex elbow dislocation
    Radial head fractures
    Fractures of the olecranon
    Rehabilitation of the elbow joint.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Filippo Castoldi, Giuseppe Giannicola, Roberto Rotini, editors.
    Summary: This handbook provides detailed, state-of-the-art information on total elbow replacement, covering all relevant aspects, from basic science and pathogenesis to clinical and instrumental evaluation, and treatment techniques. Elbow arthroplasties have undergone a considerable evolution in recent decades due to better anatomical and biomechanical knowledge, continuous development of biomaterials, improvement of operative techniques and better definition of the surgical indications. This book enables readers to better understand the main indications, the outcomes and the complications following total elbow arthroplasty, radial head arthroplasty, radiocapitellar arthroplasty and distal humerus hemiarthroplasty. The closing section addressing the post-operative management of the patients who have undergone elbow replacement is provided in order to optimize the relationship between the orthopedic surgeon and the rehabilitation physician. Written by leading experts in the field, the book is an invaluable tool for experienced surgeons, orthopedic residents and shoulder fellows.

    Contents:
    Section 1- Basic science : 1 History and evolution of elbow arthroplasties
    2 Epidemiology and demographics of elbow arthroplasties
    3 Anatomy of the elbow and its influence on implant design
    4 Kinematics and biomechanics in normal and replacement elbow
    5 Surgical exposures in elbow arthroplasty. Section 2
    Total Elbow Arthroplasty: 6 Indications and surgical technique of primary elbow linked arthroplasty
    7 Cement techniques: tips and tricks to improve fixation of implants
    8 Total elbow linked arthroplasty in distal humeral fractures and distal humeral nonunion: peculiarities of surgical technique and expected results
    9 Total elbow arthroplasty in rheumatoid arthritis and other inflammatory conditions: unlinked or linked replacement?
    10 Total elbow linked arthroplasty in primary and post-traumatic arthritis: peculiarities of surgical technique and expected results
    11 Convertible total elbow arthroplasty: theoretical or real advantages?
    12 Infection management in total elbow replacement: do effective guidelines exist?
    13 Periprosthetic fractures in total elbow replacement: classification and current treatment algorithm
    14 Revision in total elbow replacement with preserved bone stock: surgical technique and expected results
    15 Revision in total elbow replacement with bone stock loss: surgical technique and expected results
    16 Resection arthroplasty: expected clinical results
    17 Changes in quality of life and cost/utility analysis after total elbow replacement. Section 3
    Distal Humeral Hemiarthroplasty: 18 Anatomical considerations and biomechanics in distal humeral hemiarthroplasty: are custom-made implants essential?
    19 Distal humeral hemiarthroplasty: indications and expected results
    20 Distal humerus hemiarthroplasty: surgical technique.-21 Complication management in distal humerus hemiarthroplasty. Section 4
    Radial Head and Radiocapitellar Arthroplasty: 22 Indications for radial head arthroplasty and classification of current implants
    23 Non-anatomical monopolar uncemented radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
    24 Anatomical monopolar press-fit radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
    25 Bipolar press-fit radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
    26Cemented radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and outcomes
    27 Complications and revision of radial head arthroplasty: management and outcomes
    28 Radiocapitellar arthroplasty: indications, surgical technique and outcomes. Section 5
    Postoperative management: 29 The use of elbow braces in elbow replacement
    30 Continuous passive motion and rehabilitation in elbow arthroplasty: when, how and why
    31Mobilization under anaesthesia in stiff prosthetic elbow: is it still an option?
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joshua S. Dines, David W. Altchek, editors.
    Contents:
    Clinically Relevant Elbow Anatomy and Surgical Approaches
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament: Throwing Biomechanics
    Valgus Extension Overload
    Ulnohumeral Chondral and Ligamentous Overload
    Epidemiology of Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    History and Physical Exam on the Thrower's Elbow
    Radiographic Imaging of the Elbow
    MR Imaging in Patients with Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury
    Ultrasound Imaging of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury
    The Conservative Treatment of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    Injections Including Platelet Rich Plasma
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Graft Selection and Harvest Technique
    Primary Repair of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries of the Elbow
    The Role of Arthroscopy in Athletes with Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    Biomechanics of Reconstruction Constructs
    Figure of 8 Technique and Outcomes
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Docking Technique
    American Sports Medicine Institute Techniques and Outcomes
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Alternative Surgical Techniques
    Combined Flexor-Pronator Mass and Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
    Ulnar Nerve Issues in Throwing Athletes
    Revision Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries in High School-Aged Athletes
    Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury in Female Athletes
    Complications of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Repair
    Sports Specific Outcomes for Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction
    Rehabilitation of the Overhead Athlete{u2019}s Elbow
    Sport Specific Rehabilitation after Ulnar Collateral Ligament Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jacopo Martellucci, editor ; forewords by Ernest H.J. Weil and Klaus Matzel.
    Summary: "This book will enable the reader to gain a sound understanding of contemporary and futuristic evidence-based interventions and assessment procedures for pelvic floor disorders. It gathers the experiences of some of the most important experts on electrical stimulation techniques, offering a multidisciplinary and problem-oriented approach organized according to therapeutic goals. Interventions are recommended that are consistent with theory and display clinical efficacy for specific disorders, including urinary incontinence or retention, fecal incontinence, constipation, pelvic pain, sexual dysfunction, and neurological diseases involving the pelvic floor. All of the surgical or rehabilitative techniques requiring electrical stimulation for the treatment of these disorders are explored, and essential background information is provided on functional anatomy, neurophysiology, and concepts in electrotherapy. This volume will be a very useful tool for urologists, general or colorectal surgeons, gynecologists, and anesthesiologists, and also physiotherapists and alternative medicine practitioners (a specific chapter focuses on electroacupuncture). It will assist in their clinical practice as they seek to help the very many patients who suffer from any of the wide range of functional pelvic floor disorders"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Electrotherapy for pelvic floor disorders: historical background / Jacopo Martellucci
    Functional anatomy of the pelvic floor / Jacopo Martellucci, Carlo Bergamini, Giulia Palla, Tommaso Simoncini, Gabriele Naldini, and Andrea Valeri
    Neurophysiology and neurophysiological evaluation of the pelvic floor / Giuseppe Pelliccioni, Paolo Pelliccioni
    Basic concepts in electricity and electrotherapy / Jacopo Martellucci
    Acupuncture for pelvic floor disorders / Marco Scaglia, Mattia Tullio, Ines Destefano, Leif Hultén
    Electrical stimulation, biofeedback, and other rehabilitative techniques / Filippo Pucciani
    Functional electrical stimulation (FES) in micturition disorders / Aldo Tosto
    Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation / Filippo Murina, Stefania Di Francesco
    Tibial nerve stimulation / Iacopo Giani, Stefania Musco
    Sacral nerve modulation: techniques and indications / Michele Spinelli
    Sacral nerve modulation for urinary disorders: overactive bladder / Marzio Angelo Zullo
    Sacral nerve modulation for urinary disorders: urinary retention / Maria Paola Bertapelle
    Sacral nerve modulation for fecal incontinence / Donato F. Altomare, Simona Giuratrabocchetta, Ivana Giannini, Michele De Fazio
    Sacral nerve modulation for constipation / Marco Franceschin, Jacopo Martellucci, Alfonso Carriero
    Pudendal nerve modulation / Michele Spinelli
    Dynamic graciloplasty / Claudio Fucini, Filippo Caminati, Niccolò Bartolini
    Electrical stimulation in sexual dysfunction / Jacopo Martellucci
    Electrical stimulation for pelvic pain / Francesco Cappellano
    Pelvic Floor neuromodulation in neurologic patients / Giulio Del Popolo, Jacopo Martellucci, Stefania Musco
    New frontiers: electrical stimulation in urinary disorders / Michele Spinelli.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Anish Khan, Mohammad Jawaid, Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, and Abdullah M. Asiri.
    Summary: "A comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the latest research trends in conductive polymers and polymer hybrids, summarizing recent achievements. The book begins by introducing conductive polymer materials and their classification, while subsequent chapters discuss the various syntheses, resulting properties and up-scaling as well as the important applications in biomedical and biotechnological fields, including biosensors and biodevices. The whole is rounded off by a look at future technological advances. The result is a well-structured, essential reference for beginners as well as experienced researchers."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Bioinspired Polydopamine and Composites for Biomedical Applications / Ziyauddin Khan, Ravi Shanker, Dooseung Um, Amit Jaiswal, Hyunhyub Ko
    Multifunctional Polymer-Dilute Magnetic Conductor and Bio-Devices / Imran Khan, Weqar A Siddiqui, Shahid P Ansari, Shakeel khan, Mohammad Mujahid Ali khan, Anish Khan, Salem A Hamid
    Polymer-Inorganic Nanocomposite and Biosensors / Anish Khan, Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, Abdullah M Asiri, Salman A Khan, Imran Khan, Mohammad Mujahid Ali Khan
    Carbon Nanomaterial-Based Conducting Polymer Composites for Biosensing Applications / Mohammad O Ansari
    Graphene and Graphene Oxide Polymer Composite for Biosensors Applications / Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, Anish Khan, Abdullah M Asiri
    Polyaniline Nanocomposite Materials for Biosensor Designing / Mohammad Oves, Mohammad Shahadat, Shakeel A Ansari, Mohammad Aslam, Iqbal IM Ismail
    Recent Advances in Chitosan-Based Films for Novel Biosensor / Akil Ahmad, Jamal A Siddique, Siti H M Setapar, David Lokhat, Ajij Golandaj, Deresh Ramjugernath
    Self Healing Materials and Conductivity / Jamal A Siddique, Akil Ahmad, Ayaz Mohd
    Electrical Conductivity and Biological Efficacy of Ethyl Cellulose and Polyaniline-Based Composites / Faruq Mohammad, Tanvir Arfin, Naheed Saba, Mohammad Jawaid, Hamad A Al-Lohedan
    Synthesis of Polyaniline-Based Nanocomposite Materials and Their Biomedical Applications / Mohammad Shahadat, Shaikh Z Ahammad, Syed A Wazed, Suzylawati Ismail
    Electrically Conductive Polymers and Composites for Biomedical Applications / Haryanto, Mohammad Mansoob Khan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Print
    J. P. Varshney.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on methodologies for recording electrocardiograms in various animal species, including dogs, cats, cattle, buffaloes, sheep, goats, mithun, chelonians, snakes, avians, equines, rabbits, and the Indian gray mongoose. It also reviews the electrocardiographic physiology, generation of electrocardiograms, and normal criteria for various animal species; electrocardiograms in health and disease; and the interpretation of abnormal electrocardiograms, cardiomyopathy and arrhythmias, with corresponding treatment protocols. Further, it presents several approaches to interpreting the electrocardiograms of dogs, cats, ruminants, tortoises, pigeons, and other animals, offering a valuable resource for all veterinary students, scientists, and physicians wanting to make greater use of this valuable non-invasive tool in the diagnosis of heart diseases and general health examinations.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Canine
    Chapter 1. Cardiac Evaluation Approaches
    Chapter 2. Electrocardiography, its uses and limitations
    Chapter 3. Generation and shape of electrocardiogram
    Chapter 4. A Systematic reading of an electrocardiogram
    Chapter 5. Benchmarks for normal electrocardiogram
    Chapter 6. Abnormal wave forms, segments and intervals in electrocardiogram
    Chapter 7. Atrial and Ventricular enlargement patterns and Clinical Associations
    Chapter 8. Intraventricular conduction abnormality and bundle branch blocks
    Chapter 9. ECG Patterns associated with Electrolyte imbalances, Drug Toxicities and Physical and Chemical Agents
    Chapter 10. Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Chapter 11. Electrocardiographic findings in cardiac and non-cardiac diseases
    Chapter 12. Canine Cardiomyopathy and Bacterial Endocarditis
    Chapter 13. Valvular Insufficiency
    Chapter 14. Pericardial Effusion
    Chapter 15. Heart Failure , Cardio-pulmonary Arrest and Cardiogenic Shock
    Chapter 16. Canine Electocardiograms in diseases
    Part 2. Feline
    Chapter 17. Electrocardiography in Cats
    Part 3. Ruminant
    Chapter 18. Electrocardiography in ruminants
    Part 4. Other Animals
    Chapter 19. Electrocardiography in other animals.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Martin Green, Andrew Krahn, Wael Alqarawi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the ECG findings of inherited arrhythmias and cardiomyopathies. Despite new forms of medical imaging, electrocardiography (ECG) remains the cornerstone of diagnosis, risk-stratification, and prognosis for these conditions. It is extremely important for clinicians to develop the skills required to interpret the ECG correctly as both overdiagnosis and underdiagnosis of these conditions can have a deleterious effect on patients and their families. Each chapter covers a specific condition and highlights typical or critically important ECG findings. Chapters include detailed descriptions of these findings along with pathophysiological mechanisms and clinical vignettes. In addition, the book reviews some normal ECG findings in athletes in order to differentiate some ECG findings from those which may be found in inherited arrhythmia or cardiomyopathy conditions. Electrocardiography of Inherited Arrhythmias and Cardiomyopathies: From Basic Science to Clinical Practice is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, cardiac electrophysiology, emergency medicine, sports medicine, and primary care.

    Contents:
    Part I. Inherited Arrhythmias
    Chapter 1. Long QT Syndrome
    Chapter 2. Brugada Syndrome
    Chapter 3. Short QT Syndrome
    Chapter 4. Early Repolarization Syndrome
    Chapter 5. Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
    Chapter 6. Short-coupled PVC-induced Ventricular Fibrillation
    Part II. Inherited Cardiomyopathies
    Chapter 7. Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 8: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 9: Dilated Cardiomyopathy
    Chapter 10: AMP-K Syndromes
    Part III. ECG in Athletes
    Chapter 11. Athletes.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jeffrey W. Richig, Meg M. Sleeper.
    Summary: Electrocardiography of Laboratory Animals is the only book covering electrocardiography of laboratory animals, including dogs, mini-pigs, and cynomologus monkeys. As more countries institute requirements for the care of laboratory animals in research, this publication offers an effective standard on performing and analyzing ECGs. Topics covered include safety electrocardiography, toxicology, safety pharmacology, and telemetry. Electrocardiography of Laboratory Animals will assist biological and medical researchers, veterinarians, zoologists, and students in understanding electrocardiography of various species of animals used in research. Covers safety electrocardiography of large laboratory animals. Offers comprehensive analysis of ECGs for practical laboratory use. Includes a self-evaluation section for testing of ECG reading and analysis.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Nestor Galvez-Jimenez, Alexandra Soriano, John A. Morren, editors.
    Summary: This easily readable book describes a practical approach to electrodiagnostic medicine. Replete with well-curated figures, the relevant principles and procedures are clearly described and portrayed, including the anatomical details needed for successful nerve conduction studies and needle electrode examination. Numerous summary tables also convey key information in a concise and easily accessible manner. The reader is also able to reinforce understanding of the various topics through high-yield sample cases which are presented and discussed at the end of chapters. Electrodiagnostic Medicine, A Practical Approach is ideal reading for budding, junior as well as more experienced electrodiagnosticians, particularly those in the field neurology and physiatry.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Few Antecedent Words of Gratitude from NGJ
    Using the Book
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Principles of Electrodiagnosis: Introduction
    Introduction
    Biases, Advantages and Disadvantages/Limitations (see Tables 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4)
    Physiopathological Basis for the Interpretation of NCS
    Nerve Conduction Studies
    Needle Electrode Examination
    Late Responses
    F-Wave (Fig. 1.4)
    H-reflex (Fig. 1.5)
    The A-wave or Axon Reflex
    Blink Reflexes
    Facial Nerve Motor Studies
    Standard Assessments of the Upper and Lower Extremities Some Common Scenarios in Which an Electrodiagnostic Study Is Requested
    Hand Pain/Numbness/Sensory Disturbance
    Foot Pain/Numbness/Sensory Disturbance
    Radiculopathies
    Proximal Lower Limb/Anterior Thigh Weakness
    Foot Drop/Weakness
    Generalized Weakness
    References
    2: Atlas of Nerve Conduction Studies (NCS)
    Introduction
    General Concepts
    Upper Extremities
    Sensory NCS
    Median Sensory Recording at Index Finger (See Fig. 2.1)
    Median Sensory Recording at the Thumb (See Fig. 2.2)
    Median Sensory Recording at Middle Finger (See Fig. 2.3) Ulnar Sensory Recording at Fifth Finger (See Fig. 2.4)
    Dorsal Ulnar Cutaneous Sensory Recording at Dorsum of the Hand (See Fig. 2.5)
    Radial Sensory Recording at Base of the Thumb (See Fig. 2.6)
    Median Palmar Mixed Nerve (See Fig. 2.7)
    Ulnar Palmar Mixed Nerve (See Fig. 2.8)
    Medial Antebrachial Cutaneous Sensory Recording Medial Forearm (See Fig. 2.9)
    Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Sensory Recording Lateral Forearm (See Fig. 2.10)
    Motor NCS
    Median Motor Recording at Abductor Pollicis Brevis (APB)
    Ulnar Motor Recording at Abductor Digiti Minimi (ADM) Ulnar Motor Recording at First Dorsal Interosseous (FDI)
    Radial Motor Recording at Extensor Digitorum (Communis) [ED/EDC]
    Musculocutaneous Recording at Biceps Brachii
    Axillary Recording at Deltoid Muscle
    Lower Extremity
    Sensory NCS
    Sural (Sensory) Recording Posterior Distal Leg/Lateral Ankle (See Fig. 2.23)
    Superficial Peroneal (Fibular) Sensory Recording Dorsolateral Aspect of Ankle/Proximal Foot (See Fig. 2.24)
    Saphenous Nerve Recording Medial Distal Leg (See Fig. 2.25)
    Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve Recording Lateral Thigh (See Fig. 2.26) Medial and Lateral Plantar Mixed Nerve Response Recording the Medial Ankle (See Figs. 2.27 and 2.28)
    Motor NCS
    Peroneal (Fibular) Motor Recording at Extensor Digitorum Brevis (EDB)
    Peroneal (Fibular) Motor Recording at Tibialis Anterior (TA)
    Tibial Motor Recording at Abductor Hallucis (AH)
    Tibial Motor Recording at Abductor Digiti Quinti Pedis (ADQP)
    Femoral Motor Recording at Rectus Femoris
    Tibial H-Reflex Recording at Soleus
    Spinal Accessory Motor Recording at Trapezius
    Facial Motor Recording at Nasalis
    Suggested Reading
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    David C. Preston, Barbara E. Shapiro.
    Contents:
    Approach to nerve conduction studies, electromyography, and neuromuscular ultrasound
    Anatomy and neurophysiology for electrodiagnostic studies
    Basic nerve conduction studies
    Late responses
    Blink reflex
    Repetitive nerve stimulation
    Anomalous innervations
    Artifacts and technical factors
    Basic statistics for electrodiagnostic studies
    Routine upper extremity, facial, and phrenic nerve conduction techniques
    Routine lower extremity nerve conduction techniques
    Basic overview of electromyography
    Anatomy for needle electromyography
    Basic electromyography: analysis of spontaneous activity
    Basic electromyography: analysis of motor unit action potentials
    Clinical-electrophysiologic correlations : overview and common patterns
    Fundamentals of neuromuscular ultrasound
    Neuromuscular ultrasound of mononeuropathies
    Neuromuscular ultrasound of polyneuropathy, motor neuron disease, and myopathy
    Median neuropathy at the wrist
    Proximal median neuropathy
    Ulnar neuropathy at the elbow
    Ulnar neuropathy at the wrist
    Radial neuropathy
    Peroneal neuropathy
    Femoral neuropathy
    Tarsal tunnel syndrome
    Facial and trigeminal neuropathy
    Polyneuropathy
    Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and its variants
    Atypical and inherited motor neuron disorders
    Radiculopathy
    Brachial plexopathy
    Proximal neuropathies of the shoulder and arm
    Lumbosacral plexopathy
    Sciatic neuropathy
    Neuromuscular junction disorders
    Myopathy
    Myotonic muscle disorders and periodic paralysis syndromes
    Approach to electrodiagnostic studies in the intensive care unit
    Approach to pediatric electromyography
    Basics of electricity and electronics for electrodiagnostic studies
    Electrical safety and iatrogenic complications of electrodiagnostic studies.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by John Kuo.
    Contents:
    Conventional specimen preparation techniques for transmission electron microscopy of cultured cells / John J. Bozzola
    Microwave-assisted processing and embedding for transmission electron microscopy / Paul Webster
    Processing plant tissues for ultrastructural study / John Kuo
    Staining sectioned biological specimens for transmission electron microscopy : conventional and En Bloc stains / E. Ann Ellis
    Metal shadowing for electron microscopy / Gregory M. Hendricks
    Freeze fracture and freeze etching / Douglas E. Chandler and William P. Sharp
    Conventional specimen preparation techniques for scanning electron microscopy of biological specimens / John J. Bozzola
    High-pressure freezing : current state and future prospects / Andres Kaech and Urs Ziegler
    Cryo-fixation by self-pressurized rapid freezing / Markus Grabenbauer, Hong-Mei Han, and Jan Huebinger
    Cryo-electron microscopy of vitreous sections / Petr Chlanda and Martin Sachse
    Negative staining and cryo-negative staining : applications in biology and medicine / J. Robin Harris and Sacha De Carlo
    Electron microscopy of microtubule cytoskeleton assembly in vitro / Margaret Coughlin, Aaron C. Groen, and Timothy J. Mitchison
    Cryosectioning fixed and cryoprotected biological material for immunocytochemistry / Paul Webster and Alexandre Webster
    Analysis of specificity in immunoelectron microscopy / Christian Hacker and John M. Lucocq
    Cryo-electron microscopy of membrane proteins / Kenneth N. Goldie [and others]
    Tracking DNA and RNA sequences at high resolution / Dušan Cmarko, Anna Ligasová, and Karel Koberna
    Visualization of DNA and protein-DNA complexes with atomic force microscopy / Yuri L. Lyubchenko, Alexander A. Gall, and Luda S. Shlyakhtenko
    Biological applications of phase-contrast electron microscopy / Kuniaki Nagayama
    Single particle cryo-electron microscopy and 3-D reconstruction of viruses / Fei Guo and Wen Jiang
    Electron tomography for organelles, cells, and tissues / Wanzhong He and Yongning He
    Correlative light and electron microscopy : from live cell dynamic to 3D ultrastructure / Coralie Spiegelhalter, Jocelyn F. Laporte, and Yannick Schwab
    Nanometer-resolution fluorescence electron microscopy (Nano-EM) in cultured cells / Shigeki Watanabe [and others]
    Correlative fluorescence and electron microscopy of quantum dot labeled proteins on whole cells in liquid / Diana B. Peckys, Madeline J. Dukes, and Niels de Jonge
    FIB-SEM tomography in biology / Caroline Kizilyaprak [and others]
    Correlative light and electron microscopy using immunolabeled sections / Heinz Schwarz and Bruno M. Humbel
    Correlative 3D imaging : CLSM and FIB-SEM tomography using high-pressure frozen, freeze-substituted biological samples / Miriam S. Lucas [and others]
    Three-dimensional imaging of adherent cells using FIB/SEM and STEM / Clarissa Villinger [and others]
    X-ray microanalysis in the scanning electron microscope / Godfried M. Roomans and Anca Dragomir
    Application of SEM and EDX in studying biomineralization in plant tissues / Honghua He and Yaowanuj Kirilak
    Freeze stabilization and cryopreparation technique for visualizing the water distribution in woody tissues by x-ray imaging and cryo-scanning electron microscopy / Yasuhiro Utsumi and Yuzou Sano
    Biological applications of energy-filtered TEM / Martin Saunders and Jeremy A. Shaw
    Secondary ion mass spectrometry imaging of biological cells and tissues / Nicholas P. Lockyer
    Elemental and isotopic imaging of biological samples using NanoSIMS / Matt R. Kilburn and Peta L. Clode
    3D chemical mapping : application of scanning transmission (soft) x-ray microscopy (STXM) in combination with angle-scan tomography in bio-, geo-, and environmental sciences / Martin Obst and Gregor Schmid.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Jan Vincents Johannessen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RB43.5 .E4 1978
    1
  • Digital
    Susan Chu Walley, Karen Wilson, editors.
    Summary: Electronic cigarettes (E-cigarettes), also known as vape devices or by trade names such as JUUL, are handheld devices that aerosolize liquid commonly containing nicotine, humectants and flavorings. Used by 1 in 5 high school students in 2020, they are the most common tobacco product used by youth. E-cigarette use has been associated with a variety of health issues such as nicotine addiction, e-cigarette or vaping associated lung illness (EVALI), seizures, and increased risk of cardiovascular disease. This first-of-its-kind book begins with an introduction and background on the historical context of tobacco products. The next chapters provide an overview of the e-cigarette landscape and reviews the e-cigarette devices and solutions and the evolution of these products. This is followed by reviews of the health effects of e-cigarettes on users and non-users and includes recommendations for prevention and treatment of youth e-cigarette use. The last few chapters address the public health impact of e-cigarettes with a review of the evidence of e-cigarettes in smoking cessation. The book closes with policy and advocacy approaches and a resource page. E-cigarette and vape device use pose a public health crisis. This book contains succinct practical information and is a key reference for pediatricians as well as clinicians of all specialities. It also serves as a resource for health professionals, including tobacco dependence treatment providers and public health experts.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    A Brief History of Tobacco and Implications for New Tobacco Products
    The E-Cigarette Phenomenon: What it is, why it is happening, and what you should know about it
    Background and description of e-cigarette products and solutions
    Acute and Chronic Health Effects of E-cigarette use
    Health Effects of E-cigarettes and Other Vaping Devices on Non-users
    Recommendations for prevention and treatment of e-cigarette use among youth in the clinical setting
    Evaluation of evidence of e-cigarettes as a smoking cessation treatment for adult smokers
    Marketing and advertising of E-cigarettes and Pathways to Prevention
    The E-cigarette Regulatory Landscape: Policy and Advocacy Approaches
    Resource Page
    Conclusion. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Xiaohui Guo, editor.
    Summary: This book offers clinicians involved in perinatal care a detailed and in-depth perspective on electronic fetal monitoring (EFM). Topics include EFM management, antepartum and intrapartum fetal assessment and application of EFM in abnormal pregnancy, obstetrical complications, fetal acid-base balance, and fetal arrhythmias. Variant fetal heart rate patterns are presented with interpretation, diagnosis and comments from experts who have wealthy experience in high risk pregnancy intervention. It will be a valuable reference for physicians, nurses, and midwives who are responsible for initiating, performing, and interpreting EFM.

    Contents:
    Assessment of fetal well-being
    Management of EFM
    Fundamental electroic FHR monitoring
    Prenatal and intrapartum EFM
    Abnormal pregnancy
    Pregnant diseases
    Fetal acid-base balance
    Impact of intrapartum events on EFM
    Fetal arrhythmia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Cydney Afriat Menihan, Ellen Kopel.
    Summary: "The newly updated Electronic Fetal Monitoring: Concepts and Applications, 3rd Edition, is an invaluable guide for clinicians (nurses, nurse-midwives, physicians) responsible for ordering, initiating, performing, and interpreting electronic fetal monitoring (EFM). Written by OB/GYN nurses and advanced practitioners, this combination textbook/workbook offers clinicians involved in perinatal care a uniquely detailed, in-depth, and historical perspective on EFM. Topics include maternal-fetal physiology, EFM instrumentation, antepartum and intrapartum fetal assessment and pattern interpretation, and a variety of additional issues and challenges relevant to the current state of EFM practice. Applicable to both the novice and seasoned practitioner, this text is useful as a both a primer for this specialty field and also as a detailed resource to ready for the NCC Certificate of Added Qualification in EFM. Upgrade and update your EFM skills with: Examples of EFM tracings that demonstrate the points presented in the text- including 22 case studies annotated with real-time bedside interpretation, followed by expert review with commentary to support these analyses. Validation of knowledge - New! End-of-chapter study questions and answers are a perfect supplement for certification exam preparation. For the educator, methods of competence validation are discussed and presented in detail. Up-to-date EFM guidelines - explained and demonstrated in real-life, situational context. Concise, easy-to-follow support for optimal acquisition and assessment of EFM data, and proper response to findings. Expert advice on handling both clinical and instrumental challenges related to EFM. Detailed explanation of the workings of EFM equipment and technology. Proven algorithms for management of antepartum testing and of EFM data, outlining specific interventions and their rationales. Coverage of crucial knowledge, including maternal-fetal physiology of fetal heart rate patterns and management of unusual EFM tracings, common problems and more. Chapter features include helpful tips ("Stork Bytes") to highlight important points. Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC, and Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time--providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity, as well as responsive design. The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click. About the Clinical Editors, Cydney Afriat Menihan, CNM, MSN, RDMS, is a Nurse Midwife and Perinatal Consultant in North Kingstown, Rhode Island. Ellen Kopel, RNC, MS, is a Nurse Educator and Perinatal Consultant in Tampa, Florida"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2019
  • Digital
    Holly Talbott and Ashley Zmau.
    Summary: "This guide shows you how to develop a library-wide workflow and a shared understanding of the components delivering electronic resources to your patrons"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Troubleshooting as problem solving
    The access chain
    Soliciting problem reports
    Diagnosing access issues
    Resolving access issues
    Common access issues and examples
    Troubleshooting workflows and training
    Proactive troubleshooting.
  • Digital
    Muhammad Zaffar Hashmi, Ajit Varma, editors.
    Summary: Electronic and electric waste (e-waste), defined as end-of-life electronic products, including computers, television sets, mobile phones, transformers, capacitors, wires and cables, are a major global environmental concern. The crude recycling of e-waste releases persistent toxic substances, such as heavy metals, polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs), polychlorinated dibenzodioxins (PCDDs), polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and the environmental pollution and health risks caused by the improper disposal of e-waste has become an urgent issue. This book offers an overview of e-waste history, sources, and entry routes in soil, air, water and sediment. It also addresses e-waste transport and fate, bioavailability and biomonitoring, e-waste risk assessment, impacts on the environment and public health. In addition, it discusses the impact of e-waste on soil microbial community diversity, structure and function and reviews the treatment and management strategies, such as bioremediation and phytoremediation, as well as policies and future challenges. Given its scope, it is a valuable resource for students, researchers and scholars in the field of electronics manufacturing, environmental science and engineering, toxicology, environmental biotechnology, soil sciences and microbial ecology, as well as and plant biotechnology.

    Contents:
    History and Major Types of Pollutants in Electronic Waste Recycling
    Biomonitoring of Electronic Waste Polluted Environment
    New Brominated Flame Retardants in the Environment of Developing Countries
    Status of Organophosphate Esters in the Environment of Developing Countries and their Impact on Human Health
    Global Trends of E-waste Pollution and Its Impact on Environment
    E- wastes: Global Scenario, Constituents, Biological Strategies for Remediation
    Organic and Inorganic Contaminants from E-waste and their Effects on Environment
    Environmental and Health Effects: Exposure to E-waste pollution
    Health Effects of E-waste Pollution
    Effects of E-waste on Immune System of Pre-School Children
    Metagenomics Approaches to Study the Microbes in E-waste Pollution Environment
    Recycling Processes and Plastic in Electronic Waste Is an Emerging Problem for India: Implications for Future Prospect
    Techniques Used for Recycling the E-waste Worldwide
    Ecotoxicological Risk Assessment of E-waste Pollution
    Toxicity, Eco-toxicity and Phytoremediation of E-waste
    Phytoremediation of Electronic Waste: A Mechanistic Overview and Role of Plant Secondary Metabolites
    Aspects of E-waste Management in India
    Bioremediation Approaches For E-waste Management: A Step Toward Sustainable Environment
    Biodegradation of E-waste Pollution
    Enzymatic Role in the Degradation of E-waste Pollution
    Managing Electronic Waste Pollution: Policy Options and Challenges.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jonathan S. Steinberg, MD, Suneet Mittal, MD, FACC, FHRS.
    Contents:
    SECTION I EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
    1 Bradycardia
    2 Supraventricular tachycardia: AVNRT, AVRT
    3 Atrial arrhythmias
    4 Ventricular tachycardia
    5 Syncope
    6 Sudden cardiac death and the cardiac arrest survivor
    SECTION II THE ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY
    7 Electrophysiology equipment
    8 Electrophysiologic testing : indications and limitations
    9 Principles of mapping and ablation
    10 Indications for cardiac rhythm management devices
    11 Ambulatory electrocardiographic monitoring
    SECTION III THE PACEMAKER AND DEFIBRILLATOR CLINIC
    12 Device interrogations and utilization of diagnostic data
    13 Lead management and extraction
    SECTION IV MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS
    14 Approach to the patient with wide complex tachycardia
    15 Antiarrhythmic medications
    16 Channelopathies
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Veena Kumari, Petr Bob, Nash N. Boutros, editors.
    Summary: Psychophysiology is an ever expanding field. The application of psychophysiological investigations to psychiatric disorders is likewise expanding and has in fact shed much light on some of the neural processes contributing to the development of psychiatric symptoms and/or their amelioration following treatment. The first part of this volume deals with a number of conditions where psychophysiological investigations have recently provided some insight into the pathophysiology of a particular manifestation (e.g., dissociation) or a disorder. Although this volume has a main focus on electrophysiological investigative modalities where neuroimaging was complimentary this added insight was included. The second part of the volume focuses on novel uses of psychophysiological measures, combining it with neuropsychology and imaging where possible, in the context of neuropsychiatric research and describes advanced analytical tools. Both basic and clinical investigators in this field should find the reviews and interpretations provided clear and informative. Clinicians will find this volume easy to assimilate. While direct clinical applications may be down the road, the insights provided should help the practicing clinicians to have firmer understanding of the complexity of the disorder they manage in everyday practice.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part 1. Psychophysiology in Neuropsychiatric Disorders and Their Treatment: Past, Present and Future
    Part 2. Psychophysiology Measurements and Analytical Tools: New Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    author, Reginald T. Ho.
    Contents:
    Bradycardias
    Mechanisms of tachycardia
    Intracardiac echocardiography
    Transeptal catheterization
    Narrow complex tachycardias
    Long RP tachycardias
    Atrio-ventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
    Ablation of atrio-ventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
    Basic evaluation of accessory pathways
    Orthodromic reciprocating tachycardia
    Unusual types of accessory pathways
    Ablation of accessory pathways
    Atrial tachycardia
    Atrial flutter
    Atrial fibrillation
    Sinus node and atrio-ventricular junction modification/ablation
    Wide complex tachycardias
    Preexcited tachycardias
    Idiopathic ventricular tachycardia and fibrillation
    Ablation of scar-related ventricular tachycardia
    Bundle branch reentrant tachycardia
    Unusual electrophysiologic phenomena
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Shulin Li, Department of Pediatrics, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA, Jeffry Cutrera, Department of Pediatrics, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA, Richard Heller, Old Dominion University, Frank Reidy Center for Biolectrics, Norfolk, VA, USA, Justin Teissie, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Institut de Pharmacologie et de Biollogie structurale, Toulouse, France, Université de Toulouse, UPS, IPBS Toulouse, France.
    Contents:
    1. Electroporation-based gene therapy; recent evolution in the mechanism description and technology developments / Lluis M. Mir
    2. Electropermeabilization of the cell membrane / Justin Teissie
    3. The impact of non-electrical factors on electrical gene transfer / Jiemino Hu, Jeffry Cutrera, and Shulin Li
    4. Electroporation formulation for cell therapy / Jiemiao Hu and Shulin Li
    5. Short-fragment DNA-mediated in vivo DNA electroporation delivery / Jinliang Peng, Yonggang Zhao and Yuhong Xu
    6. Gold nanoparticle-enhanced electroporation for leukemia cell transfection / Shuyan Huang, Yingbo Zu and Shengnian Wang
    7. siRNA delivery via electropulsation: a review of the basic processes / Muriel Golzio and Justin Teissie
    8. Continuous cell electroporation for efficient DNA and siRNA delivery based on laminar microfluidic chips / Zewen Wei and Zhihong Li
    9. Electroporation of siRNA into mouse bone marrow-derived macrophages and dendritic cells / Isabel Siegert, Valentin Schatz, Alexander T. Prechtel, Alexander Steinkasserer, Christian Bogdan and Jonathan Jantsch
    10. Directo imaging of siRNA electrotransfer at the single-cell level / Justin Teissie and Muriel Golzio
    11. Electroporation mediated siRNA delivery into tumors / Yashifumi Takei
    12. Substrate-mediated, high-efficiency siRNA electroporation / Hiroyuki Fujimato and Hiroo Iwata
    13. Intradermal electroporation / Maria L. Knudsen, Karl Ljungberg, Peter Liljeström and Daniel X. Johansson
    14. Delivery of DNA into the central nerous system via electroporation / Jochen De Vry, Tim Vanmierlo, Pilar Martínez-Martínez, Mario Losen, Yasin Temel, Harry Steinbusch, Marc De Baets and Jos Prickaerts
    15. DNA delivery in adult mouse eyes: an update with corneal outcomes / John M. Nickerson, Shannon E. Getz, Jana T. Sellers, Micah A. Chrenek, Penny Goodman, Christiana J. Bernal and Jeffrey H. Boatright
    16. Delivery of plasmid DNA into dental tissues of developing rat teeth by electroporation / Shaomian Yao, Michael L. Beckley and Dawen Liu
    17. Electroporation-mediated gene delivery to the lungs / Jennifer L. Young, Michael S. Barravecchia and David A. Dean
    18. Electroporation-mediated delivery of genes in rodent models of lung contusion / David Machado-Aranda and Krishnan Raghavendran
    19. In vivo electroporation-mediated gene delivery to the beating heart / Hendrik T. Tevaearai, Amiq Gazdhar, Marie-Noëlle Giraud and Martin Flück
    20. Managing local swelling following intratumoral electro-chemo-gene therapy / Jeffry Cutrera, Glenn King, Pamela Jones, Elias Gumpel, Xueqing Xia and Shulin Li
    21. Gene electrotransfer in clinical trials / Julie Gehl
    22. Electrochemotherapy in veterinary oncology: from rescue to first line therapy / Enrico P. Spugnini and Alfonso Baldi
    23. Low-energy DC current ablation in a mouse tumor model / Prejesh Philips, Yan Li and Robert C.G. Martin II
    24. Evolution of electroporated DNA vaccines / Andrea M. Keane-Myers and Matt Bell
    25. Clinical development of intramuscular electroporation: providing a "boost" for DNA vaccines / Amir S. Khan, Kate E. Broderick and Niranian Y. Sardesai
    26. Electroporation-mediated administration of candidate DNA vaccines against HIV -1 / Sandhya Vasan
    27. Electroporation-mediated intradermal delivery of DNA vaccines in nonhuman primates / Lucille Adam, Roger Le Grand and Fré́déric Martinon
    28. Intramuscular DNA vaccination protocols mediated by electric fields / Pieranna Chiarella and Emanuela Signori
    29. DNA electroporation of multi-agent vaccines conferring protection against select agent challenge: TriGrid delivery system / Andrea M. Keane-Myers, Matt Bell, Drew Hannaman and Mark Albrecht
    30. Gene-based vaccination and screening methods to develop monoclonal antibodies / M. Pirouz Daftarian, Aram Vosoughi and Vance Lemmon.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bruce A. Carlson, Joseph A. Sisneros, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comparative perspective on the topic of electroreception and reviews some of the fundamental insights gained from studies of electrosensory and electromotor systems to understand how the nervous system extracts biologically relevant information from the natural environment A Brief History of Electrogenesis and Electroreception in Fishes Bruce A. Carlson and Joseph A. Sisneros The Development and Evolution of Lateral Line Electroreceptors: Insights from Comparative Molecular Approaches Clare V.H. Baker Electrosensory Transduction: Comparisons Across Structure, Afferent Response Properties, and Cellular Physiology Duncan B. Leitch and David Julius The Evolution and Development of Electric Organs Jason R. Gallant Biophysical Basis of Electric Signal Diversity Michael R. Markham Hormonal Influences on Social Behavior in South American Weakly Electric Fishes Ana C. Silva Evolutionary Drivers of Electric Signal Diversity Rüdiger Krahe Using Control Theory to Characterize Active Sensing in Weakly Electric Fishes Sarah A. Stamper, Manu S. Madhav, Noah J. Cowan, and Eric S. Fortune Envelope Coding and Processing: Implications for Perception and Behavior Michael G. Metzen and Maurice J. Chacron Evolution of Submillisecond Temporal Coding in Vertebrate Electrosensory and Auditory Systems Bruce A. Carlson Influences of Motor Systems on Electrosensory Processing Krista Perks and Nathaniel B. Sawtell Active Electrolocation and Spatial Learning Sarah Nicola Jung and Jacob Engelmann Bruce A. Carlson is Professor of Biology at Washington University in St. Louis Joseph A. Sisneros is Professor of Psychology at the University of Washington, Seattle Arthur N. Popper is Professor Emeritus and research professor in the Department of Biology at the University of Maryland, College Park Richard R. Fay is Distinguished Research Professor of Psychology at Loyola University Chicago, Chicago.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acoustical Society of America; Series Preface; Preface 1992; Volume Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: A Brief History of Electrogenesis and Electroreception in Fishes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Early Fascination with Electric Fishes; 1.3 Discovery of Electrogenesis; 1.4 Discovery of Electroreception; 1.4.1 Detection of Electric Fields; 1.4.2 Generation of Weak Electric Organ Discharges; 1.5 Electric Fishes and the Neuroethological Approach to Animal Behavior; 1.5.1 Active Electrolocation; 1.5.2 Jamming Avoidance Response; 1.5.3 Electrocommunication 1.5.4 Reafference and Exafference1.6 Fundamental Insights from Comparative Approaches; 1.7 Future Directions and Concluding Comments; References;
    Chapter 2: The Development and Evolution of Lateral Line Electroreceptors: Insights from Comparative Molecular Approaches; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 The Mechanosensory Division of the Lateral Line System; 2.1.2 The Electrosensory Division of the Lateral Line System; 2.1.2.1 Electrosensory Organs in Jawless Fishes; 2.1.2.2 Electrosensory Organs in Nonteleost Jawed Vertebrates; 2.1.2.3 Electrosensory Organs in Teleost Fishes: Independent Evolution 2.1.2.3.1 Overview of Teleost Electroreception2.1.2.3.2 Electroreception Evolved Independently At Least Twice in Teleosts; 2.1.3 Trigeminal Nerve-Mediated Electroreception in Monotremes and Dolphins; 2.2 Electroreceptor Development; 2.2.1 An Introduction to Cranial Placodes; 2.2.2 Nonteleost Ampullary Organs Develop from Lateral Line Placodes that Elongate to Form Sensory Ridges; 2.2.3 Experimental Evidence Is Lacking for the Embryonic Origin of Lamprey and Teleost Electroreceptors; 2.2.4 The Molecular Control of Lateral Line Placode Formation 2.2.4.1 Lateral Line and Otic Placodes Are Developmentally Independent2.2.4.2 Different Lateral Line Placodes Have Different Molecular Requirements; 2.2.5 Investigating the Molecular Basis of Nonteleost Electroreceptor Development; 2.2.5.1 The Candidate Gene Approach; 2.2.5.1.1 Transcriptional Regulators; 2.2.5.1.2 Signaling Pathways; 2.2.5.2 Insights from an Unbiased Transcriptomic (Differential RNA Sequencing) Approach; 2.3 Electroreceptor Evolution; 2.3.1 Morphological and Physiological Similarities Between Hair Cells and Nonteleost Electroreceptors 2.3.2 RNA Sequencing Data Suggest Nonteleost Electroreceptors Share Synaptic Transmission Mechanisms with Hair Cells2.3.3 Hypotheses for Electroreceptor Evolution: The Importance of Ribbons; 2.4 Summary; References;
    Chapter 3: Electrosensory Transduction: Comparisons Across Structure, Afferent Response Properties, and Cellular Physiology; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Electroreceptor Organs; 3.2.1 Ampullary Receptors; 3.2.1.1 Ampullae of Lorenzini Structural Properties; 3.2.2 Tuberous Organ Structural Properties; 3.2.3 Mammalian Trigeminal Electroreceptor Structural Properties
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Matt Richtel.
    Summary: The immune system is a guardian vigilantly fighting illness, healing wounds, maintaining order and balance, and keeping us alive. Richtel interweaves the stories of four people: a terminal cancer patient who rises from the grave; a medical marvel who defies HIV; two women with autoimmunity who discover their own bodies have turned against them. As he leads us from the Black Plague to twentieth-century breakthroughs in vaccination and antibiotics, to the cutting-edge laboratories that are revolutionizing immunology, his four patients each illuminates an essential facet of our "elegant defense."--Adapted from jacket

    Contents:
    Part I. Lives in the balance. The ties that bind
    Jason
    Bob
    Linda and Merredith
    Part II. The immune system and the festival of life. The bird, dog, starfish, and magic bullet
    The festival
    Festival crashers
    The mystery organ
    The B-word
    T cells and B cells
    Vaccines
    The infinity machine
    Transplant
    The immune system's fingerprint
    Inflammation
    Fever
    Flash Gordon
    The harmonious way
    Three wise men and a monoclonal antibody
    A second immune system
    Part III. Bob. Sex machine
    GRID
    The phone call
    CD4 and CD8
    Magic
    The prime
    Part IV. Linda and Merredith. Linda
    The wolf
    Invisible evidence
    Best of both worlds (sort of)
    Merredith
    Should you pick your nose?
    Microbiome
    Stress
    Sleep
    Part V. Jason. A word about cancer
    Laughter and tears
    The Lazarus mouse
    Wound healing
    Programmed death
    The breakthrough
    Jason races time
    Shepherd of death
    Trials, personal and clinical
    The other shoe
    Part VI. Homecoming. Bob
    Linda
    Jan and Ron
    Jason down the white tunnel
    Jason rises
    Apollo 11
    Home
    Jason's way
    The meanings of life
    The meaning of Jason.
    Digital Access 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Print
    Nitzulescu, Virgil.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G41 .N72
    1
  • Digital
    editors, Wilson Z. Shou, Naidong Weng.
    Contents:
    Eliminating bottlenecks for efficient bioanalysis : practices and applications in drug discovery and development / Wilson Z. Shou & Naidong Weng
    Automated method development of sample preparation / Chris Singleton & Ming Li
    Strategies for high-throughput sample analysis / Maria A.M. Fitzgerald
    Enabling software for high-throughput bioanalysis / John Janiszewski & Nick Levitt
    Sample pooling approaches in discovery bioanalysis / Rongda Xu
    Quantitative bioanalysis by microflow LC-MS to support discovery-based pharmacokinetic studies / Heather Skor & Ravi Visswanathan
    The current status and future perspective on high-resolution MS in regulated bioanalysis / Eliza N. Fung
    Bottlenecks in bioanalysis : where do they come from and how to remove them? / Philip Timmerman
    Discovery to development : bioanalytical considerations that can facilitate the transition / Graeme T. Clark
    Use of fit-for-purpose quality requirements in bioanalysis / Wenying Jian, Richard W. Edom & Naidong Weng
    Incurred sample reanalysis evaluation and impact on drug preclinical and clinical development / Stephanie Pasas-Farmer & Zhongping (John) Lin
    Tissue analysis and tissue imaging / Stacy Ho
    Bioanalysis supporting disease biomarker discovery and validation / Ian A. Blair
    Bioanalysis of biomarkers in support of drug discovery and development / Dieter M. Drexler, Timothy V. Olah, Michael D. Reily, Petia A. Shipkova, Holly D. Soares & Adrienne A. Tymiak
    MS-based protein quantification in a discovery setting / John T. Mehl, Joanna J. Zheng & Timothy V. Olah
    MS-based protein quantitation in regulated drug development / Diego F. Cortes, William Mylott & Rand Jenkins.
    Digital Access Future Med 2014
  • Digital
    Poonam Khetrapal Singh, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses the historical context, country experience, and best practices that led to eliminating infectious diseases from the WHOs South-East Asia Region, such as malaria, lymphatic filariasis, yaws, trachoma, and mother-to-child HIV in the mid-twentieth and twenty-first century. The UN Sustainable Development Goals (3.3) targets to end AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, and neglected tropical diseases and combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable diseases by 2030. In this context, this book is of high significance to countries from the SEA region and around the globe. It helps create national strategies and action plans on infectious disease elimination and thus attaining SDG 3.3.

    Contents:
    Introduction: A historic paradigm shift in communicable diseases in South-East Asia: from control to elimination
    Thailand: Elimination of mother-to-child HIV transmission
    Yaws: freeing young children in India from an old scourge
    Maldives: a long battle to banish malaria
    Unburdening the poor: elimination of lymphatic filariasis in Maldives
    Sri Lanka: long battle to eliminate malaria
    Lymphatic filariasis elimination in Sri Lanka: overcoming the odds
    Elimination of lymphatic filariasis in Thailand: a model for best practices
    Trachoma elimination in Nepal: bringing light, preventing darkness
    South-East Asia Region marches ahead on elimination of mother-to-child transmission of HIV and syphilis: Sri Lanka becomes the third country in the SE Asia Region to be validated
    Leveraging health system gains towards eliminating mother-to-child transmission (EMTCT) of HIV and syphilis: How Maldives became the second country in WHO South-East Asia Region to achieve this feat
    Leprosy: accelerating towards a leprosy-free world.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    E. Gaylon McCollough, MD, FACS, Founder and Chief Operational Officer, McCollough Plastic Surgery Clinic, the McCollough Institute for Appearance & Health, Gulf Shores, Alabama, USA.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    John D. Kelly IV, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Overhead Athlete
    Pathophysiology of Throwing Injuries.- Prevention of Labral and Rotator Cuff Injuries in the Overhead Athlete
    Keys to Successful Labral Repair
    Indications and Techniques for Posterior Capsule Release.- Throwing Acquired Anterior Rotator Interval Pathology
    Part II: Instability
    Evaluation of Bone Loss and the Glenoid Track
    Management of Capsular Laxity
    Remplissage: Technique and Results
    Arthroscopic Latarjet
    Posterior Instability
    Part III: Glenohumeral Arthritis
    Pearls for Through Debridement, Capsular Release, and the Role of Microfracture.- The Comprehensive Arthroscopic Management (CAM) Procedure for Young Patients with Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Graft Interposition Arthroplasty
    Adhesive Capsulitis: Diagnosis, Etiology and Treatment Strategies
    Part IV: Rotator Cuff
    Ultrasound in Rotator Cuff Evaluation
    Indications for Repair: Who Really Needs Surgery?- Biologic Augmentation of Rotator Cuff Repair Repair.- Indications and Technique for Double Row Fixation.- Retracted Subscapularis Tears.- ont-family: 'Times New Roman', serif; font-size: 10pt;">Arthroscopic Repair of Massive Retracted Rotator Cuff Tears.- The Use of Graft Augmentation in the Treatment of Massive Rotator Cuff Tears.- Suprascapular Nerve Release: General Principles.- Spinoglenoid Ligament Release.- Part V: Post Op Care.- Maximizing Return to Activity Post Cuff and Instability Surgery.- When is the Patient Truly ?Ready to Return?, a.k.a. Kinetic Chain Homeostasis. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Gregory S. Thomas, L. Samuel Wann, and Myrvin H. Ellestad.
    Summary: The 6th edition of the textbook Ellestad's Stress Testing: Principles and Practice was written for the new and veteran clinician alike performing stress testing. Thoroughly updated, referenced and interspersed with case examples, the book reviews how to get the most out exercise testing, without and with ancillary imaging. In addition to evaluation of ST segment depression, other powerful tools to detect ischemia and forecast the future are reviewed to increase the diagnostic accuracy and prognostic ability of exercise testing. The recognition and significance of exercise induced arrhythmias and conduction defects are examined. When to convert to pharmacologic stress or add ancillary imaging, including myocardial perfusion imaging, echocardiography, coronary calcium scoring, and magnetic reference imaging are reviewed. The use of stress testing in the management of obstructive and non-obstructive coronary artery disease (CAD), heart failure, cardiac rehabilitation, peripheral vascular disease, congenital heart and other cardiovascular diseases (CVD) is examined. Options to optimize the diagnostic capabilities of exercise and other diagnostic testing for women are highlighted. Strategic use of exercise testing in the face of a decreasing burden of CAD in the developed world, as well as the opportunity to rely on exercise testing as the first test to evaluate CVD in the developing world, are reviewed. The fundamentals of exercise physiology and myocardial ischemia that serve as the foundation for exercise testing in health and disease are explained.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Print
    Brittney Cooper.
    Summary: Far too often, Black women's anger has been caricatured into an ugly and destructive force that threatens the civility and social fabric of American democracy. But Cooper shows us that there is more to the story than that. Black women's eloquent rage is what makes Serena Williams such a powerful tennis player. It's what makes Beyoncé's girl power anthems resonate so hard. It's what makes Michelle Obama an icon. Eloquent rage keeps us all honest and accountable. It reminds women that they don't have to settle for less. In the Black feminist tradition of Audre Lorde, Brittney Cooper reminds us that anger is a powerful source of energy that can give us the strength to keep on fighting. -- Back cover.

    Contents:
    The Problem With Sass
    Capital B, Capital F
    Strong Female Leads
    The Smartest Man I Never Knew
    Bag Lady
    Grown-Woman Theology
    Orchestrated Fury
    White-Girl Tears
    Never Scared
    Love in a Hopeless Place
    Favor Ain't Fair
    Joy.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ1413.C67 C67 2019
    1
  • Print
    compiled by A.F. Dorian.
    Contents:
    pt. A. General medicine
    pt. B. Anatomy
    pt. C. Biology, genetics and biochemistry
    pt. D. Therapeutic substances.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    R121 .D72
    4
  • Digital
    [edited by] S. Jean Herriot Emans, Marc R. Laufer, Amy Desrochers DiVasta.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    edited by Pascal Chabrot, Louis Boyer.
    Summary: Innovations in catheterization techniques and embolization agents have considerably contributed to the development of endovascular occlusion techniques in arterial and venous trunks as much as distal parenchymal capillar beds. Mini invasive therapies, endovascular embolization and chemo-embolization now constitute valuable therapeutic alternatives in various fields: on a purely palliative or on a curative basis in oncology, but also in traumatology, functional diseases, and for the treatment of benign tumors, or when dealing with post-operative complications. As in-depth and detailed descriptions of these techniques are all ready available in specialized books, our ambition is to provide a basic handbook for the young vascular radiologists in training and a checklist for the more experienced interventional radiologists, by providing for each of the constantly increasing indications a synthetic approach of the technique and its expected results. The first part of this book relates to the tool box (the materials) and the procedure techniques as well as the physiopathological requirements for carrying out embolization; the second part is an analytical description of the main situations and anatomo-clinical strategies. This handy book should to be a valuable memory aid for clinicians and interventional radiologists, readily available in the multidisciplinary staff rooms and in angiography suites.

    Contents:
    1. The Tool Box: Catheterization Devices and Embolization Agents
    2. Vascular Occlusions and Parenchymal Embolizations: Principles
    3. Hemorrhages of the ENT Area
    4. Massive Hemoptysis: Radiological Management
    5. Embolization of the Pulmonary Artery
    6. Hepatic Artery Embolization
    7. Chemoembolizations and Hepatic Intra Arterial Chemotherapies
    8. Portal Vein Embolization
    9. Splenic Arterial Embolization
    10. Gastro Intestinal Tract Arterial Haemorrhages
    11. True and false Aneurysms of Visceral and Renal Arteries
    12. Hypogastric Arteries: Aneurysms, Occlusions Before Stent-Grafting
    13. Renal Arterial Embolizations
    14. Anticoagulant Related Hematomas
    15. Embolization of Varicoceles
    16. Embolization of the Internal Pudendal Arteries for High Flow Priapism
    17. Embolization of Endoleaks Ater Endovascular Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms Repair (EVAR)
    18. Post Partum Haemorrhages
    19. Uterine Fibroid Embolization (UFE)
    20. Pelvi-Perineal Venous Insufficiency
    21. Embolizations of Abdominal and Pelvic Traumas
    22. Traumatisms of the Limbs
    23. Management of Vascular Malformations
    24. Miscellaneous/Marginal/Evolving Indications (Other Abdomino-Pelvic Tumors, Portal Hypertension Related Varicose Veins, Osteoarticular Pathologies).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Marcelo Guimaraes, Riccardo Lencioni, Gary P. Siskin.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Joachim P. Sturmberg, editor.
    Summary: This detailed volume illustrates the transformative nature of systems and complexity sciences for practice, research, education, and health system organization. Researchers highlight the fresh perspectives and novel approaches offered by these interdisciplinary fields in addressing the complexities of global, national, and community health challenges in the 21st century. With the implications that these emerging fields hold for health still relatively underexplored, researchers from a wide variety of disciplines, including physiological, social, environmental, clinical, prevention, educational, organizational, finance, and policy domains, aim in this book to suggest future directions in health care and highlight recent advances in basic and clinical physiology, education, policy-making, and leadership. Among the topics discussed: • Impact of genomic heterogeneity on bio-emergent properties • Harnessing Big Data to improve health services • Decision-making of women in violent relationships • Co-producing healthcare interventions • A socio-ecological solution to physician burnout Embracing Complexity in Health: The Transformation of Science, Practice, and Policy is a highly relevant resource to practitioners in the field, students, instructors, and policy makers, and also should find an engaged audience among health and disease researchers, healthcare planners, health system financiers, health system administrators, health services administrators, health professional educators, and other health professionals. The trans- and interdisciplinary natures of health and health care are fostering a broad discourse amongst all concerned with improving patient care in an equitable and sustainable way. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I Introduction: A Systems and Complexity Science Understanding of Health; If You Change the Way You Look at Things, Things You Look at Change. Max Planck's Challenge for Health, Health Care, and the Healthcare System; 1 Looking Differently: At Health, Dis-ease and Disease; 1.1 Most People Are Healthy Most of the Time; 1.2 Dis-ease Versus Disease Versus Health; 1.3 The Cause of Disease; 1.3.1 The Fallacy of `Macroscopic Causation'; 1.3.2 The Emergence of a Network Physiological Understanding of Health and Disease 1.4 Disease: An Outcome of Mal-/Adaptive Regulatory Feedback1.4.1 Genome Regulation; 1.4.2 Autonomous Nervous System and HPA-Axis Regulation; 1.4.3 Mitochondrial Regulation; 1.5 Diseases as Phenotypes; 1.6 Health, Dis-ease and Disease: A `Whole of Person' Phenomenon; 1.7 Detecting Physiological Dysregulation; 1.7.1 Biomarkers of Physiological Dysregulation Have Limited Application in Clinical Practice; 1.8 … Your Appreciation of Health, Dis-ease and Disease Changes; 2 Looking Differently: At Healthcare Delivery; 2.1 Health Care: Is That Really What We Do? 2.1.1 Shifting of the-Mental-Mind Frame2.1.2 In Essence Health Professionals Are Disease Managers; 2.1.3 Disinterest in the Person with the Disease; 2.2 Disease Care at Work; 2.2.1 Communication: About Disease; 2.2.2 A Protocol-/Guideline-Driven Approach to Disease Management; 2.2.3 Disease Management Results in Wasting Scarce Resources; 2.3 Health Workforce Composition; 2.3.1 Evaluating Outcomes: Which Ones Count?; 2.4 … Your Appreciation of the Healthcare Delivery Changes; 3 Looking Differently: At the Healthcare System 3.1 The Disease Focus Diverts Attention and Resources Away from `Being Healthy' and `Staying Healthy'3.2 Reframing Our Metaphors: Achieving Health; 3.3 … Your Appreciation of the Healthcare System Changes; The Transformative Aspects of This Study;
    Appendix 1: Disease Definitions and Re-definitions;
    Appendix 2: Prevalence of Long-Term Conditions in the Australian National Health Survey;
    Appendix 3: Annas' Analysis of the Consequences of the Military and Market Metaphors on Health Care ch1:bib144; References; Fail Small, Fail Often: An Outsider's View of Physiologic Complexity; 1 Introduction 2 Complex Is Typical Not Normal3 But Why Multifractal?; 3.1 Some Results; 4 Control of Variability; 5 Discussion and Conclusions; The Transformative Aspects of This Study; References; Part II Physiology; A Puzzling Question: How Can Different Phenotypes Possibly Have Indistinguishable Disease Symptoms?; 1 Basic Mechanisms Allowing the Emergence of Life; 1.1 The Role of the Chemical Bond; 1.2 Phase Separation; 2 Emergent Processes in Disease; 2.1 Patterns of Ventilation Defects in Asthma; 2.2 Asthma Phenotypes; 3 One Symptom: Different Mechanisms?; 4 Conclusions
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Lars H. Wegner and Ulrich Lüttge.
    Summary: This book focuses on modules and emergence with self-organization in the life sciences. As Aristotle observed so long ago, the whole is more than the sum of its parts. However, contemporary science is dominated by reductionist concepts and tends to neglect the non-reproducible features of complex systems, which emerge from the interaction of the smaller units they are composed of. The book is divided into three major parts; the essays in part A highlight the conceptual basis of emergence, linking it to the philosophy of science, systems biology and sustainability. This is subsequently exemplified in part B by applying the concept of emergence to various biological disciplines, such as genetics, developmental biology, neurobiology, plant physiology and ecology. New aspects of emergence come into play when biology meets the technical sciences, as revealed in a chapter on bionics. In turn, part C adopts a broader view, revealing how the organization of life follows a hierarchical order in terms of scalar dimensions, ranging from the molecular level to the entire biosphere. The idea that life is primarily and exclusively shaped by processes at the molecular level (and, in particular, by the information encoded in the genome) is refuted; rather, there is no hierarchy with respect to the level of causation in the cross-talk between the levels. In the last two chapters, the evolutionary trend toward ever-increasing complexity in living systems is interpreted in terms of the Gaia hypothesis sensu Lovelock: the entire biosphere is viewed as a functional unit (or 'holobiont-like system') organized to develop and sustain life on Earth.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; The Basics; Is There Anything New Under the Sun?; Introduction; Instabilities as the Ontological Core of Emergence: Novelty, Processuality, Internality; Nothing New Under the Sun and the Disregard of Instability; Acknowledging Instabilities; Novelty, Processuality, and Internality; Types of Instabilities; Watersheds-and the Static Instability; Chaos-and the Dynamical Instability; Criticalities and Bifurcations-the Structural Instability; Limits of Physical Sciences?-Methodological and Epistemological Issues Biomimetic Façade Shading SystemsBio-inspired Sustainability (Assessment); Discussion and Perspectives; References; Roots of Complexity in the Self-referential Genetic Code; References; Brains Emerging: On Modularity and Self-organisation of Neural Development In Vivo and In Vitro; Introduction: Biologic Determinism Revisited; Modules Governing Normal Development; Cells Forming Spheres; From Hollow Spheres to Planar Tissues; The Epithelium, the Most Basic Tissue; Brain and Eyes Emerging from the Body Surface Epithelium; Neural Tube Evagination, Invagination and Widening to Form an Eye From Modules to Emergent Holistic Properties in Living OrganismsModularity Versus Emergence: How to Cope with Complexity in Whole-Plant Physiology?; Introduction; Modularity and Emergence: General Remarks; Modularity and Emergence in Plant Biology; Synthesis; Redundancy; Implications for Future Basic and Applied Research in the Plant Sciences; References; Emergence in Biomimetic Materials Systems; Introduction; Biomimetic Materials Systems; Emergence in Biomimetic Materials Systems; Selected Examples for Emergence in Biomimetics; Biomimetic Composite Materials; Biomimetic Micro-laminates Limits with Respect to Reproducibility and ExperimentationObstacles to Predictability and Calculability; Boundaries of Testability and Confirmability; Limitations of Describability and Reductive Explainability; Critique of Standard Concepts of the Philosophy of Science; Science in an Unstable World; History of Science: Perceiving Instability, Imposing Stability; The Qualitative: Complexity Characteristics at the Center of Testability; Towards a Novel Kind of Calculability and Testability; Modeling Turn; Decisions ex ante and Underlying Knowledge Interests; Summary; References Modular Organization and Emergence in Systems BiologyReferences; The Emergence of Sustainability; Introduction; Emergence: Three Sustainability Facets in Response to the Planetary Crisis; Sustainability as Policy; Sustainability as Moral Value; Sustainability as Science; Submergence: System Dismantling; Crisis of Conservation Science; Crisis of Environmentalism and of Development; Convergence: Consolidating Sustainability and Moving to the Next Level; Sustainability as Utopia; Gaia: The Next Level?; Concluding Remarks: The Ticking Clock; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jana Söderlund.
    Summary: This book addresses the emergence of biophilic design, a form of design that looks at peoples intrinsic connection with nature. There is no denying that biophilic design is rapidly expanding globally as an effective response to pressing issues in urban areas and built environments. From being a term few had heard of in 2012, when the authors research began, to one that is currently trending in a broad range of disciplines, the story of its emergence has never been properly told. The story of the emergence of biophilic design is the story of a social movement and how a gathering of people with a common interest and passion can spark a global trend. The book and the stories within are not only engaging but also informative and educational, offering readers an in-depth understanding of what biophilic design is all about, and how to promote its implementation in their own built environment. Hopefully, they will inspire people to act, to campaign and to implement initiatives in their urban environment, with the confidence that they are capable of making a difference. The author spent three years researching the emergence of biophilic design, and why and how it was driven by certain people who championed the concept. Part of the authors research involved a three-month tour of ten North American cities, during which she interviewed 26 key players. These people ranged from community leaders, landscape architects, and academics, to the CEOs of NGOs and government leaders. The result is a collection of stories that illustrate the evolution of biophilic design, and how it was frequently born from a passion for, belief in and love of nature, as well as a response to an urban crisis.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. The emergence of a new social movement: Biophilic design
    Chapter 2. The rationale for biophilic design
    Chapter 3. Biophilic design: The stories of the pioneers of the social movement
    Chapter 4. How the biophilic design social movement informs planning and policy
    Chapter 5. Living green wall trials in a hot dry city climate
    Chapter 6. The progression of biophilic design
    Bibliography
    Appendix.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Mamta Bhushan Singh, Rohit Bhatia, editors.
    Summary: This is the second edition (in two volumes) of a well-received book that reflects current practices in the management of neurological emergencies. It was written bearing in mind the needs of first-contact physicians, who may be neurology trainees, neurology consultants, or interns. Special attention has been paid to various aspects of managing patients at the emergency department, from taking a good clinical history, to completing a quick and focused clinical examination, to investigating and commencing treatment. Neurological emergencies are unique in that they appear abruptly, generally follow a volatile course, and require a prompt yet balanced response. The management of neurological emergencies has been a major challenge in the past, and today, early and aggressive approaches are generally recommended. Exploring these and other aspects, the book offers a valuable asset for all practitioners seeking answers to the questions that inevitably arise while attempting to manage such critical situations.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Elio Agostoni, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Glossary
    Part I. Neuromuscular Disease: Recent Progress in Diagnosis and Therapy
    Neuromuscular Disease: An Overview
    Tetanus
    Guillain-Barré Syndrome
    Porphyria
    Vasculitis
    Myasthenia Gravis
    Botulism
    Malignant Hyperthermia
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Periodic Paralysis.-Part II. Case Studies
    Case Study: Atypical GBS
    Part III. Differentiated Decisional Algorithms
    Differentiated Decisional Algorithms Based on the Technical and Organizational Characteristics of the Hospital Receiving the Clinical Case.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Maxwell Damian, Marianne de Visser, editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive book addresses the acute emergencies in neuromuscular disease from a novel perspective, focusing on clinical management and treatment of these disorders rather than the more traditional neuropathology, neurogenetics, and neurophysiology approaches. The book fills the gap in guidelines by providing an evidence-based guidance for the clinical adult or pediatric neurologist confronted by an acutely ill patient in a potentially life-threatening situation. The book is structured according to pathophysiological principles, but each chapter is strictly organised around case vignettes that emphasize clinical relevance allowing the non-specialist to access complex scientific backgrounds. The electronic supplementary material and multimedia are provided as an integral tool to facilitate accessibility and understanding of a notoriously difficult field of neurology. Finally, the role of patients, who are increasingly involved in many management decisions, is highlighted in a chapter on ethical issues discussing withholding or withdrawing life-sustaining therapy, patient end-of-life values, wishes and preferences, and on advanced directives. The publication is aimed equally at the non-specialist neurologist in frontline clinical practice confronted by a rare disorder needing immediate management decisions, at the clinical specialist referring for guidance in specific management aspects, and at the specialist researcher keen to maintain clinic relevance.

    Contents:
    Recognition and Assessment of the Neuromuscular Emergency
    Diagnostic Tests in the Acute Setting: Strengths and Limitations
    Respiratory Management in Acute Neuromuscular Disease
    Management of Respiratory Emergencies in Chronic Neuromuscular Disease
    Weaning from the Ventilator and Long-Term Respiratory Support
    Emergencies in Motor Neuron Diseases
    Emergencies in Peripheral Neuropathies
    Infectious Diseases of the Peripheral Nerve and Spinal Cord
    The Acute and Emergency Management of Neuromuscular Junction Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Stergios K. Doumouchtsis, Professor Sir S. Arulkumaran.
    Summary: The second edition of Emergencies in Obstetrics and Gynaecology provides a practical and accessible guide to all emergency situations encountered in obstetrics and gynaecology, from the immediately life-threatening to the smaller but urgent problems that may arise. Designed around the symptoms and signs with which the patient presents to the hospital, this handbook explains how to arrive at a differential diagnosis and how to prevent, manage, or treat an emergency. The 'Obstetric emergencies' section covers topics from early pregnancy through to post-delivery complications, whilst the 'Gynaecologic emergencies' section addresses those issues that could potentially pose a threat to a women's fertility or even her life. Addressing new topics on issues that have become more prevalent, such as substance misuse in pregnancy, and violence against women and children, the second edition of Emergencies in Obstetrics and Gynaecology is an essential read. A new topic on 'preoperative assessment' outlines how to manage consent, the risks, benefits, and what the patient should expect. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART 1: OBSTETRICS
    1. Pregnancy changes and early pregnancy complications, Kevin Hayes, S. Arulkumaran, Christina Coroyannakis, Edwin Chandraharan
    2. Medical emergencies in pregnancy, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Aris Papageorghiou, Ingrid Watt-Coote, Onnig Tamizian, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
    3. Obstetric complications, Onnig Tamizian, Hassan Shehata, Mishkat Shehata, Vishalli Ghai, Christina Coroyannakis, Edwin Chandraharan, Claire Hordern, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
    4. Concerns for the fetus and surveillance, Amar Bhide, Deepika Deshpande
    5. Interpartum procedures and complications, Hilary Turnbull, Sambit Mukhopadhyay, Stergios Doumouchtsis, K. Nikolopoulos, E. Chrysanthopoulou, D. Vinayagam, Christiana Nygaard, Renata Wendler, Frank Schroeder
    6. Post-delivery procedures and complications, Stergios Doumouchtsis, G. Iancu, D. Vinayagam, M. Basu, Christiana Nygaard, Justin Richards
    7. Sepsis in pregnancy, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Austin Ugwumadu
    8. Complications associated with complex psychological needs, Joanna Becares Doumouchtsi, Jonathan Dominguez- Hernandez
    9. Miscellaneous topics in obstetrics, Olujimi Jibodu, Leonie Penna, Austin Ugwumadu, K Rege, Sambit Mukhopadhyay, Paul Simpson
    PART 2: GYNAECOLOGY
    10. Abnormal menses and bleeding, Tahir Mahmood
    11. Chronic and acute abdominal pain, Stergios Doumouchtsis
    12. Intra-operative emergencies, Vikram Talaulikar, S. Arulkumaran
    13. Postoperative complications, Vikram Talaulikar, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Christiana Nygaard, G. Iancu
    14. Ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, Kamal Ojha
    15. Contraception and termination of pregnancy, Sheila Radakrishnan, Kamal Ojha
    16. Vaginal discharge, Kamal Ojha
    17. Vulval problems, David Nunns
    18. Miscellaneous topics in gynaecology, Stergios Doumouchtsis, M. Basu, Claudine Domoney, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
    19. Diagnostic laparoscopy & emergencies following laparoscopic surgery, Hugh Byrne
    20. General issues in obstetrics and gynaecology, K Rege, Hannah Sims, Eddie Morris, Stergios Doumouchtsis.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Bipasha Mukherjee, Hunter Yuen, editors.
    Summary: This handbook on orbital, lacrimal and eyelid emergencies deals with such situations in a practical manner guiding the ophthalmologists in accurate handling and making them more proficient and confident in managing vision and life-threatening emergencies. With 51 chapters and more than 150 images, this book covers all the eye emergencies that generalist and specialist ophthalmologists can expect to come across in their day to day practices. It can be argued that the orbit can no more be called 'Pandora's Box' because of the unpredictable nature of its contents. This perception has changed over the years due to the advent of improved diagnostic, in particular, imaging techniques. However, since medical residency provides very little exposure to orbital and adnexal disorders, most clinicians are inexperienced and unsure about their management. Facing an emergency situation where improper management can rapidly worsen the condition leading to blindness or even death of the patient is every ophthalmologist's nightmare. The emergent nature of these conditions does not always provide for a leeway to refer these patients to an orbit and oculoplasty specialist, who are few and far between. By the time the patient reaches his destination, his vision maybe irrevocably lost. The legal implications of such mismanagement can be significant too. This book is a quick and essential resource to manage and refer eye emergencies with confidence. .

    Contents:
    Systemic management in Orbital & Adnexal Emergencies
    Globe Rupture
    Subluxated Globes
    Exposure keratopathy due to absent or avulsed eyelids
    Periocular and adnexal injuries due to animal bites
    Chemical and thermal Injuries
    Endophthalmitis
    Eyelid trauma: general considerations
    Investigation of eyelid and lacrimal injuries
    Management of eyelid injuries
    Management of lacrimal system trauma
    Orbital Trauma: Mechanisms and investigations
    Types and management of orbital fractures
    Organic foreign bodies
    Inorganic foreign bodies
    Traumatic optic neuropathy
    Retro-bulbar hemorrhage: Etiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology and clinical perspectives
    Orbital compartment syndromes
    Orbital emphysema
    Iatrogenic visual loss after orbital and eyelid surgery
    General considerations and investigations for inflammatory orbital and eyelid disease.-Management of fulminant thyroid eye disease
    Orbital apex inflammation
    Pyoderma gangrenosum
    Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis and other muco-cutaneous syndromes
    Idiopathic orbital inflammatory disease
    Management of dysthyroid optic neuropathy
    Management of severe exposure keratopathy
    Acute medical management of non-thyroid orbital and eyelid inflammation
    Acute surgical management of non-thyroid orbital and lid inflammation
    General approach and algorithm for managing acute infections of the orbit and eyelid
    Diagnosis and treatment bacterial infections of the orbit
    Viral and fungal infections of the orbit
    Life-threatening infections
    Fulminant streptococcal infections and necrotizing fasciitis
    Viral Keratitis
    Dacryoadenitis
    Dacryocystitis
    Canaliculitis and Intracanalicular foreign bodies
    General approach and algorithm for managing emergent neoplasms of the orbit and adnexa
    Primary orbital malignancies
    Secondary and metastatic tumors of the orbit
    Malignant transformation in benign orbital diseases
    Sebaceous gland carcinoma
    Squamous cell carcinoma
    Melanoma
    Merkel cell carcinoma (Cutaneous neuroendocrine carcinoma)
    Acute presentation of vascular lesions in the orbit
    Exposure keratopathy due to facial nerve palsy
    Complications of Botulinum toxin and facial fillers
    Iatrogenic orbital injury associated with adnexal intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Kate Curtis (editor) ; Clair Ramsden (editor) ; Ramon Z. Shaban (editor) ; Julie Considine (editor) ; Margaret Fry (editor).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    Abhishek Agrawal, Gavin Britz, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide answers commonly asked questions about neurosurgical conditions related to brain and spinal cord. Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions fills the gap which arises after a diagnosis is made on the loved one, explaining the basics of neurosurgical diseases and their management. Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions concentrates on the brain and spine, both in surgery and radiotherapy, as well as congenital and accident-related conditions. This comprehensive book which is part of a book-set including Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions, informs the reader on various symptoms to look for, and helps with the management of brain and spine surgery in chapters written by reputed neurosurgeons to help the physicians, the patients and their families.

    Contents:
    1. Non Malignant Brain Tumors
    2. Malignant Brain Tumors
    3. Pituitary Tumors
    4. Pediatric Brain Tumors
    5. Congenital Neurosurgical Problems.- 6. Hydrocephalus
    7. Chiari Syndrome
    8. Brain Aneurysms
    9. Brain Arteriovenous Malformations
    10. Moya Moya Disease
    11. Medical Management of a Stroke
    12. Neuro-Interventional Management of a Stroke
    13. Symptoms and Signs to Look for After a Spinal Cord surgery
    14. Evaltuation of Spinal Alignment
    15. Herniated Discs of the Spine
    16. Spinal Fusions
    17. Spinal Tumors
    18. Epilepsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Jesse M. Pines, Jameel Abualenain, James Scott, Robert Shesser.
    Contents:
    The emergency care system in the U.S. / Jesse M. Pines and Jameel Abualenain
    Ten common misconceptions about emergency department care / Dana Kindermann and Robert Shesser
    International perspectives on emergency care / Jameel Abualenain, Drew Richardson, David Mountain, Samuel Vaillancourt, Michael Schull, Phillip Anderson, Eric Revue, Brijal Patel, Ali Pourmand, Hamid Shokoohi, Shingo Hori, Lit-Sin Quek, and Suzanne Mason
    Human factors in emergency care / Raj M. Ratwani, A. Zach Hettinger, and Rollin J. Fairbanks
    Information technology in emergency care / Adam Landman and E. Gregory Marchand
    Telehealth and acute care / Sara Paradise, Michael Shu, and Neal Sikka
    Simulation in emergency care / Claudia Ranniger, Keith E. Littlewood
    Emergency care workforce projections / James Scott, Rachelle Pierre-Mathew, and Drew Maurano
    U.S. emergency and disaster response in the past, present, and future : the multi-faceted role of emergency healthcare / Joseph A. Barbera and Anthony G. MacIntyre
    Emergency public health / Rebecca Katz, Anthony MacIntyre, and Joseph Barbera
    The role of the emergency department in care coordination / Emily R. Carrier
    Payment reform in emergency care / Janice Blanchard, Stephanie Donald, and Nathan Seth Trueger
    The legal framework for hospital emergency care / Sara Rosenbaum
    The future of emergency care / Robert Shesser and Dana Kindermann.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Tae Jung Kim, Kyung Hee Lee, Yeon Hyeon Choe, Kyung Soo Lee.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, comprehensive review of every aspect of emergency chest radiology in patients who are admitted to emergency departments with chest trauma or chest pain. The aim is to offer an unsurpassed source of practical information on imaging diagnosis of acutely ill and injured patients with this symptomatology. To this end, the wide spectrum of chest and cardiovascular emergencies are systematically categorized and typical imaging manifestations of these emergent conditions are illustrated in superb detail, with particular attention to the role of state of the art imaging techniques. The book will be an ideal resource for all members of the emergency team, general and emergency radiologists, radiology residents, and medical students.

    Contents:
    Traumatic lung injury
    Traumatic airway injury
    Diaphragmatic Injuries
    Traumatic skeletal injuries
    Traumatic and non-traumatic esophageal emergency
    Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging evaluation of acute aortic diseases
    Evaluation of acute cardiac diseases with computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
    Pulmonary Infection (Pneumonia)
    Mediastinal and spinal infection
    Pulmonary embolism
    Non-Infectious Pulmonary Emergency
    Postoperative Emergency
    Pleural diseases
    Foreign bodies in the thorax
    Contrast extravasation on chest CT.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ashis Banerjee.
    Summary: This book is a rapid reference guide for all levels of medical staff working in emergency and acute care settings, but may also benefit nursing professionals and medical students. In this book, the readers will find diagnostic checklists, organised according to potential emergency presentations and classified under body systems, including atypical presentations, lists of differential diagnoses and guidance to pattern recognition. The book aims to help the reader achieve the correct diagnosis in an emergency setting, which continues to remain a challenge, given the variety of potential clinical presentations. Diagnostic failure is the largest reason for delays in provision of appropriate treatment and the largest source of clinical complaints and untoward incidents.

    Contents:
    1. Cardiovascular emergencies
    2. Respiratory emergencies
    3. Musculoskeletal emergencies
    4. Metabolic and endocrine emergencies
    5. Dermatological emergencies
    6. Ocular emergencies
    7. ENT and maxillofacial emergencies
    8. Gynaecological emergencies
    9. Neurological and psychiatric emergencies
    10. Toxicological emergencies
    11. Emergencies in the elderly
    12. Gastrointestinal emergencies
    13. Renal and urological emergencies
    14. Haematological and oncological emergencies
    15. Infectious disease emergencies
    16. Paediatric emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Joseph R. Shiber, editor ; Scott D. Weingart, consulting editor.
    Summary: This comprehensive book provides practical guidance on the care of the critical patient in the emergency department. It focuses on the ED physician or provider working in a community hospital where, absent the consulting specialists found in a large academic center, the provider must evaluate and stabilize critically ill and injured patients alone. Structured in an easily accessible format, chapters present fundamental information in tables, bullet points, and flow diagrams. Emergency medicine scenarios covered across 38 chapters include acute respiratory failure, spinal cord Injuries, seizures and status epilepticus, care of the newborn, and end-of-life care. Written by experts in the field, Emergency Department Critical Care is an essential resource for practicing emergency physicians and trainees, internists and family physicians, advance practice nurses, and physicians assistants who provide care in emergency departments and urgent care centers.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Shock Overview
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology and Monitoring
    Classification of Shock
    Hypovolemic Shock
    Obstructive Shock
    Cardiogenic Shock
    Distributive Shock
    Clinical Assessment
    Physical Examination
    Diagnostic Testing
    Initial Stabilization
    Intravascular Volume Resuscitation
    Types of Fluid
    Goals for Fluid Resuscitation
    CVP
    Fluid Responsiveness
    Blood Products
    Nonhemorrhagic Shock
    Vasopressors
    Cardiogenic Shock
    Septic Shock
    Airway Management
    Protocol-Directed Therapy Mask Ventilation
    Oropharyngeal Airway
    Nasopharyngeal Airway
    Direct Laryngoscopy
    Bougie Stylet
    Video Laryngoscopy
    Glidescope
    McGrath
    C-MAC
    Fiberoptic Intubation
    Supraglottic Airway Devices
    Laryngeal Mask Airway
    Laryngeal Mask Airway-Fastrach
    i-gel
    Air-Q
    Combitube
    King Laryngeal Tube
    Surgical Airway
    Needle Cricothyrotomy
    Surgical Cricothyrotomy
    Endotracheal Tube Exchange
    Conclusions
    References
    3: Acute Respiratory Failure
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
    Hypercapnic Respiratory Failure Patient Presentation
    Diagnostics
    Initial Stabilization and Treatment
    Ventilatory Failure from COPD or Asthma
    Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
    Respiratory Failure Secondary to Shock
    References
    4: Noninvasive and Mechanical Ventilation
    Introduction
    Physiologic Changes Due to Positive- Pressure Ventilation (PPV)
    Indications for NIPPV
    Indications for Invasive PPV
    Oxygenation
    Ventilation
    Airway Protection
    Anticipated Clinical Course
    Ventilator Parameters and Modes
    Parameters
    Control
    Trigger
    Cycle
    Limit
    Modes Continuous Mandatory Ventilation (CMV) and Assist Control (AC)
    Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (IMV) and Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (SIMV)
    Pressure Support Ventilation (PSV)
    Airway Pressure Release Ventilation (APRV)
    Dual-Mode Ventilation
    Initial Ventilator Settings
    Specific Clinical Situations and Ventilator Considerations
    Airway Protection
    Severe Hypoxemia and ARD (See Chap. 6 for Additional Discussion on ARDS)
    Obstructive Lung Disease and Auto-PEEP (See Chap. 6 for Additional Discussion on COPD)
    Troubleshooting the Ventilator
    Auto-PEEP
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joelle Borhart, editor.
    Summary: Obstetrical emergencies can be among the most stressful events an emergency physician will face in their entire career. The purpose of this book is to provide an evidence-based, practical approach to the wide spectrum of obstetric complications an emergency physician must be prepared to manage throughout all trimesters pregnancy as well as postpartum, including complications of assisted reproductive technology, bleeding, precipitous delivery and preterm labor. Clinical pearls and pitfalls are highlighted throughout. The approach to the pregnant patient with trauma, non-pregnancy-related abdominal pain, or in cardiac arrest is discussed. Updates in the classification and management of the hypertensive disorders of pregnancy are presented. Recent controversies surrounding the use of anti-emetics for first trimester nausea and vomiting and the use of a beta-hCG discriminatory zone for the evaluation of pregnancy of unknown location are also addressed. Obstetrical support services vary widely between different facilities, and Emergency Department Management of Obstetric Complications is written for emergency clinicians in all practice settings. This book provides useful information for daily practice as well as preparation for rarely encountered and potentially life-threatening events.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Robert Shesser, Ali Pourmand, Amy Keim.
    Summary: Emergency Department Technicians (EDTs) play a vital role in actively supporting the medical team in today’s hospitals, and the role continues to expand in light of staffing shortages and increased emergency department volumes. The Emergency Department Technician Handbook is a reliable, comprehensive resource in this increasingly important field, filling a timely need in EDT workforce development for both technicians and educators. Concise, readable text, along with high-quality clinical photos and a video library that depict procedures and patient positioning, make this new handbook a must-have resource in every emergency department.

    Contents:
    The Role of the Hospital Emergency Department and the Specialty of Emergency Medicine
    Emergency Department Organization and Flow
    Medical Terminology
    Teamwork and Communication
    Initial Emergency Department Patient Assessment
    Triage
    Point-of-Care Testing
    The Electrocardiogram and Cardiac Monitoring
    Cardiologic Emergencies
    Respiratory System Emergencies
    Abdominal and Genitourinary Problems
    Endocrinologic Emergencies
    Ear, Nose, and Throat and Ophthalmologic Emergencies
    Stroke and Neurologic Emergencies
    Vascular Access
    Ultrasound-Guided IV Access
    Wound Management
    Musculoskeletal Injuries
    Orthopedic Immobilization Techniques
    The Major Trauma Patient
    Behavioral Health and Toxicologic Emergencies
    Medical Ethics, the Law, and Cultural Competency
    Patient Transport
    Pediatrics
    Documentation
    Disasters and Mass Casualty Events
    Infection Control in the Emergency Department
    Case Studies in Emergency Triage
    Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Emergency Department.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    edited by Bruce Jennings, Center for Humans and Nature & Yale University, John D. Arras, University of Virginia, Drue H. Barrett, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Barbara A. Ellis, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta.
    Contents:
    Ethical aspects of public health emergency preparedness and response / Bruce Jennings and John D. Arras
    Justice, resource allocation, and emergency preparedness: issues regarding stockpiling / Norman Daniels
    Vulnerable populations in the context of public health emergency preparedness planning and response / Madison Powers
    Public engagement in emergency preparedness and response: ethical perspectives in public health practice / Ruth Gaare Berheim
    Professional, civic, and personal obligations in public health emergency planning and response / Angus Dawson
    Research in public health crisis: the integrative approach to managing the moral tensions / Alex John London.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Rifat Latifi, Fausto Catena, Federico Coccolini, editors.
    Summary: There is a growing need for a book on emergency general surgery in the elderly, as adults age 65 and older are the fastest growing segment of the population worldwide, and their number is expected to double to 89 million between now and 2050. Based on these changing demographics, it is expected that there will be a concurrent rise in the demand for a variety of surgical services, including vascular surgery (with a projected growth of 31%) and general surgery (with a projected growth of 18%), as well as in all sub-disciplines of surgery (thoracic, cardiac, oncology, hepatobiliary, transplant, plastic colorectal, orthopedic, gynecologic, urology and neurosurgery). In addition, older surgical patients often require a different level of care than younger patients during the preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative phases. Many of our geriatric population have multiple chronic illnesses beyond the one for which surgery is required, and therefore are prone to developing postoperative complications, functional decline, loss of independence, and other undesirable outcomes. In response, this book offers surgeons, geriatrists and nurses state-of-the-art surgical approaches and essential information on the complex perioperative care of the elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Alexander B. Baxter.
    Contents:
    Introduction to emergency imaging
    Brain
    Head and neck
    Spine
    Chest
    Abdomen and pelvis
    Musculoskeletal
    Pediatrics.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    Michael N. Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a comprehensive and modern approach to the imaging of nontraumatic and traumatic emergencies in pregnant patients. Readers will find a careful review of the relevant imaging-related clinical literature, explanation of imaging appropriateness criteria and guidelines, and enlightening discussion of current controversies in the emergency imaging of obstetric patients. The opening chapter discusses general principles of emergency imaging during pregnancy and offers an overview of an evidence-based approach to imaging interpretation. The remainder of the book describes specific applications of ultrasound, MRI, radiography, and MDCT for the imaging of common as well as less common acute brain, spine, thoracic, abdominal, and pelvic conditions during pregnancy. Clear guidance is offered on the unique challenges that may be encountered during such imaging. Emergency Imaging of Pregnant Patients is written by a group of leading North American and European emergency and trauma radiology experts. It will be of value to emergency and general radiologists, to emergency department physicians and related personnel, to obstetricians and gynecologists, to general and trauma surgeons, and to trainees in all of these specialties.

    Contents:
    Emergency Imaging of Pregnant Patient: General Principles
    Imaging of Neurological Emergencies during Pregnancy
    Imaging of Thoracic and Cadiovascular Emergencies during Pregnancy
    Non
    traumatic Abdominal Emergencies in Pregnant Patients: Role of Ultrasound
    Non
    traumatic Abdominal Emergencies in Pregnant Patients: Role of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Imaging of Non Obstetric Pelvic Emergencies
    Imaging of Abdominal and Pelvic Trauma in Pregnant Patients
    Imaging of Early Obstetric Emergencies
    Imaging of Late Obstetric Emergencies. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ferdinando Agresta, Mauro Podda, Fabio Cesare Campanile, Carlo Bergamini, Gabriele Anania, editors.
    Summary: The global population is aging rapidly, and as a result emergency abdominal surgery for acute abdomen in the elderly has become a global issue. Demographic changes in the population have also altered the profile of emergency abdominal surgery, with typical causes of acute abdomen in the elderly including acute cholecystitis, incarcerated hernia, bowel obstruction and appendicitis. In these patients, recovery from surgery is often complicated, leading to longer hospital stays compared with younger patients. Laparoscopy in the emergency setting is well established and offers a number of advantages over open surgical approaches, such as reduced postoperative pain, length of hospital stay and complication rates. While laparoscopic surgery for acute diverticulitis has become more widespread, in other conditions, like small bowel obstruction and perforated peptic ulcer, laparotomy is still used in about 70% of cases. Further, despite the urgent need for knowledge regarding surgical treatment of acute abdomen in the elderly, there is still a lack of evidence in this relevant clinical field. This book analyzes the management strategies and critically evaluates the outcomes of laparoscopic emergency surgery for acute abdomen in the elderly according to the principles of evidence-based medicine. Discussing each topic clearly, and promoting the use of emergency laparoscopy in elderly patients, the book is intended for young general surgeons and surgeons in training with at least a basic knowledge of surgery for acute abdomen. It is also useful as a quick reference tool during on-call shifts.

    Contents:
    Part 1
    How to Define an Elderly and Frail Patient ?
    1 Defining the Burden of Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly Today
    2 A Worldwide Overview of Emergency Laparoscopic Procedures in the Elderly
    3 The Economic Burden of Emergency Abdominal Surgery in the Elderly: What is the Role of Laparoscopy?
    4 Goals of Care in Emergency Abdominal Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    5 Wound Healing in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    Part 2 Acute Cholecystitis
    6 Gallstone Ileus
    7 Acute Pancreatitis
    8 Acute Appendicitis
    9 Non-Specific Abdominal Pain
    10 Perforated Gastro-Duodenal Ulcer
    11 Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    12 Obstructing Colonic Tumor
    13 Acute Diverticulitis
    14 Small Bowel Obstruction
    15 Incarcerated Groin and Crural Hernias
    16 Incarcerated Incisional and Ventral Hernias
    17 Abdominal Trauma
    18 Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
    19 Gynecologic Emergencies
    20 Bedside Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    21 Emergency Robotic Surgery for Acute Abdomen in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    22 Enhanced Recovery After Emergency Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    23 Antibiotics in Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    24 Anesthesia and Emergency Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    25 Imaging in Emergency Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
    26 Emergency Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient: Perioperative Nursing Considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ferdinando Agresta, Fabio Cesare Campanile, Gabriele Anania, Carlo Bergamini, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Summary: Public health crises, such as COVID-19, natural disasters from wildfires to tornados, and human-caused emergencies, including mass shootings and cyberattacks, have been on the rise in recent years, putting health care organizations on high alert. Because of the unpredictability of emergencies, The Joint Commission champions an all-hazards approach to emergency management (EM), reflected in its requirements. Emergency Management in Health Care: All All-Hazards Approach, 5th edition, is a comprehensive, up-to-date resource to help all types of health care organizations plan for a wide range of emergencies. This new edition has been completely revised to reflect The Joint Commission’s new “Emergency Management” chapter for hospitals and critical access hospitals (effective July 1, 2022) and continues to address the EM planning needs of all health care settings. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library [2022]
  • Digital
    edited by Rachel L. Chin, Bradley W. Frazee ; associate editor, Zlatan Coralid.
    Summary: The diagnosis and treatment of infectious disease represents a large and very important part of emergency medicine practice. Challenges faced by acute care practitioners on a daily basis range from the definitive treatment and discharge of a patient with a simple abscess, to recognition of a rare infection in a traveler, to resuscitation and stabilization of a patient with septic shock. In this second edition of Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases, we have endeavored to produce a practical, clinically oriented, systems-based overview of the most important infectious diseases encountered in emergency practice. Our textbook covers the gamut of common viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic infections. For each disease, we briefly discuss microbiology, pathophysiology, and epidemiology, but the emphasis is on emergent diagnosis and treatment. The narrative is supplemented with photographs and tables highlighting key diagnostic findings and current antimicrobial recommendations, including dosing. Acute care practitioners also act as sentinels for outbreaks of communicable and emerging infections, and are likely to be the first to encounter victims of biological weapons. In this edition, we include chapters on recent emerging infections such as Ebola and Zika, as well as rare but deadly infectious agents that can be weaponized, such as anthrax and smallpox. We hope that our textbook can be of use to every type of practitioner that cares for patients with infectious diseases, including emergency physicians, primary care physicians and specialists, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, residents, and medical students. We thank the many nationally and internationally respected clinicians, educators, and researchers who contributed, and hope that this second edition of Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases will prove an invaluable reference for practitioners confronting the spectrum of infectious disease.--Preface
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    editors, Ioannis Koutroulis, Nicholas Tsarouhas ; associate editors, Richard J. Lin, Jill C. Posner, Michael Seneff, Robert Shesser.
    Summary: "The idea of writing this book was born in early 2016; we knew that the road would be bumpy, yet exciting! We are thrilled to introduce the first edition of our manual to assist healthcare providers in managing our very unique patients with various hardware devices. These "hi-tech" devices help our patients breathe, walk, hear, and do a host of other essential activities of daily living. Importantly, when these patients seek emergency care due to device malfunction, infections, or other complications, it is crucial that the medical provider know how to manage both the patient, as well as the device"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cerebral-Ventricular Shunts






















    Panagiotis Kratimenos (pkratimenos@gmail.com), Chima Oluigbo (coluigbo@childrensnational.org), Angela Burd (aburd@childrensnational.org) 15. Initial Evaluation and Management of Patients with Neurosurgical Devicess




































    Peter J. Madsen; Chariton Moschopoulos, Benjamin C. Kennedy "SECTION 5 Miscellaneous devices 16.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Christian Ventura, Edward Denton, Emily Van Court ; with contributions by Pilar Nava-Parada.
    Summary: Emergency medical service providers serve as the primary immediate response to emergencies of all kinds, including natural disasters and acts of terrorism in the United States, with states serving as the regulatory agencies responsible for training, scope of practice, and continuing education for potential and working EMS providers. This text serves as a comprehensive guide to individuals in training to become emergency medical service providers and complements Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) and Emergency Medical Responder (EMR) courses as the primary classroom text consistent with National EMS Curriculum Standards and other industry guidelines. Each chapter addresses a relevant organ system and its physiology, methods of assessment, treatment recommendations, along with a case study to illustrate the topics at hand. So much of what is involved in emergency medical services is based on practical and applicable knowledge of situations, and these case studies will provide students with exposure to the field work they will be responding to. Written with the context of COVID-19 implications in mind, this is first EMT text of its kind produced after the onset of the pandemic, with considerations and citations from national and international emergency medicine journals to incorporate guidelines and best-practices in light of shifting conditions and expectations.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by David C. Cone, Jane H. Brice, Theodore R. Delbridge, J. Brent Myers.
    Summary: Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight is the official textbook of the National Association of EMS PhysiciansTM (NAEMSPTM) National EMS Medical Directors Course and PracticumTM. Now paired with a companion website featuring self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips of EMS best practices in action, and more, this essential study aid guides students through the core knowledge they need to successfully complete their training and begin their careers as EMS physicians. Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight consists of: Volume 1: Clin.

    Contents:
    V. 1. Clinical aspects of EMS
    v. 2. Medical oversight of EMS.
    Digital Access Wiley v.1-2=, 2015
  • Digital
    edited by editor-in-chief, David C. Cone, editors, Jane H. Brice, Theodore R. Delbridge, J. Brent Myers.
    Summary: "Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight is the official textbook of the National Association of EMS Physicians. National EMS Medical Directors Course and Practicum. Now paired with a companion website featuring self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips of EMS best practices in action, and more, this essential study aid guides students through the core knowledge they need to successfully complete their training and begin their careers as EMS physicians. Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight consists of: Volume 1: Clinical Aspects of EMS Volume 2: Medical Oversight of EMS Companion website featuring supportive self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    V. 1. Clinical Aspects of EMS
    v. 2. Medical Oversight of EMS.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    editor, James G. Adams ; associate editors, Erik D. Barton [and others].
    Summary: Be prepared to manage increasingly prevalent problems seen in the ED, such as emergent complications of fertility treatment and management of patients who have had bariatric surgery. Deliver high-quality care to your younger patients with expanded pediatrics content. Stay up to date with new chapters on Clotting Disorders and Hemophilia, Patient-Centered Care, Health Disparities and Diversity in Emergency Medicine, Cost-Effectiveness Analysis, Antibiotic Recommendations for Empirical Treatment of Selected Infectious Diseases, and Cardiac Emergency Ultrasound: Evaluation for Pericardial Effusion & Cardiac Activity.

    Contents:
    Basic Airway Management
    Advanced Airway Techniques
    Mechanical Ventilation
    Shock
    Emergency Cardiac Ultrasound : Evaluation for Pericardial Effusion and Cardiac Activity
    Ultrasound-Guided Vascular Access
    Management of Cardiac Arrest and Post-Cardiac Arrest Syndrome
    Trauma Resuscitation
    Sonography for Trauma
    Procedural Sedation
    Resuscitation in Pregnancy
    Neonatal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
    Pediatric Resuscitation
    General Approach to the Pediatric Patient
    Emergencies in the First Weeks of Life
    Emergencies in Infants and Toddlers
    Child with a Fever
    Approach to the Pediatric Patient with a Rash
    Pediatric Cardiac Disorders
    Pediatric Genitourinary and Renal Disorders
    Pediatric Gynecologic Disorders
    Pediatric Abdominal Disorders
    Pediatric Trauma
    Pediatric Traumatic Brain Injury
    Pediatric Orthopedic Emergencies
    Eye Emergencies
    Ear Emergencies
    Dental Emergencies
    Pharynx and Throat Emergencies
    Maxillofacial Disorders
    Esophageal Disorders
    Diseases of the Stomach
    Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Mesenteric Ischemia
    Diverticulitis
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Constipation
    Hernias
    Appendicitis
    Bowel Obstructions
    Anorectal Disorders
    Liver Disorders
    Pancreatic Disorders
    Biliary Tract Disorders
    Emergency Biliary Ultrasonography
    Gastrointestinal Devices, Procedures, and Imaging
    Complications of Bariatric Surgery
    Asthma
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Lung Infections
    Pneumothorax
    Pleural Effusion
    Lung Transplant Complications
    Chest Pain
    Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Cardiac Imaging and Stress Testing
    Congestive Heart Failure
    Bradyarrhythmias
    Tachydysrhythmias
    Pericarditis, Pericardial Tamponade, and Myocarditis
    Cardiac Valvular Disorders
    Endocarditis
    Management of Emergencies Related to Implanted Cardiac Devices
    Syncope
    Aortic Dissection
    Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
    Aortic Ultrasound
    Peripheral Arterial Disease
    Hypertensive Crisis
    Pulmonary Embolism
    Venous Thrombosis
    Lower Extremity Venous Ultrasonography
    Traumatic Brain Injury (Adult)
    Imaging of the Central Nervous System
    Spine Trauma and Spinal Cord Injury
    Facial Trauma
    Penetrating Neck Trauma
    Thoracic Trauma
    Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
    Pelvic Fractures
    Genitourinary Trauma
    Hip and Femur Injuries
    Knee and Lower Leg Injuries
    Foot and Ankle Injuries
    Tendinitis and Bursitis
    Injuries to the Shoulder Girdle and Humerus
    Forearm Fractures
    Hand and Wrist Injuries
    Arterial and Venous Trauma and Great Vessel Injuries
    Acute Compartment Syndromes
    Low Back Pain
    Intimate Partner Violence
    Altered Mental Status and Coma
    Cranial Nerve Disorders
    Vertigo
    Peripheral Nerve Disorders
    Demyelinating Disorders
    Seizures
    Transient Ischemic Attack and Acute Ischemic Stroke
    Headache
    Intracranial and Other Central Nervous System Lesions
    Intracranial Hemorrhages
    Delirium and Dementia
    Neurologic Procedures
    Allergic Disorders
    Joint Disorders
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
    Connective Tissue and Inflammatory Disorders
    Vasculitis Syndromes
    Male Genitourinary Emergencies
    Nephrolithiasis
    Hematuria
    Renal Failure
    Emergency Renal Ultrasonography
    Dialysis-Related Emergencies
    Renal Transplant Complications
    The Healthy Pregnancy
    Disorders of Early Pregnancy
    First Trimester Ultrasonography
    Third Trimester Pregnancy Emergencies
    Emergency Delivery and Peripartum Emergencies
    Postpartum Emergencies
    Gynecologic Pain and Vaginal Bleeding
    Complications of Gynecologic Procedures, Abortion, and Assisted Reproductive Technology
    Gynecologic Infections
    Breast Disorders
    Sexual Assault
    Emergency Contraception
    Heat-Related Emergencies
    Hypothermia and Frostbite
    Lightning and Electrical Injuries
    Dysbarisms, Dive Injuries, and Decompression Illness
    Submersion Injuries
    Acute Radiation Emergencies
    Smoke Inhalation
    Chemical and Nuclear Agents
    Mammalian Bites
    Venomous Snakebites in North America
    Arthropod Bites and Stings
    Non-Snake Reptile Bites
    Marine Food-Borne Poisoning, Envenomation, and Traumatic Injuries
    General Approach to the Poisoned Patient
    Acetaminophen, Aspirin, and NSAIDs
    Anticholinergics
    Insecticides, Herbicides, and Rodenticides
    Antidepressants and Antipsychotics
    Cardiovascular Drugs
    Sympathomimetics
    Hallucinogens and Drugs of Abuse
    Toxic Alcohols
    Hydrocarbons
    Inhaled Toxins
    Ethanol and Opioid Intoxication and Withdrawal
    Sedative-Hypnotic Agents
    Hypoglycemic Agent Overdose
    Over-the-Counter Medications
    Pediatric Overdoses
    Fluid Management
    Acid-Base Disorders
    Alcoholic Ketoacidosis
    Diabetes and Hyperglycemia
    Hypoglycemia
    Sodium and Water Balance
    Potassium
    Calcium, Magnesium, and Phosphorus
    Thyroid Disorders
    Adrenal Crisis
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Pituitary Apoplexy
    Meningitis, Encephalitis, and Brain Abscess
    Sepsis
    Infections in the Immunocompromised Host
    Viral Infections
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
    Fungal Infections
    Helminths, Bedbugs, Scabies, and Lice Infections
    Tetanus
    Rabies
    Tick-Borne Diseases
    Tuberculosis
    Epidemic Infections in Bioterrorism
    Food- and Water-Borne Infections
    Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
    Antibiotic Recommendations
    Wound Repair
    Soft Tissue Injury
    Local and Regional Anesthesia
    Thermal Burns
    Chemical Burns
    Approach to the Adult Rash
    Rash in the Severely Ill Patient
    The Emergency Psychiatric Assessment
    Psychosis and Psychotropic Medication
    The Violent Patient
    Self-Harm and Danger to Others
    Anxiety and Panic Disorders
    Conversion Disorder, Psychosomatic Illness, and Malingering
    Addiction
    Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa
    Introduction to Oncologic Emergencies
    Cardiovascular and Neurologic Oncologic Emergencies
    White Blood Cell Disorders
    Emergency Management of Red Blood Cell Disorders
    Platelet Disorders
    Bleeding Disorders
    Leadership and Emergency Medicine
    Quality and Patient Safety in Emergency Medicine
    Conflict Resolution in Emergency Medicine
    Informed Consent and Assessing Decision-Making Capacity in the Emergency Department
    Regulatory and Legal Issues in the Emergency Department
    Medical-Legal Issues in Emergency Medicine
    Documentation
    Ethics of Resuscitation
    Emergency Medical Services and Disaster Medicine
    Patient-Centered Care
    Health Care Disparities and Diversity in Emergency Medicine
    Introduction to Cost-Effectiveness Analysis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey Nursing
  • Digital
    Adam J. Rosh, Ciara J. Barclay-Buchanan.
    Contents:
    Chest pain and cardiac dysrhythmias
    Shortness of breath
    Abdominal and pelvic pain
    Trauma, shock, and resuscitation
    Fever
    Poisoning and overdose
    Altered mental status
    Gastrointestinal bleeding
    Musculoskeletal injuries
    Headache, weakness, and dizziness
    Pediatrics
    Vaginal bleeding
    Ultrasound in the emergency department
    Environmental exposures
    Eye pain and visual change
    Prehospital, disaster, and administration
    Wound care
    Endocrine emergencies
    Psychosocial disorders
    Emerging infections.
    Users must register and sign in to take a test
  • Print
    Adam J. Rosh, Ciara J. Barclay-Buchanan.
    Summary: "The trusted resource that asks the right questions so that you'll will be equipped with the answers. Emergency Medicine : PreTest® is the perfect way to ensure that you are prepared for the Emergency Medicine shelf exam. Written by clerkship faculty and reviewed by students who know what it takes to pass, Emergency Medicine : PreTest® is perfect for clerkship exam review and the USMLE Step 2CK. You'll find hundreds of high-yield questions, along with targeted answers explaining both correct and incorrect choices. This new edition has been heavily revised to reflect the latest information and practice, including a new chapter on professionalism, communication and ethics. 570 USMLE-style Q & A cover core topics on the clerkship exam. Complete explanations explain each answer option. Answer discussions highlight essential topics for high-yield review. Tested and reviewed by students who know what it takes to pass."--Taken from back cover

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Acknowledgments
    Chest pain and cardiac dysrhythmias. Questions ; Answers
    Shortness of breath. Questions ; Answers
    Abdominal and pelvic pain. Questions ; Answers
    Trauma, shock, and resuscitation. Questions ; Answers
    Fever. Questions ; Answers
    Poisoning and overdose. Questions ; Answers
    Altered mental status. Questions ; Answers
    Gastrointestinal bleeding. Questions ; Answers
    Musculoskeletal injuries. Questions ; Answers
    Headache, weakness, and dizziness. Questions ; Answers
    Pediatrics. Questions ; Answers
    Vaginal bleeding. Questions ; Answers
    Ultrasound in emergency medicine. Questions ; Answers
    Environmental exposures. Questions ; Answers
    Eye pain and visual change. Questions ; Answers
    Prehospital, disaster, and administration. Questions ; Answers
    Wound care. Questions ; Answers
    Endocrine emergencies. Questions ; Answers
    Psychosocial disorders. Questions ; Answers
    Emerging infectious diseases. Questions ; Answers
    Professionalism, ethics, and communication. Questions ; Answers
    Index.
    Users must register and sign in to take a test
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RC86.9 .R67 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Emmanouil Pikoulis, Jay Doucet, editors.
    Summary: The number of natural and man-made disasters has risen dramatically over the last decade. Natural disasters, industrial accidents and terrorist attacks represent major incidents, often involving multiple casualties. In such cases, health professionals face multiple challenges because the type of medical care required differs from what is taught and provided in their everyday hospital duties. The aim of this book is to inform and prepare healthcare professionals for the challenges posed by major incidents, so that they can act effectively in medical teams sent on humanitarian missions or into conflict zones. It offers a holistic and horizontal approach covering all stages of the disaster management cycle. The book is divided into 5 sections: section 1: prehospital emergency services; section ii: hospital response; section iii: management of incidents; section iv: after the disaster; and section v: evaluation, ethical issues, education and research. Healthcare providers will find essential information on the special medical considerations in both prehospital and hospital disaster settings, medical management of disaster response, recovery, mitigation and preparedness. The book offers an interdisciplinary and interprofessional approach, and was written by prominent researchers and experienced practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Joseph J. Violaris [and 6 others].
    Summary: This state-of-the-art book provides a concise and up-to-date review of key emergency medicine topics in a predominantly visual format along with extensive practice questions to assist in preparing for the emergency medicine board exams. It is comprised of numerous illustrations, created by Dr. Joseph Violaris, which are specifically tailored toward the visual learner studying and preparing for board exams in emergency medicine. The book is organized by organ system, with chapters on ophthalmology, cardiology, pulmonology, gastroenterology, nephrology, orthopedics, immunology, and more. Special chapters that conclude the book are dedicated to trauma, pediatrics, toxicology, environmental disorders, and epidemiology. Each chapter contains a visual learning guide followed by board practice questions at the end to reinforce topics addressed in the illustrations. Emergency Medicine Board Review for the Visual Learner is an essential guide for medical students, residents, and fellows in emergency and internal medicine studying for board exams as well as EM physicians and related professionals preparing for recertification.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: HENT
    1.1 HENT Review Questions
    1.2 HENT Review Answers
    2: Ophthalmology
    2.1 Ophthalmology Review Questions
    2.2 Ophthalmology Review Answers
    3: Cardiology
    3.1 Cardiology Review Questions
    3.2 Cardiology Review Answers
    4: Pulmonology
    4.1 Pulmonology Review Questions
    4.2 Pulmonology Review Answers
    5: Gastroenterology
    5.1 Gastroenterology Review Questions
    5.2 Gastroenterology Review Answers
    6: Nephrology and Urology
    6.1 Nephrology and Urology Review Questions
    6.2 Nephrology and Urology Review Answers 7: Obstetrics and Gynecology
    7.1 Obstetrics and Gynecology Review Questions
    7.2 Obstetrics and Gynecology Review Answers
    8: Orthopedics
    8.1 Orthopedics Review Questions
    8.2 Orthopedics Review Answers
    9: Dermatology
    9.1 Dermatology Review Questions
    9.2 Dermatology Review Answers
    10: Metabolic Disturbances and Endocrinology
    10.1 Endocrinology Review Questions
    10.2 Endocrinology Review Answers
    11: Immunology
    11.1 Immunology Review Questions
    11.2 Immunology Review Answers
    12: Infectious Disease
    12.1 Infectious Disease Review Questions 12.2 Infectious Disease Review Answers
    13: Neurology
    13.1 Neurology Review Questions
    13.2 Neurology Review Answers
    14: Hematology and Oncology
    14.1 Hematology and Oncology Review Questions
    14.2 Hematology and Oncology Review Answers
    15: Psychology
    15.1 Psychiatry Review Questions
    15.2 Psychiatry Review Answers
    16: Trauma
    16.1 Trauma Review Questions
    16.2 Trauma Review Answers
    17: Pediatrics
    17.1 Pediatrics Review Questions
    17.2 Pediatrics Review Answers
    18: Toxicology
    18.1 Toxicology Review Questions
    18.2 Toxicology Review Answers 19: Environmental Disorders
    19.1 Environmental Disorders Review Questions
    19.2 Environmental Disorders Review Answers
    20: Epidemiology
    20.1 Epidemiology Review Questions
    20.2 Epidemiology Review Answers
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    51
  • Digital
    editors and chief, William G. Gossman, MD, FAAEM, Chairman, Department of Emergency Medicine, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, Nebraska, Scott H. Plantz, MD, FAAEM, Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville Emergency Medicine Residency, Louisville, Kentucky.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    editors, Katherine M. Bakes, Jennie A. Buchanan, Marie E. Moreira, Richard Byyny, and Peter T. Pons
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Alex Koyfman, Brit Long.
    Summary: Trauma is a leading cause of death and disability around the world, and the leading cause of death in those aged under forty-five years. Conditions such as airway obstruction, hemorrhage, pneumothorax, tamponade, bowel rupture, vascular injury, and pelvic fracture can cause death if not appropriately diagnosed and managed. This essential book provides emergency physicians with an easy-to-use reference and source for traumatic injury evaluation and management in the emergency department. It covers approaches to common, life-threatening, and traumatic diseases in the emergency department, for use on shift and as a reference for further learning. Each chapter includes a succinct overview of common traumatic injuries, with evaluation and management pearls and pitfalls. Highly illustrated with images from one of the busiest trauma centers in the US, and featuring expert contributions from a diverse set of attending physicians, this is an essential text for all emergency medicine practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 General Approach to Traumatic Injuries; Introduction; The Trauma Team; Emergency Medical Services (EMS); Primary Survey; A
    Airway (Key Question: Do We Need to Take Control of the Airway Right Now?); B
    Breathing (Key Questions: Are Chest Tubes Required? Is There Bleeding in the Chest?); C
    Circulation (Key Question: Where Are They Bleeding and Do They Need Blood?); Hypotension/Shock; D
    Disability (Key Question: Is There a Major Neurologic Deficit?); E
    Expose (Key Question: What Injuries Haven't Been Found Yet?); Secondary Survey; Imaging; Trauma Bay Imaging; CT Scans; Disposition and Ongoing Care; References; Chapter 2 Trauma Airway; Important Considerations for Airway Management in Trauma Patients; Consider Pre-existing Difficult Airway; Trauma Immobilization; Mechanical Distortion of the Airway and Contiguous Structures; Indications for Airway Intervention; Traumatic Injuries with Associated Difficult Airways; Closed Head Injury; Maxillofacial Trauma; Direct Airway Trauma; Cervical Spine Injury; Thoracic Trauma; Burns; Rapid-Sequence Intubation (RSI)Rapid Sequence Intubation (RSI): The Technique; P
    Plan B; P
    Predict a Difficult Intubation; L
    Look Externally; E
    Evaluate Internally: The 3-3-2 Rule; M
    Mallampati; O
    Obstruction; N
    Neck mobility; S
    Saturation; P
    Prepare; P
    Preoxygenate; P
    Position; P
    Put to Sleep; P
    Paralyze; P
    Pass the Tube; Video Laryngoscopy; The GlideScope; The C-MAC; P
    Prove Placement; P
    Post-Intubation Management; Ventilator Settings; Post-Intubation Ventilator Settings; Post-Intubation Sedation/Analgesia; Post-Intubation Paralysis; P
    Problem Solving; Difficult Intubation; Devices That Facilitate Intubation; Endotracheal Tube Introducer; Flexible Fiberoptic Bronchoscope (FFB); Devices That Temporarily Substitute for Endotracheal Intubation; Supraglottic Airways; Laryngeal Mask Airway (LMA), the Intubating Laryngeal Mask Airway (ILMA), and the i-Gel; The Failed Airway; Surgical Airway; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3 Transfusion in Trauma; Introduction; Blood Products; Negatives of Crystalloid Resuscitation; Trauma Coagulopathy and the Lethal Triad; Damage Control Resuscitation; Permissive Hypotension; Minimal Volume Normotension; Balanced Resuscitation; Primary Literature for MTP; PROMMTT; PROPPR; When Should Massive Transfusion Be Activated?; How to Run MTP; Other Products; Tranexamic Acid (TXA); Calcium; PCC; Factor VII; Product Guided Resuscitation; Resuscitation Goals; Anticoagulants; Transfusion Complications; Controversies
    Whole Blood; References; Chapter 4 Trauma in Pregnancy; Epidemiology; Anatomical Changes in Pregnancy; Physiologic Changes in Pregnancy; Overview of Initial Evaluation and Management; Airway; Breathing; Circulation; Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation; Peri-Mortem Cesarean Section Procedure.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Leonard E. Swischuk, Siddharth P. Jadhav.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide to the radiologic evaluation of acute musculoskeletal injuries of the upper and lower extremities in children. It covers the detection of more subtle and frequently missed fractures and injuries such as buckle fractures, Salter Harris I and II fractures, and epiphyseal and metaphyseal fractures. It also emphasizes the assessment of soft tissues and periarticular fat pads, which can lead to discovery of the sites of bony injuries. Other pathologies that affect the musculoskeletal system, such as infections and tumors, are also discussed. It includes over 600 magnetic resonance, computed tomography, ultrasound, and radiographic images organized by anatomic region.

    Contents:
    General Considerations
    Infection/Inflammation and Infarction
    Tumors, Cysts and Tumor Mimickers
    Types of Fractures in Children
    Shoulder and Upper Arm Injuries of the Shoulder and Upper Humerus
    Elbow and Forearm
    Wrist and Hand
    Pelvis and Sacrum
    Hip and Femur/Femoral Shaft
    Knee and Leg
    Ankle and Foot
    Battered Child Syndrome/Non-Accidental Trauma.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Karen L. Roos, editor.
    Summary: This book is an invaluable resource for the diagnosis and management of neurological illnesses in the emergency setting. It emphasizes the quality of prognosis to be contingent on the prompt management of these illnesses... Emergency Neurology, Second Edition is an excellent reference for neurologists, emergency room physicians, internists, neurology residents, emergency medicine residents, and internal medicine residents.

    Contents:
    1. Headache in the Emergency Department
    2. Low Back Pain Emergencies
    3. Dizziness and Vertigo Presentations in the Emergency Department
    4. Syncope
    5. Acute Visual Loss
    6. Diplopia, Third Nerve Palsies, and Sixth Nerve Palsies
    7. Facial Nerve Palsy
    8. Evaluation and Management of Acute Ischemic Stroke
    9. Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    10. Seizures and Status Epilepticus
    11. Central Nervous System Infections
    12. Guillain-Barré Syndrome
    13. Spinal Cord Compression and Myelopathies
    14. Movement Disorder Emergencies.-15. Encephalopathy
    16. Acute Respiratory Failure in Neuromuscular Disorders
    17. Coma, Disorders of Consciousness, and Brain Death
    18. Neurotoxicology Emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Julie K. Briggs, BSN, RN MHA, Valerie Aarne Grossman, MALS, BSH, RN, NE-BC.
    Summary: "The process of triage occurs in a variety of settings around the world, from the battlefield to the private medical office. Each venue may have different goals and practices are dependent upon the location of the incident or place of service, patient care needs and available medical resources., A triage process is essential to assist the care provider in prioritizing the needs of those seeking care, working to minimize or prevent a delay in care to the patient with the highest acuity risk. Triage methods and sources have evolved over many decades, and now address the needs of different practice settings"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Sven-Anders Solveborn.
    Summary: Emergency Orthopedics is a practical, up-to-date, and comprehensive manual on the diagnosis and treatment of emergency injuries and disorders of the locomotor system. Its problem-based structure, with each chapter addressing a particular symptom, is designed to allow the reader to rapidly locate hands-on advice. For each symptom, facts and findings that will assist in diagnosis are highlighted. Possible diagnoses are suggested according to the ICD-10 code, and the proposed treatment recommendations consider both short- and long-term aspects. The text is supported by exceptionally instructive illustrations, e.g., of examination techniques and reduction maneuvers. The author has extensive practical experience in emergency rooms as well as in sports medicine, research, and education. This book will be a treasure trove of information for all who work in the emergency room and will also be very useful for general practitioners, physiotherapists, and chiropractors.

    Contents:
    Major orthopaedic trauma
    Acute soft tissue injuries
    Foot injuries
    Foot pain
    Foot wounds
    Foot and ankle swelling
    Ankle injuries
    Ankle pain
    Lower leg injuries
    Lower leg pain
    Knee injuries
    Knee pain
    Knee swelling
    Knee locking
    Thigh injuries
    Thigh and groin pain
    Hip and pelvis injuries
    Hip pain in children
    Lumbar back pain
    Chest and lumbar back injuries
    Neck (cervical) injuries
    Cervical pain
    Shoulder injuries
    Shoulder pain
    Upper arm injuries
    Elbow injuries
    Elbow pain
    Forearm injuries
    Wrist injuries
    Wrist pain
    Hand injuries
    Hand infections
    Numbness of the hand, nerve injuries
    Burns
    Basic injection techniques
    Osteoporosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Daniel Purcell, Sneha A. Chinai, Brandon R. Allen, Moira Davenport, editors.
    Summary: This handbook provides a comprehensive, yet succinct guide to the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of various musculoskeletal/extremity disorders in the emergency department. It covers a wide variety of common patient presentations, advanced imaging interpretation, proper anesthetic implementation, and associated extremity reduction/immobilization techniques. Richly illustrated, it assists clinical decision making with high-yield facts, essential figures, and step-by-step procedural instruction. Emergency Orthopedics Handbook is an indispensable resource for all medical professionals that manage emergent orthopedic, musculoskeletal, and local extremity injury care.

    Contents:
    Key motor and sensory exam
    Anesthesia
    Acute compartment syndrome
    Joint arthrocentesis
    Dislocation(s)/Reduction(s)
    Immobilization
    Distal radius
    Wrist
    The hand
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by James A. Connolly, Anthony J. Dean, Beatrice Hoffmann, Robert D. Jarman.
    Summary: The editors are leaders in the development of the modality, and have assembled a team of experts to write the individual chapters in this authoritative text, covering all areas of this exciting and rapidly-developing field. The book also covers the basic ultrasound applications meaning it is ideal both for practitioners who are just beginning in ultrasound scanning and those who have many years of experience.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Rachel Lipson Glick, MD, Scott L. Zeller, MD, Jon S. Berlin, MD.
    Summary: "The field of emergency psychiatry is complex and varied, encompassing elements of general medicine, emergency medicine, trauma, acute care, the legal system, politics and bureaucracy, mental illness, substance abuse and addiction, current social issues, and more. In one comprehensive, highly regarded volume, Emergency Psychiatry: Principles and Practice brings together key principles from psychiatric subspecialties as well as from emergency medicine, psychology, law, medical ethics, and public health policy. Leading emergency psychiatrists write from their extensive clinical experience, providing evidence-based information, expert opinions, American Psychiatric Association guidelines, and case studies throughout the text. This fully up-to-date second edition covers all of the important issues facing psychiatry residents and practitioners working in today's emergency settings, or who encounter psychiatric emergencies in other medical settings. Provides complete, invaluable information on every aspect of today's emergency psychiatry, including the areas of community, consultation/liaison, psychotherapy, substance abuse, psychopharmacology, disasters, children, geriatrics, administration, forensics, and much more. Reflects significant recent advances and changes in perspectives regarding crisis and emergency mental health care. Features a newly reorganized format covering Models and Standards of Patient Care, Research, and Education; General Principles of Care; Staffing and Support; Common Presenting Problems; Special Populations; and Policy and Special Topics. Includes new chapters on psychiatric boarding, staffing models, and inclusion of the family in crisis care, as well as additional special population chapters on college students, transgender individuals, prisoners, and immigrants and refugees. Covers specific approaches to common problems, such as alignment of the approach to agitation with Project BETA recommendations, and includes evidence-based management and treatment throughout. Discusses special topics such as legal issues that emergency mental health providers must be aware of, emergency telepsychiatry, best practices for working with police and law enforcement, crisis phone services, and disaster psychiatry"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jorge A. Soto, Brian C. Lucey.
    Contents:
    Traumatic and nontraumatic emergencies of the brain, head, and neck / Glenn Barest, Asim Z. Mian, Rohini N. Nadgir and Osamu Sakai
    Chest trauma / Ryan T. Whitesell and Laura Avery
    Abdomen trauma / Joshua W. Stuhlfaut, Christina A. LeBedis, and Jorge A. Soto
    Extremity trauma / Rathachai Kaewlai and Ajay Singh
    Extremities : nontrauma / Luis E. Diaz
    Imaging evaluation of common pediatric emergencies / Jennifer C. Talmadge, Sarah Sarvis Milla, and Sarah Dantzler Bixby
    Traumatic and nontraumatic spine emergencies / Glenn D. Barest and Margaret N. Chapman
    Nontraumatic emergency radiology of the thorax / Alejandra Duran-Mendicuti, Scott White, Salvatore Viscomi, Michael Stella, and Aaron Sodickson
    Nontrauma abdomen / Stephan W. Anderson, Brian C. Lucey, and Jorge A. Soto
    Pelvic emergencies / Brian C. Lucey
    Vascular emergencies / Russ Kuker, Carlos A. Anaya, Ana Maria Gomez, and Felipe Muner
    Emergency nuclear radiology / Anna K. Chacko and Rashmikant B. Shah.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Mariano Scaglione, Ulrich Linsenmaier, Gerd Schueller, Ferco Berger, Stefan Wirth, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, systematic review of all facets of emergency radiology in patients with chest trauma or pain with the aim of equipping the reader with a detailed knowledge of the various radiological patterns, which is essential in order to make a prompt diagnosis under circumstances when time is of critical importance. To this end, the indications, value, and results of the various emergency imaging modalities, including sonography and interventional radiology, are described and illustrated in the full range of blunt chest injuries and nontraumatic chest emergencies. Technological aspects, protocols tailored to the mechanism of injury, and post-processing techniques are also extensively covered. Emergency Radiology of the Chest and Cardiovascular System will be of value to general and interventional radiologists, radiology residents, radiology technicians, and all physicians and surgeons who work in emergency care -- Cover.

    Contents:
    Part I: Blunt chest trauma
    Lung injury / Vittorio Miele ; Grazia Loretta Buquicchio ; Chaudia Lucia Piccolo ; Alessandro Stasolla ; Michele Galluzzo
    Injuries of the pleural spaces / Vittorio Miele ; Grazia Loretta Buquicchio ; Chaudia Lucia Piccolo ; Alessandro Stasolla ; Stefania Ianniello ; Luca Brunese
    Bony and thoracic chest wall injuries / Stefan Wirth ; Stephan Jansen
    Acute tracheobronchial injuries / Mariano Scaglione ; Roberto Ronza ; Chaudia Rossi ; Maria Teresa Martino ; Francesca Lacobellia ; Roberto Grassi ; Sujit Vaidya
    Esophageal injuries / Antonio Pinto ; Carlo Lignori ; Teresa Cinque ; Nicola Gagliardi ; Luigia Romano
    Blunt traumatic aortic injury / Ferco H. Berger ; Diederick W. De Boo
    Cardiac injuries / Ulrich Linsenmaier ; Lucas L. Geyer
    Traumatic diaphragmatic injuries / A. Olsen ; R. Nicola; C. Raptis ; M. Patlas
    Part II: Nontraumatic, nonvascular chest emergencies / Infection / P. Agarwai ; L. Romano; H. Prosch ; G. Schneiler
    Non-infectious parenchymal lung disease / G. Dalpiaz ; M. Piolanti
    Airway disease / Tullio Valente
    Pleural disease / Selen Bayraktaroglu ; Chiara Andreoli
    Part III: Vascular chest emergencies / Cardiac emergencies: acute chest pain / Florian Schwarz
    Acute aortic syndromes: aortic dissection, intramural haematoma and penetrating aortic ulcers / Elizabeth A. Dick ; Maureen Dumba ; Ali Alsafi ; John M. Curtis ; Elika Kashef
    Thoracic aortic aneurysms, fistula, and thrombus / Maria Cristina Firetto ; Marcello Petrini ; Francesco Sala ; Maurizio Domanin ; Giovanni Terribile ; Pietro Raimondo Biondetti
    Pulmonary embolism / Raffaella Basilico ; Mannela Mereu ; Rosa Lucia Patea ; Francesco D' Alessandro ; Paola Franchi ; Anna Rita Larici ; Antionio R. Cotroneo.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Mariano Scaglione, Cem Çalli, Mario Muto, Stefan Wirth, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, systematic review of all facets of emergency radiology in patients with head and spine injuries. The aim is to equip readers with a detailed knowledge of the various radiological patterns that may be encountered, thereby facilitating prompt diagnosis under circumstances in which time is of crucial importance. The indications, value, and results of the various emergency imaging modalities, including interventional radiology, are described and illustrated in the full range of traumatic and nontraumatic head and spine emergencies. In addition, basic management principles and technological aspects are fully explained, and protocols tailored to the mechanism of injury are presented. Emergency Radiology of the Head and Spine will be of value to neuroradiologists, interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, emergency radiologists, emergency physicians, radiology residents, radiology technicians, and all physicians and surgeons who work in emergency care.

    Contents:
    Part I Brain: Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Imaging of Cranial and Facial Fractures
    Traumatic Haemorrhage
    Non Accidental Injuries. Part II Brain: Non-Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Acute Stroke: Parenchymal and Vessel Imaging
    Acute Stroke: Management
    Nontraumatic Intracranial Hemorrhage
    Emergent CNS Infections, Inflammations and Tumors
    Toxic-Metabolic Encephalopathies
    Herniation Syndromes
    Basic Neuro-Interventional Spine Interventions
    Part III Spine: Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Introduction: Traumatic Spinal Cord and Spine Injury. Stability and Instability Concepts
    Traumatic Emergent Injuries: Cranio-Cervical Junction
    Cervical Spine Injury
    Thoraco-Lumbar Spine
    Part IV Spine: Non-Traumatic Emergent Injuries
    Introduction
    Emergent Degenerative and Disc Diseases
    Vascular Injury of the Spinal Cord
    Emergent Tumors and Infections of the Spinal Cord
    Myelitis and Myelopathies
    Spinal Post-Operative Complications
    Basic Neurointerventional Therapeutic Approaches
    Emergency Paediatric Head and Neck
    Part V: Emergencies of the Face and Neck
    Neck Space Anatomy
    Traumatic and Non-Traumatic Head and Neck Infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Abe Fingerhut, Ari Leppäniemi, Raul Coimbra, Andrew B. Peitzman, Thomas M. Scalea, Eric J. Voiglio, editors.
    Summary: This manual explains how to make the right decisions on the timing and selection of investigations and surgical procedures in emergency and urgent surgical settings and describes the most widely used procedures step by step with the aid of high-quality illustrations. The goal is to address the situations that can arise in almost any emergency department throughout the world, enabling the surgeon on call to acquire or sharpen the knowledge and skills needed to deal with acute surgical problems in the most appropriate way. The reader will gain a sound understanding of the most efficient diagnostic modalities, pre-, intra-, and postoperative decision-making, and surgical techniques and issues in particular circumstances. The manual stems from an initiative by members of the European Society of Trauma and Emergency Surgery (ESTES) and the American Association for the Surgery of Trauma (AAST) to set up and formalize Emergency Surgery Courses to provide specific training in emergency and acute care surgery. It represents a didactic accompaniment to the course that will guide the beginner and maintain a certain degree of standardization among the more experienced.

    Contents:
    Generalities: Intra-operative Strategy: Open Surgical Approach
    Leading Symptoms
    Management options: non-operative versus operative management
    Pathophysiology
    Post-operative complications
    When To Operate After Failed Non-operative Management. Techniques: Laparoscopy
    Laparotomy (Open surgery)
    Lower gastrointestinal endoscopy
    Percutaneous interventions
    Upper gastrointestinal endoscopy. By organ: Appendix
    Biliary tree
    Colon & rectum
    Diaphragmatic Problems for the Emergency Surgeon
    Esophagus
    Female genital tract
    Liver
    Pancreas
    Proctology
    Small bowel
    Soft tissue (necrotizing)
    Stomach and duodenum
    Surgical emergencies related to abdominal wall hernia
    Thorax.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Francesco Piscioneri, Yoram Kluger, Luca Ansaloni, editors.
    Summary: This book is aimed at surgeons faced with the immediate management of acute surgical problems in a variety of resource settings. The topics covered are common in both developed and developing countries as well as in tropical and non-tropical settings. The book offers an introduction to trauma, which includes primary, secondary and tertiary surveys, trauma resuscitation, and multidisciplinary care followed by a short section on acute burns management and a discussion of a range of specific surgical topics including various of acute abdomen, upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding, perianal conditions, oncological issues that require acute intervention, abdominal wall problems, urological emergencies and neck swellings. It also addresses the rational use of antibiotics and medications and the role of high dependency units. Each chapter includes a flow chart algorithm with multiple endpoints that relate to the resource situations available to the surgeon. The book is of interest to clinicians dealing with changes in acute surgery and the increasing disparity between developed and developing countries.

    Contents:
    1 Changing face of acute surgery and increasing disparity between developed and developing countries
    2 Minimum requirements for an acute surgical facility
    3 Organisation of surgical systems
    4 rational use of antibiotics
    5 Pain management
    6 The acute abdomen-an overall synopsis
    7 Upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    8 Perianal conditions
    9 Oncological issues that require acute intervention
    10 Abdominal wall problems
    11 Breast
    12 Skin and soft tissue
    13 Urological emergencies
    14 Neck swellings
    15 ENT emergencies
    16 Trauma primary surveys
    17 Trauma secondary surveys
    18 Trauma tertiary surveys
    19 trauma resuscitation and multidisciplinary care
    20 acute burns management.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Diego Foschi, Giuseppe Navarra, editors ; foreword by Paolo De Paolis.
    Summary: This comprehensive, multi-authored book covers all aspects of surgery on obese patients in emergency conditions. Obesity is a metabolic disease affecting a high percentage of world population. It involves marked anthropometric changes, affecting surgical practice and altering patients' ability to react to surgical stress. The prevalent comorbidities also affect the rate of complications and mortality after surgery. The obesity paradox, the ability of obese patients to survive emergency operations in spite of an increased risk of complications, is an effect of the widespread development of "Obesity Science". This volume discusses this science, examining the frailty of the obese patients and the main comorbidities that affect clinical practice, as well as the most frequent emergency situations after trauma, inflammatory diseases and the complications of bariatric surgery. With contributions from leading experts, it provides clinicians with detailed and updated information for better practice in this emerging field of surgery.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    1 The frailty of the obese patients and the effect of surgical stress
    2 Emergency anaesthesia in the obese patient
    3 Perioperative and intensive care management of the obese surgical patient
    4 Postoperative complications in ICU
    5 The ERAS protocol
    I CLINICAL SETTINGS IN OBESE PATIENTS
    6 Trauma and burns in obese patients
    7 Perforations of the upper gastrointestinal tract
    8 Acute Diverticolitis
    9 Acute appendicitis
    10 Pancreatic and biliary emergencies
    11 Bowel obstruction
    12 Abdominal compartment syndrome
    II CLINICAL SETTING AFTER BARIATRIC SURGERY
    13 The evolution and development of bariatric surgery
    14 Metabolic complications after b.s.: the faulse acute Abdomen
    15 Complications after bariatric surgery.: a general overview
    16 Complications of BIB therapy
    17 Complications of restrictive operation
    18 Upper G-I bleeding after bariatric surgery
    19 Peptic ulcer after bariatric surgery
    20 Bowel obstruction after bariatric surgery
    21 Acute peritonitis and abscess after bariatric surgery
    22 Anastomotic leakage after bariatric Surgery: from prevention to treatment
    23 Gallstones and related complications, cholecistitis and Cholangitis after bariatric surgery
    24 Emergencies After bariatric surgery: the role of flexible endoscopy and interventional radiology
    25 Extreme remedial surgery for b.s. acute complications
    26 Accreditation of the surgeon to emergency bariatric surgery
    27 Litigation after bariatric surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Michel Merle and Gilles Dautel ; coordinated by Lim Aymeric Y.T. ; foreword by L. Scott Levin ; illustrations by C. Witt-Deguillaume and C. Martinet.
    Contents:
    Regional anesthesia of the upper limb / I. Baeckelmans, E. Colling, J.-P. Galeazzi, J. Welter
    Emergency microsurgery of the upper extremity / Adrian Ooi, Amitabha Lahiri, Aymeric YT Lim
    Instrumentation and technical equipment / G. Dautel
    Injury assessment and operative strategy / M. Merle, A. Lim
    Sprains and dislocations of the fingers / F. Dap, M. Merle, T. Jager, A. Lim ; in collaboration with M. Isel
    Dislocations and fracture-dislocations of the carpometacarpal joints of the digits and the thumb / Ph. Chardel, Th. Jager, A. Lim
    Metacarpal and phalangeal fractures / by M. Merle, Th. Jager ; in collaboration with M. Isel, Iallemand, A., Lim, A., Durand, Ph. Voche
    Revascularization / G. Dautel
    Finger and hand soft tissue defects / G. Dautel
    Flexor tendon injuries / by M. Merle, Th. Jager, A. Lim ; in collaboration with M. Isel
    Injuries of the extensor apparatus / by M. Merle, A. Lim Th. Jager, L. Vaienti ; in collaboration with M. Isel, C. Camps, A. Durand
    Temporary amputations and permanent amputations / G. Dautel
    Nail trauma / G. Dautel
    Nerve injuries / M. Merle and A. Lim ; in collaboration with Th. Jager, L. Vaienti
    Digital replantations / G. Dautel, Ph. Voche
    Hand replantations / G. Loda
    The "tissue bank" / G. Dautel
    Dressing / G. Dautel and E. Lee
    Surgical treatment of hand infections / Th. Jager and R. Srisena.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Nicola de'Angelis, Salomone Di Saverio and Francesco Brunetti.
    Summary: This volume provides an overview of the current evidence-based medical and surgical practice in emergency conditions in colorectal cancer patients. It offers a multidisciplinary perspective, taking into account the specific characteristics of colorectal cancer patients, the necessary pre-operative assessment, the endoscopic and radiological management, and the surgical treatments. Each chapter is supplemented with tables, figures, key-point boxes, schematic representations, and decision-making trees that serve as easy-to-use tools to apply in the different scenarios requiring acute care. Recommendations for best practice and the main reference articles are included for each topic, as well as numerous illustrated clinical cases with cilnical and empirical evidence regarding the surgical management of colorectal cancer. Specific technical aspects of the different surgical interventions and approaches (e.g., open surgery, laparoscopy, and robotics) are also detailed. This book is intended for residents and emergency surgeons, as well as all practictioners who treat colorectal cancer patients, such as gastroenterologists, oncologists, and radiologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    James H. Paxton, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the placement of vascular access devices under emergent conditions, including the techniques and devices needed to achieve successful device deployment in even the most critically-ill patient. Up-to-date references and evidence for best practices are provided, informing both the novice and experienced healthcare provider. Each chapter is meticulously researched, including individual chapters focusing upon peripheral intravenous, intraosseous, central venous, and ultrasound-guided catheter placement. Device selection and emergent decision-making are discussed at length, including such crucial determinants as infusion flow rates, device limitations, issues with medication incompatibility, complications of line placement, and the relative indications and contraindications associated with various vascular access approaches. Emergent Vascular Access is an essential resource for any healthcare provider who places or manages vascular access devices in critically-ill patients, including emergency and ICU physicians, residents, rapid response providers, EMS paramedics, patient care technicians, medical students, and nurses.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. What is Emergent Vascular Access?
    Chapter 2. The Anatomy of Vascular Access
    Chapter 3. The Physiology and Physics of Vascular Access
    Chapter 4. Types of Vascular Access Devices
    Chapter 5. Peripheral Intravenous (PIV) Devices
    Chapter 6. Central Venous Catheter Devices
    Chapter 7. Intraosseous Devices
    Chapter 8. Alternative Vascular Access Solutions
    Chapter 9. What is Difficult Vascular Access (DVA)?
    Chapter 10. Decision-Making in Emergent Vascular Access
    Chapter 11. High-Risk Presentations (e.g., Cardiac Arrest, Shock, etc.)
    Chapter 12. The Future of Emergent Vascular Access.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Seyedmojtaba Seyedmousavi, G. Sybren de Hoog, Jacques Guillot, Paul E. Verweij, editors.
    Summary: The book will provide insights into epidemic and emerging mycoses in various animal groups. The different categories of pathogens and outbreak fungi are discussed. In an introductory chapter, the reader will be provided basic information on fungal infections that are non-transmissible, infections from a common environmental source known as sapronoses, and zoophilic fungal pathogens in various animal species and populations, worldwide. Chapter 2 details the vocabulary and terminology that is required in the scientific literature in order to maintain clarity of expression to the field of Mycology. Chapters 3 to 9 discuss epidemic mycoses with a reservoir in animals and occasional outbreaks, including dermatophytoses, coccidioidomycosis, histoplasmosis, paracoccidioidomycosis, adiaspiromycosis and similar diseases, blastomycosis, and paracoccidioidomycosis ceti (lacaziosis/lobomycosis). Chapters 10 to 15 comprise emerging mycoses in animals that include feline sporotrichosis, lethargic crab disease, emergence of C. gattii in animals and zoonotic potential, white-nose syndrome in hibernating bats, chytridiomycosis in frogs and salamanders and aspergillosis in cats. The last chapter is about treatment possibilities, antifungal use in veterinary practice, and emergence of resistance. The book will address medical and veterinary mycologists, microbiologists, veterinarians, infectious disease specialists, epidemiologists, ecologists, public health scientists from academia and industry as well as graduate students, PhD students and postdocs in the field.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Definitions, Terminology, Methods for classifications
    1.1. Emerging, pseudo-epidemic, endemic, zoonoses, dynamic, population genetics, epidemiology
    Section 2: Epidemic mycoses in animals
    2.1. Sporothricosis
    2.2. Coccidioidomycosis
    2.3. Histoplasmosis
    2.4. Dermatophytoses in animals
    2.5. Epidemics of black moulds and melanized yeasts in animals
    2.6. Penicilliosis
    Section 3: Emerging Mycoses in animals
    3.1. Cryptococcus gattii in animals
    3.2. Bat-white nose syndrome
    3.3. Chytridiomycosis
    3.4. Oomycetes in fish
    3.5. Emmonsia and adiaspiromycosis in animals
    Section 4: Genetic changes in fungi and evolution of resistance
    4.1. Antifungal treatment in animals and problem of resistance.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Anne C La Flamme, Jacqueline Montique Orian editors.
    Contents:
    The role of HLA in MS susceptibility and phenotype
    Sex-based differences in multiple sclerosis (Part I): biology of disease incidence
    Sex-based difference in multiple sclerosis (MS): Part II: rising incidence of multiple sclerosis in women and the vulnerability of men to progression of this disease
    The role of environment and lifestyle in determining the risk of multiple sclerosis
    Evidence for an association between Vitamin D and multiple sclerosis
    Photoimmunology and multiple sclerosis
    Modelling MS: chronic-relapsing EAE in the NOD/Lt mouse strain
    Developing biomarkers for MS
    Helminth Therapy for MS
    Self-assembling peptides form immune suppressive amyloid fibrils effective in autoimmune encephalomyelitis
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Giovanni Rezza, Giuseppe Ippolito.
    Contents:
    Preface- emerging viruses: from early detection to intervention
    How to tackle natural focal infections: from risk assessment to vaccination strategies
    Human-animal interface: the case for influenza interspecies transmission
    Bats and emerging infections: an ecological and virological puzzle
    The Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus- a continuing risk to global health security
    Emerging Zika virus infection: a rapidly evolving situation
    Syrian hamsters as a small animal model for emerging infectious diseases: advances in immunologic methods
    Enabling rapid response to the 2014-2016 ebola epidemic: the experience and the results of the National Institute for Infectious Diseases Lazzaro Spallanzai
    Prioritization of high consequence viruses to improve European laboratory preparedness for cross-border health threats
    The potential of social media and internet-based data in preventing and fighting infectious diseases: from internet to Twitter
    Erratum: Emerging Zika virus infection: a rapidly evolving situation
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Yashpal Singh Malik, Raj Kumar Singh, Mahendra Pal Yadav, editors.
    Summary: This book, which is the first volume of the book series-Livestock Diseases and Management, summarizes the prominence and implications of the emerging and transboundary animal viruses. Although the livestock plays an important role in the economy of many countries, the emerging and transboundary animal viral diseases possess a serious risk to the animal-agriculture sector and food security globally. The book describes the precise and up-to-date information on animal viral diseases which have emerged in the recent past or are re-emerging due to various environmental factors and those which are not bounded in restricted national boundaries and attained the transboundary status. The chapters summarize the recent advancements in the molecular state-of-art tools towards the development of diagnostics, prophylactics, and therapeutics of these viruses. It also explicitly describes the challenges imposed by the emerging and transboundary viral infections and our preparedness to counter them.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Emerging and Transboundary Animal Viral Diseases- perspectives and preparedness
    Chapter 2. African Swine Fever Virus
    Chapter 3. Classical Swine Fever Virus
    Chapter 4. Porcine Coronaviruses
    Chapter 5. Torque Teno Virus
    Chapter 6. Teschovirus
    Chapter 7. Animal Flaviviruses
    Chapter 8. Orbiviruses
    Chapter 9. Equine Influenza Virus
    Chapter 10. Schmallenberg Virus
    Chapter 11. Crimean-Congo Hemorrhagic Fever Virus
    Chapter 12. Porcine Reproductive and Respiratory Syndrome Virus
    Chapter 13. Peste Des Petits Ruminants Virus
    Chapter 14. Sapelovirus
    Chapter 15. Hepatitis E Viruses.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited Martin G. Pomper, Paul B. Fisher.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Quantitative radiology: applications to oncology
    Ch. 2. The intricate role of CXCR4 in cancer
    Ch. 3. Recent advances in nanoparticle-based nuclear imaging of cancers
    Ch. 4. Molecular-genetic imaging of cancer
    Ch. 5. Real-time fluorescence image-guided oncologic surgery
    Ch. 6. Cerenkov Imaging
    Ch. 7. Molecular imaging of the tumor microenvironment for precision medicine and theranostics
    Ch. 8. Tracking cellular and immune therapies in cancer
    Ch. 9. Developing MR probes for molecular imaging
    Ch. 10. Clinical translation of molecular imaging agents used in PET studies in cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Yunhui Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This book mainly focuses on advances made over the past 10 years on the exposure, metabolism, transformation, toxicity, molecular mechanism and biomarkers of emerging chemicals in humans. Emerging chemicals' pollution is a hot issue in the field of environmental health. Emerging chemicals refer to a class of compounds widely existing in the environment and potentially harmful to the ecological environment and human health. They are also the preferred substances for future environmental control. The list of emerging chemicals include human drugs and personal care products (PPCPs), endocrine disruptors (EDC), persistent organic pollutants (POPs), veterinary drugs and nanomaterials. However, the environmental and health hazard characteristics of most emerging chemicals are not clear. The aim of this book is to stimulate further research in new directions by providing novel and provocative insights into the exposure assessment and potential mechanisms of emerging chemicals in humans. It also offers a state-of-the-art report on recent discoveries concerning emerging chemicals and where the field is going.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Emerging chemicals of concern
    Environmental exposure of emerging chemicals and their effects on human health
    Air pollutants: exposure, effects on cardiopulmonary and metabolic disease, and regulation
    Plasticizers' exposure and reproductive& developmental health: phthalates and BPA
    Exposure assessment of UV filter and its effect on humans
    Heavy metals' exposure and children health
    Pesticides: environmental exposure, toxicity and mechanism
    Flame retardants: exposure, biomarkers and health risks
    Perfluorinated compounds' exposure and health effects in humans
    Environmental antibiotics: monitoring and health-based risk assessment
    Advances in nano-material and micro-plastics' research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Akihiko Yoshimura, editor ; responsible series editor: Tasuku Honjo.
    Summary: "This volume reviews the current state of research on immune checkpoints and offers novel concepts. It discusses the two most important immune checkpoints: T lymphocyte-associated antigen-4 (CTLA-4) and programmed cell death-1 (PD-1). It shows that antagonistic antibodies against these two molecules are highly effective in the treatment of various cancers and that PD-1 and CTLA-4 have been linked to the suppression of T-cell receptor signaling and co-stimulatory molecules. Further, the volume examines other agents, a number of cells, receptors and signaling molecules, that are also involved in the regulation of T-cell activation and extends the concept of immune checkpoints to 'molecules and cells that negatively regulate T-cell activation'. Playing essential roles in immune homeostasis, they could offer new targets for cancer immunotherapy, and for the therapy of autoimmune diseases. Written by internationally respected scientists, this book will appeal to basic scientists, clinicians, drug development researchers, and advanced students alike." -- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Regulatory T cells: molecular and cellular basis for immunoregulation
    Overview of LAG-3-expressing, IL-10-producing regulatory T cells
    Regulatory dendritic cells
    Role of PD-1 in immunity and diseases
    CTLA-4, an essential immune-checkpoint for T cell activation
    Tim-3, Lag-3, and TIGIT
    SOCS1: regulator of T cells in autoimmunity and cancer
    Mining the complex family of protein tyrosine phosphatases for checkpoint regulators in immunity
    Immune regulation by ubiquitin tagging as checkpoint code
    MicroRNA in immune regulation.
  • Digital
    Nadia Morin-Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, Grégorio Crini, editors.
    Summary: Emerging contaminants are chemical and biological agents for which there is growing concern about their potential health and environmental effects. The threat lies in the fact that the sources, fate and toxicology of most of these compounds have not yet been studied. Emerging contaminants, therefore, include a large number of both recently discovered and well-known compounds such as rare earth elements, viruses, bacteria, nanomaterials, microplastics, pharmaceuticals, endocrine disruptors, hormones, personal care products, cosmetics, pesticides, surfactants and industrial chemicals. Emerging contaminants have been found in many daily products, and some of them accumulate in the food chain. Correlations have been observed between aquatic pollution by emerging contaminants and discharges from wastewater treatment plants. Most actual remediation methods are not effective at removing emerging contaminants. This first volume presents comprehensive knowledge on emerging contaminants with a focus on analysis, toxicity, antibiotic resistance and human health.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Emerging Contaminants: Analysis, Aquatic Compartments and Water Pollution
    Chapter 2 Occurrence, Fate and Associated Risks of Organic Micropollutants included in the Watch List in the European Groundwater Bodies
    Chapter 3 Emergence of Pathogenic Fungi Resistant to Triazole Antifungal Drugs. A Threat from the Environment- Chapter 4 The Fate of Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria in the Environment
    Chapter 5 Relationship Between Outdoor Ambient Air Pollution and Cardiovascular Disorders: A Narrative Review.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Olivier Rabin, Ornella Corazza, editors.
    Summary: Athletes are always aiming to be faster, better, stronger. New techniques to enhance their sporting performance have increasingly been linked to use of novel psychoactive substances (NPS) and other hard-to-detect substances like performance-enhancing drugs. This book offers a timely analysis of the new challenges posed by this phenomenon in the anti-doping community. The authors present the first comprehensive perspective on the rapidly shifting doping scenario and reflect on use, regulation, policy, and market structure of NPS used in sports. They highlight the challenges with the list of prohibited substances and methods in and out of competition. They also evaluate how methods to detect new drugs present an ongoing battle for doping control as they have to be adapted constantly. Topics covered within the chapters include: Contamination of Sports Supplements with Novel Psychoactive Substances Untested Supplement Use Among Athletes: An Overlooked Phenomenon? International Drug Control: Protecting the Health of the Athlete Analysis of New Chemical Entities in a Sport Context Emerging Drugs in Sport establishes a clear benchmark on the policy discussion, drawing from available evidence and sources, including athletes' personal experiences, to generate a fact-based resource that informs a research as well as wider audience. The book is essential reading for those working in anti-doping, substance misuse, sports, ethics, and human enhancement. It also is useful for policy-makers, legislative personnel, and other professionals with an interest in protecting clean sport.

    Contents:
    Part I THE EVOLVING DOPING SCENARIO
    The Evolution of Performance-Enhancing Drug Use in Sport
    Contamination of Sports Supplements with Novel Psychoactive Substances: An Old History with New Players!
    Untested Supplement Use Among Athletes: An Overlooked Phenomenon?
    Challenges Posed by Gene Manipulations and Sport Performance
    PART II NAVIGATING IN A DIFFICULT REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
    The forced Union of Science and Law
    International Drug Control: Protecting the Health of the Athlete
    Tackling New Forms of Doping: The Legal Challenges
    PART III TOWARDS A DOPING SOCIETY?
    Olympism and the Idea of Anti-doping: Between the Thick and Thin Interpretations of Sporting Progress
    Emerging Trends in Doping: Investigations and Field Operations
    Anti-doping Stories Narrated by a Law Enforcement Investigator Mind the good Guys
    The Performance Enhanced: Clinical Relationships Between Performance- and/or Image-Enhancing Drugs, Physical Exercise and Mental Disorders
    "PART IV WINNING AT ANY COST: DOPING EXPERIENCES OF WORLD-CLASS ATHLETES"
    Faster and Dirtier for Russia: The Story of Yuliya Stepanova
    Is It Worth Winning a Race if You Lose Yourself in the Process? An Interview with Olympic Champion Tyler Hamilton
    A Hammer Thrower's Journey with Doping: Being the Phoenix of My Own Life
    To Take or Not to Take? Why I Chose to Stay Clean
    PART V TRUTH IN THE TEST TUBES?
    Forensic Analysis of Seized Drugs
    Analysis of New Chemical Entities in a Sport Context
    Hair Testing of Doping Agents: Potential and Limitations
    PART VI THE NEXT CHALLENGE
    What Will the Next Challenges Be?.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ram Naresh Bharagava, editor.
    Summary: As we know, rapid industrialization is a serious concern in the context of a healthy environment and public health due to the generation of huge volumes of toxic wastewater. Although various physico-chemical and biological approaches are available for the treatment of this wastewater, many of them are not effective. Now, there a number of emerging ecofriendly, cost-effective approaches utilizing microorganisms (bacterial/fungi/algae), green plants or their enzymes, and constructed wetland treatment systems in the treatment of wastewaters containing pollutants such as endocrine disrupting chemicals, toxic metals, pesticides, dyes, petroleum hydrocarbons and phenolic compounds. This book provides a much-needed, comprehensive overview of the various types of wastewater and their ecotoxicological effects on the environment, humans, animals and plants as well as various emerging and eco-friendly approaches for their treatment. It provides insights into the ecological problems and challenges in the treatment and management of wastewaters generated by various sources.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Green technologies for the treatment of pharmaceutical contaminants in wastewaters
    Chapter 2. Constructed Wetlands: an emerging green technology for treatment of industrial wastewaters
    Chapter 3. Application of nanoparticles in environmental cleanup: production, potential risks and solutions
    Chapter 4. Efficiency of algae for heavy metal removal, bioenergy production and carbon sequestration
    Chapter 5. Advances in plant-microbe based remediation approaches for environmental cleanup
    Chapter 6. Bioprocessing of cane molasses to produce ethanol and its derived products from South Indian Distillery
    Chapter 7. Biological and non-biological approaches for treatment of Cr(VI) in tannery effluent
    Chapter 8. Photocatalysis as a clean technology for the degradation of petrochemical pollutants
    Chapter 9. Sustainable management of toxic industrial effluent of coal based power plants
    Chapter 10. Removal of organic pollutants from contaminated water bodies by using aquatic macrophytes coupling with bioenergy production and carbon sequestration
    Chapter 11. Biopolymers and their application in wastewater treatment
    Chapter 12. Recovery of rare earths, precious metals and bioreduction of toxic metals from wastewater using algae
    Chapter 13. Green synthesized nanoparticle mediated wastewater treatment
    Chapter 14. Microbial communities in a constructed wetland microcosms and their role in treatment of domestic wastewater
    Chapter 15. Agricultural Waste: Its Impact on Environment and Management Approaches.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by W. Michael Scheld, Department of Infectious Diseases, University of Virginia Health System; James M. Hughes, Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine; Richard J. Whitley, Department of Pediatrics, University of Alabama at Birmingham.
    Contents:
    West Africa 2013: Re-examining Ebola / Daniel G. Bausch, Amanda Rojek, and Mikiko Senga
    Preparing for Serious Communicable Diseases in the United States: What the Ebola Virus Epidemic Has Taught Us / Bruce S. Ribner and Jay B. Varkey
    Ebola Virus Disease: Therapeutic and Potential Preventative Opportunities / Robert Fisher and Luciana Borio
    Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) / Sonja A. Rasmussen, Amelia K. Watson, and David L. Swerdlow
    The Emergence of Enterovirus D-68 / Kevin Messacar, Mark J. Abzug, and Samuel R. Dominguez
    The Role of Punctuated Evolution in the Pathogenicity of Influenza Viruses / Jonathan A. McCullers
    Measles in the United States since the Millennium: Perils and Progress in the Post-Elimination Era / Anne Schuchat, Amy Parker Fiebelkorn, and William Bellini
    Chikungunya Virus: Current Perspectives on a Re-Emerging Virus / Clayton R. Morrison, Kenneth S. Plante, and Mark T. Heise
    Zika Virus Disease / Werner Georg Slenczka
    West Nile Virus Infection / James J. Sejvar
    Mobilization of Carbapenemase-Mediated Resistance in Enterobacteriaceae / Amy Mathers
    Antimicrobial Resistance Expressed by Neisseria gonorrhoeae: A Major Global Public Health Problem in the 21st Century / Magnus Unemo, Carlos del Rio, and William M. Shafer
    Bordetella holmesii: Still Emerging and Elusive 20 Years On / Laure F. Pittet and Klara M. Posfay Barbe
    Cronobacter spp. / Brian P. Blackwood and Catherine J. Hunter
    Clostridium difficile Infection / Jae Hyun Shin, Esteban Chaves-Olarte, and Cirle A. Warren
    Emerging Tick-Borne Bacterial Pathogens / Tahar Kernif, Hamza Leulmi, Didier Raoult, and Philippe Parola
    Bordatella pertussis / Delma J. Nieves and Ulrich Heininger
    Invasive Infections with Nontyphoidal Salmonella in Sub-Saharan Africa / Barbara E. Mahon and Patricia I. Fields
    Fungal Infections Associated with Contaminated Steroid Injections / Carol A. Kaufman and Anurag N. Malani
    Emerging Fungal Infections in the Pacific Northwest: the Unrecognized Burden of Coccidioides immitis and Cryptococcus gattii / Shawn R. Lockhart, Orion McCotter, and Tom M. Chiller
    The Emerging Amphibian Fungal Disease, Chytridiomycosis: A Key Example of the Global Phenomenon of Wildlife Emerging Infectious Diseases / Jonathan E. Kolby and Peter Daszak
    Arteminsinin-Resistant Plasmodium falciparum Malaria / Rick M. Fairhurst and Arjen M. Dondorp.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Soon-Phaik Chee, Moncef Khairallah, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Manuel Yúfera, editor.
    Summary: This book deals with the fundamentals of key physiological mechanisms involved in the development and growth of fish larvae. Chapters included show how the environmental and nutritional conditions are affecting the developmental process from its molecular basis and how these same conditions also influence the final characteristics of late larvae and fry. This volume provides recent findings on the importance of environmental rhythms, some specific nutrients and the adequate microbial environment in the developmental processes including recent results of current research projects.

    Contents:
    1. Investigating fish larvae-microbe interactions in the 21st century : old questions studied with new tools / Ragnhild I. Vestrum, Birgit Luef, Torunn Forberg, Ingrid Bakke and Olav Vadstein
    2. Environmental cycles and biological rhythms during early development / Francisco Javier Sánchez-Vázquez and José Fernando López-Olmeda
    3. The digestive function in developing fish larvae and fry. From molecular gene expression to enzymatic activity / Manuel Yúfera, Francisco J. Moyano and Gonzalo Martínez-Rodríguez
    4. Variability in digestive enzyme capacity in early stages of marine fish larvae : ontogenetic variations, biorhythms, hormonal control and nutrient sensing mechanisms / Bernd Ueberschär, Carmen Navarro-Guillén, Ana Gomes, Ivar Rønnestad, Carlos Rojas-Garcia, Inken Hanke, Dagh Sommerfeld and Robert Tillner
    5. Phospholipids in marine larval rearing / Keshuai Li, Rolf Erik Olsen, Yang Jin and Yngvar Olsen
    6. Fat-soluble vitamins in fish : a transcriptional tissue-specific crosstalk that remains to be unveiled and characterized / Ignacio Fernández, Paulo Gavaia, Maria J. Darias and Enric Gisbert
    7. Nutritional modulation of marine fish larvae performance / Sofia Engrola, Cláudia Aragão, Luisa M.P. Valente and Luís E.C. Conceição
    8. Fish pigmentation. A key issue for the sustainable development of fish farming / Laura Cal, Paula Suarez-Bregua, Paloma Moran, José Miguel Cerdá-Reverter and Josep Rotllant
    9. Novel aspects of phosphate endocrine control : a key element for the long-term sustainability of finfish aquaculture / Paula Suarez-Bregua, Laura Cal, Pedro M. Guerreiro and Josep Rotllant
    10. Feeding and development of warm water marine fish larvae in early life / Jing Hu, Yibing Liu, Zhenhua Ma and Jian G. Qin.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ranjita Shegokar, Eliana B. Souto.
    Summary: Emerging Nanotechnologies in Immunology: The Design, Applications and Toxicology of Nanopharmaceuticals and Nanovaccines aims to deliver a systematic and comprehensive review of data concerning the nature of interaction and nano-related risks between the nanopharmaceuticals currently in the pipeline of S&T development for skin, ocular and nasal drug delivery, including absorption, toxicity, and the ability to distribute after systemic exposure. The book's contributors address a representative set of the broad spectrum of nanopharmaceutics presently being used, including cationic lipid nanoparticles, polymeric PLGA, PLA nanoparticles, biomacromolecules-based nanoparticles, and other scaffolds tissue-engineered skin substitutes. In addition, regulation and risk are also covered since the safety of these nanopharmaceuticals still represents a barrier to their wide and innovative use.

    Contents:
    1. Nanopharmceuticals in immunology: what's new in research?
    2. Skin delivery of antimicrobial peptides
    3. Skin penetration of nanoparticles
    4. Regulatory and risk assessment perspective for core-multishell nanocarriers: a novel excipient on its way towards marketing authorization
    5. Lipid nanoparticles as carriers for delivery of anti-inflammatory drugs
    6. New strategies for the treatment of autoimmune diseases using nanotechnologies
    7. Nanopharmaceuticals: application in inhaler systems
    8. Immunomodulatory effects of curcumin in infectious and non infectious diseases
    9. Advances in antibiotic nanotherapy: overcoming antimicrobial resistance
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Whende M. Carroll, editor.
    Summary: "The transformation of nursing as a profession is moving at lightning speed into the next decade. There is a call to nurses across the country to prepare for the National Academy of Medicine's 2020-2030 Future of Nursing consensus study. It will serve to recommend nursing's focus on in the next decade to meet the pressing challenge to decrease health disparities in the United States. Nurses, 4 million strong, are the largest population of practicing clinicians, the most significant users of health information technology, and required early health IT adopters"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Joyce Sensmeier
    Emerging technologies and healthcare innovation / Whende M. Carroll
    Nursing value and big data / Whende M. Carroll
    Artificial intelligence / Whende M. Carroll
    Virtual reality, augmented reality, and mixed reality / Barbara Ficarra
    The internet of things / Thomas R. Clancy
    Precision health and genomics / Kathleen A. McCormick
    The future of emerging technologies and nursing / Whende M. Carroll.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    William Y. Song, Kari Tanderup, and Bradley Pieters.
    Summary: "This is the first book to cover emerging technologies and clinical evidence in the field of brachytherapy. The book is divided into 5 sections, with each section having multiple chapters to adequately cover all issues of interest: 1) Emerging Physics Technologies, 2) Emerging Imaging Technologies, 3) Emerging Clinical Evidences, 4) The Brachytherapy Suites of the Future, Today, and 5) Is Brachytherapy a Competitive Modality? The book is an outstanding resource for all medical physicists, medical doctors, residents and students who wish to keep abreast of emerging technologies in brachytherapy, and plan ahead so that new technologies can be adopted in-clinic as soon as they are released"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Sources and loading technologies
    Applicators
    Applicator reconstruction
    Dose calculation
    Dose optimization
    Image processing for brachytherapy
    FMEA for brachytherapy
    Real-time in vivo dosimetry
    Quality assurance technologies
    Additive manufacturing (3D printing) in brachytherapy
    Robotics in brachytherapy
    Optical imaging and navigation technologies
    Ultrasound
    X-ray and computed tomography
    Magnetic resonance imaging
    Positron emission tomography
    Imaging for treatment verification
    Medical University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria
    University Medical Center Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands
    Emerging technologies in brachytherapy
    Hospital Charles Lemoyne, Montreal, Canada
    Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, Toronto, Canada
    Princess Margaret Cancer Centre, Toronto, Canada
    Tata Memorial Hospital, Mumbai, India
    Institut Joliot-Curie Cancer Center, Dakar, Senegal: implementing a brachytherapy program in a resource limited setting
    EBRT or brachytherapy?
    Particle therapy or brachytherapy?
    Is brachytherapy cost effective?
    Elekta brachytherapy
    Eckert & Ziegler BEBIG.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Spero J. Theodorou, Christopher T. Chia, Erez Dayan.
    Summary: "Emerging Technologies in Face and Body Contouring by internationally acclaimed experts Spero Theodorou, Christopher Chia, Erez Dayan and esteemed contributors, details emerging state-of-the-art technologies in minimally-invasive body contouring. This resource fills a void in the literature, providing plastic, aesthetic, and dermatologic surgeons with clinical insights on the latest proven techniques in nonsurgical fat reduction and skin tightening. The book begins with chapters on 3D imaging for emerging body contouring technologies, clinically applicable concepts of fat metabolism, and discussion of laser and ultrasound. Procedural chapters cover a diverse array of cutting-edge noninvasive body contouring and VASER techniques, including water-assisted and power-assisted liposuction. Chapters dedicated to the face and neck detail scarless face lifting, injection lipolysis, and radiofrequency skin tightening. Body-specific chapters focus on the neck, arms, abdomen, flanks and hips, gluteal region, thighs and calves, ankles and knees"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Three-dimensional Imaging for Emerging Technologies in Body Contouring / Isabel Robinson and Pierre Saadeh
    Clinically Applicable Concepts of Fat Metabolism / Rachel L. Goldstein, William G. Austen Jr., and Erez Dayan
    Noninvasive Laser Body Contouring / John W. Decorato
    Ultrasound in Noninvasive Body Shaping / Jennifer Croix and Anne Chapas
    Three-dimensional Cryolipolysis Body Contouring / Villy Rodopoulou
    Noninvasive Radiofrequency Fat Destruction for Body Contouring / Alix O'Brien and Sherrell J. Aston
    The Role of Stem Cells in Body Contouring / Aris Sterodimas
    Ethnic Considerations in Liposuction / William Lao
    Laser-Assisted Liposuction Under Local Anesthesia : Office-Based Surgery / Christopher Chia
    Radiofrequency-Assisted Liposuction for Body Contouring / Spero J. Theodorou, Christopher T. Chia, and Erez Dayan
    VASER Technology for Body Contouring / Alfredo Hoyos and Mauricio Perez
    Water-Assisted Liposuction / Pei-Hsuan Lu and Hsiang-Ya Wang
    Power-Assisted Liposuction Cannula Types and Technique / Briar L. Dent and B. Aviva Preminger
    Scarless Face Lifting with Bipolar Radiofrequency Assistance / Diane Irvine Duncan
    Injection Lipolysis-Neck / Sachin M. Shridharani
    Neck : Radiofrequency Liposuction / Keramidas Evangelos
    Neck Liposuction : The Classic Technique / Steven M. Levine
    Radiofrequency-Assisted Liposuction for Arm Contouring / Spero J. Theodorou, Christopher T. Chia, and Stelios C. Wilson
    FaceTite : Procedure Technique / P. Paolo Rovatti
    Male Gynecomastia Treatment / Alfredo Hoyos and David Guarin
    High Definition Body Contouring of the Abdomen / Alfredo Hoyos and David Guarin
    Flanks and Hips / Spero J. Theodorou
    Gluteal Augmentation with Implants / Douglas Senderoff
    Technology-Based Contouring of the Thighs / W. Jason Martin
    Calf, Ankle, and Knee Contouring / Christopher, Chia Stelios C. Wilson, and Gerald H. Pitman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Sinem Esra Sahingur.
    Summary: This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of the emerging therapies that promise to revolutionize the clinical management of periodontal diseases. Existing therapies targeted to the oral microbiome alone often fail to provide favorable clinical outcomes. Local inflammation and tissue destruction may persist and periodontal tissue regeneration is not predictably achieved. In recognition of these shortcomings, current research efforts are focused on understanding the biological interactions between the host and the resident microbiome and identifying key molecules and molecular pathways that can be used for more targeted, individualized therapies that will restrain oral inflammation and restore periodontal tissue homeostasis. This book introduces novel concepts and molecules that are currently being tested in preclinical and clinical models. Readers will find detailed information from leading experts on specific therapeutic strategies targeting the host immune and inflammatory system, the oral microbiome, and regeneration.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Part I: Periodontal Therapies Targeting Host Immune and Inflammatory System
    1: Evolving Paradigms in the Pathogenesis and Management of Periodontitis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 The Pathophysiological Stages of Periodontal Lesion
    1.3 Evolving Paradigms in the Pathogenesis of Periodontitis
    1.4 Evolving Paradigms in Periodontitis Patient Management
    References
    2: Complement C3 as a Target of Host Modulation in Periodontitis
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Complement and Regulation of the Host Response
    2.3 Complement Involvement in Periodontal Disease 2.4 Periodontal Bacteria and Inflammation
    2.5 Translational Studies for Safety and Efficacy of C3 Inhibition in Periodontitis
    2.6 Concluding Remarks and Outlook
    References
    3: Resolvins in Periodontal Tissue Homeostasis (Emerging Therapies)
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Inflammatory Pathways
    3.3 Natural, Endogenous Resolution of Inflammation (Lipoxins)
    3.4 Resolvins
    3.5 Resolution of Inflammation as a Therapeutic Modality
    3.6 Inflammation, Periodontitis, and Systemic Inflammatory Diseases
    3.7 Periodontal Regeneration 3.8 Dietary Supplementation of Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids in Periodontal Disease
    3.9 Conclusion
    References
    4: Salicylic Acid Polymers in Periodontal Tissue Healing
    4.1 Formulations: Fibers, Gels, and Microparticles
    4.2 Localized SA Release Influences Inflammation with Bone
    4.3 Bone Regeneration with SAPAE
    4.4 SAPAE for Treatment of Osseous Defects in Diabetic Conditions
    4.5 Potential Treatment of Peri-implantitis (Peri-implantitis) with SAPAE
    4.6 Diabetes and Peri-implantitis 4.7 Potential Role of SAPAE in Peri-implantitis in Normal or Diabetic Situations
    References
    5: Targeting MAPK/MKP Signaling as a Therapeutic Axis in Periodontal Disease
    5.1 Overview of Osteoimmunology During Periodontal Disease Progression
    5.2 General Aspects of the MAPK/MKP Signaling Axis
    5.3 MAPK/MKP Signaling in Osteoclastogenesis
    5.4 Therapeutic Targeting of p38/MK2 Signaling in Periodontal Disease
    5.5 Therapeutic Targeting of MKP-1 Signaling in Periodontal Disease
    5.6 Conclusion
    References
    6: The IL-17/Th17 Axis as a Therapeutic Target in Periodontitis 6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Interleukin-17: A Cytokine with Critical Functions in Mucosal Immunity and Inflammation
    6.3 Th17 Cell Differentiation
    6.4 The Th17/IL-17 Axis in Periodontitis
    6.5 How Do IL-17A and Th17 Cells Mediate Periodontitis Immunopathology?
    6.6 Therapeutic Targeting of the Th17/IL-17 Axis
    6.7 Therapeutic Targeting of the Th17 Axis in Rare-Monogenic Forms of Periodontitis
    6.8 Conclusion
    References
    7: Epigenetic and Gene Modification Precision Medicine Approaches for the "Chronic Destructive Perio-Diseases": Periodontitis and Peri-implantitis
    7.1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Elaine M. Boyle, Jonathan Cusack, editors.
    Summary: This textbook addresses the themes that are at the forefront of neonatal clinical care and research, based on natural divisions in care during pregnancy, and postnatally by gestational age at birth. The book offers a unique approach, in that it proposes discussion of important general principles underpinning neonatal care that are not addressed in most general neonatology textbooks, such as ethical issues, counselling, effective training methods, quality and safety, among other subjects. These are fundamental aspects and challenges that need to be appreciated by senior clinicians. A chapter authored by parents describing their perspectives of neonatal intensive care is unique and will be highly educational, with the potential to influence the way in which individuals view and deliver neonatal care. The authors discuss common and important conditions, to promote adoption of sound evidenced based practice where this is available. However, where evidence is limited, as is the case in many areas of neonatal practice, the authors aim to encourage critical thinking and evidence appraisal, which are necessary skills for busy clinicians wishing to filter evidence to guide delivery of care. This text is suitable for senior trainees wishing to pursue a career in neonatal medicine, early career neonatologists and paediatricians with an interest in neonatology. It is also of interest to established neonatologists wishing to update their neonatal knowledge. The content is based on the RCPCH Level 3 curriculum, and addresses important topical and/or controversial aspects of neonatal care.

    Contents:
    Part 1 The Fetus
    Pregnancy-related complications and preterm delivery
    Maternal chronic conditions and the fetus
    Fetal anomalies: the role of fetal medicine
    Part 2 The Term Infant: evidence-based approach to management
    Depression at birth
    The floppy baby
    Congenital heart disease
    Persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn
    Neonatal surgical conditions
    The difficult airway
    Sudden unexpected postnatal collapse
    Sepsis
    Part 3. The very preterm infant: controversies in postnatal management
    Mechanical ventilation
    Non-invasive respiratory support
    Oxygen management
    Patent Ductus Arteriosus
    Postnatal steroids
    Feeding and nutrition
    Part 4. Long term effects following extreme prematurity
    Neurodevelopmental problems
    Respiratory problems
    Behavioural and educational problems
    Part 5. The moderate to late preterm infant
    Epidemiology of moderate-late preterm birth
    Common neonatal conditions- Long term outcomes
    Principles of pre-natal counselling
    Part 6. General principles of neonatal care
    Principles of family-oriented and family-integrated care
    Quality and safety in neonatal care
    Transport of the sick infant
    Neonatal pain
    Withholding and withdrawing of life-sustaining treatment
    Effective training in neonatal care
    Research in the newborn period
    The parents' experience of neonatal intensive care. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Douglas T. Carrell, Catherine Racowsky, Peter N. Schlegel, Alan H. DeCherney, editors.
    Summary: Previously known as Biennial Review of Infertility, the fifth installment in this series brings together the most current research and clinical evidence on male and female infertility, emerging assisted reproductive technologies (ART) and evolving controversies in reproductive medicine. In this latest volume, parts one and two discuss recent developments in male and female infertility respectively, including fertility preservation in the male adolescent cancer patient, the clinical relevance of sperm RNA, the management of subclinical hypothyroidism, and the effects of endocrine-disrupting chemicals. Part three covers the latest in ART, such as evidence-based morphological approaches for embryo selection and culturing human embryos. The final section highlights controversies in reproductive medicine, including the use of preimplantation genetic screening (PGS) and blastocyst transfer, as well as the ethics surrounding a maximum BMI for IVF. Providing an ongoing appraisal of current knowledge, and featuring contributions from leading experts in the field, Emerging Topics in Reproduction, Volume 5 is a worthy addition to the series and an ideal resource on the latest topics for reproductive medicine and REI specialists, OB-GYNS, andrologists, and any clinician working with infertility.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Michele I Morris, Camille Nelson Kotton, Camille Wolfe.
    Summary: This updateable reference work is designed to meet the needs of practitioners engaged in transplant infectious disease practice who need immediate access to current and reputable resources. It provides an overview of emerging infectious disease challenges with clinically relevant information regarding the epidemiology, diagnosis, management, and prevention of infections in solid organ and stem cell transplant recipients. Each chapter focuses on a clinical syndrome or pathogen with new or emerging implications for transplant patients. Sections include coverage on viral, bacterial, parasitic, and fungal infections, special diagnostic considerations, epidemiology, and other vital challenges physicians must face as new infections emerge. Written by international experts in emerging and transplant infections, Emerging Transplant Infections is the ultimate resource for any clinicians treating transplant patients in the era of rapidly evolving infections, including infectious disease specialists, transplant physicians, tropical medicine specialists, hematologists, oncologists, emergency physicians, hospitalists, primary care specialists, and all others.

    Contents:
    Infectious Diseases
    impact of infections on transplant morbidity/mortality, data on ID impact on outcomes, and important role of Infectious Disease providers in the transplant team
    Intro to Solid Organ Transplant
    Intro to Stem Cell Transplantation
    General concepts
    Hospital epi / InfControl issues
    Antibiotic Stewardship for transplant ID
    Prophylaxis in the era of emerging new infectious pathogens
    Pre-transplant evaluation of patients with MDRO infection/colonization
    Pre-transplant screening of patients with epidemiologic & geographic risk factors for infection exposure
    Safe living post-transplant
    Vaccination
    Travel medicine and the Transplant Recipient
    Infection Avoidance & Management of the Returning Traveler with Fever including Transplant Tourism
    Changing definition of Immunosuppression
    Biologics, Monoclonal Antibodies
    what infections will emerge as a result and how do we prevent them?
    Multidrug Resistant Organisms including Extended Spectrum Beta Lactamase Producing Organisms & Carbapenemase Resistant Enterobacteriaceae
    Mycobacterium tuberculosis
    Rapidly Growing Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
    Slow Growing Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
    Nocardia
    Mycoplasma / Ureaplasma
    Pseudomonas including Pseudomonas pseudomallei
    Acinetobacter
    Burkholderia
    Clostridia Difficile
    Cytomegalovirus
    Herpes Simplex
    Varicella Zoster
    Epstein Barr Virus including PTLD
    HHV6, HHV7, HHV8
    BK Virus
    Influenza
    Respiratory Syncytial Virus
    Respiratory viruses including parainfluenza, metapneumovirus, rhinovirus, enterovirus, coronaviruses (MERS CoV & SARS)
    Adenovirus
    HIV
    Hepatitis A & E
    Hepatitis B & D
    Hepatitis C
    West Nile Virus
    Dengue, Chikungunya, & Zika
    Yellow Fever
    Viral Encephalitides including Rabies & Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus
    Candida
    Aspergillus
    Mucorales
    Non-Aspergillus Molds esp. Phaeohyphomycoses
    Cryptococcus including gatti
    Pneumocystis
    Endemic molds
    coccidioidomycosis, histoplasmosis, blastomycosis, paracoccidioidomycosis
    Toxoplasmosis
    Strongyloidiasis
    Chagas disease
    Leishmaniasis
    Malaria
    Entamoeba histolytica
    Intestinal Parasites including Cryptosporidium, Cyclospora, Microsporidia, Blastocystis hominis, Isospora, Giardia
    Acanthamoeba, Naegleria, & Balamuthia
    Ventricular Assist Devices/ECMO/Cardiac Support
    Infection in Vascular Composite Allografts
    Rash
    Eye infections
    Pulmonary
    Diarrhea
    Encephalitis & Delerium
    Cytopenias including Anemia and Neutropenic Fever.
    Digital Access Springer Live 2019-
    Continuously updated edition
  • Digital
    Michele I. Morris, Camille Nelson Kotton, Cameron R. Wolfe, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Sanjay Singh, editor.
    Summary: This book illustrates the significance of nanotechnology in the delivery of anticancer and antimicrobial drugs, biomimetic technologies, tissue engineering, sensing, diagnostics, and artificial enzymes. It first briefly discusses the use of nanotechnology for the delivery of anticancer medications, and the concept and applications of catalytically active nanomaterial-based artificial enzymes for sensing and diagnostic applications. It then explores the use of silver nanoparticle-based novel antimicrobials, and comprehensively reviews the role of nanomaterials in developing biomedical implants and tissue engineering applications. Lastly, it offers a detailed description of nanotherapeutics for combating human protozoan parasitic infections. Cutting across the disciplines, this book serves as a guide for researchers and scientists in biotechnology, medical science and material science.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Strategies to improve oral delivery of natural anticancer molecules
    Chapter 2. Nanoparticles catalyzing enzymatic reactions: recent developments and future prospects
    Chapter 3. Biogenic silver nanoparticles: A potent therapeutic agent
    Chapter 4. Translational studies of nanofibers-based scaffold for skin and bone tissue regeneration
    Chapter 5. Functional Dendritic Coatings for Biomedical Implants
    Chapter 6. Application of nanotherapeutics for combating human protozoan parasitic infections.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Krishna P. Singh, Shamarao Jahagirdar, Birinchi Kumar Sarma, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to the identification, detection, characterization, classification and management of plant pathogens and other beneficial microbes in agriculture. The science of plant pathology is a dynamic field and, given the growing interest in sustainable agricultural practices, plant disease management has also gained importance. Further, there has been a shift from traditional chemical-based methods to eco-friendly integrated disease management strategies with a greater focus on bio-control and other eco-friendly technologies. This book provides a comprehensive and timely account of latest concepts and advances in the field of plant pathology, including detection and diagnosis, host resistance, disease forecasting and plant biotechnological approaches. Accordingly, it will be of great interest to academics and all stakeholders working in the fields of plant pathology, microbiology, biotechnology, plant breeding, and other life sciences.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Emerging plant diseases: Research status and challenges
    Chapter 2. Emerging plant diseases under changing climate scenario
    Chapter 3. Emerging important nematode problems in field crops and their management
    Chapter 4. Modern tools for detection and diagnosis of plant pathogens
    Chapter 5. Plant virus diagnostics: Traditional to recent and emerging approaches
    Chapter 6. Epidemiology and management of Potato Virus Y
    Chapter 7. Major fungal french bean diseases: Epidemiology and management
    Chapter 8. White fly transmitted plant viruses and their management
    Chapter 9. Recent advances in management of bacterial diseases of crops
    Chapter 10. Resistance breeding and exploitation of wild relatives for new resistance sources
    Chapter 11. New generation fungicides for sustainable production and disease suppression
    Chapter 12. Toxicity of organophosphate pesticide on soil microorganism; Risk assessments strategies
    Chapter 13. "CuChi-Tri", a new generation combination for knowledge- based management of oomycetes pathogen, Phytophthora infestans
    Chapter 14. Seaweed and Associated Products: Natural biostimulant for improvement of plant health
    Chapter 15. Secondary metabolites from microbes for plant disease management
    Chapter 16. Beneficial root microbiota: Transmogrifiers of secondary metabolism in plants
    Chapter 17. Microbial consortia for plant disease management and sustainable productivity
    Chapter 18. Microbial biofilm: Formation, quorum sensing and its applications in plant disease management
    Chapter 19. Role of endophytes in plant disease management
    Chapter 20. Bioprospecting of diseases of horticultural crops in India
    Chapter 21. Transgenerational plant immunity in plant disease management
    Chapter 22. Concept of effectors and receptors in improving plant immunity
    Chapter 23. Transgenic technology for the disease resistance in crop plants
    Chapter 24. RNAi technology in management of crop diseases
    Chapter 25. Genome editing for plant disease resistance
    Chapter 26. Green nanotechnology and its applications in plant disease management
    Chapter 27. Plant disease management in organic farming system: strategies and challenges
    Chapter 28. Organic agriculture for plant disease management
    Chapter 29. Pest risk analysis and plant quarantine regulations
    Chapter 30. Remote sensing technology and its applications in plant pathology
    Chapter 31. Decision making tools for integrated disease management
    Chapter 32. Bioinformatics in plant pathology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    I.W. Fong.
    Summary: "The book begins with a review of zoonotic pandemics of the past: the "Black Death" or bubonic plague of the Middle Ages, the Spanish Influenza pandemic (derived from avian influenza) of the early 20th century, to the more modern pandemic of AIDS/HIV infection, which originated in Africa from primates. However, the majority of chapters focus on more recent zoonoses, which have been recognized since the late 20th century to the present: SARS and MERS coronaviruses; New avian influenza viruses; The tick-borne Henan fever virus from China; The tick-borne Heartland virus from the United States. Recently recognized bacterial pathogens, such as Streptococcus suis from pigs. In addition, reemergence of established zoonoses that have expanded their niche are reviewed, such as the spread of Zika virus and Chikungunya virus to the Western Hemisphere, and the emergence and spread of Ebola virus infection in Africa. A chapter is also devoted to an overview of the mechanisms and various types of animals involved in the transmission of diseases to humans, and the potential means of control and prevention. Many endemic and sporadic diseases are still transmitted by animals, through either direct or indirect contact, and zoonoses are estimated to account for about 75% of all new and emerging infectious diseases. It is predicted by public health experts that the next major pandemic of infectious disease will be of animal origin, making Emerging Zoonoses: A Worldwide Perspective a crucial resource to all health care specialists by providing them with much needed information on these zoonotic diseases"--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Pandemic zoonoses from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century
    Animals and mechanisms of disease transmission
    Swine and avian influenza outbreaks in recent times
    Emerging animal coronaviruses: first SARS and now MERS
    Emergence of new tickborne infections
    Chikungunya virus and Zika virus expansion: an imitation of dengue virus
    Ebola and Marburg: out of Africa
    Hepatitis E: a zoonosis
    Zoonotic malaria: Plasmodium knowlesi
    Zoonotic streptococci: a focus on Streptococcus suis
    New and emerging parasitic zoonoses.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.
    Summary: "The Seventh Edition of this classic reference includes the latest information on seminal topics such as prenatal diagnosis, genome and exome sequencing, public health genetics, genetic counseling, and management and treatment strategies to complete its coverage of this growing field for medical students, residents, physicians, and researchers involved in the care of patients with genetic conditions. This comprehensive yet practical resource emphasizes theory and research fundamentals related to applications of medical genetics across the full spectrum of inherited disorders and applications to medicine more broadly. Clinical Principles and Applications thoroughly addresses general methods and approaches to genetic counseling, genetic diagnostics, treatment pathways, and drug discovery. Additionally, new and updated chapters explore the clinical implementation of genomic technologies, analytics, and therapeutics, with special attention paid to developing technologies, common challenges, patient care, and ethical and legal aspects. With regular advances in genomic technologies propelling precision medicine into the clinic, the seventh edition of Emery and Rimoin's Principles and Practice of Medical Genetics and Genomics bridges the gap between high-level molecular genetics and practical application"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    A clinical approach to the dysmorphic child
    Clinical teratology
    Neurodevelopmental disabilities: global developmental delay, intellectual disability, and autism
    Abnormal body size and proportion
    Cytogenetic analysis
    Diagnostic molecular genetics
    Therapies for lysosomal storage diseases
    Transplantation genetics
    Genetic evaluation for common, chronic disorders of adulthood 265
    Carrier screening and heterozygote testing
    Circadian rhythms and disease
    The genomic health record: current status and vision for the future
    Ethical and social issues in clinical genetics
    Genetics and genomics in public health
    Implementation of genomic medicine: an international perspective.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.
    Summary: "For decades, Emery and Rimoin's Principles and Practice of Medical Genetics and Genomics has served as the ultimate resource for clinicians integrating genetics into medical practice. With detailed coverage in contributions from over 250 of the world's most trusted authorities in medical genetics and a series of 11 volumes available for individual sale, the Seventh Edition of this classic reference includes the latest information on seminal topics such as prenatal diagnosis, genome and exome sequencing, public health genetics, genetic counseling, and management and treatment strategies to complete its coverage of this growing field for medical students, residents, physicians, and researchers involved in the care of patients with genetic conditions. This comprehensive yet practical resource emphasizes theory and research fundamentals related to applications of medical genetics across the full spectrum of inherited disorders and applications to medicine more broadly. This volume, Foundations, summarizes basic theories, concepts, research areas, and the history of medical genetics, providing a contextual framework for integrating genetics into medical practice. In this new edition, clinically oriented information is supported by full-color images and expanded sections on the foundations of genetic analytics, next generation sequencing, and therapeutics. With regular advances in genomic technologies propelling precision medicine into the clinic, Emery and Rimoin's Principles and Practice of Medical Genetics and Genomics: Seventh Edition bridges the gap between high-level molecular genetics and practical application and serves as an invaluable clinical tool for the health professionals and researchers"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    History of medical genetics
    Medicine in a genetic context
    Precision medicine
    Nature and frequency of genetic disease
    Genome and gene structure
    Genome structure
    Epigenetics
    Human gene mutation in inherited disease: molecular mechanisms and clinical consequences
    Genes in families
    Analysis of genetic linkage
    Chromosomal basis of inheritance
    Mitochondrial medicine: the mitochondrial biology and genetics of metabolic and degenerative diseases, cancer, and aging
    Mitochondrial biology - split of above chapter
    Mitochondrial disorders - split of above chapter
    Multifactorial inheritance and complex diseases
    Immunologic disorders: autoimmunity: genetics and immunologic mechanisms
    Population genetics
    Pathogenetics of disease
    Twins and twinning
    The biological basis of aging: implications for medical genetics
    Pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.
    Summary: "In Metabolic Disorders, leading physicians and researchers thoroughly examine medical genetics as applied to a range of metabolic disorders, with emphasis on understanding the genetic mechanisms underlying these disorders, diagnostic approaches, and therapeutics that make use of current genomic technologies and translational studies. Here genetic researchers, students, and health professionals will find new and fully revised chapters on the genetic basis of body mass, amino acid, carbohydrate, iron, copper, lipo protein, and lipid metabolic disorders, as well as organic acidemias, fatty acid oxidation, and peroxisome disorders among others"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Disorders of the body mass
    Genetic lipodystrophies
    Amino acid metabolism
    Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism
    Disorders affecting glycosylation
    Purine and pyrimidine metabolism
    Lipoprotein and lipid metabolism
    Organic acidemias and disorders of fatty acid oxidation
    Vitamin d metabolism or action
    Inherited porphyrias
    Inherited disorders of human copper metabolism
    Iron metabolism and related disorders
    Mucopolysaccharidoses
    Lysosomal storage disorders
    Peroxisomal disorders
    Genetics of mitochondrial respiratory chain disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.
    Contents:
    Introduction to perinatal disorders and reproductive genetics
    Prenatal screening for neural tube defects and aneuploidy
    Techniques for prenatal diagnosis
    Neonatal screening
    Hypogonadotropic and hypergonadotropic hypogonadism in females: disorders of reproductive ducts
    Genetics of male infertility
    The genetics of disorders affecting the premature newborn
    Fetal loss
    Preeclampsia
    Noninvasive prenatal testing and noninvasive prenatal screening
    Preimplantation genetic testing
    Expanded carrier screening.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Peter D. Turnpenny, Sian Ellard, Ruth Cleaver.
    Contents:
    The history and impact of genetics in medicine
    Section A: The scientific basis of human genetics
    The cellular and molecular basis of inheritance
    Chromosomes and cell division
    Finding the cause of monogenic disorders by identifying disease genes
    Laboratory techniques for diagnosis of monogenic disorders
    Patterns of inheritance
    Population and mathematical genetics
    Risk calculation
    Developmental genetics
    Section B: Genetics in medicine and genomic medicine
    Common disease, polygenic and multifactorial genetics
    Screening for genetic disease
    Hemoglobin and the hemoglobinopathies
    Immunogenetics
    The genetics of cancer and cancer genetics
    Pharmacogenetics, precision medicine and the treatment of genetic disease
    Section C: Clinical genetics, counseling, and ethics
    Congenital, abnormalities, dysmorphic syndromes, and learning disability
    Chromosome disorders
    Inborn errors of metabolism
    Mainstream monogenetic disorders
    Prenatal testing and reproductive genetics
    Genetic counseling
    Ethical and legal issues in medical genetics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] John M. Rhee.
    Summary: "Part of the popular Tips and Tricks series, Emory Spine: Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Spine Surgery provides succinct and practical advice acquired from years of expert practice in spine surgery. Led by John M. Rhee, MD from the Emory University Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Emory University Spine Fellowship, this visually stunning reference focuses exclusively on detailed descriptions of technical tips and tricks for all aspects of spine surgery. This unique approach will be highly useful to everyone from orthopaedic and neurosurgery spine fellows and residents, to practicing spinal surgeons - anyone who would benefit from exposure to the wisdom that experienced attending surgeons pass on to those who are training or working in this complex field. Presents practical knowledge and insight gleaned from years of experience at Emory University's renowned spine surgery fellowship program. Takes a unique issue/solution approach, offering up-to-date guidance that can be applied in contemporary surgical practice. Features concise, bulleted text and hundreds of high-quality illustrations detailing the gamut of spine operations, step by step. Covers the entire spectrum of surgeries involving the cervical spine, thoracic spine, and lumbar spine (anterior, posterior, and deformity); as well as cervical and thoracolumbar trauma. Discusses management of complications such as vertebral artery injury, neuromonitoring alerts, and airway management after ACDF/ cricothyroidotomy. Enhance Your eBook Reading Experience. Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech."--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital/Print
    [edited by] Rachel Schwartz, Judith A. Hall, Lars G. Osterberg.
    Summary: "This book focuses on emotion processing for clinician wellness and medical education innovations that support emotional wellness in trainees"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Emotions in 21st Century Humanistic Medicine / Rachel Schwartz, PhD, Judith A. Hall, PhD, Lars G. Osterberg, MD, MPH
    The Functions of Emotion : Evolutionary and Social Perspectives / Michelle N. Shiota, PhD, Erika B. Pages, MA, Paula H. Bednarek, MD, MPH
    Emotion and Illness / Anne-Josée Guimond, PhD, Laura D. Kubzansky, PhD, Lewina O. Lee, PhD
    Emotion Dialogue in the Medical Encounter : When and How Often Does It Happen? / Mollie A. Ruben, PhD, Morgan D. Stosic, BS, Debra L. Roter, DrPH
    Perception of Emotion in the Medical Visit / Morgan D. Stosic, BS, Mollie A. Ruben, PhD, Danielle Blanch-Hartigan, PhD, MPH
    Emotion Cues as Clinical Opportunities / Lidia Del Piccolo, PhD, Arnstein Finset, CandPsychol, PhD
    Emotion Regulation in Patients, Providers, and the Clinical Relationship / Brett Marroquín, PhD, Vera Vine, PhD
    Managing Emotion in Medical Encounters with Children / Benjamin A. Krauss, BS, ScM, Piet L. Leroy MD, PhD, MSc, Baruch S. Krauss MD, EdM, FAAP
    Interacting Effectively with Individuals with Reduced Facial Expressivity / Amanda R. Hemmesch, PhD, Sarah D. Gunnery, PhD, Linda Tickle-Degnen, PhD, OTR/L, FAOTA
    A Trauma-informed Approach to Emotion Communication in the Clinical Encounter / Ben Kaplan, MPH, Greeshma Somashekar, MBA, Missy Brown, MPH, Bria Adimora Godley, BS, Asif Khan, BA Enioluwafe Ojo, MPH, Amy Weil, MD
    Emotion and Gender / Valerie Carrard, PhD, Anely Bekbergenova, MSc, Marianne Schmid Mast, PhD
    Culture and Emotions in the Medical Encounter / Karolien Aelbrecht, PhD, Mary Catherine Beach, MD, MPH
    Emotion and Decision Making in the Clinical Encounter / Amber E. Barnato, MD, MPH, MS
    Teaching About Emotions in Healthcare / Caitlin Holt Siropaides, DO, Martha Howell, EdD, Calvin Chou, MD, PhD, FACH
    Changing Medical Education to Support Emotional Wellness / Stuart Slavin, MD, MEd
    Striving and Thriving : Challenges and Opportunities for Clinician Emotional Wellness / Julie W. Childers, MD, Robert M. Arnold, MD, Elise C. Carey, MD
    Afterword : Future Directions / Lars G. Osterberg, MD, MPH, Judith A. Hall, PhD, Rachel Schwartz, PhD.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessHemOnc
    AccessAPN
    AccessMedicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R727.3 .E476 2021
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Cecilia A. Essau, Sara Leblanc, Thomas H. Ollendick.
    Summary: Emotions are a cardinal component of everyday life, affecting one's ability to function in an adaptive manner and influencing both intrapersonal and interpersonal processes. This book brings together leading experts in the field to provide a guide to dealing with emotional problems in children and adolescents.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Emotion regulation : general issues
    Emotion regulation : an introduction
    The relation of self-regulation to children's externalizing and internalizing problems
    Biological and physiological aspects of emotion regulation
    Cultural and social aspects of emotion regulation
    Research domain criteria (RDoC) and emotion regulation
    Part II. Emotion regulation and child and adolescent psychopathology
    Emotion regulation and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
    Emotion regulation and conduct disorder : the role of callous-unemotional traits
    Emotion regulation and anxiety : developmental psychopathology and treatment
    Emotion regulation and depression : maintaining equilibrium between positive and negative affect
    Emotion regulation and eating disorders
    Emotion regulation and substance use disorders in adolescents
    Emotion regulation in autism spectrum disorder
    Emotion dysregulation in adolescents with borderline personality disorder
    Emotion regulation in severe irritability and disruptive mood dysregulation disorder
    Part III. Emotion regulation in specific behavior/population
    Children of abuse and neglect
    Children and divorce
    Children's and adolescents' emotion regulation in the context of parental incarceration
    Children exposed to traumatic stress
    Adolescents who engage in nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI)
    Part IV. Epilogue
    Transdiagnostic approaches to emotion regulation : basic mechanisms and treatment research.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Giovanni Corona, Emmanuele A. Jannini, Mario Maggi, editors.
    Summary: This book describes different kinds of psychological, physical and sexual maltreatment and explains their possible consequences, especially as regards quality of life, psychopathology and sexual life. The focus is specifically on the victims of abuse, who are among the more frail and vulnerable members ofsociety. The book examines the impacts of maltreatment of both children and social minorities, such as homosexuals and gender dysphoric individuals or those affected by disabilities and describes skills that are of value in supporting victims of maltreatment and preventing discrimination. The work will be useful to sexual medicine specialists, medical doctors, psychologists and psychiatrists, as well as graduate students in these disciplines. By fostering a better understanding of discrimination triggers and effects, it will help clinicians to provide improved support through the tailoring of therapies to the needs of maltreated individuals.

    Contents:
    Pedophilia
    Treatment of paraphilic sex offenders
    Homophobia
    Transphobia
    Childhood sexual abuse and sexual functioning
    Childhood sexual abuse and psychopathology
    Atypical sexual offenders.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Melissa L. Holland, Jessica Malmberg, Gretchen Gimpel Peacock.
    Summary: "This book is intended to provide child-focused mental health providers with information on how to address common emotional and behavioral problems exhibited by preschool- and kindergarten-age children. Our main focus is to provide practical and effective interventions that can easily be implemented by clinicians working in educational settings, as well as by clinical psychologists and other mental health providers working with children in nonschool settings. In addition, we emphasize working with parents of young children who are exhibiting behaviors of concern"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to behavioral, social, and emotional problems of young children
    Assessment of mental health issues
    Treatment of externalizing/conduct problems
    Treatment of internalizing problems
    Managing and preventing everyday problems
    Academic and behavioral interventions and supports in the classroom
    Referral issues and conclusion.
  • Digital
    Marco Maria Maiocchi, Zhabiz Shafieyoun.
    Summary: For all of the tremendous advances in medicine and treatment the world has seen in the modern era, the human bodys ability to heal itself remains a (literally) vital and often overlooked facet of healthcare. Through the use of emotional design, aimed at transforming healthcare environments, such as waiting rooms, in such a way as to boost the emotional wellbeing of patients, and thus their general attitudes, including in regard to their own healing processes, medical institutions can improve outcomes for the people they treat while simultaneously lowering overall costs. Design, as an inherently transdisciplinary, problem-solving activity, is well-suited to this task. And when combined with a field of study such as neuroscience, which can literally map out the perceptions that lead to the experience of particular emotions, healthcare environments can be transformed into spaces (through such innovations as Kansei engineering) that then subsequently transform the people who rely on them the most, leading to more efficiency and less red ink.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Causes and Effects in Medicine
    The Relevance of the Boundary Conditions
    References
    Contents
    1 Emotional Design
    1.1 An Evolutionary View of Design
    1.2 Emotional System
    1.3 Perceptual Stimuli
    1.4 Perceptual Signals
    1.5 Metaphors
    1.6 Some Examples in Health Care Environments
    1.6.1 Disguising a Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Machine at Children Cancer Centre Pausilipon in Naples
    1.6.2 A Reception Desk in a Health Care Environment
    1.6.3 A Breast Radiology Department at Istituto Nazionale dei Tumori (INT) in Milan
    References 2 The Goals of Emotional Design for Improving Health Care Environments
    2.1 History
    2.2 Perception-Emotion-Behaviour-Environment
    2.3 Information as a Stimulus
    2.4 Patient Journey
    2.4.1 The Arrival
    2.4.2 Check-in and Waiting Rooms
    2.4.3 The Visit
    2.4.4 Patient's Results
    2.4.5 Follow-up Visits
    2.4.6 Re-admittance
    2.5 Emotion
    2.5.1 Emotional Design
    2.5.2 Emotional Architecture
    References
    3 A Model of a Health Care Organization and Environment, System Design and Interior Design
    3.1 Towards a Model of a Health Care Environment
    3.2 Action Areas 3.3 A Journey Through a Medical Experience
    3.4 A Map of Emotional Design Actions
    References
    4 Measuring Emotions: Kansei Engineering (KE) and Flow KE
    4.1 Visceral, Behavioural and Reflective Emotion
    4.2 Measuring Emotions
    4.3 Kansei and Kansei Engineering
    4.3.1 Design Waiting Area Using Kansei Engineering Type I
    4.3.2 Flow Kansei Engineering
    4.3.3 Flow Test
    4.3.4 Painting as a Useful Distraction in Waiting Area
    4.4 Measuring the Emotion of Patients During Their Journey in the Hospital
    References
    5 Experiences
    5.1 Some Forewords 5.2 Registration at Istituto Nazionale dei Tumori
    5.3 The Department of Breast Radiology at the Istituto dei Tumori of Milan
    5.4 Waiting Rooms and the Istituto Nazionale dei Tumori Experience
    5.5 The Life in a Health Care Centre
    5.5.1 The Environment
    5.5.2 Activities
    5.5.3 My Backpack-A Companion for Children
    5.5.4 Gardens of Wellness
    5.6 Final Remarks
    References
    6 Beyond Design
    6.1 A Preliminary Note
    6.2 Experiences with Music
    6.2.1 The Study
    6.3 Experiences with Movies
    References 7 Driving a Health Care Environment Evolution Through Emotional Design: A General Model
    7.1 Goals and Boundaries
    7.1.1 Note
    7.2 Measures
    7.3 Which Measures?
    7.4 How to Measure
    7.4.1 The Seven Tools of Ishikawa
    7.5 Continuous Improvements
    References
    8 A Future Scenario
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Guido Gainotti.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: Introduction
    References
    2: What Are Emotions
    2.1 Attempts to Define the Word 'Emotions' by Stressing Their Adaptive Value
    2.2 Similarities and Differences Between the Emotional and the Cognitive System
    2.3 The Hierarchical Structure of Human Emotions
    References
    3: Brain Structures Playing a Critical Role in Different Components and Hierarchical Levels of Emotions
    3.1 Brain Structures That Underlie the Main Components of Emotions
    3.1.1 Brain Structures That Subsume the Evaluation of Emotional Significance 3.1.2 The Contribution of the Anterior Insula to the Conscious Experience of Emotion
    3.1.3 Brain Structures That Contribute to the Generation of Emotional Responses
    3.1.3.1 Brain Structures Involved in the Vegetative Components of the Emotional Response
    3.1.3.2 Brain Structures Involved Generating the Expressive-Motor Components of the Emotional Response
    3.2 Brain Structures Involved in the Highest Levels of Emotions and in the Control of Socially Unacceptable Emotional Responses 3.3 More Complex Neurobiological Models of the Interactions Between Different Brain Structures Involved in Emotional Functions
    References
    4: The History of Research on Emotional Laterality
    4.1 The Pioneers
    4.2 First Interpretations of the Different Emotional Behaviour Shown by Right and Left Brain-Damaged Patients
    4.3 Experimental and Clinical Investigations That Have Studied the Nonverbal Communicative Aspects of Emotions
    4.3.1 Investigations That Have Studied Comprehension and Expression of Emotions in Normal Subjects 4.3.2 Investigations That Studied the Communicative Aspects of Emotions in Right and Left Brain-Damaged Patients
    4.3.3 Models of Emotional Laterality Prompted by Studies of the Nonverbal Communicative Aspects of Emotions
    4.3.3.1 The Hypothesis of a Right Hemisphere Dominance for Nonverbal Communication
    4.3.3.2 The Hypothesis That Hemispheric Asymmetries May Concern Two Hierarchical Levels, Rather than Two Opposite Dimensions of Emotions 4.3.3.3 The Hypothesis Which Assumes That Frontal Lobe Asymmetries Are More Related to the Motivational System Engaged by the Stimulus than to Its Emotional Valence
    4.4 Experimental and Clinical Investigations That Studied Laterality of the Autonomic Components of Emotions
    4.4.1 Psychophysiological Correlates of Emotional Activation in Unilateral Brain-Damaged Patients
    4.4.2 Hemispheric Asymmetries for Autonomic Heart Control
    4.4.3 Psychophysiological Correlates of the Selective Emotional Stimulation of the Right and Left Hemispheres in Normal Subjects
    4.5 Experimental and Clinical Investigations That Studied the Conscious Experience of Emotions
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Daniel E. Epner.
    Summary: "Empathy: Real Stories to Inspire and Enlighten Busy Clinicians helps you approach tough conversations with patients in a new, more effective way--by imagining what patients and their families may be thinking and feeling, and then communicating that recognition clearly and confidently. The authors use stories to illustrate what empathy looks and sounds like on an operational level rather than a theoretical, scientific, or conceptual level and provide the actionable advice you need to make empathy the central focus when faced with challenging scenarios, such as "denial," questions about prognosis, existential concerns, difficult family dynamics, anger, and nonmedical opiate use. The viewpoints presented are drawn from a diverse group of clinicians from a variety of medical disciplines, including oncology, palliative medicine, pediatrics, psychology, chaplaincy, and ophthalmology. Each chapter is anchored by a true but anonymized story that clearly illustrates how empathy can unfold in the clinical setting. Vignettes throughout provide sample dialogue and examples of actual words and phrases that help clinicians connect with patients under the most trying circumstances"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Logic only takes you so far: the power of emotional connection
    Code blue
    Safe and empathic approach to opioid use through the lens of a palliative care physician
    A son's duty
    My soul is bleeding
    Sticking by my patients, no matter what
    Tell me stories
    Paying it forward
    The last vestige of control
    Only 4 of 6 cycles
    Going the extra mile
    Just do what you do
    Art imitates life
    Data synthesis in the pursuit of personhood
    The backstory is really the front story
    The angel on my shoulder
    A brief clinician's guide to empathic expression.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessHemOnc
  • Digital
    Massimo Biondi, Massimo Pasquini, Lorenzo Tarsitani, editors.
    Summary: This book describes theory and techniques of empathic communication, normalization and de-escalation procedures for the management of aggressive or violent patients in clinical critical settings. Consisting of 9 chapters, it discusses in detail the self-regulation of empathy in potential dangerous interactions, as well as common mistakes and nonprofessional reactions. It also explores the basic concept of neurobiology of violence and aggression behaviour, such as brain circuitry and neuromodulators, and other rapid tranquillization guidelines. The final chapter focuses on the crucial topics of post-aggression debriefing. Based on the clinical experience of the editors and authors, who work in emergency psychiatry settings, the book offers practical key expressions to promote a normalization talk, to calm agitated individuals, and to prevent crises both for psychiatric patients and people without mental disorders. It is a useful tool to help readers gain confidence as mediators in critical circumstances and will be of interest for a wide range of practitioners in healthcare settings, from psychiatrists and psychologists, to nurses and other healthcare workers.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Meaning of the END Methods
    Psychomotor Agitation and Aggression
    Neurobiology of Aggression and Violence
    Empathy regulation in crisis scenario
    Normalization
    De-escalation techniques in various settings
    Rapid Tranquillisation
    Communication in psychiatric coercive treatment and patients' decisional capacity to consent
    Immediate post-aggression debrief.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Pat Hobson.
    Summary: This new updated edition challenges the perceptions, beliefs and attitudes of professionals working in dementia care settings by drawing on the theory of person-centred care. It demonstrates the importance of this theory for interacting with and caring for people with dementia. It also provides an overview of the theory in relation to two other well-known theories on dementia, and stresses the need to consider the world from the perspective of people with dementia. Moreover, the book examines the importance of dementia care environments, positive interactions, meaningful activities and the concept of personhood, which are all essential to improving the health and wellbeing of people living with dementia. In closing, it underscores the need to remember that the focus of care should be on maximizing the persons abilities, enabling them, and promoting person-centred care. Given its content and style, the book offers a resource that can be read and understood by health and social care professionals alike, as well as anyone else caring for someone with dementia, including family members and carers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Background to Person-Centered Care theory
    Chapter 2. Malignant Social Psychology (MSP) – Behaviours that threaten dignity and respect
    Chapter 3. Positive Person Work (PPW) – Behaviours that promote dignity
    Chapter 4. Person-Centered models in dementia
    Chapter 5. Experiences of the person with dementia and how it affects them
    Chapter 6. Different stages and types of dementia
    Chapter 7. Implementing Person-Centered communication
    Chapter 8. Managing behaviours that challenge
    Chapter 9. Designing environments that enable
    Chapter 10. Maintaining Meaningful Activities
    Chapter 11. Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    edited by Tanu Wadhera and Deepti Kakkar.
    Summary: This cutting-edge volume explores how technological tools can be designed, engineered and implemented to assess and support individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders from diagnosis through to rehabilitation. Tanu Wadhera and Deepti Kakkar and their expert contributors focus on technological tools as equalizers in Neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs) at every stage, the importance of demand-specific design, and how we can best engineer and deploy both invasive and non-invasive individual-centered approaches that support and connect individuals. Considering the perspectives of patients, clinicians and technologists, it explores key topics including design and evaluation of platforms for tech-tools, automated diagnosis, brain imaging techniques, tech-diagnostic frameworks with AI and machine learning, sensing technology, smart brain prosthetics, gamification, alternative communication devices, and education tools and interactive toys. Outlining future challenges for research, Enabling Technology for Neurodevelopmental Disorders is useful for scholars and professionals in psychology, technology, engineering and medicine concerned with design, development and evaluation of a range of assistive technological tools.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1: Assistive Technology and Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Indian Perspective / Srinivasan Venkatesan
    Chapter 2: The Use of Educational Technology to Improve Learning for Persons with Neuro-developmental Disorders / Jesse M. Redlo, Harpreet Kaur Dhir
    Chapter 3: Technological Advances for the Diagnosis and Rehabilitation of Dyslexia / Rizwana Azeez
    Chapter 4: Impact of Technology on Lives of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder / Anurag Sharma and Hitesh Marwaha
    Chapter 5: Telehealth for Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorder: Indian Need Versus Challenges / Iyer Kamlam Gopalkrishnan and Srinivasan Venkatesan
    Chapter 6: Advances in Innovative Technologies for Neuro-developmental Disorders: Current and future concerns / Sana Nafees, Md Asad Khan and Moshahid A Rizvi
    Chapter 7: Assistive Technology for Promoting Inclusive Education of Children with Neurodevelopmental Disorders / Dr G. Malar & Prof S. P. Goswami
    Chapter 8 : Technology Driven Interventions for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) / Tanu Gupta, Pratibha Gehlawat
    Chapter 9: Technology Enabled Precision Medicine in Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Artificial Intelligence and Multidimensional Datasets / Pratibha Gehlawat and Tanu Gupta
    Chapter 10: Computational Psychiatry to Bridge the Gap between Data- Driven and Theory Driven Approaches: A Review / Sapumal Ahangama, Indika Perera
    Chapter 11: Alzheimer's Disease Diagnosis using Functional and Structural Neuroimaging Modalities / De Silva, Dayarathna, Meedeniya
    Chapter 12: AviR- Autism Rehabilitation with webVR using Text Classification / Anshu Khurana, Om Prakash Verma
    Chapter 13: Future Visions for Deep-Learning-based Approaches for NDDs: Learning from Supervised Brain Tumor Segmentation / Radhika Malhotra, Barjinder Singh Saini, Savita Gupta
    Chapter 14: Deep Brain Stimulation & Spectral EEG features for Prognosis of Parkinson's Disease / Anudruti Singha
    Chapter 15: A Hybrid Deep Model with Concatenating Framework of Convolutional Neural Networks for Identification of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) / Sumit Kumar, Shallu Sharma.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022, ©2022
  • Digital
    Paul Bernard Foley.
    Summary: Encephalitis lethargica ('sleeping sickness') was a mysterious disorder that swept the world in the decade following the First World War, before disappearing without its cause having been identified. Around 85% of its victims, predominantly children, adolescents and younger adults, survived the acute disorder, but most developed severe neurological syndromes, particularly severe post-encephalitic parkinsonism and other severe motor abnormalities, that incapacitated them for the remainder of their lives. Despite its brief history, encephalitis lethargica played a major role in a variety medical discussions between the two World Wars, as this epitome of neuropsychiatric disease - attacking both motor and mental functions - appeared just as the separation of neurology and psychiatry had reached a critical point. Encephalitis lethargica sufferers presented an unprecedented combination of neurologic and psychiatric symptoms - including previously puzzling phenomena primarily associated with schizophrenia and hysteria, as well as behavioral changes and attention deficit disorders in children - that not only underscored the unity of mind and movement in the CNS, but also illuminated the critical role played by subcortical structures in consciousness and other higher mental functions that had formerly been associated with the soul and more recently presumed to be localized to the human cerebral cortex. Encephalitis lethargica exerted a greater influence on clinical and theoretic neuroscientific thought between the two World Wars than any other single disorder, and had an enduring impact upon neurology and psychiatry. This book will be of interest to an educated audience active or interested in clinical (neurology, psychiatry, psychology) or laboratory neuroscience, particularly those interested in neuropsychiatry, as well as to those interested in the history of the biomedical sciences.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    1915-1918: The Origins Of Encephalitis Lethargica
    19191924: The International Epidemic
    The Nature Of Acute Encephalitis Lethargica
    When Night Comes Falling: Chronic Encephalitis Lethargica
    The Psychiatry Of Encephalitis Lethargica
    The Neuropathology Of Encephalitis Lethargica
    What Caused Encephalitis Lethargica?
    After The Flood
    The Fading Trail Of The Sleepy Wraith
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    technical editor, Luigi Parmeggiani.
    Contents:
    v. 1. A-K
    v. 2. L-Z.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC963 .E56 1983
    2
  • Digital
    Thomas J. Hope, Douglas D. Richman, Mario Stevenson, editors-in-chief.
    Summary: For the first time, the world’s experts in HIV-AIDS have come together to publish the Encyclopedia of AIDS. The work features over 4,000 A-Z entries including medical, cultural, social, and pharmacological essays. The Pathology entries cover the various types of HIV-related illnesses, including those that are and are not AIDS-defining. Many of the conditions that are AIDS-defining illnesses have their own entries or are cross-referenced to a generic entry in which several related conditions are discussed (such as enteric diseases and fungal infections). Typically, the treatment of any given form of pathology is briefly discussed in the entry that covers that illness. The reference is a must-read for Infectious Disease specialists, Immunologists, Public Health researchers, Virologists, Microbiologists, Pharmacologists, and Physicians.

    Contents:
    Abstinence, Be Faithful, Condoms (ABC), Prevention of HIV
    Acetylation
    Actin
    AIDS-related
    Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma
    Anal Cancer
    Anatomic Compartments as a Barrier to HIV Cure
    Antiretroviral Drug Penetration into Lymphoid Tissue
    Antiretroviral Drug Penetration into the CNS Compartment
    Antiretroviral Medications, Adult Care and Treatment
    Antiretroviral therapy (ART), Prevention of HIV
    Anti-Retroviral Therapy and Drug Resistance in HIV-2 Infection
    Antiretroviral Therapy for HIV-Infected Infants, Children, and Adolescents in Resource-Rich Settings
    Antiretroviral Therapy: When to Start
    Antiretroviral Treatment in Resource-Limited Settings
    APOBEC3F/G and Vif: Action and Counteractions.- Apoptosis Dysregulation during HIV Disease.-Arp2/3.- Attachment/Binding.- Autophagy and HIV Infection.- Bacterial Respiratory and Invasive Pneumococcal Infections and HIV.- BAF (BANF1).- Behavioral Aspects of HIV Mother-to-Child Transmission.- Behavioral Aspects of HIV Treatment as Prevention
    Behavioral Interventions for Adherence.- Behavioral Science highlights of evidence and research.- Blood and blood product donors and recipients in China, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Budding.- Burkitt and Burkitt-like Lymphoma.- Cardiovascular Complications.- cART and Supportive Care for HIV-Associated Malignancies.- Case Management for Linkage.- Cell Intrinsic Immunity.- Cellular and Soluble Immune Activation Markers in HIV-Infected Subjects.- Cellular Cofactors for HIV-1 Transcription.- Cellular Cofactors of HIV as Drug Targets.- Central Memory CD4 T cells.- Cervical Cancer and HIV.- Chagas Disease and HIV.- Children, Care and Treatment.- Children, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Chronic Immune Activation in HIV.- Circumcision and AIDS.- Clinical Ethics in HIV/AIDS Prevention, Care, and Research.- Cofilin, Trafficking.- Collagen Deposition and Fibrosis in the Lymphatic Tissues of HIV-1 Infected Individuals.- Combination Approaches to HIV Prevention.- Community Viral Load.- Co-morbidity: Opiods.- Comorbidity: Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy.- Conjunctival Carcinoma.- Counteraction of SAMHD1 by Vpx.- Chromosome Region Maintenance 1 (CRM1).- Cryptococcosis and HIV.- Cryptosporidiosis.- Epidemic Kaposi Sarcoma, Pathogenesis and Presentation of .- CXCR4, Coreceptors.- Cyclophilin A and HIV-1 Replication.- Cystoisosporiasis.- Cytomegalovirus Infection and HIV.- DDX3, Cofactors, and RNA Export.- Delayed Sexual Debut.- Dendritic Cell Interactions with HIV-1 Envelope Glycoprotein, Implications for Preventing Transmission.- Differential Diagnosis of HIV-Associated Neurocognitive Disorders.- Diffuse Large B-Cell Lymphoma.- Eastern Europe and Central Asia, specific characteristics of HIV/AIDS epidemic.- Elderly: Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Entry Inhibitors.- Epidemiology of AIDS-Defining Malignancies.- Epidemiology of HIV-2 Infection in West Africa.- Epidemiology of Non-AIDS-Defining Malignancies.- Epstein Barr Virus (EBV).- Faith Based Interventions.- Family Interventions.- Female Condoms.- Female, Male and Transgender Sex Workers, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Fusion.- Gamma delta T cells.- Global NeuroAIDS.- HAND Adjunctive Therapies: Reversing Neuronal Injury.- Harm Reduction for Injection Drug Users.- Health care workers, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Health care workers, Shortage and task shifting of.- Hepatitis B Virus infection and HIV.- Hepatitis C Virus Infection and HIV.- Hepatocellular Carcinoma in HIV-Positive Patients.- History of the AIDS epidemic.- HIV "auxiliary" proteins, essential role of.- HIV & SIV, CD4 T cell responses to.- HIV and Opportunistic Infections, an Overview.- HIV and Sexual Violence.- HIV and SIV, B-Cell Responses to.- HIV and SIV, CD8 T Cell Responses to.- HIV Antigen Processing and Presentation.- HIV Associated Immune Exhaustion.- HIV Cancers in Resource-Limited Regions.- HIV Compartments and Viral Rebound During Treatment Interruption.- HIV Coreceptor Tropism in Different Reservoirs.- HIV Counseling and Testing, Prevention of HIV.- HIV Funding agencies and major programs.- HIV Infection, Immune-based Interventions for.- HIV Life Cycle: Overview.- HIV Neurocognitive Diagnosis, Natural History and Treatment.- HIV Prevention and African Americans.- HIV Prevention and Asians and Pacific Islanders.- HIV Prevention and Hispanics.- HIV Prevention and Labor Migration.- HIV Prevention and Women.- HIV Prevention Efforts Within Substance Use Disorder Treatment Settings.- HIV Prevention for MSM.- HIV Prevention for Serodiscordant Couples.- HIV Prevention for Stimulant Using Men Who have Sex with Men.- HIV Prevention in Persons 50 and Older.- HIV Prevention in the Correctional System.- HIV Prevention in Transgender Persons.- HIV Prevention in Youth.- HIV Reservoirs in Lymph Nodes and Spleen.- HIV Reservoirs in the Central Nervous System.- HIV Reservoirs Within the Lungs.- HIV Testing and Counseling.- HIV Transmission in Female Commercial Sex Workers and Host Protective Factors.- HIV-1 Assembly Cofactors.- HIV-1 Maturation.- HIV-1 Mutational Escape from Host Immunity.- HIV-1 Pathogenesis in the Gut.- HIV-1 Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis.- HIV-1 Prevention Using Live-attenuated Vaccines.- HIV-1 Rev Expression and Functions.- HIV-1 Transmission Blocking Microbicides.- HIV-1 Transmission; Influence of Bodily Secretions.- HIV-1 Virion Structure.- HIV-2 Diagnosis and Viral Load Measurements.- HIV-2 Envelope: Structure, Diversity and Evolution.- HIV-2 Infection in Europe, Epidemiology of .- HIV-2 Infection: The Role of Immune Activation in Pathogenesis.- HIV-2 Neurological Manifestations.- HIV-2 Transmission.- HIV-2: Lessons from the Dakar Cohort.- HIV-Associated Cancers.- Hodgkin Lymphoma in Patients with HIV Infection.- Host Genetics and Genomics.- Housing as HIV Prevention.- Human Papillomavirus (HPV).- Identification and Validation of HIV Cofactors.- Identifying Opportunities to Block HIV-1 Transmission in the Female Genital Tract.- Immune Activation and HIV Transmission.- Immunogenetics of HIV-2 Infection.- Immunological Responses to Antiretroviral Therapy.- Immunology of Latent HIV Infection.- Immunopathogenesis of HIV Co-infections.- Inflammasome and HIV.- Inflammatory Cytokines.- Inhibition of HIV-1 Spread: Cell-Free Versus Cell-Cell.- Initial Antiretroviral Regimens.- Integrase Inhibitors.- Integration.- Integrin Alpha4beta7.- Interactions Between HIV-2 and Host Restriction Factors.- Kaposi's Sarcoma-associated Herpesvirus (KSHV) or Human Herpesvirus 8 (HHV-8).- KIR Locus Variation.- Latin America and the Caribbean, specific characteristics of HIV/AIDS epidemic.- Leishmaniasis and HIV.- Long-Acting Nanoformulated Antiretroviral Therapy.- Long-Term Nonprogressors and Elite Controllers.- Lung Cancer.- M.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Marc D. Gellman.
    Springer Nature eReference.
    Summary: From Neil Schneiderman's Foreword: Because behavioral medicine has been constructed based on the understanding of relationships among behavior, psychosocial processes, and sociocultural contexts, the field is well positioned to take a leadership role in informing future health care policies. The field of behavioral medicine appears to have a bright, important future.... A small sampling of entries from Encyclopedia of Behavioral Medicine: Abuse, child; Active coping; Adherence; Adrenaline; AIDS; Back pain; Behavioral medicine; Benefit-risk estimation; Binge eating; Bogalusa Heart Study; Cachexia; Cancer prevention; Cancer, testicular; Children's Health Study; Chronobiology; Coping strategies; Database development and management; Death, assisted; Developmental disabilities; Diabetes; Disparities; Eating disorders; Ecosocial theory; Effect modification; End-of-life care; Epigenetics; Expressive writing and health; Fall risk behavior; Family practice/medicine; Family, relationships; Fatigue; Foot care; Functional somatic syndromes; Galvanic skin response ; Gender differences ; Gene-environment interaction; Genetic polymorphisms ; Genital herpes ; Hamilton Anxiety Scale; Headaches, types of; Health systems; Hearing loss; Heart failure; Heart rate; Illness behavior; Immune function; Insomnia; Integrative medicine; Ischemic heart disease; Kaposi sarcoma; Kuopio Ischemic Heart Disease Study; Learned helplessness; Lifespan; Lifestyle, sedentary; Lipid abnormalities; Loneliness; Lung function; Magnetic resonance imaging; Maternal stress; Mean (average); Medication compliance; Methodology; Mini Mental State Examination; National Cancer Institute; National Children's Study; Negative affect; Neuroendocrine activation; Nigh shift workers and health; Obesity; Occupational therapy; Organ transplantation; Osteopenia/osteoporosis; Oxytocin; Pain; Pain anxiety; Palliative care; Panic attack; Physical activity interventions; Placebo effect; Post-traumatic stress disorder; Racism; Randomized clinical trial; Regression analysis; Resilience; Risk perception; Risky behavior; Secondary prevention; Selye, Hans; Self-medication; Self-monitoring; Stress test; Successful aging; Tachycardia; Theory of planned behavior; Therapy, physical; Tinnitus; Twin studies; Unipolar depression; Usual care; Validity; Vasoconstriction; Vassopressin; Verbal Rating Scale; Weiss, Stephen M.; Women's health; Women's Health Initiative; Worry; Wound healing; Yoga; Zung Depression Inventory.

    Contents:
    Health psychology
    Health promotion and disease prevention
    Aging and quality of life
    Nutrition and exercise
    Behavioral cardiology
    Behavioral oncology
    Behavioral orthopedics and sports medicine
    Sexual and reproductive health
    Adolescent and women's health
    Chronic disease, pain, and disability
    Psychoneuroimmunology
    Stress and coping
    HIV/AIDS
    Public health
    Epidemiology
    Healthcare policy and administration
    Genetics and genomics as they apply to risk factors and morbidity
    Complementary and alternative medicine
    Eating disorders, including obesity
    Substance abuse and addictive behavior (alcohol, drugs, tobacco)
    Depression, anxiety, other mental health issues
    Behavioral medicine education and training
    Behavioral medicine research methodology, design, implementation, interpretation, and reporting.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Suresh I.S. Rattan ; associate editors, Mario Barbagallo, Éric Le Bourg.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    [editors-in-chief], Peter Armitage, Theodore Colton.
    Summary: The Encyclopedia of Biostatistics, 2nd Edition offers a reference to support the development and use of statistical methods for addressing the problems and critical issues that confront scientists, practitioners and policy makers engaged in the life and medical sciences.
    Digital Access Wiley 2005-
  • Digital
    Editor-in-Chief: Mone Zaidi.
    Summary: "Encyclopedia of Bone Biology covers hot topics from within the rapidly expanding field of bone biology and skeletal research, enabling a complete understanding of both bone physiology and its relation to other organs and pathophysiology. This encyclopedia will serve as a vital resource for those involved in bone research, research in other fields that cross link with bone, such as metabolism and immunology, and physicians who treat bone diseases. Each article provides a comprehensive overview of the selected topic to inform a broad spectrum of readers from advanced undergraduate students to research professionals. Chapters also explore the latest advances and hot topics that have emerged in recent years, including the Hematopoietic Niche and Nuclear Receptors. In the electronic edition, each chapter will include hyperlinked references and further readings as well as cross-references to related articles."--publisher's web page, viewed July 2, 2020.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief: Ramachandran Vasan and Douglas Sawyer.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Mark A. Runco, Steven R. Pritzker.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Elizabeth A. Capezuti, Michael L. Malone, Daniel S. Gardner, Ariba Khan, Steven L. Baumann, editors.
    Summary: This interdisciplinary clinical reference encompasses hundreds of current entries on a broad range of topics related to geriatrics and geriatric care across multiple health care disciplines. It contains the updated, evidence-based contributions of more than 250 nationally recognized geriatric healthcare professionals regarding elder-care concerns relating to society, community, caregiving, and the individual.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Tracey Wade.
    Summary: The field of feeding and eating disorders represents one of the most challenging areas in mental health, covering childhood, adolescent and adult manifestations of the disorders and requiring expertise in both the physical and psychological issues that can cause, maintain, and exacerbate these disorders. The scope of the book is an overview of all the feeding and eating disorders from "bench to bedside", incorporating recent changes introduced into the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5). The aim is to present one of the first complete overviews of the newly defined area of feeding and eating disorders with respect to genetics, biology and neuroscience through to theory and its application in developing clinical approaches to the prevention and treatment of feeding and eating disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [editor-in-chief] Anthony J. Culyer.
    Summary: The Encyclopedia of Health Economics offers students, researchers and policymakers objective and detailed empirical analysis and clear reviews of current theories and polices. It helps practitioners such as health care managers and planners by providing accessible overviews into the broad field of health economics, including the economics of designing health service finance and delivery and the economics of public and population health. This encyclopedia provides an organized overview of this diverse field, providing one trusted source for up-to-date research and analysis of this highly charged and fast-moving subject area.

    Contents:
    Volume 1. A-Ho
    Volume 2. I-Pe
    Volume 3. Ph-Z, Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Ian R Mackay, Noel R Rose, editors-in-chief ; Dennis K Ledford, Richard F. Lockey editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ian MacKay, Noel R. Rose, editors-in-chief ; Betty Diamond, Anne Davidson, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    editor-in-chief, Professor Howard S. Friedman, University of California, Riverside, CA, USA.
    Summary: This set presents a comprehensive overview of the many genetic, neurological, social, and psychological factors that affect mental health, also describing the impact of mental health on the individual and society, and illustrating the factors that aid positive mental health.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Ursula M. Schmidt-Erfurth, Thomas Kohnen, editors.
    Summary: The encyclopaedic format offers comprehensive access to focused information on all relevant topics in a clear and user-friendly manner. The spectrum ranges from short definitions, cross references, acronyms to disease chapters including epidemiology, symptoms and differential diagnosis, sections on diagnostic and therapeutic technologies, and comprehensive scientific summaries describing recent findings as well as results from relevant studies. The material is presented in a standardized, uniform and concise way throughout all clinical and academic sections. High-quality images highlight visual information and tables and graphs summarize important data. -- Publisher

    Contents:
    External Diseases and Cornea
    Fundamentals and Principles
    Glaucoma
    Lens and Cataract
    Neuro-Ophthalmology
    Optics Refraction and Contact Lenses
    Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal Systems
    Refractive Surgery
    Retina
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief: Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar.
    Summary: Encyclopedia of Pharmacy Practice and Clinical Pharmacy covers definitions, concepts, methods, theories and applications of clinical pharmacy and pharmacy practice. It highlights why and how this field has a significant impact on healthcare. The work brings baseline knowledge, along with the latest, most cutting-edge research. In addition, new treatments, algorithms, standard treatment guidelines, and pharmacotherapies regarding diseases and disorders are also covered. The book's main focus lies on the pharmacy practice side, covering pharmacy practice research, pharmacovigilance, pharmacoeconomics, social and administrative pharmacy, public health pharmacy, pharmaceutical systems research, the future of pharmacy, and new interventional models of pharmaceutical care. By providing concise expositions on a broad range of topics, this book is an excellent resource for those seeking information beyond their specific areas of expertise. This outstanding reference is essential for anyone involved in the study of pharmacy practice.

    Contents:
    vol. 1. Pharmacy practice research methods / section editor Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar ; Pharmacy practice / section editors, Zubin Austin, Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar
    vol. 2. Social and administrative pharmacy / section editors Kath Ryan, Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar ; Pharmacoepidemiology and pharmacovigilance / section editor Danijela Gnjidic
    vol. 3 pt. A. Clinical pharmacy / section editors Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar, Ahmed Awaisu, Timothy Chen, Louise Curley
    vol. 3 pt. B. Clinical pharmacy education / section editors Arijana Meštrović, Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar.
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas P. Gullota, Martin Bloom.
    Summary: Public Health is one of the fastest growing university programs in the United States today. At the same time, the challenges that face the practitioner continue to grow and become more complex. This Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion, 2nd ed covers more than 250 topics, taking a lifespan approach to the fields of public health and prevention. The encyclopedia is divided into four volumes: 1. Foundational Topics 2. Early Childhood and Childhood 3. Adolescence 4. Adulthood and Older Adulthood Within each volume, issues of illness prevention and health promotion (sometimes referred to as "positive psychology") are addressed in chapter-length entries arranged alphabetically. An international group of contributors synthesizes research focusing on improving the physical and mental health of the community as a whole. Each entry will have a structured format: Introduction, Definition of Terms, Prevalence, Theories, Empirical Studies, and Strategies (What Works, What Is Promising, What Doesn't Work). Each entry concludes with a look ahead to the coming decades of Public Health - what are the next steps to primary prevention and health promotion - and a "See Also" box recommending books, films, or articles by the editors for further reading. The encyclopedia is designed for practitioners, students, and researchers working in prevention, public health, and psychology. It will also serve as reference for practitioners in sociology, social work, nursing and medicine. The second edition more than doubles the number of entries in the first edition by adding entries focusing on gender, African American and Latino issues, social support, social and emotional learning, and physical health and disease. All entries from the first edition will be rewritten and expanded, reflecting the most up to date thinking in the field.
    Digital Access Springer v.1-4, 2014
  • Print
    editor-in-chief: Sam Janes
    Summary: "Encyclopedia of Respiratory Medicine, Second Edition, Six Volume Set explores the key processes of lung diseases and their diagnosis and management. The book dissects the molecular and cellular biology, physiology and immunology that underpin normal lung function, along with the aberrations that occur in respiratory diseases, from common disorders such as asthma and COPD to rarer lung diseases such as cystic fibrosis, interstitial lung diseases and pulmonary hypertension. Written in at a time when the globe is in the grip of respiratory pandemic, lung disease has never been so prominent in the public and political conscious. This new edition will provide new researchers in respiratory medicine with a solid foundation in unfamiliar topics and will update more experienced researchers seeking to step outside their core areas of research to put their work into a broader context"-- From ScienceDirect product page
  • Digital
    Sangdun Choi, editor.
    Summary: The second edition of this encyclopedia presents about 1000 chapters and includes thousands of biologically important signaling molecules and the content is built on the core concepts of their functions along with early findings written by some of the worlds foremost experts. The molecules are described by recognized leaders in each molecule. The interactions of these single molecules in signal transduction networks will also be explored. This encyclopedia marks a new era in overview of current cellular signaling molecules for the specialist and the interested non-specialist alike. Currently, there are more than 30,000 genes in human genome. However, not all the proteins encoded by these genes work equally in order to maintain homeostasis. Understanding the important signaling molecules as completely as possible will significantly improve our research -based teaching and scientific capabilities.

    Contents:
    From the contents 14-3-3
    3-Phosphoinositide-Dependent Kinase 1 (PDK1)
    5-HTT
    5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptor 2C
    5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptor 6
    A-Kinase Anchoring Protein (AKAP)
    A-RAF
    ABCA Transporters
    ABCA3
    ACAP1
    Acetylcholine (Nicotinic) Receptor
    Acetylcholinesterase
    ACK1
    ACSL4
    ACT
    Actinin Family
    ADAMTS13
    ADAP
    ADAP1
    ADAP2
    ADCY9 (Adenylyl Cyclase 9)
    Adenomatous Polyposis Coli
    Adenylyl Cyclase
    ADGRB3
    ADGRG2
    Adiponectin
    ADP-Ribosylation Factor-6 (ARF6)
    AGAP1
    AIFM1
    AIRE
    AKT
    Alpha-1-Syntrophin
    Alpha-2A Adrenergic Receptor
    ALS2
    AMP-Activated Protein Kinase (AMPK)
    Androgen Receptor (AR)
    ANT
    AP-4
    APO2L/TRAIL
    Apoptosis Regulator BAX
    Apoptosis-inducing factor 1, mitochondrial
    App
    Aquaporin
    ARAP3
    ARF1
    Arl8b
    Aryl Hydrocarbon Receptor
    Ataxia Telangiectasia and Rad3-Related (ATR)
    ATF2
    ATP-Binding Cassette Subfamily A Member 2
    Aurora Kinases
    Axin
    AXL
    B Lymphocyte Antigen CD19.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    editor-in-chief: Clete A. Kushida.
    Summary: Encyclopedia of Sleep and Circadian Rhythms, Second Edition, Six Volume Set is the most comprehensive work on sleep and circadian rhythms. This completely revised new edition, comprised of contributions from 450 renowned authorities in the field, covers what is new and known in the field. In addition to thorough coverage of the basics (physiology, sleep disorders etc.), this new edition includes a thorough examination of circadian rhythms that manage the sleep-wake cycle. Although this area is highly intertwined with sleep, it is a scientific discipline in and of itself, and will broaden the appeal of this work to health care providers and scientists. Other sections of interest explore consumer wearable devices to track sleep and circadian rhythms, artificial intelligence algorithms to detect sleep and abnormal sleep-related conditions, and new technology to treat sleep and circadian rhythm disorders. This book will be an ideal and primary reference resource for students, trainees, technologists, basic/clinical scientists, physicians, advanced practice providers, psychologists, nurses, and other medical and research personnel who want to explore any topic within the sleep and circadian rhythm field.

    Contents:
    9780323910941v1_WEB
    Front Cover
    ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SLEEP AND CIRCADIAN RHYTHMS
    ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SLEEP AND CIRCADIAN RHYTHMS
    Copyright
    EDITOR-IN-CHIEF
    EDITORIAL BOARD
    CONTRIBUTORS TO VOLUME 1
    PREFACE
    CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1
    PERMISSION ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
    Perspectives
    Reference
    A history of the scientific study of sleep
    The First Hundred Years
    A Gathering of Eagles
    The Emergence of Sleep Research
    The REM Period
    Sleep Deprivation
    Biological Rhythms and Sleep Research
    Theories of Sleep
    Sleep Disorders Research
    Further Reading History of sleep. REM sleep and the beginning of sleep medicine: a tribute to Dr. William C. Dement
    Obstructive sleep apnea
    Opening of the Stanford Sleep Disorders Clinic
    Professional organizations
    Complications of OSA
    Sleep medicine in 21st century
    Conclusions
    References
    Normal human sleep
    Synopsis
    Introduction
    Adult sleep architecture
    NREM sleep
    REM sleep
    NREM-REM cycle
    Newborn and infant sleep
    Changes in sleep with aging
    Sleep architecture changes
    Sleep duration
    Sleep neurophysiology
    NREM sleep
    REM sleep Reciprocal interaction model
    Other models of REM regulation
    Hypocretin mediated modulation of REM sleep
    Autonomic nervous system
    Model of sleep regulation
    Key points
    References
    Further reading
    Ontogeny of sleep
    Introduction
    We sleep most when we are young
    Infant sleep and wake bouts are fragmented
    Infant sleep and wake bouts exhibit distinct statistical properties
    Developmental changes in sleep-wake organization reflect increases in neural connectivity
    Developmental changes in active and quiet sleep
    Why do developing animals sleep so much? What is the significance of twitching for the developing brain?
    Active sleep and twitching promote functional connectivity in the developing brain
    Conclusions
    References
    Evolution of sleep (sleep phylogeny)
    Sleep in mammals
    Sleep in birds
    Sleep amounts in mammals and birds
    The effects of sleep deprivation
    Sleep-like states in other organisms: do all animals sleep like we do?
    Is sleep vital for memory consolidation?
    Why do animals sleep?
    Acknowledgment
    References
    Further relevant literature
    Sleep in amphibians and reptiles
    Introduction Biology of amphibians and reptiles
    Amphibians
    Reptiles
    Behavioral sleep
    Physiological sleep
    Amphibians
    Reptiles
    Crocodilians
    Chelonians
    Squamates
    Unilateral sleep
    General conclusions from the early studies
    Recent discoveries
    What are the differences and similarities between mammalian and reptilian sleep?
    References
    Sleep and the circadian clock in insects
    Introduction
    History of sleep studies in insects
    The definition of sleep in insects
    The endogenous circadian clock of insects
    Measuring sleep and circadian rhythms in insects
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2023
  • Digital
    Christopher K. Starr, editor.
    Summary: A comprehensive, multi-author treatise on the social insects of the world, with some auxiliary attention to such adjacent topics as subsocial insects and social arachnids. The work is to serve as a very convenient, yet authoritative reference work on the biology and systematics of social insects of the world. This is a project of the International Union for the Study of Social Insects (IUSSI), the worldwide organizing body for the scientific study of social insects.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    About the Editor
    List of Advisory Panel
    Contributors
    A
    Acorn Ants
    Acropyga
    Cross-References
    References
    Aculeate Hymenoptera: Phylogeny and Classification
    Introduction
    The Basis of Phylogenetic Analysis
    Phylogeny of the Aculeata
    Relevance of Phylogeny to the Evolution of Eusociality in Aculeata
    How Phylogenetic Analysis informs Classification
    Classification of the Aculeata
    Cross-References
    References
    African Honey Bees
    References
    Aging in Social Insects
    What Is Aging? Cross-References
    References
    Ants: Phylogeny and Classification
    Ants Within the Hymenoptera Tree of Life
    Phylogeny of the Extant Ants
    Overview of Ant Subfamilies
    Agroecomyrmecinae
    Amblyoponinae
    Aneuretinae
    Apomyrminae
    †Brownimeciinae
    Dolichoderinae
    Dorylinae
    Ectatomminae
    †Formiciinae
    Formicinae
    Heteroponerinae
    Leptanillinae
    Martialinae
    Myrmeciinae
    Myrmicinae
    Paraponerinae
    Ponerinae
    Proceratiinae
    Pseudomyrmecinae
    †Sphecomyrminae
    Fossil Record and Timeline of Early Ant Evolution Development and Stability of Ant-Plant Associations
    References
    Ant-Aphid Interactions
    Ant-Hemiptera Associations
    Introduction
    When Is it Mutualism?
    Cryptic Herbivory and Ant Evolution
    Consequences for Plants
    Consequences for the Community
    References
    Ant-Hemipteran Mutualism
    Anthorrhiza
    Ant-Like Spiders
    Ant-Plants: Epiphytic Rubiaceae
    Introduction
    How Do These Symbioses Form and Re-establish?
    The Fijian Farming Symbiosis
    Nutrition and Defense in Ant/Hydnophytinae Symbioses
    Hydnophytinae as a Model for the Evolution of Mutualisms Distribution and Habitats
    Ecology
    Exocrine System, Chemical Communication, and Social Behavior
    Conservation Status
    DNA Barcode of the Species
    References
    Ant Gardens
    Initiation of an Ant Garden
    Identity of the Ant and Plant Partners
    Shared Benefits
    Other
    Gardens Associated with Ants
    Cross-Reference
    References
    Ant Mimics
    Ant Mosaics
    References
    Ant Plants: Macaranga
    Associations of Macaranga Species with Ants: From Facultative to Obligate
    Myrmecophytism: Obligate Associations with Specific Ants and Other Partners Why Is Aging Special in Social Insects?
    Ultimate Aspects of Aging
    General Proximate Mechanisms of Aging
    Empirical Data on Aging in Social Insects
    Ultimate Factors Explaining Aging in Social Insects
    Proximate Mechanisms Underlying Aging in Social Insects
    Conclusion
    Cross-References
    References
    Allodapine Bees
    Nesting Biology
    Social Evolution
    Reproductive Castes
    Sex Allocation
    Social Parasitism
    References
    Allomones in Social Insects
    Cross-References
    References
    Altruism
    Ambrosia Beetle
    Aneuretus simoni
    Physical Features
    Life History
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Summary: Reference tool covering statistics, probability theory, biostatistics, quality control, and economics with emphasis in applications of statistical methods in sociology, engineering, computer science, biomedicine, psychology, survey methodology, and other client disciplines.
    Digital Access Wiley c2004-
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief: Rui L. Reis.
    Summary: Encyclopedia of Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine provides a comprehensive collection of personal overviews on the latest developments and likely future directions in the field. By providing concise expositions on a broad range of topics, this encyclopedia is an excellent resource. Tissue engineering and regenerative medicine are relatively new fields still in their early stages of development, yet they already show great promise. This encyclopedia brings together foundational content and hot topics in both disciplines into a comprehensive resource, allowing deeper interdisciplinary research and conclusions to be drawn from two increasingly connected areas of biomedicine.
  • Digital
    Peter J. Papadakos, Mark L. Gestring, editors.
    Contents:
    From the contents: Overview of general trauma care. Injury epidemiology and control. Trauma system development and design. Injury scoring. Trauma outcome measures. Prehospital care of the trauma patient
    Early evaluation and management of the trauma patient. Initial assessment of the injured patient. Airway management in the trauma patient. Blood product utilization and resuscitation strategies following injury. Medications vital to trauma resuscitation. Role of ED thoracotomy
    Organ systems approach: Head. Neck. Chest. Abdomen. Urological. Vascular. Musculoskeletal. Specific considerations in trauma care: Pediatric trauma. Trauma in the elderly. Trauma in pregnancy. Combat casualty care. Burn injury
    Imaging in the trauma patient. Anesthesia management in trauma. Ethical issues in trauma care. Disaster and mass-casualty care. Blast injury. Rehabilitation: Brain injury rehabilitation. Rehabilitation following traumatic injury
    Complications in trauma care
    Critical care for the trauma patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Thomas J. Lewis nand Clement L. Trempe.
    Summary: The End of Alzheimer's: The Brain and Beyond, Second Edition is the first comprehensive overview on the molecular basis of Alzheimer's outside of the brain, merging the most recent findings within the field into a single book. It aims to educate the reader on the many overlooked aspects of Alzheimer's disease that occur outside the brain. This book uniquely provides step-by-step, peer-reviewed evidence that the current research model may be misguided and that a new and emerging model is more accurate. It carefully outlines the molecular research in Alzheimer's outside the brain and argues that a more thorough, whole-body diagnosis will provide better answers about its causes and lead to new treatments. It is beneficial to researchers who need to be apprised of the emerging science on the causes of Alzheimer's, and will hopefully redirect many into new avenues of cellular research and discovery.

    Contents:
    1. Is it Alzheimer's disease?
    2. The Amyloid cascade hypothesis
    3. Diagnosis of Alzheimer's: standard-of-care
    4. Diagnostic accuracy
    5. Can medicine save you?
    6. A new diagnostic paradigm
    7. Inflammation friend or foe?
    8. Alzheimer's: beyond the brain
    9. Does infection cause Alzheimer's?
    10. Alzheimer's disease prevention
    11. Differential diagnosis toward a cure for Alzheimer's
    12. Personal stories.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Rinke van den Brink.
    Summary: In this monograph, journalist Rinke van den Brink takes a closer look at the limitations and risks of today's antibiotic use. Though all developed societies have grown accustomed to successfully treating bacterial infections with these wonder drugs, the author focuses on the increasing number of antibiotic-resistant infections. By examining recent mass outbreaks, readers will gain a better understanding of the global impact of antimicrobial resistance one of the most serious public health threats today. Following this somewhat disquieting review of the status quo, interviews with a number of specialists provide an outlook on possible solutions. In a world that is more connected than ever, partnerships between different healthcare systems are becoming all the more important. Rinke van den Brink uses the example of a border-spanning collaboration between the Netherlands and Germany to demonstrate how effective lines of communication can be established. The book offers a wealth of useful background information for healthcare personnel. Not only does it share insights into the functional microbe-antibiotic relationship; it also discusses how clinics can effectively address outbreaks, helping readers to learn from past experiences and develop effective new strategies.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    In the beginning there was antibiotic resistance
    Human and economic costs
    Mega-outbreak at Maasstad Hospital
    A thin layer of faeces on everything you touch
    The beginning of the end
    The end in sight?
    Looking behind the figures
    The role of microbiology
    INTERREG projects: pathogens don't recognise any borders
    A bottomless well, and other solutions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Dieter Schmidt, Emeritus Professor of Neurology, Free University Berlin and Head of Epilepsy Research Group Berlin, Germany, Simon Shorvon, Professor of Neurology, Institute of Neurology, University College London, and Consultant Neurologist National Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery, London, UK.
    Contents:
    1 What is Epilepsy?
    2 Attitudes
    3 The Pharmaceutical Phoenix Rises
    4 Modern Blockbusters
    5 Resecting Epilepsy
    6. The Dark Side of Epilepsy
    7 Culs-de-Sac and Bureaucracies
    8 Is the End of Epilepsy in Sight?
    Appendix: Dating Epilepsy --Index.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    Kari Nadeau, MD, PhD, Director, Sean N. Park Center for Allergy and Asthma Research, Stanford University and Sloan Barnett, New York Times Bestselling author.
    Summary: "A life-changing, research-based program that will end food allergies in children and adults forever. The problem of food allergy is exploding around us. But this book offers the first glimpse of hope with a powerful message: You can work with your family and your doctor to eliminate your food allergy forever. The trailblazing research of Stanford University's Dr. Kari Nadeau reveals that food allergy is not a life sentence, because the immune system can be retrained. Food allergies--from mild hives to life-threatening airway constriction--can be disrupted, slowed, and stopped. The key is a strategy called immunotherapy (IT)--the controlled, gradual reintroduction of an allergen into the body. With innovations that include state-of-the-art therapies targeting specific components of the immune system, Dr. Nadeau and her team have increased the speed and effectiveness of this treatment to a matter of months"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Understanding food allergy. Introducing the end of food allergy ; The food allergy epidemic: what is happening-- and why ; Is it my fault? Escaping the blame game ; What happens now? Food labels, kitchens, schools, and other essentials
    The science of treating and reversing food allergy. The avoidance myth: what we used to think ; Turning the tables: the science-- and how-tos-- of early introduction ; Beyond avoidance: the brave new world of immunotherapy ; Immunotherapy and you ; The (not-too-distant) future of food allergy care
    Personal and global perspectives. The emotional toll of food allergy ; The future of the end of food allergy.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Sarah J. Goodlin, Michael W. Rich, editors.
    Summary: Cardiovascular (CV) disease is the leading cause of death worldwide. While death rates from many acute CV illnesses have declined in developing countries, a substantial proportion of individuals with CV disease ultimately die from CV causes. As the population ages, the global burden of CV disease will continue to rise. Until recently, the focus of clinicians has been on saving lives and deferring death. Over the past decade there has been growing recognition of the importance of palliative care and end of life care in CV disease. While palliative and supportive care should be provided throughout the course of serious and life-shortening illnesses, this book focuses on issues that clinicians encounter in end-of-life care. This book provides guidance to clinicians working across the breadth of care settings, in chronic progressive disease as well as sudden arrhythmic death andwith advanced technologies. End-of-Life Care in Cardiovascular Disease is designed to assist clinicians, nurses, and other healthcare providers in addressing end of life care for patients with CV disease in a variety of common clinical scenarios. Each chapter is written by expert clinicians and researchers, and concisely reviews current knowledge and recommendations for providing patient- and family-centered end-of-life care.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Dying from Cardiovascular Disease: An Epidemiologic Perspective
    Decision Making about End of Life Care: Advance Directives, Durable Power of Attorney for Healthcare, and Talking with Patients about Dying with Heart Disease
    Palliative Care and Hospice in Patients with Advanced Cardiovascular Disease
    End-of-Life Care in Hospitalized Patients with Cardiovascular and Cerebrovascular Disease
    End-of-Life Care in the Intensive Care Unit
    End-of-Life Care on the Surgical Services
    Management of Cardiovascular Death in the Emergency Department
    Management of Hospitalized Patients with Unexpected Cardiopulmonary Arrest
    End-of-Life Care in the Nursing Home
    End-of-Life Care in Patients with Congenital and Pediatric Heart Disease
    Psychosocial, Spiritual, and Existential Issues at End of Life
    Management of Implanted Cardiac Devices at End of Life
    Models of End-of-Life Care in the Home Environment.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editor, Dianjun Sun.
    Summary: The book focuses on the iodine deficiency, endemic fluorosis, endemic arsenic poisoning, Kashin-Beck disease and Keshan disease which are five kinds of national key endemic diseases, a total of six chapters, comprehensively systematically introduces the information of five kinds of endemic diseases, including the epidemic characteristics, clinical manifestation, diagnosis standards, and the current control situation, preventive strategy, working experience, and successful control cases, etc. Endemic disease is confined to certain areas, of which there are dozens in Chinese inland, in which there are eight types been listed in the national key control endemic diseases. Endemic diseases are serious in China, and have wide distribution, weight illness and a large threatened population. China has made great achievements on the endemic diseases prevention and control, and also has accumulated rich experiences of the prevention and treatment, summed up some complete and effective preventive strategy, which based on the characteristics of endemic diseases epidemic and prevention work. Dr. Dianjun Sun is the Director of Center for Endemic Disease Control,Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention, Harbin, China. He is also a professor of Harbin Medical University, China.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Sara E. Monaco, Pittsburgh, Pa., Walid E. Khalbuss, Pittsburgh, Pa., Liron Pantanowitz, Pittsburgh, Pa.
    Contents:
    Introduction to EBUS-TBNA / Monaco, S.E.
    Clinical and surgical perspectives with comparison to other diagnostic modalities / Christie, N.A.
    Review of thoracic and mediastinal anatomy in EBUS-TBNA / Wilson, D.O.
    Technical aspects of performing EBUS-TBNA / Schuchert, M.J.
    Indications and diagnostic performance of EBUS-TBNA / Monaco, S.E.
    EBUS-TBNA specimen collection and processing / Pantanowitz, L.
    Practical approach to cytological evaluation and adequacy assessment in EBUS-TBNA / Monaco, S.E.
    Normal and nonneoplastic components / Khalbuss, W.E.
    Pulmonary epithelial neoplasms / Khalbuss, W.E.
    Nonpulmonary metastatic carcinomas / Monaco, S.E.
    Nonepithelial neoplasms / Pantanowitz, L.
    Thymic lesions and neoplasms / Pantanowitz, L.
    Contamination, background material, and artifacts / Monaco, S.E.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Eric Murillo-Rodríguez.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic mechanisms of synthesis and hydrolysis of major endocannabinoids / Natalia Battista and Mauro Maccarrone
    Cannabinoid receptors and their signaling mechanisms / Balapal S. Basavarajappa
    The endocannabinoid system and Parkinson disease / Andrea Giuffrida and Alex Martinez
    Putative role of endocannabinoids in schizophrenia / F. Markus Leweke and Cathrin Rohleder
    The endocannabinoid system and human brain functions : insight from memory, motor, and mood pathologies / John C. Ashton, Megan J. Dowie and Michelle Glass
    The role of the endocannabinoid system in addiction / Jose M. Trigo and Bernard Le Foll.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Roger G. Pertwee, editor.
    Summary: There is currently considerable interest in the development of medicines that would enhance endocannabinoid-induced ℓ́ℓautoprotectionℓ́ℓ, for example through inhibition of endocannabinoid metabolizing enzymes or cellular uptake processes or that would oppose endocannabinoid-induced autoimpairment. This volume describes the physiology, pathophysiology and pharmacology of the endocannabinoid system and potential strategies for targeting this system in the clinic.

    Contents:
    Endocannabinoids and their pharmacological actions / Roger G. Pertwee
    Biosynthesis and fate of endocannabinoids / Maria Grazia Cascio, Pietro Marini
    Distribution of the endocannabinoid system in the central nervous system / Sherry Shu-Jung Hu, Ken Mackie
    The potential of inhibitors of endocannabinoid metabolism for drug development: a critical review / Christopher J. Fowler
    Genetic manipulation of the endocannabinoid system / Andreas Zimmer
    Endocannabinoids and the immune system in health and disease / Guy A. Cabral, Gabriela A. Ferreira, Melissa J. Jamerson
    Endocannabinoids in multiple sclerosis and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / Gareth Pryce, David Baker
    Endocannabinoids and neurodegenerative disorders: Parkinson's disease, Huntington's chorea, Alzheimer's disease, and others / Javier Fernández-Ruiz, Juliìn Romero, Još A. Ramos
    Endocannabinoids and mental disorders / TIziana Rubino, Erica Zamberletti, Daniela Parolaro
    Cannabis and endocannabinoid signaling in epilepsy / István Katona
    Endocannabinoids and the endocrine system in health and disease / Cecilia J. Hillard
    Endocannabinoids and reproductive events in health and disease / Natalia Battista, Monica Bari, Mauro Maccarrone
    Endocannabinoids and metabolic disorders / Blandine Gatta-Cherifi, Daniela Cota
    Endocannabinoids and the cardiovascular system in health and disease / Saoirse Elizabeth O'Sullivan
    Endocannabinoids and the digestive tract and bladder in health and disease / Angelo A. Izzo, Giulio G. Muccioli, Michael R. Ruggieri, Rudolf Schicho
    Endocannabinoids and cancer / Guillermo Velasco, Cristina Śanchez, Manuel Guzmán.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kwan-Leung Chan, John M. Embil, editors.
    Contents:
    Perspectives on the History of Endocarditis
    Pathologic Findings: Valvular Destruction, Perivalvular Abnormalities and Extracardiac Findings
    Changing populations: the elderly, injection drug users, health-care associated endocarditis and immunocompromised patients
    Microbiology of Infective Endocarditis and Microbiologic Diagnosis
    Prophylaxis of Endocarditis
    Diagonstic Approach to Endocarditis
    Role of Transthoracic and Transesophageal Echocardiography in the Management of Endocarditis
    Surgical Management: Indications, Timing and Surgical Techniques
    Treatment of Endocarditis
    Blood Culture Negative Endocarditis
    Prosthetic Valve Endocarditis & Cardiovascular Device Related Infections
    Pediatric Infective Endocarditis and Congenital Heart Disease
    Systemic Embolism in Endocarditis: Incidence, Risk Factors, Clinical
    Significance, and Treatment Strategies
    Neurological Complications of Endocarditis: Pathophysiologic
    Mechanisms and Management Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Francesco Felicetti, Enrico Brignardello, Hanneke M. van Santen.
    Summary: "This book analyzes in detail all aspects related to endocrine and metabolic late effects observed in patients treated for cancer, both in childhood and adulthood. The chapters focusing on the possible pathogenic mechanisms of late effects (i.e., premature aging and chronic inflammation) and on bone health in cancer survivors are particularly interesting and innovative. The volume also deals with hypothalamic-pituitary, thyroid and gonadal disorders, including infertility and how to prevent it. Finally, the relationship between metabolic alterations and cardiovascular diseases in cancer survivors is addressed. Thanks to advances in cancer treatment and supportive care, the five-year survival rate of cancer patients is constantly increasing. However, this undisputable success of medicine has a flip side: the late adverse effects of anticancer therapies. Pediatric oncologists were the first to cope with late complications of treatments, but today also adult oncologists and onco-hematologists recognize the relevance of this issue. Even though late effects observed in cancer survivors can affect any organ or system, endocrine and metabolic dysfunctions are the most frequently reported. Endocrine complications rarely influence life expectancy of cancer survivors, but they can significantly impact morbidity and quality of life. Among endocrine adverse effects, severe hypothalamic damage may be considered the most harmful in survivors, leading to morbid obesity, propensity to metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease. This book aims to disseminate the knowledge about endocrine and metabolic adverse effects of cancer therapies and about survivorship care. Since the number of cancer survivors is steadily growing in the general population, this publication is intended not only for endocrinologists but also for oncologists, onco-hematologists, internists, pediatric specialists in those areas and general practitioners, with the aim to better counsel and monitor cancer survivors"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Karger 2021
  • Digital
    [edited] by Glenn Matfin.
    Contents:
    Part I. General aspects of acute medical emergencies
    Part II. General endocrine and metabolic aspects of acute and critical illness
    Part III. Special populations
    Part IV. Pituitary disorders
    Part V. Thyroid disorders
    Part VI. Adrenal disorders
    part VII. Calcium, phosphate, and metabolic bone diseases
    Part VIII. Neuroendocrine tumors
    Part IX. Glucose disorders
    Part X. Sodium disorders
    Part XI. Obesity and clinical lipidology
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by James R. Howe.
    Summary: This book brings together recognized experts in the field to describe their current techniques for the surgical treatment of diseased thyroid, parathyroid, and adrenal glands, as well as neuroendocrine tumors of small bowel, pancreas, liver, and skin. For each procedure, indications, operative steps, potential pitfalls and complications, and postoperative management are presented. The clear descriptions coupled with informative and beautiful illustrations will give the reader new perspectives and insights into the anatomy and conduct of these procedures. Endocrine surgery has been an area of special interest to surgeons for well over a century, while the increasing incidence of neuroendocrine tumors has more recently led to greater attention to these neoplasms. Significant advances have been made in a variety of areas, the most recent being the introduction of minimally invasive methods of removing diseased glands, and the improved understanding of the natural history of neuroendocrine tumors.

    Contents:
    PARATHYROID: Unilateral With Probe
    Unilateral Without Probe, Using PTH
    Subtotal Parathyroidectomy
    Total Parathyroidectomy With Autotransplantation
    Mediastinal/Thoracoscopic Approach
    THYROID: Thyroid Lobectomy And Total Thyroidectomy For Differentiated Cancer
    Total Thyroidectomy And Central Neck Dissection For MTC
    Substernal Goiter
    Modified Neck Dissection For Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
    ADRENAL: Open Approach
    Posterior Approach
    Transabdominal Laparoscopic
    Retroperitoneal Laparoscopic
    GI TRACT: Treatment Of Gastric And Duodenal Carcinoids
    Small Bowel Resection And Lymphadenectomy For Ileal Carcinoid
    Liver Debulking For NETs
    PANCREAS: Whipple
    Distal Pancreatectomy With/Without Splenectomy
    Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy
    Enucleation For Neuroendocrine Tumors. OTHER NEUROENDOCRINE: Small bowel resection
    Liver surgery- Wide excision and sentinel node mapping for Merkel cell Carcinoma. Part 1. Parathyroid. Chapter 1. Radioguided parathyroidectomy / Herbert Chen
    Chapter 2. Minimally invasive parathyroidectomy with intraoperative PTH testing / Ronald J. Weigel
    Chapter 3. Susbtotal parathyroidectomy for parathyroid hyperplasia / Göran Åkerström. Per Hellman, Ola Hessman
    Chapter 4. Parathyroid transplantation / Samuel A. Wells Jr.
    Chapter 5. Mediastinal/thoracoscopic parathyroidectomy / Richard A. Prinz, John A. Howington, Catherine A. Madorin
    Part 2. Thyroid. Chapter 6. Thyroid lobectomy and total thyroidectomy / Ashok R. Shaha
    Chapter 7. Central neck dissection for medullary thyroid carcinoma / J.F. Moley
    Chapter 8. Substernal goiter / Daniel Oertli
    Chapter 9. Modified neck dissection for differentiated thyroid cancer / Iain J. Nixon, Jatin P. Shah
    Part 3. Adrenal. Chapter 10. Open transabdominal adrenalectomy for malignant neoplasms / Murray F. Brennan
    Chapter 11. Posterior adrenalectomy / Douglas L. Fraker
    Chapter 12. Laparoscopic transabdominal lateral adrenalectomy / Michael J. Campbell, Quan-Yang Duh
    Chapter 13. Posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy / Terry C. Lairmore. Part 4. Stomach and duodenum. Chapter 14. Surgery for duodenal and gastric neuroendocrine tumors / Jeffrey A. Norton
    Part 5. Pancreas. Chapter 15. Pancreaticoduodenectomy for neuroendocrine tumors / Albert Amini, Douglas B. Evans, Kathleen K. Christians
    Chapter 16. Open distal pancreatectomy / Charles M. Vollmer Jr., Jeffrey A. Drebin
    Chapter 17. Laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy / James J. Mezhir, James R. Howe
    Chapter 18. Pancreatic enucleation / Attila Nakeeb, Henry A. Pitt
    Part 5. Other neuroendocrine. Chapter 19. Small bowel resection and lymphadenectomy for jejunoileal neuroendocrine tumors / James R. Howe
    Chapter 20. Liver surgery for neuroendocrine tumors / J. Philip Boudreaux and Yi-Zarn Wang
    Chapter 21. Wide excision and sentinel node mapping for Merkel cell carcinoma / James R. Howe.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bruce A. White, John Harrison, Lisa Mehlmann.
    Summary: "Gain a foundational understanding of how endocrine and metabolic physiology affects other body systems in health and disease, including the clinical dimensions of reproductive endocrinology. Endocrine and Reproductive Physiology, a volume in the Mosby Physiology Series, explains the fundamentals of this complex subject in a clear and concise manner, while helping you bridge the gap between normal function and disease with pathophysiology content throughout the book"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the endocrine system
    Endocrine function of the gastrointestinal tract
    Energy metabolism
    Calcium and phosphate homeostasis
    Hypothalamus-pituitary complex
    The thyroid gland
    The adrenal gland
    Life cycle of the male and female reproductive systems
    The male reproductive system
    The female reproductive system
    Fertilization, pregnancy, and lactation
    Appendices. Answers to self-study problems
    Comprehensive multiple-choice examination
    Hormone ranges
    Abbreviations and symbols.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Hossein Sadrzadeh, Gregory Kline.
    Summary: Endocrine Biomarkers: Clinical Aspects and Laboratory Determination covers all the pre-analytical variables that can affect test results, both in the clinic and laboratory. Biomarkers of endocrine and bone diseases are discussed from both clinical and laboratory perspectives, and the authors elaborate on the teamwork-based approach between the clinician and the laboratory professional in the diagnosis and management of endocrine and bone disorders. Discussions include test utilization, laboratory measurement methods, harmonization and standardization, interpretation of results, and reference intervals. Each chapter ends with a discussion of one or two relevant cases with shared opinions from both a clinician and a clinical chemist. Each chapter also includes a summary box outlining key points and common pitfalls in the use of specific disease biomarkers and tests.

    Contents:
    Variables affecting endocrine tests results, errors prevention and mitigation / Hossein Sadrzadeh, Leland Baskin, Gregory Kline
    Thyroid disorders / Gregory Kline, Hossein Sadrzadeh
    Disorders related to calcium metabolism / Christopher Symonds, Joshua Buse
    Bone metabolism / Gregory Kline, Dennis Orton, Hossein Sadrzadeh
    Adrenal disorders / Gregory Kline, Alex C. Chin
    Endocrine markers of diabetes and cardiovascular disease risk / Erik Venos, Lawrence de Koning
    Pituitary disorders / Bernard Corenblum, Ethan A. Flynn
    Endocrinology and disorders of the reproductive system / Bernard Corenblum, Jessica Boyd
    Neuroendocrine tumors / Otto P. Rorstad.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Takara Stanley, Madhusmita Misra, editors.
    Summary: This book is aimed at primary care providers who care for the pediatric age group (general pediatrician, the PCP working with pediatric patients, and family medicine providers) with the goal of covering the endocrine differential diagnosis of common signs and symptoms of possible endocrine disease as well as appropriate initial laboratory evaluation and interpretation. While multiple pediatric endocrine textbooks exist, most of them are heavy in coverage of physiology and rare diseases, with less discussion of practical steps in evaluation and diagnosis. This book distinguishes itself through a very practical approach. The first section is organized by presenting signs and symptoms, the second section is organized by laboratory interpretation, and the third section provides summaries of common pediatric endocrine disorders. Chapters are concise, providing critical clinical information including clinical pearls, common diagnoses and important points in patient counseling. Written by experts in the field, Endocrine Conditions in Pediatrics is a valuable resource that provides general pediatricians and other primary care providers with all of the information they need to provide superb patient care before transferring to a pediatric endocrinologist when necessary. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Connie M. Rhee, Kamyar Kalantar-Zadeh, Gregory A. Brent, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book examines the complex interplay between endocrine and kidney disorders, and how this inter-relationship impacts patients with chronic kidney disease. Authored by experts in areas of endocrinology and nephrology, chapters cover a variety of topics, including diabetes, metabolic syndrome, thyroid dysfunction, gonadal disorders, dyslipidemia, mineral bone disorders, obesity, and pituitary disorders. These comorbidities are thoroughly examined and provide the clinician, researcher, and trainee with a greater understanding of the impact of endocrine disorders on kidney disease patients, the ability to identify persistent gaps in knowledge for future investigation, and move closer towards the goal of improving the health and survival of the chronic kidney disease population. .

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Diabetes, Insulin Resistance, and the Metabolic Syndrome;
    1: Insulin Resistance and the Metabolic Syndrome in Kidney Disease (e.g., the Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome); Introduction; Definition(s) of the Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome; Epidemiology of the Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome; The Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome and CKD; Insulin Resistance/Hyperinsulinemia; Inflammatory Cytokines; Inappropriate Activation of the RAAS; Endothelial Dysfunction; Conclusions and Perspectives; References;
    2: Diabetic Kidney Disease; Epidemiology PathophysiologyNatural History; Diagnosis; Prevention and Treatment; Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease; Conclusions; References;
    3: Glucose Homeostasis and the Burnt-Out Diabetes Phenomenon in Patients with Kidney Disease; Introduction; Glucose Homeostasis in Kidney Disease; Clearance of Insulin; Hypoglycemia Due to Antidiabetic and Other Agents; Decreased Gluconeogenesis in the Kidney; Insulin Secretion and Insulin Resistance; Protein-Energy Wasting (PEW); Burnt-Out Diabetes Phenomenon; Hemodialysis-Related Hypoglycemia and Hyperglycemia; Hemodialysis-Induced Hypoglycemia Metabolic Effects Associated with Glucose-Free DialysateHemodialysis-Associated Hyperglycemia; Insulin Removal by Hemodialysis; Hemodialysis-Associated Hyperglycemia Resembling the Somogyi Effect; References;
    4: Glycemic Metrics and Targets in Kidney Disease; Introduction; Glycemic Metrics and Their Role in Kidney Disease; Glycated Hemoglobin (A1C); Glycated Albumin (GA); Fructosamine; 1,5-Anhydroglucitol (1,5-AG); Continuous Glucose Monitoring (CGM); Glycemic Targets in Kidney Disease; Conclusion; References;
    5: Diabetic Pharmacotherapies in Kidney Disease; Introduction; Biguanides SulfonylureasMeglitinides; Glucagon-Like Peptide 1 Receptor Agonists (GLP-1 RAs); Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP-4) Inhibitors; Thiazolidinediones; Sodium-Glucose Co-transporter 2 (SGLT2) Inhibitors; Alpha-Glucosidase Inhibitors; Bromocriptine; Bile Acid Resins; Insulin; Amylin Analog; Impact of Antihyperglycemic Agents on Renal Function; Conclusion; References;
    6: Diabetes Mellitus and Renal Transplantation; Introduction; Changes in Glucose Homeostasis During Peri-Kidney Transplantation; Changes in Glucose Homeostasis During the Immediate Posttransplant Period New-Onset Diabetes After Kidney TransplantationClinical and Economic Significance of NODAT; It Is Important to Decrease the Incidence of NODAT; Timing of NODAT; Pathogenesis of NODAT; Can Lifestyle Modification Be Adapted for Prevention of NODAT?; Drugs for Preventing NODAT; Conclusion; References; Part II: Thyroid Dysfunction;
    7: Evaluating Thyroid Function Tests in Patients with Kidney Disease; Introduction; TSH Measurement; TSH Levels in Chronic Kidney Disease Patients; Measuring Free Thyroxine and Free Triiodothyronine; Thyroxine (T4) Changes with CKD
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sushil K. Khetan.
    Contents:
    Environmental endocrine disruptors
    Part I. Mechanisms of hormonal action and putative endocrine disruptors. Mechanisms of endocrine system function
    Environmental chemicals targeting estrogen signaling pathways
    Anti-androgenic chemicals
    Thyroid-disrupting chemicals
    Activators of PPAR, RXR, AhR, and steriodogenic factor 1
    Effects of EDC mixtures
    Environmentally induced epigenetic modifications and transgenerational effects
    -- Part II. Removal mechanisms of EDCs through biotic and abiotic processes. Biodegradations and biotransformations of selected examples of EDCs
    Abiotic degradations / transformations of EDCs through oxidation processes
    -- Part III. Screening and testiing for potential EDCs, implications for water quality sustainability, policy and regulatory issues, and green chemistry principles in the design of safe chemicals and remediation of EDCs. Screening and testing programs for EDCs
    Trace contaminants : implications for water quality sustainability
    Policy and regulatory considerations for EDCs
    Green chemistry principles in the designing and screening for safe chemicals and remediation of EDCs.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Alexander L. Shifrin.
    Summary: "Endocrine emergencies are often potentially life-threatening and can be easily overlooked in patients with no history of endocrine disease. Endocrine Emergencies is a practical guide to identification and treatment for today's clinicians, offering essential coverage of common and serious emergencies related to endocrine metabolic conditions of the thyroid, parathyroid, pituitary, and adrenal glands. Guides clinicians on how to recognize, diagnose, and treat each condition using up-to-date diagnostic techniques and therapeutics. Provides full-color, state-of-the-art coverage of key topics such as acute thyrotoxicosis and thyroid storm, ocular emergencies in Graves' ophthalmopathy, diabetic ketoacidosis, hypopituitarism, postoperative thyroid surgical emergencies, pheochromocytoma, and much more. Features separate chapters on emergencies related to neuroendocrine tumors, pregnant patients, and pediatric patients. Includes sections on emergency overview, symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment in each chapter. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices"-- publisher's description.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Lynn Loriaux, editor.
    Summary: Endocrine Emergencies: Recognition and Treatment offers a state-of-the-art update on the management of endocrine, diabetic, and metabolic emergencies. Developed by renowned experts, this comprehensive and easy to read title brings the field fully up to date, setting a high standard for diagnosis and treatment in each category. All chapters begin with a summary that presents, in concentrated form, what the physician needs to know to begin the evaluation and emergency treatment of the known endocrine emergencies. This is followed by an extended discussion of the pathophysiology that can be read after initial treatment has begun. Covering such areas as hypoglycemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, thyroid storm, and pituitary apoplexy, just to name several, Endocrine Emergencies: Recognition and Treatment is an invaluable, practical resource that will be of great interest to endocrinologists, internal medicine and emergency room physicians, fellows and residents.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Wilson Savino, Federica Guaraldi.
    Summary: "In the last decades, several in vitro and in vivo studies have revealed the existence of a very complex network between the neuroendocrine and immune system. Important molecular mechanisms underlying these interactions, in both physiological and pathological conditions, have also been described. Indeed, hormones play a pivotal role in the development and functional regulation of the immune system -- both innate and acquired responses. Immune system cells present specific hormone receptors and themselves produce some hormones, thus influencing hormone secretion. More recently, the modulation of hormone secretion has been attempted for treating associated autoimmune disorders, further supporting the strong interplay between the endocrine and immune system. Distinguished experts, who have published extensively in their fields, have contributed comprehensive chapters to this volume. The focus is on the various aspects of endocrine-neuro-immune connections, providing an updated panorama - from basics to clinical applications - of current knowledge and still debated issues"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Immune-neuro-endocrine reflexes, circuits, and networks : physiologic and evolutionary implications / del Rey, A., Besedovsky, H.O.
    Inflammation and thymus ageing / Lepletier, A., Alsharif, A., Chidgey, A.P.
    Intrahypophyseal immune-endocrine interactions : endocrine integration of the inflammatory inputs / Renner, U., Sapochnik, M., Lucia, K., Stalla, G.K., Arzt, E.
    Pituitary autoimmunity / Guaraldi, F., Giordano, R., Grottoli, S., Ghizzoni, L., Arvat, E., Ghigo, E.
    Prolactin : an immunomodulator in health and disease / Savino, W.
    A novel clinical entity of autoimmune endocrinopathy : anti-PIT-1 antibody syndrome / Iguchi, G., Bando, H., Takahashi, Y.
    Leptin, neuroinflammation and obesity / Dragano, N.R.V., Haddad-Tovolli, R., Velloso, L.A.
    Thyroid autoimmunity and cancer / Felicetti, F., Catalano, M.G., Fortunati, N.
    Role of cortistatin in the stressed immune system / Delgado, M., Gonzalez-Rey, E.
    Steroids and autoimmunity / Trombetta, A.C., Meroni, M., Cutolo, M.
    Endocrine autoimmunity in Down's syndrome / Guaraldi, F., Rossetto Giaccherino, R., Lanfranco, F., Motta, G., Gori, D., Arvat, E., Ghigo, E., Giordano, R.
    The somatotrope growth hormone-releasing hormone/growth hormone/insulin-like growth factor-1 axis in immunoregulation and immunosenescence / Bodart, G., Fahrat, K., Charlet-Renard, C., Salvatori, R., Geenen, V., Martens, H.
    Endocrine immunology of Chagas disease / Savino, W.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Ozgur Mete and Sylvia L. Asa.
    Summary: A much-needed comprehensive resource, Endocrine Pathology covers clinical, radiologic, biochemical, molecular, cytogenetic, immunologic and histopathologic aspects of endocrine disorders, including the full spectrum of both neoplastic and non-neoplastic lesions. The first section of the book provides an overview of the clinical presentations of endocrine diseases, while the second section reviews the wide variety of investigative techniques used in their diagnosis. The third and largest section provides a comprehensive tissue- and organ-based approach to the diagnosis of endocrine disorders, including morphologic, genetic and proteomic features with clinicopathologic correlations. All chapters are richly illustrated with numerous color images, tables and algorithms, and the book is packaged with a password, giving the user online access to all text and images. Written and edited by the world's leading experts, this comprehensive and up-to-date book is the definitive resource on endocrine pathology for all pathologists, endocrinologists and researchers.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2016
  • Digital
    Stefano La Rosa, Silvia Uccella, editors.
    Summary: This book covers the complete field of endocrine pathology--from Acidophil Stem Cell Adenoma to Zona Reticularis. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.

    Contents:
    111In-pentetreotide (Octreoscan)
    131I-MIBG scintigraphy
    18F-fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG) PET
    18F-fluorodopa (18F-FDOPA)
    68G-DOTA-NOC/TOC/TATETATE
    Achaete-scute homolog 1 (ASH1)
    Acidophil Stem Cell Tumor, Pituitary
    Acromegaly
    ACTH-producing pancreatic tumor
    Activin
    Addison disease
    Adrenal Cyst
    Adrenal Gland
    Adrenal Heterotopia
    Adrenal Metastases
    Adrenal Myelolipoma
    Adrenalitis
    Adrenocortical Adenoma
    Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    Adrenocortical Hyperplasia
    Adrenocorticotropic Hormone (ACTH)
    Adrenogenital syndrome
    Albright Hereditary Osteodystrophy
    Aldosterone
    Amylin
    Anaplastic Carcinoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Andrea Manni, Akuffo Quarde.
    Summary: This practical guide presents a concise approach to exploring endocrine pathophysiology through the physical exam, emphasizing common clinical signs in endocrinology that can be elicited through inspection, palpation, percussion or auscultation. The established and proposed mechanisms underlying these physical signs are highlighted, allowing students, residents and trainees to better appreciate endocrine pathophysiology at the bedside. The text is organized sensibly to facilitate quick and efficient review by medical trainees. Major diseases in endocrinology are grouped by organ systems - pituitary, thyroid, adrenal, and so on. Specific physical examination findings in each primary endocrine disease are reviewed and grouped under the categories of clinical features and pathophysiology, followed by related clinical and pathophysiology pearls. A brief description of the clinical finding is followed by a summary of the pathophysiologic mechanisms underlying the stated clinical finding. Relevant normal physiology and pathophysiology are reviewed where applicable, to facilitate learning. There are numerous texts on the pathophysiologic basis of diagnostic and laboratory findings in endocrinology. There is, however, no dedicated text to address questions that might be asked by trainees. Endocrine Pathophysiology satisfies this need in the literature.

    Contents:
    Intro
    A Concise Guide to the Physical Exam
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1: Pituitary Gland Signs
    1.1 Cushing's Disease
    1.1.1 Proximal Myopathy
    1.1.2 Fat Maldistribution
    1.1.3 Striae and Skin Atrophy
    1.1.4 Facial Plethora
    1.1.5 Hirsutism
    1.1.6 Hypertension
    1.1.7 Fragility Fractures
    1.1.8 Hyperpigmentation
    1.2 Acromegaly
    1.2.1 Acanthosis Nigricans
    1.2.2 Frontal Bossing and Prognathism
    1.2.3 Acrochordons and Other Skin Manifestations
    1.2.4 Colonic Polyps
    1.2.5 Tinel's Sign (Carpal Tunnel Syndrome) 1.2.6 Hypertension
    1.3 Prolactinoma
    1.3.1 Hypogonadism
    1.3.2 Gynecomastia and Galactorrhea
    1.3.3 Bitemporal Hemianopsia
    1.4 Adult Growth Hormone Deficiency
    1.4.1 Abnormal Body Composition
    1.5 Growth Hormone Insensitivity (Laron-Type Dwarfism)
    1.5.1 Short Stature
    1.5.2 Obesity
    1.5.3 Small Genitalia
    1.6 Central Diabetes Insipidus
    1.6.1 Dehydration due to Polyuria and Polydipsia
    References
    2: Thyroid Gland Signs
    2.1 Hashimoto's Thyroiditis
    2.1.1 Queen Anne's Sign
    2.1.2 Bradycardia
    2.1.3 Pericardial and Pleural Effusions 2.1.4 Dry Skin
    2.1.5 Macroglossia
    2.1.6 Hyporeflexia
    2.1.7 Proximal Myopathy
    2.1.8 Galactorrhea
    2.2 Graves' Disease
    2.2.1 Thyroid Eye Disease
    2.2.2 Pretibial Myxedema
    2.2.3 Thyroid Acropachy
    2.2.4 Onycholysis
    2.2.5 Periodic Paralysis
    2.2.6 Thyroid Bruit and Thrill
    2.2.7 Tachycardia
    2.2.8 Gynecomastia
    2.2.9 Lymphadenopathy
    2.2.10 Change in Body Composition (Weight Loss)
    2.3 Euthyroid Goiter with Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
    2.3.1 Pemberton's Sign
    2.3.2 Other Compressive Signs (Superior Vena Cava Syndrome, Phrenic Nerve Paralysis) 2.4 Resistance to Thyroid Hormone
    2.4.1 Goiter
    2.4.2 Short Stature
    2.5 Medullary Thyroid Cancer
    2.5.1 Facial Flushing and Other Clinical Features of Neuroendocrine Origin
    2.5.2 Cervical Mass
    References
    3: Adrenal Gland Signs
    3.1 Primary Adrenal Insufficiency
    3.1.1 Postural Hypotension
    3.1.2 Hyperpigmentation
    3.2 Primary Hyperaldosteronism
    3.2.1 Hypertension
    3.2.2 Muscle Weakness
    3.2.3 Atrial Fibrillation
    3.2.4 Dehydration
    3.3 Pseudohypoaldosteronism
    3.3.1 Cardiac Arrest due to Life-Threatening Hyperkalemia 3.3.2 Cutaneous Manifestations (Folliculitis and Atopic Dermatitis)
    3.4 Familial Glucocorticoid Deficiency
    3.4.1 Hyperpigmentation
    3.4.2 Hypoglycemia
    3.5 Pheochromocytomas and Other Paraganglioma Syndromes
    3.5.1 Hypertension
    3.5.2 Hypotension
    3.5.3 Generalized Hyperhidrosis
    3.5.4 Cardiogenic Shock
    3.6 Nonclassic Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (NCCAH)
    3.6.1 Clinical Hyperandrogenism (Acne and Hirsutism)
    3.6.2 Testicular Adrenal Rest Tumors
    3.6.3 Signs of Insulin Resistance (Skin Tags and Acanthosis Nigricans)
    References
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Patricia E. Molina.
    Contents:
    General principles of endocrine physiology
    The hypothalamus and posterior pituitary gland
    Anterior pituitary gland
    Thyroid gland
    Parathyroid gland and Ca2+ and PO-4 regulation
    Adrenal gland
    Endocrine pancreas
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Endocrine integration of energy and electrolyte balance
    Appendix. Normal values of metabolic parameters and tests of endocrine function
    Answers to study questions.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    Michael T. McDermott, MD.
    Summary: "For more than 30 years, the highly regarded Secrets Series has provided students and practitioners in all areas of health care with concise, focused, and engaging resources for quick reference and exam review. Endocrine Secrets, 7th Edition, features the Secrets' popular question-and-answer format that also includes lists, tables, pearls, memory aids, and an easy-to-read style - making inquiry, reference, and review quick, easy, and enjoyable"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Diabetes mellitus: etiology, classification, and diagnosis
    Diabetes mellitus: acute and chronic complications
    Type 1 diabetes mellitus
    Type 2 diabetes mellitus
    Diabetes technology: pumps, sensors, and beyond
    Carbohydrate counting-guided insulin dosing: practice exercises
    Inpatient management of diabetes and hyperglycemia
    Diabetes in pregnancy
    Hypoglycemic disorders
    Lipid disorders
    Obesity
    Osteoporosis and other metabolic bone diseases: evaluation
    Measurement of bone mass
    Osteoporosis management
    Osteomalacia, rickets, and vitamin D insufficiency
    Paget's disease of bone
    Hypercalcemia
    Hyperparathyroidism
    Hypercalcemia of malignancy
    Hypocalcemia
    Nephrolithiasis
    Pituitary insufficiency
    Nonfunctioning pituitary tumors and pituitary incidentalomas
    Pituitary stalk lesions
    Prolactin-secreting pituitary tumors
    Growth hormone-secreting pituitary tumors
    Cushing's syndrome
    Glycoprotein-secreting pituitary tumors
    Water metabolism
    Disorders of growth
    Growth hormone use and abuse
    Primary aldosteronism
    Pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas
    Adrenal incidentalomas
    Adrenal malignancies
    Adrenal insufficiency
    Congenital adrenal hyperplasia
    Thyroid testing
    Hyperthyroidism
    Hypothyroidism
    Thyroiditis
    Thyroid nodules and goiter
    Thyroid cancer
    Thyroid emergencies
    Euthyroid sick syndrome
    Thyroid disease in pregnancy
    Psychiatric disorders and thyroid disease
    Differences (disorders) of sexual
    Disorders of puberty
    Male hypogonadism
    Erectile dysfunction
    Gynecomastia
    Amenorrhea
    Polycystic ovarian syndrome
    Hirsutism and virilization
    Menopause
    Gender-affirming treatment for adults with gender incongruence and gender dysphoria
    Use and abuse of anabolic-androgenic steroids and androgen precursors
    Autoimmune polyglandular syndromes
    Multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes
    Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
    Carcinoid syndrome
    Aging and endocrinology
    Endocrinopathies caused by immune checkpoint inhibitors
    Sleep and endocrinology
    Thyroid and parathyroid surgery
    Adrenal surgery
    Pancreas and other endocrine tumor surgery
    Bariatric surgery
    Endocrinology in Africa
    Famous people with endocrine disorders
    Interesting endocrine facts and figures
    Endocrine case studies
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Alexander L. Shifrin, Marco Raffaelli, Gregory W. Randolph, Oliver Gimm, editors.
    Summary: Every surgical subspecialty has been rapidly developing with establishment of the board certification. The Division of Endocrine Surgery (DES) of the European Board of Surgery has defined the curriculum for Endocrine Surgery to include thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal and GEP-NET surgery, and handles accreditation in Endocrine Surgery. The first examinations in Endocrine Surgery in Europe have been introduced in 2003. The main goal of the exam is to maintain a uniform and high standard of endocrine surgical professionalism across the Europe. This book was completed with the expectation that it would benefit all European surgeons looking to be certified in Endocrine Surgery. Additionally, surgeons from the United States and other non-EU countries we hope will also benefit from this book. There is a need for a specialized book that reviews evidence based endocrine surgery that aligns itself with current curriculum standards in the field. The book contains knowledge that is expected to be known on the board examination of the DES. In general, chapters start with a patient's case followed by questions. The subsequent comprehensive yet concise main text provides all the information needed for a successful DES exam and cites important references. After the patient case and questions, the text goes on to define the condition, the standard of care approach to establish the diagnosis, perform diagnostic tests of choice, review evidence-based treatment options including medical therapy, preparation for surgery. The chapters conclude with follow up care and long term outcomes. The topics discussed within this book closely follow the curriculum of the European Board of Surgery Examination. Written by experts in the field, Endocrine Surgery Comprehensive Board Exam Guide is a valuable source of preparation for the Endocrine Surgery examination and brings Endocrine Surgery to a higher level of expertise by helping to raise the standard of training for future endocrine surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part I: Thyroid
    Thyroid Gland: Anatomy and Physiology, Pathophysiology
    Thyroid Nodules and Mutlinodular Goiter
    Graves' Disease and Toxic Nodular Goiter
    Thyroiditis (Hashimoto, De Quervain, Riedel)
    Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Follicular Thyroid Carincoma
    Hurthle Cell Carcinoma
    Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
    Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
    Thyroid Lymphoma
    Radioactive Iodine, Thyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
    Surgical Procedure/Thyroidectomy: Indications, Operative Techniques, Management of Complications, RLN Monitoring, Flexible Laryngoscopy
    Part II: Parathyroid
    Parathyroid Glands: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathophysiology
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Secondary Hyperparathyroidism
    Tertiary Hyperparathyroidism
    Parathyroid Carcinoma
    Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia (FHH)
    Surgical Procedure: Parathyroidectomy: Indications, Operative Techniques, Management of Complications, Intraoperative PTH Monitoring
    Part III: Adrenals
    Adrenal Glands: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathophysiology
    Insedentaloma
    Cushing's Syndrome Disease
    Primary Hyperaldosteronism
    Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
    Adrenocortical Carcinoma
    Adrenal Insufficiency (Addison's Disease)
    Surgical Procedure/Adrenalectomy: Indications, Operative Techniques, Management of Complications
    Part IV: Familial Endocrine Surgery
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 1
    Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 2
    Familial Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Other Familial Endocrine Syndromes (Recklinghausen Disease, von Hippel Lindau Syndrome, Cowden's Disease, FAP, Carney Complex)
    Jaw-Tumor Syndrome
    Part V: Endocrine Pancreas
    Anatomy, Endocrine Physiology and Pathophysiology
    Insulinoma
    Gastrinoma
    Glucoganoma
    Somatostatinoma
    Other Endocrine Pancreatic Tumors
    Surgical Procedure Steps and Key Points: Whipple Procedure/Enucleation
    Part VI: Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Foregut/Midgut/Hindgut Carcinoids
    Part VII: Endocrine Emergencies
    Thyroid Storm
    Hypercalcemic Crisis
    Endocrine Hypertensive Emergencies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    par P. Sainton, H. Simonnet et L. Brouha.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L648 .S15
    2
  • Digital
    Francisco Bandeira, Hossein Gharib, Airton Golbert, Luiz Griz, Manuel Faria, editors.
    Summary: Endocrinology, and diabetes care in particular, is a dynamic field where clinicians must translate new evidence into clinical practice at a rapid pace. Designed in an engaging, case-based format, Endocrinology and Diabetes: A Problem Oriented Approach offers a wide range of thought-provoking case studies that reflect contemporary, challenging, hands-on clinical care. Further, by providing a list of specific clinical problems, this format offers the reader a more convenient and pointed way to solve precise clinical problems in a timely manner. Developed by a renowned, international group of experts, this comprehensive title covers the most common clinical problems in endocrinology and diabetes and should be of great interest to endocrinologists, diabetologists, internal medicine physicians, family physicians, fellows, and residents.

    Contents:
    Genetic testing in endocrinology
    Thyrotoxicosis
    Hypothyroidism
    Thyroid nodules and cancer
    Sellar mass
    Hyperprolactinemia
    Acromegaly
    hypopituitarism
    Cushing's syndrome
    Adrenal failure
    Adrenal incidentaloma
    Hirsutism and virilization
    Menopause
    Male hypogonadism
    Short stature
    Delayed puberty
    Precocious puberty
    Hypercalcemia
    Hypocalcemia
    Vitamin D deficiency
    Osteoporosis
    Metabolic bone diseases other than osteoporosis
    Classification and laboratory Diagnosis
    Oral therapy of type 2 diabetes
    GLP-1 receptor agonists in the treatment of type 2 diabetes
    Therapy with insulin
    Ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar non-ketotic syndrome
    Neuropathy
    Nephropathy
    Retinopathy
    Carbohydrate counting
    Dyslipidemia
    Medical management of obesity
    Bariatric surgery in treatment of the obese patient with Type 2 Diabetes.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Francisco Bandeira, Hossein Gharib, Luiz Griz, Manuel Faria, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Ramzi Ajjan, Stephen M. Orme.
    Contents:
    Case 1. Difficult-to-treat hyperthyroidism
    Case 2. Hypothyroidism complicated by hypothyroid coma
    Case 3. Hyperthyroidism in pregnancy
    Case 4. Graves' disease associated with a thyroid nodule
    Case 5. A complicated case of thyroid eye disease
    Case 6. Cushing's Syndrome
    Case 7. Prolactinoma presenting with galactorrhoea and secondary amenorrhoea: diagnosis and management
    Case 8. A 25-year-old woman with headache and joint pain
    Case 9. Recent-onset visual field loss and raised prolactin level (non-functioning pituitary tumour )
    Case 10. Polyuria and polydipsia
    Case 11. Hypertension in the young adult
    Case 12. Weight loss and dizziness: adrenal failure
    Case 13. Diagnosis and management of polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS)
    Case 14. Salt-wasting crisis in a newborn
    Case 15. Female infertility: diagnosis and management
    Case 16. Diagnosis and management of hypocalcaemia in adults
    Case 17. Hypoglycaemia case study
    Case 18. Spontaneous hypoglycaemia
    Case 19. Thyroid nodule in a child (MEN 2)
    Case 20. What kind of diabetes?
    Case 21. Managing diabetes in pregnancy
    Case 22. Inability to lose weight
    Case 23. Medical problems in obesity
    Case 24. A case of severe hyponatraemia
    Case 25. Medical problems post bariatric surgery
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    36
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    40
  • Digital
    Anthony C. Hackney, Naama W. Constantini, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Manuela Simoni, Ilpo T. Huhtaniemi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of endocrinology of the male reproductive system, explaining how it works and how, sometimes, it fails to work. World-class specialists present state of the art knowledge on all aspects, including anatomy, physiology, molecular biology, genetics, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations of testicular diseases, endocrine aspects of andrological and sexual diseases, and therapy. Extensive consideration is given to sexual development, testicular function, the clinical approach to disorders of male reproduction, male hypogonadism, sexual dysfunction, and male infertility. In addition, sociodemographic, psychological, and ethical aspects of male reproductive disorders are discussed. The book is intended as a major reference for endocrinologists, andrologists, and sexologists, as well as basic and clinical scientists. It is published as part of the SpringerReference program, which delivers access to living editions constantly updated through a dynamic peer-review publishing process.

    Contents:
    GnRH Action
    Sex Determination
    Testicular Steroidogenesis and Testosterone
    Testis Development and Descent
    Anamnesis and Physical Examination
    The Semen Analysis
    Primary and Secondary Hypogonadism
    Gynecomastia
    Genetics of Male Infertility
    Varicocele
    Assisted Reporduction for Male Infertility
    Male Contraception
    Use, Misuse and Abuse of Androgens
    Ethical Aspects of Male Reproductive Disorders and Their Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Bettina Basrani, editor.
    Summary: This book reviews the available information on bacterial disinfection in endodontics, with emphasis on the chemical treatment of root canals based on current understanding of the process of irrigation. It describes recent advances in knowledge of the chemistry associated with irrigants and delivery systems, which is of vital importance given that chemical intervention is now considered one of the most important measures in eliminating planktonic microbes and biofilms from the infected tooth. Recommendations are made regarding concentrations, exposure times, and optimal sequences. Possible complications related to the use of the different solutions are highlighted, with guidance on response. In addition, clinical protocols are suggested on the basis of both clinical experience and the results of past and ongoing research. Throughout, a practical, clinically oriented approach is adopted that will assist the practitioner in ensuring successful endodontic treatment.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Root canal Infection. Importance of Biofilm
    Update in Root canal Anatomy with Micro CT
    Irrigation Dynamics
    Methods to study Irrigation
    Update of endodontic irrigation solutions
    Syringe irrigation
    Manual Dynamic technique
    Apical negative Pressure
    Sonic Irrigation
    Passive Ultrasonic Irrigation
    Continuous Ultrasonic irrigation
    Irrigation in retreatment cases
    Ozonized water
    Electrochemical activated water
    Lasers
    Photoactivated disinfection
    Clinical Protocol for irrigation
    Conclusions and final remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Josette Camilleri.
    Summary: "This is a core aspect of practice, but little attention is given to materials in existing endodontics books, where the topic is generally covered as a brief chapter. This book would provide complete details on the properties of materials required for specific techniques, supporting clinicians in selecting the right materials and improving patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pulp Capping Materials for the Maintenance of Pulp Vitality / Phillip L. Tomson and Henry. F. Duncan
    Treatment of Immature Teeth with Pulp Necrosis / Paul Cooper, Henry F. Duncan, Matthias Widbiller, and Kerstin M. Galler
    Endodontic Instruments and Canal Preparation Techniques / Laurence Jordan, Francois Bronnec, and Pierre Machtou
    Irrigating Solutions, Devices and Techniques / Christos Boutsioukis and Maria Teresa Arias-Moliz
    Root Canal Filling Materials and Techniques / Bun San Chong and Nicholas Chandler
    Root-end Filling and Perforation Repair Materials and Techniques / Josette Camilleri and Christof Pertl
    Materials and Clinical Techniques for Endodontic Therapy of Deciduous Teeth / Nastaran Meschi, Mostafa EzEldeen, Gertrude Van Gorp, and Paul Lambrechts
    Adhesion to Intraradicular and Coronal Dentin : Possibilities and Challenges / Mutlu Özcan, Claudia Angela Maziero Volpato, and Luiz Fernando D'Altoé.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Paul A. Rosenberg.
    Summary: Endodontic pain is a complex symptom that often drives a patient to a dentist in search of relief. In these circumstances, the patient is likely to pose a range of questions: Can you relieve my pain? Will the treatment be painful? How will I feel later? The answers to such questions often form the basis of the patient's assessment of the dentist. The combination of pain and a negative dental experience has physical and psychological sequelae for the patient that may last long after treatment. This book is a concise, well-structured guide to the assessment and treatment of patients who present with endodontic pain, in which step-by-step descriptions are complemented by informative images and flow charts. The advantages, disadvantages, and significance of specific diagnostic and treatment procedures are clearly described, as is a pharmacotherapeutic approach to the prevention and treatment of pain. In addition, the causes and biological basis of endodontic pain are explained and guidance is provided on further strategies for pain prevention. The crisp narrative, efficient design, and visual detail are notable features of this book that will make it an ideal chairside resource for the clinician and a dependable reference for the student.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis
    Odontogenic and Non-odontogenic Pain
    Radiographs and Diagnostic Tests
    Pulpal and Periapical Diagnostic Terminology and Treatment Considerations
    Causes of Endodontic Pain and Preventive Strategies
    Local Anesthesia
    Flare-Ups
    Therapeutics.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Igor Tsesis, Carlos E. Nemcovsky, Joseph Nissan, Eyal Rosen, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a multidisciplinary evidence-based approach to the management of teeth with lesions of endodontic-periodontal origin. The book opens by addressing the etiology and classification of endodontic-periodontal lesions, and demonstrates its relevance to the daily practice. Specific endodontic, prosthetic, and periodontal considerations that should be incorporated into clinical decision making and treatment planning are then discussed in detail. Subsequent chapters describe modern clinical procedures in periodontal regenerative treatment, describe vertical root fractures as an endodontic-periodontal lesion, examine treatment alternatives following the extraction of teeth with endodontic-periodontal lesions, and discuss possible biological complications in implant supported oral rehabilitation. Finally, a summary chapter considers the integration of clinical factors and patient values into clinical decision making. The text is accompanied by many figures presenting informative clinical examples. The authors are internationally renowned scientists and clinicians from the specialties of Endodontology, Periodontology, and Oral Rehabilitation. Owing to its multidisciplinary and comprehensive nature, the book will be relevant and interesting to the entire dental community.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Kishor Gulabivala, BDS, MSc, FDS RCS (Edin), PhD, FHEA, Yuan-Ling Ng, BDS, MSc, MRD RCS (Eng), PhD, FHEA.
    Contents:
    Tooth development, morphology and physiology / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Biological and clinical rationale for vital pulp therapy / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Biological and clinical rationale for root canal treatment / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Diagnosis of endodontic problems / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Treatment planning / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Pre-endodontic management / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Delivery of endodontic treatment
    Vital pulp therapy / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Non-surgical root canal treatment / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Management of root canal treatment failure / Yuan-Ling Ng, Kishor Gulabivala
    Management of emergencies and traumatic injuries / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    Management of root resorption / Yuan-Ling Ng, Kishor Gulabivala
    The perio-endo interface / Kishor Gulabivala, Ulpee Darbar, Yuan-Ling Ng
    The ortho-endo interface / Kishor Gulabivala, Farhad Naini
    The restorative-endo interface / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    The medical-endo interface / Alexander Mustard, Kishor Gulabivala
    The orofacial pain-endo interface / Rachel Leeson, Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
    The oral medicine/oral surgery-endo interface / Rachel Leeson, Kishor Gulabivala.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Mahmoud Torabinejad, Ashraf Fouad, Shakrokh Shabahang.
    Contents:
    Pathogenesis of pulp and periapical diseases
    Systemic health considerations in the endodontic patient and geriatric endodontics
    Endodontic radiology
    Endodontic diagnosis and treatment planning
    Differential diagnosis of pains and radiolucencies of nonpulpal origin
    Endodontic case complexity and working with the specialist
    Endodontic armamentarium
    Local anesthesia
    Endodontic emergencies and therapeutics
    Management of the vital pulp and of immature teeth
    Management of traumatic dental injuries
    Root canal anatomy
    Isolation, endodontic access, and length determination
    Cleaning and shaping
    Obturation and temporization
    Restoration of endodontically treated teeth
    Bleaching discolored nonvital teeth
    Procedural accidents
    Nonsurgical retreatment
    Apical microsurgery
    Adjunctive procedures
    Endodontic treatment outcomes
    Appendices. Summary table of the root numbers of the permanent maxillary teeth
    Summary table of the root canal systems of the permanent maxillary teeth
    Summary table of the root numbers of the permanent mandibular teeth
    Summary table of the root canal systems of the permanent mandibular teeth.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Friedrich Koch-Nolte, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Evolution and detection of endogenous ADP-ribosylation. The natural history of ADP-ribosyltransferases and the ADP-ribosylation system / L. Aravind, Dapeng Zhang, Robson F. de Souza, Swadha Anand and Lakshminarayan M. Iyer
    Identification and analysis of ADP-ribosylated proteins / Friedrich Haag and Friedrich Buck
    Part II. ADP-ribosylation by ARTCs (R-S-E ARTs). Photorhabdus luminescens Toxins TccC3 and TccC5: insecticidal ADP-ribosyltransferases that modify threonine and glutamine / Klaus Aktories, Gudula Schmidt and Alexander E. Lang
    Reaction mechanism of mno-ADP-ribosyltransferase based on structures of the complex of enzyme and substrate protein / Hideaki Tsuge and Toshiharu Tsurumura
    Regulation of nitrogenase by reversible mono-ADP-ribosylation / Vivian R. Moure, Flavia F. Costa, Leonardo M. Cruz, Fabio O. Pedrosa, Emanuel M. Souza, Xiao-Dan Li, Fritz Winkler and Luciano F. Huergo
    ADP-ribosylation of P2X7: a matter of life and death for regulatory T cells and natural killer T cells / Björn Rissiek, Friedrich Haag, Olivier Boyer, Friedrich Koch-Nolte and Sahil Adriouch
    Pierisins and CARP-1: ADP-ribosylation of DNA by ARTCs in butterflies and shellfish / Tsuyoshi Nakano, Azusa Takahashi-Nakaguchi, Masafumi Yamamoto and Masahiko Watanabe
    Part III. ADP-ribosylation by ARTDs (H-Y-E ARTs). Comparative structural analysis of the putative mono-ADP-ribosyltransferases of the ARTD/PARP family / Ana Filipa Pinto and Herwig Schüler
    Function and regulation of the mono-ADP-ribosyltransferase ARTD10 / Max Kaufmann, Karla L.H. Feijs and Bernhard Lüscher
    Regulation of nucleocytoplasmic transport by ADP-tibosylation: the emerging role of Karyopherin-[Beta]1 mono-ADP-ribosylation by ARTD15 / Maria Di Girolamo
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Manish Tripathi, Yogesh Joshi.
    Summary: This book draws the reader into the latest debate on fungal diversity and the concept of lichen symbiosis. Chapters of this book cohere around four general themes: endolichenic fungi, isolation and culture, identification and bioactive potential. This is a highly informative book providing scientific insight for scholars interested in lichens and fungi. This research intrigues readers with this fascinating and less known fungal community residing inside lichens and arouses curiosity among lichenologists and mycologists about these fungi and their potential. This treatise provokes debate on the definition of lichen and its compositional organisms and invites further investigations on this topic by adding to the scholarly debate with various new perspectives on endolichenic fungi in the last chapter. Not only this, it also clarifies the differences between endolichenic fungi, mycorrhiza and lichenicolous fungi and the fungi found freely in air, water and soil and contributes to the development of the new field of endolichenic fungi. This book supports readers to build their knowledge through helpful case studies conducted throughout the globe and plentiful figures and illustrations and chemical structures of the novel compounds harvested from endolichenic fungi. This book covers both classical and cutting-edge technologies in the field of endolichenic fungi and offers step-by-step procedures for isolation and identification of endolichenic fungi and further contributes in how one can harvest the secondary metabolites from endolichenic fungi. This book shares the knowledge of some highly experienced authorities in the field of lichenology, mycology and endolichenic fungi and offers a first stop for specialists who need information about particular aspects in the field of endolichenic fungi. This research will equip researchers, professors, professionals working in this field to understand lichens and its intricate internal ecosystem with a fresh perspective and also enables readers to explore further through annotated references to other works.

    Contents:
    1. What are Lichens?
    2. Introduction to Endolichenic fungi
    3. Protocols for isolating Endolichenic fungi
    4. Diversity of Endolichenic fungi
    5. Diversity and distribution of Endolichenic fungi in India and rest of world
    6. Endolichenic fungi: a promising source for novel bioactive compounds
    7. Future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Joanne Kwak-Kim, editor.
    Summary: The endometrium goes through cyclical changes under the influence of hormones, and immune effectors in the endometrium change their populations cyclically as well. Dynamic changes in immune effectors determine endometrial cytokine and chemokine milieus and, consequently, the endometrial immune response. Endometrial immune responses have been shown to be important for trophoblast invasion and early pregnancy. Indeed, dysregulated endometrial inflammatory immune responses are associated with reproductive failures, such as recurrent pregnancy losses, repeated implantation failure, and gynecological diseases with oncogenic potential. Hence, the investigation of endometrial gene expression may predict infertility, gynecological and oncological conditions. This book presents the state of the art in endometrial gene expression as well as recent developmental findings relating to reproduction and reproductive disorders. It begins with a review of the genetic regulation of urogenital tract formation and molecular mechanism underlying the physiology of menstrual cycle before moving on to the current and emerging technological advances in molecular biology. Endometrial gene expressions of immune inflammatory conditions, viral infection, metabolic and nutritional conditions, and reproductive disorders are then presented in following chapters. Examples of the use and interpretation of gene expression in clinical scenarios including recurrent pregnancy losses, infertility and multiple implantation failures are presented with currently available endometrial gene analysis. Utilizing the latest evidence and clinical guidelines, Endometrial Gene Expression will be a cutting-edge resource for gynecologist, reproductive immunologist, reproductive endocrinologists, obstetrician, maternal fetal medicine specialist and other health care providers in the field of reproductive medicine. .

    Contents:
    Endometrial Development and Its Fine Structure
    Molecular Biology Techniques for Endometrial Gene Expression: Recent Technological Advances
    T Cell-related Endometrial Gene Expression Abnormalities
    Role of Immunoregulatory Cytokine IL-15 in the Endometrium
    Endometrial Gene Expression in Women with Repeated Implantation Failure
    Endometrial Receptivity by ERA for Infertility
    Endometrium Gene Expression and Epigenetic Regulation in Reproductive Failure
    Endometrial Gene Expression for HHV6
    Infection and Endometrial Gene Expression: HHV6 and Infertility
    Endometrial Immune Inflammatory Gene Signature in Endometriosis
    Gene Expression in Endometriosis
    MicroRNA and Endometriosis
    Metabolic and Nutritional Impact on Endometrial Gene Expression and Reproductive Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sajal Gupta, Avi Harlev, Ashok Agarwal.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Predisposing and protective factors of endometriosis
    Theories on endometriosis
    Oxidative stress and endometriosis
    Role of iron in the pathogenesis of endometriosis
    Role of environmental pollutants in endometriosis
    Endometriosis and ovarian cancer
    Endometriosis: impact on quality of life
    Diagnosis of endometriosis
    Management of endometriosis
    Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Tasuku Harada, editor.
    Summary: Endometriosis is one of the most common gynecological diseases, causingpelvic pain, infertility, and cancer. The condition reduces the quality of life for the estimated 10% of menstruating women who are affected by it. This book provides a clear insight intothe pathogenesis and pathophysiology of endometriosis-essentialinformation forcliniciansintending to successfully treat the condition. The first part covers a range of topics including stem cells, NK cells, macrophages, inflammation, cytokines, epigenetics, prostaglandin, sex steroids, aromatase, apoptosis, nerve fibers, and malignant transformation to aid in understanding the pathogenesis and pathophysiology of the disease. The second part provides useful tools for therapy, specifically, notable recent techniques in prevention, imaging, biomarkers, medical treatments, surgical treatments, prevention of recurrence, and infertility treatments. Each chapter was written by an expert in the field, with nearly 40 researchers and clinicians contributing to the work. This book will be highly useful to clinicians as well as to research scientists who are interested in this enigmatic disease.

    Contents:
    Preface
    PART I. INTRODUCTION
    Endometriosis: a mysterious disease
    Part II. BASIC SCIENCE
    Pathological aspect and pathogenesis of endometriosis
    Visible and invisible (occult) endometriosis
    Role of stem cells in the pathogenesis of endometriosis
    Role of NK cells in endometriosis
    Macrophages in Pathophysiology of Endometriosis
    Inflammation and Cytokines in Endometriosis
    Epigenetics in endometriosis
    Roles of Prostaglandin E2 in Endometriosis
    Sex steroids and endometriosis
    Aromatase expression in endometriosis and its significance
    Apoptosis in Endometriosis
    Role of nerve fibres in endometriosis
    Endometriosis in experimental models
    Malignant transformation of endometriosis
    underlying mechanisms
    Potential new drugs for endometriosis: experimental evidence
    Altered Biological Characteristics of Eutopic and Ectopic Endometrium
    PartIII. CLINICAL SCIENCE
    Prevention of Endometriosis
    MR imaging of endometriosis
    Biomarkers of endometriosis
    Classification of Endometriosis
    The Association of Endometriosis with Ovarian Cancer: A Critical Review of Epidemiological Data
    Surgical management of endometriosis
    Systematic laparoscopic surgery of complete obliteration of the cul-de-sac
    Prevention of recurrence after surgery
    Ovarian reserve in patients with endometriosis
    Infertility treatment of endometriosis patients
    Pregnancy complications associated with endometriosis
    Malignant transformation of endometriosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Engin Oral, editor.
    Summary: Although endometriosis and adenomyosis are often assessed under the same umbrella, the epidemiology, clinical manifestations and management strategies of endometriosis and adenomyosis occur differently during the life cycle of a woman. Endometriosis can be diagnosed at many points across the lifespan, including adolescence and the climacterium, as well as pregnancy. Being associated with potential adverse health effects, different clinical presentations requiring different therapeutic approaches render it imperative to tailor management strategies for each period of the lifespan: in utero and early life, puberty and adolescence, reproductive years, pregnancy, late reproductive age, and the menopause. This book provides comprehensive insight into the general aspects, diagnosis and treatment modalities of endometriosis and adenomyosis in all stages of a woman's life - a unique element of its approach. Thematic sections discuss the basics of diagnosis and management of both endometriosis and adenomyosis from birth through menopause, including aspects of fertility preservation, sexual dysfunction, psychological considerations and prevention. The current pharmaceutical approaches and efficacy are presented, including progestins, aromatase inhibitors and GnRH agonists and antagonists. The final section provides current practice guidelines for the management of both conditions as well as an investigation into future research and clinical strategies. Taking a truly global perspective, Endometriosis and Adenomyosis will be a valuable resource for reproductive endocrinologists, infertility specialists and obstetricians and gynecologists worldwide.

    Contents:
    Part I. Endometriosis: An Overview
    Endometriosis in Human History
    Global Epidemiologic Data on Endometriosis
    Presumptive Causes of Endometriosis across the Lifespan
    Pathogenesis of Endometriosis: Retrograde Menstruation and Metaplasia, Inflammation, Autoimmunity, Genetics
    Classification and Clinical Staging of Endometriosis
    Diagnostic Modalities: Imaging and Markers
    Multidisciplinary Aspects of Chronic Pain without Endometriosis
    Part II. Endometriosis across the Lifespan
    Endometriosis In Utero and Early Life
    Endometriosis in Adolescence
    Endometriosis in the Reproductive Years: Fertility and Pain
    Endometriosis in Peri- and Postmenopausal Years
    Pregnancy and Obstetric Outcomes
    Part III. Miscellaneous Clinical Presentations and Management of Endometriosis
    Recurrent Endometriosis
    A Rare Entity of Extra Pelvic Endometriosis: Scar, Diaphragmatic, Pulmonary Involvement
    Fertility Preservation for Endometriosis
    Malignancy Risks Associated with Endometriosis
    Psychological Considerations in Endometriosis
    Sexual Dysfunction and Endometriosis
    Nutritional Interventions, Complementary and Alternative Medicine for Endometriosis
    Prevention of Endometriosis: Is It Possible?- How to Establish a "Center of Excellence" for Endometriosis
    Cost Estimates Associated with Diagnosis and Treatment of Endometriosis
    Part IV. Adenomyosis: An Overview
    What Is Adenomyosis?- Adenomyosis in Medicine
    Insights into Adenomyosis Development
    Classification and Staging of Adenomyosis
    Non-invasive Diagnosis of Adenomyosis: Ultrasonography and MRI
    Part V: Adenomyosis across the Lifespan
    Adenomyosis in Adolescence
    Adenomyosis in the Reproductive Years: Abnormal Uterine Bleeding, Pain, Fertility
    Pregnancy and Obstetric Outcomes in Adenomyosis
    Does Adenomyosis Increase Cancer Risk?- Part VI. Clinical Pharmaceutical Features of Drugs Used in Endometriosis and Adenomyosis Treatment
    Hormonal Therapy: Oral Contraceptives, Progestins, Danazol, Aromatase Inhibitors
    GnRH Agonists and Antagonists
    Part VII. Guidelines and Future Prospects for Endometriosis and Adenomyosis
    Recent Guidelines on Endometriosis and Adenomyosis
    The Future of Endometriosis and Adenomyosis Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    Ceana H. Nezhat.
    Summary: Adolescent endometriosis is a previously overlooked disease in children, the true prevalence of which is still unknown but has been estimated between 19-73%. There are numerous initial challenges faced by adolescents suffering from delayed or undiagnosed endometriosis apart from experiencing chronic pain, such as: school/work absenteeism, false diagnoses/treatments, erroneous physician referrals, unnecessary radiological studies, radiation exposure, and emergency room visits as well as early exposure to narcotic pain medications and subsequent drug tolerance, resistance or even addiction. This text presents a clear history of physician and patient understanding and awareness of endometriosis in adolescents. It lays the groundwork for this condition with background information on endometriosis in general followed by a more focused look at endometriosis in adolescents. Leading experts in the field provide chapters on the different locations where endometriotic lesions can present in adolescents as well as identified risk factors and concomitant diseases of which it is important to be aware. In addition to the clinical presentation, this book also provides information on breaking down existing barriers, such as stigma, and current activism and awareness of this condition. Adolescent Endometriosis is a first-of-its-kind text that focuses exclusively on endometriosis in the adolescent population. Written by experts in the field, this book is a comprehensive resource for clinicians in all medical disciplines that treat adolescent age girls. .

    Contents:
    Preface
    History of Endometriosis in Adolescents
    Endometriosis ancient disease ancient treatments
    Endometriosis in Adolescents
    Endometriosis Definition
    Defining Endometriosis for doctors and patients
    Etiology of Endometriosis
    Molecular Mechanisms underlying Adolescent Endometriosis and Advancements in Medical Management
    Pathophysiology of endometriosis
    Optimal Management of Endometriosis and Pain
    The Presence of Endometriosis in the Human Fetus
    Diagnosis
    Clinical Evaluation and Preoperative Considerations in Adolescent Girls with Endometriosis
    Neuroanatomical insights in adolescents with endometriosis and pain
    Reproductive Tract Anomalies in Adolescent Endometriosis
    Obstructed Mullerian Anomalies and Endometriosis in the Adolescent
    Adenomyosis In Adolescence
    (Henry) Patient Story SKM
    Endometriosis Classifications
    Current classifications addressing endometriosis in adolescents related to symptoms
    Imaging
    Imaging for endometriosis in adolescent
    Utility of ultrasound in the evaluation in adolescents suspected of endometriosis
    Clinical Manifestations
    Neonatal uterine bleeding and adolescent endometriosis
    Hammer and Nail Medicine: The Cost of Non-Acceptance in Adolescent Psychology and Endometriosis
    Fertility Outcomes
    FERTILITY OUTCOMES - REDUCING OVARIAN DAMAGE DURING ENDOMETRIOSIS SURGERY
    Fertility Preservation in Adolescents with Endometriosis
    Endometriosis Comorbidities
    Comorbidities in adolescent women with endometriosis
    Associated Pathology
    Thyroid Disorders in Adolescence
    Polycystic Ovary Syndrome in Adolescents
    Benign Adnexal Masses in Pediatric and Adolescent Females
    Adnexal Masses in the Adolescent Population
    Ovarian Torsion in Adolescents
    Ovary Sparing Surgery for Ovarian Torsion in Adolescents
    Adnexal Torsion in Adolescent and Pediatric Patients
    (Ziegler) Patient Stories SKM
    Pre-operative Considerations
    Anesthesia considerations for operative laparoscopy in pediatric and adolescent gynecological surgery
    Patient Positioning for Operative Laparoscopy in Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecological Surgery
    Instrumentation for operative laparoscopy in pediatric and adolescent gynecological surgery
    Interventions
    Surgical Interventions
    Laparoscopic Surgery in Adolescents for Endometriosis
    The Role of Hysteroscopy in Adolescent Gynecologic Evaluation and Treatment
    Nutrition and Lifestyle Factors
    Medical Management of Endometriosis in Adolescents
    Curcumin in the management of Endometriosis
    The holistic approach to managing adolescent endometriosis
    (Wright) Patient Story
    Post-operative Considerations
    Complications of Endoscopic Surgery for Adolescents Endometriosis: Prevention, Recognition, and Management
    Todays Activism: increasing awareness among physicians and patients
    Approach to diagnosis of adolescent endometriosis for the primary care pediatrician
    Individual Actions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Wolfgang Draf, MD, PhD, formerly Professor and Director, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, Klinikum Fulda, Fulda, Germany, International Neuroscience Institute, Hannover, Germany, Ricardo L. Carrau, MD, Professor and Director, Comprehensive Skull Base Surgery Program, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, James Cancer Center and Solove Research Institute, Wexner Medical at The University of Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, USA, Ulrike Bockmühl, MD, PhD, Professor and Director, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, Klinikum Kassel, Kassel, Germany, Amin B. Kassam, MD, Vice President, Neurosciences System Clinical Program, Aurora Neuroscience Innovation Institute, Medical Director, Neurosurgery, Aurora St. Luke's Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Peter Vajkoczy, MD, PhD, Professor and Director, Department of Neurosurgery, Charité University Medicine, Berlin, Germany.
    Summary: "This book presents a complete step-by-step guide to endonasal endoscopic skull base surgery, written by prominent interdisciplinary specialists and reflecting important recent developments in the field. Combining the fundamentals of skull base anatomy and pathology with current diagnostic and interventional imaging techniques, Endonasal Endoscopic Surgery of Skull Base Tumors: An Interdisciplinary Approach provides a solid clinical foundation for anyone working in this challenging and evolving specialty. Special features: - State-of-the-art contributions from international experts in endonasal endoscopic skull base surgery - A 360ʻ panoramic assessment of skull base pathologies - Description of basic and advanced endoscopic procedures based on the endonasal corridor system - Current tumor-specific strategies, including indications and preoperative work-up, endoscopic surgical techniques, sequel and potential complications, postoperative care, outcomes, and pearls and pitfalls - Clear and consistent interdisciplinary guidelines for managing the internal carotid artery in skull base surgery, allowing the removal of previously inoperable tumors - Surgical outcomes from two of the leading international skull base centers, one in Fulda, Germany (formerly headed by Professor Draf), and one joint program at the University of Brescia and University of Varese, Italy Complete with 500 full-color photographs, anatomic illustrations, flowcharts, and tables, Endonasal Endoscopic Surgery of Skull Base Tumors: An Interdisciplinary Approach offers a practical management approach and sets a new standard in the field"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    History of endonasal tumor surgery
    Anatomy of anterior, central, and posterior skull base
    Etiology, biology, and pathology of skull base tumors
    Imaging assessment and endovascular treatment
    Management of the internal carotid artery in skull base tumor surgery
    Multidisciplinary endoscopic skull base centers: delivering integrated care
    360 Access to the skull base
    The Sinonasal corridor
    Expanded endoscopic endonasal approaches
    Transpterygoid approaches
    Endoscopic transsphenoidal pituitary surgery: endoneurosurgery
    Tumor-specific strategies
    Dural reconstruction
    Prevention and management of complications
    Surgical results.
  • Digital
    Ravindra H. Patil, Vijay L. Maheshwari, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the various therapeutic and commercial applications of compounds produced by endophytes. Endophytes are microorganisms that reside in the living internal tissues of plants without showing any apparent symptom of their presence. During their life cycle, they establish a symbiotic or parasitic relationship with the host plant. The book discusses different kinds of compounds that these endophytes produce, and their potential properties such as antimicrobial, anti-oxidative, anti-inflammatory, anticancer, neutraceutical, immunomodulatory etc. Other prospects of entophytic biology such as fungi of wild and domesticated crop plants and their applications in sustainable agriculture have also been included. The book also provides details about various techniques used in endophyte research, metabolite detection and bioactivity-based assays to explore endophytes. Endophytes with phytohormonesproducing potential and their role in plant microbial interactions under stress are also discussed. The book also highlights novel strategies to tap into the hidden potential of endophytic fungi for the production of novel biomolecules using an integrated approach. These microorganisms have attracted a lot of scientific attention worldwide because of their huge potential for novel phytochemicals, pharmaceuticals and lead compounds. Hundreds of new novel endophytic fungi have been isolated, identified and systematically studied in last decade. However, this is the first of its kind, systematic compilation of potential biotechnological applications of endophytic compounds. Chapter contributions from groups across the globe make this book very up-to-date and informative. This book is very useful and interesting for students and researchers in the field of microbiology, plant sciences, mycology and pharmacology. It is also helpful for industry experts working on developing novel compounds.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Biologically active secondary metabolites from endophytic Alternaria species
    Chapter 2. Endophytic fungi of wild and domesticated crop plants and their prospect for applications in sustainable agriculture
    Chapter 3. Recent update on novel anticancer compounds from endophytes
    Chapter 4. Indo-Pak medicinal plants and their endophytes: An emphasis on nutraceutical and bioactive potential
    Chapter 5. Pharmacological applications of bioactive secondary metabolites from endophytes
    Chapter 6. Antimicrobial activity of endophytic fungi isolated from some selected ethno-medicinal plants of Assam, India
    Chapter 7. Endophytic fungi:a source of novel pharmaceutical compounds
    Chapter 8. Endophytic microflora of Sri Lankan plants: an overview of the therapeutic and agricultural applications of the secondary metabolites
    Chapter 9. In situ probing of endophyte natural products with DESI-imaging mass spectrometry
    Chapter 10. Role of phytohormonesproducing fungal endophytes in plant microbial interactions under stress
    Chapter 11. Strategies for tapping into hidden potential of endophytic fungi as sources of novel biomolecules-need for an integrated approach
    Chapter 12. Endophytes: potential source of compounds of commercial and therapeutic application.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dinesh Kumar Maheshwari, Shrivardhan Dheeman.
    Summary: The challenges to meet the food requirement of the burgeoning population and stabilized productivity of agriculture lands can only be met by a second green revolution. After steadily declining for over a decade hunger is on the rise again, affecting million people of the global population. Therefore, crop yields must be increased substantially over the coming decades to keep pace with global food demand. The plant rhizosphere is a multidimensional and dynamic ecological environment of complicated microbe-plant interactions for harnessing essential macro and micronutrients from a limited nutrient pool. This book will showcase naturally-occurring endophyte which can be explored for nutrient mineralization and mobilization for sustainable agriculture. This will cover recent trends, prospects, critical commentaries and advancement in the research area focusing on naturally-occurring beneficial endophytic microbes. Thus, it is proposed to bring out new scientific insights and frontiers of research that have exploration of endophyte for mineral nutrient management in soil and crops. The chapters are contributed by leading scientists across the globe. The book will be useful to agronomists, microbiologists, ecologists, plant pathologists, molecular biologists, environmentalists, policy makers, conservationists, and NGOs working for the crop production and productivity development and consequently over all agricultural significance.

    Contents:
    Section I: Endophytes in Agriculture
    1. Endophytes in the Course of Mineral Nutrient Management in Agriculture: An Introduction; D.K. Maheshwari, S. Dheeman
    2. Biological control by fungal and bacterial endophytes; M. Romero
    3. Microbial endophytes mediated phosphorus solubilization: Sustainable approach to improve soil fertility and plant growth; S. S. Sindhu
    4. Cattle dung inhabiting bacteria enhance yield of Foeniculum vulgare Mill; Sandhya Dhiman
    Section II: Endophytes and Mineral Nutrition
    5. Contribution of endophytic non-rhizobial bacteria to improve nitrogen-fixation efficiency of legume crops; Hassan Etesami
    6. Endophytes and Sustainable Agriculture: Recent Prospects of Nutrient Management; M. Ghorbhanpour
    7. Role of Endophytes- PGPR in yield enhancement of Sesamum indicum L. under integrated nutrient management; S. Kumar, R.C. Dubey
    8. Beneficial Effects of Dark Septate Endophytes to Crop Mineral Nutrition; Jerri Zilli
    9. Tropical endophytic Bacillus enhance plant growth and nutrient uptake in maize; Eliane Aparecida Gomes
    Section III: Beneficial Microbes and Mineral Nutrition
    10. Mycorrhizal inhabiting endophytic actinobacteria in plant growth promotion; W. Pathom-Aree
    11. Fungal endophytes in the improvement of Biomass Yield, Nutritive Value and Accumulation of Minerals in certain crops; Oscar Santamaria
    12. Mineralization by plant growth promoting bacteria: What we know so far and where we are headed to in the genomic era?; Chokchai Kittiwongwattana
    13. Re-evaluating the potential functions of endophytic PGPR for acquisition of mineral nutrients by plants; Becky Nancy Aloo
    14. Bacillus sp. as PGPR and their significance in enhancement of nutrient use efficiency of certain Millet crops; Yogesh Kumar Negi, Chitra Pandey
    Conclusion: Current approaches of endophytes in mineral nutrient management; K.G. Ramawat, D.K. Maheshwari .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Trevor R. Hodkinson, Fiona M. Doohan, Brian R. Murphy, Matthew J. Saunders.
    Summary: Discusses the role of endophytes in food security, forestry and health. It outlines their general biology, spanning theory to practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    by the Healthcare Sterile Processing Association.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC78.7.E5 E536 2022
    1
  • Digital
    James J. Evans, Tyler J. Kenning, Christopher Farrell, Varun R. Kshettry, editors.
    Summary: The first two sections of this text address endoscopic and keyhole surgical procedures for cranial base and deep brain structures. These sections provide a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of this minimally invasive field and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers with an interest in cranial base surgery. The philosophy, techniques, indications and limitations of endoscopic and keyhole cranial base surgery are covered in detail. This reference includes a discussion of the basic principles of these approaches as well as the preoperative planning, intraoperative pearls, and reconstruction techniques. The thorough descriptions of the practical and technical aspects are accompanied by extensive illustrations, figures and operative images. Extending beyond the technical details of these procedures, this text provides a third section that focuses on a thorough analysis and comparison of the endoscopic, keyhole and traditional open approaches to specific intracranial regions. Utilizing a "target-based" approach, the utility of each surgical technique is evaluated in regard to accessing pathology of the anterior, middle and posterior fossa cranial base as well as the deep central regions of the brain. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up to date scientific and clinical information. Endoscopic and Keyhole Cranial Base Surgery will be a valuable resource to specialists in optimizing surgical results and improving patient outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors, Manuel Bernal-Sprekelsen, Isam Alobid ; co-editors, Joaquim Enseñat, Alberto Prats-Galino.
    Contents:
    Section 1. Introduction
    Section 2. Anatomy of the lateral nasal wall and the paranasal sinuses
    Section 3. Anterior cranial fossa
    Section 4. Middle cranial fossa
    Section 5. Clivus and posterior cranial fossa
    Sectio 6. Pterygopalatine and infratemporal fossa
    Section 7. Combined endoscopic-transcranial approaches
    Section 8. Basic landmarks in expanded endoscopic skull base surgery
    Section 9. Reconstruction techniques.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Jeffrey Cheng, John P. Bent, editors.
    Contents:
    External and Middle Ear
    Nasal Cavity and Nasopharynx
    Oral Cavity and Oropharynx
    Airway and Aerodigestive Tract.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    M. Priyanthi Kumarasinghe, Ian Brown, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] David F. Jimenez.
    Summary: Destined to be the definitive reference in this complex surgical area, Endoscopic Craniosynostosis Surgery is the first single resource to offer complete coverage of techniques, outcomes, complications, and results when treating patients with craniosynostosis endoscopically. Dr. David F. Jimenez, a pioneer in the field who has developed minimally invasive endoscopic surgeries to treat very young infants with this condition, provides all appropriate data and detailed guidance on every aspect of the management of craniosynostosis using endoscopic techniques. Covers the surgical management of every type of single suture synostosis as well as multiple and complex synostosis. Presents surgical techniques in depth, with a complete review of short- and long-term outcomes and results. Provides detailed information on patient anesthesia and how to set up the operating room for surgery. Includes detailed descriptions of helmets and their management. Features hundreds of radiographs, clinical photos, and procedural illustrations, as well as procedural videos. Discusses complication avoidance, provides surgical pearls throughout, and supplies patient information online. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access bonus images plus all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

    Contents:
    The History and Evolution of Craniosynostosis Surgery
    The Evaluation, Correction, and Prevention of Pathologic Facial Development Secondary to Craniosynostosis
    Background and Management Principles
    Perioperative Logistics
    The Role of the Nurse in Endoscopic Craniosynostosis Surgery
    Anesthesia Management
    Ophthalmic Complications of Craniosynostosis and the Impact of Endoscopic Repair
    Sagittal Craniosynostosis
    Unicoronal Craniosynostosis
    Metopic Craniosynostosis
    Nonsyndromic Bicoronal Craniosynostosis
    Bicoronal Syndromic Craniosynostosis
    Lambdoid Craniosynostosis
    Multiple Suture Nonsyndromic Craniosynostosis
    Postoperative Cranial Orthotic Therapy
    Complications and Avoidance
    Final Thoughts and Conclusions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Petrisor A. Geavlete.
    Contents:
    Endoscopic aspects of prostate anatomy
    Endoscopic electroresection of benign prostatic adenoma (TURP)
    Bipolar electroresection of prostate adenomas
    Electrovaporization of prostate adenoma
    Endoscopic incision of the prostate (TUIP)
    Laser treatment for benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Enucleation of benign prostatic hyperplasia
    Microwave thermotherapy in the treatment of prostatic adenomas (TUMT)
    Radiofrequency ablation in the treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia (TUNA)
    Transurethral balloon dilation of the prostate
    Prostatic stents
    Minimally invasive treatment algorithm for benign prostatic hyperplasia
    The place of endoscopy in the modern treatment of prostate cancer
    Endoscopic treatment of prostatic abscesses
    Endoscopic treatment of prostatic lithiasis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Tsuneo Oyama, editor.
    Summary: This book covers pre-operative diagnosis and new techniques for dissecting early-stage gastric cancer. With abundant color figures and extensive explanations, it covers actual practice scenarios, including difficult-to-treat cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Livio Presutti, Daniele Marchioni.
    Summary: "Increasingly used as an adjunctive tool in the diagnosis and management of ear disease, middle ear endoscopy has the potential to decrease patient morbidity, prevent disease recurrence, and reduce costs. Its capacity to uncover hidden anatomy within the small dimensions of the ear has made it essential for functional surgery, allowing surgeons to preserve key anatomic structures such as the cochlea and facial nerve. Now for the first time, the physicians who pioneered this groundbreaking minimally invasive technique review its indications, advantages, disadvantages, and surgical approaches. Written by the foremost leaders in the field, all members of the International Working Group on Endoscopic Ear Surgery. Features nearly 1,000 intraoperative endoscopic images filmed with high-definition cameras, plus outstanding line drawings that aid in understanding all concepts. Comprehensively covers the field, including chapters on endoscopic and combined endoscopic-microscopic management of cholesteatoma, surgical restoration of middle ear ventilation, myringoplasty, Meniere disease, tympanoplasty and stapes surgery, revision surgery, and much more. Demonstrates state-of-the-art endoscopic procedures in 19 instructive videos. From the unique anatomy and pathophysiology of the middle ear through diagnosis, surgical indications, procedures, and instrumentation, this book is indispensable for all otolaryngologists and neurotologists. It offers a full picture of the field today, as well as exploring the future possibilities of ear endoscopes alone or in combination with operative microscopes for the most effective treatment of middle ear pathologies"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Galloro, editor.
    Summary: Owing to the alterations in visceral anatomy, many endoscopists, and especially trainees, experience difficulties when performing endoscopic surveys or procedures in patients who have previously undergone surgery to the digestive tract. In this richly illustrated book, an expert in the field provides a detailed overview of endoscopic follow-up of gastrointestinal (esophageal, gastric, and colorectal) anastomosis. Both normal appearances and pathological conditions involving complications are fully covered. The methodology, timing, protocols, and role of diagnostic endoscopy are first discussed. Endoscopic treatments for the resolution of different clinical problems related to recurrences, stenoses, dehiscences, and fistulas are then evaluated step by step with the aid of high-quality images. Regardless of level of experience, endoscopists and gastroenterologists will find Endoscopic Follow-up of Digestive Anastomosis to be an invaluable source of information and aid to treatment in this important area, which too often receives insufficiently detailed attention.

    Contents:
    Analysis of Surgical Risk Factors in Tailoring Digestive Anastomosis
    Impact of Flexible Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Digestive Anastomosis
    Methodology and Appropriateness of Follow-Up in Digestive Endoscopy
    Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up in Operated Patients After Esophageal Surgery
    Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up After Gastric Surgery
    Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up in Operated Patients After Small Bowel Surgery
    Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up in Operated Patients After Colorectal Surgery
    Intraoperative Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Digestive Anastomoses
    Contribution of Endo-ultrasonography
    Augmented Endoscopy Imaging in the Study of Digestive Anastomosis: Does It Really Work and How?
    Physiopathology and Treatment of Anastomotic Ulcer: An Emerging Pathology?
    Endoscopic Treatment of Anastomotic Recurrences in Oncologic Patients
    Therapeutic Endoscopy for the Treatment of Benign Anastomotic Strictures
    Review: Therapeutic Endoscopy for the Treatment of Anastomotic Dehiscences
    Hemostatic Procedures in the Bleeding Anastomosis
    Endoscopic Treatment of Anastomotic Complications After Bariatric Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Vani J.A. Konda, Irving Waxman, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Daniele Marchioni, Livio Presutti.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Jin-Sung Kim, Jun Ho Lee, Yong Ahn, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roy R. Casiano, Islam R. Herzallah, Jean Anderson Eloy ; Robert Margulies, medical illustrator.
  • Digital
    Peter-John Wormald.
    Summary: There has been a significant shift from external and headlight sinus surgery to endoscopic sinus surgery (ESS). This dramatic change was initiated by the pioneering studies of Messerklinger in which he demonstrated that each sinus has a predetermined mucociliary clearance pattern draining toward its natural ostium irrespective of additional openings that may have been created into the sinuses.1 This philosophy of opening the natural ostium of the diseased sinus was then popularized by Stammberger2 and Kennedy.3 ESS is now accepted as the surgical management of choice for chronic sinusitis. In addition, as our knowledge of the anatomy of the sinuses has improved, other ancillary techniques such as endoscopic lacrimal surgery4 and orbital decompression5 have been developed. The development of specialized instruments has facilitated the endoscopic management of benign endonasal tumors6,7 and more recently the endoscopic management of malignant tumors8 of the nose, sinuses, and intracranial cavity. Endoscopic sinus surgery, ancillary nasal and sinus procedures, and, more recently, endoscopic transnasal intracranial surgery requires a broad range of specially designed endoscopic surgical instruments. -Introduction
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel H. Kim, Gun Choi, Sang-Ho Lee, Richard G. Fessler.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    Norio Fukami, editor.
    Contents:
    History of ESD
    Indications of ESD in the Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Indication for Colorectal ESD
    Role of EUS on Preoperative Staging of Gastric Cancer for ESD
    Advanced Endoscopic Imaging in the Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Advanced Endoscopic Imaging in the Lower Gastrointestinal Tract
    Injection Material for ESD
    Eastern Perspective
    Submucosal Fluid Cushion Injection Fluid
    Western Perspective
    Electrocautery
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection for Superficial Esophageal Cancer
    ESD Technique: Stomach
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection Technique: Colorectum
    How to Conquer Difficult ESD: Duodenum, Fibrosis, and More
    Prevention of Stricture Formation after Esophageal Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
    Regenerative Medicine for Stricture Management: What does the Future Hold?
    Prevention, Identification, and Treatment of Hemorrhage
    Management of Gastrointestinal EMR & ESD perforation: From Lab to Practice
    Identification, Treatment, and Prevention of Complications: Perforation in the Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Prevention, Identification, and Treatment of Perforation in the Lower Gastrointestinal Tract
    Post-resection surveillance
    POEM
    ESD Expansion: NOTES ? Eastern perspective
    ESD Expansion: NOTES ? The Western Perspective
    ESD Training in the East
    ESD training in Western Countries.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Livio Presutti, Francesco Mattioli, editors.
    Summary: This manual covers all aspects of endoscopic surgery of the lacrimal drainage system. Step-by-step descriptions are provided of endoscopic dacrocystorhinostomy (DCR) and its use in revision surgery, accompanied by numerous helpful photographs and anatomical drawings. In addition, clear flow charts are included to aid in diagnostic and surgical decision making and identify surgical indications. Essential information is provided on anatomy, physiology, and pathology, and an individual chapter is devoted to imaging of the lacrimal drainage system. Further topics include lacrimal probes and stents, potential complications of surgery, and endoscopic DCR in the pediatric age group. This book will assist the practitioner in negotiating the steep learning curve involved in gaining the skills needed to perform endoscopic surgery of the lacrimal drainage system, which offers significant advantages in terms of avoidance of external incisions and maintenance of the lacrimal pump.

    Contents:
    1 Anatomy of the lacrymal drainage system
    2 Physiology of the lacrymal drainage system
    3 Pathology of the lacrymal drainage system
    4 Imaging of the lacrymal drainage system and interventional radiology
    5 Epiphora and indications for surgery
    6 Endoscopic dacryocistorhinostomy
    7 Pediatric pathologies and indication for surgery
    8 Dacryocistorhinostomy in revision surgery
    9 Lacrimal Probe, Stent and Incanulation
    10 Complication in lachrymal drainage system surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Benjamin S. Bleier, Suzanne K. Freitag, Raymond Sacks.
    Summary: "The field of endoscopic orbital surgery is one of the most rapidly advancing areas in modern day rhinology and oculoplastic practice and despite extensive research efforts, there is currently no text dedicated to the subject. Over the past decade and particularly over the past 2-3 years, there has been tremendous advancement in both the knowledge and surgical techniques involved in orbital surgery. This text provides a fully comprehensive review of all the Anatomy, Pathology and Physiology pertaining to the Orbit, Paranasal sinuses and surrounding structures in the region. The book then progresses to detail the management of the spectrum of pathologies encountered in the region and to debate all the pros and cons of differing treatment approaches with current evidence based medicine. It contains both radiologic and anesthetic considerations and details post-operative management of these patients"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Anatomy of the Orbit and Paranasal Sinuses / Lora R. Dagi-Glass
    2. Anatomy, Physiology, and Treatment of the Tearing Adult / Michael K. Yoon
    3. Radiologic Assessment of the Orbit and Lacrimal System / Hugh Curtin
    4. Evaluation and Management of Congenital Lacrimal Obstruction / Suzanne K. Freitag
    5. Evaluation and Management of Acquired Lacrimal Obstruction / Geoffrey Wilcsek
    6. Pathogenesis of Thyroid Eye Disease / Nahyoung Grace Lee
    7. Indications and Techniques for Orbital Decompression / Suzanne K. Freitag
    8.Complications of Orbital Decompression and Management / Nithin D. Adappa
    9. Strabismus and Eyelid Surgery in Thyroid Eye Disease / Dean M. Cestari
    10. Orbital Trauma Management, Reconstruction, and External Approaches to the Orbit / Daniel R. Lefebvre
    11. Optic Nerve Decompression / Ralph B. Metson
    12. Primary Neoplasms of the Orbit / Vijay R. Ramakrishnan Note continued: 13. Open Management of Primary Orbital Neoplasms / Carl Snyderman
    14. Endoscopic Management of Primary Orbital Neoplasms / Benjamin S. Bleier
    15. Endoscopic Management of Skull Base Neoplasms with Orbital Involvement / Richard J. Harvey
    16. Transorbital Approaches to the Sinuses, Skull Base, and Intracranial Space / Kris S. Moe
    17. Orbital Complications of Sinusitis and Management / Zachary M. Soler
    18. Management of Iatrogenic Orbital Injury / Geoffrey E. Rose
    19. Anesthetic Technique for Endoscopic Orbital Surgery / Raymond Sacks
    20. Postoperative Care and Complications Following Open and Endoscopic Orbital Surgery / Alkis J. Psoitis.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
  • Digital
    Roberto Alexandre Dezena.
    Summary: Endoscopic third ventriculostomy is the most widely performed neuroendoscopic procedure around the world. Several scientific papers appear in the scientific literature every month, with an increasing number, given the great interest neuroendoscopy has aroused as well as controversies about certain aspects of endoscopic third ventriculostomy. With this reasoning, the goal of this book is to be a reference in the revision of classic concepts and scientifically proven aspects about the indications and techniques of endoscopic third ventriculostomy, as well as new neuroendoscopic tendencies. The book is structured in 2 parts and into 7 chapters. Part I - Classic Concepts - comprises the first 2 chapters, covering general aspects of neuroendoscopy such as historical notes, endoscopic anatomy and ventricular system physiology. Part II - State-of-the-Art - comprises chapters 3 to 7. From chapters 3 to 6 the book will discuss general principles of endoscopic ventricular technique and the applications of endoscopic third ventriculostomy in different age groups, and its association to choroid plexus coagulation. Chapter 7 deals with alternative ways of communicating the ventricular system with the cisterns of the subarachnoid space. All chapters are richly illustrated with high resolution images; there are links to online access to demonstrative surgical videos. Designed for neurosurgeons at every level, the book will be unique in the market, as there is no similar book in the current scientific literature that specifically discusses endoscopic third ventriculostomy in its broadest sense. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Won June Yoon.
    Summary: This book presents state of the art information on all aspects of endoscopic transaxillary augmentation mammoplasty with the aim of sharing the insights gained by the author during the performance of more than 2500 endoscopic breast augmentation procedures. With the aid of high-quality figures, the reader is guided through each step of the preoperative design and surgery, including when using a dual plane type II or III approach. Helpful information is also provided on anatomy, choice of implant, the endoscopy system and instruments, potential complications, and revision augmentation mammoplasty. Endoscopic transaxillary breast augmentation has been gaining in popularity owing to the various advantages that it offers, namely small incisions, enhanced visibility, and improved accuracy and predictability of breast enlargement. This book is exceptional in covering every facet of the procedure and related issues and in documenting best practice on the basis of a wealth of experience. It will equip those embarking on such surgery with essential knowledge and assist them in negotiating the learning curve.

    Contents:
    1) History of Augmentation Mammoplasty
    2) Anatomy for Augmentation Mammoplasty
    3) The implants
    4) Endoscopic system and instruments
    5) Preoperative design for augmentation mammoplasty
    6) Transaxillary endoscopic augementation mammoplasty
    7) Transaxillary endoscopic approach for dual plane II & III
    8) Complications and Revisional Augmentation mammoplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Piero Nicolai, Marco Ferrari, Roberto Maroldi, Marco Maria Fontanella, Lena Hirtler, Manfred Tschabitscher, Luigi Fabrizio Rodella.
    Summary: "Highlighting the most recent experience from seven top leaders and innovators in the field, this seminal new work presents detailed topographic anatomy of the skull base and adjacent areas in a way not previously seen before. The result is a multidisciplinary atlas merging anatomy, otolaryngology, neurosurgery, and radiology, so as to facilitate creation of a mental "virtual reconstruction" of the complete approach and operative situs. The result is a greatly extended range of surgical possibilities into previously uncharted territory using endoscopic technology. Key Features: Provides the basis for cultivating a firm and confident understanding of the 3D anatomy of this intricately complex region Emphasizes the ability of the endoscopic surgeon to integrate CT and MRI findings into the surgical planning process A logical and modular organization of the contents intends to make for easy correlation with the surgical literature Brilliant step-by-step presentation of dissections using cadavers, helping readers to fully understand all the anatomical nuances Numerous previously unpublished approaches covered here for the first time in a book, step by step Endoscopic Transnasal Anatomy of the Skull Base and Adjacent Areas is an indispensable resource for fellows and specialists in neurosurgery and ENT surgery wishing to widen their competence in endoscopic skull base surgery"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    edited by Frank G. Gress, Thomas J. Savides.
    Contents:
    1. Endoscopic ultrasonography at the beginning: a personal history
    2. Basic principles and fundamentals of EUS imaging
    3. Learning EUS anatomy
    4. EUS instruments, room setup, and assistants
    5. EUS procedure: consent and sedation
    6. The EUS report
    7. Radial EUS: normal anatomy
    8. Linear-array EUS: normal anatomy
    9. EUS elastography
    10. Fundamentals of EUS FNA
    11. EUS FNA cytology: material preparation and interpretation
    12. High-frequency ultrasound probes
    13. EUS: applications in the mediastinum
    14. EBUS and EUS for lung cancer diagnosis and staging
    15. EUS for esophageal cancer
    16. EUS of the stomach and duodenum
    17. Gastrointestinal subepithelial masses
    18. EUS for the diagnosis and staging of solid pancreatic neoplasms
    19. EUS for pancreatic cysts
    20. The role of EUS in inflammatory diseases of the pancreas
    21. Autoimmune pancreatitis
    22. EUS for biliary diseases
    23. EUS in liver disease
    24. Colorectal EUS
    25. Therapeutic EUS for cancer treatment
    26. EUS-guided biliary access
    27. Pancreatic fluid collection drainage
    28. EUS-guided drainage of pelvic fluid collections
    29. EUS hemostasis
    30. Training in EUS
    31. The future of EUS.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Antonio Facciorusso, Nicola Muscatiello, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of current endoscopic ultrasound use in all aspects of pancreatology, from diagnosis to therapy, i.e., from tissue acquisition, with standard fine-needle aspiration and the newer biopsy needles, to less invasive techniques such as contrast-enhanced ultrasound and elastography. It also covers novel therapeutic strategies, with a particular focus on ablative treatments and lumen-apposing stents, and describes techniques developed by the editors, in particular combined celiac plexus neurolysis with pancreatic tumor ethanol ablation and elastography-guided fine-needle aspiration. All topics are developed by pursuing an evidence-based approach and several recent meta-analyses, the majority of which were published by the authors. Due to several recent advances in the field, endoscopic ultrasound has taken on a pivotal role in the diagnosis, staging, and treatment of pancreatic lesions; as such, the present volume offers an invaluable tool for staying abreast of the state-of-the-art in this field.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Philip W. Y. Chiu, Yasushi Sano, Noriya Uedo, Rajvinder Singh, editors.
    Summary: Endoscopy in Early Gastrointestinal Cancers, Volume 1: Diagnosis provides detailed information of the technique of novel endoscopic diagnostic tools including magnifying endoscopy, narrow band imaging system (NBI), autofluorescence endoscopy (AFI), endocytoscopy, FICE and confocal endomicroscopy. Carcinoma of the gastrointestinal tract remained a major health issue worldwide, which is, however notoriously difficult to treat. One of the major reasons for such a poor result is that these cancers are diagnosed at advanced stage. There is a recent increase in the number of gastrointestinal cancers diagnosed at early stage. This is attributed to an increasing recognition of these early stage cancers through a recent development in the technology of endoscopy. This book on the endoscopic diagnosis of early GI neoplasia, containing lots of illustrations, artwork and numerous short video clips, serves as a bridge between the recent development in endoscopy and the knowledge of gastroenterologist, endoscopist and surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Philip W. Y. Chiu, Yasushi Sano, Noriya Uedo, Rajvinder Singh, editors.
    Summary: Endoscopy in Early Gastrointestinal Cancers, Volume 2: Treatment covers the detailed information of the indications, techniques and perioperative management of endoscopic resection including endoscopic mucosal resection (EMR) and endoscopic submucosal dissection (ESD). Carcinoma of the gastrointestinal tract remained a major health issue worldwide, which is, however notoriously difficult to treat. Endoscopic resection for early neoplasia of the gastrointestinal tract had been developed for more than 25 years. Endoscopic submucosal dissection (ESD) is a recently developed technique pioneer by Japanese endoscopists. The principle of ESD is to achieve a complete resection of gastrointestinal neoplasia limited to mucosa with adequate circumferential margins. This novel endoscopic technique not only allows the achievement of en-bloc resection for early GI cancers, it also conveys a significantly lower rate of local recurrence as compared to EMR for early gastric cancers. There is an urge for the knowledge in applying these novel technologies for the treatment of early GI neoplasia worldwide. This book on the endoscopic treatment of early GI neoplasia, containing lots of illustrations, artwork and numerous short video clips, serves as a bridge between the recent development in endoscopy and the knowledge of gastroenterologist, endoscopist and surgeons.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Richard Kozarek, Michael Chiorean, Michael Wallace, editors.
    Contents:
    The Evaluation, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Inflammatory Bowel Diseases over the Past 100 Years: A Brief Review
    Ultrasound
    Fluoroscopic Techniques for the Interrogation of IBD Patients
    CT Enterography in Crohn's Disease
    Magnetic Resonance Enterography (MRE)
    Role of Endoscopy in Diagnosis of Crohn's Disease and Chronic Ulcerative Colitis
    Capsule Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Balloon-assisted Enteroscopy: Techniques, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Yield and Application in Small Bowel Crohn?s Disease
    Spiral Enteroscopy: Technique, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Yield and Application in Small Bowel Crohn?s Disease
    Diseases That Can Mimic IBD
    Histopathologic Diagnosis of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Role of Mucosal Healing
    Role of Endoscopy to Define Postoperative Recurrence in IBD
    The Use of Endoscopy to Follow the Clinical Course of Crohn?s Disease
    Endoscopy in Crohn's Disease of the Pouch
    Endoscopic Surveillance for Neoplasia in IBD: Random Biopsy
    The Near Future of Endoscopic Screening in IBD
    Surveillance for Neoplasia in the Patient with an Ileal Pouch
    Pathology DALM
    Endoscopic Approach to Resection of Polypoid and Non-Polypoid Dysplasia in IBD
    Endoscopic Treatment of Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
    Diagnosis and Treatment: ERCP in PSC
    Future of Endoscopy and IBD.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by John N. Plevris, Peter C. Hayes, Patrick Kamath, Louis-Michel Wong Kee Song.
    Contents:
    Equipment, patient safety and training / John N. Plevris & Scott Inglis
    Sedation and analgesia in endoscopy of the patient with liver disease / Rohit Sinha, Anastasios Koulaouzidis, John N. Plevris
    Endoscopy in the setting of coagulation abnormalities in the liver patient / Bezawit Tekola, Stephen Caldwell
    Varices : screening, staging and primary prophylaxis / Alan Bonder, Agnacio Alfaro, and Andres Cardenas
    Endoscopic management of acute variceal bleeding / Marcus Robertson, Peter Hayes
    Prevention of recurrent bleeding from esophageal varices / Annalisa Berzigotti, Fanny Turon, and Jaime Bosch
    Refractory variceal bleeding : when first endoscopy fails, what next? / Virginia Hernández-Gea, Fanny Turon & Juan Carlos García-Pagán
    Portal hypertensive gastropathy and gastric vascular ectasia / Cristina Ripoll, Louis M. Wong Kee Song
    Portal hypertensive enteropathy and obscure gastrointestinal bleeding / Anastasios Koulaouzidis, Emanuele Rondonotti, Roberto de Franchis
    Endoscopic management of upper gastrointestinal pathology in the patient with liver disease / Dr. Selina Lamont, Dr. Adrian Stanley
    Colonoscopic screening and surveillance in the liver disease patients (including post-transplant) / William M. Tierney, Khadija Chaudrey
    ERCIP and cholangiosopy in hepatobiliary disease / Klaus Mankemüller, Giovani Schwingel, Ivan Jovanovic
    EUS in the diagnosis of hepatobiliary malignancy / Michael J. Levy, Larissa L. Fujii, Julie K. Heimbach, Gregory J. Gores
    / eus-guided biliary drainage / Mouen A. Khashab, Shyam Varadarajulu, Robert H. Hawes
    Hepatobiliary endoscopy in the liver disease patient with altered anatomy / Stuart K. Amateau, Raj J. Shah
    Management of post-liver transplant hepatobiliary complications / Ryan Law, Larissa Fujii-Lau, Todd H. Baron
    Endoscopic confocal and molecular imaging in hepatobiliary disease / M.S. Hoetker, M. Goetz
    Laparoscopy in patients with hepatobiliary disease / Tom K. Gallagher, Ewen M. Harrison, O. James Garden.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Luigi Dall'Oglio, Claudio Romano, editors.
    Summary: This book describes an up-to-date practical strategy for the use of endoscopy in the evaluation and management of pediatric patients with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). All aspects of the role of endoscopy in Crohn's disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC) - the two most common types of IBD - are addressed. Readers will find detailed information on its use in the initial diagnosis of IBD, differentiation between CD and UC, assessment of disease extent and activity, monitoring of response to therapy, and surveillance for cancer and dysplasia. Attention is drawn to specific clinical and endoscopic features of CD and UC in the pediatric age group that serve to illustrate why the child is not to be regarded merely as a small adult. Helpful information is also supplied on equipment, patient and parent preparation, and sedation. Endoscopy is considered the best means of obtaining a definite diagnosis in children who may have IBD, and this book will be of value to practitioners at all levels of experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Richard Kozarek, Jonathan A. Leighton, editors.
    Summary: This volume reviews the history of endoscopy to diagnose small bowel disorders, places other diagnostic modalities into perspective, and defines the role of capsule endoscopy and per overtube assisted and retrograde enteroscopy in disorders as disparate as gluten sensitive enteropathy, small bowel neoplasms, and inflammatory bowel disease. The book further details the nonoperative approach to NSAID strictures, foreign body retrieval (to include impacted capsule endoscopes), and the diagnosis and treatment of chronically bleeding angiodysplastic lesions. The text is also richly illustrated with over 150 images and includes online video segments. Written by experts in the field, Endoscopy in Small Bowel Disorders is a valuable resource for medical and surgical residents, gastroenterologists in training and practice, therapeutic endoscopists, and general and colorectal surgeons.

    Contents:
    Indications for Imaging the Small Bowel
    Barium Studies
    Endoscopy
    CT Enterography
    Magnetic Resonance Enterography (MRE)
    Small Bowel Capsule Endoscopy
    Balloon Enteroscopy
    Spiral Enteroscopy and "On Demand" Enteroscopy
    Obscure Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Celiac Disease and Other Malabsorption States
    Small Bowel Strictures Dilation and Stent Placement
    Small Bowel Tumors, Polyps, and Polyposis Syndromes
    Definition of Postoperative Anatomy and Placement of PEJ
    ERCP in Patients with Altered Anatomy
    The Future of Magnetic Guided Capsule Endoscopy: Designed for Gastroscopy, Does It Have a Role in Small Bowel Enteroscopy?
    Improved Capsule Hardware and Software
    New Designs in Balloon Enteroscopes.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Toshiyuki Matsui, Takayuki Matsumoto, Kunihiko Aoyagi, editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to improve diagnostic yields of capsule endoscopy and double-balloon endoscopy, because those procedures can depict nonspecific findings that may not lead to a proper diagnosis. Another reason for the publication was recognition of the difficulty in distinguishing enteroscopic findings of ulcerative colitis from those of Crohn's disease. From a practical point of view, it is important to observe endoscopic pictures first, then to compare the images of other modalities, and finally to compare macroscopic pictures of resected specimens. For that reason, a large number of well-depicted examples of small intestinal lesions were assembled to clarify differences among small intestinal lesions that appear to exhibit similar findings and morphologies. Comparisons with radiographic findings comprise another important element in diagnosis. There are limitations in endoscopic observations of gross lesions of the small intestine, with its many convolutions. In Japan, many institutions still practice double-contrast imaging, which provides beautiful results. Because a single disorder may exhibit variations, this volume includes multiple depictions of the same disorders. Also included are lesions in active and inactive phases, as both appearances are highly likely to be encountered simultaneously in clinical practice. The number of illustrated findings therefore has been limited to strictly selected cases.

    Contents:
    Part 1. General Considerations
    Chapter 1. Diagnostic Process for Small Intestinal Disease
    Chapter 2. Small Intestinal Radiography
    Chapter 3. Capsule Endoscopy
    Chapter 4. Double-Balloon Endoscopy
    Part 2. Specific Findings of Small Intestinal Lesions
    Chapter 5. Protruded Lesions
    Chapter 6. Submucosal Elevations
    Chapter 7. Ulcerative Lesions
    Chapter 8. Aphthous Lesions
    Chapter 9. Stenotic Lesions
    Chapter 10. Hemorrhagic Lesions
    Chapter 11. Diffuse Lesions
    Chapter 12. Reddish Lesions
    Chapter 13. Edematous Lesions
    Chapter 14. Case presentations: Flat / Small protrusions
    Chapter 15. Case Presentations: Depressions
    Chapter 16. Case Presentations: Protrusions of Submucosal Elevations
    Chapter 17. Case presentations: Protrusion with Ulcer
    Chapter 18. Case Presentations: Multiple Protrusions
    Chapter 19. Case Presentations: Ulcers
    Chapter 20. Case Presentations: Stenosis
    Chapter 21. Hemorrhagic Lesions
    Chapter 22. Reddened Lesions
    Chapter 23. Edematous Lesions
    Chapter 24. Erosive Lesions
    Chapter 25. Diffuse Granular or Diffuse Coarse Mucosal Lesions
    Chapter 26. Whitish Multi-Nodular Lesions
    Chapter 27. Intraluminal Growth
    Part 3. Basic Knowledge and Classification
    Chapter 28. On Tumors
    Chapter 29. On Inflammation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tun Hung Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed advancement endoscopy procedures of hip and knee. It covers basic knowledge of procures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for disease management. Endoscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in orthopedic diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Tun Hing Lui, editor.
    Summary: This book provides detailed advancement of endoscopic procedures of the spine. It covers basic knowledge of endoscopic procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for treatment of diseases in spine with better surgical outcome and less surgical morbidity. Endoscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in orthopedic diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.

    Contents:
    Endoscopic anatomy of spine
    Role of radiological investigations in diagnosis of spinal disorders and surgical planning of endoscopic spine surgery
    Set up, equipments and surgical instruments
    Role of navigation in endoscopic spine surgery
    Anterior Endoscopic Cervical Discectomy
    Anterior cervical discectomy and interbody fusion by endoscopic approach
    Posterior Endoscopic Cervical Foraminotomy
    Posterior Endoscopic Cervical Discectomy
    Posterior cervical percutaneous endoscopic ventral bony decompression
    Cervical Endoscopic Unilateral Laminotomy for Bilateral Decompression
    Transoral Endoscopic Resection of High Cervical Osteophytes
    Anterior transcorporeal full-endoscopic drainage of a long-span ventral cervical epidural abscess
    Transforaminal Endoscopic Thoracic Diskectomy
    Percutaneous full endoscopic posterior decompression for thoracic myelopathy caused by ossified ligamentum flavum
    Thoracic endoscopic unilateral laminotomy for bilateral decompression (TE-ULBD)
    Video-assisted endoscopic thoracic surgery (VATS)
    Transforaminal Endoscopic Lumbar Diskectomy
    Transforaminal Endoscopic Lumbar Interbody Fusion
    Endoscopic foraminotomy in patients with moderate degenerative deformity
    Transforaminal endoscopic lateral recess decompression (TELRD)
    Interlaminar Endoscopic Lumbar Diskectomy
    Interlaminar Endoscopic Lateral Recess Decompression
    Interlaminar Contralateral Endoscopic Lumbar Foraminotomy
    Lumbar Endoscopic Unilateral Laminotomy for Bilateral Decompression
    Biportal endoscopic technique in the treatment of lumbar spinal stenosis
    Endoscopic Extraforaminal Lumbar Diskectomy
    Trans-sacral epiduroscopic laser decompression for L5S1 PID
    Trans-Superior Articular Process Endoscopic Lumbar Approach
    Endoscopic Lumbar Interbody Fusion for Lumbar Degenerative Disease
    Endoscopic Surgical Resection of the Retropulsed S1 Vertebral Endplate in L5-S1 Spondylolisthesis
    Percutaneous endoscopic-assisted direct repair of pars defect
    Oblique Lateral lumbar interbody fusion
    Chapter 34: Spinal epidural abscess treated with biportal endoscopic spinal surgery
    Percutaneous Endoscopic Excision and Ablation of Osteoid Osteoma of the Lumbar Spine and Sacrum
    Endoscopic Radiofrequency Treatment of the Sacroiliac Joint Complex for Low Back Pain
    Endoscopic rhizotomy for chronic lumbar zygapophysial joint pain
    Endoscopic Revision Surgery
    Robotic-Assisted Endoscopic Laminotomy
    Endoscopic surgical treatment for symptomatic spinal metastases in long-term cancer survivors
    Spine Endoscopy Complications. Management and Treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    volume editor, P. Michael Conn.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert H. Hawes, Paul Fockens, Shyam Varadarajulu.
    Summary: From diagnostic to therapeutic procedures, Endosonography, 3rd Edition is an easy-to-access, highly visual guide covering everything you need to effectively perform EUS, interpret your findings, diagnose accurately, and choose the best treatment course. World-renowned endosonographers help beginners apply endosonography in staging cancers, evaluating chronic pancreatitis, and studying bile duct abnormalities and submucosal lesions. Practicing endosonographers can learn cutting-edge techniques for performing therapeutic interventions such as drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts and EUS-guided anti-tumor therapy. Meticulous updates, electronic access to the fully searchable text, videos detailing various methods and procedures-and more-equip you with a complete overview of all aspects of EUS. Get a clear overview of everything you need to know to establish an endoscopic practice, from what equipment to buy to providing effective cytopathology services.

    Contents:
    Principles of Ultrasound
    Equipment
    Training and Simulators
    Indications, Preparation, and Adverse Effects
    New Techniques in EUS : Real-Time Elastography, Contrast-Enhanced EUS, and Fusion Imaging
    How to Perform EUS in the Esophagus and Mediastinum
    EUS and EBUS in Non-Small-Cell Lung Cancer
    EUS in Esophageal Cancer
    EUS in the Evaluation of Posterior Mediastinal Lesions
    How to Perform EUS in the Stomach
    Subepithelial Lesions
    EUS in the Evaluation of Gastric Tumors
    How to Perform EUS in the Pancreas, Bile Duct, and Liver
    EUS in Inflammatory Disease of the Pancreas
    EUS and Pancreatic Tumors
    EUS in the Evaluation of Pancreatic Cysts
    EUS in Bile Duct, Gallbladder, and Ampullary Lesions
    How to Perform Anorectal EUS
    EUS in Rectal Cancer
    Evaluation of the Anal Sphincter by Anal EUS
    How to Perform EUS-Guided Fine-Needle Aspiration
    How to Perform EUS-Guided Fine-Needle Biopsy
    Cytology Primer for Endosonographers
    EUS-Guided Drainage of Pancreatic Fluid Collections
    EUS-Guided Drainage of the Biliary and Pancreatic Ductal Systems
    EUS-Guided Ablation Therapy and Celiac Plexus Interventions
    EUS-Guided Drainage of Gallbladder, Pelvic Abscess, and Other Therapeutic Interventions
    Video Appendix.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Shyam Varadarajulu, Paul Fockens, Robert H. Hawes.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Naoki Sato.
    Summary: This book re-examines the endosymbiotic theory, and presents various related theories and hypotheses since the first proposal in 1905 by a Russian biologist. It also demonstrates that Lynn Margulis's contribution to the current endosymbiotic is less than sometimes thought, and presents a plausible idea on how the organelles were formed. Explaining that Margulis's initial work did not intend to show the endosymbiotic origin of chloroplasts and mitochondria, the book discusses their endosymbiotic origin in the light of current biology with the help of clear visual images. Further, by including numerous historical facts and details of phylogenetic analyses using recent genomic data that are largely unknown to many in the field, it offers deep insights into the history of biology, phylogenetic analysis, and the new evolutionary thinking. 2017 was the 50-year anniversary of Margulis's first paper in the Journal of Theoretical Biology, and 2020 will mark 50 years since the publication her famous work Origin of Eukaryotic Cells, and as such this book offers a timely reconsideration ofthe works of Lynn Margulis and the endosymbiotic origin of organelles.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Part I History of endosymbiotic discourses
    Chapter 2. Mereschkowsky, founder of endosymbiotic hypothesis
    Chapter 3. Endosymbiotic discourses until the mid 20th century
    Chapter 4. Re-evaluation of the initial ideas of Lynn Margulis
    Chapter 5. Endosymbiotic discourses in the 1960s and 1970s
    Part II Current perspectives
    Chapter 6. Phylogenetic evidence for the endosymbiotic origin of organelles
    Chapter 7. Continuity and discontinuity of chloroplasts and cyanobacteria
    Chapter 8. Re-examination of the "endosymbiotic event"
    Chapter 9 Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Amar Agarwal, MS, FRCS, FRCOphth, professor of ophthalmology, Ramachandra Medical College, chairman and managing director, Dr. Agarwal's Eye Hospital, Chennai, India, Terry Kim, MD, professor of ophthalmology, chief, Cornea and External Disease Service, director, Refractive Surgery Service, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC.
  • Digital
    edited by Protásio L. da Luz, Peter Libby, Antonio C.P. Chagas, Francisco R.M. Laurindo.
    Contents:
    Part I - Basic Features Section I - Structure 1. Vascular Endothelium: a perspective 2. Development of the coronary system: perspectives for cellular therapy from differentiaton of its precursors 3. Translational pathways in endothelial cell: Implications for angiogenesis 4. Endothelial barrier: factors that regulate its permeability 5. Growth factors, endothelial progenitor cells and angiogenesis 6. Characteristics of Endothelium in both sexes Section II - Endocrine functions and metabolic interactions 7. Hemodynamic forces in the Endothelium: from mechanical transduction to atherosclerosis development 8. Endothelium dependent vasodilation: NO and other mediators 9. Endothelial vasoconstrictor substances produced by the endothelium 10. Cellular redox pathways in endothelial dysfunction and vascular diseases 11. Blood coagulation and Endothelium 12. Genetics of Endothelium 13. Epigenetic regulation of endothelial function 12. Adhesion molecules and the Endothelium 15. Endothelium and Renin-Angiotensin System Part II - Endothelial Dysfunction and Clinical Syndromes Section III - Methods of investigation 16. Methods for endothelial function investigations in humans 17. Endothelial biomarkers Section IV - Aging and cognitive function 18. Endothelial alterations in aging 19. Vascular function in dementia and cognitive decline 20. Emotional stress and its influence upon the Endothelium Section V
    Lipoproteins 21. Lipids and lipoprotein mediators of endothelial function and dysfunction 22. HDL and Endothelium 23. Artificial lipoproteins in endothelial dysfunction and atherosclerosis Section VI - Diets and Endothelium 24. Influences of diets upon endothelial function 25. Effects of Mediterranean diet upon endothelial function 26. Effects of red wine and polyphenols upon endothelial function and clinical events Section VII - Kidney and hypertensive diseases 27. Kidney and the Endothelium 28. Endothelium and arterial hypertension 29. Endothelial alterations in pulmonary hypertension Section VIII - Atherosclerosis and Coronary Artery Disease 30. Endothelial alterations in chronic coronary disease 31. Molecular mechanisms of the arterial wall in acute coronary syndromes 32. Endothelium: coordinator of acute and chronic inflammation 33. Endothelium in atherosclerosis: plaque formation and its complications 34. Risk factors and endothelial dysfunctions 35. Sleep disturbances and endothelial dysfunction 36. Smoking and Endothelium: Endothelial dysfunction and microcirculation in women with angina and normal coronaries Section IX - Heart Failure 37. Endothelial alterations in heart failure: mechanisms and molecular basis 38. Heart Failure: influences of drug intervention upon vessels Section X - Percutaneous Coronary Interventions and Cardiac Surgery 39. Endothelial repair after percutaneous intervention 40. Stents and Endothelium 41. Vascular disease of the transplanted heart: physiopathology and therapeutic options Section XI - Metabolic Syndromes 42. Erectile dysfunction and endothelium 43. Obesity, Diabetes and Endothelium: molecular interactions Section XII
    Non-Cardiovascular Diseases and Endothelium 44. Endothelial mechanisms in pre-eclampsia 45. Endothelium and nitric oxide: interactions in cancer evolution 46. Endothelial function and skin microcirculation Section XIII - Treatment Options in Endothelial Dysfunction 47. Endothelial dysfunction in the clinical setting: prognosis and therapeutic target 48. Physical exercise and the Endothelium 49. Endothelium and immunologic alterations in atherosclerosis
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Massimiliano Mutignani, Jörg G. Albert, Carlo Fabbri, editors.
    Summary: This volume presents the technical and cultural state of the art of two of the riskiest, most complex and operator-dependent digestive operative techniques: endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) and endoscopic ultrasonography (EUS). The authors compare old and new techniques, shedding light on the most recent and innovative scientific findings, including those in the field of anatomic pathology and molecular biology considered relevant for the analysis of tissue samples collected during EUS. In view of the technical difficulties specific to these techniques, the book also offers access to online-videos and numerous images, making it a valuable resource both for physicians approaching these techniques for the first time as well as for those already using them. Organized into 7 sections, it describes in detail all techniques related to ERCP/EUS, together with any specific technical equipment required. It also presents a new paradigm based on the latest results in the areas of prevention, diagnosis and management of the most common complications. Clinical outcomes presented in international literature, as well as algorithms - both based on scientific evidence and expert findings - are illustrated and compared to alternative treatments.

    Contents:
    Part 1 ERCP and EUS: armamentarium and surroundings
    1 ERCP/ERCP Room
    2 X-rays in endoscopy
    3 Ultrasound Equipments
    4 Endoscopes
    5 ERCP standard and special devices
    6 EUS Standard Devices
    7 Deep sedation and anesthesia for advanced gastrointestinal endoscopy: challenging a continuum
    8 Anatomy Of The Biliary Tree
    9 Anatomy of the pancreas
    10 CT: what we need to know to start to interpret radiological pictures
    11 MR: what we need to know to start to interpret radiological pictures
    12 Patients management before and after EUS/ERCP
    Part 2 ERCP: WHAT and HOW
    13 Cannulation techniques
    14 Biliary sphincterotomy and precut
    15 Pancreatic Sphincterotomy
    16 Biliary Stones Extraction
    17 Intraductal lithotripsy
    18 Pancreatico-biliary ESWL
    19 Biliary Stenting
    20 Endoscopic Papillectomy
    21 Ductoscopy
    22 Intraductal Ablation Techniques
    23 Stent Removal (plastic and metal)
    24 ERCP in altered anatomy
    25 PTC and PTC-ERCP rendez-vous procedures
    Part 3 EUS: WHAT and HOW
    26 EUS Diagnostic Puncture
    27 Ancillary Diagnostic Techniques In EUS
    28 EUS-Guided Transenteric Pancreatic Duct Drainage
    29 EUS Assisted Ablation Techniques
    30 Intraductal US
    Part 4 Complications: prevention, diagnosis and management
    31 Acute pancreatitis
    32 Bleeding
    33 ERCP-related perforations
    34 Miscellany
    35 EUS complications
    Part 5 Bilio-pancreatic diseases: clinical results
    36 Common bile duct stones
    37 Intrahepatic stones
    38 Acute Cholangitis
    39 Papillectomy: clinical results
    40 TIPS in Malignant Biliary Strictures
    41 Results Of Eus Transmural Biliary Drainage
    42 Post-Operative Biliary Stricture
    43 Biliary complications after liver transplantation
    44 Biliary Leaks: Role of ERCP in post-operative biliary complications
    45 Primary sclerosing cholangitis
    46 Acute cholecystitis
    47 Acute biliary pancreatitis
    48 Chronic Pancreatitis
    49 Pancreatic Fistulas
    Part 6 The cytopathologist'spoint of view
    50 EUS Tissue sampling : what are we talking about?
    51 Molecular Biology Of Biliopancreatic Lesions
    Part 7 Clinical Algorithms
    52 Suspected common bile duct stones (algorithm)
    53 Acute Cholangitis (algorithm)
    54 Diagnosis of etiology in acute pancreatitis
    55 Periampullary biliary strictures (algorithm)
    56 Hilar Strictures: Algorithm
    57 Diagnosis of pancreatic cyst: Algorithm.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kevin L. Williams, Editor.
    Summary: Endotoxin detection and control is a dynamic area of applied science that touches a vast number of complex subjects. The intersection of test activities includes the use of an ancient blood system from an odd "living fossil" (Limulus). It is used to detect remnants of the most primitive and destructive forms of life (prokaryotes) as contaminants of complex modern systems (mammalian and Pharma). Recent challenges in the field include those associated with the application of traditional methods to new types of molecules and manufacturing processes. The advent of "at will" production of biologics in lieu of harvesting animal proteins has revolutionized the treatment of disease. While the fruits of the biotechnology revolution are widely acknowledged, the realization of the differences in the means of production and changes in the manner of control of potential impurities and contaminants in regard to the new versus the old are less widely appreciated. Endotoxin as an ancient, dynamic interface between lifeforms, provides a singular perspective from which to view the parallel development of ancient and modern organisms as well as the progress of man in deciphering the complexity of their interactions in his efforts to overcome disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I Pharma
    Historical Perspectives
    Risk, Control and Compliance.
    Sterility and Beyond
    LVPs and SMDs
    Specification Determination
    Static and Dynamic Models (Biodiversity and Heterogeneity)
    Test Development and Validation
    Diminishing Analytics
    Control in Biologics Manufacture
    Depyrogenation and Medical Devices
    Nanoparticles / Problematic Drug Types
    New Frontiers
    Section II Limulus
    Evolution, a Living Fossil and Other Model Arthropods
    Water, Water Everywhere
    Survival and Mass Extinction Events
    Limulus Soup / Hemolymph
    Is Innate Modeling Enough?
    A Foreboding
    Section III Mammalian
    Innate is Inborn
    The Host Response: Fever and Inflammation
    Parallel Immune Systems: Architecture and Mechanisms
    Structural Change is Functional Change (Hand in Glove)
    Endotoxin and Adjuvanticity in Vaccinology
    Advances in Diagnostics
    The Big S.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Silvia De Rosa, Gianluca Villa, editors.
    Summary: This book provides easy consultation and guidance for an appropriate understanding and management of endotoxic shock. Endotoxic shock results from a severe, generalized inflammatory response induced by bloodstream infection with gram-negative bacteria. However, endotoxin-induced inflammatory activation may be disconnected by Gram-Negative threats (e.g. Gram-Positive and yeast infections) as well as occur in multiple clinical scenarios like post-cardiac arrest syndrome and trauma, possibly due to gut barrier dysfunction and consequent endotoxin translocation. The clinical management is structured focusing and dedicating a chapter for antibiotics, corticosteroids, volume support, vasoactive and cardiostimulating drug, coagulopathy and nutritional support. In addition, this book is remarkable because describing polymixin b hemoperfusion points out molecular interactions, and hydrodynamics of Sorption. Each section includes ) brief pathophysiology; ) principles of management; ) key messages. Readers can find updated tips related to the diagnosis and management of endotoxic shock with a multidisciplinary approach drawing a pathway from endotoxin structure and source and the related pathophysiology of endotoxic shock underling the specific clinical aspect and focusing on medical clinical management of endotoxemia and extracorporeal removal. The book written by international opinion leaders of this field is addressed to healthcare providers working in intensive care and represents a point of reference for intensivists, infectious disease physicians, nephrologists and critical care nurses involved in the management of endotoxic shock and enriched with useful downloadable material.

    Contents:
    Endotoxin: Structure Source and Effects
    Pathophysiology of Endotoxic Shock
    Host Resistance to Endotoxic Shock
    Endotoxin and Organ Cross-talk
    Endotoxin Measurement in Septic Shock
    Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Antibiotics
    Clinical Management of endotoxemia: volume support
    Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Corticosteroids
    Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Vasoactive and Cardiostimulant Drugs
    Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Source Control
    Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Treatment of DIC
    Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Metabolic and Nutritional Support
    Strategies to Reduce Endotoxin Activities
    Extracorporeal Removal of Endotoxin.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    Eddie Shu-yin Chan, Tadashi Matsuda, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the work and development of endourology and the contribution of East Asian Society of Endourology. This book is intended to familiarize the modern urologists with the common endourology, laparoscopic and robotic urologic procedures and the development of technology, techniques and training. The book is the collection of papers and presentations in Congress of East Asia Society of Endourology. Recognized experts in the field of endourology have contributed to share their experiences and opinions. It consists of latest update and advancement of surgical techniques, technology in minimal invasive surgery. The development of endoscopic, laparoscopic and robotic urological operations is reviewed. A whole session is dedicated to training in endourology are included. Detail descriptions of perioperative preparation, step-by-step surgical procedures and tips/tricks will be emphasized in the corresponding chapters, supplemented by photographs and illustrations. In the first session, techniques on kidney, bladder and prostate surgeries are discussed. In the second session, is dedicated to the advances of new technologies in endourology. The third session covers the important areas of endourology training and the development of endourology. This book is most suitable for urology residents and young fellows who are keen to start their endourological training. It also provides up-to-date information on current topics of endourology for practicing urologists and experienced endourologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert S. Dieter, Raymond A. Dieter, Jr., Raymond A. Dieter, III, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Basic MRI Principles.- A Brief History of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Fundamentals of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    The Relaxation Concept in MRI
    MRI Pulse Sequences
    MR Imaging Parameters and Options
    Part II: MR Safety, Patient Positioning, Protocol Design, Graphical Prescription and MR Applications for Anatomical Regions.- Introduction to Safe Clinical Scanning
    Central Nervous System: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
    Musculoskeletal Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
    Body Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
    Cardiovascular Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
    Breast Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Vitor Mendes Pereira, Adam A. Dmytriw, Lee-Anne Slater, Sarah Power, Timo Krings.
    Summary: "Stroke is the most prevalent cerebrovascular emergency, impacting an estimated 15 million people worldwide every year. Endovascular treatment (EVT) of ischemic stroke has expanded at an unforeseen pace, with EVT the most common neurointerventional procedure performed at most large centers. Endovascular Management of Ischemic Stroke: A Case-Based Approach by renowned stroke pioneer Vitor Mendes Pereira and distinguished co-editors features contributions from a "who's who" of global experts. This practical resource provides straightforward guidance for clinicians who need to learn and master state-of-the-art endovascular interventions reflecting the new, evidence-based treatment paradigm for acute stroke"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Radiology
  • Digital
    by Aristotelis P. Mitsos.
    Summary: Endovascular neurosurgery is a recently introduced but rapidly evolving medical field, which uses minimally invasive interventions to treat major life-threatening vascular lesions of the Central Nervous System. Although its history counts less than 15 years of worldwide acceptance, it has rapidly displaced the traditional open neurosurgical techniques, being nowadays the first treatment choice for brain aneurysms and vascular malformations. Thus, the experience of each neuroendovascular center and performer is invaluable, offering the base for learning and teaching the new generation of interventionalists as well as for the evolvement of the method itself. This book presents the basic principles of endovascular neurosurgery starting from clinical cases. Through this close-to-clinical-reality-process, the reader will be able to more thoroughly understand the pathophysiology of the brain and spine vascular lesions as well as the decision-making strategy, related to the indications, endovascular methods and results, finding suggestions and solutions to his/her clinical questions and problems. Besides chapters devoted to CNS vascular embryology and anatomy, clinical cases organized in groups based on the treated lesions are introduced: ruptured and unruptured cerebral aneurysms of the anterior and posterior circulation, side-wall and bifurcation aneurysms, arteriovenous malformations (AVM), dural arteriovenous fistulae (dAVF), arterial stenosis and angioplasty as well as spinal vascular lesions. A separate chapter is devoted to the organization and necessary equipment of the angio room and the department offering neuroendovascular service. This volume will be of interest to neurosurgeons, interventional neuroradiologists, vascular surgeons, neurologists and ICU physicians as well as health care providers who are involved in the diagnosis and management of the vascular lesions of the brain and spine.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Tal Hörer, Joseph J. DuBose, Todd E. Rasmussen, Joseph M. White, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Zaiping Jing, Huajuan Mao, Weihui Dai.
    Summary: This book provides a systematic description of fundamental knowledge, application methods, and management issues about the clinical application of endovascular surgery and device. It is organized as the three parts. Part 1 introduces the development background of endovascular device and its knowledge hierarchy, and gives an overview on classification, structure, shape, and characteristics of the above device. Part 2 is based on a large number of clinical practices. It firstly summarizes the basic operation skills and conventional methods of endovascular device, and then exemplifies the application scheme of special device for complex cases. Part 3 discusses the management theory and methods of endovascular device in clinical application, puts forward the agile supply chain management model and autonomous intelligent decision-making method of device supply and cooperation management for clinical surgery, and designs its managerial system and guides. This book provides comprehensive and professional knowledge, advanced theory, and referential methods for clinical application and management of endovascular surgery and device. It is a useful guide for the clinical practice in specialized study and professional training in endovascular surgery, and provides the methods of neuro-management and smart medical service for patients.

    Contents:
    History of Endovascular Device
    Conventional Endovascular Device
    Balloon Catheter
    Embolic Protection Devices
    Stent for Peripheral Vessels
    Stent graft for Aorta
    Transcatheter Heart Valve
    Vena Cava Filters
    Artificial Vessels
    Other Endovascular Devices
    Angiography
    Aortic valve stenosis
    Arterial Dilatation-Related Diseases
    Arterial Occlusive Disease
    Varicose veins.
    Management of veno-occlusive disease
    Management of Vascular Malformations
    Iatrogenic Complications During Endovascular procedure
    Endovascular Procedures Practice
    Theory and Methods
    Device management
    Personnel management.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Xianli Lv, editor.
    Summary: This book provides recent progress of neuroendovascular surgery, which is a minimally invasive treatment of cerebral aneurysms. Great advances have been made in the techniques, devices and large randomized clinical trials showing striking therapeutic benefit for cerebral aneurysms. The treatment of cerebral aneurysms has also seen substantial evolution, increasing the number of aneurysms that can be treated successfully with minimally invasive therapy. In the 17 chapters, authors introduce the techniques, devices, device structures and therapeutic concepts. Attendings, fellows, residents, medical students or anyone interested in sharpening their diagnostic and therapeutic skill set will benefit from reading this text. This book will include many clinical cases and skills and clinical concepts, which will benefit professional /practitioner.

    Contents:
    1 Pathophysiology of Cerebral Aneurysms
    2 Aneurysmal SAH Induced Vasospasm - Pathogenesis & Management
    3 History of Endovascular Surgery of Cerebral Aneurysms
    4 Drugs in Neurovascular Intervention
    5 Current devices and uses
    6 Neuroendovascular Management of Wide-neck Bifurcation Aneurysms
    7 Dual lumen balloon assisted coil embolization
    8 Blood blister-like aneurysms: pathogenesis and endovascular treatment
    9 Flow Diverter stents
    10 The off-label use of Flow Diverter
    11 Complications of aneurysm embolization and their management : Basic and practical considerations
    12 Clipping in uncoilable aneurysms
    13 Open Treatment of Cerebral Aneurysms in the Endovascular Age
    14 Recent advances in cerebral aneurysms
    15 Microsurgery of Cerebral Aneurysms not Amenable to Endovascular Therapy
    16 Giant intracranial aneurysm: flow alteration Vs flow diversion
    17 Training protocols for Neuroendovascular Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Konstantinos P. Donas, Giovanni Torsello, Kenneth Ouriel.
    Summary: "Focusing on the latest safe and effective techniques, Endovascular Treatment of Aortic Aneurysms: Standard and Advanced Techniques provides step-by-step, comprehensive coverage of endovascular repairs of complex aneurysms of the aorta, from basic to advanced"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Iliac aneurysm
    Aneurysm with short neck
    Aneurysm with hostile iliac arteries
    Pararenal aneurysms
    Thoracoabdominal aneurysms
    Aortic arch aneurysm
    Techniques to treat type IA, II And III endoleaks after EVAR
    Techniques to minimize radiation exposure
    Logistics.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Stevo Duvnjak.
    Summary: This book presents a practical overview of the widely used endovascular treatment of arterial emergencies, covering the majority of cases encountered in praxis. Including a wealth of high-quality images of arterial emergencies and treatment descriptions, it provides readers with essential information and shares insights into endovascular options. However, the book focuses on presenting common arterial emergencies from diagnosis to treatment only, without exhaustively describing all endovascular options. The clinical cases explore thoracic arterial emergencies, followed by abdominal emergencies and peripheral arterial emergencies. Rare clinical cases are also examined. The book offers interventional radiologists, vascular surgeons and cardiologists, as well as residents in these disciplines, a valuable tool for use in their everyday clinical praxis.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gerd Kautz, editor.
    Summary: Energy on the skin has revolutionized medicine: in the last 25 years laser and IPL devices have made completely new medical treatment concepts possible, with considerable therapeutic success. The rapid technical advances in energy-based instruments require continuous training for attending physicians. This book presents all the available energy-based systems for the treatment of cutaneous diseases, including a wide range of laser applications, IPL and energy-based devices such as the lightning lamp-pumped pulsed dye laser, solid state lasers like neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet (Nd YAG) laser, quality switched ruby laser, erbium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet laser (YAG) and CO2 laser, as well as radio frequency and high-intensity focused ultra sound, photodynamic therapy and more. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com) and a subsequent human revision by original chapter authors, editor and publisher was perfomed to fine-tune and update the content. After discussing the history of the laser, the first part of the book focuses on laser therapy in dermatology and aesthetic medicine, including side effects, complications and treatment errors. It also examines the qualitative standards and legal aspects, from therapists' qualifications to patient education and the maintenance of the equipment. In addition, it addresses safe and effective energy applications for hemangiomas, skin cancer precursors and rosacea. The book also features chapters on patient preparation, medical history and photographic follow up, as well as skin analysis, cooling techniques, light protection and the maintenance of laser devices. Further, it discusses cosmetic topics such as tattoo removal, photo hair removal, scars and stretch marks, hair transplant, body contouring, hyperhidrosis, and aesthetic plasma medicine. Written by leading international exerts, each contribution includes suggestions for further reading, making the book a valuable resource for beginners and experts alike. At the same time, its easy-to-follow, didactic style means that it is also suitable for university courses and seminars. This book is a translation of an original German edition. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation.

    Contents:
    I. Theoretical part
    2. Laser Therapy in Dermatology and Aesthetics Medicine - side effects, complications and treatment errors
    3. Avoiding side effects and complications in laser applications
    4. Training guidelines and quality standards for doctors
    5. Training concept for laser, IPL and other optical radiation sources
    6. Personal qualification of the user
    7. Patient education and implementation of legislation
    8. Legal framework
    9. Legal conditions in Switzerland
    10. Understanding the biological effect of ablative and non-ablative laser systems in the skin as the key for the Avoidance of complications
    11. The flash lamp-pumped pulsed Dye lasers - energy/effects/side-effects,- 12. Nd:YAG Laser Therapy
    13. Quality-switched ruby laser
    14. Erbium:YAG Laser (Er:YAG Laser)
    15. CO2-Laser - Treatise on the versatile application possibilities
    16. Intense-pulsed-light (IPL) technology
    17. Energy Based devices: Radio Frequency and High Intensity Focused ultra sound
    18. Photodynamic Therapy (PDT)
    19. Laser-assisted photodynamic therapy
    20. Phototherapy for dermatological diseases
    21. Topical and systemic therapy of rosacea
    22. Current status of hemangioma and malformation therapy
    23. tattoo removal
    24. Photoepilation
    25. Laser treatment of scars
    26. Fractionated UltraPulse CO2-laser treatment more severe burn scars
    27. Stretch marks (Striae distensae)
    28. Non-ablative Erbium: YAG "SMOOTH" mode laser for intravaginal use
    29. Hair transplantation with the hair robot
    30. Bodycontouring with cryolipolysis and shock wave
    31. Therapy of hyperhidrosis with laser and other energy systems
    32. Aesthetic plasma medicine
    33. Side effects - a worldwide literature search
    34. Photodocumentation and digital skin analysis for medical/aesthetic interventions
    35. Cooling techniques
    36. Light protection - before and after IPL, laser and PDT treatments
    37. STK, maintenance and Co - or why maintenance of the laser device is useful.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Lianhong Sun, Wenying Shou.
    Contents:
    Recent progress in engineering human-associated microbiomes / Stephanie J. Yaung, George M. Church, and Harris H. Wang
    Constructing synthetic microbial communities to explore the ecology and evolution of symbiosis / Adam James Waite and Wenying Shou
    Combining engineering and evolution to create novel metabolic mutualisms between species / Lon Chubiz, Sarah Douglas, and William Harcombe
    Design, construction, and characterization methodologies for synthetic microbial consortia / Hans C. Bernstein and Ross P. Carlson
    An observation method for autonomous signaling-mediated synthetic diversification in Escherichia coli / Ryoji Sekine, Shotaro Ayukawa, and Daisuke Kiga
    Integration-free reprogramming of human somatic cells to induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) without viral vectors, recombinant DNA, and genetic modification / Boon Chin Heng and Martin Fussenegger
    Transformation of Bacillus subtilis / Xiao-Zhou Zhang, Chun You, and Yi-Heng Percival Zhang
    Culturing anaerobes to use as a model system for studying the evolution of syntrophic mutualism / Sujung Lim, Sergey Stolyar, and Kristina Hillesland
    Therapeutic microbes for infectious disease / Choon Kit Wong [and six others]
    Quantitative measurement and analysis in a synthetic pattern formation multicellular system / Xiongfei Fu and Wei Huang
    Transcriptome analysis of a microbial coculture in which the cell populations are separated by a membrane / Kazufumi Hosoda [and three others]
    Identification of mutations in laboratory-evolved microbes from next-generation sequencing data using breseq / Daniel E. Deatherage and Jeffrey E. Barrick
    3D-fluorescence in situ hybridization of intact, anaerobic biofilm / Kristen A. Brileya, Laura B. Camilleri, and Matthew W. Fields
    The characterization of living bacterial colonies using nanospray desorption electrospray ionization mass spectrometry / Brandi S. Heath, Matthew J. Marshall, and Julia Laskin
    Modeling community population dynamics with the open-source language R / Robin Green and Wenying Shou
    Simulating microbial community patterning using Biocellion / Seunghwa Kang, Simon Kahan, and Babak Momeni.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Luiz E. Bertassoni, Paulo G. Coelho, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of current challenges and strategies to regenerate load-bearing and calcified human tissues, including bone, cartilage,tendon, ligaments and dental structures (dentin, enamel, cementum and periodontal ligament). Tissue engineering has long held great promises as an improved treatment option for conditions affecting mineralized and load-bearing structures in the body. Although significant progress has been achieved in recent years, a number of challenges still exist. Scaffold vascularization, new biofabrication methods (3D printing, lithography, microfabrication), peptide conjugation methods, interface engineering, scaffold mechanical properties, iPS cells, organs-on-a-chip, are some of the topics discussed in this book. More specially, in the first section readers will find an overview of emerging biofabrication methods. In section 2, applied strategies for regeneration of (2.1) bone, cartilage and ligament, as well as (2.2) dentin, cementum, enamel and periodontal ligament are discussed across 14 chapters. While other volumes have addressed the regeneration of individual tissues, or exclusively focused on different regenerative strategies, the focus of this work is to bring together researchers integrating backgrounds in materials sciences, engineering, biology, mechanics, fluidics, etc, to address specific challenges common to regeneration of several load-bearing and calcified tissues. Therefore, this book provides a unique platform to stimulate progress in the regeneration of functional tissue substitutes. We envision that this book will represent a valuable reference source for university and college faculties, post-doctoral research fellows, senior graduate students, and researchers from R&D laboratories in their endeavors to fabricate biomimetic load bearing tissues.

    Contents:
    3D printing and biofabrication for load bearing tissue engineering
    Microfabrication of Cell-Laden Hydrogels for Engineering Mineralized and Load Bearing Tissues
    Electrospinning of bioinspired polymer scaffolds
    Bone tissue engineering challenges in oral & maxillofacial surgery
    Engineering Pre-vascularized Scaffolds for Bone Regeneration
    Morphogenic Peptides in Regeneration of Load Bearing Tissues
    Osseointegration of Plateau Root Form Implants: Unique Healing Pathway leading to Haversian-Like Long-Term Morphology
    Dentin matrix proteins in bone tissue engineering
    Multiphasic, Multistructured and Hierarchical Strategies for Cartilage Regeneration
    Anterior Cruciate Ligament: Structure, Injuries and Regenerative Treatments
    Hard-soft tissue interface engineering
    Cementum and periodontal ligament regeneration
    Amelogenin in enamel tissue engineering
    Whole tooth regeneration as a future dental treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ashok Shrawat, Adel Zayed, David A. Lightfoot, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses and addresses the rapidly increasing world population demand for food, which is expected to double by 2050. To meet these demands farmers will need to improve crop productivity, which relies heavily on nitrogen (N) fertilization. Production of N fertilizers, however, consumes huge amounts of energy and the loss of excess N fertilizers to leaching results in the pollution of waterways and oceans. Therefore, increasing plant nitrogen use efficiency (NUE) is essential to help farmers produce more while conserving the environment. This book assembles some of the best work of top researchers from academic and industrial institutions in the area of NUE and provides valuable insight to scholars and researchers by its comprehensive discussion of current and future strategies to improve NUE through genetic manipulation. This book should also be highly valuable to policy makers, environmentalists, farmers, biotechnology executives, and to the hard-core researchers working in the lab.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; 1 Developing Crop Varieties with Improved Nutrient-Use Efficiency; Environmental Issues; Plant Assimilations; References; Molecular and Physiological Aspects of Nutrient Use Efficiency; 2 Improving Nitrogen Use Efficient in Crop Plants Using Biotechnology Approaches; Introduction; Measuring NUE; Genetic Attempts to Modify/Improve N Metabolism; N Metabolism Pathway Genes; Growth and Development Genes; Promoter Regulation of NUE Genes; Alanine Aminotransferase: A Case Study on the Road to Commercialization; Field Trials Beyond NUE, Using Biotechnology to Engineer N-Fixing Crop Plants Conclusions; References; 3 Transcription Factor-Based Genetic Engineering to Increase Nitrogen Use Efficiency; Introduction; General Concept of Genetic Engineering of NUE Using TFs; An Attempt to Increase NUE Using the Dof1 TF; TFs that Could Be Utilized for Genetic Engineering to Improve NUE; TFs Involved in Modifying Root Architecture; TFs Involved in the Modulation of Nitrogen Uptake Activity; TFs Involved in Regulation of Nitrogen Assimilation; TFs Involved in Nitrogen Remobilization Components of N Sensing and Signaling as Targets to Improve NUEMolecular Targets Among the Genes of N Assimilation and Remobilization; Various Approaches to Identify More QTLs Associated with NUE; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; 6 From Arabidopsis to Crops: The Arabidopsis QQS Orphan Gene Modulates Nitrogen Allocation Across Species; Introduction; Regulation of Carbon and Nitrogen Allocation; Identification of the QQS Orphan Gene and the Role of QQS in Carbon and Nitrogen Allocation; QQS and Orphan Genes; Materials and Methods; Plant Selection and Growth; RNA-Seq Potential of Plant GSMs for Improving NUE in PlantsUtilizing Optimization Techniques to Aid Metabolic Engineering; Incorporating Various Modeling Frameworks to Improve Nitrogen Use Efficiency; Including Enzyme Synthesis Costs in GSM Models; Kinetic Models of Plants; References; 5 Molecular Targets for Improvement of Crop Nitrogen Use Efficiency: Current and Emerging Options; Introduction; Molecular Aspects of N Response for NUE; Genes/QTLs Identified for NUE; Molecular Manipulation of Root System Architecture for NUE; N Transporters as Targets to Improve NUE Precautions and the Challenges of TF-Based EngineeringConclusions and Future Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 4 Modeling Plant Metabolism: Advancements and Future Capabilities; Introduction; Genome-Scale Metabolic Models and Flux Balance Analysis; Platforms Available for Published Metabolic Models; Plant GSM Models; Applications of Plant GSM Models; Elucidating Metabolic Fluxes and Identifying Knowledge Gaps; Predicting the Effects of Environmental and Genetic Perturbations; Describing Metabolism Within Tissues or Organs; Incorporation of GSM Models with Nonlinear Models
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    editors: Vijai Singh,Ajay Kumar Singh,Poonam Bhargava, Madhvi Joshi, Chaitanya G. Joshi.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the basic and advanced metabolic engineering technologies used to generate natural metabolites and industrially important biomolecules. Metabolic engineering has the potential to produce large quantities of valuable biomolecules in a renewable and sustainable manner by extending or modifying biosynthetic pathways in a wide range of organisms. It has been successfully used to produce chemicals, drugs, enzymes, amino acids, antibiotics, biofuels, and industrially important pharmaceuticals. The book comprehensively reviews the various metabolites detection, extraction and biosensors and the metabolic engineering of microbial strains for the production of industrially useful enzymes, proteins, organic acids, vitamins and antibiotics, therapeutics, chemicals, and biofuels. It also discusses various genetic engineering and synthetic biology tools for metabolic engineering. In closing, the book discusses ethical, patenting and regulatory issues in the metabolic engineering of microbes. This book is a valuable source not only for beginners in metabolic engineering, but also students, researchers, biotechnology and metabolic engineering based company.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    About the Editors
    1: An Introduction to Design of Microbial Strain using Synthetic Biology Toolboxes for Production of Biomolecules
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Desired Characteristics of Strain Used for Production of Biomolecules
    1.3 Methods Used for Strain Improvement
    1.4 Protein Engineering
    1.5 Directed Evolution
    1.6 Design and Construction of Biosynthetic Pathways
    1.7 Synthetic Biology Toolbox in Metabolic Engineering
    1.8 Adaptive Laboratory Evolution
    1.9 Conclusion and Future Remarks
    References 2.4.5 Engineering the Whole Cell
    2.5 Genetic Engineering
    2.5.1 Screening
    2.5.2 Gene Expression
    2.5.3 Enzyme (Over)Production and Posttranscriptional Control
    2.6 Omics for Strain Engineering
    2.6.1 Genome Analysis
    2.6.2 Transcriptome Analysis
    2.6.3 Proteome Analysis
    2.6.4 Fluxome and Metabolome Analysis
    2.6.4.1 Metabolome Analysis
    2.6.4.2 Fluxome Analysis
    2.6.5 Combined Omics Approach
    2.7 Conclusion
    References
    3: Techniques for Detection and Extraction of Metabolites
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Extraction of Metabolites
    3.2.1 Quenching Methods 2: Microbial Strain Engineering
    2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Need and Significance for Strain Improvement
    2.2 Mutagenesis
    2.2.1 Physical and Chemical Mutagenesis
    2.2.2 Mutation Signature
    2.3 Engineering Physiology of Microbes
    2.3.1 Desired Physiological Characteristics
    2.3.2 Candidate Screening
    2.3.3 Selection of Host Strain
    2.3.4 Engineering into the Host Strain
    2.4 Metabolic Engineering
    2.4.1 Methodologies and Tools for Metabolic Engineering
    2.4.2 Engineering of Biosynthetic Pathways
    2.4.3 Central Metabolism Engineering
    2.4.4 Transport Engineering 3.2.1.1 Perchloric Acid
    3.2.1.2 Liquid Nitrogen Method
    3.2.1.3 Methanol Method
    3.2.2 Extraction of Extracellular Metabolites
    3.2.3 Extraction of Intracellular Metabolites
    3.2.3.1 Non-mechanical Lysis
    Boiling Ethanol
    Cold Methanol
    Buffered Methanol-Chloroform-Water
    Hot Water
    3.2.3.2 Mechanical Lysis of Cell
    Supercritical Fluid Extraction
    Pressurized Liquid Extraction
    3.3 Detection of Metabolites
    3.3.1 Mass-Spectrometry (MS)
    3.3.2 Gas Chromatography-MS
    3.3.3 Capillary Electrophoresis-MS (CE-MS)
    3.3.4 Liquid Chromatography-MS (LC-MS) 3.3.5 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
    3.4 Conclusion
    References
    4: Genetically Encoded Biosensors and Their Applications in the Development of Microbial Cell Factories
    4.1 The Classification of Genetically Encoded Biosensors
    4.1.1 Protein-Based Biosensors
    4.1.1.1 The Functional Mechanism of Protein-Based Biosensors
    4.1.1.2 Designing and Tuning Protein-Based Biosensors
    Tuning at aTF Level
    Tuning at Promoter Level
    4.1.2 RNA-Based Biosensors
    4.1.2.1 The Functional Mechanism of RNA-Based Biosensors
    4.1.2.2 Designing and Tuning RNA-Based Biosensors
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Rebecca A. Bader, David A. Putnam.
    Summary: Polymers have played a critical role in the rational design and application of drug delivery systems that increase the efficacy and reduce the toxicity of new and conventional therapeutics. Beginning with an introduction to the fundamentals of drug delivery, Engineering Polymer Systems for Improved Drug Delivery explores traditional drug delivery techniques as well as emerging advanced drug delivery techniques. By reviewing many types of polymeric drug delivery systems, and including key points, worked examples and homework problems, this book will serve as a guide to for specialists and non-
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Ngan F. Huang, Nicolas L'Heureux, Song Li.
    Contents:
    Mesenchymal stem cells for tissue regeneration / Guang Yang, Song Li and Ngan F. Huang
    Delivery vehicles for deploying mesenchymal stem cells in tissue repair / Ben P. Hung, Michael S. Friedman and J. Kent Leach
    Stem cells for cardiac tissue engineering / Jennifer L. Young, Karen L. Christman and Adam J. Engler
    Engineered mechanical factors to mature pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Alexandre J.S. Ribeiro, Robin E. Wilson and Beth L. Pruitt
    Cardiovascular system : stem cells in tissue-engineered blood vessels / Rajendra Sawh-Martinez [and 5 others]
    Stem cell-derived endothelial cells for cardiovascular regeneration / Luqia Hou and Ngan F. Huang
    Angiogenic cytokines in the treatment of ischemic heart disease / Michael J. Paulsen and Y. Joseph Woo
    Adipose tissue engineering and stem cells / D. Adam Young, Brian Mailey, Jennifer Baker, Anne M. Wallace and Karen L. Christman
    Engineering cartilage : from materials to small molecules / Jeannine M. Coburn and Jennifer H. Elisseeff
    Adult stem cells for articular cartilage tissue engineering / Sushmita Saha, Jennifer Kirkham, David Wood, Stephen Curran and Xuebin B. Yang
    Stem cells for disc repair / Ann Ouyang, Aliza A Allon, Zorica Buser, Sigurd Berven and Jeffrey C. Lotz
    Clinical applications of a stem cell-based therapy for oral bone reconstruction / Thomas Eshraghi and Bradley McAllister
    Skeletal tissue engineering : progress and prospects / Nicholas J. Panetta, Deepak M. Gupta and Michael T. Longaker
    Recent advances and future perspectives on cell reprogramming / Bilal Cakir, Kun-Yong Kim and In-Hyun Park
    High-throughput systems for stem cell engineering / David A. Brafman, Karl Willert and Shu Chien
    Novel methods for characterizing and sorting single stem cells from their tissue niches / Ju Li, Eric Jabart, Sachin Rangarajan and Irina Conboy
    Label-free microfluidic techniques to isolate and screen single stem cells / Eric Jabart, Karthik Balakrishnan and Lydia L. Sohn
    Microscale technologies for tissue engineering and stem cell differentiation / Jason W. Nichol [and 5 others]
    Designing protein-engineered biomaterials for stem cell therapy / Lei Cai and Sarah C. Heilshorn
    Quality control of autologous cell and tissue-based therapies / Nathalie Dusserre, Todd McAllister and Nicolas L'Heureux
    Regulatory challenges for cell-based therapeutics / Todd McAllister, Corey Iyican and Nicolas L'Heureux.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R857.T55 E54 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Ryoji Fukushima, Masaki Kaibori, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I-Introduction
    ESSENSE Project for Patient's Sound Recovery
    Part II-Mitigative Methods for Biological Invasive Reaction
    Minimizing the Length of the Preoperative Fasting Period to Prevent Stress and Dehydration
    Preoperative Bowel Preparation in ERAS Program: Would-be Merits or Demerits
    Objective and quantitative assessment of postoperative pain in digestive surgery
    Part III-Early Independence of Physical Activity
    Pros and Cons of Abdominal Drain in Digestive Surgery
    Avoiding gut starvation is key to early recovery after surgery
    Part IV-Reduction of Perioperative Anxiety and Excitation of Recovery Will
    Reduction of Perioperative Anxiety before Surgery and to Incentives to Get Well by Patients Themselves
    Perioperative Management for Early Recovery after Esophageal Cancer Surgery
    ERAS for gastric surgery
    Negative effects of mechanical bowel preparation on the postoperative intestinal motility of patients with colorectal cancer
    Enhanced recovery after surgery program for patients undergoing resection of hepatocellular carcinoma
    Enhanced Recovery after Surgery (ERAS) for Postoperative Pediatric Surgical Disorders
    Enhanced Recovery (Fast-track) after Cardiac and Vascular Surgery
    ERAS in the respiratory surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Olle Ljungqvist, Nader K. Francis, Richard D. Urman, editors.
    Summary: This book is the first comprehensive, authoritative reference that provides a broad and comprehensive overview of Enhanced Recovery After Surgery (ERAS). Written by experts in the field, chapters analyze elements of care that are both generic and specific to various surgeries. It covers the patient journey through such a program, commencing with optimization of the patient's condition, patient education, and conditioning of their expectations. Organized into nine parts, this book discusses metabolic responses to surgery, anaesthetic contributions, and optimal fluid management after surgery. Chapters are supplemented with examples of ERAS pathways and practical tips on post-operative pain control, feeding, mobilization, and criteria for discharge. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: A Complete Guide to Optimizing Outcomes is an indispensable manual that thoroughly explores common post-operative barriers and challenges.

    Contents:
    I. Introduction
    1. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: A Paradigm Shift in Perioperative Care
    2. Physiology and Pathophysiology of ERAS
    3. Guidelines for Guidelines
    II. Preoperative Preparation
    4. Preoperative Fasting and Carbohydrate Treatment
    5. Preoperative Patient Education
    6. Perioperative Optimization of Patient Nutritional Status
    7. Anemia and Blood Management
    8. Perioperative Smoking and Alcohol Cessation
    9. Preoperative Medical Optimization
    10. Prehabilitation
    11. Cognitive Behavior Counseling
    Preoperative Preparation in ERAS
    12. Bowel Preparation: Always, Sometimes, Never?
    13. Pharmacogenomics in Perioperative Care
    III. Intraoperative Management
    14. Anesthetic Management and the Role of the Anesthesiologist in Reducing Surgical Stress and Improving Recovery
    15. Analgesia During Surgery (Medications)
    Chapter 16. Regional Anesthesia Techniques for Abdominal Operations
    ^Chapter 17. Prevention of Intraoperative Hypothermia
    Chapter 18. Perioperative Intravenous Fluid Therapy in ERAS Pathways
    Chapter 19. ERAS and Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques
    Chapter 20. Tubes and Drains: Current Updates on Evidence on Their Role Within Recovery
    IV. Postoperative Management
    Chapter 21. Management of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting (PONV)
    Chapter 22. Early Oral Nutrition
    23. Early Ambulation and Physiotherapy After Surgery
    24. Postoperative Multimodal Pain Management
    25. Nursing Considerations During Patient Recovery
    V. Prevention of Postoperative Complications
    26. Long-Term Outcomes Related to ERAS
    27. Postoperative Ileus: Prevention and Treatment
    28. Antibiotic Prophylaxis and Surgical Site Infection Prevention
    29. Thromboprophylaxis
    VI. ERAS After Discharge
    30. Functional Recovery at Home and After Discharge
    31. Recovery Within the Cancer Journey
    32. Readmission Challenges and Impacts Within ERAS
    ^33. An Example of a Patient's Experience in ERAS
    VII. Safety and Quality Improvement in ERAS
    Measuring Outcomes in ERAS
    35. Measurement of Recovery Within ERAS
    36. Measuring Compliance: Audit and Data Collection
    37. Success and Failure of ERAS: Prediction Models of Outcomes
    38. Research Methods in Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
    39. Toward a Learning System for ERAS: Embedding Implementation and Learning Evaluation
    VIII. Specialty-Specific Enhanced Recovery Programs
    40. ERAS in Colorectal Surgery
    41. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: Recommendations for Esophagectomy
    42. Enhanced Recovery After Gastrectomy
    43. Bariatric Surgery
    44. ERAS for Major Urological Procedures: Evidence Synthesis and Recommendations
    45. ERAS for Breast Reconstruction
    46. Gynecologic/Oncology Surgery
    47. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: Cesarean Delivery
    48. ERAS in Spine Surgery
    49. Orthopedic Surgery in Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
    ^50. ERAS in Otolaryngology
    Head and Neck Surgery
    51. Cardiac Surgery ERAS
    52. Vascular Surgery and ERAS
    53. Thoracic Surgery
    54. Enhanced Recovery Program in the Ambulatory Surgery Setting
    55. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: Emergency Laparotomy
    56. Liver Surgery
    57. Pancreatic Surgery
    58. Pediatric Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
    IX. Administrative
    59. Department-wide Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Pathway: Barriers and Facilitators
    60. Introducing Enhanced Recovery Programs into Practice: Lessons Learned from the ERAS® Society Implementation Program
    61. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
    Making the Business Case: Economics
    The Alberta Experience
    62. ERAS® Society and Latin American
    63. ERAS® Society and Asia
    64. ERAS for Low- and Middle-Income Countries
    65. ERAS Position in the Global Surgical Community.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Marilyn L. Moy, Felicity Blackstock, Linda Nici, editors.
    Summary: This book examines the most up-to-date strategies that can be used to enhance the healthcare professional-patient interaction to influence positive behavior change and improve treatment adherence in pulmonary healthcare. This book is written by experts in the field who couple their experience with practical strategies (the art) with evidence-based theory (the science). Chapters discuss global concepts such as motivational interviewing on improving engagement and how to apply strategies to specific situations (for examples: smoking cessation, promoting physical activity, inhaler adherence, supplemental oxygen use, and non-invasive ventilation) commonly experienced on the front lines of caring for patients with pulmonary disorders. The textbook raises awareness of direct approaches and recent technological advances that healthcare professionals can use to support positive behavior change in their day-to-day clinical practice. Effective, patient-tailored self-management interventions are discussed, including the evidence for these interventions and ways to personalize the strategies to each patient's unique needs. This book is an ideal guide for healthcare professionals working with patients experiencing chronic pulmonary conditions, including pulmonologists, primary care physicians, physician assistants, nurses, trainees, and the many allied health professionals involved in delivering care such as respiratory therapists, pharmacists, and behavioral psychologists. The concepts of this book can also be applied to the management of other chronic diseases such as coronary artery disease and diabetes mellitus.

    Contents:
    Chapter 01 Defining patient engagement, health behavior change, and disease self-management
    Chapter 02 Learning: developing knowledge through making meaning
    Chapter 03 Psychomotor skill development: learning what AND how to do
    Chapter 04 Best practice in educational design for patient learning
    Chapter 05 The impact of self-efficacy on behavior change: the roles of socio-cultural and mental health factors
    Chapter 06 Integrating motivational interviewing into pulmonary healthcare
    Chapter 07 Anxiety, depression, and using evidence-based techniques and strategies to support engagement and adherence
    Chapter 08 Technology to enhance engagement in physical activity
    Chapter 09 The role of mind-body approaches in promoting healthcare engagement and positive behavior change
    Chapter 10 Strategies to improve adherence to supplemental oxygen therapy
    Chapter 11 Self-management: personalized action plans for COPD exacerbations
    Chapter 12 Domiciliary noninvasive ventilation: strategies for improving adherence to home use
    Chapter 13 Teaching the practical skill of correct inhaler use: knowing and being able to do
    Chapter 14 Smoking cessation: breaking the strong addiction. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Essegbemon Akpo, Chris O. Ojiewo, Issoufou Kapran, Lucky O. Omoigui, Agathe Diama, Rajeev K. Varshney, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This open access book shares the experiences of Tropical Legumes III (TLIII) project in facilitating access to seed of improved legume varieties to smallholder farmers through innovation platforms. It highlights practices and guiding principles implemented in eight developing countries of sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia. This book details key processes that respective teams employed to create an innovation space that delivers seed, other inputs, knowledge and financial services to agricultural communities and most importantly, the underserved farmers in remote areas of the drylands. It offers valuable insights into the pathway to establishing, promoting and operating innovation platforms to enhance the performance and competitiveness of legume crops' value chains, and addresses critical issues that must be considered to make innovation platforms more sustainable and attractive to beneficiaries. The book offers a wealth of practical insights for development workers, technical staff, and project managers. This publication is all about TLIII community of practice. It will definitely inspire other development workers and scientists to share their own experiences for others to learn from.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. General context of smallholder farmers' access to seed of improved legume varieties and innovation platform perspectives
    Chapter 2. Groundnut Seed Production and Distribution through Multi-stakeholder Platforms in Southern Region of Tanzania
    Chapter 3. An analysis of groundnut innovation platform achievements in brokering improved varieties to communities in TL III project in Burkina Faso
    Chapter 4. Kolokani groundnut innovation platform activities and achievements through TL III project in Mali
    Chapter 5. Enhancing access to quality seed of improved groundnut varieties through multi-stakeholder platforms in Northern Ghana
    Chapter 6. Impact assessment of developing sustainable and impact-oriented groundnut seed system under the Tropical Legumes (III) project in Northern Nigeria
    Chapter 7. Enhancing chickpea production and productivity through Stakeholders' Innovation Platform approach in Ethiopia
    Chapter 8. Organized farmers towards chickpea seed self-sufficiency in Bundelkhand region of India
    Chapter 9. Developing sustainable cowpea seed systems for smallholder farmers though innovation platforms in Nigeria: Experience of TL III Project
    Chapter 10. Cowpea seed innovation platform: A hope for small seed producers in Mali
    Chapter 11. Cowpea innovation platform interventions and achievements in TL III project in Burkina Faso
    Chapter 12. Impacts of cowpea innovation platforms in sustaining TL III project gains in Ghana
    Chapter 13. A cross-case analysis of innovation platform experiences in seven countries in West and East Africa and South Asia
    Chapter 14. Innovation platform for catalyzing access to seed of improved legume varieties to smallholder farmers.-.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Petros Koltsidopoulos, Charalampos Skoulakis, Stilianos Kountakis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Fred Lin, Zara Patel.
    Summary: ENT Board Prep is a high-yield review that is an ideal study guide for the ENT in-service and board exams. While other review guides are low yield or more of a textbook, this is quick, concise, and easy-to-use, providing everything you need to know in a easy to digest format. ENT Board Prep offers review on sections such as cancer, ear, sinus, plastics, sleep, and laryngology, as well as case studies useful for studying for the oral board exams. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this book aims to serve future residents and fellows in those crucial weeks leading up to the ENT board exam.

    Contents:
    Part I. Pediatrics
    1. Embryology
    2. General Pediatric Otolaryngology
    3. Congenital Syndromes
    4. Pediatric Airway
    5. Cochlear Implants and Pediatric Otology
    Part II. Rhinology/Allergy
    6. Rhinology
    7. Allergy and Immunology
    8. Systemic, Infections, and Inflammatory Diseases
    Part III. General
    9. Sleep Disordered Breathing and Obstructive Sleep Apnea
    10. Fluids, Hemostasis, Nutrition, and Pulmonary Physiology
    11. Therapeutics: Pharmacology, Chemotherapy, and Radiation Oncology
    12. Head and Neck Pathology
    Part IV. Otology
    13. Otologic and Neurotologic Disorders
    14. The Vestibular System
    15. Ear Disorders
    16. The Facial Nerve ad Lateral Skull Base Disorders
    Part V. Head and Neck
    17. Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery
    18. Salivary Gland Diseases
    19. Head and Neck Lymphoma and Sarcoma
    20. Laryngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    21. Oral Cavity and Oropharyngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    22. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Carcinoma
    23. Vascular Tumors
    24. Cutaneous and Temporal Bone Malignancies
    25. Odontogenic Cysts and Tumors
    Part VI. Laryngology
    26. Deep Neck Space Infections
    27. Laryngology
    28. Benign Lesions of the Larynx
    29. Dysphagia
    30. Lasers
    Part VII. Facial Plastics and Reconstruction
    31. Facial Plastics
    32. Head and Neck Reconstruction: Local, Pedicled, and Free Flaps; Facial Nerve Reanimation
    33. Head and Neck Trauma
    Appendix 1. FDA Draft Guidance Document: Guidance for Industry Standards for Clinical Trial Imaging Endpoints
    Appendix 2. Imaging Core Lab Lexicon
    Appendix 3. Quantitative Imaging Biomarkers Alliance (QIBA).
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Cemal Cingi, Halil Erdem Özel, Nuray Bayar Muluk, editors.
    Summary: The book offers a comprehensive overview of ENT diseases during pregnancy, postpartum and lactating period. It brings together the experience of authors from more than 25 countries and aims to provide a broader understanding of the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of the ENT pathologies in pregnant and lactating women. The book is organized in 7 main parts according to the ENT subspecialties, and each chapter features a reader-friendly, uniform structure. It includes developments about COVID-19 infection. ENT Diseases: Diagnosis and Treatment during Pregnancy and Lactation will appeal to a wide readership, from ENT practitioners through allergists and pulmonologists, to trainees and students in ENT, obstetrics/gynecology.

    Contents:
    Preface. Part 1 Physiological changes during pregnancy and the postpartum period
    Part 2 General otolaryngology during pregnancy and the lactation period
    Part 3: Otology, neurotology and skull base Surgery during pregnancy and lactation
    Part 4 Rhinology and allergy during pregnancy and lactation
    Part 5 Laryngology. Part 6 Head and neck neoplasms and surgery during pregnancy and lactation. Part 7 Lower airway diseases during pregnancy and the postpartum period.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Edoardo Cervoni, Kim Leech.
    Summary: This volume serves as a practical guide for the primary care provider to better understand the clinical history, clinical examination, and accurate management of ENT disease. Additionally, the text aims to help general physicians and nurse practitioners to reduce the number of specialist referrals for patients requiring ENT care. Topics cover the most common ENT symptoms that can expect to be managed in a primary care setting, ENT diagnostic instrumentation for surgery, and how to determine when a patient can be managed in a general practice or referred to secondary care. Other topics cover the history of ENT, common red flags, rhinology, and laryngology. ENT in Primary Care: A Concise Guide will be a useful resource for medical students, general physicians in training, board certified physicians, and nurse practitioners treating ENT patients.

    Contents:
    ENT History
    ENT Red Flags
    Otology for the Primary Care Physician
    Rhinology for the Primary Care Physician
    Laryngology for the Primary Care Physician
    Head and Neck for the Primary Care Physician
    ENT Post Operative Care
    ENT Prescriptions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Melissa A. Scholes and Vijay R. Ramakrishnan.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital/Print
    Stuart Brierley, Marcello Costa, editors.
    Contents:
    Memories and promises of the enteric nervous system and its functions / Marcello Costa
    A personal perspective on the development of our understanding of the myogenic control mechanisms of gut motor function / Jan D. Huizinga
    Enteric inhibitory neurotransmission, starting down under / Kenton M. Sanders
    Spatiotemporal mapping and the enteric nervous system / Grant W. Hennig
    Development of neural activity in the Enteric nervous system: similarities and differences to other parts of the nervous system / Marlene M. Hao
    ENS development research since 1983: great strides but many remaining challenges / Heather M. Young, Lincon A. Stamp, and Sonja J. McKeown
    Extrinsic sensory innervation of the gut: structure and function / Simon Brookes, Nan Chen, Adam Humenick, Nick Spencer, and Marcello Costa
    Ageing and gastrointestinal sensory function / Christopher Keating and David Grundy
    Altered ion channel/receptor expression and function in extrinsic sensory neurons: the cause of and solution to chronic visceral pain? / Stuart Brierley
    Purinergic signalling in the gut / Geoffrey Burnstock
    Is there a role for endogenous 5-HT in gastrointestinal motility? How recent studies have changed our understanding / Nick J. Spencer and Damien J. Keating
    Enteric neuropathies: Yesterday, today and tomorrow / Robert De Giorgio, Francesca Bianco, Rocco Latorre, Giacomo Caio, Paolo Clavenzani, and Elena Bonora
    Postnatal development of the mouse enteric nervous system / Jaime Pei Pei Foong
    G protein-coupled receptor trafficking and signalling in the enteric nervous system: the past, present and future / David P. Poole and Nigel W. Bunnett
    The intrinsic reflex circuitry of the inflamed colon / Gary M. Mawe and Keith A. Sharkey
    Integrated neural and endocrine control of gastrointestinal function / John B. Furness
    Enteric neurobiology: discoveries and directions / Jackie D. Wood
    Advanced 3D optical microscopy in ENS research / Pieter Vanden Berghe
    Excitability and synaptic transmission in the enteric nervous system: Does diet play a role? / Paul B. Bertrand, Kate E. Polglaze, Hui Chen, Shaun L. Sandow, Anna Walduck, Trisha A. Jenkins, Rebecca L. Bertrand, Alan E. Lomax, and Lu Liu
    Recording in vivo human colonic motility: what have we learnt over the past 100 years? / Phil G. Dinning
    Letters
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Smagghe, Guy; Boecking, Otto; Kevan, Peter G.; Maccagnani, Bettina; Mänd, Marika.
    Summary: This book examines entomovectoring, which employs crop pollinators to spread biocontrol protections against plant pathogens. The book describes research and development of the process, also known as apivectoring and beevectoring, for use both in pollination and in the delivery of biocontrol agents against crop and pollinator diseases, pests, and parasites. The opening chapters show how design of agrosystems can support the activity of pollinator networks, and describe bee pollination as a natural and cost-free ecological service. Individual chapters cover bumble bees and solitary bees as pollinators. The book outlines ways that entomovectoring can be used to increase biocomplexity and biodiversity in agriculture. Also included is a chapter on the threat of Drosophila suzukii, an invasive fruit fly that infests ripening fruit, and the prospect of improved control using entomovectoring. Another chapter discusses the prospect of using a species of fungus gnat as a potential vector of microbial control agents, to suppress pathogens that they also spread. A wide variety of crops are covered, including apples, strawberries, coffee, and sunflowers. The book describes studies on use of entomovectoring in both open fields and greenhouse settings. Another case study reviews the use of a commercial biofungicide via entomovectoring, to combat storage rot diseases in apples. Coverage also includes Flying Doctors, a precision pollination system that uses pre-collected pollen delivered by bumble bees to replace artificial pollination via dusting or phytohormones. Entomovectoring for Precision Biocontrol and Enhanced Pollination of Crops benefits graduate-level students in agriculture, plant pathology and entomology, as well as academics, researchers, working horticulturists and apiculturists, and those involved in formulating agricultural policy and regulations.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Agroecosystem Design Supports the Activity of Pollinator Networks
    1 Some Principle Needs of Honey Bees and Wild Bees
    2 Ecological Compensation Areas to Enhance Pollination Service
    2.1 Resource Orientated Scheme
    2.2 Habitat Oriented Scheme
    3 Interactions Among Neighboring Plants: Favoring Pollination Service or Competition
    4 Not Only Pollinators: Ecological Compensation Areas as a Natural Biofactory of Beneficials
    5 Ecological Corridors: Experiences in Italy
    References 2 The Growing Knowledge About the General Importance of Pollinators Is Followed by the Concerns About Pollinator Declines
    References
    Solitary Bees As Pollinators
    1 Working Mothers: This Makes the Difference
    2 Which Bee for Which Crop
    3 Solitary Bees: A Focus on Osmia sp.
    4 Osmia cornuta
    References
    Bumble Bees and Entomovectoring in Open Field Conditions
    1 Introduction
    2 Bumble Bee Efficacy in Open Fields
    2.1 Grey Mould Suppression
    2.2 Inoculum Dissemination: Safety and Efficacy
    2.3 The Secondary Transmission of BCA
    2.4 Additive Value from Pollination 3 Bumble Bee Foraging Behaviour
    3.1 Flower Selection
    3.2 Flower and Forage Patch Constancy
    3.3 Colony Size and Foraging Range
    3.4 Compatibility With Temperate Climate Conditions
    4 Steering Bumble Bees to the Target Crop
    4.1 Handling of Bumble Bees
    4.2 Synchronizing Pollination Service with Crop Flowering
    4.3 Crop and Cultivar Selection
    5 Conclusion
    References
    Dispensers for Entomovectoring: For Every Bee a Different Type?
    1 Introduction
    2 Dispensers for Honey Bees
    3 Dispensers for Bumble Bees
    4 Dispensers for Solitary Bees 6 Potential for Pollinator and Pollination Related Problems Posed by Biological Control Agents
    7 Summary of Tests of Biological Control Agents on Pollinators
    8 Summary of Tests on Botanical Aspects of Pollination (Stigma and Pollen Functions, Fertilization, Seed and Fruit set)
    9 Pest Control Arthropods As Vectors of Biological Control Agents Against Crop Pests and Diseases
    10 Conclusions
    References
    Bee Pollination of Crops: A Natural and Cost-Free Ecological Service
    1 Today's Knowledge About Pollination: Still at a Starting Point? Ecological Intensification: Managing Biocomplexity and Biodiversity in Agriculture Through Pollinators, Pollination and Deploying Biocontrol Agents against Crop and Pollinator Diseases, Pests and Parasites
    1 Introduction: Ecological Intensification Beyond Biodiversity
    2 Pollinator-Mediated Entomovectoring
    3 Doubly Beneficial Arthropods: Pollinators in Crops, Domestic Self-Help in the Hive, and Biocontrol Predators and Parasitoids
    4 Managed Pollinators As Vectors of Biological Control Agents against Crop Pests and Diseases
    5 Biological Control Agents Applied for Pollinator Health
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Toyohiko Isu, Kyongsong Kim, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest information on the epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of peripheral nerve entrapment neuropathy, focusing on the lumbar spine and the lower limbs. The book is divided into three thematic sections, on para-lumbar spine disease, lower limb entrapment neuropathy, and comprehensive reviews. In addition to exploring the latest advances, it also features short essays by the Editor that provide valuable insights into the disease. Though neuropathy of the upper limbs has been studied in detail and substantial evidence is available, there are very few books on para-lumbar spine and lower limb entrapment neuropathy. Often, the symptoms are misdiagnosed as lumbar spine disease, overlooked, or treated as failed back surgery syndrome. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the disease and shares the latest findings from the last 10 years of research into its diagnosis and treatment, offering essential guidance for general clinicians, spinal surgeons and neurosurgeon who treat numbness and pain in the lower limbs and lower back. It will also benefit young doctors interested in the field, nurses, therapists and patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Sabouraud, R.
    Digital Access Google Books 1922-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    T71 .S12 1922
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Jay Lemery and Paul Auerbach.
    Contents:
    Preamble : the doctor's approach
    Climate change 101 : a primer
    Heat waves & heat stress
    Extreme weather
    Vector-borne diseases
    Mental health
    Air degradation
    Water security
    Food security
    Allergens
    Harmful algal blooms
    Nature's pharmacopeia
    Ecosystem services
    Climate justice
    Rx for the future.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA566 .L46 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Huidong Zhang, Jie Yan, editors.
    Summary: This book will focus on the harmful effect of environmental toxins on female reproductive health. Reproduction is the basis of the continuation of human beings, and environment is the basis of human survival. However, environmental pollution has become a potential risk factor for human reproductive health, which not only leads to many chronic diseases, but also causes certain harm to reproductive health. Compared to male reproduction, female reproductive process is more complex, the reproductive system is more fragile, and is more vulnerable to be damaged. The aim of this book is to review the research progress, to address the challenges, and to stimulate the development in the direction of environment and female reproductive health.

    Contents:
    Part I Environmental Harmful Factors
    1 Introduction to Environmental Harmful Factors
    Part II Female Reproductive Processes and Diseases
    2 Introduction of Female Reproductive Processes and Reproductive Diseases
    Part III Effects of Environmental Factors on Reproductive Process
    3 The Influence of Environmental Factors on Ovarian Function, Follicular Genesis, and Oocyte Quality
    4 Effects of environment and lifestyle factors on premature ovarian failure
    5 Effects of Environment and Lifestyle Factors on Anovulatory Disorder
    6 Effects of Cigarette Smoking on Preimplantation Embryo Development
    7 Toxicical effects of BPDE on dysfunctions of female trophoblast cells
    8 The Roles of Stress-Induced Immune Response in Female Reproduction
    9 Effects of Environmental EDCs on Oocyte Quality, Embryo Development and the Outcome in Human IVF Process
    Part IV Effects of Environmental Factors on Reproductive Diseases
    10 Effects of environmental endocrine-disrupting chemicals on female reproductive health
    11 Definition and Multiple Factors of Recurrent Spontaneous Abortion
    12 The Variations of Metabolic Detoxification Enzymes Lead to Recurrent Miscarriage and their Diagnosis Strategy
    Part V Effects of Environmental Factors on Fertility Preservation
    13 The Effects of Negative Elements in Environment and Cancer on Female Reproductive System.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The impairment of lung function caused by environmental exposure to pollutants and toxicants is a rising health problem, particularly in highly industrialized parts of the world. The problem is urgently calling for the development of new methodologies to assess both the level of elemental exposure and the effects for quality of health and longevity. This volume provides state-of-the-art information about the recent advances in occupational and non-occupational pollutant-related disorders of the respiratory tract, and the assessment of a threat they pose for the health-span. Heavy traffic-related air pollution, unnoticeable but salient health detriment, is dealt with at length.

    Contents:
    Effects of exposure to welding fume on lung function: results from the German WELDOX study
    Disability-Adjusted Life Years in the Assessment of Health Effects of Traffic-Related Air Pollution
    Impact of Traffic-Related Air Pollution on Health
    Traffic-related air pollution and respiratory tract efficiency
    Different Patterns in Changes of Exhaled Breath Condensate pH and Exhaled Nitric Oxide after Ozone Exposure
    Serial Measurements of Exhaled Nitric Oxide at Work and at Home: a New Tool for the Diagnosis of Occupational Asthma
    Prevalence of Work-Related Rhino-Conjunctivitis and Respiratory Symptoms among Domestic Waste Collectors
    Quality of Life and Health Care Utilization in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Diseases
    Usage of Medical Internet and E-Health Services by the Elderly.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Vittorio Ingegnoli, Francesco Lombardo, Giuseppe La Torre, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to explore the impact of human alterations of Earths ecological systems on human health. Human activities are producing fundamental biophysical changes faster than ever before in the history of our species, which are accompanied by dangerous health effects. Drawing on advanced ecological principles, the book demonstrates the importance of using systemic medicine to study the effects of ecological alterations on human health. Planetary Health is an interdisciplinary field, but first of all it must be systemic and it needs a preferential relationship between Ecology and Medicine. This relation is to be upgrading, because today both ecology and medicine pursue few systemic characters and few correct interrelations. We need to refer to new principles and methods sustained by the most advanced fields, as Landscape Bionomics and Systemic Medicine. Thus, we will be able to better discover environmental syndromes and their consequences on human health. Environmental transformations proposed by PHA (from biodiversity shifts to climate change) do not consider bionomic dysfunctions which can menace human health. On the contrary, finding advanced diagnostic criteria in landscape syndromes can strongly help to find the effects on human well-being. The passage from sick care to health care cant avoid the mentioned upgrading.

    Contents:
    1: Understanding complexity in life sciences
    2. A new paradigm in medicine: Psychoneuroendocrineimmunology and Science of integrated care
    3.From General Ecology to Bionomics
    4. Planetary Health: Human Impacts on the Environment
    5. Landscape Bionomics Dysfunctions and Human Health
    6. Agrofood system and Human Health
    7. Environmental alterations and oncological diseases: the contribution of network medicine
    8. Zootechnical systems, ecological dysfunctions and human health
    9. Environmental pollution and cardio-respiratory diseases
    10. The impact of environmental alterations on human microbiota and Infectious Diseases
    11. The relationship between environment and mental health
    12. Planetary health and healthcare workers
    13. Endocrine Disruptors and Human Reproduction
    14. Environmental factors in the development of diabetes mellitus
    15. Some landscape and healthcare considerations comparing European Union and Indian Federation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    R.J. Berry, University College London.
    Summary: Our attitudes to our environment are widely and often acrimoniously discussed, commonly misunderstood, and will shape our future. We cannot assume that we behave as newly minted beings in a pristine garden nor as pre-programmed automata incapable of rational responsibility. Professor Berry has studied nature-nurture interactions for many years, and also been involved with many national and international decision making bodies which have influenced our environmental attitudes. He is therefore well-placed to describe what has moulded our present attitudes towards the environment. This book presents data and concepts from a range of disciplines - genetic, anthropological, social, historical and theological - to help us understand how we have responded in the past and how this influences our future. Beginning with a historical review and moving forwards to current conditions, readers will reach the end of this volume more capable and better prepared to make decisions which affect our communities and posterity.

    Contents:
    Choices
    No primeval Eden
    Striving with nature
    Nature's study
    Scientific study and the new biology controlling
    Science in public affairs organizing
    National nature a digression
    The regulatory century
    Running out of world
    Reckoning, perhaps rueing
    From scavenging to supermarkets.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Mieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.
    Summary: The book presents the latest advances in research into health effects of air pollution, with heavy motor vehicle traffic or cigarette smoke as the exemplar of pollution. The airways are the first-line defense system against pollution. The book focuses on respiratory ailments underlain by inflammation, increased susceptibility to infection, particularly acquired during harsh environmental conditions and exposures to particulate matter or pathogens. The importance of astute analysis of lung function for early diagnosis of disorders is underscored. A knowledge deficit concerning the aerosolized drug delivery through the airways also is addressed. Recent developments and viewpoints in the field of environmental health hazards as well as methodological advances in their assessment are provided. The book will be of interest to pulmonologists, healthcare providers, researchers and clinicians engaged in environment-related respiratory diseases, but also to policy makers concerned with clean ambient air quality.

    Contents:
    The Role of Oxidation in FSL-1 Induced Signaling Pathways of an Atopic Dermatitis Model in HaCaT Keratinocytes, I. Koren Carmi, R. Haj, H. Yehuda, S. Tamir, and A.Z. Reznick
    Epidemiological and Clinical Reasons for Vaccination Against Pertussis and Influenza in Pregnant Women, Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Krzysztof Korzeniewski, Maciej Gawlak, Katarzyna Życińska, Kazimierz Wardyn, and Ernest Kuchar
    Aerosolized GLP-1 for Treatment of Diabetes Mellitus and Irritable Bowel Syndrome, R. Siekmeier, T. Hofmann, and G. Scheuch
    The Influence of Particulate Matter on Respiratory Morbidity and Mortality in Children and Infants, Joanna Jakubiak-Lasocka, Jakub Lasocki, and Artur J. Badyda
    Relationship Between History of Smoking, Metabolic and Inflammatory Markers, Parameters of Body Composition and Muscle Strength, O. Rom, K. Karkabi, A.Z. Reznick, Z. Keidar, and D. Aizenbud
    Time and Dose Effects of Cigarette Smoke and Acrolein on Protein Carbonyl Formation in HaCaT Keratinocytes, K. Avezov, A.Z. Reznick, and D. Aizenbud
    Comparison of Different Measurement Methods, A.M. Preisser, M. Seeber, and V. Harth
    Respiratory Infections in Travelers Returning from the Tropics, Krzysztof Korzeniewski, Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Anna Lass, Aneta Guzek
    Relative risk of lung obstruction in relation to PM10 concentration: pulmonary function assessment, Łukasz Adamkiewicz, Anna Gayer, Dominika Mucha, Artur J. Badyda, Piotr Dąbrowiecki, and Piotr Grabski.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    editors, Rita Kundu, Rajiv Narula, Rajashree Paul, Susmita Mukherjee.
    Summary: This book comprises some of the major facts and solutions on environmental studies and its importance on the ecosystem. Implementations of Biotechnology on wastewater treatment and removal of toxins from the wastewater have been thoroughly discussed in different chapters with its impacts on the ecosystem. State of art technologies related to the water treatment as well as balancing of various essential components of the ecosystem has also been demonstrated with various technical solutions. Impacts of various toxins, mainly chemical wastes produced by various industries have been precisely identified and there impacts with various solutions are also discussed. This book is also a collection of various ideas and thoughts coming from reputed scientists and researchers working in this field with modernized technological views. A special emphasis has been given to protect and balance our ecosystem to save the entire living beings. Authors have also tried to make a bridge between bioremediation and ecosystem to bring these in a common platform for better understanding and solution of various critical problems with the help of cutting edge technologies. In this particular aspect or research, the novelty of the book is unparallel to show various future opportunities for the researchers, academicians, industrial personnel working in this field.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Physico-Chemical and Enzymatic Analysis of Rhizospheric and Non-Rhizospheric Soils from Middle indo-Gangetic Plain Region
    Kinetics Study of A Suspended Growth System For Sustainable Biological Treatment of Dairy Wastewater
    Assessment of Removal of Mercury From Landfill Leachate by Electrocoagulation Assessment of Self Rectification Capacity of the Main Sewage Canal while passing through the East Kolkata Wetlands, a Ramsar site in West Bengal, India
    Health Risk Assessment of Some Dominant Heavy Metal Species Detected in Subsurface Water near Kolkata MSW Landfill Site
    Fluoride Attenuation from Contaminated Water by Hydrophytes
    Bioremediation of Wastewater Using Microalgae
    Optimization of Lead Ions Adsorption onto C16-6-16 Incorporated Mesoporousmcm-41 Using Box-Behnken design
    Treated Sewage Effluents as A Source of Microbiological Contamination On Receiving Watersheds
    An Analysis of Water Pollution -Where Surface Water Can be Habitable Avoiding Most of the Major Disease Using Easy and Low Cost Water Filtration
    Lead Remediation from Landfill Leachate by Electrocoagulation-A Laboratory-Scale Study
    Production optimization and application of extracellular chromate reductase from Bacillus sp. for bioremediation of hexavalent chromium
    Bioremediation efficacy of extracellular chromate reductase from Bacillus amyloliquefaciens (CSB 9) for detoxification of hexavalent chromium.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    O'Neill, I. K.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC268.6 .E581
    4
  • Digital
    George J. Brewer.
    Summary: Environmental Causes and Prevention Measures for Alzheimer's Disease examines the increased incidence of the disease in developed countries and aims to educate neuroscientists, medical practitioners and other educated individuals on new insights into environmental causation, primarily metals. This book looks into the web of evidence around the hypothesis of copper toxicity and the additional role that a high fat diet plays in disease progression and cognition loss. The data and its implications are discussed, along with potential prevention measures. This book will generate excitement and interest among neuroscientists, medical practitioners and other biomedical researchers.

    Contents:
    A little background on dementia and Alzheimer's disease
    Interesting and important historical and demographic facts about the epidemic of Alzheimer's disease in developed countries pointing to environmental intoxicants causing the epidemic
    Candidate environmental factors for the Alzheimer's epidemic part 1: The metals-aluminum, lead, mercury, zinc, iron, and copper
    Candidate environmental factors for the Alzheimer's epidemic part 2: diet and other lifestyle factors
    Identification of copper-2 and cooper in general, as major environmental intoxicants in the Alzheimer's disease epidemic: the copper hypothesis
    Background on copper, including why copper-2 is so specificially neurotoxic
    Inorganic copper, or copper-2, ingestion as a major causal factor for the Alzheimer's disease epidemic
    the web of evidence
    Increased copper absorption resulting from dietary changes in developed countries as another causal factor in the Alzheimer's disease epidemic
    The copper hypothesis fits nicely with known risk factors and theories of Alzheimer's disease causation
    Prevention measures action items: two simple steps to eliminate ingestion of copper-2, and dietary changes to reduce copper absorption
    Failures: what the government has not done to ensure healthy drinking water and nontoxic multimineral pills
    Treatment of Alzheimer's disease
    Sumary and conclusions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Ram Naresh Bharagava, editor.
    Summary: As we know, rapid industrialization is a serious concern in the context of a healthy environment. Various physico-chemical and biological approaches for the removal of toxic pollutants are available, but unfortunately these are not very effective. Biological approaches using microorganisms (bacterial/fungi/algae), green plants or their enzymes to degrade/detoxify environmental contaminants such as endocrine disrupting chemicals, toxic metals, pesticides, dyes, petroleum hydrocarbons and phenolic compounds are eco-friendly and low cost. This book provides a much-needed, comprehensive overview of the various types of contaminants, their toxicological effects on the environment, humans, animals and plants as well as various eco-friendly approaches for their management (degradation/detoxification). As such it is a valuable resource for a wide range of students, scientists and researchers in microbiology, biotechnology, environmental sciences.

    Contents:
    1. Agroindustrial wastes: Environmental toxicology, risks and biological treatment approaches
    2. Remediation and management of petrochemical polluted sites under climate change conditions
    3. Phycoremediation: Role of algae in waste management
    4. Aspects of CO2 injection in geological formations and its risk assessment
    5. Microbial degradation of polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)
    6. Splendid role of nanoparticles as antimicrobial agents in wastewater treatment
    7. Metagenomics for novel enzymes: A Current Perspective
    8. Cyanobacteria: The ecofriendly tools for the treatment of industrial wastewaters
    9. Constructed wetlands: a green technology for industrial wastewaters treatment
    10. Microplastics: A Snapshot on Emerging Environmental Pollutant and their Environmental Impact
    11. Biosorption of heavy metals: potential and applications of yeast cells for cadmium removal
    12. Toxic elements in Bangladeshs drinking water
    13. Bacterial conversion of waste products into degradable plastics: An inexpensive yet eco-friendly approach
    14. Treatment of leather industry wastewater and recovery of valuable substances to solve waste management problem in Environment.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Alessandro Sale.
    Contents:
    Environmental enrichment and brain development / Alessandro Sale, Nicoletta Berardi, and Lamberto Maffei
    Epigenetic control of visual cortex development and plasticity / Paola Tognini, Elena Putignano, and Tommaso Pizzorusso
    Gene-environment interactions in the etiology of psychiatric and neurodevelopmental disorders / Mari A. Kondo and Anthony J. Hannan
    Critical periods and neurodevelopmental brain disorders / Rhiannon M. Meredith
    Maternal care and DNA methylation / Moshe Szyf
    Neurobiology and programming capacity of attachment learning to nurturing and abusive caregivers / Tania L. Roth, Gordon A. Barr, Michael J. Lewis, and Regina M. Sullivan
    Early environmental manipulations and long-term effects on brain neurotrophin levels / Francesca Cirulli and Enrico Alleva / Effects of genes and early experience on the development of primate behavior and stress reactivity / Sean P. Coyne and Dario Maestripieri
    Institutional deprivation and neurobehavioral development in infancy / Jenalee R. Doom and Megan R. Gunnar
    Impace of infantile massage on brain development / Andrea Guzzetta and Giovanni Cioni.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    editors: Jeanne Leffers, Claudia M. Smith, Katie Huffling, Ruth McDermott-Levy, Barbara Sattler.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Unit I: Why nursing. Why nurses are involved with environmental health
    Environmental health and families/homes
    Environmental health in the school setting
    Environmental health nursing at the community level
    Faith community: an environmental partner
    Spotlight on nurses
    Desired environmental health competencies for registered nurses
    Unit II: Harmful environmental exposures and vulnerable populations. Harmful environmental exposures and vulnerable populations
    Vulnerable populations - anticipatory guidance
    Immigrants and refugees as a vulnerable population
    Unit III: Environmental health sciences. Ecology, ecosystems, and watersheds
    Introduction to toxicology
    Carcinogens
    Criteria air pollutants
    Chemicals of concern: flame retardants
    Health effects of heavy metals
    Environmental public health tracking
    Introduction to risk assessment in environmental health
    Unit IV: Practice settings. Nurse exposure in work
    Hazardous exposures in healthcare
    Pharmaceutical waste
    Green team
    Unit V: Sustainable communities. Introduction to Tox Town
    Green building
    Green cleaning in homes
    Transportation and health implications
    Brownfields and nursing implications
    Antibiotic use in agriculture: public and environmental health impact
    Environmental justice
    Unit VI: Climate change. Climate and health
    Unit vii: energy
    Introduction to the ANA energy resolution
    Unconventional natural gas development and nursing
    Unit VIII: Advocacy. Using nursing process to guide advocacy for environmental health
    Coalition building: a powerful political strategy
    Case study in environmental health advocacy
    Chemical policy reform - toxic chemicals in the environment: efforts to control and regulate
    Anatomy of a legislative meeting
    Unit IX: Research. Maria Amaya, PhD, RNC, WHNP-BC
    Adelita Cantu, PhD, RN
    Viki Chaudrue, EdD, MSN, RN
    Rosemary Chaudry, PhD, RN, MHA, MPH, PHCNS-BC
    Linda McCauley, RN, PhD, FAAN, FAAOHN
    Ruth McDermott-Levy, PhD, MPH, RN
    Barbara Polivka, PhD, RN
    Elizabeth C Schenk, PhD, MHI, RN
    Unit X: Conclusion.
    Digital Access R2Library 2015
  • Digital
    Morton Lippmann, Richard B. Schlesinger.
    Contents:
    Introduction and historical perspective
    Characterization of contaminants and environments
    Sources of contaminants
    Dispersion of contaminants
    Fate of contaminants : translocation, transformations, and sinks
    Effects of contaminants on human health
    Effects of contaminants on environmental quality
    Risk assessment
    Environmental sampling and exposure assessment
    Risk management
    Contaminant criteria and exposure limits
    Our environmental future.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Raúl J. Cano and Gary A. Toranzos.
    Contents:
    1. Definitions and historical perspectives in environmental forensics
    2. Statistical considerations in environmental microbial forensics
    3. From evolutionary advantage to disease agents: forensic reevaluation of host-microbe interactions and pathogenicity
    4. Paleomicrobiology: a snapshot of ancient microbes and approaches to forensic microbiology
    5. Microbial forensics in food safety
    6. Toward forensic uses of microbial source tracking
    7. Soil microbial forensics
    8. Forensic phytopathology: a critical review
    9. Forensic approaches to detect possible agents of bioterror
    10. Environmental microbial forensics and archaeology of past pandemics
    11. Comparative microbial genomics and forensics
    12. Future technologies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ian T. Paulsen, Andrew J. Holmes.
    Contents:
    Methods for isolation and cultivation of filamentous fungi / Helena Nevalainen, Liisa Kautto, and Junior Te'o
    Rapid extraction of PCR-competent DNA from recalcitrant environmental samples / Michael R. Gillings
    Quantitative PCR for detection of mRNA and gDNA in environmental isolates / Anthony J. Brzoska and Karl A. Hassan
    Analysis of community dynamics in environmental samples using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis / Claire L. Thompson
    Terminal restriction fragment length polymorphism (T-RFLP) profiling of bacterial 16S rRNA genes / Catherine A. Osborne
    Profiling the diversity of microbial communities with single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) / Achim Schmalenberger and Christoph C. Tebbe
    Human fecal source identification with real-time quantitative PCR / Orin C. Shanks ... [and 4 others]
    Next generation barcode tagged sequencing for monitoring microbial community dynamics / Katy Breakwell, Sasha G. Tetu, and Liam D.H. Elbourne
    Analysis of methanotroph community structure using a pmoA-based microarray / Guy C.J. Abell ... [and 3 others]
    Biolog Phenotype MicroArrays for phenotypic characterization of microbial cells / Amanda M. Mackie ... [and 3 others]
    Visualization of metabolic properties of bacterial cells using nanoscale secondary ion mass spectrometry (NanoSIMS) / Yi Vee Chew, Andrew J. Holmes, and John B. Cliff
    Single-cell Raman sorting / Mengqiu Li ... [and 3 others]
    Bacterial whole-cell biosensors for the detection of contaminants in water and soils / Yun Wang ... [and 3 others]
    Stable isotope probing to study functional components of complex microbial ecosystems / Sophie Mazard and Hendrik Schäfer
    Metagenomics using next-generation sequencing / Lauren Bragg and Gene W. Tyson
    Targeted genomics of flow cytometrically sorted cultured and uncultured microbial groups / Sophie Mazard ... [and 4 others]
    Quantitative microbial metatranscriptomics / Scott Gifford, Brandon Satinsky, and Mary Ann Moran
    Quantitative metaproteomics : functional insights into microbial communities / Chongle Pan and Jillian F. Banfield.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    authors: Wen-Xiong Wang, Philip S. Rainbow.
    Summary: The Pearl River Estuary (PRE) is the Western name for a very large estuary in southern China that is currently home to an industrial metropolis of staggering size, and one that is rapidly evolving. The Chinese name for the Pearl River is Zhujiang. Guangzhou lies at the head of the estuary, and Macau and Hong Kong are on the western and eastern sides, respectively, of the wide opening of the estuary to the South China Sea. The new cities of Zhuhai and Shenzhen lie immediately north of Macau and Hong Kong, respectively. The recent establishment of the Greater Bay Area (GBA), which covers the majority of the Pearl River Delta area, with a total population of over 70 million, will certainly put the PRE under strict environmental scrutiny. The PRE system itself will provide a model system for environmental scientists owing to its major anthropogenic perturbation and influences, as well as the highly dynamic nature of the estuary. This book addresses the major environmental concerns regarding this estuary, contaminants and other pollutants, e.g. toxic metals, organic contaminants and emerging compounds. Questions addressed here include: What are the sources of the contaminants? What have the environmental consequences of these contaminants been for the estuary? What will the future bring? The research presented here on the Pearl River Estuary offers a wealth of insights for other major contaminated estuaries around the world.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Introduction
    History
    Hong Kong
    Macao
    Urbanization and Industrial Development
    Pollution
    Reference
    Physical Geography
    Water Flows and Circulation
    Tide
    Bottom Topography and Sediment
    Ecosystem and Fisheries
    Water Quality Monitoring
    References
    Pollution in the Pearl River Estuary
    Eutrophication
    Trace Metals
    Organic Compounds
    Hydrocarbons
    Halogenated Organic Compounds
    Organochlorine Pesticides
    Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
    Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDEs) Alternative Halogenated Flame Retardants (AHFRs)
    Organophosphorus Compounds
    Organophosphate Flame Retardants
    Organophosphorus Pesticides
    Xenoestrogens
    Pharmaceuticals
    Personal Care Products
    Other Emerging Contaminants
    Other Pesticides
    Perfluoroalkyl Substances (PFASs)
    Quaternary Ammonium Compounds (QACs)
    Microplastics
    Conclusions
    References
    Trace Metals in the Water Column and Sediments
    Trace Metals in the Water Column
    Trace Metal Concentrations in the Water Column of the Pearl River Estuary Bioavailability
    Dissolved Bioavailability
    Bioavailability from Food
    Uptake of Trace Metals from Sediments
    Accumulation
    Metabolic Requirements for Essential Trace Metals
    Detoxification
    Accumulation, Detoxification and Toxicity
    Biomonitoring
    Pearl River Estuary Invertebrates
    Oysters
    Mussels
    Clams
    Scallops
    Importance of Bivalve Family
    Barnacles
    Fish
    Mercury
    Food Chains
    Cetaceans
    Conclusions
    References
    Trace Metal Contamination of Seafood from the Pearl River Estuary
    Regulatory Limits
    Molluscs
    Oysters
    Mussels
    Clams Geochemistry of Trace Metals in the Water Column of the Pearl River Estuary
    Ecotoxicology of Trace Metals in the Water Column of the Pearl River Estuary
    Trace Metals in Sediments
    Trace Metal Concentrations in Sediments
    Bioavailability and Ecotoxicology of Trace Metals in Sediments
    Trace Metal Concentrations in the Sediments of the Pearl River Estuary
    Historical Changes
    Ecotoxicology of Trace Metals in the Sediments of the Pearl River Estuary
    Exchangeability and Bioavailability
    References
    Trace Metals in Pearl River Estuary Organisms
    Bioaccumulation
    Uptake Scallops
    Gastropods
    Crustaceans
    Prawns, Mantis Shrimps and Crabs
    Fish
    Conclusions
    References
    Trace Metals and Ecotoxicological Effects in the Pearl River Estuary
    Biomarkers
    Pearl River Estuary Oysters
    Pearl River Estuary Dolphins
    Conclusions
    References
    Future Needs
    Environmental Transport
    Ecotoxicological Impacts
    Ecosystem Management and Conservation
    The Greater Bay Area
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    John R. Goldblum, Andrew L. Folpe, Sharon W. Weiss.
    Summary: Enzinger and Weiss's Soft Tissue Tumors is a medical reference on the diagnosis of tumors of the skeletal muscles, connective tissue, fat, and related structures. Microscopic findings are correlated with the latest developments in molecular biology, cytogenetics, and immunohistochemistry, providing you with a comprehensive and integrated approach to the evaluation of soft tissue specimens. Apply the latest advances in surgical pathology thanks to major updates on recently identified pathological entities such as soft tissue angiofibroma and CIC-related sarcomas; coverage of the newest molecular diagnostic techniques and immunohistochemical and molecular genetic features of soft tissue tumors; new chapters on GIST and soft tissue tumors showing melanocytic differentiation; and more. Effortlessly find the information you need with a chapter organization based on the newest surgical pathology concepts and classifications of soft tissue tumors.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC270 .E59 2014
    1
  • Digital
    John R. Goldblum, Andrew L. Folpe, Sharon W. Weiss.
    Contents:
    General considerations
    Clinical evaluation and treatment of soft tissue tumors
    Radiologic evaluation of soft tissue tumors
    The molecular genetic pathology of soft tissue tumors
    Approach to the diagnosis of soft tissue tumors
    Immunohistochemistry for analysis of soft tissue tumors
    Benign fibroblastic/myofibroblastic proliferations, including superficial fibromatoses
    Fibrous tumors of infancy and childhood
    Borderline and malignant fibroblastic/myofibroblastic tumors
    Benign fibrohistiocytic and histiocytic tumors
    Fibrohistiocytic tumors of intermediate malignancy
    Undifferentiated pleomorphic sarcoma
    Benign lipomatous tumors
    Liposarcoma
    Benign tumors of smooth muscle
    Leiomyosarcoma
    Gist and egist
    Rhabdomyoma
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Benign vascular tumors and malformations
    Hemangioendothelioma: vascular tumors of intermediate malignancy
    Malignant vascular tumors
    Tumors and malformations of lymphatic vessels
    Perivascular tumors
    Benign tumors and tumor-like lesions of synovial tissue
    Benign tumors of peripheral nerves
    Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors
    Neuroblastoma
    Soft tissue tumors showing melanocytic differentiation
    Cartilaginous and osseous soft tissue tumors
    Miscellaneous benign soft tissue tumors and pseudotumors
    Soft tissue tumors of intermediate malignancy of uncertain type
    Malignant soft tissue tumors of uncertain type.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Gert Weber, Uwe T. Bornscheuer, Ren Wei.
    Contents:
    Current status and future development of plastics : Solutions for a circular economy and limitations of environmental degradation / Pia Skoczinski, Lars Krause, Achim Raschka, Lara Dammer, and Michael Carus
    Methods for microplastic sampling and analysis in the seawater and fresh water environment / Chengjun Sun, Jinfeng Ding, and Fenglei Gao
    Exploring microbial consortia from various environments for plastic degradation / Ingrid Eileen Meyer Cifuentes and Basak Öztürk
    Cultivation of filamentous fungi for attack on synthetic polymers via biological Fenton chemistry / Dietmar Schlosser
    Characterization of biodegradation of plastics in insect larvae / Wei-Min Wu and Craig S. Criddle
    Quantification of polystyrene plastics degradation using ¹⁴C isotope tracer technique / Lili Tian, Yini Ma, and Rong Ji
    Exploring the global metagenome for plastic-degrading enzymes / Pablo Pérez-García, Dominik Danso, Hongli Zhang, Jennifer Chow, and Wolfgang R. Streit
    Cutinases from thermophilic bacteria (actinomycetes) : From identification to functional and structural characterization / Masayuki Oda, Nobutaka Numoto, Gert-Jan Bekker, Narutoshi Kamiya, and Fusako Kawai
    Ideonella sakaiensis, PETase, and MHETase : From identification of microbial PET degradation to enzyme characterization / Shosuke Yoshida, Kazumi Hiraga, Ikuo Taniguchi, and Kohei Oda
    GRAPE, a greedy accumulated strategy for computational protein engineering / Jinyuan Sun, Yinglu Cui, and Bian Wu
    Mechanistic investigation of enzymatic degradation of polyethylene terephthalate by nuclear magnetic resonance / Patricia Falkenstein, Ren Wei, Jörg Matysik, and Chen Song
    Fluorimetric high-throughput screening method for polyester hydrolase activity using polyethylene terephthalate nanoparticles / Lara Pfaff, Daniel Breite, Christoffel P.S. Badenhorst, Uwe T. Bornscheuer, and Ren Wei
    Anchor peptides promote degradation of mixed plastics for recycling / Yu Ji, Yi Lu, Hendrik Puetz, and Ulrich Schwaneberg
    Tuning of adsorption of enzymes to polymer / Doris Ribitsch and Georg M. Guebitz
    Characterization of the enzymatic degradation of polyurethanes / Audrey Magnin, Eric Pollet, and Luc Avérous
    Structural analysis of PET-degrading enzymes PETase and MHETase from Ideonella sakaiensis / Leonie G. Graf, Emil A.P. Michels, Yelwin Yew, Weidong Liu, Gottfried J. Palm, and Gert Weber
    Structural and functional characterization of nylon hydrolases / Seiji Negoro, Dai-ichiro Kato, Taku Ohki, Kengo Yasuhira, Yasuyuki Kawashima, Keisuki Nagai, Masahiro Takeo, Naoki Shibata, Katsumasa Kamiya, and Yasuteru Shigeta
    Upcycling of hydrolyzed PET by microbial conversion to a fatty acid derivative / Gina Welsing, Birger Wolter, Henric M.T. Hintzen, Till Tiso, and Lars M. Blank
    Screening and cultivating microbial strains able to grow on building blocks of polyurethane / María José Cárdenas Espinosa, Andrea Colina Blanco, Hermann J. Heipieper, and Christian Eberlein
    Engineering microalgae as a whole cell catalyst for PET degradation / Daniel Moog, Jan Zarzycki, Karl-Heinz Rexer, Tobias J. Erb, and Uwe G. Maier
    Yeast cell surface display of bacterial PET hydrolase as a sustainable biocatalyst for the degradation of polyethylene terephthalate / Zhuozhi Chen, Yunjie Xiao, Gert Weber, Ren Wei, and Zefang Wang.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Nico Bruns, Katja Loos.
    Contents:
    Enzymatic polymerization to polyesters in nonaqueous solvents / Hua Zhao
    Integrating computational and experimental methods for efficient biocatalytic synthesis of polyesters / Alessandro Pellis and Lucia Gardossi
    Multiple grafting to enzymatically synthesized polyesters / Muhammad Humayun Bilal, Razan Alaneed, Jonas Steiner, Karsten Mäder, Markus Piezsch, and Jörg Kressler
    Tailored biosynthesis of polyhydroxyalkanoates in chemostat cultures / Véronique Amstutz, Nils Hanik, Julien Pott, Camila Utsunomia, and Manfred Zinn
    Biocatalytic synthesis of polylactate and its copolymers by engineered microorganisms / So Young Choi, In Jin Cho, Youngjoon Lee, Seongjin Park, and Sang Yup Lee
    Enzymatic synthesis and modification of high molecular weight DNA using terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase / Sonal Deshpande, Yunqi Yang, Ashutosh Chilkoti, and Stefan Zauscher
    Enzymatic synthesis of functional amylosic materials and amylose analog polysaccharides / Jun-ichi Kadokawa
    Synthesis of glycomonomers via biocatalytic methods / Azis Adharis and Katja Loos
    Enzyme-initiated free radical polymerizations of vinyl monomers using horseradish peroxidase / Kyle J. Rodriguez, Michela M. Pellizzoni, Robert J. Chadwick, Chao Guo, and Nico Bruns
    Biocatalytic ATRP in solution and on surfaces / Kyle J. Rodriguez, Michela M. Pellizzoni, Mohammad Divandari, Edmondo M. Benetti, and Nico Bruns
    Enzyme-initiated reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization : precision polymer synthesis via enzymatic catalysis / Xiao Wang and Zesheng An
    Radical addition polymerization : enzymatic template-free synthesis of conjugated polymers and their nanostructure fabrication / Jorge Romero-García, Antonio Ledezma-Pérez, Manuel Martínez-Cartagena, Carmen Alvarado-Canché, Paola Jiménez-Cárdenas, Arxel De-León, and Carlos Gallardo-Vega
    Surface functionalization of polyester / Felice Quartinello, Georg M. Guebitz, and Doris Ribitsch.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Nancy L. Allbritton, Michelle L. Kovarik.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Selin Kara, Florian Rudroff, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the recent developments achieved in the field of chemo/enzymatic cascades with topics spanning from design (in vitro and in vivo) to kinetic- and process modelling as well as process control. Opportunities and challenges of building multi-step chemo/enzymatic reactions are discussed, whereby the latter are critically assessed in each chapter and methods to ease the implementation are explored. Both, multi-enzymatic cascades and chemo-enzymatic cascades are presented with the motivation of combining the strengths of these two worlds (e.g. selectivity, activity and robustness) not neglecting the obstacles and challenges of such endeavour. Furthermore, the use of non-conventional media for catalytic cascade reactions, recent achievements and potential for future developments in a technical environment are addressed.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: Enzyme Cascade Design Retrosynthesis Approach
    Chapter 3 : Multi-Enzymatic Cascades in vitro
    Chapter 4: Multi-Enzymatic Cascades in vivo
    Chapter 5: Chemo-Enzymatic Cascades
    Chapter 6: Enzyme Cascade Kinetic Modelling
    Chapter 7: Enzyme Cascade Reaction Engineering
    Chapter 8: Enzyme Cascade Process Design and Modelling
    Chapter 9: Enzyme Cascade Reaction Monitoring And Control
    Chapter 10: Cascade reactions in non-conventional media
    Chapter 11: Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dan S. Tawfik.
    Contents:
    In vivo site-directed recombination (SDR) : An efficient tool to reveal beneficial epistasis / Javier Viña-Gonzalez and Miguel Alcalde
    A beginner's guide to molecular dynamics simulations and the identification of cross-correlation networks for enzyme engineering / Haoran Yu and Paul A. Dalby
    Exploration of enzyme diversity : High-throughput techniques for protein production and microscale biochemical characterization / Michal Vasina, Pavel Vanacek, Jiri Damborsky, and Zbynek Prokop
    Emulsion-based directed evolution of enzymes and proteins in yeast / Elizabeth C. Gardner, Ella J. Watkins, Jimmy Gollihar, and Andrew D. Ellington
    Remodeling enzyme active sites by stepwise loop insertion / Md Anarul Hoque, Yong Zhang, Zhi Li, Li Cui, and Yan Feng
    Consensus Finder web tool to predict stabilizing substitutions in proteins / Bryan J. Jones, Chi Nok Enoch Kan, Christine Luo, and Romas J. Kazlauskas
    The use of consensus sequence information to engineer stability and activity in proteins / Matt Sternke, Katherine W. Tripp, and Doug Barrick
    Structure-guided rational design of the substrate specificity and catalytic activity of an enzyme / Jung Min Choi and Hak-Sung Kim
    Biological fitness landscapes by deep mutational scanning / Jacob D. Mehlhoff and Marc Ostermeier
    Focused rational iterative site-specific mutagenesis (FRISM) / Danyang Li, Qi Wu, and Manfred T. Reetz
    Statistical analysis of mutational epistasis to reveal intramolecular interaction networks in proteins / Charlotte M. Miton, John Z. Chen, Kalum Ost, Dave W. Anderson, and Nobuhiko Tokuriki
    Machine learning-assisted enzyme engineering / Niklas E. Siedhoff, Ulrich Schwaneberg, and Mehdi D. Davari
    Ultrahigh throughput screening for enzyme function in droplets / Stefanie Neun, Paul J. Zurek, Tomasz S. Kaminski, and Florian Hollfelder.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Dan S. Tawfik.
    Contents:
    1. Engineering lytic polysaccharide monooxygenases (LPMOs) / Zarah Forsberg, Anton A. Stepnov, Guro Kruge Nærdal, Geir Klinkenberg and Vincent G. H. Eijsink
    2. Strategies for the expression and characterization of artificial myoglobin-based carbene transferases / Daniela M. Carminati, Eric J. Moore and Rudi Fasan
    3. Methods for the detection and analysis of dioxygenase catalyzed dihydroxylation in mutant derived libraries / Julian L. Wissner, Wendy Escobedo-Hinojosa, Peter M. Heinemann, Andreas Hunold and Bernhard Hauer
    4. Enhancing promiscuous chemistries of a Schiff-base forming enzyme by divergent evolution / Duncan S. Macdonald and Donald Hilvert
    5. Glutamine-walking: Creating reactive substrates for transglutaminase-mediated protein labeling / Lukas Deweid, Adem Hadjabdelhafid-Parisien, Kiana Lafontaine, Léa N.C. Rochet, Harald Kolmar and Joelle N. Pelletier
    6. Engineering aldolases for asymmetric synthesis / Mikael Widersten
    7. Ultra-high throughput screening for novel protease specificities / Eirini Rousounelou, Steven Schmitt, Luzius Pestalozzi, Martin Held, Tania M. Roberts and Sven Panke
    8. Directed evolution of transcriptional switches using dual-selector systems / Yuki Kimura and Daisuke Umeno
    9. Methods for competitive enrichment and evaluation of superior DNA ligases / Janine K. Sharma, Luke J. Stevenson, Katherine J. Robins, Adele K. Williamson, Wayne M. Patrick and David F. Ackerley
    10. Directed evolution of custom polymerases using droplet microfluidics / Derek Vallejo, Ali Nikoomanzar and John C. Chaput
    11. Optically guided mass spectrometry to screen microbial colonies for directed enzyme evolution / Pu Xue, Tong Si and Huimin Zhao
    12. Split enzymes: Design principles and strategy / Shion A. Lim and James A. Wells.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Swati Nagar, Upendra A. Argikar, Donald J. Tweedie.
    Contents:
    Enzyme Kinetics in Drug Metabolism : Fundamentals and Applications
    Fundaments of Enzyme Kinetics
    Different Enzyme Kinetic Models
    Reversible Mechanisms of Enzyme Inhibitors and Resulting Clinical Significance
    Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition Kinetics and Drug-Drug Interactions
    Multi-Enzyme Kinetics and Sequential Metabolism
    Consideration of the Unbound Drug Concentration in Enzyme Kinetics
    Enzyme Kinetics of Oxidative Metabolism : Cytochromes P450
    Enzyme Kinetics, Pharmacokinetics, Inhibition, and Regioselectivity of Aldehyde Oxidase
    Enzyme Kinetics of Conjugative Enzymes : PAPS
    Enzyme Kinetics of Uridine Diphosphate Glucuronosyltransferases (UGTs)
    Principles and Experimental Considerations for in vitro Transporter Interaction Assays
    Rationalising Under-Prediction of Drug Clearance from Enzyme and Transporter Kinetic Data : from in vitro Tools to Mechanistic Modeling
    The Structural Model for the Mass Action Kinetic Analysis of P-gp Mediated Transport Through Confluent Cell Monolayers
    Systems Biology Approaches to Enzyme Kinetics: Analyzing Network Models of Drug Metabolism
    Variability in Human in vitro Enzyme Kinetics
    Sources of Interindividual Variability
    Case Study 1. Practical Considerations with Experimental Design and Interpretation
    Case Study 2. Practical Analytical Considerations for Conducting in vitro Enzyme Kinetic Studies
    Case Study 3. Application of Basic Enzyme Kinetics to Metabolism Studies : Real Life Examples
    Case Study 4. Predicting the Drug Interaction Potential for Inhibition of CYP2C8 by Montelukast
    Case Study 5. Deconvoluting Hyperbilirubinemia: Differentiating Between Hepatotoxicity and Reversible Inhibition of UGT1A, MRP2 or OATP1B1 in Drug Development
    Case Study 6. Drug Transporters: in vitro Solutions for Translatable Outcomes
    Case Study 7. Compiled Aha Moments in Enzyme Kinetics: Authors' Experiences.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Challa V. Kumar.
    Contents:
    Interlocking enzymes in graphene-coated cellulose paper for increased enzymatic efficiency / Melissa R. Limbacher, Megan K. Puglia, Caterina M. Riccardi, and Challa V. Kumar
    Enzyme multilayers on graphene-based FETs for biosensing applications / Christina Bliem, Esteban Piccinini, Wolfgang Knoll, and Omar Azzaroni
    Stabilization of laccase through immobilization on functionalized GO-derivatives / Alexandra V. Chatzikonstantinou, Elena Gkantzou, Dimitrios Gournis, Michaela Patila, and Haralambos Stamatis
    Synthesis, characterization, and applications of nanographene-armored enzymes / Maryam Khan, Qayyum Husain, and Shamoon Asmat
    PAMAM dendrimer modified reduced graphene oxide postfunctionalized by horseradish peroxidase for biosensing H₂O₂ / Sheela Berchmans, Manju Venkatesan, Chirnajeevi Srinivasa Rao Vusa, and Palaniappan Arumugam
    Preparation, characterization, and application of enzyme nanoparticles / Neelam Yadav, Jagriti Narang, Anil Kumar Chhillar, and Chandra S. Pundir
    Encapsulation of microorganisms, enzymes, and redox mediators in graphene oxide and reduced graphene oxide / Orr Schlesinger and Lital Alfonta
    Chemical and biochemical approach to make a perfect biocatalytic system on carbonaceous matrices / Paulina Bolibok, Katarzyna Roszek, and Marek Wiśniewski
    Immobilization of a mesophilic lipase on graphene oxide : stability, activity, and reusability insights / Nalok Dutta and Malay K. Saha
    A simple flow reactor for continuous synthesis of biographene for enzymology studies / Megan K. Puglia, Murali Anuganti, Yao Lin, and Challa V. Kumar - Enzyme-graphene platforms for electrochemical biosensor design with biomedical applications / Luminita Fritea, Mihaela Tertis, Robert Sandulescu, and Cecilia Cristea
    Graphene quantum dots : synthesis and applications / Ankarao Kalluri, Debika Debnath, Bhushan Dharmadhikari, and Prabir Patra
    Shielding of enzymes on the surface of graphene-based composite cellular foams through bioinspired mineralization / Yiying Sun, Jingjing Zhao, Jiafu Shi, Shaohua Zhang, and Zhongyi Jiang
    Enzyme immobilization on functionalized graphene oxide nanosheets : efficient and robust biocatalysts / Asieh Soozanipour and Asghar Taheri-Kafrani.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Lloyd Wolfinbarger.
    Summary: Enzyme Regulation in Metabolic Pathways shows the reader how to understand the roles of enzymes and their kinetic constants in intermediary metabolism. It provides a means of correlating data obtained in experimental studies to multiple possible mechanisms through which some enzyme may catalyze the conversion of a substrate to a product. Although not the most appropriate means of determining some potential kinetic mechanism, quasi-equilibrium assumptions are used throughout the book, keeping the rate equation derivations simple. Actual metabolic pathways with known (presumed) positive and negative regulation events are linked to these potential kinetic mechanisms using both rate equation derivations and data plots illustrating how the rate equation derivations can be used to explain the data plots. This book will be a valuable reference for students in biological sciences and biochemistry majors required to take a core course in enzymology.

    Contents:
    Characteristics of Enzymes
    Self-Assembly of Polymers
    Beginnings of Equations
    Metabolite Distribution Systems
    Modification of Enzymatic Activity
    Modification of Metabolite Flow Through Metabolic Pathways
    Which is the Real Substrate?
    Non-Quasi-Equilibrium Assumptions
    Underlying Attributes of Assessing Enzymatic Activities
    Breakdown of the Michaelis-Menten Equation (or Complex Enzyme Mechanisms)
    Rate Equation Derivation by the King-Altman Method
    Modification of Enzyme Mechanisms
    What Are These "Rate Constants" We Have Been Dealing With?.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Boyer, Paul D.; Clarke, Steven G.; Dalbey, Ross E.; Hackney, David D.; Hall, Michael N.; Koehler, Carla M.; Krebs, Edwin G.; Menon, Anant K.; Sigman, David S.; Tamanoi, Fuyuhiko.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Structure and control
    v. 2. Kinetics and mechanics
    v. 3. Hydrolysis: peptide bonds
    v. 4. Hydrolysis: other C-N bonds, phosphate esters
    v. 5. Hydrolysis ... hydration
    v. 6. Carboxylation and decarboxylation (nonoxidative) isomerization
    v. 7. Elimination and addition, aldol cleavage and condensation
    v. 8-9. Group transfers
    v. 10. Protein synthesis, DNA synthesis and repair ... v. 11-13. Oxidation-reduction
    v. 14-15. Nucleic acids
    v. 16. Lipid enzymology: fatty acids, glycerides, phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, cholesterol, special topics
    v. 17-18. Control by phosphorylation
    v. 19. Mechanisms of catalysis [pt. 1]
    v. 20. Mechanisms of catalysis [pt. 2]
    v. 21. Protein lipidation
    v. 22. Co- and posttranslational proteolysis of proteins
    v. 23. Energy coupling and molecular motors
    v. 24. Protein methyltransferases
    v. 25. Molecular machines involved in protein transport across cellular membranes
    v. 26. Glycosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI) anchoring of proteins
    v. 27. Structure, function and regulation of TOR complexes from yeasts to mammals (pt. A)
    v. 28. Structure, function and regulation of TOR complexes from yeasts to mammals (pt. B).
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP601 .E523
    28
  • Digital
    N.S. Punekar.
    Summary: This enzymology textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate students covers the syllabi of most universities where this subject is regularly taught. It focuses on the synchrony between the two broad mechanistic facets of enzymology: the chemical and the kinetic, and also highlights the synergy between enzyme structure and mechanism. Designed for self-study, it explains how to design enzyme experiments and subsequently analyze the data collected. The book is divided into five major sections: 1] Introduction to enzymes, 2] Practical aspects, 3] Kinetic Mechanisms, 4] Chemical Mechanisms, and 5] Enzymology Frontiers. Individual concepts are treated as stand-alone chapters; readers can explore any single concept with minimal cross-referencing to the rest of the book. Further, complex approaches requiring specialized techniques and involved experimentation (beyond the reach of an average laboratory) are covered in theory with suitable references to guide readers. The book provides students, researchers and academics in the broad area of biology with a sound theoretical and practical knowledge of enzymes. It also caters to those who do not have a practicing enzymologist to teach them the subject.

    Contents:
    Part I: Enzyme catalysis
    a perspective
    Enzymes -Their place in Biology
    Enzymes
    Historical aspects
    Exploiting enzymes
    Technology
    On enzyme nomenclature and classification
    Hallmarks of an enzyme catalyst
    Origins of enzyme catalytic power
    Origins of enzyme catalytic power
    Which enzyme uses what trick? Some remarks
    Structure and catalysis: Conformational flexibility and protein motion
    Part II: Enzyme kinetic practice and measurements
    Chemical kinetics
    Fundamentals
    Concepts of equilibrium and steady-state
    ES complex and pre-steady-state kinetics
    Principles of enzyme assays
    Good kinetic practices
    Quantification of catalysis and measures of enzyme purity
    Henri-Michaelis-Menten equation
    More complex rate expressions
    Enzyme kinetic data
    Collection and analysis
    Part III: Elucidation of Kinetic mechanisms
    Approaches to kinetic mechanism
    Overview
    Analysis of initial velocity patterns
    Enzyme inhibition analyses
    Irreversible inhibitions
    Reversible inhibitions
    Alternate substrate (product) interactions
    pH Studies with enzymes
    Isotopes in enzymology
    Isotope exchanges at equilibrium
    Isotope effects in enzymology
    From kinetic data to mechanism and back
    Part IV: Chemical mechanisms and catalysis
    Chemical reactivity and molecular interactions
    Acid-base chemistry and catalysis
    Nucleophilic catalysis and covalent reaction intermediates
    Phosphoryl group chemistry and importance of ATP
    Enzymatic oxidation-reduction reactions
    Carboxylations and decarboxylations
    Electrophilic catalysis and amino acid transformations
    Integrating kinetic and chemical mechanisms
    A synthesis
    Part V: Frontiers in enzymology
    Regulation of enzyme activity
    In vitro versus in vivo
    Concept and consequences
    Future of enzymology
    An appraisal
    Closure
    Whither Enzymology.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Richard B. Thompson, Carol A. Fierke.
    Contents:
    Recent advances in development of genetically encoded fluorescent sensors
    Engineering rugged field assays to detect hazardous chemicals using spore-based bacterial biosensors
    Engineering BRET-sensor proteins
    Enzymes as sensors
    Integrated strategies to gain a systems-level view of dynamic signaling networks
    Probing Cdc42 polarization dynamics in budding yeast using a biosensor
    Novel fluorescence-based biosensors incorporating unnatural amino acids
    Folding- and dynamics-based electrochemical DNA sensors
    Construction of protein-based biosensors using ligand-directed chemistry for detecting analyte binding
    Measuring and imaging metal ions with fluorescence-based biosensors: speciation, selectivity, kinetics, and other issues
    Bioapplications of electrochemical sensors and biosensors
    A highly sensitive biosensor for ATP using a chimeric firefly luciferase
    Highly modular bioluminescent sensors for small molecules and proteins
    Sensitive protein detection and quantification in paper-based microfluidics for the point of care
    Microneedle enzyme sensor arrays for continuous in vivo monitoring
    Visualization of the genomic loci that are bound by specific multiprotein complexes by biomolecular fluorescence complementation analysis on Drosophila polytene chromosomes
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Mohammed Kuddus, editors.
    Summary: The integration of enzymes in food processing is well known, and dedicated research is continually being pursued to address the global food crisis. This book provides a broad, up-to-date overview of the enzymes used in food technology. It discusses microbial, plant and animal enzymes in the context of their applications in the food sector; process of immobilization; thermal and operational stability; increased product specificity and specific activity; enzyme engineering; implementation of high-throughput techniques; screening of relatively unexplored environments; and development of more efficient enzymes. Offering a comprehensive reference resource on the most progressive field of food technology, this book is of interest to professionals, scientists and academics in the food and biotech industries.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Editor;
    1: Microbial Enzymes in Food Technology; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Enzymes in Food Industry; 1.3 Microbial Enzymes in Food Industries; 1.3.1 Amylases; 1.3.2 Proteases; 1.3.3 Pectinases; 1.3.4 Laccases; 1.3.5 Xylanase; 1.3.6 Lipases; 1.3.7 Lactases; 1.3.8 Cellulases; 1.3.9 Glucose Oxidase and Glucose Isomerase; 1.3.10 Invertase; 1.3.11 Transglutaminase; 1.4 Future Prospects; 1.5 Conclusion; References;
    2: Enzymes in Bioconversion and Food Processing; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Classification of Enzymes; 2.3 Biochemistry of Enzymes and Their Various Sources 3.1.2.13 Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis)3.1.2.14 Avocado (Persea americana); 3.1.2.15 Banana (Musa acuminata); 3.1.2.16 Beans (Phaseolus vulgaris L.); 3.1.2.17 Broccoli (Brassica oleracea); 3.1.2.18 Cherries (Prunus cerasus); 3.1.2.19 Ginger (Zingiber officinale Roscoe); 3.1.2.20 Garlic (Allium sativum L.); 3.1.2.21 Grapes (Vitis vinifera L.); 3.1.2.22 Mustard (Brassica juncea) and Cabbage (Brassica oleracea); 3.1.3 Food Enzymes in Pharmaceutical Industry; 3.2 Conclusion; References;
    4: Enzymatic Browning of Fruit and Vegetables: A Review; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Causes of Enzymatic Browning
    3: Food Enzymes in Pharmaceutical Industry: Perspectives and Limitations3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Significance of Food Enzymes; 3.1.2 Foods As a Source Of Enzymes; 3.1.2.1 Pineapple (Ananas comosus L.); 3.1.2.2 Papaya (Carica papaya L.); 3.1.2.3 FIG (Ficus carica); 3.1.2.4 Kiwifruit (Actinidia deliciosa); 3.1.2.5 Brucea javanica (L.) Merr.; 3.1.2.6 Cluster Fig (Ficus racemosa Roxb.); 3.1.2.7 Pumpkin (Cucurbita maxima); 3.1.2.8 Melon (Cucumis melo); 3.1.2.9 Cucumber (Cucumis sativus); 3.1.2.10 Mango (Mangifera indica); 3.1.2.11 Apple (Malus pumila); 3.1.2.12 Apricot (Prunus armeniaca L.) 4.2.1 Phenolic Compounds4.2.2 Polyphenol Oxidase and Related Enzymes; 4.2.3 Temperature; 4.2.4 pH; 4.3 Mechanism of Enzymatic Browning; 4.4 Control of Enzymatic Browning; 4.4.1 Heating and Cooling; 4.4.2 Heat Shock Method; 4.4.3 High-Pressure Processing; 4.4.4 Chemical Anti-browning Agents; 4.4.5 Other Methods; 4.5 Conclusion; 4.6 Future Perspectives; References;
    5: Fungal Inulinases: An Interesting Option for Food Sweetener Production; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Action Mechanisms; 5.3 Syrup Production; 5.4 Inulooligosaccharides and Its Application in the Food Industry
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Nigel Scrutton.
    Contents:
    Section I. Enzyme discovery. Enzyme discovery : enzyme selection and pathway design / Pablo Carbonell, Mathilde Koch, Thomas Duigou, and Jean-Loup Faulon
    Section II. Enzyme engineering tools and platforms. Cell-free synthetic biology for pathway prototyping / Ashty S. Karim and Michael C. Jewett ; Fast and flexible synthesis of combinatorial libraries for directed evolution / Joanna C. Sadler, Lucy Green, Neil Swainston, Douglas B. Kell, and Andrew Currin
    Section III. Enzyme families : parts and platforms for chemical diversity. Sesquiterpene synthase-catalyzed conversion of a farnesyl diphosphate analogue to a nonnatural terpenoid ether / Florence Huynh, David J. Miller, and Rudolf K. Allemann ; In vivo platforms for terpenoid overproduction and the generation of chemical diversity / Guangkai Bian, Tian Ma, and Tiangang Liu ; Imine reductases, reductive aminases, and amine oxidases for the synthesis of chiral amines : discovery, characterization, and synthetic applications / Sebastian C. Cosgrove, Agata Brzezniak, Scott P. France, Jeremy I. Ramsden, Juan Mangas-Sanchez, Sarah L. Montgomery, Rachel S. Heath, and Nicholas J. Turner ; Experimental protocols for generating focused mutant libraries and screening for thermostable proteins / Max J.L.J. Fürst, Caterina Martin, Nikola Lončar, Marco W. Fraaije ; Characterization of cytochrome P450 enzymes and their applications in synthetic biology / Laura N. Jeffreys, Hazel M. Girvan, Kirsty J. McLean, and Andrew W. Munro
    Section IV. Genome engineering for enzyme pathways. Metabolic engineering of Saccharomyces cerevisiae using a trifunctional CRISPR/Cas system for simultaneous gene activation, interference, and deletion / Carl Schultz, Jiazhang Lian, and Huimin Zhao ; YeastFab : high-throughput genetic parts construction, measurement, and pathway engineering in yeast / Eva Garcia-Ruiz, Jamie Auxillos, Tianyi Li, Junbiao Dai, and Yizhi Cai
    Section V. Bioengineered strains with designed enzyme pathways. Halomonas and pathway engineering for bioplastics production / Jiang Xiao-Ran, Yin Jin, Chen Xiangbin, and Chen Guo-Qiang ; An engineering approach for rewiring microbial metabolism / Sebastian Wenk, Oren Yishai, Steffen N. Lindner, and Arren Bar-Even ; Multifragment DNA assembly of biochemical pathways via automated ligase cycling reaction / Christopher J. Robinson, Mark S. Dunstan, Neil Swainston, James Titchmarsh, Eriko Takano, Nigel S. Scrutton, and Adrian J. Jervis ; Commodity chemicals from engineered modular type I polyketide synthases / Satoshi Yuzawa, Amin Zargar, Bo Pang, Leonard Katz, and Jay D. Keasling ; Modular pathway rewiring of yeast for amino acid production / Quanli Liu, Tao Yu, Kate Campbell, Jens Nielsen, and Yun Chen.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Fraser Armstrong.
    Contents:
    Front Cover; Enzymes of Energy Technology; Copyright; Contents; Contributors; Preface; Chapter One: Purification of fully active and crystallizable photosystem II from thermophilic cyanobacteria;
    1. Introduction;
    2. Growth and harvest of cells;
    3. Isolation of thylakoid membranes;
    4. Isolation of crude PSII particles;
    5. Purification of PSII dimers;
    6. Characterization of the purified PSII core dimers;
    7. Crystallization of purified PSII dimers; Acknowledgments; References; Chapter Two: Production and manipulation of blue copper oxidases for technological applications;
    1. Introduction
    2. Heterologous production of fungal laccases2
    .1. Cloning; 2.1
    .1. Site-directed mutagenesis; 2.1
    .2. Yeast recombination; 2
    .2. Transformations; 2.2
    .1. S. cerevisiae; 2.2
    .2. A. niger; 2
    .3. Screening for laccase secreting transformants in S. cerevisiae and A. niger; 2.3
    .1. Screening of clones from deep-well or microtiter plate cultures; 2.3
    .2. Screening of laccase producing transformants on petri dish plates; 2.3
    .3. Screening of activity on 96-well plate; 2.3
    .4. ELISA screening; 2
    .4. Fermentation in A. niger; 2.4
    .1. Preparation of spore inoculum and storage 2.4
    .2. Production in bioreactor and growth parameter
    s3. General purification procedure and characterization; 3
    .1. Purification procedure; 3.1
    .1. Assay procedures; 3.1
    .2. Laccase purification procedure;
    4. Applications; 4
    .1. General procedure for an oriented covalent grafting of the laccase surface; 4.1
    .1. Preparation of laccase variants for single-site anchoring; 4.1
    .2. Reductive amination of lysine; 4.1
    .3. Evaluation of the grafting; 4
    .2. Hybridization with materials;
    5. Conclusions; Acknowledgment; References; Further reading Chapter Three: Production and spectroscopic characterization of lytic polysaccharide monooxygenase
    s1. Introduction;
    2. Expression and purification of LPMOs; 2
    .1. Recombinant expression and purification from the E. coli periplasm; 2
    .2. Recombinant expression and purification from the E. coli cytoplasm; 2
    .3. Recombinant expression and purification from yeast; 2
    .4. Recombinant expression and purification from fungi;
    3. EPR spectroscopy; 3
    .1. EPR sample preparation for LPMOs; 3
    .2. Multifrequency collection; 3
    .3. Simulation procedures; Acknowledgments; References; Further reading Chapter Four: A novel overproduction system for the structural determination of a proton-pumping hydrogen-producing [NiFe ..
    .1. Introduction; 1
    .1. Hydrogen catalysis in nature; 1
    .2. Escherichia coli hydrogenase-2 genetic and structural arrangement; 1
    .3. First approaches to overexpression of a [NiFe]-hydrogenase;
    2. Overproduction of fully formed holo-Hyd-2; 2
    .1. Molecular biology strategies for the overproduction of Hyd-2; 2.1
    .1. Design of overexpression plasmid pO; 2.1.1
    .1. Equipment; 2.1.1
    .2. Reagents and buffers; 2.1.1
    .3. Procedures; 2.1
    .2. Design of overexpression strain HJ001-hyp
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ronen Marmorstein.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Gianluca Iacobellis, editor.
    Summary: This book is the first authoritative and comprehensive volume dedicated to epicardial adipose tissue (EAT). It provides an up-to-date and highly illustrated synopsis of the anatomical, biomolecular, genetic, imaging features, and clinical applications of EAT and its role in cardiovascular disease. It relays to the reader a contemporary view of the emerging interplay between the heart and adiposity-related diseases. In addition, this volume discusses the clinical implications and therapeutic targets of EAT in atrial fibrillation, heart failure and coronary artery disease. Comprehensive yet focused, Epicardial Adipose Tissue: From Cell to Clinic is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, endocrinology, primary care, and health promotion and disease prevention.

    Contents:
    1. Epicardial Adipose Tissue (EAT) Embriology
    2. EAT in Animals
    3. EAT Anatomy
    4. EAT Bio-molecular Physiology and Pathophysiology
    5. EAT Genetic Physiology and Pathophysiology
    6. Transcriptome of Epicardial Fat
    7. Interaction between Epicardial Fat and Aldosterone-Angiotensin system
    8. Epicardial Fat Lipidomics
    9. EAT Imaging (Echo, CTA, MRI)
    10. EAT Clinical Implications
    11. EAT Therapeutic Targets
    12. Epicardial Fat and Atrial Fibrillation
    13. Neuroendocrine Modulation of Epicardial Fat in Heart Failure and Atrial Fibrillation
    14. Perivascular Fat and Atherosclerosis
    15. EAT Randomized Controlled Trials
    16. Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eugene T. Richardson ; foreword by Paul Farmer.
    Summary: A physician-anthropologist explores how public health practices--from epidemiological modeling to outbreak containment--help perpetuate global inequities. In Epidemic Illusions, Eugene Richardson, a physician and an anthropologist, contends that public health practices--from epidemiological modeling and outbreak containment to Big Data and causal inference--play an essential role in perpetuating a range of global inequities. Drawing on postcolonial theory, medical anthropology, and critical science studies, Richardson demonstrates the ways in which the flagship discipline of epidemiology has been shaped by the colonial, racist, and patriarchal system that had its inception in 1492.

    Contents:
    Gramsci, but more pragmatic / Paul Farmer
    Part I. Carnivalization
    Introduction : Pr [Global health equity | Coloniality]
    Colonizer, interrupted (flash fiction)
    The allegory of the warren (platonic dialogues)
    The pacification of the primitive tribes of Lake Geneva (Nacirema ethnography)
    WHO's semiosis (semiotics)
    The ebola suspect's dilemma (call and response)
    Not-so-big data and immodest causal inference (symbolic reparations)
    Ebola vaccines and the ideal speech situation (border gnosis)
    The race-PrEP study (counterhegemonic modeling)
    The epistemic reformation
    Pandemicity, COVID-19, and the limits of public health "science".
    Digital Access 2020
  • Print
    Joshua S. Loomis.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the 10 most influential epidemics in history, going beyond morbid accounts of symptoms and statistics to tell the often forgotten stories of what made these epidemics so calamitous. The book discusses epidemic disease as a major driving force in shaping our world; brings epidemic diseases out of the background of historical narratives and demonstrates how they have had an immensely important role in deciding wars, toppling empires, sparking major leaps in technology, and even changing the human genome; integrates science with history, sociology, religion, and other disciplines to provide the reader with a unique perspective not found in most other accounts of epidemic disease; shares fascinating insights such as how an epidemic of yellow fever helped to double the size of the United States and why tuberculosis was once considered a disease of the intellectual elite. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Microbes as Agents of Change
    Plague
    Smallpox
    Malaria
    Tuberclosis
    Typhus
    Yellow Fever
    Influenza
    Polio
    HIV/AIDS
    Future of Epidemic Disease
    Digital Access Springer [2018]
  • Digital
    Frank M. Snowden.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Humoral medicine : the legacy of Hippocrates and Galen
    Overview of the three plague pandemics : 541 to ca. 1950
    Plague as a disease
    Responses to plague
    Smallpox before Edward Jenner
    The historical impact of smallpox
    War and disease : Napoleon, yellow fever, and the Haitian Revolution
    War and disease : Napoleon, dysentery, and typhus in Russia, 1812
    The Paris School of Medicine
    The sanitary movement
    The germ theory of disease
    Cholera
    Tuberculosis in the romantic era of consumption
    Tuberculosis in the unromantic era of contagion
    The third plague pandemic : Hong Kong and Bombay
    Malaria and Sardinia : uses and abuses of history
    Polio and the problem of eradication
    HIV/AIDS : an introduction and the case of South Africa
    HIV/AIDS : the experience of the United States
    Emerging and reemerging diseases
    Dress rehearsals for the twenty-first century : SARS and Ebola.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Naoki Nakashima, editor.
    Summary: This book analyzes the development of medical big data projects in Japan. Japan is experiencing unprecedented population aging, and labor productivity has decreased accordingly. Big data analysis of the Japanese medical real-world database (RWD) has the potential to tackle this issue. To allow readers to gain an understanding of Japanese medical big data analysis, the book discusses the original Japanese system that generates medical RWDs in the hospital medical records system, the nationwide standardized health checkup system, and the public medical insurance system in Japan. After introducing four major big data projects in the healthcaremedical field in Japan, the book explains the importance of creating information standards to maintain data quality and to analyze medical big data. It enables readers to analyze which standards are installed in which RWDs, how the standards are maintained, and which issues are prevalent in Japan. This book also describes the ethical processes involved in big data projects involving medical RWDs in Japan.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Diagnosis Procedure Combination (DPC)
    Chapter 1. Development of a casemix system and its application in Japan
    Part 2: National Database of Health Insurance Claims and Specific Health Checkups of Japan (NDB)
    Chapter 2. The Present Status and Future Perspective of the National Database of Health Insurance Claim Information and Specified Medical Checkups of Japan (NDB)
    Chapter 3. Surveillances for Non-communicable Complex Diseases by National Databases of Health Insurance Claims and Specific Health Checkups of Japan
    Chapter 4. Powerful Analytics Platform for National-Scale Database of Health Care Insurance Claims
    Chapter 5. Panoramic view of diabetes from a standpoint of the NDB (National Database)
    Chapter 6. Nephrology Research in the NDB
    Part 3: Medical Information Database Network (MID-NET)
    Chapter 7. Drug safety assessment and the Japanese medical information database network (MID-NET)
    Chapter 8. A Solution to the Problem of Data Quality in MID-NET
    Part 4: Disease Registration Cohort Study with EMR (SS-MIX2)
    Chapter 9. Health Information Standards
    Chapter 10. SS-MIX structured standardized storage
    Chapter 11. Japan Diabetes compREhensive database project based on an Advanced electronic Medical record System (J-DREAMS)
    Chapter 12. Japan Chronic Kidney Disease Database: J-CKD-DB
    Chapter 13. The Japan Medical Imaging Database (J-MID).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Naoki Nakashima, editor.
    Summary: This book analyzes the development of medical big data projects in Japan. Japan is experiencing unprecedented population aging, and labor productivity has decreased accordingly. Big data analysis of the Japanese medical real-world database (RWD) has the potential to tackle this issue. To allow readers to gain an understanding of Japanese medical big data analysis, the book discusses the original Japanese system that generates medical RWDs in the hospital medical records system, the nationwide standardized health checkup system, and the public medical insurance system in Japan. After introducing four major big data projects in the healthcare–medical field in Japan, the book explains the importance of creating information standards to maintain data quality and to analyze medical big data. It enables readers to analyze which standards are installed in which RWDs, how the standards are maintained, and which issues are prevalent in Japan. This book also describes the ethical processes involved in big data projects involving medical RWDs in Japan.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Clinical Pathway
    Chapter 1. Real World Medical Data Clinical Pathway in Japan
    Chapter 2. Medical process analysis by using all-variance type outcome-oriented electronic clinical pathway data -Exploratory extracting critical indicator
    Chapter 3. Information and Data standard development for Clinical Pathways
    Part 2: Standard Code Mapping and Data Quality
    Chapter 4. Japan Laboratory Code (JLAC) 10
    Chapter 5. ICD-10 and ICD-11 in Japan
    Chapter 6. Standard codes for prescribing drugs use multiple code systems depending on their purpose
    Chapter 7. Data Quality Governance Experience at the MID-NET Project
    Part 3: Phenotyping
    Chapter 8. Phenotyping in Japan
    Chapter 9. Phenotyping of Administrative Claims Data
    Chapter 10. Phenotyping study using MID-NET database
    Chapter 11. Integration of phenotyping algorithms in Japan
    Part 4: Data Analysis on Real World Data
    Chapter 12. Analysis on Real-World Data: An Overview
    Chapter 13. Problems in Japanese real-world medical data analyses
    Part 5: Ethical Issues of Data Secondary Use in Japan
    Chapter 14. Ethical, Legal, and Social Issues Pertaining to the Use of Real-world Health Data in Japan
    Chapter 15. The Next-Generation Medical Infrastructure Law.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Moyses Szklo, F. Javier Nieto.
    Summary: Written for those who are familiar with the basic strategies of analytic epidemiology, This fourth edition takes readers through a rigorous discussion of key epidemiologic concepts and methods such as study design, measures of association, research assessment, and more. With real-life examples throughout, the book avoids complex statistical formulations and is an invaluable resource for intermediate students and practicing epidemiologists who wish to expand their knowledge of epidemiology and its role in the medical and public health sciences.

    Contents:
    Basic study designs in analytical epidemiology
    Measuring disease occurrence
    Measuring associations between exposures and outcomes
    Understanding lack of validity : bias
    Identifying noncausal associations : confounding
    Defining and assessing heterogeneity of effects : interaction
    Stratification and adjustment : multivariate analysis in epidemiology
    Quality assurance and control
    Communicating results of epidemiologic studies
    Epidemiologic issues in the interface with public health policy.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital/Print
    by John Parkin.
    Contents:
    pt. I.
    1. The Doctrine of contagion
    2. Modern theories, analysis of
    3. The Propagation of cholera
    4. Epizootics, or, Disease in the brute creation
    pt. II. Will shortly be issued, and will embrance the following subjects
    5. The Remote cause of epidemic diseases in the animal creation
    6. The Cause of blight and pestilence in the vegetable creation
    7. The Cause of hurricanes, and abnormal atmospherical vicissitudes
    8. Historical pathology, or a Brief history of the pestilences, murrains and blights, with the aberrations in the material world that have been observed during historical periods.
    Digital Access Google Books 1873
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L111 .P24 1873
    1
  • Print
    by Victor C. Vaughan ; assisted by Henry F. Vaughan and George T. Palmer.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I651 .V36
    2
  • Digital
    Ramon Z. Shaban, Brett G. Mitchell, Philip L. Russo, Deborough Macbeth.
    Summary: Endorsed by the Australasian College for Infection Prevention and Control (ACIPC) ACIPC is the peak body for infection prevention and control professionals in the Australasian region. Healthcare-associated Infections (HAIs) are a major threat to patient safety and the quality of healthcare globally. Despite this, Australia does not have a nationally coordinated program for the surveillance and reporting of HAIs. Epidemiology of Healthcare-associated Infections in Australia is Australia's first peer-reviewed, evidence-based assessment of the epidemiology of HAIs using publicly available data from hospital-acquired complications (HACs), state-based surveillance systems and peer-reviewed and grey literature sources. This important work has been compiled by some of Australia's leading infection control professionals and researchers. It will build national consensus on definitions, surveillance methodology and reporting of the incidence of HAIs. In doing so, it provides hospitals and those working in infection prevention and control an opportunity to benchmark and evaluate interventions to reduce infections and ensure transparency on reporting methods that will strengthen Australia's efforts to prevent and control HAIs. Here is a great article published in Sydney Morning Herald on the publication of Epidemiology of Healthcare-associated infections in Australia. Collated publicly available HAI surveillance definitions from jurisdictions across Australia Collated publicly available national HACs HAI data derived from the associated surveillance programs Identification of the gaps in both publicly available HAI data from different sources and the lack of publicly available HAI surveillance data in one serialised title Supporting video summarising key content Available in eBook format with print-on-demand option.

    Contents:
    Executive summary
    Surgical site infection
    Urinary tract infection
    Pneumonia
    Bloodstream infection
    Central line and peripheral line-associated bloodstream infection
    Multi-resistant organisms
    Infection associated with prosthetics and implantable devices
    Gastrointestnial infection.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Bengt Källén.
    Summary: Authored by Bengt Kallen, professor emeritus in embryology at Lund University in Sweden. The subject of this book is to describe the occurrence of congenital malformations among children born and what risk factors exist. Population data are presented for a number of malformations, ascertained with the use of data from the Swedish national health registers for the period 1998-2010 corresponding to some 1.3 million births, together with prospectively collected information on a group of exposures of possible interest.

    Contents:
    A Short History of Birth Defect Epidemiology
    Genetic and Non-genetic Factors in the Origin of Congenital Malformations
    Ascertainment of Children with Congenital Malformations
    Statistical Considerations
    Epidemiological Methods
    Neural Tube Defects
    Microcephaly
    Hydrocephaly
    Agenesis of Corpus Callosum and Holoprosencephaly
    Severe Eye Malformations
    Severe Ear Malformations
    Cardiovascular Defects
    Orofacial Clefts
    Atresia or Stenosis of the Alimentary Tract
    Pyloric Stenosis
    Malrotation of the Gut
    Megacolon
    Hypospadias
    Epispadias, Cloacal and Bladder Exstrophy
    Severe Renal Malformations
    Posterior Urethral Valve
    Pes Equinovarus
    Other Foot Deformities than Pes Equinovarus
    Polydactyly and Syndactyly
    Limb Reduction Defects
    Craniostenosis
    Diaphragmatic Hernia
    Abdominal Wall Defects
    Children with multiple malformations
    Syndromes
    Down Syndrome
    Explanation and Prevention of Birth Defects
    Eight Commandments: Rules for the Interpretation of Birth Defect Epidemiological Studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gian Luigi Canata, Henrique Jones, editors.
    Summary: This concise yet comprehensive book covers epidemiology of injuries in 24 different sports ranging from football, volleyball, athletics, to less explored ones, like archery and Formula 1. For each discipline the authors present and analyze the sport's main characteristics, physiological and biomechanical demands on athletes, epidemiology of injuries, prevention strategies, rehabilitation and return to play. Based on an updated overview of sport specific data, this book equips the reader with a solid understanding of sports injury epidemiology and its importance for the implementation of preventive measures. Written in collaboration with ESSKA by almost 100 international experts, sharing the belief that prevention is the first mission of sports medicine, this book is an excellent source of knowledge for sports physicians, researchers, residents, fellows and trainers alike.

    Contents:
    1 Archery
    2 Athletics: jumping disciplines
    3 Long-distance running
    4 Athletics: sprint disciplines
    5 Throwing athletes
    6 Basketball
    7 Cycling
    8 Extreme Sports
    9. Field Hockey
    10 Football
    11 Youth Football
    12 Handball
    13 Ice Hockey
    14 Olympics
    15 F 1
    16 Motocross.-17 Rugby
    18 Ski
    19 Alpine Ski.-20 Cross Country Skiing
    21 Tennis.-22 Volleyball
    23 Waterpolo
    24 Wrestling.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen, Ottawa Hospital Research Institute, Ottawa, ON, Canada.
    Contents:
    Differentiation of Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells into a Keratinocyte Lineage / Igor Kogut, Dennis R. Roop, and Ganna Bilousova
    Differentiation of Epidermal Keratinocytes from Human Embryonic Stem Cells / Fahad K. Kidwai, Tong Cao, and Kai Lu
    Protocol for Serial Cultivation of Epithelial Cells Without Enzymes or Chemical Compounds / Dongxia Ye and Antonio Peramo
    Growth and Differentiation of HaCaT Keratinocytes / Van G. Wilson
    Transgene Delivery to Cultured Keratinocytes Via Replication-Deficient Adenovirus Vectors / Vincent P. Ramirez and Brian J. Aneskievich
    Analyzing the Global Chromatin Structure of Keratinocytes by MNase-Seq / Jason M. Rizzo and Satrajit Sinha
    Analysis and Meta-Analysis of Transcriptional Profiling in Human Epidermis / Claudia Mimoso, Ding-Dar Lee, Jiri Zavadil, Marjana Tomic-Canic, and Miroslav Blumenberg
    Compound Screening and Transcriptional Profiling in Human Primary Keratinocytes: A Brief Guideline / Raphaela Rid, Harald Hundsberger, and Kamil Önder
    Preparation of Primary Cultures of Mouse Epidermal Keratinocytes and the Measurement of Phospholipase D Activity / Lakiea J. Bailey, Vivek Choudhary, Purnima Merai, and Wendy B. Bollag
    Lipid Rafts and Detergent-Resistant Membranes in Epithelial Keratinocytes / Kathleen P. McGuinn and Mỹ G. Mahoney
    MMP-2, 9 and TIMP-1, 2 Assays in Keratinocyte Cultures / Takashi Kobayashi
    Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Protection Via Cysteine Oxidation in the Epidermal Cornified Cell Envelope / Wilbert P. Vermeij and Claude Backendorf
    Modified Methods for Growing 3-D Skin Equivalents: An Update / Rebecca Lamb and Carrie A. Ambler
    A Novel Three-Dimensional Cell Culture Method to Analyze Epidermal Cell Differentiation In Vitro / Yoji Okugawa and Yohei Hirai
    Reconstruction of Normal and Pathological Human Epidermis on Polycarbonate Filter / Evelyne De Vuyst, Céline Charlier, Séverine Giltaire, Valérie De Glas, Catherine Lambert de Rouvroit, and Yves Poumay
    Methods for the Preparation of an Autologous Serum-Free Cultured Epidermis and for Autografting Applications / John J. Wille, Jeremy J. Burdge, and Jong Y. Park
    Human Keratinocyte Cultures in the Investigation of Early Steps of Human Papillomavirus Infection / Laura M. Griffin, Louis Cicchini, Tao Xu, and Dohun Pyeon
    Preparation and Delivery of 4-Hydroxy-Tamoxifen for Clonal and Polyclonal Labeling of Cells of the Surface Ectoderm, Skin, and Hair Follicle / Christine Chevalier, Jean-François Nicolas, and Anne-Cécile Petit
    Microdissection and Visualization of Individual Hair Follicles for Lineage Tracing Studies / Inês Sequeira, Emilie Legué, Suzanne Capgras, and Jean-François Nicolas
    Isolation and Characterization of a Stem Cell Side-Population from Mouse Hair Follicles / Paula L. Miliani de Marval, Sun Hye Kim, and Marcelo L. Rodriguez Puebla
    Multi-Scale Mathematical Modeling and Simulation of Cellular Dynamical Process / Shinji Nakaoka
    Erratum.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Giorgio Capogna, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an in-depth examination of labor pain and analgesia with the aim of promoting natural childbirth without pain. All aspects of the subject are covered, including the latest techniques of delivering labor analgesia. Importantly, emphasis is placed on a holistic approach, detailed attention being paid to the humanization of childbirth and behavioral aspects in addition to evidence-based medicine. Potential future developments are also addressed, with discussion of opportunities that have yet to be realized. In order to ensure that the text is easily readable for trainees as well as established practitioners, chapters have been restricted to a manageable length and information is presented clearly and succinctly. Step-by-step tutorials and boxes highlighting practical points are used to clarify technical aspects. The authors include both well-established experts and young emerging professionals from various European countries, ensuring an intercultural perspective.

    Contents:
    Physiology of labor
    Anatomo-physiological changes during labor and after delivery
    Labor pain
    Sociology of labor pain
    History of labor pain relief
    Antenatal consultation, maternal information, expectations and satisfaction
    Initiation of labor analgesia: epidural, CSE
    Maintenance of labor analgesia
    Analgesia during second & third stage, episiotomy, episiotomy repair
    Maternal and fetal monitoring during neuraxial labor analgesia
    Nutrition and fluid balance during labor; maternal optimization and fetal resuscitation
    Analgesia for dystocia and instrumental delivery
    Analgesia for induced labor and vaginal birth after cesarean section
    Extension of epidural block for cesarean section
    Postpartum analgesia and postpartum chronic pain
    Effects on neonate and breastfeeding
    Neonatal care in labor and delivery room
    Technical problems and their solutions
    Anti-coagulated parturient and neuraxial analgesia
    Complications of neuraxial analgesia
    Evidence based medicine and labor analgesia
    Ethics
    Teaching labor analgesia and simulation
    Humanization of labor and epidural analgesia
    Medico-legal issues in labor analgesia.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giorgio Capogna.
    Summary: This book represents a unique and substantial guide, and will bring anesthesiologists up-to-date on advances in the neuraxial technique and its applications in obstetrics. Today the epidural block is almost exclusively of interest to obstetric anesthesiologists, and how it is taught increasingly coincides with its applications in obstetrics. Since the classical, seminal textbooks by Bonica, Moore and Bromage, published in the 1950s and 60s, textbooks devoted solely to the epidural technique have become quite rare. Among more recent books, there are many excellent texts on epidural anesthesia or analgesia in obstetrics, but none are fully dedicated to the epidural technique, which is usually described in a few paragraphs or, at most, in a chapter. This highly detailed book, including videoclip on epidural technique, offers comprehensive coverage on epidurals; as such, it will appeal to all anesthesiologists, especially obstetric anesthesiologists.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    1: History of Lumbar Epidural Block
    1.1 Was the Very First a Spinal or an Epidural Anesthesia?
    1.2 The First Epidural Approach: The Caudal
    1.3 Lumbar Epidural
    1.4 Continuous Lumbar Epidural
    1.5 Modern Epidural Analgesia
    References
    2: Anatomy of the Lumbar Epidural Region
    2.1 Vertebral Column
    2.2 Lumbar Vertebra
    2.3 Ligamentum Flavum
    2.4 Interspinous and Supraspinous Ligaments
    2.5 Muscles
    2.6 Intervertebral Foramen and Its Ligaments
    2.7 Epidural Space
    2.7.1 Epidural Fat 2.7.2 Nerve Roots and Nerve Root Cuff
    2.7.3 Internal Vertebral Venous Plexus, Epidural Arteries, and Lymphatics
    2.8 Dural Sac
    2.8.1 Dura Mater
    2.8.2 Arachnoid Layer
    2.8.3 Subdural and Intradural Space
    References
    3: Distribution of a Solution in the Epidural Space
    3.1 Sites of Action, Dynamics of Nerve Block, and Physicochemical Properties of Local Anesthetics
    3.2 Local Tissue Distribution
    3.3 Absorption and Elimination
    3.4 Spread of a Solution in the Epidural Space
    3.4.1 Patient Characteristics
    3.4.1.1 Age 3.4.1.2 Height, Weight, and Body Mass Index
    3.4.1.3 Pregnancy
    3.4.2 Technical Factors
    3.4.2.1 Needle Insertion Site, Bevel Orientation and Injection Through Needle or Through Catheter, Needle Bevel Direction, and Catheter Position
    3.4.2.2 Patient Position
    3.4.2.3 Epidural Catheter Design
    3.4.2.4 Mode of Administration of the Solution
    3.4.2.5 Speed of Injection
    3.4.3 Epidural Pressure and Adjacent Pressures
    3.4.4 Composition of the Solution Injected: Dose, Volume, and Concentration-Adjuvant Drugs
    References
    4: Fundamentals
    4.1 Epidural Equipment 4.1.1 Epidural Needles
    4.1.2 Epidural Syringes
    4.1.3 Epidural Devices
    4.1.4 Epidural Catheters
    4.1.5 Epidural Filters
    4.1.6 Connectors
    4.2 Patient Position
    4.2.1 Positioning the Patient
    4.3 Landmarks Identification
    4.3.1 Manual Palpation
    4.3.2 Ultrasound Identification
    4.4 Skin Disinfection
    4.5 Superficial Tissues' Local Anesthesia
    4.5.1 Technique
    References
    5: Epidural Technique
    5.1 Loss-of-Resistance-to-Saline Technique
    5.2 False or Pseudo-Loss of Resistance
    5.3 Bone Contact
    5.4 Observation and Aspiration of the Needle 5.5 Rebound Test and Partially Inserted Bevel of the Needle in the Epidural Space
    5.6 Loss of Resistance to Air
    5.7 Techniques Based on Epidural Negative Pressure
    5.8 Paramedian Approach
    5.9 Forces Involved During Needle Insertion
    5.10 Catheter Insertion, Needle Removal, and Catheter Fixation
    5.11 Catheter Aspiration and Test Dose
    5.12 Confirmation of Catheter Location in the Epidural Space
    5.12.1 Epidural Stimulation Test
    5.12.2 Epidural Pressure Waveform Analysis
    Appendix 1: Epidural Technique in Five Steps
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sabita Saldanha.
    Summary: Epigenetic Mechanisms in Cancer provides a comprehensive analysis of epigenetic signatures that govern disease development, progression and metastasis. Epigenetic signatures dictating tumor etiologies present an opportunity for biomarker identification which has broad potential for improving diagnosis, prognosis, prediction, and risk assessment. This volumes offer a unique evaluation of signature differences in of childhood, sex-specific and race-specific cancers, and in doing so broadly illuminates the scope of epigenetic biomarkers in clinical environments. Chapters detail the major epigenetic process in humans consisting of DNA methylation, histone modifications and microRNAs (miRNAs) involved in the initiation, progression and metastasis of tumors. Also delineated are recent technologies such as next generation sequencing that are used to identify epigenetic profiles (primarily methylation analysis) in samples (normal, benign and cancerous) and which are highly important to the analysis of epigenetic outcomes.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Michael Lübbert, Peter A. Jones, editors.
    Summary: The growing knowledge about disturbances of epigenetic gene regulation in hematopoietic stem cell disorders such as myeloid leukemias and preleukemias (myelodysplasias) is now being translated into treatment approaches that target the epigenetic defects pharmacologically. Such approaches include reactivation of tumor suppressor genes and other antiproliferative genes by reversal of DNA hypermethylation through azanucleosides, and use of HDAC inhibitors to reverse gene silencing mediated by chimeric, leukemia-specific transcription factors. This book first presents the latest evidence derived from preclinical models regarding the epigenetic regulation of hematopoietic stem cell differentiation and hemoglobin production. The significance of DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders and of epigenetic disturbances in lung cancer and other solid tumors is then discussed. A major part of the book, however, relates specifically to the translation of basic research and drug development to clinical applications, and in this context both present and future clinical strategies are considered. Individual chapters are devoted to the use of DNA hypomethylating agents and chromatin-modifying agents, and the treatment of hematologic malignancies and solid tumors by means of epigenetic agents is discussed in detail.

    Contents:
    The fundamental role of epigenetic regulation for normal and disturbed all growth and differentiation
    Mouse models to study DNA methylation in cancer research
    Epigenetic regulation of normal hematopoietic development
    Epigenetic regulation of globin genes and disturbances in hemoglobinopathies
    DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders: biological significance and methodological approaches
    Epigenetic modifications mediated by the AML1/ETO and MLL leukemia fusion proteins
    Epigenetic abnormalities in lung cancer
    Pharmacodynamic Responses to DNA Methyltransferase Inhibition
    Histone Methyltransferases: Opportunities in Cancer Drug Discovery
    Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors in recent clinical trials for cancer therapy
    Clinical Implications of Epigenetic Alterations in Lung Cancer
    Epigenetic disturbances in colorectal cancer
    Epigenetic Therapies in Solid Tumours: from preclinical models to clinical trial results.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nathan A. Berger, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Epigenetics and Cancer
    2. Epigenetics, Enhancers, and Cancer
    3. Early Life: Epigenetic Effects on Obesity, Diabetes, and Cancer
    4. Nutritional and Lifestyle Impact on Epigenetics and Cancer
    5. Environmentally Induced Alterations in the Epigenome Affecting Obesity and Cancer in Minority Populations
    6. Stress, Exercise, and Epigenetic Modulation of Cancer
    7. Epigenetic Effects of Gut Microbiota on Obesity and Gastrointestinal Cancers
    8. Epigenetics in Obesity and Esophageal Cancer
    9. Epigenetics, Obesity, and Colon Cancer
    10. Energy Balance, Epigenetics, and Prostate Cancer
    11. Effects of Physical Activity on DNA Methylation and Associations with Breast Cancer
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David Hollar, editor.
    Contents:
    Epigenetics and Development: A Natural Process
    Cause and Effect in Epigenetic Disease Epidemiology
    Epigenetics and Health
    Molecular Basis of Epigenetics
    Trans-generational Epigenetics
    Maternal Exposure to Pharmaceuticals
    Maternal Exposure to Poor Nutrition
    Maternal Exposure to Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs
    Maternal Exposure to Lead and Mercury
    Maternal Exposure to Stress
    Paternal Exposure to Environmental Mutagens and Stressors
    Protective Nutrition Before and During Pregnancy
    Protective Behaviors Before and During Pregnancy
    Impact of Dental Mercury on Lifespan Health
    Children's Exposure to Stress
    Children's Exposure to Lead and Mercury
    Children's Exposure to Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs
    Children's Exposure to Violence
    Children's Exposure to Traumatic Events
    Children's Exposure to Poor Nutrition
    Infection Impact on Child Development and Epigenetics
    HLA and Immune Response
    Allostatic Load
    Latent Periods and Cardiovascular/Cancer Risks
    Dynamics of Life Experiences on Polygenic Gene Regulation
    Food Chain Impact of Pesticides on Human Health
    Sun and Artificial Radiation Exposure on Skin Health
    Medical Imaging Radiation Risk on Health
    Naturopathic Approaches to Epigenetic Health
    Reprogramming Epigenetic Effects
    An Ecological Systems Approach to Epigenetic Health
    The Health Leader's Guide to Promoting Epigenetic Health .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mihai Nadin.
    Summary: This book helps transform the awareness of the anticipatory perspective into actionable methods for practitioners of medicine. It provides guidance for those who design new means and methods inspired by epigenetics, in particular to those who advance sustainable alternatives.

    Contents:
    Context : A Subject More Important Than Ever
    DNA Methylation as an Epigenetic Mechanism of Anticipation
    The Genetics and Epigenetics of Anticipatory Adaptation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Christopher Chang, Qianjin Lu.
    Summary: This book will address the growing roles of epigenetics in disease pathogenesis, and review the contribution of epigenetic modifications to disease onset and progression. The roles that epigenetics plays in facilitating effects of the environment on allergy and immunologic diseases will be reviewed. The book is divided into three parts - the first is an introduction to epigenetics and the methods that have been developed to study epigenetics, the second addresses epigenetics in allergic diseases and the third part will cover epigenetics in autoimmune diseases. With the rapid expansion of knowledge of how genes are regulated and how this regulation affects disease phenotypes, this book will be attractive to experienced researchers as well as those just launching an epigenetics research program. It will also be of interest to allergist, immunologists, rheumatologists and dermatologist who are engaged in clinical practice as a resource for understanding the basis for personalized and precision medicine. For example, the role that epigenetics plays in the pathogenesis in various allergic and autoimmune disorders and how this determines disease phenotypes will be covered extensively in this book. This book will thus help fill the gap in available resources on epigenetics in allergy and autoimmune diseases.

    Contents:
    Epigenetics in health and disease
    The development of epigenetics in the study of disease pathogenesis
    Epigenetic methods and twin studies
    The role of genetics, the environment and epigenetics in atopic dermatitis
    The epigenetics of food allergy
    Epigenetics and the Environment in allergy and asthma: asthma and allergic rhinitis
    Epigenetics of lupus erythematosus
    Epigenetics of psoriasis
    The role of epigenetics in type 1 diabetes
    Epigenetics of Primary Biliary Cholangitis
    Epigenetics in primary Sjogrens syndrome
    Epigenetics in Multiple Sclerosis
    The epigenetic regulation of Scleroderma and its clinical application.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Raul Alvarez-Venegas, Clelia De-la-Pena and Juan Armando Casas-Mollano.
    Summary: Over the past few decades, chromatin modulation has emerged as an important regulator of gene expression. This second edition provides detailed information on the epigenetic mechanisms in plants, illustrating the value of this research in plants of agronomic importance. It examines recent advances regarding plants' epigenetic regulation in response to abiotic and biotic types of stress; the epigenetic basis of plant immunity; evolution and functions of plant histones; epigenetic variation and plant breeding; and epigenome editing and crop improvement. The content is intended to promote the development of future biotechnologies to manipulate and selectively activate/inhibit proteins and metabolic pathways to counter pathogens, to treat important diseases, and to increase crop productivity. The development of new fields, like epigenome editing and RNA epigenetics, will certainly improve our understanding of currently known epigenetic modifications and their roles in e.g. host-pathogen interactions, crop productivity, and in response to environmental stimuli. This volume contains twelve new/revised chapters, written by an international team of experts on plant epigenetics, and addresses the needs of researchers and professionals in the fields of agronomics, crop breeding, epigenetics, plant biochemistry, plant developmental biology, and related disciplines.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1
    The role of small RNAs in plant somatic embryogenesis.- Chapter 2
    Past, present and future: plant epigenetic memory.- Chapter 3
    Casein kinase-mediated histone phosphorylation in model plants and crops.- Chapter 4
    Epigenetics in light regulation of plant development.- Chapter 5
    Canonical histones and their variants in plants: evolution and functions.- Chapter 6
    Plant epigenetic mechanisms in response to biotic stress.- Chapter 7
    Targeted epigenome editing for activation of plant defenses.- Chapter 8
    Epigenetics in crop biotechnology.- Chapter 9
    The Role of Germinally Inherited Epialleles in Plant Breeding.- Chapter 10
    Epigenetics and Heterosis in Crop Plants.- Chapter 11
    Epigenetic Variation Amongst Polyploidy Crop Species.- Chapter 12
    Histone H3 Phosphorylation in Plants and Other Organisms.- Chapter 13
    Tomato Epigenetics: Deciphering the 'Beyond' Genetic Information in a Vegetable Fleshy-Fruited Crop.- Chapter 14
    Epigenetic Advances on Somatic Embryogenesis of Agronomical and Important Crops.- Chapter 15
    MicroRNA Expression and Regulation During Plant Somatic Embryogenesis.- Chapter 16
    Can Epigenetics Help Forest Plants to Adapt to Climate Change?.- Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by John W. Miller, Howard P. Goodkin.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Dr Gregory D. Cascino, Dr Joseph I. Sirven, Dr William O. Tatum.
    Summary: "A concise clinical reference to the important features of epilepsy, providing a comprehensive grounding of basic knowledge that lays the foundation for effective care of persons with seizures. It guides practitioners in thinking logically about treatment, from the first clinic visit, subsequent visits, treatment failure, adverse effects, pregnancy, seizure emergencies, etc. The target audience is neurology residents, but this approach should prove useful for epilepsy fellows and for practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I. Epilepsy: Epidemiology, Diagnostic evaluation and Co-Morbidities (Greg Cascino)
    Chapter 1. Introduction and Epidemiology (Cascino)
    Chapter 2. Classification of Seizures and the Epilepsies (Wirrell)
    Chapter 3. Etiology and Pathology (Noe, Nickels)
    Chapter 4. Genetics of Epilepsy (Fine, Wong-Kisiel, Sheth)
    Chapter 5. Burden of Epilepsy (co-morbidities, driving, SUDEP, disability, psychiatry, IEPs, Quality Care in Epilepsy) (Crepeau, Cascino, Moore)
    Chapter 6. EEG and Epilepsy (include routine, scalp-recorded video-EEG, MEG) (Feyissa, Lagerlund, So)
    Chapter 7. Neuroimaging in Epilepsy (include CT, MRI, PET, SISCOM, fMRI) (So, Kotsenas, Watson, Brinkmann)
    Chapter 8. Diagnosing Epilepsy versus other Events- Non-epileptic spells (Drazkowski, Hoerth)
    Chapter 9. Sleep disorders and epilepsy (St. Louis, Carvalho, Moore)
    Epilepsy Journey # 1: Patient with a Genetic based epilepsy-what does this mean and how to counsel (Fine) ; Epilepsy Journey # 2: Patient with Spells- Algorithm for Spell workup- Adult (older pt.) Burkholder ; Epilepsy Journey # 3: Patient with Spells- Algorithm for Spell Workup- Kid (Nickels) ; Epilepsy Journey #4: Transitioning from pediatric to adult epilepsy clinic (Cascino, Nickels)
    II. Epilepsy: Treatment of Epilepsy: Non-surgical therapy (Joe Sirven)
    Chapter 10. First seizure (Spritzer, Shin )
    Chapter 11. Antiepileptic drug therapy (Britton)
    Chapter 12. Women's Issues in Epilepsy (Noe)
    Chapter 13. Treating Children with Epilepsy AEDs (Sheth)
    Chapter 14. Diet therapy (LGID, ketogenic diet) (Nickels, Wirrell)
    Chapter 15. Autoimmune Epilepsy (evaluation and treatment) (Britton, Pittock, McKeon, Flanagan)
    Chapter 16. Discontinuation of AED therapy (Britton)
    Chapter 17. Investigational therapy and drug approval process in US (including Cannabidiol) (Cascino, Sirven)
    Chapter 18. Devices to Monitor and Track your Epilepsy (Smart Watch, Embrace, etc.) (Crepeau)
    Epilepsy Journey # 5: Seizure Emergencies (include status epilepticus, FIRES, NORSE, Seizure First Aid, and Seizure Clusters) (Feyissa, Hoerth, Payne) ; Epilepsy Journey # 6:The First seizure- How to Evaluate and workup- Pediatric- (Williams) ; Epilepsy Journey # 7: The First seizure-How to evaluate and workup- Adult (Sirven) ; Epilepsy Journey # 8: Treating Epilepsy Second seizure and Beyond-How to Choose a Drug- Analgorithm (Crepeau) ; Epilepsy Journey # 9: Treating Status Epilepticus- An Algorithm (Hocker, Payne) ; Epilepsy Journey # 10: Withdrawing an AED Drug in Adults- An Algorithm (Sirven) ; Epilepsy Journey # 11: Withdrawing an AED Drug in Kids- An Algorithm (Wirrell) ; Epilepsy Journey # 12: Withdrawal of ASDs after Epilepsy SurgeryEpilepsy Journey # 13: The Pregnant Patient- An algorithm (Noe)
    III. Epilepsy: Treatment of Epilepsy: Surgical management (Bill Tatum)
    Chapter 19. Presurgical evaluation (candidate selection, phase 1, surgically remediable epilepsy syndromes)- (Burkholder, Meyer, Ritaccio, Shin)
    Chapter 20. Minimally Invasive epilepsy surgery (Electrocoagulation, Gamma Knife, Laser Interstitial Thermal Therapy)-(Tatum, Grewal, Wharen)
    Chapter 21. Intracranial EEG monitoring (electrode selection for iEEG, SEEG, ECoG)-(Van Gompel, Noe, Zimmerman)
    Chapter 22. Surgical strategies (include cortical resection, lesionectomy, cortical stimulation and functional mapping, hemispherotomy)- (Marsh, Chaichana, Zimmerman, Quinones)
    Chapter 23. Disconnection surgeries (epilepsy surgery in neonates/infants, corpus callosotomy, MST)- (Wirrell, Wong-Kisiel, Miller)
    Chapter 24. Neuromodulation (VNS, DBS, RNS) Surgical Outcome (seizure-free, quality of life, AED therapy)-( Lundstrom, Wharen, Tatum)
    Chapter 25. Emerging surgical procedures in epilepsy -(Lundstrom, Worrell, Stead)
    Chapter 26. Seizure Forecasting (Neurovista, iEEG, software algorithms)-(Brinkman, Worrell) Epilepsy Journey # 14: The drug-resistant patient- presurgical evaluation and surgery-approach to the "skip" candidate (Feyissa, Burkholder) ; Epilepsy Journey # 15: The drug-resistant patient and discordant presurgical evaluation- an algorithm for intracranial EEG-(Wong-Kisiel, So, Zimmerman) : Epilepsy Journey # 16: The drug-resistant patient who is not a candidate for resective surgery-an algorithm for neuromodulation (Ritaccio, Tatum) : Epilepsy Journey # 17: Pediatric patients and epilepsy surgery-an algorithm for treatment (Sheth, Miller, Wirrell IV). Conclusion (all editors) --
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Vee P. Prasher, Mike Kerr, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Epilepsy: a general overview
    3. Epidemiology of epilepsy in persons with intellectual disabilities
    4. Diagnosis of epilepsy in persons with intellectual disabilities
    5. The differential diagnosis of epilepsy
    6. Management of acute seizures in persons with intellectual disabilities
    7. The use of antiepileptic medication in adults with intellectual disabilities: a serious conundrum
    8. Vagus nerve stimulation therapy: an intellectual disabilities perspective
    9. Resective surgery for patients with epilepsy and intellectual disabilities
    10. Nonpharmacological management of epilepsy in adults with intellectual disabilities
    11. Psychopathology in people with epilepsy and intellectual disabilities
    12. Associated physical problems in epilepsy in intellectual disabilities
    13. Epilepsy and cognition
    14. Nursing and community aspects of epilepsy in intellectual disabilities
    15. Impact of epilepsy and intellectual disabilities on family life
    16. Epilogue: death and love in epilepsy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mohamad Z. Koubeissi, Nabil J. Azar, editors.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1: Physiologic Basis of EEG and Epilepsy
    Ch. 2: EEG instrumentation, Montage, Polarity, and Localization
    Ch. 3: Normal EEG Variants and Artifacts
    Ch. 4: Neonatal EEG and Neonatal Seizures
    Ch. 5: MCQ
    Ch. 6: Ictal and Interictal EEG
    Ch. 7: EEG and Semiology in Generalized Epilepsies
    Ch. 8: EEG and Semiology in Focal Epilepsy
    Ch. 9: Status Epilepticus
    Ch. 10: EEG in Encephalopathy and Coma
    Ch. 11: MCQ
    Ch. 12: Electro-clinical Syndromes by Age of Onset
    Childhood, Adolescence-adult
    Ch. 13: Seizures and Epilepsy in Early Life
    Ch. 14: Imitators of Epilepsy
    Ch. 15: Genetic Analysis of Epilepsies
    Ch. 16: Epilepsy Secondary to Specific Mechanisms
    Ch. 17: MCQ
    Ch. 18: Principles of Epilepsy Diagnosis and Management
    Ch. 19: Old Generation Antiepileptic Drugs
    Ch. 20: New Generation Antiepileptic Drugs
    Ch. 21: Dietary Therapies
    Ch. 22: Other Pharmacological Therapies: Investigational Antiepileptic Drugs, Animal Models of Epilepsy, Hormonal Therapy, Immunotherapy
    Ch. 23: Epilepsy Management in Special Populations
    Ch. 24: MCQ
    Ch. 25: Neuroimaging in Epilepsy
    Ch. 26: Neuropsychological Evaluation in Epilepsy
    Ch. 27: Magnetoencephalography and magnetic source modeling
    Ch. 28: Vagus Nerve Stimulation and other Neuromodulation
    Ch. 29: Epilepsy surgery assessment and testing
    Ch. 30: Procedures and outcomes in epilepsy surgery
    Ch. 31: Quality of Life in Epilepsy
    Ch. 32: MCQ.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Thalia Valeta.
    Summary: This book presents scientific evidence about epilepsy along with straightforward guidance and recommendations. Responses to frequently asked questions and clarification of uncertainties are provided to empower patients to optimize their medical, psychological and social care. This book helps mediate between patients and health care professionals and can assist both sides to understand the condition of epilepsy at all levels. The information provided in the book empowers patients to share decision making with their carers and clinicians and enables them to make informed decisions, by taking into account the best scientific evidence, as well as the patients' values and preferences. The Epilepsy Book: A Companion for Patients  is ideal for patients with epilepsy and their carers, and will also be of interest to health care professionals, medical students and teachers. Thalia Valeta's approach to epilepsy facilitates deeper understanding of the unmet needs and expectations of patients.

    Contents:
    History of epilepsy
    General Aspects of Epilepsy
    Preparing for the medical consultation
    Epileptic seizures
    Febrile seizures
    Reflex seizures
    Epileptic syndromes and their classification
    Idiopathic generalized epilepsies
    Benign childhood focal epilepsy
    Epileptic encephalopathies
    Structural (symptomatic) focal epilepsy
    Women and epilepsy
    Mortality and sudden unexpected death in epilepsy (SUDEP)
    Investigations for epileptic seizures
    Prophylactic treatment with antiepileptic drugs
    Comorbidities in epilepsy
    Psychogenic non-epileptic seizures
    Psychological treatments for epilepsy
    ''Metamyth''©/Dramatherapy
    Complementary (alternative) treatments for epilepsy
    Dietary treatments for epilepsy and ketogenic diet
    Safety in epilepsy
    Psychosocial impact of epilepsy
    Psychosocial aspects- parental reactions and needs in idiopathic focal epilepsies
    Stigma in epilepsy and how to combat it
    Websites and other resources for people with epilepsy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    William O. Tatum, Joseph I. Sirven, Gregory D. Cascino, editors.
    Summary: Written by expert epilepsy clinicians from the Mayo Clinic, Epilepsy Case Studies: Pearls for Patient Care presents a wide variety of case histories drawn from real life experiences in people with seizures. Designed to stimulate the same deductive reasoning that is commonly used when seeing epilepsy patients in the clinic, this practical book presents the clinical scenario and then poses a range of stimulating questions to organize the reader's thoughts to address each case. Questions that revolve around each case include common ones such as "How does this test help us with the diagnosis" and "What is the precise relationship of the patient's seizures to their overall neurological condition". The most poignant questions include "How does this information help us to devise a treatment plan?" and "What do we know about the anticipated course and prognosis?" The questions raised in each section incorporate the clinical course and evaluation. Where possible, the discussion relies upon the latest medical evidence to support the responses and includes up-to-date techniques used for patients with and without seizure control. At the end of each case a few salient citations are referenced, as are a few of the more pertinent articles that the reader can reference to obtain an overview of the topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by William O. Tatum, Joseph I. Sirven, Gregory D. Cascino.
    Summary: This book presents a case based approach to epilepsy management in both diagnostic challenges and treatment of complex cases. Cases reflect "real life" patient scenarios that practitioners encounter with up-to-date terminology and treatment approaches. With 51 chapters, the book presents 51 unique, nuanced cases. Beginning with an initial presentation of a case history, the book opens with a basis for drawing in multiple aspects in the treatment of patients with epilepsy. Each chapter is organized into a clinical history, physical examination results, and ancillary testing to concentrate on differential diagnosis and focus on a definitive procedural approach to the final diagnosis. Subsequent information about the condition expands on the knowledge of the clinical features to a solution of common patient clinical scenarios as it affects people with epilepsy. A comprehensive successor edition, Epilepsy Case Studies is an invaluable resource to clinicians ranging from those looking for a quick review of a topic present in the table of contents, to those crossing disciplines into medical areas where seizures are a symptom of disordered or dysfunctional brain
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Philip K. Patsalos, Erik K. St. Louis.
    Contents:
    Acetazolamide
    ACTH
    Brivaracetam
    Carbamazapine
    Clobazam
    Clonazepam
    Diazepam
    Eslicarbazepine acetate
    Ethosuximide
    Felbamate
    Fosphenytoin
    Gabapentin
    Lacosamide
    Lamotrigine
    Levetiracetam
    Lorazepam
    Methsuximide
    Midazolam
    Oxcarbaepine
    Paraldehyde
    Perampanel
    Phenobarbital
    Phenytoin
    Piracetam
    Pregabalin
    Primidone
    Rufinamide
    Stiripentol
    Sulthiame
    Tiagabine
    Topiramate
    Valproate
    Vigabatrin
    Zonisamide.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Philip N. Patsalos, Chalfont St. Peter.
    Summary: "This practical and concise book is an essential reference guide for use by all clinicians and allied health professionals that treat or care for patients with epilepsy. In full color throughout, this volume presents the antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), 34 in total, in alphabetical order and for each AED the information is divided into eight colored sections: general therapeutics, pharmacokinetics, interaction profile, adverse effects, dosing and use, special populations, overview, and suggested reading. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated. Specific additions include: inclusion of the new drugs perampanel and retigabine (also called ezogabine), updated pharmacokinetic interactions, suggested pediatric dosing schedules for several drugs, discussion about bone health and vitamin D monitoring and supplementation, information on teratogenicity in the sections on pregnancy. This handy pocket book will be an excellent companion for all clinicians that treat patients with epilepsy"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: Preface; Introduction; Acetazolamide; ACTH; Carbamazepine; Clobazam; Clonazepam; Diazepam; Eslicarbazepine; Ethosuximide; Ezogabine
    see retigabine; Felbamate; Fosphenytoin; Gabapentin; Lacosamide; Lamotrigine; Levetiracetam; Lorazepam; Methsuximide; Midazolam; Oxcarbazepine; Paraldehyde; Permapanel; Phenobarbital; Phenytoin; Piracetam; Pregablin; Primidone; Retigabine; Rufinamide; Stiripentol; Sulthiame; Tiagabine; Topiramate; Valproate; Vigabatrin; Zonisamide; Abbreviations; Interaction table; Index.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2013
  • Digital
    edited by Jason H. Moore, Scott M. Williams.
    Contents:
    Long-term selection experiments : epistasis and the response to selection / Charles Goodnight
    Finding the epistasis needles in the genome-wide haystack / Marylyn D. Ritchie
    Biological knowledge-driven analysis of epistasis in human GWAS with application to lipid traits / Li Ma, Alon Keinan, and Andrew G. Clark
    Epistasis for quantitative traits in Drosophila / Trudy F. C. Mackay
    Epistasis in the risk of human neuropsychiatric disease / Scott M. Williams
    On the partitioning of genetic variance with epistasis / José M. Álvarez-Castro and Arnaud Le Rouzic
    Measuring gene interactions / Thomas F. Hansen
    Two rules for the detection and quantification of epistasis and other interaction effects / Günter P. Wagner
    Direct approach to modeling epistasis / Rong-Cai Yang
    Capacitating epistasis
    detection and role in the genetic architecture of complex traits / Mats E. Pettersson and Örjan Carlborg
    Compositional epistasis : an epidemiologic perspective / Etsuji Suzuki and Tyler J. VanderWeele
    Identification of genome-wide SNP-SNP and SNP-clinical boolean interactions in age-related macular degeneration / Carlos Riveros [and eight others]
    Epistasis analysis using information theory / Jason H. Moore and Ting Hu
    Genome-wide epistasis and pleiotropy characterized by the bipartite human phenotype network / Christian Darabos and Jason H. Moore
    Network theory for data-driven epistasis networks / Caleb A. Lareau and Brett A. McKinney
    Epistasis analysis using multifactor dimensionality reduction / Jason H. Moore and Peter C. Andrews
    Epistasis analysis using ReliefF / Jason H. Moore
    Epistasis analysis using artificial intelligence / Jason H. Moore and Doug P. Hill.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Thomas F. Baskett, MB, Bch, BAO (The Queen's University of Belfast), FRCS (C), FRCS (Ed), FRCOG, FACOG, DHMSA.
    Summary: "Despite misguided attempts to discourage them, eponyms continue to enrich the language and literature of medicine"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Robert P. Erickson, Anthony Wynshaw-Boris.
    Summary: Epstein's Inborn Errors of Development provides essays on pathways of development and thoughtful reviews of dysmorphic syndromes for which the causative gene has been identified. It is a top-to-bottom revision of the landmark text that both revolutionized and accelerated the field of human genetics.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    edited by James R. Lehman, Kristine Diaz, Henry Ng, Elizabeth M. Petty, Meena Thatikunta, Kristen Eckstrand.
    Summary: This first-of-its-kind textbook marks a revolutionary effort to reform medical education nationally by providing a comprehensive, high-quality resource to serve as a foundation for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) health education across multiple disciplines. Addressing the decades-long unequal weight of medical education generally offered about the care of LGBTQ people, The Equal Curriculum was created to advance clinicians' competencies in optimizing the health of LGBTQ people. This textbook is designed to be integrated into health sciences curricula and offers pointed strategies to evaluate the integration of LGBTQ health topics. Starting with a brief overview, chapters 1 through 4 cover general content that is highly relevant to all health professionals working with LGBTQ people. Chapters 5 through 12 focus on specific patient populations and clinical specialties, and chapters 13 and 14 cover special topics. Key points in each chapter are highlighted to aid in the comprehension, and case vignettes are provided throughout the textbook, allowing learners to apply the content to clinical scenarios in order to evaluate how the application of relevant knowledge may impact health outcomes. Questions similar to National Board of Medical Examiners (NBME) style are provided in most chapters to assist in the application of content. As major addition to the clinical literature, The Equal Curriculum: Student and Educator Guide to LGBTQ Health should be of great interest to health sciences instructors, medical students in their preclinical and clinical phases, and trainees from other disciplines, such as physician assistants, nurses, social workers, and public health professionals.

    Contents:
    Section I: Foundational Sociological, Health Disparities, Health Research, and Medicolegal Concepts for the LGBT Community
    Chapter 1: Language and History of LGBT People
    Chapter 2: LGBT Health Disparities
    Section II: Interdisciplinary Approach to Care for LGBT People
    Chapter 3: The LGBT-Friendly Care Encounter
    Chapter 4: Interdisciplinary Approach to Care
    Chapter 5: Screening and Prevention
    Section III: Clinical Care of the LGBT Community
    Chapter 6: Child and Adolescent Medicine
    Chapter 7: Adult Primary Care
    Chapter 8: Sexual Health
    Chapter 9: Transgender Health
    Chapter 10: Emergency Medicine
    Chapter 11: HIV/AIDS
    Chapter 12: Psychiatry and Neurology
    Section IV: Emerging Topics in LGBT Health
    Chapter 13: Data Collection and Research
    Chapter 14: Topics in Global LGBT Health
    Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Anthony T. Blikslager, Nathaniel A. White II, James N. Moore, Tim S. Mair.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Phillip Sponenberg, Rebecca Bellone.
    Contents:
    Dark horse colors : bay, chestnut, black, and brown
    Modifications affecting most colors
    Dilutions of the basic dark colors
    Overview of the genetic control of horse color
    Patterns with individually distribute white hairs
    Nonsymmetrical patches of white : white marks, paints, and pintos
    Overview of patterns adding white
    Horse color and horse breeding
    Peculiarities of hair growth
    Donkey color
    Summary tables.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stephen M. Reed, Warwick M. Bayly, Debra C. Sellon.
    Contents:
    Infection and immunity
    Pharmacology : principles, antimicrobials, and NSAIDs
    Recognizing and treating pain in horses
    Critical care
    Internal medicine and clinical nutrition
    Clinical epidemiology and evidence-based medicine
    Clinical approach to commonly encountered problems
    Disorders of the respiratory system
    Disorder of the cardiovascular system
    Disorders of the musculoskeletal system
    Disorders of the neurologic system
    Disorders of the gastrointestinal system
    Disorders of the liver
    Disorders of the urinary system
    Disorders of the hematopoietic system
    Disorders of the endocrine system
    Disorders of the eye and vision
    Disorders of the skin
    Disorders of the reproductive tract
    Disorders of foals
    Toxicologic problems.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    editor, James K. Belknap ; associate editor, Raymond Geor.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Overview: from basic research to caring for the laminitis patient. Historical perspective on equine laminitis / Donald M. Walsh and Teresa A. Burns
    Laminitis: an overview / James K. Belknap
    Anatomy and function of the equine digit / A.H. Parks
    Lamellar function at the cellular level / Christopher C. Pollitt
    Digital biomechanics relevant to laminitis / Jonathan Merritt, Helen Davies and Andrew H. Parks
    Part 2: Pathophysiology of laminitis. Overview / James K. Belknap
    Experimental models of laminitis: starch overload / Susan C. Eades
    Experimental models of laminitis: oligofructose overload / Christopher C. Pollitt and Gabriel J. Milinovich
    Experimental models of laminitis: black walnut extract / John F. Peroni
    Experimental models of laminitis: hyperinsulinemia / Catherine McGowan and Janet Patterson-Kane
    Hemodynamic events in laminitis / John F. Peroni, Susan C. Eades and Simon R. Bailey
    The role of thrombosis and coagulation in equine laminitis / Simon R. Bailey
    Leukocytes and inflammatory signaling in laminitis: leukocytes / Rafael R. Faleiros and James K. Belknap
    Leukocytes and inflammatory signaling in laminitis: inflammatory signaling / Britta Leise
    Role of proteases in laminitis / Samuel J. Black, Le Wang, Erica Pawlak, Fengqiu Zhang, John Loftus and Dominique Alfandari
    Endocrine and metabolic dysregulation in laminitis: role of pituitary dysfunction / Philip J. Johnson
    Endocrine and metabolic dysregulation in laminitis: role of corticosteroids / Philip J. Johnson
    Metabolic syndrome in humans and horses: the relationship between obesity and insulin resistance / Teresa A. Burns and Ramiro E. Toribio
    Dysregulation of the lamellar basal epithelial cell in laminitis: role of the cytoskeleton and cell junctions / Christopher C. Pollitt
    Structural dynamics of displacement of the distal phalanx / Andrew H. Parks
    Part 3: Clinical presentation of equine laminitis. General clinical aspects of the laminitis case / Andrew van Eps
    Sepsis-related laminitis / Susan C. Eades
    Laminitis in equine metabolic syndrome / Andy E. Durham
    Laminitis in pituitary pars intermedia dysfunction / Philip J. Johnson
    Supporting limb laminitis / Gary M. Baxter
    Part 4: Diagnostic evaluation of equine laminitis. Detailed physical examination for laminitis / Richard A. Mansmann and Hans H. Castelijns
    Diagnostic imaging / Andrew H. Parks and James K. Belknap
    The digital venogram / Amy Rucker
    Endocrine and metabolic evaluation in horses with laminitis / Ramiro E. Toribio and Teresa A. Burns
    Part 5: Medical treatment of the laminitic patient. General supportive care for the laminitis case / Andrea E. Floyd and Debra R. Taylor
    Common therapies: anti-inflammatory therapy / Thomas J. Divers
    Vasoactive drug therapy / Simon R. Bailey and Susan C. Eades
    Analgesia / Bernd Driessen and Laura Zarucco
    Digital hypothermia / Andrew W. van Eps and Christopher C. Pollitt
    Equine sepsis / Samuel D. Hurcombe and Susan J. Holcombe
    Equine metabolic syndrome / Andy E. Durham
    Pituitary pars intermedia dysfunction / Dianne McFarlane, Philip J. Johnson and Harold C. Schott
    Part 6: Treatment of laminitis: digital support and stabilization of the distal phalanx. Therapeutic shoes: application of principles / Stephen E. O'Grady
    Solear support techniques / Raul J. Bras
    Approaching digital management prior to displacement of the distal phalanx / Randy B. Eggleston
    Hoof care management of horses with displacement of the distal phalanx / Andrew H. Parks
    Part 7: Treatment of the laminitis case. The use of casts in equine laminitis / James K. Belknap and Raul J. Bras
    Deep digital flexor tenotomy / R. Wayne Waguespack, Jr
    Dorsal hoof wall techniques / Amy Rucker
    Complications of laminitis / Robert J. Hunt and James K. Belknap
    Part 8: Management of chronic laminitis. Management changes in the laminitis case / Andrew Van Eps, Robert J. Hunt, James K. Belknap and Jeff Ridley
    Part 9: Prevention of laminitis. Overview of laminitis prevention / James K. Belknap and Andy E. Durham
    Prevention of supporting limb laminitis / Harry J. Markwell and Gary M. Baxter
    Prevention of sepsis-related laminitis / Samuel D. Hurcombe and Susan J. Holcombe
    Nutritional management for avoidance of pasture-associated laminitis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jörg A. Auer, John A. Stick, Jan M. Kümmerle, Timo Prange.
    Contents:
    Section I: Surgical Biology
    Section II: Surgical Methods
    Section III: Recent Advances in Anesthesia
    Section IV: Integumentary System
    Section V: Alimentary System
    Section VI: Respiratory System
    Section VII: Nervous System
    Section VIII: Eye and Adnexa
    Section IX: Reproductive System
    Section X: Urinary System
    Section XI: Diagnostic Imaging
    Section XII: Musculoskeletal System.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar.
    Contents:
    1. Access to high cost medicines: an overview
    2. Health technology assessment
    3. High-cost medicines in England
    4. Managed entry agreements and high cost medicine (European perspective)
    5. Setting a public health agenda to support access to high-cost medicines
    6. Human rights and intellectural property for universal access to new essential medicines
    7. Access to high price medicines in Portugal
    8. Improving access to high-cost medicines in low income countries in Africa: creating a functioning pharmaceutical system in Uganda
    9. Equitable access to biosimilars: an overview
    10. Access to high-cost medicines in Europe
    11. Access to high-cost medicines in Australia
    12. Access to high-cost medicines in New Zealand
    13. Access to high-cost medicines in Wales
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Roger Scarlin Chennells.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Exploitation
    Common heritage of humankind
    The altruism argument
    The "no value added" argument
    Justice and exploitation in bilateral exchanges
    Undue inducement and coercion
    Risks to indigenous peoples as vulnerable populations
    Closing chapter.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Tiffany Jana, Ashley Diaz Mejias ; [foreword by Jay Coen Gilbert].
    Summary: "All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries --including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Understanding the problem
    ch. 2. Start with you
    ch. 3. Occupational bias
    ch. 4. Gender bias
    ch. 5. Racial bias
    ch. 6. Hiring/advancement bias
    ch. 7. Customer bias
    ch. 8. Retribution bias
    ch. 9. Erasing retribution bias.
    Digital Access 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HD4903 .J36 2018
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Todd H. Baron, Richard A. Kozarek, David L. Carr-Locke.
    Contents:
    Section I: General topics. Four decades: the history and future of ERCP
    The ERCP room
    Radiologic issues and radiation safety during ERCP
    Endoscopes, guidewires and accessories
    Duodenoscope reprocessing
    Sedation in ERCP
    Indications for and contraindications to ERCP including when and when not to perform ERCP
    Adverse events of ERCP: prediction, prevention and management
    ERCP training
    Preparation for ERCP
    Principles of electrosurgery
    Quality issues and measures in ERCP
    Medicolegal issues in ERCP
    Section II: Techniques. Cannulation of the major papilla
    Access (precut) papillotomy
    Sphincter of oddi manometry
    Biliary sphincterotomy
    Balloon dilation of the native and postsphincterotomy papilla
    Stone extraction
    Pancreatic sphincterotomy
    Minor papilla cannulation and papillotomy
    Plastic pancreaticobiliary stents and nasopancreaticobiliary tubes: concepts and insertion techniques
    Biliary metal stent insertion: indications and insertion techniques
    Pancreaticobiliary stent removal: migrated and non-migrated
    Papillectomy and ampullectomy
    Pancreatoscopy
    Cholangioscopy
    Endomicroscopy ninepoint of the pancreaticobiliary tree
    ERCP in children
    ERCP in pregnancy
    ERCP in surgically altered anatomy
    Endoscopic ultrasound-guided biliary drainage
    Endoscopic ultrasound and EUS guided endotherapy
    Section III: Approach to clinical problems. Pancreaticobiliary disorders. what is the role of CT, MRCP, and EUS relative to ERCP?
    Pancreas divisum, biliary cysts, and other congenital anomalies
    Approach to the dilated bile duct and pneumobilia
    The dilated pancreatic duct
    Ampullary neoplasia
    Malignant biliary obstruction: distal
    Malignant biliary obstruction of the hilum and proximal bile ducts including radiofrequency ablation for cancer and percutaneous vs. Endoscopic drainage
    Indeterminate biliary stricture
    Combined biliary and duodenal obstruction w/EUS including percutaneous versus endoscopic drainage
    Benign biliary strictures
    Biliary surgery adverse events including liver transplantation
    ERCP for acute and chronic adverse events of pancreatic surgery and pancreatic trauma
    Choledocholithiasis
    Pancreatobiliary pain and suspected sphincter of Oddi dysfunction
    Sclerosing cholangitis
    Tropical parasitic infections
    Recurrent pyogenic cholangitis
    Cystic lesions of the pancreas
    Unexplained acute pancreatitis and ARP
    Biliary intervention in acute gallstone pancreatitis
    Pancreatic interventions in acute pancreatitis: ascites, fistulae, leaks, and other disruptions
    Chronic pancreatitis: stones and strictures
    Endoscopic drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts, abscesses and walled-off (organized) necrosis with update on pancreatic necrosis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Peter B. Cotton, MD FRCP FRCS, Professor of Medicine, Digestive Disease Center, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, South Carolina, Joseph W. Leung, MD FRCP FACP MACG FASGE, Mr. & Mrs. C.W. Law Professor of Medicine, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Chief, Section of Gastroenterology, VA Northern California Health Care System, GI Unit, Sacramento VAMC Mather, California.
    Summary: "Authored by the very best, this is the perfect "how-to" guide to mastering a crucial yet complex gastrointestinal procedure. Peter Cotton and Joseph Leung have once again assembled many of the world's leading experts in this field to provide clear and concise guidance. There are chapters on "How to do" all of the specific manoeuvers, followed by chapters on "When to do" them (and when not to). Key highlights include the following: Full coverage of the entire range of both standard and advanced techniques, using a highly practical approach, Strong focus on patient education, safety, and minimizing risks, Twenty-four outstanding procedural videos of the experts performing ERCP, ideal for improving best practice techniques, Over 250 excellent illustrative photos, X rays, and anatomical drawings, "Tips and tricks" and key points throughout to aid rapid understanding, Reference to the latest ASGE, ACG, ASG, and UEGW guidelines throughout The book covers topics including simulation training, formal credentialing and certification, wire-guided cannulation techniques, pancreatic stenting, short wire technology, cholangioscopy, plastic versus metal stents, radiofrequency ablation, sphincter manometry, and ERCP in acute pancreatitis. Brought to you by world pioneers in endoscopy, ERCP: The Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, is an essential purchase for gastroenterologists and endoscopists of all levels"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    List of Contributors ix Introduction: Developments in ERCP over 50 Years xiii
    Section 1 Preparation 1 1 Training and Assessment of Competence (Preparing the Endoscopist) 3; Joseph W. Leung and Peter B. Cotton 2 Preparing the Facilities and Equipment 17; Joseph W. Leung and Andrew Yen 3 ERCP: The Team 29; Phyllis Malpas 4 Minimizing Duodenoscope Infections 39; Catherine Bauer 5 Patient Education and Consent 45; Peter B. Cotton 6 Risk Assessment and Reduction 49; Erin Forster and Joseph Romagnuolo 7 Sedation, Anesthesia, and Medications 67; John J. Vargo, II
    Section 2 Techniques 75 8 Standard Devices and Techniques 77; Joseph W. Leung 9 When Standard Cannulation Approaches Fail 131; Sundeep Lakhtakia and Shyam Varadarajulu 10 Intraductal Therapies 149; Zaheer Nabi and D. Nageshwar Reddy 11 Endoscopic Ampullectomy 165; Michael Bourke 12 The Radiology of ERCP 181; Stuart Ashley Roberts and Derrick Martin 13 ERCP Reporting and Documentation 199; Lars Aabakken
    Section 3 Clinical Applications 209 14 ERCP in Acute Cholangitis 211; Wei-Chih Liao and Hsiu-Po Wang 15 ERCP Peri-Cholecystectomy 223; Paul R. Tarnasky 16 Difficult Bile Duct Stones 243; Majid A. Almadi and Alan Barkun 17 Patients with Obscure Biliary Pain; Sphincter of Oddi Dysfunction 257; Peter B. Cotton 18 Benign Biliary Strictures 263; John T. Cunningham 19 The Role of ERCP in Pancreaticobiliary Malignancies 275; John G. Lee 20 ERCP in Acute and Recurrent Acute Pancreatitis 291; Robert A. Moran and Gregory A. Coté 21 Chronic Pancreatitis 305; Benjamin L. Bick, Evan L. Fogel, and Stuart Sherman 22 Role of ERCP in Complicated Pancreatitis 321; Todd H. Baron 23 ERCP in Children 333; Moises Guelrud and Andres Gelrud
    Section 4 Quality and Safety 357 24 Adverse Events: Definitions, Avoidance, and Management 359; Peter B. Cotton and B. Joseph Elmunzer 25 Ensuring Really Competent Practice 385; Peter B. Cotton Index 393
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    Linda S. Lee, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive review of ERCP and EUS and the clinical conditions for which they are employed. Presented in a case-based format with accompanying videos, it will serve as a valuable practical clinical resource for gastroenterologists with an interest in ERCP and EUS. The text highlights major techniques involved in ERCP, reviews complications and recent data on preventing post-ERCP pancreatitis, and discusses important issues in ERCP training. The EUS chapters review the breadth of equipment available for performing EUS and EUS-FNA, detail the technique of performing EUS-FNA, and explore pertinent issues with training and assessing competency analogous to ERCP training. Valuable insights on the basics of cytopathology relevant to the endosonographer are summarized. The classic indication for EUS of staging luminal cancers is also examined in detail, while pancreaticobiliary indications are discussed highlighting newer adjunctive technologies including elastography and contrast-enhanced EUS. ERCP and EUS: A Case-Based Approach will serve as a very useful resource for physicians who perform or refer patients for ERCP and EUS. It provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of ERCP and EUS that will help guide patient management and stimulate clinical research. Supplementary video files are available for this book and can be accessed at http://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-1-4939-2319-9.

    Contents:
    Training in Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography
    Indications for ERCP
    Overview of ERCP Complications: Prevention and Management
    ERCP from Soup to Nuts: Evaluation, Preparation, Execution and Follow-up
    Biliary Infections
    Diagnosing Biliary Strictures and Indeterminate Biliary Strictures
    Management of Biliary Structure and Bile Duct Injury
    Other Benign Biliary Strictures (Sclerosing cholangitis, autoimmune cholangitis, post-liver transplant)
    Choledochal Cysts: Evaluation and Management
    Acute Biliary Pancreatitis: Image, Intervene or Observe?
    Endoscopic Management of the Complications of Acute Pancreatitis
    ERCP in Chronic Pancreatitis
    Idiopathic Acute Pancreatitis and Sphincter of Oddi Dysfunction: The Diagnostic and Therapeutic Role of ERCP and Sphincter of Oddi Manometry
    ERCP in Other Pancreatic Disorders
    Bleeding From the Papilla
    ERCP in Post-Surgical Patients
    Ampullectomy
    ERCP in Pregnancy
    Pediatric ERCP
    Training in Endoscopic Ultrasound
    Equipment and Approach
    Techniques of Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration
    Essential Cytopathology Concepts for the Endosonographer
    Esophageal Cancer
    EUS in Gastric Cancer and Thickened Gastric Wall
    Rectal Cancer and Anal Sphincter Disorders
    Subepithelial Lesions
    Endosonography of the Mediastinum
    EUS in Pancreatic Tumors
    EUS in Pancreatic Cysts
    EUS and EUS-FNA in Acute Pancreatitis, Chronic Pancreatitis and Autoimmune Pancreatitis
    Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Injection
    EUS-guided Bilio-pancreatic Drainage.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Margus Viigimaa, Charalambos Vlachopoulos, Michael Doumas, editors.
    Summary: This concise guide to the often overlooked association between erectile dysfunction and hypertension/cardiovascular disease covers a wide range of aspects of importance to the clinician. It examines the impact of antihypertensive drug therapy on erectile function and explains how the management of erectile dysfunction in hypertensive patients depends on a variety of factors. Different treatment approaches are described, including lifestyle modification, PDE-5 inhibitors and other novel agents, and behavioral therapy, and helpful therapeutic algorithms are presented. A further focus of the book is the potential role of erectile dysfunction as an early diagnostic indicator of asymptomatic coronary artery disease and a prognostic marker for cardiovascular events. In addition, key background information is supplied on epidemiology and pathophysiology, and the significance of erectile dysfunction in different patient groups, such as the elderly and those with chronic kidney disease, is examined. Erectile dysfunction is a major public health problem affecting more than ten percent of the general male population and is now considered to be predominantly of vascular origin. This book will be informative and of practical value for all practitioners responsible for caring for the very many patients who experience erectile dysfunction in the setting of hypertension and cardiovascular disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    editors, Ernest E. Moore, Charles J. Fox, Fredric M. Pieracci.
    Summary: "Originating from the Ernest E. Moore Shock Trauma Center at Denver Health, this new volume in the Illustrated Tips and Tricks series, Ernest E. Moore Shock Trauma Center at Denver Health Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Trauma Surgery, provides succinct, precise information from Dr. Ernest E. Moore, Charles J. Fox, Fredric M. Pieracci, and a wide range of experts on tackling technical problems in trauma surgery. Practical, hands-on content conveys knowledge gained from years of surgical experience, including nuggets of wisdom unique to this particular institution. Illustrations and operative photos are used liberally throughout the book to demonstrate surgical techniques and provide a handy visual complement to the text."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Digital
    volume editors, Adrian Lussi, Carolina Ganss.
    Contents:
    Erosive tooth wear : a multifactorial condition of growing concern and increasing knowledge / A. Lussi, T.S. Carvalho
    Is erosive tooth wear an oral disease? / C. Ganss
    Diagnosis of erosive tooth wear / C. Ganss, A. Lussi
    The interaction between attrition, abrasion, and erosion in tooth wear / R.P. Shellis, M. Addy
    Challenges in assessing erosive tooth wear / V. Margaritis, J. Nunn
    Prevalence, incidence, and distribution of erosion / T. Jaeggi, A. Lussi
    Prevalence of erosive tooth wear in risk groups / N. Schlueter, A. Bjorg Tveit
    The histological features and physical properties of eroded dental hard tissues / C. Canss, A. Lussi, N. Schlueter
    Dentine hypersensitivity / N. West, J. Seong, M. Davies
    Methods for assessment of dental erosion / T. Attin, F.J. Wegehaupt
    Erosion in relation to nutrition and the environment / M.E. Barbour, A. Lussi
    Oral hygiene products, medications, and drugs
    hidden aetiological factors for dental erosion / E. Hellwig, A. Lussi
    Understanding the chemistry of dental erosion / R.P. Shellis, J.D.B. Featherstone, A. Lussi
    Intrinsic causes of erosion / R. Moazzez, D. Bartlett
    The potential of saliva in protecting against dental erosion / H.T. Hara, D.T. Zero
    The pellicle and erosion / M. Hannig, C. Hannig
    The role of oral hygiene : does toothbrushing harm? / A. Wiegand, N. Schlueter
    Risk assessment and causal preventive measures / A. Lussi, A. Hellwig
    The role of fluoride in erosion therapy / M.C. Huysmans, A. Young, C Ganss
    Alternatives to fluoride in the prevention and treatment of dental erosion / M.A.R. Buzalaf, A.C. Magalhaes, A. Wiegand
    Restorative therapy of erosive lesions / A. Peutzfeldt, T. Jaeggi, A. Lussi
    Erosive tooth wear in children / T.S. Carvalho, A. Lussi, T. Jaeggi, D.L. Gambon.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Raouf E. Nakhleh, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction / Raouf E. Nakhleh
    2. The landscape of error in surgical pathology / Frederick A. Meier
    3. General principles of how errors occur and how they may be reduced / Maxwell L. Smith, Stephen S. Raab
    Part 1. Pre-analytic factors contributing to errors and error prevention. 4. Error reduction in the pre-analytical process / Richard W. Brown
    5. Application of lean principles to pre-analytic and analytic processes / Anil Vasdev Parwani, Seung Lyung Park, Liron Pantanowitz
    Part 2. Analytic factors contributing to errors and error prevention
    6. Clinical history and clinical correlation / Keith E. Volmar
    7. Knowledge, training, and experience / Amelia Huck, Vania Nosé
    8. Standardization of diagnostic terminology and criteria: a prelude for error reduction / Raouf E. Nakhleh
    9. Ancillary studies: contribution to error and error prevention / Paul E. Swanson
    10. Optimization of case reviews in different practice settings / Raouf E. Nakhleh
    Part 3. Post-analytic factors leading to errors and error prevention. 11. The complete surgical pathology report / Michael O. Idowu
    12. Communicating effectively in surgical pathology / Carolyn Mies
    13. Error prevention in transcription and report distribution / Shannon J. McCall
    14. Error management: legal and regulatory responsibilities / Timothy Craig Allen.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Raouf E. Nakhleh, Keith E. Volmar, editors.
    Summary: The 1st edition of Error Reduction and Prevention in Surgical Pathology was an opportunity to pull together into one place all the ideas related to errors in surgical pathology and to organize a discipline in error reduction. This 2nd edition is an opportunity to refine this information, to reorganize the book to improve its usability and practicality, and to include topics that were not previously addressed. This book serves as a guide to pathologists to successfully avoid errors and deliver the best diagnosis possible with all relevant information needed to manage patients. The introductory section includes general principles and ideas that are necessary to understand the context of error reduction. In addition to general principles of error reduction and legal and regulatory responsibilities, a chapter on regulatory affairs and payment systems which increasingly may be impacted by error reduction and improvement activities was added. This later chapter is particularly important in view of the implementation of various value-based payment programs, such as the Medicare Merit-Based Incentive Payment System that became law in 2015. The remainder of the book is organized in a similar manor to the 1st edition with chapters devoted to all aspects of the test cycle, including pre-analytic, analytic and post-analytic. The 2nd Edition of Error Reduction and Prevention in Surgical Pathology serves as an essential guide to a successfully managed laboratory and contains all relevant information needed to manage specimens and deliver the best diagnosis.

    Contents:
    General Principles of How Errors Occur and How they May Be Reduced
    Error Management: Legal and Regulatory Responsibilities
    Quality Performance and Compensation Considerations
    Error Reduction in the Preanalytical Process
    Ancillary Studies: Contribution to Error and Error Prevention
    Work Habits Contributing to Error in Surgical Pathology
    Clinical history and clinical correlation
    Standardization of Diagnostic Terminology and Criteria: A Prelude for Error Reduction
    Optimization of Case Reviews in Different Practice Settings
    Pathologists' Knowledge, Experience and Judgement in Diagnostic Error Prevention (Pathologists' Competence)
    The Complete Surgical Pathology Report
    Communicating Effectively in Surgical Pathology
    Error Prevention in Transcription and Report Distribution
    Leveraging Information Technology in Error Prevention
    Tracking Report Defects
    Root Cause Analysis in Surgical Pathology
    Disclosure of Pathology Error to Treating Clinicians and Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Michael N. Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.
    Summary: This book describes and illustrates the gamut of errors that may arise during the performance and interpretation of imaging of both nontraumatic and traumatic emergencies, using a head-to-toe approach. The coverage encompasses mistakes related to suboptimal imaging protocols, failure to review a portion of the examination, satisfaction of search error, and misinterpretation of imaging findings. The book opens with an overview of an evidence-based approach to errors in imaging interpretation in patients in the emergency setting. Subsequent chapters describe errors in radiographic, US, multidetector CT, dual-energy CT, and MR imaging of common as well as less common acute conditions, including disorders in the pediatric population, and the unique mistakes in the imaging evaluation of pregnant patients. The book is written by a group of leading North American and European Emergency and Trauma Radiology experts. It will be of value to emergency and general radiologists, to emergency department physicians and related personnel, to general and trauma surgeons, and to trainees in all of these specialties.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Haris Chrysikopoulos.
    Summary: This book offers a thorough, clear and practical guide to identifying, preventing and correcting any error or bias that may arise during the interpretation and reporting of medical images. It combines information and insights from the fields of radiology, expertise theory, cognitive psychology, and advanced learning practices with the author's considerable clinical (radiologic) experience. In addition, the book features an extensive "Teaching Cases Section" that simulates real-world situations, giving readers an opportunity to practice what they have just learned. The purpose of the book is to provide readers with essential information and strategies, and to point out the deficiencies of the current radiology education system, in order to minimize the occurrence and the clinical impact of errors in imaging by offering the proper education and training for imaging professionals. It offers a valuable guide for diagnostic radiologists and all other imaging professionals, whether in training or in practice. Though the main emphasis is on computed tomography and magnetic resonance, the general principles are applicable to all conventional imaging modalities. .

    Contents:
    Perception and cognition in medical imaging
    Definition of errors in imaging
    Categories or errors in imaging
    The radiology report
    Mechanisms of errors
    Expertise and competence
    Error reducing strategies
    Conclusions and personal thoughts about our education
    Teaching cases
    References
    Index. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    John W. Ludders, Matt McMillan.
    Contents:
    Errors : terminology and background
    Errors : organizations, individuals and unsafe acts
    Reporting and analyzing patient safety incidents
    Equipment and technical error in veterinary anesthesia cases
    Medication errors in veterinary anesthesia
    Errors of clinical reasoning and decision making in veterinary anesthesia
    Errors of communication and teamwork in veterinary anesthesia
    Error prevention in veterinary anesthesia
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Catriona Jennings, Ian Graham, Stephan Gielen.
    Contents:
    Part 1. What is prevention and why do we need it?
    Part 2. Practical aspects of prevention
    Part 3. Setting up preventive cardiology initiatives.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    Gad Frankel, Eliora Z. Ron, editors.
    Summary: Escherichia coli is a facultative anaerobic Gamma-proteobacterium, which belongs to the family Enterobacteriaceae. While being an important constituent of the normal gut microbiota, specialized E. coli clones have acquired genetic elements that allow them to compete with the endogenous commensals, colonise normally sterile niches and cause disease. E. coli pathotypes can cause intestinal and extra intestinal infections (e.g. UTI, sepsis) and associate with mammalian cells while being extra- or intra-cellular. In recent years, E. coli infections have become a serious clinical problem, due to the rapid spread of antibiotic resistance. Thus, infections with intestinal E. coli (e.g. E. coli O104) or extraintestinal pathogenic strains (e.g. E. coli ST131) are becoming difficult to treat and are often lethal. Consequently, there is a pressing need to develop alternative control measures, including the identification of new drug targets and development of vaccines that offer lasting protection. This volume focuses on several types of E. coli infections (intestinal and extraintestinal), virulence factors, and E. coli pandemics. It addresses the problem of antibiotic resistance, and a dedicated chapter discusses the need to develop alternative control measures. Given its depth and breadth of coverage, the book will benefit all those interested in the biology, genetics, physiology and pathogenesis of E. coli, and in related vaccine development.

    Contents:
    Shigella and enteroinvasive Escherichia coli / Ilia Belotserkovsky and Philippe J. Sansonetti
    Enteroaggregative Escherichia coli / Claire Jenkins
    TheType III secretion system of pathogenic Escherichia coli / Sabrina L. Slater, Agnes m. Sagfors, Dominic J. Pollard, David Ruano-Gallego and Gad Frankel
    Modulation of host cell processes by T3SS effectors / Avinash R. Shenoy, R. Christopher D. Funiss, Philippa J. Goddard and Abigail Clements
    The 2011 German Enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli O104:H4 outbreak - the danger is still out there / Stefanie Kampmeier, Michael Berger, Alexander Mellmann, Helge Karch, and Petya Berger
    Extraintestinal pathogenic Escherichia coli / Dvora Biran and Eliora Z. Ron
    Pandemic bacteremic Escherichia Coli strains: evoluation and emergence of drug-resistant pathogens / Yael Yair and Uri Gophna
    Current trends in antimicrobial resistance of Escherichia coli / Yossi Paitan
    Vaccines against Escherichia coli / Barbara Nesta and Mariagrazia Pizza.
  • Digital
    edited by Holger Till, Mike Thomson, John E. Foker, George W. Holcomb III, Khalid M. Khan.
    Summary: Esophageal Gastric and Disorders in Infancy and Childhood includes a wide spectrum of different diseases. These range from congenital malformations such as esophageal atresia (EA), necessitating an experienced team of pediatric surgeons and neonatologists immediately after birth, up to gastro-esophageal reflux disease in elder children, necessitating the pediatric gastroenterologist and visceral surgeon. In the last few years some fascinating pediatric surgical techniques have evolved, such as the thoracoscopic correction of EA or the FOKER technique for elongation in cases of long-gap EA. Prof. Foker has developed this special traction technique and is one of the world's leading experts in long-gap EA. Moreover Prof. Thomson's has established the gold standard of minimally invasive endoscopic treatments for reflux in childhood. This book aims to bring all specialities and experts in pediatric gastroenterology and surgery together.

    Contents:
    Esophageal Development
    Normal Esophageal Form and Function
    Congenital Esophageal Anomalies
    Early after EA Repair
    Further out from EA Repair
    Acquired Esophageal Problems
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    The Stomach
    Gastric Functional Problems
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Francisco Schlottmann, Daniela Molena, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Summary: This book provides comprehensive and practical guidance for the management of esophageal cancer. It presents a detailed review of the pathophysiology, clinical staging, treatment, and outcomes of patients with esophageal cancer. Chapters cover the epidemiology of the disease, latest diagnostic and staging tools, systemic therapies, and the current open and minimally invasive surgical techniques including transhiatal, Ivor Lewis and McKeown esophagectomy. Esophageal Cancer: Diagnosis and Treatment compiles experience gained across a variety of medical disciplines, with contributions from world renowned surgeons, gastroenterologists, and medical oncologists. Thanks to its multidisciplinary authorship, this book represents a unique resource for anybody who takes care of patients with esophageal cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nabil F. Saba, Bassel F. El-Rayes, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents;
    1: Epidemiology and Risk Factors for Esophageal Cancer; Introduction; Epidemiology; Incidence; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Mortality; Survival; Risk Factors; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Age and Gender; Ethnicity; Eating Disorders; Obesity; Bulimia Nervosa; Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease; Barrett's Esophagus; Socioeconomic Status; Occupation; Helicobacter pylori Infection; Diet; Hot Food and Beverage; Meat Consumption; Fruit and Vegetables; Minerals and Vitamins; Flavonoids; Vitamin D; N-Nitrosodimethylamine (NDMA) FolateDrugs; Sex Steroids; Proton Pump Inhibitors; Bisphosphonates; Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Agents and Aspirin; Statins; Alcohol Consumption and Tobacco Smoking; Metabolic Disorders; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Age and Gender; Ethnicity; Alcohol Consumption and Tobacco Smoking; Socioeconomic Status; Occupation; Opium; Diet; Hot Food and Beverages; Eggs; Meat Consumption; Pickles; Tea and Coffee Consumption; Minerals and Vitamins; Toenail Mineral Concentration; NDMA; Folate; Diet-Related Inflammation; Maté Consumption; Tooth Loss and Oral Hygiene; Oral Cancer; Infectious Disease Viral DiseaseHelicobacter pylori Infection; Medications; Bisphosphonates; Conclusions; References;
    2: Cellular and Molecular Biology of Esophageal Cancer; Introduction; Histological Differences; Applications of Molecular and Cellular Biology; Establishment of an Infectious Cofactor; Human Papillomavirus; Epstein-Barr Virus; Bacteria; Understanding Genetic Mechanisms; Genetic Profiles; MicroRNAs (miRNAs); Cancer Stem Cells; Prognostic Information; Predication of Progression; Guidelines for Medical Therapies; Prediction of Response to Medical Therapies; Predictors for Targeted Therapy Research Sources for Molecular and Cellular Studies in Esophageal CancersTissue Studies; Cancer Cell Lines; Animal Models; References;
    3: Pathology of Premalignant and Malignant Disease of the Esophagus; Introduction; Pathology of Adenocarcinoma and Its Precursor Lesions; Precursor Lesions of Esophageal Adenocarcinoma: Barrett's Esophagus and Barrett's Esophagus-Associated Dysplasia; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Pathology of Squamous Cell Carcinoma and Its Precursor Lesions; Precursor Lesions of Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Assessment of Specimens HER2-Neu TestingMicrosatellite Instability Testing; PD-L1 Testing; References;
    4: Barrett's Esophagus: Diagnosis and Management; Introduction; Natural History and Risk Factors; Natural History; Risk Factors for BE and EAC; Risk Factors for BE and Strategies to Identify a Screening Population; Risk Factors for the Progression of BE to EAC; Diagnosing Barrett's Esophagus (BE): Current Criteria and Areas of Controversy; Tissue-Based Diagnostic and Risk Markers; BE Surveillance: Current Clinical Strategies and Features That Affect the Implementation of the Surveillance Program
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    P. Marco Fisichella, Marco E. Allaix, Mario Morino, Marco G. Patti, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Esophageal Anatomy and Physiology
    2. Esophageal Diseases: Radiologic Images
    3. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Pathophysiology
    4. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Diagnostic Evaluation
    5. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Treatment
    6. Treatment of Paraesophageal Hernias
    7. Extra-Esophageal Manifestation of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    8.Epiphrenic Diverticulum
    9. Evaluation and Treatment of Zenker's Diverticulum
    10. Achalasia: Pathophysiology and Diagnostic Evaluation
    11. Achalasia: Treatment
    12.Begnign Esophageal Tumors: Evaluation and Treatment
    13. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: From Heartburn to Cancer
    14. Barrett's Esophagus: Treatment Options
    15.Esophageal Cancer: Evaluation
    16. Esophageal Cancer: Surgical Treatment
    17. Esophageal Cancer: Neo-Adjuvant and Adjuvant Therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ashwin Pimpalwar, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art, evidence-based review of esophageal preservation and replacement and serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers with an interest in this field. The text reviews in detail the embryology, anatomy and physiology of the esophagus relevant to esophageal replacement. The indications, advantages, disadvantages, complications and long-term outcomes of all techniques available are also discussed. The latest advances in this field including the laparoscopic and thoracoscopic techniques are included with detailed descriptions and figures. Recent advances in tissue engineering techniques for manufacturing a neo esophagus are also discussed in detail. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and includes the most up to date evidence-based data available. Esophageal Preservation and Replacement in Children is one of its kind and serves as a very useful resource for surgeons and researchers all over the world. It provides a comprehensive summary of the current status of esophageal preservation and replacement and all the recent advances in this field.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and Embryology of esophagus
    Esophageal physiology and motility in normal and the replaced esophagus
    Intrathoracic extracorporeal lengthening
    Intrathoracic Intracorporeal laparoscopic elongation-external traction
    Intrathoracic Intracorporeal laparoscopic elongation-internal traction
    Extrathoracic lengthening (Kimura Technique)
    Long gap esophageal atresia
    Caustic esophageal injuries, GER Strictures and Postoperative strictures
    Routes for esophageal replacemen
    Gastric tube
    Gastric pull up open approach
    Gastric pull combined laparoscopic and thoracoscopic approach
    Vascularized jejunal tube
    Super charged Jejunal tube (microvascular anastomosis
    Colonic substitution
    Comparative outcomes of esophageal replacement techniques
    Tissue engineering of esophagus
    Future of esophageal preservation and replacement.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nobutoshi Ando, editor.
    Summary: Esophageal cancer causes an estimated 386,000 deaths worldwide and is the sixth most common cause of death for men. The background characteristics of esophageal cancer treatment are markedly different between Asian and Western countries, however. In tumor histology, squamous cell carcinoma associated with smoking and alcohol consumption is overwhelmingly prevalent in Asia, whereas adenocarcinoma associated with Barrett?s metaplasia is markedly prevalent in the West. In Asia, especially in Japan, the key persons who play important roles in the management of esophageal cancer patients are surgeons; in the West those roles are filled by medical and radiation oncologists as well as surgeons. The philosophy of surgeons regarding cancer surgery varies from locoregional to local tumor control, particularly in focusing on lymph node dissection. Physicians? approach to surgical adjuvant therapy differs, therefore, between Asia and the West. Considering these East?West differences in esophageal cancer treatment, the currently available results of Western evidence should not be considered directly applicable to esophageal cancer in Asia. In this book, the authors discuss the knowledge base in Japan in terms of treatment of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma. Since this volume contains a wide spectrum of current information and addresses topics surrounding the treatment of patients with esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, it is highly relevant to Asian physicians and researchers as well as to their counterparts in the West.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of ESCC
    2. Pathology of Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma
    3. Imaging Diagnosis
    4. Endoscopic Diagnosis of Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Esophagus
    5. Stage Classifications: The UICC/AJCC Classifications and The Japanese Classification
    6. Comprehensive Registry in Japan
    7. Guidelines for Diagnosis and Treatment in Japan
    8. Surgery: Transthoracic Esophagectomy
    9. Surgery: Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy
    10. Surgery: Esophageal reconstruction
    11. Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Therapy
    12. Chemotherapy and Chemoradiotherapy 13. Radiation Therapy
    14. Endoscopic treatment: EMR and ESD
    15. The Hong Kong Experience
    16. The Indian Experience.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Nobutoshi Ando, editor.
    Summary: This is the second edition of the book, covering a wide spectrum of the latest information relevant to diagnosis and treatment of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma (ESCC). In recent years the incidence rate of esophageal cancer has been increasing; however, the background characteristics of the cancer treatment are significantly different between Asian and Western countries. In tumor histology, ESCC associated with smoking and alcohol consumption is overwhelmingly prevalent in Asia, whereas adenocarcinoma associated with Barretts metaplasia is remarkably prevalent in the West. In Asia, especially in Japan, surgeons play a significant role in the management of esophageal cancer patients, while medical and radiation oncologists as well as surgeons are important in the West. Considering these East-West differences in management of esophageal cancer, evidence originating in Asia should be more widely disseminated globally. The contributing authors, who have great expertise in their areas of specialization, discuss details in terms of treatment of ESCC, including basic science, diagnosis, surgery, other treatment modalities, Japanese guidelines, and also valuable experiences from other Asian countries. Accordingly, this excellent collection of texts benefits not only oncologists, but all medical and biological researchers involved in the latest ESCC research.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by James D. Luketich ; associate editors, Rodney J. Landreneau, MD, Arjun Pennathur ; illustrations by BodyScientific International, LLC, Anne Rains.
    Summary: "As part of the growing and well-known series, Master Techniques in Surgery, edited by Dr. Fischer, this book focuses on esophageal surgery. These specialty volumes complement the well-known Mastery of Surgery book, also edited by Dr. Fischer. While there are many standard textbooks in general surgery, thoracic surgery, and some on esophageal surgery, this book is unique in that it focuses on the technical aspects of esophageal surgery. Esophageal surgery is complex, and this textbook, which is entirely devoted to surgery of the esophagus, should serve as a useful complement to some of the existing comprehensive textbooks in esophageal, general and thoracic surgery, as well as serve as link between a classical textbook and an atlas"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. Surgical Treatment of Gastroesophageal Reflux and Paraesophageal Hernia: Laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication
    Laparoscopic partial fundoplication
    Fundoplication: open transabdominal approach
    Transthoracic Nissen fundoplication
    Belsey Mark IV partial fundoplication
    Laparoscopic collis gastroplasty
    Open collis gastroplasty
    Reoperative antireflux surgery
    Gastric bypass
    Endoscopic antireflux repair: Esophy X
    Laparoscopic paraesophageal hernia repair
    Open paraesophageal hernia: transthoracic approach
    Open paraesophageal hernia and Hill repair: open abdominal approach
    Part II. Surgical Treatment of Esophageal Motility Disorders: Achalasia and Esophageal Diverticula: Laparoscopic Heller myotomy and fundoplication for achalasia
    Transthoracic approach for achalasia
    Open esophageal myotomy and resection of epiphrenic diverticula
    Minimally invasive approach to resection of thoracic and epiphrenic diverticula
    Open cricopharyngeal myotomy and correction of Zenker's diverticulum
    Transoral repair of Zenker's diverticula
    Part III. Techniques and Approaches for Esophageal Resection: Transhiatal esophagectomy
    Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
    En Bloc esophagectomy
    Left thoracoabdominal exposure for esophagectomy and complex hiatus pathology
    Minimally invasive Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
    Esophagectomy with substernal pull-up
    Merendino jejunal interposition
    Long segment reconstruction with jejunum
    Colon interposition
    Part IV. Resection of Benign Esophageal Tumors: Open resection of esophageal leiomyoma and GIST
    Resection of GIST and leiomyoma: thoracoscopic approach
    Part V. Endoscopic Ablative Therapies and Resection: Esophageal radiofrequency ablation for the treatment of Barrett's Esophagus with and without dysplasia
    Photodynamic therapy, lasers, and cryotherapy for esophageal neoplasia
    Endoscopic mucosal resection
    Part VI. Miscellaneous Esophageal Procedures: Esophageal stents
    Bougie and balloon dilation of esophageal strictures: malignant and benign
    Esophageal perforation
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia repair: open and thoracoscopic.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Joel E. Richter MD, FACP, MACG, Donald O. Castell, MD ; associate editors, David A. Katzka, MD, Phillip O. Katz, MD, André Smout, MD, Stuart Spechler, MD, Michael F. Vaezi, MD, PhD, MSc.
    Summary: "My exposure to studies of esophageal function began in the middle of the 20th century and reflects 50 years of clinical experience and testing using new technology. There was growing interest in the development of techniques to study in-vivo function of the human esophagus. Early pioneer work in the laboratory of Charles Code PhD at the Mayo Clinic led the way with studies using nasogastric intubation with small (2-5 mm diameter) catheters in both healthy volunteers and patients with symptoms likely related to esophageal motility abnormalities. These studies were performed in awake non-sedated patients with a limited number of swallows (traditionally 10) of 5 ml volumes of water or saline, using a catheter filled with water or a small air-filled balloon. In the 1950s and 1960s a growing group of enthusiastic investigators joined the ranks of Code's disciples, expanding awareness of manometric findings in patients presenting with dysphagia, regurgitation, heartburn or chest pain so that by the end of the 20th century the terms "esophagology or esophagologist" were often seen. This was stimulated by their use at the regular international meetings for studies of the esophagus organized every 2-4 years by professor Robert Guilli, a Parisian surgeon. At one of these he organized an election such that I was voted by my international colleagues to receive the title "Pope of Esophagology". Although created in jest, I have enjoyed the respect it carries for many years. I believe that an esophagologist is best defined as a basic or clinical scientist with a focus on studies of esophageal function or disease"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Esophageal Symptoms. Symptom Overview and Quality of Life / John W Jacobs
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Esophageal Chest Pain / Edward C Oldfield, Parth J Parekh, David A Johnson
    Disorders Causing Oropharyngeal Dysphagia / Patrick Sanvanson, Reza Shaker
    The Esophagus / Magnus Halland, David A Katzka
    Esophageal Physiology and Testing. Functional Anatomy and Physiology of Swallowing and Esophageal Motility / Arvind Rengarajan, C Prakash Gyawali
    Radiology of the Pharynx and Esophagus / Marc S Levine, Stephen E Rubesin
    Special Endoscopic Imaging and Optical Techniques for Evaluating the Esophagus / John A Dumot, John J Vargo, Arvind J Trindade
    High-Resolution Manometry and Esophageal Pressure Topography / Dustin A Carlson, Peter J Kahrilas
    Esophageal Testing Using Multichannel Intraluminal Impedance / Mohamed Khalaf, Amit Agrawal
    Ambulatory Monitoring for Reflux / Frank Zerbib, John E Pandolfino
    New Diagnostic Tests for GERD / Robert T Kavitt, Michael F Vaezi
    Role of Histology and Cytology in Esophageal Diseases / Xiuli Liu, John R Goldblum
    Motility Disorders. Achalasia / Guy E Boeckxstaens, Albert J Bredenoord
    Non-Achalasia Esophageal Motility Abnormalities / Steven Clayton
    Surgery for Esophageal Motor Disorders / Brett Parker, Lee L Swanstrom
    Esophageal Webs and Rings / Mohamed Khalaf, Donald O Castell
    Esophageal Diverticula / Tara Barry, Adham R Saad, Vic Velanovich
    Esophageal Involvement in Systemic Diseases / John O Clarke
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease. Clinical Spectrum and Diagnosis of GERD Phenotypes / Rena Yadlapati
    Hiatus Hernia and Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Wout OA Rohof, Andr©♭ JPM Smout
    Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Ravinder K Mittal, Sabine Roman
    Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Shere Paris, Rhonda F Souza
    Duodenogastroesophageal Reflux / Daniel Sifrim, Roberto Penagini
    Helicobacter pylori and GERD / Kristle Lee Lynch, Gary W Falk
    Medical Management of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Felice Schnoll-Sussman, Philip O Katz
    Refractory Heartburn / Fahmi Shibli, Ronnie Fass
    Endoscopic Therapies for GERD / Kenneth J Chang
    Behavioral Treatment of Oropharyngeal and Esophageal Disorders / Joy E Gaziano
    Barrett's Esophagus / Puja Sukhwani Elias, Stuart Jon Spechler
    Esophageal Strictures / Sajiv Sethi, Joel Richter
    ENT Complaints in GERD / Emily C Ambrose, Kenneth C Fletcher, C Gaelyn Garrett
    Pulmonary Complications of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Walter W Chan
    Pediatric Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Rachel Rosen, Samuel Nurko
    Challenges in the Understanding and Application of Antireflux Surgery for GERD / Steven R DeMeester, Tom R DeMeester
    New Surgical Treatments for GERD / Reginald Bell
    Obesity and Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Hashem B El-Serag, Aaron P Thrift
    Malignant Disease. Tumors of the Esophagus / Michael S Smith, Charles J Lightdale
    Endoscopic Treatment of Esophageal Cancer / Prasad G Iyer, Kenneth K Wang
    Surgical Treatment for Esophageal Cancer / Luigi Bonavina, Alberto Luporini
    Miscellaneous. Eosinophilic Esophagitis / Ikuo Hirano, Evan S Dellon
    Foreign Bodies / Rene D Gomez-Esquivel
    Medication-Induced Esophageal Injury / David A Katzka
    Esophagitis in the Immunocompromised Host / James P Callaway, C Mel Wilcox
    Caustic Injuries of the Esophagus / Dhyanesh Patel
    Rupture and Perforation of the Esophagus / Phillip S Ge, Gottumukkala S Raju
    Cutaneous Diseases of the Esophagus / Michael J Camilleri
    Esophageal Disease in Older Patients / Kenneth R DeVault, Sami R Achem
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Ciro Esposito, François Becmeur, Henri Steyaert, Philipp Szavay, editors.
    Summary: This book is devoted to all the aspects of pediatric minimally invasive surgery and is written under the patronage of the European Society of Pediatric Endoscopic Surgery (ESPES) with the participation of leading international experts on Pediatric MIS. Comprising more than 50 chapters, the book begins with an introductory section describing the general and technical aspects of MIS approaches including laparoscopy, thoracoscopy, retroperitoneoscopy and robotic surgery. The main part of the book is divided into five subsections, each of which focuses on a specific system: thorax, abdomen, urology, gynecology and varia. For each subsection, the book examines several pathologies, accurately describing their clinical and diagnostic aspects and providing detailed information on the operative techniques, tips and tricks used in their treatment. Further, the book addresses potential complications in MIS and better ways to manage and prevent them. The volume will be of interest for pediatric surgeons, pediatric urologists or other professionals that need to access accurate descriptions of the MIS approaches adopted for the different surgical pathologies. At the same time, it addresses the needs of novices, including trainees, looking for general information on the management of the various diseases encountered in the pediatric population. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    PART I: BASICS
    Chapter 1: Equipment and Instruments
    Chapter 2: Ergonomics in Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Chapter 3: Check list and Preoperative Preparation
    Chapter 4: Basis of Laparoscopic Approach
    Chapter 5: Basis of Retroperitoneoscopic Approach
    Chapter 6: Basis of Thoracoscopic Approach
    Chapter 7: Basis of Pediatric Robotics
    Chapter 8: Training in Pediatric Minimal Access Surgery
    Chapter 9: Medico-legal Aspects in Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Chapter 10: Multimedia Aspects of Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
    Chapter 11: A Short History of the European Society of Pediatric Endoscopic Surgeons (ESPES)
    Chapter 12: Anesthesia in Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
    PART II: CHEST
    Chapter 13: Thoracoscopic Lung Biopsy
    Chapter 14: Management of Pleural Empyema
    Chapter 15: Thoracoscopic Lobectomy
    Chapter 16: Thoracoscopic Management of Pulmonary Sequestration
    ^Chapter 17: Thoracoscopic Management of the Mediastinal Masses
    Chapter 18: Primary Focal Hyperhidrosis: Surgical Management
    Chapter 19: Thoracoscopic Treatment of Chylothorax
    Chapter 20: Thoracoscopic Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (CDH) Repair
    Chapter 21: Thoracoscopic Repair of Esophageal Atresia and/or Tracheoesophageal Fistula
    PART III: ABDOMEN
    Chapter 22: Laparoscopic Management of Congenital Morgagni Hernia (CMH)
    Chapter 23: Laparoscopic Treatment of Esophageal Achalasia
    Chapter 24: Antireflux Surgery for Gastro-Esophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)
    Chapter 25: MIS Gastrostomy
    Chapter 26: Laparoscopic Pyloromyotomy
    Chapter 27: Laparoscopic Jejunostomy
    Chapter 28: Minimally Invasive Management of Duodenal and Jejunal Atresia
    Chapter 29: Minimally Invasive Surgery for Malrotation of the Intestine and Midgut Volvulus
    Chapter 30: Laparoscopic Approach to Intestinal Duplication
    ^Chapter 31: Laparoscopy and Laparoscopic-assisted Approach for Adhesive Small Bowel Obstruction
    Chapter 32: MIS Management of Intussusception
    Chapter 33: Current Operative Management of Meckel Diverticulum
    Chapter 34: Bariatric Surgery for Pediatric Patients
    Chapter 35: Laparoscopic Liver Surgery
    Chapter 36: Laparoscopic Management of Choledochal Cyst
    Chapter 37: Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Chapter 38: Laparoscopic Pancreatic Surgery
    Chapter 39: Laparoscopic Splenectomy
    Chapter 40: Laparoscopic Partial Splenectomy
    Chapter 41: Minimal Invasive Management of Lymphatic Malformations
    Chapter 42: Laparoscopic assisted Endorectal Pull-through in Hirschsprung’s Disease and Familial Adenometous Polyposis
    Chapter 43: Laparoscopic Approach to Anorectal Malformations
    Chapter 44: Laparoscopic Management of Acute Appendicitis
    Chapter 45: Laparoscopic Cecostomy for Constipation and Incontinence
    ^Chapter 46: Laparoscopic Management of Persistent Complete Rectal Prolapse in Children
    Chapter 47: Minimal Access Colorectal Surgery in Pediatric Age
    PART IV: UROLOGY
    Chapter 48: Laparoscopic and Retroperitoneoscopic Nephrectomy
    Chapter 49: Laparoscopic Partial Nephrectomy
    Chapter 50: MIS Management of Duplex Kidneys
    Chapter 51: Laparoscopic Management of Intrinsic Uretero-Pelvic Junction Obstruction (UPJO)
    Chapter 52: Laparoscopic Management of Extrinsic Uretero-Pelvic Junction Obstruction (UPJO) by Crossing Vessels
    Chapter 53: Laparoscopic Approach to Urinary Stones
    Chapter 54: Vesico-Ureteric Reflux (VUR)
    Laparoscopic Lich Gregoir Repair
    Chapter 55: Vesico-ureteral Reflux (VUR)
    Endoscopic Treatment
    Chapter 56: Vesico-ureteral Reflux (VUR)
    Pneumovesicoscopic Repair
    Chapter 57: Laparoscopic Decortication for Renal Cysts in Children
    Chapter 58: MIS Management of Urachal Pathology
    Chapter 59: Laparoscopic Resection of Wilms’ Tumours
    ^Chapter 60: Laparoscopic Mitrofanoff Procedure
    Chapter 61: MIS Management of Posterior Urethral Valves (PUV)
    Chapter 62: Primary Obstructive Megaureter: Endourological Treatment
    Chapter 63: Ureterocele: Minimally Invasive Endoscopic Treatment
    Chapter 64: Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy in Children
    Chapter 65: Endoscopic Management of Bladder Tumors in Children
    PART V: GYNAECOLOGY
    Chapter 66: Laparoscopic Management of Ovarian Cysts
    Chapter 67: Laparoscopy for Ovarian Tumors
    Chapter 68: Laparoscopic Approach to Paratubal and Paraovarian Cysts
    Chapter 69: Laparoscopic-assisted Vaginoplasty
    Chapter 70: Ovarian Cryopreservation
    PART VI: MISCELLANEA
    Chapter 71: Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Chapter 72: Laparoscopic Management of Pediatric Varicocele
    Chapter 73: MIS Management of Pilonidal Sinus Disease
    Chapter 74: Laparoscopic Approach to Non Palpable Testis
    Chapter 75: Complications in Pediatric MIS
    ^Chapter 76: Fetoscopy: The Minimally Invasive Fetal Surgery
    Chapter 77: Application of Mimimally Invasive Surgery in Pediatric Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Contents:
    v. [1] 1908-1957
    v. 2. 1958-1962.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L122.B5 B8
    2
  • Digital
    Ashutosh Kumar Shukla.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This book introduces the audience with basic theoretical and experimental aspects of Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) Spectroscopy. It further talks about ESR spectroscopy applications in Healthcare & Pharmaceutical Science, Paleontology & Geochronology and Food Science. Mathematical details have been kept to a necessary minimum and emphasis is given to highlight the applications of the technique.

    Contents:
    Ch 1: Electron Spin Resonance- An Introdcution
    Ch 2: ESR Applications in Healthcare and Pharmaceutical Science
    Ch 3: ESR Applications in Paleontology and Geochronology
    Ch 4: ESR Applications in Food Science.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Campbell, P. N.; Greville, G. D.; Tipton, Keith F.
  • Print
    Roitt, Ivan M.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G181 .R75 1973
    1
  • Digital
    Shaw M. Akula.
    Summary: This collection of nine essays provides an entertaining and thoughtful glimpse into trending topics in our lives. The author, Dr. Akula, tackles questions on life, science, and society from a biologists perspective. The book covers a broad range of topics, including common questions with complex answers intermixed with some religion and humor, making it a great read to give your brain cells a boost. The field of Science is massive - in fact, its the size of the universe, which means picking just a few topics to discuss is no mean feat. This book is a start, but there is more to come as Dr. Akula explores various subjects to discuss and shed new light on. This collection of essays will appeal to scientists, and to lay readers with an interest in the natural sciences. Its goal is to ensure that science isnt accessible to only a few people, but is instead disseminated to many. After all, a Smart World is the key to a Better Tomorrow and a Brighter Future.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Understanding Order in the disorder
    Chapter 2. Einsteins theory of relativity borrowed from the spice rack of Hinduism?
    Chapter 3. Flu or a bug?
    Chapter 4. Why I chose evolution over religion!
    Chapter 5. It is mi(y) RNA!
    Chapter 6. A morons footnote to controlling human brain
    Chapter 7. An insiders view!
    Chapter 8. Down the Line
    Chapter 9: What is intelligence?
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Lee A. Fleisher, Michael F. Roizen, Jeffrey D. Roizen.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Crist, Brett D.; Borrelli Jr., Joseph; Harvey, Edward J.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jeffrey J. Roth, MD, Las Vegas Plastic Surgery, Las Vegas, Nevada, William B. Hughes, MD, Director, Temple University Hospital Burn Unit, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
    Summary: The Essential Burn Unit Handbook is a pocket-sized reference dedicated to the evaluation, diagnosis, care, and treatment of burn patients. It covers the spectrum of burn care, from initial assessment and treatment to long-term sequelae. This second edition includes an added chapter on the criteria for admissions to a burn unit as well as outpatient and follow-up care. It covers a wealth of topics that surgical residents, emergency medicine residents, and critical care fellows often encounter such as patient nutrition, the use of antibiotics, wound care, and some of the unique pathologic conditions seen in this distinct and often critically injured population. The book covers electrical burns, inhalation injury, chemical burns, and pediatric patient management. It also presents a full range of day-to-day management modalities along with sample orders and templates for patient presentation and the organization of notes. A quick-reference glossary includes many of the acronyms and abbreviations used in this setting as well as a list of useful equations and ranges. This book will help you provide better patient care while shortening your learning curve. It stands alone as the most convenient, practical, and informative guide available today for those working with burn patients.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the burn unit
    Pathophysiology
    Evaluation, resuscitation, and treatment
    Admissions and follow-up care
    Wound care, use of antibiotics, and Control of burn wound sepsis
    Nutrition
    Inhalation injury
    General (nonburn) inpatient wound care
    Toxic epidermal necrolysis syndrome and Stevens-Johnson syndrome
    Electrical burns
    Chemical burns
    Pediatric burn management.
  • Digital
    by Fred R. Volkmar, Lisa A. Wiesner.
    Contents:
    What is autism : history, causes, and current research
    Screening and diagnostic assessment
    Approaches to providing medical care
    Frequent medical conditions and problems
    Working with attorneys and other referral sources
    Securing services
    Infants and preschool children
    School-aged children
    Adolescents and adults
    Behavioral and psychiatric problems : issues and interventions
    Considering medications for behavioral and mental health problems
    Considering complementary and alternative treatments
    Supporting families.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Anwar Qais Saadoon.
    Summary: This book is a concise learning guide dedicated to the full scope of pediatric history-taking and clinical examination for use in OSCEs as well as clinical life.

    Contents:
    History-taking skills and symptomatology
    Basics of history taking
    History taking of common pediatric cases
    Examination of the newborn and older child
    Examination of the newborn
    Examination of the older child.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Kenneth F. Schulz, PhD, MBA (Distinguished Scientist, FHI 360, Durham, NC, USA, Clinical Professor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel HIll, NC, USA), David A. Grimes, MD (Clinical Professor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hll, NC, USA) ; foreword by Richard Horton, FRCP, FRCPCH, FMedSci (Editor-in-Chief, The Lancet).
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Beate Brand-Saberi, editor.
    Summary: This textbook describes the biology of different stem cell types and outlines the current level of knowledge in the field. It clearly explains the basics of hematopoietic, mesenchymal cord blood, neural and muscle stem cells and also covers induced pluripotent stem cells and their applications. Further, it includes chapters on organoids, stem-cell based disease modelling, extracellular vesicles and one chapter on ethical aspects of human stem cell research, which promotes critical thinking and responsible handling of the material. Based on lectures of the international master program Molecular and Developmental Stem Cell Biology taught at Ruhr-University Bochum and participation of collaborating professors from Tongji University Shanghai, the book is a valuable source for students, postdocs and researchers, who would like to have introductory chapters on stem cell biology. It also offers essential insights for physicians and dentists wishing to expand their knowledge. This textbook is a valuable complement to Concepts and Applications of Stem Cell Biology, also published in the Learning Materials in Biosciences textbook series.

    Contents:
    Hematopoietic Stem Cells
    Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    Cord Blood Stem Cells
    Neural Stem Cells and Their Niche
    Skeletal Muscle Stem Cells
    Heart Muscle Tissue Engineering
    Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells
    Epigenetics of Somatic Cell Reprogramming
    Human Pluripotent Stem Cells and Neural Regeneration
    Dopaminergic Neuron-Related Stem Cells
    Liver Disease Modelling
    Organoids in Developmental Biology Research and Application
    Extracellular Vesicles
    Ethics in Stem Cell Applications.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Jonathan M.W. Slack, University of Bath, Bath, United Kingdom, Leslie Dale, University College London, London, United Kingdom.
    Summary: "This book presents the basic concepts and facts relating to the developmental biology of animals. It is designed as a core text for undergraduate courses from the first to the fourth year, and also for first year graduate students. It is suitable for both biologically based and medically oriented courses. A basic knowledge of cell and molecular biology is assumed, but no prior knowledge of development, animal structure, or histology should be necessary For this, the fourth edition, the work has two authors. Leslie Dale runs the developmental biology teaching at University College London and has brought his invaluable teaching experience as well as his daily contact with cutting edge research to complement the expertise of the senior author, Jonathan Slack. Two technical advances in particular have been incorporated into the text. The first is single cell transcriptome sequencing which provides a completely new way to observe developmental fate and commitment at a molecular level. The second is CRISPR/Cas9, and other methods for targeted genetic manipulation, that have hugely extended the range of what can be done. The book is arranged in four sections and the order of topics is intended to represent a logical progression. The first section introduces the basic concepts and techniques. Chapter 2 "How Development Works" is intended as a very brief summary of developmental mechanisms suitable for introductory lectures. We have moved the biochemistry of signaling systems, formerly in the appendix, into Chapter 4. So now the theoretical concepts of experimental embryology are presented together with the molecular pathways that underlie them. Section 1 also contains a new chapter on "Cells into Tissues" dealing with the fundamentals of morphogenesis and the underpinning role of cell contacts and the cytoskeleton. In other works, this topic is often fragmented among many individual examples and loses its coherence"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    [edited by] Scott D. Solomon, Justina C. Wu, Linda D. Gillam ; illustration editor, Bernard E. Bulwer.
    Summary: Echocardiography remains the most commonly used imaging technique to visualize the heart and great vessels, and this clinically oriented text by Drs. Scott D. Solomon, Justina C. Wu, and Linda D. Gillam helps you make the most of its diagnostic and prognostic potential for your patients. Part of the highly regarded Braunwald's family of cardiology references, Essential Echocardiography expertly covers basic principles of anatomy and physiology, the appearance of normal variants across a wide range of cardiovascular diseases, and the hands-on approaches necessary to acquire and interpret optimal echocardiographic images in the clinical setting.

    Contents:
    Section I: Principles of ultrasound and instrumentation. Physical principles of ultrasound and generation of images
    M-mode imaging
    Principles of contrast echocardiography
    Principles of transesophageal echocardiography
    Principles of three-dimensional ultrasound
    Principles and practical aspects of strain echocardiography
    Understanding imaging artifacts
    Section II: The echocardiographic examination. Principles of transthoracic imaging acquisition: the standard adult transthoracic echocardiographic examination
    The transthoracic examination, view by view
    Three-dimensional echocardiography: image acquisition
    Optimization of the patient and equipment
    Utilizing contrast echocardiography in practice
    Echo on-call: echocardiographic emergencies
    Section III: Assessment of cardiac structure and function. Assessment of left ventricular systolic function
    Left ventricular diastolic function
    Assessment of right ventricular structure and function
    Assessment of the atria
    Section IV: Echocardiography for diseases of the myocardium. Acute myocardial infarction
    Mechanical complications of myocardial infarction
    Long-term consequences and prognosis after myocardial infarction
    Echocardiography in heart failure
    Dilated cardiomyopathies
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Restrictive and infiltrative cardiomyopathies
    Echocardiography in assessment of cardiac synchrony
    Echocardiography in assessment of ventricular assist devices
    Stress echocardiography and echo in cardiopulmonary testing
    Section V: Valvular heart disease. Mitral valve disease
    Aortic valve disease
    Tricuspid and pulmonic valve disease
    Prosthetic valves
    Echocardiography in percutaneous valvular intervention
    Section VI: Diseases of the pericardium and great vessels. Pericardial disease
    Diseases of the aorta
    Section vii: diseases of the pulmonary artery and veins
    Pulmonary embolism
    Pulmonary hypertension
    Section VIII: Cardiac masses. Primary and secondary tumors
    Identification of intracardiac thrombus
    Other cardiac masses
    Section IX: Systemic diseases involving the heart. Echocardiography in infective endocarditis
    Other systemic diseases and the heart
    Echocardiography in malignant disease
    Section X: Congenital heart disease in the adult. Atrial septal defect
    Ventricular septal defect
    Other common congenital defects in adults
    Section XI: Miscellaneous topics in echocardiography. Handheld echocardiography
    Appropriate use of echocardiography
    Echocardiography in the context of other cardiac imaging modalities
    Transesophageal echocardiography for cardiac surgery
    Appendices. Reference tables
    Commonly utilized equations in echocardiography
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Maus, Christopher R. Tainter, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Perioperative and Critical Care Echocardiography Introduction to Basic Perioperative and Critical Care Echocardiography: Examination, Certification, Indications and Contraindications
    Transesophageal Echocardiography: Probe Manipulation, Essential Views
    Point-Of-Care Transthoracic Echocardiography: Probe Manipulation, Positioning, Essential Views
    Basic Ultrasound Physics, Doppler Ultrasound, and Hemodynamic Assessment
    Knobology and Image Optimization
    Section II: Echocardiographic Assessment Left Ventricular Systolic Function
    Regional Ventricular Function
    Mitral Valve
    Aortic Valve
    Right Heart
    Atria
    Diastology
    Thoracic Aorta
    Pericardium
    Perioperative Rescue Echocardiography
    Imaging Artifacts, Normal Anatomic Variants, and Common Misdiagnoses
    Intracardiac Masses, Devices, and Foreign Bodies
    Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    Section III: Critical Care Ultrasonography Abdominal and Vascular Ultrasound
    Volume Assessment and Fluid Responsiveness
    Lung Ultrasonography
    Shock and Cardiac Arrest
    Ultrasound for Vascular Access.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Timothy M. Maus, Sonia Nhieu, Seth T. Herway, editors.
    Contents:
    A. Section 1: Basic Perioperative Echocardiography
    Chapter 1. TEE in Non-Cardiac Surgery: Indications, Contraindications, Probe Manipulation, and Certification
    Chapter 2. Transesophageal Echocardiography: Essential Views
    Chapter 3. Physics of Ultrasound, Doppler Echocardiography and Hemodynamic Assessment
    B. Section 2: Echocardiographic Assessment
    Chapter 4. Left Ventricular Systolic Function
    Chapter 5. Regional Ventricular Function
    Chapter 6. Mitral Valve
    Chapter 7. Aortic Valve
    Chapter 8. The Right Heart
    Chapter 9. Diastology
    Chapter 10. Thoracic Aorta
    Chapter 11. Rescue Echocardiography
    Chapter 12. Imaging Artifacts and Common Misdiagnoses
    Chapter 13. Adult Congenital Heart Disease
    C. Section 3: Surface Ultrasound
    Chapter 14. Transthoracic Echocardiography: The Basic Views
    Chapter 15. Ultrasound for Vascular Access.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rose Hamm, Joseph Carey.
    Summary: "The evaluation of the patient with a non-healing wound consists of three components - subjective history, medical history, and wound assessment. The histories will usually allow the clinician to make a diagnosis of wound etiology, and if not, at least know what needs to be ruled out. They will also give indications as to why the wound is not healing. The wound assessment provides data for objective, measurable outcomes and progress, as well as information on how to treat the wound initially. The most important aspects of treating any wound are to treat all underlying co-morbidities and to address any issues that may be impeding wound healing. Finally, the initial treatment will consist of appropriate debridement of necrotic tissue and application of a dressing that will ensure adequate moisture for wound healing to advance"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Evaluation of the Patient with a Wound
    Ischemic Wounds
    Venous Wounds
    Pressure Injuries/Wounds
    Diabetic Foot Ulcers
    Burns
    Immune-mediated Tissue Injury
    Malignant Wounds
    Infections
    Miscellaneous Wounds.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    Kaushal H. Shah, MD, Residency Director, Mt. Sinai Emergency Medicine Residency Program, Icahn School of Medicine at Mt. Sinai Medical Center, New York, New York ; Chilembwe Mason, MD, Attending Department of Emergency Medicine, Bronx-Lebanon Hospital Center, Bronox, New York ; Reuben J. Strayer, MD, FRCPC, FAAEM, Safety/Quality Editor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai/Elmhurst Hospital, NYU School of Medicine, New York, New York.
    Summary: This reference for emergency room physicians features step-by-step instructions for nearly 100 adult and pediatric procedures.

    Contents:
    Section 1. Respiratory / section editor, Leon D. Sanchez
    section 2. Cardiac / section editor, Ram A. Parekh
    section 3. Trauma / section editor, Kaushal H. Shah
    section 4. Vascular / section editor, Bret P. Nelson
    section 5. Gastrointestinal / section editor, Josh Quass
    section 6. Genitourinary / section editor, Ari M. Lipsky
    section 7. Obstetric / section editor, Dara A. Kass
    section 8. Neurology / section editor, Jonathan A. Edlow
    section 9. Musculoskeletal / section editors, Part A, Natasha Desai ; Part B, Wallace A. Carter ; part C, Moira Davenport
    section 10. Soft tissue / section editor, Sanjey Gupta
    section 11. Heent / section editor, Joseph Habboushe
    section 12. Nerve blocks / section editor, Scott G. Weiner
    section 13. Foreign body / section editors, Elan S. Levy and Diana Kim
    section 14. Pediatrics / section editor, Louis A. Spina.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015
  • Digital
    Michael Bauer, Michael Gitlin.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and classification of mood disorders
    Natural course of mood disorders and its treatment
    History of lithium treatment
    Pharmacology and mechanisms of action
    Maintenance treatment with lithium
    Treatment of mania with lithium
    Treatment of depression with lithium
    Suicide prevention with lithium
    Other clinical indications of lithium including neuroprotective effects and its potential indications
    Lithium in pregnancy and postpartum period
    Practical management of lithium
    Adverse effects and its management
    Other treatments for bipolar disorder and major depression.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by E.J. Mayeaux Jr., MD, DABFP, FAAFP, Professor and Chairman, Department of Family and Preventive Medicine, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Carolina School fo Medicine, Columbia, South Carolina, Clinical Professor of Family Medicine, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, Shrevport, Louisiana.
    Contents:
    Section I Anesthesia
    Section II Urgent and emergency care
    Section III Cardiovascular and respiratory
    Section IV Basic dermatology
    Section V Aesthetic procedures
    Section VI Closure techniques
    Section VII Skin surgery
    Section VIII Nail procedures
    Section IX Gynecology and urology
    Section X Gastroenterology
    Section XI Eye, ear, nose, and throat procedures
    Section XII Musculoskeletal procedures
    Section XIII Pediatrics
    Section XIV Appendices
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Janice Thompson.
    Contents:
    Understanding health assessment
    Interviewing the patient for a health history
    Taking a health history
    Assessing nutrition and anthropometric measurements
    Assessment techniques
    General survey and assessing vital signs
    Assessing pain
    Assessing skin, hair, and nails
    Assessing the head, face, mouth, and neck
    Assessing the ears
    Assessing the eyes
    Assessing the respiratory system
    Assessing the cardiovascular system
    Assessing the abdomen
    Assessing the peripheral vascular system and regional lymphatic system
    Assessing the musculoskeletal system / Karen L. Gorton and Janice Thompson
    Assessing the neurological system / Kim Foisy and Janice Thompson
    Assessing the female breasts, axillae and reproductive system / Janice Thompson and Meredith Scannell
    Assessing the male breasts and reproductive system
    Assessing the anus and rectum
    Assessing the newborn / Janice Thompson and Jane Brophy
    Assessing the child and adolescent / Cory Ann Boyd and Janice Thompson
    Assessing the pregnant woman / Leslie White
    Assessing the older adult.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    John O'Neill, editor.
    Summary: This book offers an excellent review of the various rheumatological conditions, both common and uncommon, that may present on imaging on a daily basis. The book uses a unique format that will be beneficial for clinicians, radiologists, medical students, and consultant staff. The text is written by both rheumatology and radiology staff to provide a balanced approach. A clinical overview and the common clinical presentations are briefly reviewed for each condition followed by a more detailed discussion of imaging findings produced by the various imaging modalities, including radiographs, ultrasound, MRI, CT, and nuclear medicine. This book details the imaging of normal musculoskeletal anatomy and pathology; discusses image-guided musculoskeletal interventions; and examines disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis, connective tissue disease, osteoarthritis, osteonecrosis, infection-related arthritis, soft tissue calcification, and bone and synovial tumors. Featuring over 600 multi-part, high-resolution images of rheumatic diseases across current imaging modalities, Essential Imaging in Rheumatology offers up-to-date and complete information on the imaging of these disorders.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Imaging
    Arthritis: A Diagnostic Approach
    Image Analysis
    Image-Guided Interventional Diagnosis and Treatment
    Inflammatory Arthritides
    Spondyloarthropathy
    Connective Tissue Disease
    Crystal-Related Disease
    Endocrive and Miscellaneous Arthropathies
    Osteoarthritis
    Metabolic Bone Disease
    Osteonecrosis
    Imaging in Musculoskeletal Infection
    The Diabetic Foot
    Spine
    Soft Tissue Calcification
    Bone and Synovial Tumors
    Appendix: Image Scoring Methods in Arthritis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Rajat Chand, Adam E.M. Eltorai, Terrance Healey, Sun Ahn, editors.
    Summary: The book is a question-and-answer guide to interventional radiology. This pocket resource addresses both general IR and subspecialty topics, providing accurate, on-the-spot answers. Students can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon when they begin their rotation or use specific chapters to review a subspecialty before starting a new rotation or joining a new service. The book begins with a general introduction to IR and its common procedures and tools, and is then organized by subspecialties (like vascular disease, oncology, and genitourinary), focusing on common conditions. The books two-column format provides questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate rapid-fire review that includes many classic images to facilitate pattern recognition skills. This book is an ideal, on-the-spot reference for medical students, residents, and practicing interventional radiologists seeking fast facts on diagnosis and treatment with interventional radiology.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Introduction
    Using this book
    What is Interventional Radiology?
    Core principles
    SECTION II: Daily Workflow
    Role of a sub-intern
    Presenting patients
    Morning rounds
    Afternoon rounds
    Taking call
    Pre-procedure
    SECTION III: The Vascular Suite
    Prepping
    Running the table
    Choice of Access
    Seldinger technique
    Guidewires
    Catheters
    Connectors
    Balloons
    Stents
    Embolization
    Other
    SECTION IV: CT/MRI/US
    Procedures
    Materials
    SECTION V: Vascular Disease
    Abdominal aortic aneurysms
    Thoracic aortic aneurysms
    Angiography
    Angioplasty and stenting
    Deep vein thrombosis
    Mesenteric ischemia
    Arteriovenous Malformations
    Central Venous Access
    Carotid Artery Stenosis
    Renovascular Hypertension
    Varicose Vein
    Vena Cava Filter
    Peripheral Artery Aneurysm
    Dialysis grafts
    SECTION VI: Oncology
    Hepatic
    Pulmonary
    Renal
    Other
    SECTION VII: Hepatobiliary
    Transjugular intrahepatic porotosystemic shunts
    Balloon-occluded retrograde transvenous obliteration
    SECTION VIII: Genitourinary
    Percutaneous nephrostomy
    Ureteral Stenting
    Uterine fibroid embolization
    Prostatic artery embolization
    SECTION IX: Neuro
    Stroke
    Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty
    Pain management
    SECTION X: Vascular Emergencies
    Embolization
    Splenic
    Pelvic
    Bronchial
    Upper gastrointestinal bleeding
    Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
    Uterine artery embolization
    Contrast reactions
    SECTION XI: Other
    Tubes
    Biopsy
    New procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mark J. Eisenberg, Andrea L. Cox.
    Summary: "This book will help students successfully completed their intensive program of study and establish their careers. Chapters will be co-written by current MD-PhD students, recent graduates and established physician-scientists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    Applying for MD-PhD training
    Early days in medical school
    The transition to graduate school
    Transitioning back to medical school
    Residency, fellowship, and your first job
    Physician-scientist wellness.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessHemOnc
    AccessCardiology
    AccessDermatology
  • Digital
    Brian E. Lacy, John K. DiBaise, Mark Pimentel, Alexander C. Ford, editors.
    Summary: This casebook provides a concise yet comprehensive state-of-the art review of common stomach and small intestine disorders. The casebook is divided into five parts, each of which focuses on a major disorder, symptom, or clinical scenario related to the stomach and small intestine, including dyspepsia, small bowel disorders, nausea and vomiting, chronic abdominal pain, and post-operative GI surgery challenges. Each part is comprised of cases illustrating different aspects of the subject, with each case containing sections on case presentation, objectives, epidemiology and etiology, diagnostic evaluation and treatment, case follow-up, clinical pearls, and Q&A. Some major topics presented in these cases include nausea and vomiting in the pregnant patient, gas-bloat, functional abdominal pain, post-GI surgery complications, and celiac disease and non-celiac gluten sensitivity. Written by internationally renowned experts in the field, Essential Medical Disorders of the Stomach and Small Intestine: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with disorders of the stomach and small intestine.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Nausea and Vomiting
    Chapter 1: Approach to Nausea and Vomiting
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Etiology
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Clinical Case Study Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 2: Gastroparesis
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Symptom Management
    Prokinetics
    Prokinetics in Development
    Pyloric Interventions
    Gastric Electrical Stimulation
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 3: Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy and Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
    Case Study 1
    Case Study 2
    Objectives
    Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy
    Epidemiology
    Etiology/Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    First-Line Therapy
    Second-Line Treatment
    Third-Line Treatment
    Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Etiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptor Antagonists
    Corticosteroids
    Anticholinergics
    Neurokinin-1 Receptor Antagonists
    Dopamine Receptor Antagonists
    Antihistamines
    Other PONV Treatment Options
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test Questions
    References
    Essential Reading List
    Chapter 4: Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome and Cannabinoid Hyperemesis Syndrome
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology/Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 5: Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Classification
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Neuropathies
    Intestinal Myopathies
    Mesenchymopathies
    Symptoms
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Nutrition Assessment
    Oral Diet
    Enteral Nutrition Considerations
    Parenteral Nutrition Considerations
    Medications and Other Therapies
    Fecal Transplant
    GI Decompression
    Small Intestinal Transplantation
    Case Study Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Part II: Dyspepsia and Other Disorders of Neuromuscular Function
    Chapter 6: A Diagnostic Approach to Dyspepsia
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 7: Helicobacter pylori and Related Diseases
    Case
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 8: Functional Dyspepsia
    Case
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Helicobacter Pylori
    Acid Suppression
    Antidepressants
    Prokinetics
    Further Options
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Self-Test
    References
    Essential Reading
    Chapter 9: Rumination Syndrome
    Case Study
    Objectives
    Epidemiology
    Etiology and Pathophysiology
    Symptoms
    Diagnostic Evaluation
    Treatment
    Case Study: Follow-Up
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Allan Siegel, PhD, Professor Emeritus Department of Neurology and Neurosciences Department of Psychiatry, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey, Hreday N. Sapru, PhD, Professor Department of Neurological Surgery Department of Neurology and Neurosciences, Department of Pharmacology and Physiology, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey ; case histories written by Heidi E. Siegel, MD.
    Summary: "There has been a dramatic explosion of information in the field of neuroscience over the last few decades. This explosion of information has presented a great challenge to those of us who teach neuroscience in terms of synthesizing a coherent approach in which the diverse topics encompassed by neuroscience can be taught in a lucid and effective manner. We met this challenge by designing Essential Neuroscience, a book that considers all of the basic neuroscience topics to allow the students to focus on the essential concepts and facts intrinsic to any given topic without overwhelming them with distracting or confusing extraneous information"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: SECTION I Gross Anatomy of the Brain
    1. Overview of the Central Nervous System
    2. Development of the Nervous System
    3. Meninges and Cerebrospinal Fluid
    SECTION II The Neuron
    4. Histology of the Nervous System
    5. Electrophysiology of Neurons
    6. Synaptic Transmission
    7. Neurotransmitters
    SECTION III Organization of the Central Nervous System
    8. The Spinal Cord
    9. Brainstem I: The Medulla
    10. Brainstem II: Pons and Cerebellum
    11. Brainstem III: The Midbrain
    12. The Forebrain
    13. The Cranial Nerves
    SECTION IV Sensory Systems
    14. Somatosensory System
    15. Visual System
    16. Auditory and Vestibular Systems
    17. Olfaction and Taste
    SECTION V Motor Systems
    18. The Upper Motor Neurons
    19. The Basal Ganglia
    20. The Cerebellum
    SECTION VI Integrative Systems
    21. The Autonomic Nervous System
    22. The Reticular Formation
    23. The Hypothalamus
    24. The Limbic System. Contents note continued: 25. The Thalamus and Cerebral Cortex
    26. Blood Supply of the Central Nervous System
    27. Vascular Syndromes
    28. Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders.
  • Digital
    Allan Siegel, Hreday N. Sapru ; case histories written by Heidi E. Siegel.
    Contents:
    I: Gross anatomy of the brainp
    Overview of the central nervous systemp
    Development of the nervous systemp
    Meninges and cerebrospinal fluid
    II: The neuronp
    Histology of the nervous system
    Electrophysiology of neurons
    Synaptic transmission
    Neurotransmitters
    III: Organization of the central nervous system
    The spinal cord
    Brainstem I: the medulla
    Brainstem II: pons and cerebellum
    Brainstem III: the midbrain
    The forebrain
    The cranial nerves
    IV: Sensory systems
    Somatosensory system
    Visual system
    Auditory and vestibular systems
    Olfaction and taste
    V: Motor systems
    The upper motor neurons
    The basal ganglia
    The cerebellum
    VI: Integrative systems
    The autonomic nervous system
    The reticular formation
    The hypothalamus
    The limbic system
    The thalamus and cerebral cortex
    Blood supply of the central nervous system
    Vascular syndromes
    Behavioral and psychiatric disorders.
  • Digital
    edited by Enrique Collantes Celador, Jan Rudiger, Alifia Tameem
    Summary: This is the ideal companion for postgraduate pain medicine exams and a comprehensive guide to acute, chronic, and cancer pain management for practising doctors, pain nurses, and allied health professionals
    Digital Access Oxford 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Ian Symonds, Sir Sabaratnam Arulkumaran.
    Contents:
    -- Preface
    1. Anatomy of the female pelvis
    2. Conception and implantation
    3. Physiological changes in pregnancy
    4. Placental and fetal growth and development
    5. Perinatal and maternal mortality
    6. History taking and examination in obstetrics
    7. Normal pregnancy and antenatal care
    8. Obstetric disorders
    9. Maternal medicine
    10. Congenital abnormalities and assessment of fetal wellbeing
    11. Management of labour
    12. Management of delivery
    13. Postpartum and early neonatal care
    14. Mental health and childbirth
    15. Basic clinical skills in gynaecology
    16. Gynaecological disorders
    17. Infertility
    18. Early pregnancy care
    19. Sexual and reproductive health
    20. Gynaecological oncology
    21. Prolapse and disorders of the urinary tract
    Principles of perioperative care
    Governance, audit and research
    Medicolegal aspects of obstetrics and gynaecology
    OSCE stations: Questions
    OSCE stations: Answers
    Self-assessment: Questions
    Self-assessment: Answers --
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Sonia Malik, editor.
    Summary: This book highlights the advances in essential oil research, from the plant physiology perspective to large-scale production, including bioanalytical methods and industrial applications. The book is divided into 4 sections. The first one is focused on essential oil composition and why plants produce these compounds that have been used by humans since ancient times. Part 2 presents an update on the use of essential oils in various areas, including food and pharma industries as well as agriculture. In part 3 readers will find new trends in bioanalytical methods. Lastly, part 4 presents a number of approaches to increase essential oil production, such as in vitro and hairy root culture, metabolic engineering and biotechnology. Altogether, this volume offers a comprehensive look at what researchers have been doing over the last years to better understand these compounds and how to explore them for the benefit of the society.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Essential Oils Composition and Why Plants Produce Them;
    Chapter 1: Essential Oils; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Essential Oils; 1.3 Sources of Essential Oils; 1.4 Chemistry of Essential Oils; 1.4.1 Hydrocarbon; 1.4.2 Terpenes; 1.4.3 Alcohols; 1.4.4 Aldehydes; 1.4.5 Acids; 1.4.6 Esters; 1.4.7 Ketones; 1.4.8 Lactones; 1.5 Methods of Extracting Essential Oils; 1.5.1 Maceration; 1.5.2 Cold Pressing; 1.5.3 Solvent Extraction; 1.5.4 Enfleurage; 1.5.5 Hydrodistillation; 1.5.6 CO2 and Supercritical CO2 Extraction 1.5.7 Turbo Distillation Extraction1.5.8 Steam Distillation; 1.6 Analysis of Essential Oils; 1.6.1 Classical Analytical Techniques; 1.6.2 Modern Analytical Techniques; 1.7 Biological Activities of Essential Oils; 1.7.1 Antibacterial Activity; 1.7.2 Antioxidant Activity; 1.7.3 Anti-Inflammatory Activity; 1.7.4 Cancer Chemoprotective Activity; 1.7.5 Cytotoxicity; 1.7.6 Allelopathic Activity; 1.7.7 Repellent and Insecticidal Activity; 1.8 Applications of Essential Oils; 1.8.1 Pharmacology and Medicinal Uses; 1.8.2 Uses in Veterinary Medicine; 1.8.3 Aromatherapy; 1.8.4 Agricultural Uses 1.8.5 Industrial Uses1.9 Essential Oil and Health Fitness; 1.10 Risks and Dangers of Essential Oils; References;
    Chapter 2: Factors Influencing the Production and Chemical Composition of Essential Oils in Aromatic Plants from Brazil; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Medicinal and Aromatic Plants; 2.3 Essential Oils: Methods of Extraction and Identification; 2.4 Influence of Genetic, Epigenetic, Abiotic, and Biotic Factors on the Production and Chemical Composition of Essential Oils; 2.4.1 Genetic Diversity; 2.4.2 Mineral Nutrition; 2.4.2.1 Biosolids and Plant Growth 2.4.3 Water Stress and Aromatic Species2.4.4 Allelopathy and Aromatic Species; 2.4.5 Seasonality and Edaphoclimatic Factors; 2.5 Biological Activity of the Essential Oil and Isolated Substances; 2.6 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 3: Hedychium Essential Oils: Composition and Uses; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Chemical Constituents of Hedychium Essential Oils; 3.3 Antimicrobial Activities; 3.4 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: The Essential Oils of the Burseraceae; 4.1 Introduction: Overview of the Burseraceae; 4.2 Tribe Bursereae; 4.2.1 The Genus Bursera; 4.2.2 The Genus Boswellia 4.2.2.1 Traditional Uses of Boswellia4.2.2.2 Ecology of Boswellia; 4.2.2.3 Chemical Ecology of Boswellia; 4.2.3 The Genus Commiphora; 4.2.3.1 Traditional Uses of Commiphora; 4.2.4 The Genus Aucoumea; 4.3 Tribe Canarieae; 4.3.1 The Genus Canarium; 4.3.2 The Genus Dacryodes; 4.3.3 The Genus Santiria; 4.3.4 The Genus Trattinnickia; 4.4 Tribe Protieae; 4.4.1 The Genus Protium; 4.5 Summary and Conclusions; References; Part II: Uses of Essential Oils in Various Industries;
    Chapter 5: Essential Oil of Betel Leaf (Piper betle L.): A Novel Addition to the World Food Sector; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Origin, Taxonomy, and Nomenclature of Betel Leaf (Piper betle L.).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert Tisserand, Rodney Young ; foreword by Elizabeth M Williamson.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Essential oil composition
    Toxicity
    Kinetics and dosing
    The skin
    The respiratory system
    The cardiovascular system
    The urinary system
    The digestive system
    The nervous system
    The reproductive system
    Cancer and the immune system
    Essential oil profiles
    Constituent profiles
    General safety guidelines.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark D. Miller, Jennifer A. Hart, John M. MacKnight.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Adam E.M. Eltorai, Craig P. Eberson, Alan H. Daniels, editors.
    Summary: Utilizing a rapid-fire, two-column question and answer format, this is an ideal on-the-spot resource for senior medical students covering a wide range of both general and subspecialty orthopedic topics: anatomy, physiology, presentation and history, pathophysiology, differential diagnosis, physical examination, radiological evaluation, operative and non-operative treatment techniques, surgical complications, rehabilitation and more. With hundreds of high-yield questions and answer items, this quick reference covers orthopedic basics before moving on to detailed sections on the upper and lower extremity, axial skeleton, pediatric orthopedics, and systemic conditions. The straightforward Q & A format allows for either self-testing or quizzing with partners, whether practicing for a board review or studying up in one's spare time. While it can be read cover to cover for a general foundation of knowledge, it can also be referred to selectively before starting a new rotation or seeing a patient with a subspecialty attending. Useful as a companion text to Orthopedic Surgery Clerkship and Orthopedic Surgery Rotation, Essential Orthopedic Review is a handy, pocket-sized resource and review guide that can be used by senior medical students, nursing and PT students, primary care providers, and junior residents in orthopedics and sports medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ashlee D. Brunaugh, Hugh D.C. Smyth, Robert O. Williams III.
    Summary: Particularly in healthcare fields, there is growing movement away from traditional lecture style course towards active learning and team-based activities to improve learning and build higher level thinking through application of complex problems with a strong foundation of facts and data. Essential Pharmaceutics is suited to this modern teaching style, and is the first book of its kind to provide the resources and skills needed for successful implementation of an active learning pharmaceutics course. This text offers a format that is specifically suited for integration in an active learning, team-based classroom setting. It is ideal for self-learning for the beginning pharmaceutics student, based upon the extensive utilization of figures, tables, and its overview of essential topics in pharmaceutics. Also unique to this text is the integration of case studies based upon modern pharmaceutical products which are designed to reinforce importance pharmaceutical concepts and teach essential skills in literature review and patent searching. Case studies covering all topics covered in the text have been developed by the authors that allow application of the content in the flipped-classroom pharmaceutical course.

    Contents:
    Preface: Designing a Flipped-Classroom Pharmaceutics Course
    Guide to Patent and Literature Searching in Pharmaceutics
    Preformulation
    Capsules and Tablets
    Modified Release Solid Oral Dosage Forms
    Solution-Based Dosage Forms and Sterile Products
    Suspensions
    Emulsions
    Ophthalmic Delivery
    Nasal Dosage Forms
    Topical and Transdermal Dosage Forms
    Suppositories and Inserts
    Pulmonary Drug Delivery
    Regulations in Drug Product Development.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [authors], Jerrold T. Bushberg, J. Anthony Seibert, Edwin M. Leidholdt Jr., John M. Boone ; [contributors, Craig K. Abbey, PhD [and ten others]].
    Summary: The basic science important to nuclear imaging, including the nature and production of radioactivity, internal dosimetry and radiation detection and measurement, are presented clearly and concisely. Current concepts in the fields of radiation biology and radiation protection relevant to medical imaging, and a number of helpful appendices complete this comprehensive textbook. The text is enhanced by numerous full color charts, tables, images and superb illustrations that reinforce central concepts. The book is ideal for medical imaging professionals, and teachers and students in medical physics and biomedical engineering. Radiology residents will find this text especially useful in bolstering their understanding of imaging physics and related topics prior to board exams."--Pub. desc.

    Contents:
    Section I. Basic concepts
    II. Diagnostic radiology
    Section III. Nuclear medicine
    Section IV. Radiation biology and protection
    Section V. Appendices.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Print
    edited by Joseph W. Shega, Miguel A. Paniagua.
    Contents:
    Unipac 1. Medical care of people with serious illness / Ruth M. Thomson, Chirag Rajni Patel, Kate M. Lally.
    Unipac 2. Psychiatric, psychological, and spiritual care / Scott A. Irwin, Nathan Fairman, Jeremy M. Hirst, Janine D. Siegel, Lori Montross-Thomas.
    Unipac 3. Pain assessment and management / Mellar P. Davis, Shallni Dalal, Harold Goforth, Mary Lynn McPherson, Eric Roeland, Paul A. Sloan
    Unipac 4. Nonpain symptom management / Jennifer M. Kapo, Catherine Adams, Ryan M. Giddings-Connolly, Felicia Hui, Andrew T. Putnam, Rebecca Sands, Aleksander Shalshin.
    Unipac 5. Communication and teamwork / Lara Michal Skarf, Katie H. Stowers, Andrew Thurston
    Unipac 6. Ethical and legal practice / Elizabeth K. Vig, Christina L. Bell, Judith C. Ahronheim, Caroline A. Vitale.
    Unipac 7. Pediatric palliative care and hospice / Meaghann Weaver, Brian Carter, Patricia Keefer, David N. Korones, Elissa G. Miller. Unipac 8. COPD, heart failure, and renal disease / Vincent Jay Vanston, Grace Brooke Huffman, Nina O'Connor, Niharlka Ganta.
    Unipac 9. HIV, dementia, and neurological conditions / Christopher M. Blais, Jennifer Gabbard, Sonia Malhotra, Susan E. Nelson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    R726.8 .R435 2017
    9
  • Digital
    Theresa M. Campo, Keith A. Lafferty, editors ; Thomas G. Costantino, Jr., Jacob W. Ufberg, Jennifer Wilbeck, associate editors.
    Summary: "This text is a user-friendly guide to performing 77 clinical procedures, ranging from those commonly performed to those infrequently called upon when minutes count in emergency, urgent, and primary care settings. This heavily updated third edition includes current and comprehensive text, graphic, and video instruction on the use of bedside ultrasound for procedural guidance in order to increase procedural accuracy and mitigate complications. Edited and written by academically accomplished physicians, physician assistants, and nurse practitioners, an interprofessional approach to the performance of procedures is highlighted throughout the book. Procedures are consistently formatted and presented in clear language with step-by-step detail organized by system-specific categories for easy access to information. Each procedure includes background considerations, indications & contraindications for performing the procedure, technique for safe and correct performance, special considerations, complications, post-procedure considerations, and patient education points. Original photos, videos, high quality sonographic footage, line drawings, and tables reinforce the guidelines and procedures. Abundant "Clinical Pearls" throughout the manuscript offer practical applications of key information representing years of clinical technical experience. Extensive references at the end of each chapter further enhance the book's utility"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Evan A. Rieder, Richard G. Fried.
    Contents:
    Stress, Skin, & Beauty : The Basic Science Base / Mary D. Sun and Evan A. Rieder
    The Science and Psychology of Beauty / Vanessa Cutler
    The Use of Cosmetic Products / Zoe Diana Draelos
    An Approach to Cosmeceuticals / Emily C. Milam and Evan A. Rieder
    Aesthetic Assessment & Theories of Beauty / Michael Abrouk, Leslie Harris, and Jill S. Waibel
    The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
    The Female Patient / Eagan Zettlemoyer and Noelle S. Sherber
    The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
    The Male Patient / Kalee Shah, Nathaniel Lampley III, Anthony Rossi
    The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
    The Transgender Patient / Brian Ginsberg
    Aesthetic Interventions and the Perception of the Self : Quality of Life and Patient Reported Outcomes / Danielle Weitzer and Rick Fried
    Aesthetic Interventions and the Perception of Others : Observer Reported Outcomes / Payal Shah and Evan A. Rieder
    Botulinum Toxins: Beauty, Psychology, & Mood in the Cosmetic Patient / Catherine Pisano, Jason Reichenberg, Michele Magid
    Boundaries / Evan A. Rieder and Jacob Sacks
    Difficult Personalities and Personality Disorders in the Cosmetic Clinic / Mio Nakamura and John Koo
    Normative Discontent and Social Dysmorphia in the Cosmetic Patient / Susruthi Rajanala and Neelam Vashi
    Obsessive Compulsive Disorder & Body Dysmorphic Disorder in the Cosmetic Patient / Mary D. Sun and Evan A. Rieder
    Protecting Your Patients : When Enough Is Enough
    Saying No and Satisfying the Dissatisfied Patient / Jacqueline Watchmaker, Prasanthi Kandula, and Michael S. Kaminer
    Protecting Yourself : Legal Issues in Aesthetic Medicine
    Informed Consent, Discharge, & Lawsuits / Brian P. Hibler and Matthew M. Avram
    Psychological Tools to Assist your Practice : Progressive Muscle Relaxation, Deep Abdominal Breathing, Mindfulness, & Guided Imagery / Nicholas Brownstone, Bridget Myers, and Josie Howard
    Hypnotic Techniques for the Aesthetic Practitioner / Philip D. Shenefelt
    Acceptance & Commitment Therapy in the Aesthetic Setting / Vanessa Cutler
    Behavioral Modification for Acne Excoriee & Skin Picking / Karen M. Ong, Mary Sun, and Evan A. Rieder
    Motivational Interviewing for Identification & Triage of the Cosmetic Addict / Rick Fried and Evan A. Rieder
    Beauty through the Life Continuum / Doris Day.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Digital
    Richard B. Gunderman.
    Contents:
    Introduction to radiology
    The circulatory system: the heart and great vessels
    The respiratory system
    The digestive system
    The urinary tract
    The acute abdomen
    The reproductive system
    The musculoskeletal system
    Neuroimaging
    Pediatric radiology.
  • Digital
    Adam E. M. Eltorai, Charles H. Hyman, Terrance T. Healey, editors.
    Summary: The book is an on-the-spot reference for residents and medical students seeking diagnostic radiology fast facts. Its question-and-answer format makes it a perfect quick-reference for personal review and studying for board examinations and re-certification. Readers can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon through practice or can use choice chapters to review a specific subspecialty before starting a new rotation or joining a new service. With hundreds of high-yield questions and answer items, this resource addresses both general and subspecialty topics and provides accurate, on-the-spot answers. Sections are organized by subspecialty and body area, including chest, abdomen, and trauma, and chapters cover the anatomy, pathophysiology, differential diagnosis, hallmark signs, and image features of major diseases and conditions. Key example images and illustrations enhance the text throughout and provide an ideal, pocket-sized resource for residents and medical students. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    SECTION I: Imaging Modalities
    Radiography
    Computed Tomography
    Ultrasonography
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    Fluoroscopy
    Nuclear Medicine
    SECTION II: Chest
    Technical adequacy of chest radiograph
    The Normal Frontal Chest Radiograph
    Normal Pulmonary Vasculature
    The Normal Lateral Chest Radiograph
    Normal CT Anatomy of the Chest
    Normal CT Anatomy of the Lungs
    The Fissures
    Classifying Parenchymal Lung Disease
    Characteristics of Airspace Disease
    Some Causes of Airspace Disease
    Characteristics of Interstitial Lung Disease
    Some Causes of Interstitial Lung Disease
    Atelectasis of the Entire Lung
    Massive Pleural Effusion
    Pneumonia of an Entire Lung
    Post-pneumonectomy
    What is Atelectasis?
    Types of Atelectasis
    Patterns of Collapse in Lobar Atelectasis
    How Atelectasis Resolves
    Normal Anatomy and Physiology of the Pleural Space
    Modalities for Detecting Pleural Effusions
    ^Causes of Pleural Effusions
    Types of Pleural Effusions
    Side-Specificity of Pleural Effusions
    General Characteristics of Pneumonia
    Patterns of Pneumonia
    Lobar Pneumonia
    Segmental Pneumonia (Bronchopneumonia)
    Interstitial Pneumonia
    Round Pneumonia
    Cavitary Pneumonia
    Aspiration
    Localizing Pneumonia
    How Pneumonia Resolves
    Pneumothorax
    Pneumomediastinum
    Pneumopericardium
    Subcutaneous Emphysema
    Endotracheal and Tracheostomy Tubes
    Intravascular Catheters
    Cardiac Devices
    Pacemaker, AICD, IABP
    GI Tubes and Lines
    Nasogastric Tubes, Feeding Tubes
    Esophagus
    Mediastinal Masses
    Anterior Mediastinum
    Middle Mediastinal Masses
    Posterior Mediastinal Masses
    Solitary Nodule/Mass in the Lung
    Bronchogenic Carcinoma
    Metastatic Neoplasms in the Lung
    Pulmonary Thromboembolic Disease
    Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
    Blebs and Bullae, Cysts and Cavities
    Bronchiectasis
    Normal Cardiac CT Anatomy
    ^Uses of Cardiac CT
    Cardiac MRI
    Enlarged Cardiac Silhouette
    Pericardial Effusion
    Extra-cardiac Causes of Apparent Cardiac Enlargement
    Identifying Cardiac Enlargement on an AP Chest Radiograph
    Cardiomegaly on the Lateral Chest Radiograph
    Non-cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
    General Considerations
    Non-cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
    Imaging Findings
    Differentiating Cardiac from Non-cardiac Pulmonary Edema
    Hypertensive Cardiovascular Disease
    Mitral Stenosis
    Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Aortic Stenosis
    Cardiomyopathy
    Aortic Aneurysms
    General Considerations
    Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm
    Thoracic Aortic Dissection
    Coronary Artery Disease
    SECTION III: Abdomen
    Conventional Radiography
    What to Look For
    Normal Bowel Gas Pattern
    Normal Fluid Levels
    Differentiating Large from Small Bowel
    Acute Abdominal Series: the Views and What They Show
    Calcifications
    Organomegaly
    Abdominal CT: General Considerations
    ^Abnormal Gas Patterns
    Laws of the Gut
    Functional Ileus: Localized Sentinel Loops
    Functional Ileus: Generalized Adynamic Ileus
    Mechanical Obstruction: Small Bowel Obstruction
    Mechanical Obstruction: Large Bowel Obstruction (LBO)
    Volvulus of the Colon
    Intestinal Pseudo-obstruction (Ogilvie Syndrome)
    Signs of Free Intraperitoneal Air
    Air Beneath the Diaphragm
    Visualization of Both Sides of the Bowel Wall
    Visualization of the Falciform Ligament
    Causes of Free Air
    Signs of Extra-peritoneal Air (Retroperitoneal Air)
    Causes of Extra-peritoneal Air
    Signs of Air in the Bowel Wall
    Causes and Significance of Air in the Bowel Wall
    Signs of Air in the Biliary System
    Causes of Air in the Biliary System
    Stomach and Duodenum
    Duodenal Ulcer
    Small and Large Bowel
    Large Bowel
    Pancreas
    Hepatobiliary Abnormalities
    Space-Occupying Lesions of the Liver
    Biliary System
    Urinary Tract
    Pelvis
    Urinary Bladder
    Adenopathy
    ^SECTION IV: Calcifications
    Patterns of Calcification
    Rim-like Calcification
    Linear or Track-like Calcification
    Lamellar or Laminar Calcification
    Cloudlike, Amorphous, or Popcorn Calcification
    Location of Calcification
    SECTION V: Trauma
    Chest Trauma
    Rib Fractures
    Pulmonary Contusions
    Pulmonary Lacerations (Hematoma or Traumatic Pneumatocele)
    Aortic Trauma
    Abdominal Trauma
    Pelvic Trauma
    SECTION VI: Musculoskeletal
    Abnormalities of Bone Density
    Normal Bone Anatomy
    The Effect of Bone Physiology on Bone Anatomy
    Generalized Increase in Bone Density
    Focal Increase in Bone Density
    Generalized Decrease in Bone Density
    Focal Decrease in Bone Density
    Pathologic Fractures
    Acute Fracture
    Dislocations and Subluxations
    How Fractures are Described
    by the Number of Fracture Fragments
    How Fractures are Described
    by the Direction of the Fracture Line
    ^How Fractures are Described
    by the Relationship of One Fracture Fragment to Another
    How Fractures are Described
    by the Relationship of the Fracture to the Atmosphere
    Avulsion Fractures
    Stress Fractures
    Common Fracture Eponyms
    Some Easily Missed Fractures or Dislocations
    Fracture Healing
    Anatomy of a Joint
    Classification of Arthritis
    Hypertrophic Arthritis
    Erosive Arthritis
    Infectious Arthritis
    SECTION VII: Neuro
    The Normal Spine
    Back Pain
    Malignancy Involving the Spine
    MRI in Metastatic Spine Disease
    Spinal Trauma
    Normal Brain Anatomy
    MRI and the Brain
    Head Trauma
    Intracranial Hemorrhage
    Diffuse Axonal Injury
    Increased Intracranial Pressure
    Stroke
    Ruptured Aneurysms
    Hydrocephalus
    Cerebral Atrophy
    Brain Tumors
    Other Diseases
    Neuroimaging Terminology
    SECTION VIII: Pediatrics
    Newborn Respiratory Distress
    Childhood Lung Disease
    Soft Tissues of the Neck
    Ingested Foreign Bodies
    ^Other Diseases
    SECTION IX: Ultrasonography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
    How US Works
    Doppler Ultrasonography
    Adverse Effects or Safety Issues
    Medical Uses of Ultrasonography
    How Magnetic Resonance Imaging Works
    Hardware That Makes Up an MRI Scanner
    What Happens Once Scanning Begins
    How Can You Identify a T1-Weighted or T2-Weighted Image?
    MRI Contrast Agents: General Considerations
    MRI Safety Issues
    Diagnostic Applications of MRI .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Shanthi Paramothayan.
    Contents:
    Introduction to respiratory medicine
    Embryology, anatomy and physiology of the lung
    Drug and pharmacology of the lung
    Common respiratory investigations
    Common respiratory presentations
    Obstructive airways disease
    Diffuse parenchymal lung disease
    Respiratory infections
    Lung cancer
    Pleural disease
    Vasculitides
    Suppurative lung disease
    Respiratory failure
    Sleep disorders
    Occupational, environmental and recreational lung disease
    Disorders of the mediastinum
    Acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome.
  • Digital
    Rajesh R. Tampi, Deena J. Tampi, Juan J. Young, Meera Balasubramaniam, Pallavi Joshi, editors.
    Summary: This book critically reviews 75 important published papers that influence the practice of geriatric psychiatry. This book will assist anyone who is interested in the care of older adults with psychiatric disorders. It was written by thought leaders who shape the way geriatric psychiatry is currently practiced in the United States. All the major psychiatric disorders in later life are covered including anxiety disorders, bipolar disorders, depressive disorders, neurocognitive disorders, psychotic disorders, sleep disorders, and substance use disorders. It also reviews important studies on suicides in late life and interventional procedures in geriatric psychiatry like the ECT, and also evaluates the adverse effects of psychotropic medications on older adults with psychiatric disorders. The editors of the book along with input from members of the teaching and training committee of the American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry (AAGP) have chosen 75 published papers from the field of geriatric psychiatry that they believe provides the highest knowledge-yield/impact for practicing clinicians and educators in the field of geriatric mental health. The AAGP is a national association that represents and serves its members and the field of geriatric psychiatry. These 75 papers are critically appraised by the members of AAGP using a standardized format and a summary of these papers and their practical application is provided by these experts. This information can be used by anyone who wants to learn about the field of geriatric psychiatry.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Adverse effects of medications
    Do atypical antipsychotics cause stroke?
    Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials
    Meta-analysis of the Impact of 9 Medication Classes on Falls in Elderly Persons
    The efficacy and safety of atypical antipsychotics for the treatment of dementia: a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials
    Do antipsychotics lead to cognitive impairment in dementia? A meta-analysis of randomised placebo-controlled trials
    A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of the Risk of Dementia Associated with Benzodiazepine Use, After Controlling for Protopathic Bias
    Section 2: Anxiety Disorders
    Treatment of panic disorder in older adults: a pilot study comparison of alprazolam, imipramine, and placebo
    Efficacy and tolerability of citalopram in the treatment of late-life anxiety disorders: results from an 8-week randomized, placebo-controlled trial
    Efficacy and tolerability of duloxetine in elderly patients with generalized anxiety disorder: a pooled analysis of four randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies
    Escitalopram for older adults with generalized anxiety disorder: a randomized controlled trial
    Meta-analysis Comparing Different Behavioral Treatments for Late-Life Anxiety
    Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Generalized Anxiety Disorder Among Older Adults in Primary Care: A Randomized Clinical Trial
    Stepped-care prevention of anxiety and depression in late life: a randomized controlled trial
    A randomized controlled study of paroxetine and cognitive-behavioural therapy for late-life panic disorder
    Antidepressant medication augmented with cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults
    A meta-analysis of cognitive functioning in older adults with PTSD
    Anxiety as a Predictor for Cognitive Decline and Dementia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Section 3: Bipolar Disorder
    A Pilot Study of Standardized Treatment in Geriatric Bipolar Disorder
    Differences in clinical features and mental health service use in bipolar disorder across the lifespan
    Effect of antidepressant use on admissions to hospital among elderly bipolar patients
    GERI-BD: A Randomized Double-Blind Controlled Trial of Lithium and Divalproex in the Treatment of Mania in Older Patients With Bipolar Disorder
    History of Bipolar disorder and the risk of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis
    Section 4. Delirium
    A Multicomponent Intervention to Prevent Delirium in Hospitalized Older Patients
    Delirium in elderly patients and the risk of post discharge mortality, institutionalization, and dementia: a meta-analysis
    Effectiveness of multicomponent nonpharmacological delirium interventions: a meta-analysis
    Antipsychotic Medication for Prevention and Treatment of Delirium in Hospitalized Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Interventions for preventing delirium in older people in institutional long‐term care
    Section 5: Depressive Disorders
    Nortriptyline and Interpersonal Psychotherapy as Maintenance Therapies for Recurrent Major Depression. A Randomized Controlled Trial in Patients Older Than 59 Years
    Continuation treatment of delusional depression in older adults
    Reducing suicidal ideation and depressive symptoms in depressed older primary care patients: a randomized controlled trial
    Remission in Depressed Geriatric Primary Care Patients: A Report from the PROSPECT Study
    Executive dysfunction and the course of geriatric depression
    Maintenance Treatment of Major Depression in Old Age
    Placebo-Controlled Study of Relapse Prevention With Risperidone Augmentation in Older Patients with Resistant Depression
    Efficacy of Second-Generation Antidepressants in Late-Life Depression: A Meta-Analysis of the Evidence
    A double-blind randomized controlled trial of olanzapine plus sertraline vs olanzapine plus placebo for psychotic depression: the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD)
    Speed of remission in elderly patients with depression: electroconvulsive therapy v. medication
    A systematic review and meta-analysis of psychotherapy for late-life depression
    A novel strategy for continuation ECT in geriatric depression: phase 2 of the PRIDE Study
    Right Unilateral Ultrabrief Pulse ECT in Geriatric Depression: Phase 1 of the PRIDE Study
    Improvement in Depression is Associated with Improvement in Cognition in Late-Life Psychotic Depression
    Section 6: Electroconvulsive Therapy
    Continuation/Maintenance Treatment with Nortriptyline Versus Combined Nortriptyline and ECT in Late-Life Psychotic Depression: A Two-Year Randomized Study
    Safety and utility of acute electroconvulsive therapy for agitation and aggression in dementia
    Electroconvulsive therapy and risk of dementia in patients with affective disorders: a cohort study
    Electroconvulsive Therapy and Risk of Dementia-A Nationwide Cohort Study in Taiwan
    Section 7: Grief
    Treatment of complicated grief in elderly persons: a randomized clinical trial
    Section 8: Pain Disorders
    Association Between Psychological Interventions and Chronic Pain Outcomes in Older Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Section 9: Psychotic Disorders
    A Randomized, Controlled Trial of Cognitive Behavioral Social Skills Training for Middle-Aged and Older Outpatients with Chronic Schizophrenia
    Safety and tolerability of oral paliperidone extended-release tablets in elderly patients with schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study with six-month open-label extension
    Antipsychotic treatment for elderly people with late-onset schizophrenia
    Schizophrenia and risk of dementia: A meta-analysis study
    Antipsychotic treatment of very late-onset schizophrenia-like psychosis (ATLAS): a randomised, controlled, double-blind trial
    Section 10: Neurocognitive Disorders
    Efficacy and safety of cholinesterase inhibitors in Alzheimer's disease: a meta-analysis
    Depression and risk for Alzheimer disease: Systematic review, Meta-analysis, and Metaregression analysis
    Effectiveness of atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with Alzheimer's disease
    Predictors of progression from mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer disease
    Efficacy and safety of cognitive enhancers for patients with mild cognitive impairment: a systematic review and meta-analysis
    Personality and risk of Alzheimer's disease: New data and meta-analysis
    Modifiable predictors of dementia in mild cognitive impairment: a systematic review and meta-analysis
    Pharmacological Management of Lewy Body Dementia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Meta-analysis of modifiable risk factors for Alzheimer's disease
    Memantine for Alzheimer's Disease: An Updated Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
    Update on the Risk of Motor Vehicle Collision or Driving Impairment with Dementia: A Collaborative International Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
    Pharmacological interventions for apathy in Alzheimer's disease
    Section 11: Sleep Disorders
    Behavioral and Pharmacological Therapies for Late-Life Insomnia: A Randomized Controlled Trial
    Cognitive behavioral therapy vs zopiclone for treatment of chronic primary insomnia in older adults: a randomized controlled trial
    Suvorexant in Elderly Patients with Insomnia: Pooled Analyses of Data from Phase III Randomized Controlled Clinical Trials
    Cognitive behavior therapy for older adults with insomnia and depression: a randomized controlled trial in community mental health services
    Section 12: Suicides
    Medical Illness and the Risk of Suicide in the Elderly
    The Risk of Suicide with Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors in the Elderly
    Section 13: Substance Use Disorders
    Naltrexone as an Adjunctive Treatment for Older Patients with Alcohol Dependence
    Older adult patients with both Psychiatric and Substance abuse disorders: Prevalence and Health service use
    Five-year alcohol and drug treatment outcomes of older adults versus middle-aged and younger adults in a managed care program
    Treatment of Late-Life Depression Complicated by Alcohol Dependence
    Screening and Brief Intervention for Substance Misuse Among Older Adults: The Florida BRITE Project.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Benjamin A. Abramoff, Jing Wang, Christine Krull, editors.
    Summary: This text serves as a high-yield review of spinal cord injury medicine in a multiple choice question-based format. The content covered reflects key topics relevant to clinical practice and subspecialty certification through the American Board of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (ABPMR) Spinal Cord Injury (SCI) Medicine examination. The 22 chapters are arranged topically to address the full scope of information relevant to the field of spinal cord injury medicine. Included with each question is a corresponding in-depth explanation, as well as pertinent references to supporting literature. The questions and educational explanations are written by leading experts in the field of spinal cord injury medicine and are designed to be board-relevant in both content and style. This question bank should be of use to anyone wishing to test and expand their knowledge of spinal cord injury medicine, including therapists, medical students, residents, fellows, and attending physicians of any specialty.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Epidemiology, Risk Factors and Prevention of Spinal Cord Injury
    Anatomy, Physiology and Imaging of the Spinal Cord
    Assessment, Classification and Prognosis in Spinal Cord Injuries
    Acute Evaluation and Management of Spinal Cord Injuries
    Cardiovascular Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
    Pulmonary changes After Spinal Cord Injury
    Gastrointestinal Disorders in Spinal Cord Injury
    Genitourinary Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
    Sexuality and Reproductive Health after Spinal Cord Injury
    Musculoskeletal Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
    Neurological Complications of Spinal Cord Injury
    Pressure Injuries
    Pain and Spinal Cord Injury
    Nutrition, Endocrine, and Immune Function
    Psychological Disorders for Individuals with Spinal Cord Injuries
    Rehabilitation of Spinal Cord Injuries
    Non-Traumatic Spinal Cord Injury
    Pediatric Spinal Cord Injury
    System Based Practice and Ethical Considerations Related to Spinal Cord Injuries
    Community Living with Spinal Cord Injuries.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Roger Härtl, Rodrigo Navarro-Ramirez.
    Summary: The ultimate resource for learning and mastering minimally invasive spine surgery techniques An estimated 1.5 million instrumented spinal procedures are performed every year in the US. The majority of decompressions and about 50% of fusion procedures can be performed completely or partially using minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS) techniques. The full potential of MISS techniques has yet to be realized. Essential Step-by-Step Techniques for Minimally I.
  • Digital
    Clive R. G. Quick, Suzanne M. Biers, Tan H. A. Arulampalam ; illustrated by Philip J. Deakin ; foreword by Conor P. Delaney.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    senior consulting editor, Jose M. Velasco ; consulting editors, Rana Ballo, Keith Hood, Jennifer Jolley, Daniel Rinewalt, Benjamin Veenstra.
    Contents:
    Exploratory laparotomy: laparoscopic
    Exploratory laparotomy: open
    Peritoneal dialysis catheter insertion
    Peritoneal lesion: biopsy
    Inguinal and femoral hernia: laparoscopic repair
    Inguinal and femoral hernia: open repair
    Ventral hernia: laparoscopic repair
    Ventral hernia: open repair
    Cholecystectomy with or without cholangiography: laparoscopic
    Cholecystectomy with or without cholangiography: open
    Hepatic biopsy: laparoscopic
    Hepatic biopsy: open
    Splenectomy: laparoscopic
    Splenectomy: open
    Antireflux procedure: laparoscopic
    Gastrostomy: open
    Gastrostomy: percutaneous endoscopic
    Adhesiolysis: laparoscopic
    Adhesiolysis: open
    Feeding jejunostomy: laparoscopic
    Feeding jejunostomy: open
    Ileostomy
    Ileostomy closure
    Small intestinal resection: open
    Appendectomy: laparoscopic
    Appendectomy: open
    Colectomy, partial: laparoscopic
    Colectomy, partial: open
    Colostomy
    Colostomy closure
    Anal fistulotomy/seton placement
    Anal sphincterotomy: internal
    Anorectal abscess: drainage
    Banding for internal hemorrhoids
    Hemorrhoidectomy
    Perianal condylomas: excision
    Bronchoalveolar lavage
    Bronchoscopy
    Colonoscopy
    Esophagogastro?duodenoscopy (EGD)
    Laryngoscopy
    Proctoscopy
    Axillary sentinel lymph node biopsy
    Axillary lymphadenectomy
    Breast biopsy with or without needle localization
    Breast cyst: aspiration
    Duct excision
    Mastectomy: modified radical
    Mastectomy: partial
    Mastectomy: simple
    Parathyroidectomy
    Thyroidectomy: partial or total
    Melanoma: wide local excision
    Pilonidal cystectomy
    Sentinel lymph node biopsy for melanoma
    Skin/soft tissue lesions: excisional and incisional biopsy
    Soft tissue infections: incision, drainage, debridement
    Airway management/ventilator management
    Arterial catheter placement
    Central venous catheter placement
    Compartment pressures (abdomen, extremity): measurement
    Defibrillation and cardioversion
    Endotracheal intubation
    Enteral feeding tube placement
    Oxygen administration devices
    Paracentesis
    Pulmonary artery catheter placement
    Thoracentesis
    Ultrasound use for intravascular access
    Urinary catheterization
    Focused abdominal sonography for trauma (FAST)
    Gastrointestinal tract injury: operation
    Temporary closure of the abdomen
    Wounds, major: debride/suture
    Amputations: lower extremity
    Carotid endarterectomy
    Embolectomy/thrombectomy: arterial
    Vena cava filter: insertion
    Venous insufficiency/varicose veins: operation
    Arteriovenous access: revision
    Arteriovenous graft/fistula
    Percutaneous vascular access
    Venous access devices: insertion
    Chest tube placement and management
    Inguinal hernia repair
    Umbilical hernia repair
    Skin grafting
    Lymph node biopsy
    Tracheostomy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Jane N. Zuckerman, Gary W. Brunette, Peter A. Leggat.
    Contents:
    Basic epidemiology of infectious diseases / Mark J. Sotir and David O. Freedman
    Basic epidemiology of non-infectious diseases / Richard C. Franklin and Peter A. Leggat
    Pre-travel health risk assessment / Peter A. Leggat and Jane N. Zuckerman
    Setting up a travel clinic
    Marc T.M. Shaw and Claire S. Wong
    Travel medicine resources / Peter A. Leggat, Gary W. Brunette, Gilles Poumerol and Jane N. Zuckerman
    Travellers' diarrhoea / Charles D. Ericsson
    Vector borne diseases / Annelies Wilder-Smith
    Yellow fever / Mark D. Gershman and J. Erin Staples
    Malaria / Tomas Jelinek
    Respiratory disease and travel / Regina Larocque and Edward T. Ryan
    Sexually transmitted infections in travellers / Alberto Matteelli, Anna Cristina Carvalho and Patricia Schlagenhauf
    Tropical skin infections / Fransisco Vega-Lopez and Sara Ritchie
    Rabies / Mary Warrell
    Vaccine-preventable disease / Joseph Torresi, Abinash Virk and Jane N. Zuckerman
    Women's health and travel / I. Dale Carroll
    Children's health and travel / Karl Newman and Phil Fischer
    Travelers with underlying medical conditions / Anne McCarthy and Kathy Suh
    The older traveler and traveling with disability / Kathy Suh and Anne McCarthy
    Visiting friends and relatives / Karin Leder and Sarah McGuinness
    Migrants, refugees and travel medicine / Louis Loutan
    Study-abroad programs : student health and safety issues / Gary Rhodes and Gary W. Brunette
    Humanitarian aid workers, disaster relief workers, and missionaries / Brian D. Gushulak and Douglas W. MacPherson
    Long-term travelers / Claire Davies and Ted Lankester
    Aviation and travel medicine / Michael Bagshaw, Ian Cheng and Robert Bor
    Expedition and wilderness medicine / Sean Hudson, Will Smith, David Shlim, Caroline Knox, Karen Marienau
    Scuba and diving medicine / Karen J. Marienau
    Venomous and poisonous animals and toxins / Mark A. Read
    Cruise ships and travel medicine / Sally S.J. Bell and Eilif Dahl
    Mass gatherings and travel medicine / Joanna Gaines and Gary W. Brunette
    Emergency care whilst abroad / Peter A. Leggat and Marc T.M. Shaw
    The returning traveller / Tamar Lachish, Fons Van Gompel and Eli Schwartz.
    Digital Access Wiley 2015
  • Digital
    Abdul Qayyum Rana, Kelvin L. Chou.
    Summary: This practical, concise guide discusses how to distinguish different types of tremor and make the diagnosis of essential tremor.℗ℓ Written in an easy-to-read format, this book summarises other conditions that may be confused with essential tremor and details all current treatment options for this condition, including medications, surgery and non-invasive alternatives. Examination techniques for patients with a tremor complaint are described, some of which may be novel to the general practitioner, and case studies full of diagnostic and examination pearls are provided.℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ Essential Tremor in Clinical Practice is an updated version of Abdul Qayyum Ranaℓ́ℓs previous book, An Introduction to Essential Tremor. Busy clinicians, including internists, general and family practitioners, and geriatricians will benefit from this short yet comprehensive, clinically focussed volume.

    Contents:
    What is Tremor?
    What is Essential Tremor?.- Clinical Approach to Essential Tremor
    Diagnosis of Essential Tremor
    Treatment of Essential Tremor
    Case Studies
    Essential Tremor: A Short History
    Resources for Essential Tremor.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giovanni Battista Migliori, Mario C. Raviglione, editors.
    Summary: This textbook covers the full spectrum of tuberculosis-related topics in a comprehensive yet easy-to-follow, readily accessible format. Filling a significant gap in tuberculosis literature, it addresses tuberculosis sensu latu, mirroring the content of the London Queen Mary University tuberculosis Diploma. Covering all aspects related to this condition, from prevention, diagnosis and treatment to public and global health, the book provides a broad overview of tuberculosis management. Further, it includes a wealth of case studies and exercises, making it an essential guide for all staff involved in tuberculosis management. Written by an international and interdisciplinary panel of experts, the book appeals to a broad readership including students, postdoctoral fellows, clinicians, researchers, and nurses, as well as public health officers working in tuberculosis control programs.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Introduction
    Chapter 1. History of Tuberculosis
    Chapter 2. Mycobacterium tuberculosis: the organism, genomics and evolution
    Chapter 3. Pathogenesis and immunology of TB
    Chapter 4. Basic and descriptive epidemiology of TB
    Chapter 5. TB WHO recommended strategies and Global Health perspectives (and exercise/country examples)
    Part 2. Prevention
    Chapter 6. Vaccines
    Chapter 7. Latent TB infection diagnosis and treatment
    Chapter 8. Infection Control (and exercise). Part 3. Diagnosis
    Chapter 9. TB Clinical presentation and differential diagnosis
    Chapter 10. Laboratory diagnosis of TB (including MDR)
    Chapter 11. Radiology in the diagnosis of TB How to read a chest x-ray
    IV. Treatment
    Chapter 12. Rationale for chemotherapy (and exercise)
    Chapter 13. Anti-TB drugs and adverse events
    Chapter 14. Treatment of drug-susceptible TB
    Chapter 15. Surgery and TB
    Chapter 16. How to design the regimen for drug-resistant TB (and clinical cases)
    Chapter 17. The shorter regimen for MDR-TB
    Chapter 18. Monitoring treatment: clinical and programmatic approach for TB and DR-TB
    Chapter 19. Adherence
    Chapter 20. TB Patient-centred care
    Part 5. Risk factors, risk groups, challenges
    Chapter 21. TB, alcohol, smoking and diabetes. Chapter 22. TB and prisons
    Chapter 23. TB and migration
    Chapter 24. The TB/HIV association
    Chapter 25. Childhood TB
    Chapter 26. Tuberculosis and women (risk factors, pregnancy, access to services and gender issues)
    Chapter 27. TB in the elderly
    Chapter 28. Extra-pulmonary TB
    Chapter 29. Renal and hepatic failure and tuberculosis
    Chapter 30. TB Rehabilitation and palliative care
    Chapter 31. Post TB infections
    Part 6. Public Health
    Chapter 32. The national TB programme: role and functions (and exercise)
    Chapter 33. National TB Strategic Planning (and exercise)
    Chapter 34. Active case finding and hard-to-reach TB groups
    Chapter 35. Managing TB outbreaks in low-incidence settings (and exercise)
    Part 7. Global Health
    Chapter 36. The global TB burden
    Chapter 37. A multi-sectorial approach to tuberculosis control and elimination in the era of the UN Sustainable Development Goals
    Chapter 38. One Health--approach to zoonotic tuberculosis. The burden of zoonotic tuberculosis in the world
    Chapter 39. Health systems and TB control
    Chapter 40. The global and individual economics of TB
    Part 8. Research
    Chapter 41. An overview of research priorities in TB
    Chapter 42. Priority areas for TB vaccines
    Chapter 43. Priority areas for TB diagnosis
    Chapter 44. Priority areas for latent infection
    Chapter 45. Priority areas for TB treatment
    Chapter 46. Operational Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Marios Loukas, Danny Burns.
    Summary: Resource ordered for the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program 105262 and Radiography 105261 program.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basic Ultrasound Physics
    Back
    Upper Limb
    Lower Limb
    Thorax: Chest Wall and Pleura
    Heart
    Abdomen
    Neck, Face, Eye
    Femaile Pelvis
    Male Pelvis
    Focused Assessment with Sonography for Trauma (FAST)
    Multiple-Choice Questions.
  • Digital
    Mauro Zago, editor.
    Summary: E-FAST (extended focused assessment by sonograpy for trauma) represents the basic ultrasonographic approach to any trauma patient. Identification or exclusion of free fluid and air in the abdominal and thoracic cavities plays a pivotal role in deciding the immediate diagnostic and therapeutic path. Learning E-FAST is mandatory for all acute care surgeons and all physicians involved in trauma management. The structure of the book and its practical approach will make it an easy-to-consult and quick reference tool for beginners and a useful support for more experienced professionals.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Preface
    1. Basic physics, instrumentation and knobology
    2. E-FAST protocol: Introduction and focused questions
    3. Abdominal views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning tips and tricks, abnormal images
    4.Thoracic views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning Tips and Tricks, Abnormal Images
    5. Including EFAST in Trauma Algorithm: When? What to do next?
    6. The role of EFAST in Comprehensive US Trauma Management (ABCDE-US) Facing Clinical Scenarios
    7. Pre-Hospital US in Trauma: Role and Tips
    8. CEUS-FAST: What is it? .
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gian Carlo Di Renzo, editor.
    Summary: When the COVID- 19 pandemic occurred, all the main communication systems of medical research have undergone an epochal change. Many online journals and magazines have tried to publish inherent works of this specific problem as soon as possible, soliciting and preferring them to others, thus changing the system of free acceptance of scientific works once. Moreover, the way to communicate these works has no longer occurred through standard Scientific Congresses but with other systems, websites/streaming and webinars or virtual conferences. Now there is something systematic missing, which foresees that this may last in the future, in the post COVID-19 era (AC): the communication system of the medical sciences will be different from now on. There will be far fewer classical-style conferences like the ones so popular before COVID-19 outbreak (BC) but there will be more webinars, in streaming and virtual conferences. This new book fits well in this period, creating a bridge between those who do research, how it is communicated, what are the classic communication methods and what is all the necessary background to communicate with new tools. The book idea is based on the legacy left by Michael Faraday, the famous American chemist, who sensed how communicating what happens in science can make the difference between the success and failure of the research itself.

    Contents:
    The Island Of Research (Do Not Block The Path Of Enquiry)
    Big Data, Metanalysis And Sistematic Reviews : The Jungle Of Statistics
    Essentials On Writing A Paper For A Peer Reviewed Journal
    The Value Of The Websites And Online Journals
    Ways To Implement Your Key Messages
    The Classical Meetings And Congresses
    The New Ways To Communicate Your Research: Webinars And Beyond
    The Virtual Theatre : The Lure, The Title, The Scene, The Backstage, The Space
    The World Of Audience : Listeners Or Gazers, Learned Or Unlearned
    Connect And Be Understood
    Narrative Science And Medicine
    The Legacy Of Michael Faraday.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Christopher Ente, Michael Ukpe.
    Summary: Patient safety and quality improvement in health care remain a global priority. Subpar performance in health care, however, is still common more than a decade after the christening of patient safety in Africa. The core principle of safety and quality improvement systems is to identify and assess the root cause of failures in order to learn from them and devise a means to improve and to avoid recurrence. This book is designed to encourage, facilitate and empower healthcare workers in the development and implementation of strategically driven patient safety and quality improvement initiatives for safer healthcare systems and healthcare facilities in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) of Africa.^It also highlights some of the profound challenges and barriers to designing and implementing patient safety and quality improvement interventions or programmes in the region and reiterates the need to remain focused and determined to work out solutions with confidence and overcome these barriers. In the book, chapters highlight six essential components crucial for achieving evolutionary progress in safety and quality improvement in a healthcare system: Standard operating procedure Audit Research Safety management Quality management Evaluation Practical steps in planning and conducting these six essential components are outlined with some specific features to aid learning and facilitate their implementation. The authors have experience and expertise in the medical practice gained in Africa and a decade of knowledge and experience from consultancy work in safety and quality improvement in health care within and outside the region.^Essentials for Quality and Safety Improvement in Health Care: A Resource for Developing Countries is authored for both medical professionals and those from other professions who are interested in and enthusiastic about patient safety and healthcare quality and therefore willing to build a career in this field. It is relevant to all health institutions, health and non-health workers, and can be used as a checklist while rendering quality and safe health care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Concept of Quality and Safety Improvement in Health Care
    Chapter 2. Standard Operating Procedure
    Chapter 3. Audit
    Chapter 4. Research
    Chapter 5. Safety Management
    Chapter 6. Quality Management
    Chapter 7. Evaluation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Samuel Antuña, Raúl Barco.
    Contents:
    Applied anatomy & Surgical Approaches to the Elbow
    Lateral Elbow Pain
    Medial Elbow Pain
    Distal Humerus Fractures
    Fractures and Dislocations of the Proximal Ulna & Radial head
    Elbow Stiffness
    Elbow Instability
    The Arthritic Elbow
    Tendon Injuries
    Safety in Elbow Surgery: From Open to Arthroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Aydin Berenjian, editor.
    Summary: This textbook teaches the principles and applications of fermentation technology, bioreactors, bioprocess variables and their measurement, key product separation and purification techniques as well as bioprocess economics in an easy to understand way. The multidisciplinary science of fermentation applies scientific and engineering principles to living organisms or their useful components to produce products and services beneficial for our society. Successful exploitation of fermentation technology involves knowledge of microbiology and engineering. Thus the book serves as a must-have guide for undergraduates and graduate students interested in Biochemical Engineering and Microbial Biotechnology.

    Contents:
    1. Fermentation at a glance
    2. Microorganisms
    3. Nutrient
    4. Sterilization
    5. Liquid and solid state bioreactors
    6. Bioreactor operating conditions
    7. Bioreactor scale up
    8. Cell separation and disruption
    9. Product recovery and purification
    10. Bioprocess economics.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Juan Carlos Kaski.
    Contents:
    1. Chronic stable angina pectoris: history and epidemiology
    2. Stable angina pectoris: definition, clinical presentation and pathophysiologic mechanisms
    3. Angina due to obstructive atherosclerotic coronary artery disease: diagnosis and patient risk stratification
    4. Microvascular angina: diagnosis, prognosis and treatment
    5. Angina in women
    6. Management of angina.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Mohamed E. A. Abdelrahim, Haitham Saeed, Hadeer S. Harb, Yasmin M. Madney.
    Summary: This book assesses the most appropriate forms of aerosol therapy for critically ill patients. Aerosol therapy is applied for the treatment of several pulmonary diseases in addition to some promising applications intended for systemic absorption. Nowadays, aerosol delivery to clinically stable patients in the outpatient settings is done easily with a lot of focus on patient counseling and enhancement of lung deposition. A lot of guidelines are available for several diseases and it could offer adequate guidance to the therapists concerning escalation or de-escalation of therapy to enhance treatment efficiency and safety. However, in critically ill patients aerosol delivery is mostly done by the choice of the respiratory therapist only according to his knowledge. The book describes the type of patients requiring aerosol therapy, different aerosol generators available for the treatment of critically ill patients, mechanisms of aerosol lung deposition, and factors affecting aerosol deposition. It also discusses the special needs of neonates and infants, transitioning aerosol from hospital to home, and the methods of aerosol delivery to different patient e.g. nasal delivery patients, ventilated patients, etc. Moreover, it reviews methods of detecting such aerosol delivery to the lung. At the end, it discusses the suggested monitoring plans and weaning protocols to ensure high efficacy and safety of the ventilatory support in such patients. Given its scope, the book can serve as guidelines or specific recommendations to maximize clinical benefits of medicated aerosols in critically ill patients and it represents a valuable resource for intensivists, pulmonologists and healthcare professionals working at ICUs.

    Contents:
    The types of patients being treated
    What they are being treated for
    Where they are being treated
    Special needs for neonates, infants and toddler
    Aerosol via
    Hand held nebulizers
    mouthpiece and masks
    pMDIs and SMIs - Role of valved holding chambers
    DPIs
    Hoods
    Nasal cannula
    NIV
    CMV with and without bias flow
    Special modes of ventilation - APRV, HFOV, IPV, CHFO, jet ventilation
    Drugs for Aerosol in acute and critical care
    Transitioning aerosol from hospital to home
    Role of training and follow-up
    The aerosol generators available for critically ill patient
    Mechanisms of aerosol lung deposition
    Factors affecting aerosol deposition in critically ill patient
    The methods of delivery to different ill patients
    Nasal delivery patients, ventilated patients. Methods of detecting aerosol delivery to the lung
    Purposed recommendations for aerosol delivery to critically ill patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Jeffrey E. Janis, MD, FACS, Professor of Plastic Surgery, Neurosurgery, Neurology, and Surgery Executive Vice Chairman, Department of Plastic Surgery, Chief of Plastic Surgery, University Hospitals, President-Elect, American Society of Plastic Surgeons, Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center, Columbus, OH
    Summary: "Essentials of Aesthetic Surgery may fit in your pocket, but this easy-to-follow guide is teeming with valuable cutting-edge topics in cosmetic surgery. Focusing on both traditional and emerging concepts, techniques and innovations in aesthetic surgery, this portable book draws from the expertise of experienced surgeons to provide step-by-step instructions for the procedures surgeons build their careers on. This comprehensive guide offers readers: A practical guide to the most sought-after procedures, presented by internationally recognized experts Follows the best-selling Essentials of Plastic Surgery structure, which explores techniques and tips for success in a succinct, accessible, bulleted format Modern perspectives on traditional procedures, including facelift, necklift, blepharoplasty, rhinoplasty, breast augmentation, liposuction, abdominoplasty, and thighlift A deeper look at correction of the tear trough deformity, lateral canthopexy, Asian blepharoplasty, secondary and ethnic rhinoplasty, the nasolabial fold, lip augmentation, nonsurgical rejuvenation, augmentation-mastopexy, gluteal augmentation, genital surgery, and transgender surgery Take-home points at the end of each chapter to summarize the content for easy review Rich, high-quality photographs and illustrations for an in-depth understanding of the pertinent anatomy As the role of the plastic surgeon has evolved, so must the techniques and available procedures to address the needs of the diverse aesthetic surgery patient population. Aesthetic surgery continues to grow exponentially in popularity, and this guide provides surgeons with the tools they need to stay abreast of changing trends and innovative techniques to achieve the highest possible patient satisfaction."-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    edited by Liang Cheng and David G. Bostwick.
    Contents:
    Cytopathology
    Immunohistochemistry for the Surgical Pathologist
    Tumors of Unknown Primary
    Diagnostic Electron Microscopy
    Transplantation Pathology
    Microbiology for the Surgical Pathologist
    Forensic Pathology
    Autopsy
    Biomedical Infomatics for Anatomic Pathology
    Quality Assurance and Regulations for Anatomic Pathology
    Molecular Diagnostic Pathology
    Molecular Pathology of Solid Tumors
    Human Genetic Disorders
    Neuropathology
    Lymph Node
    Spleen
    Bone Marrow
    Neoplasms of the Skin and Immunodermatology
    Non-Neoplastic Skin Diseases
    Endocrine Pathology
    Bone and Joints
    Soft Tissue Tumors
    Tumors of the Salivary Glands
    Head and Neck
    Eye and Ocular Adnexae
    Mediastinum and Thymus
    Cardiovascular Pathology
    Lung and Pleura
    Breast
    Vulva and Vagina
    Uterus and Fallopian Tube
    Ovary and Peritoneum
    Placenta and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
    Non-Neoplastic Renal Diseases
    Tumors of the Kidney
    Urinary Bladder
    Renal Pelvis, Ureter, and Urethra
    Prostate
    Testis and Testicular Adnexa
    Penis
    Esophagus and Stomach
    Small Intestine, Appendix, Colorectum, and Anus
    Pancreas
    Neoplastic Hepatobiliary Disease
    Neoplasms of the Liver and Biliary System. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mary Ellen McCann, Christine Greco, Kai Matthes.
    Contents:
    I: Newborn and infant
    The term infant
    The preterm infant
    Origin of the NICU
    Hemodynamics in the infant
    Measures of carbon dioxide
    Glucose control
    Oxygen management: concerns about both hyperoxia and hypoxia in neonates during critical care and intraoperatively
    Temperature control
    Neonatal resuscitation
    Congenital abnormalities and syndromes
    Myopathies of the newborn
    II: Newborn and infant anesthesia
    Preoperative preparation
    Developmental pharmacology: the neonate
    The newborn airway
    Fluid and transfusion management
    Neonatal ventilation strategies
    Anesthetic-induced neurotoxicity
    New anesthetic agents on the horizon
    Monitoring of the newborn and young infant under anesthesia
    III: Specific newborn and infant procedures
    Anesthesia for neurosurgical procedures
    Anesthesia for otolaryngologic procedures in infants and neonates
    Anesthesia for plastic surgery
    Anesthesia for abdominal wall reconstruction procedures
    Anesthesia for intra-abdominal procedures
    Anesthesia for urologic surgery
    Anesthesia for thoracic surgery
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
    Congenital heart disease in the neonate and infant: cardiac catheterization and cardiac surgery
    Noncardiac surgery in neonates and infants with cardiac disease
    Neonatal and infant tumors
    Anesthesia for transplant surgery
    Anesthesia for interventional radiology procedures
    Anesthesia for conjoined twins
    Anesthesia for fetal surgery
    IV: Pain management and other newborn and infant anesthesia concerns
    Pain management in neonates and infants
    Regional anesthesia in neonates and infants
    Procedural sedation
    Ambulatory anesthesia in infants
    Apnea and bradycardia
    Neonatal outcomes
    Research on newborns and infants
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [editors] Puneet Khanna, Shashikant Sharma.
    Summary: "This book, which comes in a comprehensive yet compact format, orients undergraduates, students preparing for postgraduate entrance examination, and anesthesia technicians to anesthesia basics, including anatomy, physiology, pharmacology, drugs, types of equipment, and management of specific ailments of all the organ systems. The chapters in this book are simplified by way of tables, flowcharts, and appropriate figures, thereby making the reading and understanding of the subject easy. This book includes chapters on artificial intelligence and updates of the Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Guidelines 2020 by the American Heart Association (AHA)." -- from preface.

    Contents:
    Section I: Preliminaries in anesthesia
    Section II: General anesthesia
    Section III: Regional anesthesia
    Section IV: Anesthesia for coexisting diseases
    Section V: Subspecialty management
    Section VI: Miscellaneous
    Section VII: Equipment in anesthesia.
  • Digital
    William E. Prentice, PhD, ATC, PT, FNATA, Professor, Coordinator of the Sports Medicine Specialization, Department of Exercise and Sports Science, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Summary: Essentials of athletic injury management provides the information you need to manage the care of athletic injuries--from prevention, identification and assessment of injuries to interaction with players, parents and physicians. Designed for those beginning careers in coaching, physical education and the fitness profession, this text prepares students to manage injury and emergency situations when an athletic trainer or physician is not available. Action plans, checklists and applications of universal precautions in athletic environments are included to provide the practical tools needed to get started in the field.

    Contents:
    pt. I. Organizing and establishing an effective athletic health care system. Fitness professional, coaches, and the sports medicine team : defining roles ; Organizing and administering an athletic health care program ; Legal liability and insurance
    pt. II. Preventing injuries in an athletic health care system. Preventing injuries through fitness training ; Sports nutrition and supplements ; Selecting and using protective sports equipment ; Understanding the potential dangers of adverse environmental conditions
    pt. III. Techniques for treating and managing sport-related injuries ; Bloodborne pathogens, universal precautions, and wound care ; Wrapping and taping techniques ; Understanding the basics of injury rehabilitation ; Helping the injured athlete psychologically
    pt. IV. Recognition and management of specific injuries and conditions. Recognizing different sports injuries ; The foot and toes ; The ankle and lower leg ; The knee and related structures ; The thigh, hip, groin, and pelvis ; The shoulder complex ; The elbow, forearm, wrist, and hand ; The spine ; The thorax and abdomen ; The head, face, eyes, ears, nose, and throat ; General medical conditions and additional health concerns ; Substance abuse ; Preventing and managing injuries in young athletes.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2016
  • Digital
    William E. Prentice, PhD, ATC, PT, FNATA, Professor, Coordinator of the Sports Medicine Specialization, Department of Exercise and Sports Science, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.
    Summary: The eleventh edition of Essentials of Athletic Injury Management is written for those students interested in the fitness profession, kinesiology, coaching, or some aspect of sport science or physical education.

    Contents:
    Part I: Organizing and Establishing an Effective Athletic Health Care System
    Chapter 1: Fitness Professionals, Coaches, and the Sports Medicine Team: Defining Roles
    Chapter 2: Organizing and Administering an Athletic Health Care Program
    Chapter 3: Legal Liability and Insurance
    Part II: Preventing Injuries in an Athletic Health Care System
    Chapter 4: Preventing Injuries Through Fitness Training
    Chapter 5: Sports Nutrition and Supplements
    Chapter 6: Selecting and Using Protective Sports Equipment
    Chapter 7: Understanding the Potential Dangers of Adverse Environmental Conditions
    Part III: Techniques for Treating and Managing Sport-Related Injuries
    Chapter 8: Handling Emergency Situations and Injury Assessment
    Chapter 9: Bloodborne Pathogens, Universal Precautions, and Wound Care
    Chapter 10: Wrapping and Taping Techniques
    Chapter 11: Understanding the Basics of Injury Rehabilitation
    Chapter 12: Helping the Injured Athlete Psychologically
    Part IV: Recognition and Management of Specific Injuries and Conditions
    Chapter 13: Recognizing Different Sports Injuries
    Chapter 14: The Foot and Toes
    Chapter 15: The Ankle and Lower Leg
    Chapter 16: The Knee and Related Structures
    Chapter 17: The Thigh, Hip, Groin, and Pelvis
    Chapter 18: The Shoulder Complex
    Chapter 19: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand
    Chapter 20: The Spine
    Chapter 21: The Thorax and Abdomen
    Chapter 22: The Head, Face, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
    Chapter 23: General Medical Conditions and Additional Health Concerns
    Chapter 24: Substance Abuse
    Chapter 25: Preventing and Managing Injuries in Young Athletes
    Glossary
    Appendix A: Employment Settings for the Athletic Trainer
    Appendix B: Requirements for Certification as an Athletic Trainer
    Appendix C: Directional Movements for Body Joints.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2020
  • Digital
    Yee Guan Yap, A John Camm.
    Summary: Atrial fibrillation (AF) affects an estimated 1?2% of the population and is the most common cause of sustained cardiac arrhythmia. Critically, the number of patients developing AF is expected to double in the next five decades, leading to increased incidence of stroke, heart failure and other serious thromboembolic events. Essentials of Atrial Fibrillation is a timely investigation of current pharmaceutical trends, clinical guidelines, novel treatments, and ongoing pipeline developments, including ground-breaking advances in the use of novel oral anticoagulants.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology of atrial fibrillation
    Pathogenesis of atrial fibrillation
    Classification, diagnosis, and assessment of atrial fibrillation
    Rate and rhythm control strategies for atrial fibrillation
    Anticoagulant treatment strategies for atrial fibrillation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Stanley A. Gelfand.
    Summary: "This textbook attempts to provide a comprehensive overview of audiology at the introductory level; including such topics as acoustics, anatomy and physiology, sound perception, auditory disorders and the nature of hearing impairment, methods of measurement, screening, clinical assessment and clinical management. It is intended to serve as the core text for undergraduate students in speech, language and hearing, and might also serve the needs of beginning-level graduate students who need to learn or review the fundamentals of audiology. It is anticipated that the material will be covered in a one-, two- or three-term undergraduate sequence, depending on the organization of the communication sciences and disorders curriculum at a given college or university"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Acoustics and sound measurement
    Anatomy and physiology of the auditory system
    Measurement principles and the nature of hearing
    The audiometer and test environment
    Pure tone audiometry
    Auditory system and related disorders
    Acoustic immitance assessment
    Speech audiometry
    Clinical masking
    Behavioral tests for audiological diagnosis
    Physiological methods in audiology
    Assessment of infants and children
    Audiological screening
    Nonorganic hearing loss
    Audiological management 1
    Audiological management 2
    Effects of noise and hearing conservation
    Appendix A : Combining OBLs into db SPL and dbA
    Appendix B : Alphabetical listing of spondaic words commonly used in clinical practice
    Appendix C : CID Auditory Test W-22 : word lists 1-4
    Appendix D : Northwestern University Auditory Test No. 6
    Appendix E : Spanish bisyllabic words for speech recognition testing
    Appendix F : Boothroyd isophonemic word lists
    Appendix G : An example of the AzBio sentence lists
    Appendix H : Lists 1 and 2 of the Basic English Lexicon (BEL) sentences
    Appendix I : Lexical Neighborhood Test (LNT)
    Appendix J : Multisyllabic Lexical Neighborhood Test (MLNT)
    Appendix K : PBK-50 (PB Kindergarten) words lists
    Appendix L : Word Intelligibility by Picture (WIPI) Test word lists
    Appendix M : Northwestern University Children's Perception of Speech (NU-CHIPS) Test word lists
    Appendix N : Selected resources for auditory-visual training.
  • Digital
    Stanley A. Gelfand, Lauren Calandruccio
    Summary: Introductory audiology is an essential and fundamental aspect of the education of all students who are interested in the two related professions of speech-language pathology and audiology. This book is primarily intended to serve as a comprehensive introductory text for students who are preparing to enter both of these fields. As such, it tries to address the needs of at least two rather different groups of students. Those planning a career in audiology need a broad overview of the field and a firm understanding of its many basic principles so that they have a solid foundation for the future as doctors of audiology in clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Acoustics and Sound Measurement
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory System
    Measurement Principles and the Nature of Hearing
    The Audiometer and Test Environment
    Pure Tone Audiometry
    Auditory System and Related Disorders
    Acoustic Immittance Assessment
    Speech Audiometry
    Clinical Masking
    Behavioral Tests for Audiological Diagnosis
    Physiological Methods in Audiology
    Assessment of Infants and Children
    Audiological Screening
    Nonorganic Hearing Loss
    Audiological Management I
    Audiological Management II
    Effects of Noise and Hearing Conservation.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne ComSci
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty (ed.).
    Contents:
    v. 1. No individual title
    v. 2. Recent advances, topics, and developments
    v. 3. Current methods and modern trends.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Springer
    Springer
    Springer
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty, editor.
    Summary: This book covers new and exciting topics which have emerged in the area of autopsy recently, including the three different post-mortem CT-angiography systems currently available to practitioners in this field; a highly topical chapter on the role of genetic abnormalities in the handling of drugs within the body and how this can affect the interpretation of toxicological results in relation to how the drug may have caused or contributed to death; an update on the current classification and considerations related to deaths due to hanging; a review of injuries and fatalities caused by animals including post-mortem scavenging; an authoritative review of poisons and toxins from water and the life that inhabits it; and recent advances in knowledge in the use of entomology as an investigative tool as well as knowledge related to colonisation of cadavers by insects, animals and birds. Essentials of Autopsy Practice: Advances, Updates and Emerging Technologies is a multi-subject book, aimed at different grades of practitioners, from different practice areas, covering topics that are currently discussed and anticipated to be discussed in the field of autopsy practice over the next few years.

    Contents:
    Post-Mortem Computed Tomography (PMCT) Scanning with Angiography (PMCTA). A Description of Three Distinct Methods
    Death by Hanging
    Marine Toxins
    The Dismembered Body
    Medico-legal Autopsies and Pharmacogenetics
    Forensic Entomology: a Synopsis, Guide and Update
    Advances in the Use of Latent Finger Marks.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty, editor.
    Summary: This book covers topical subjects within the field of death investigation, where changes in practice have recently occurred. The topics embrace the multi-disciplinary approach required for death investigation, and address advances in the field of forensic photography, pathology, and 3D printing as applied to forensics. This volume includes chapters on high altitude deaths, the role of 3D-printing applied to forensic investigations, photogrammetry, commotion cordis (an uncommon cause of fatal cardiac arrest) and the cricoid cartilage. Essentials of Autopsy Practice: Reviews, Updates and Advances is an educational and practical resource aimed at trainees and consultants, generalists and specialists, and multi-disciplinary teams. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. The application of photogrammetry for forensic 3D recording of crime scenes, evidence and people / Chiara Villa and Christina Jacobsen
    2. 3D printing applied to forensic investigations / Mike Biggs
    3. Post-mortem examination of infant bridging veins and subdural haemorrhage / Emma C. Cheshire and Neil C. Harris
    4. Traumatic carotid sinus reflex and postmortem investigation of the glomus caroticum in cases of pressure to the neck / Elke Doberentz and Burkhard Madea
    5. The cricoid cartilage / Guy N. Rutty
    6. Mountain deaths / Jeremy Windsor
    7. Fatalities related to extreme aerial sports / Francesco Feletti
    8. Commotio cordis / Ritesh G. Menezes, Mohammed Madadin, and Muhammad Shariq Usman.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Guy N. Rutty, editor.
    Summary: This book covers topical subjects within the field of death investigation, where changes in practice have recently occurred. The topics embrace the multi-disciplinary approach required for death investigation, and address advances in the fields of forensic fractography in relation to road traffic death investigations, pathology, MicroCt and 3D printing as applied to forensics. Chapters are written in a uniform easy-to-follow format to ensure they are accessible to both specialists and non-specialists in the field. Essentials of Autopsy Practice Updates and Reviews to Aid Practice is a practical resource covering the latest advances in autopsy practice, making it an ideal resource for trainees, consultants, generalists and specialists, along with multi-disciplinary teams working in this field.

    Contents:
    Forensic application of "Free-D" software
    Post-mortem cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
    The use of micro-computed tomography for forensic applications
    The role of fractography in forensic pathology and forensic anthropology examinations
    The application of radiographic imaging in forensic odontology
    Disaster victim identification: Traditional approaches and changing practices
    Examining an already autopsied or exhumed body
    Death associated with trees
    Mountain death revisited: Mass slope movements, mountain associated suspension and volcanos.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Noor Ahmad Shaik, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Babajan Banaganapalli and Ramu Elango, editors.
    Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it mostly focuses on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. Unlike other bioinformatics books which are mostly theoretical, this book provides practical examples for the readers on state-of-the-art open source tools to solve biological problems. Flow charts of experiments, graphical illustrations, and mock data are included for quick reference. Volume I is therefore an ideal companion for students and early stage professionals wishing to master this blooming field.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Bioinformatics; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Role of Bioinformatics in Gene Expression Data Analysis; 1.3 The Role of Bioinformatics in Gene/Genome Mapping; 1.4 Role of Bioinformatics in Sequence Alignment and Similarity Search; 1.5 Contribution of Bioinformatics toward Modern Cancer Research; 1.6 The Domain of Structural Bioinformatics; 1.7 Bioinformatics Processing of Big Data; 1.8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Introduction to Biological Databases; 2.1 Introduction to Databases; 2.2 Types of Databases 2.2.1 Relational Databases2.2.2 Object-Oriented Database; 2.3 Introduction to Biological Databases; 2.3.1 Classification of Biological Databases; 2.3.2 Primary Database; 2.3.3 Secondary Databases; 2.3.4 Specialized Databases; 2.3.5 Interconnection between Biological Databases; 2.4 Retrieval from Databases; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: Sequence Databases; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Sequence Data Generation; 3.2.1 The First Generation of Sequencing; 3.2.2 The Second Generation of Sequencing; 3.2.3 The Third Generation of Sequencing; 3.3 Classes of Biological Databases 3.4 Types of Sequence Databases3.4.1 Nucleotide Sequence Databases; 3.4.1.1 EMBL/DDBJ/GenBank; 3.4.1.2 RefSeq; 3.4.1.3 Ensembl; 3.4.2 Protein Sequence Database; 3.4.2.1 TrEMBL; 3.4.2.2 GenPept; 3.4.2.3 Entrez Protein; 3.4.2.4 UniProt; 3.5 Sequence Submission; 3.5.1 Sequin; 3.5.2 BankIt; 3.5.3 Webin; 3.6 Retrieval; 3.6.1 SRS (Sequence Retrieval System); 3.6.2 Entrez; 3.6.3 DBGET; 3.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Biological 3D Structural Databases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 X-Ray Crystallography; 4.1.2 Crystal Formation; 4.1.3 Structure Determination; 4.2 Macromolecular Structural Databases 4.2.1 Protein Data Bank wwPDB4.2.1.1 RCSB PDB; 4.3 PDBsum: Structural Summaries of PDB Entries; 4.4 sc-PDB: A 3D Database of Ligandable Binding Sites; 4.5 PDBTM: Protein Data Bank of Transmembrane Proteins; 4.6 CATH Database; 4.7 SCOP (Structural Classification of Proteins) Database; 4.8 Structure Comparison Servers; 4.9 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Other Biological Databases; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Gene or Genome Annotation Databases; 5.2.1 GO/GOA Databases; 5.2.2 UCSC Genome Browser: Annotation Database; 5.3 Protein Annotation Databases; 5.3.1 PRIDE Archive; 5.3.2 SWISS-2DPAGE 5.3.3 Domain Databases5.4 Network Databases; 5.4.1 IntAct; 5.5 Pathway Databases; 5.5.1 Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes; 5.5.2 BioCyc; 5.5.3 Ingenuity Pathways Knowledge Base; 5.5.4 Reactome Pathway Databases; 5.5.5 Other Pathway Databases; 5.6 Drug Databases; 5.6.1 DrugBank; 5.6.2 PharmGKB; 5.6.3 ChEBI; 5.6.4 PubChem; 5.6.5 ZINC Database; 5.7 Specialized Database; 5.7.1 Model Organism Databases; 5.7.2 IntEnz; 5.7.3 EPD; 5.7.4 TRANSFAC; 5.8 Scientific Literature Database; 5.8.1 PubMed; 5.8.2 SCI (Science Citation Index); 5.8.3 Google Scholar; 5.9 Conclusion; References
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Noor Ahmad Shaik, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Babajan Banaganapalli, Ramu Elango, editors.
    Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it focuses on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. Our second title of this volume set In Silico Life Sciences: Medicine provides hands-on experience in analyzing high throughput molecular data for the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of monogenic or polygenic human diseases. The key concepts in this volume include risk factor assessment, genetic tests and result interpretation, personalized medicine, and drug discovery. This volume is expected to train readers in both single and multi-dimensional biological analysis using open data sets, and provides a unique learning experience through clinical scenarios and case studies.

    Contents:
    1. Bioinformatics strategies for molecular diagnostics o Candidate gene selection and analysis of Rare diseaseso Candidate gene selection and analysis of Complex diseases2. Bioinformatics tools for Molecular Diagnosticso Single Gene Disorders
    Case studieso Polygenic Disorders
    Case studieso Genetic Tests
    Tools, Results, Interpretation3. Bioinformatics approaches for Genetic Risk Marker Studieso Population Geneticso Gene Polymorphismso Gene Expression Assayso Genetic Statistics4. Bioinformatics for Disease Prognosticso Pharmacogeneticso Efficacyo Toxicityo Adverse reactions o Biomarker Selection and Monitoringo Precision Medicine5. Bioinformatics tools in Gene Therapyo Enzyme Replacement- Bioinformatics role is limitedo Gene Replacement (Knock-in)o Gene Silencing(RNAi)o Gene Editing (CRISPR)6. Bioinformatics tools in Disease Therapeutics
    Data analysis tools and application o Drug Discovery o Protein-Drug Interactionso Drug-Body metabolism studieso Microbiome.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Noor Ahmad Shaik, Babajan Banaganapalli, Ramu Elango, editors.
    Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it will mostly focus on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. The third volume is titled In Silico Life Sciences: Agriculture. It focuses on plant genetic, genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic and metabolomics data. Using examples of new crop diseases-emergence, crop productivity and biotic/abiotic stress tolerance, this book illustrates how bioinformatics can be an integral components of modern day plant science research.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
    Chapter 1: Proteoinformatics and Agricultural Biotechnology Research: Applications and Challenges; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Proteoinformatics in Plant Disease Management; 1.3 Proteoinformatic Databases and Tools; 1.4 Protein-Protein Interaction Software and Database; 1.5 Proteoinformatics of Edible Mushroom; 1.6 Proteoinformatics of Animal Breeding Programs; 1.7 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: Impact of Bioinformatics on Plant Science Research and Crop Improvement; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Role of Bioinformatics in Crop Improvement 2.3 Crop Breeding: Bioinformatics and Preparing for Climate Change2.3.1 Informative Bioinformatics Databases/Tools for Crop Breeders; 2.4 Application of Bioinformatics in Fruit Breeding; 2.5 Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 3: Bioinformatics and Plant Stress Management; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Plant Genomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases Under Abiotic Stress; 3.2.1 Genomics Applications in Relation to Abiotic Stress Tolerance; 3.2.2 Platforms and Resources in the Transcriptome of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Transcriptomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases 3.2.3 Platforms and Resources in Proteomic of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Proteomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases3.2.4 Platforms and Resources in Metabolomics of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Metabolomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases; 3.2.5 Micro RNAs: Attributes in Plant Abiotic Stress Responses and Bioinformatics Approaches on MicroRNA; 3.3 Role of Bioinformatics in Plant Disease Management; 3.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 4: Integration of "Omic" Approaches to Unravel the Heavy Metal Tolerance in Plants; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Approaches to Study Plant Responses to Stress4.3 How Functional Genomics Play a Role to Combat Abiotic Stress in Plants; 4.4 Proteomic Tools to Study Heavy Metal Stress in Plants; 4.5 How Bioinformatics Softwares Play a Lead Role to Study Proteome Maps; 4.6 Image Analysis Software; 4.7 Mass Spectrometry Analysis Software in Proteomics; 4.8 Conclusion and Future Perspective; References;
    Chapter 5: Advanced Multivariate and Computational Approaches in Agricultural Studies; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Methodology; 5.3 Ordination Analyzes; 5.4 Correlograms, Heatmaps, and Scatterplot Matrix 5.5 Violin and Box Plot5.6 Chord Diagram and Bipartite Networks; 5.7 Hierarchical Clustering; 5.8 Final Remarks; References;
    Chapter 6: Data Measurement, Data Redundancy, and Their Biological Relevance; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Database Annotation Quality; 6.3 Database Redundancy; 6.4 Genomes: Diversity, Size, and Structure; 6.5 Gene Content in Genomes; 6.6 Protein and Proteomics; 6.7 Protein Length, Distribution, and Function; 6.8 Conclusions and Future Prospects; References;
    Chapter 7: Metabolomic Approaches in Plant Research; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Plant Metabolites and Their Types
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Lisa M. Sullivan.
    Summary: "Essentials of Biostatistics in Public Health, Fourth Edition provides a fundamental and engaging background for students learning to apply and appropriately interpret biostatistics applications in the field of public health. Many examples are drawn directly from the author's remarkable clinical experiences with the renowned Framingham Heart Study, making this text practical, interesting, and accessible for those with little mathematical background. The examples are real, relevant, and manageable in size so that students can easily focus on applications rather than become overwhelmed by computations. The Fourth Edition has been thoroughly updated, and now offers a new chapter on career opportunities in biostatistics and new case studies focused on COVID-19 within each chapter." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Study designs
    Quantifying the extent of disease
    Summarizing data collected in the sample
    The role of probability
    Confidence interval estimates
    Hypothesis testing procedures
    Power and sample size determination
    Multivariable methods
    Nonparametric tests
    Survival analysis
    Data visualization
    Careers in biostatistics
    Digital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023
  • Digital
    Corey S. Scher, Alan David Kaye, Henry Liu, Seth Perelman, Sarah Leavitt, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive book is written to inform and improve outcomes of patients in need of blood management during surgical procedures. Information is presented in an accessible format, allowing for immediate use in clinical practice. Beginning with an overview of the history of blood transfusions, early chapters present the foundational information needed to comprehend information in later chapters. Nuanced procedures, drugs, and techniques are covered, including new biologicals to assist clotting and blood substitutes. Further discussions focus on potential complications seen in blood transfusions, such as diseases of the coagulation system, pathogen transmissions, and acute lung injuries. Chapters also examine the complexities of treating specific demographics, of which include the geriatric patient and patients suffering from substance abuse. Essentials of Blood Product Management in Anesthesia Practice is an invaluable guide for anesthesiologists, surgeons, trauma physicians, and solid organ transplant providers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Nosheen Masood, Saima Shakil Malik, editors.
    Summary: This book concisely describes the role of omics in precision medicine for cancer therapies. It outlines our current understanding of cancer genomics, shares insights into the process of oncogenesis, and discusses emerging technologies and clinical applications of cancer genomics in prognosis and precision-medicine treatment strategies. It then elaborates on recent advances concerning transcriptomics and translational genomics in cancer diagnosis, clinical applications, and personalized medicine in oncology. Importantly, it also explains the importance of high-performance analytics, predictive modeling, and system biology in cancer research. Lastly, the book discusses current and potential future applications of pharmacogenomics in clinical cancer therapy and cancer drug development.

    Contents:
    1: Overview of Cancer Genomics, Organization, and Variations in the Human Genome
    2: Metabolic Changes and Their Characterization
    3: Unravelling the Genomic Targets of Small Molecules and Application of CRISPR-Cas 9 System for Genomic Editing in Cancer with Respective Clinical Applications
    4: Genome Editing in Cancer Research and Cure
    5: New Adsorption-Based Biosensors for Cancer Detections and Role of Nano-medicine in Its Prognosis and Inhibition
    6: Genomic Instability and Cancer Metastasis
    7: DNA Damage Response Pathways in Cancer Predisposition and Metastasis
    8: Adapting the Foreign Soil: Factors Promoting Tumor Metastasis
    9: MicroRNAs in Cancer: From Diagnosis to Therapeutics
    10: Metabolic and Enzyme Engineering for the Microbial Production of Anticancer Terpenoids
    11: Translational Research in Oncology
    12: Molecular Profiling of Breast Cancer in Clinical Trials: A Perspective
    13: Systems Biology and Integrated Computational Methods for Cancer-Associated Mutation Analysis
    14: Biostatistics in Clinical Oncology
    15: History of Drug Reaction in Children Suffering from Cancer
    16: Pharmacogenomics of Cisplatin-Induced Toxicity in Children
    17: Pharmacogenomics of Methotrexate-Induced Toxicity in Children
    18: Pharmacogenomics of Thiopurine-Induced Toxicity in Children
    19: Pharmacogenetics in Cancer Treatment: Challenges and Recent Trends
    20: Precision Nutraceutical Approaches for the Prevention and Management of Cancer
    21: Cancer Genomics in Precision Oncology: Applications, Challenges, and Prospects
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Erik Hansen, Klaus-Dieter Kühn.
    Summary: The Editors of "Essentials of Cemented Knee Arthroplasty" have compiled a comprehensive textbook on what many consider the most successful surgical procedure of the century. This book rounds out the compendium previously published by Springer on arthroplasty related topics: "The Well Cemented Total Hip Arthroplasty", "PMMA Cements", and "Management of Periprosthetic Joint Infection". Unique to this text is the high quality contributions from over 160 world wide experts in the field, and provides a unique international perspective on the multifaceted topic of knee replacement surgery. Sections include a focus on Surgical Indications, Implant Design, Novel Technologies, Complications, and Cementing Technique, amongst others. Each Chapter not only draws on the most current literature on the subject, but also crystalizes the most important points into clinically relevant, practically applicable "take home messages". This singular text is notable for not only its breadth, but also its depth, and will be an invaluable resource for knee arthroplasty surgeons throughout the globe. Assoc. Prof. Erik Hansen, MD, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, University of California San Francisco, USA Prof. Dr. rer. nat. Klaus-Dieter Kühn, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Medical University of Graz, Austria.

    Contents:
    Indications
    Radiographs and Outcomes
    History
    Treatment
    Clinical Care Pathways
    Implant Design
    Databases
    Cementing Techniques
    Complications
    Management-Revision
    Technology
    TBD.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Shengyan Xi, Yuewen Gong.
    Summary: Essentials of Chinese Materia Medica and Medical Formulas: New Century Traditional Chinese Medicine presents specific knowledge about the source, medicinal nature, action and application of more than 800 commonly-used Chinese materia medica, as well as the efficacy and application of more than 740 kinds of commonly-used Chinese medical formulas. Notably, all of the content is presented in table form, making the information easier to access, understand and apply. Each primary herbal medicine is introduced with color pictures, and each primary formula is presented with efficacy analysis pictures. The book provides readers with essential information on Chinese materia medica and formulas and how to use them accurately, including the most common Chinese materia medica used in clinics and in commonly used clinical formulas. This is an essential reference for traditional medical professionals and those interested in traditional Chinese medicine, including advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Yong-Lim Kim, Hideki Kawanishi, editors.
    Contents:
    I. Preparation of Dialysis
    1.Dialysis Indication and Initiation Time for Dialysis
    2.Modality Selection
    II. Hemodialysis
    1.Types of Hemodialysis
    2.Vascular Access for Hemodialysis
    3.Hemodialysis Prescription
    4.Hemodialysis Procedure
    5.Equipment for Hemodialysis: Water System and Dialyzer
    6.Dialysis Membrane and Flux
    7.Anticoagulation in Patients on Hemodialysis
    8.Kinetic Modeling and Adequacy in Hemodialysis
    9.Acute and Chronic Complication of Hemodialysis
    10.On-Line Hemodiafiltration
    III. Peritoneal Dialysis
    1.Principle of Peritoneal Dialysis
    2.Types of Peritoneal Dialysis
    3.Peritoneal Access
    4.Peritoneal Dialysis Prescription
    5.PD Adequacy
    6.Peritonitis and Exit Site Infection
    7.Complication of PD
    IV. Summary of Dialysis related Guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Sabrina Campbell, Jeanette Hui, Imaan Zera Kherani, Winston Wenhuan Li, Yuliya Lytvyn, Clara Osei-Yeboah.
  • Digital
    editors-in-chief, Yuhao Shi, Zahra Sohani, Brandon Tang, Florentina Teoderascu.
    Contents:
    Foundations in Clinical Examination
    History & Examination of Systems
    History, Examinatino, & Clinical Information for Specific Settings.
  • Digital
    Robert L. Kane, Joseph G. Ouslander, Barbara Resnick, Michael L. Malone.
    Summary: "Essentials of Clinical Geriatrics is an engagingly written, up-to-date introductory guide to the core topics in geriatric medicine. Since 1984, its goal has remained unchanged: to help clinicians do a better job of caring for their older patients. You will find thorough and authoritative coverage of all the important issues in geriatrics, along with concise, practical guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of the diseases and disorders most commonly encountered in an elderly patient. Presented in full-color, this classic features a strong focus on the field's must-know concepts, from the nature of clinical aging to differential diagnosis of important geriatric syndromes to drug therapy and health services. The Eighth Edition has been completely revised to provide the most current updates on the assessment and management of geriatric care"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Clinical implications of the aging process
    The geriatric patient: demography, epidemiology, and health services utilization
    Evaluating the geriatric patient
    Chronic disease management
    Prevention
    Delirium and dementia
    Diagnosis and management of depression
    Incontinence
    Falls
    Immobility
    Cardiovascular disorders
    Decreased vitality
    Sensory impairment
    Drug therapy
    High-value health services
    Nursing home care
    Ethical issues in the care of older persons
    Palliative care.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    Stephen P. Glasser, editor.
    Summary: In its extensively revised and updated Second Edition, this book provides a solid foundation for readers interested in clinical research. Discussion encompasses genetic, pharmacoepidemiologic and implementation research. All chapters have been updated with new information and many new tables have been added to elucidate key points. The book now offers discussion on how to handle missing data when analyzing results, and coverage of Adaptive Designs and Effectiveness Designs and new sections on Comparative Effectiveness Research and Pragmatic Trials. Chapter 6 includes new material on Phase 0 Trials, expanded coverage of Futility Trials, a discussion of Medical Device approval, Off Label Drug use and the role of the FDA in regulating advertising. Additional new information includes the role of pill color and shape in association with the placebo effect and an examination of issues surrounding minority recruitment. The final chapter offers a new section on manuscript preparation along with a discussion of various guidelines being adopted by journals: CONSORT, STROBE, PRISMA, MOOSE and others; and coverage of Conflicts of Interest, Authorship, Coercive Citation, and Disclosures in Industry-Related Associations. Building on the strengths of its predecessor in its comprehensive approach and authoritative advice, the new edition offers more of what has made this book a popular, trusted resource for students and working researchers alike.

    Contents:
    The Beginning - Historical Aspects of Clinical Research, Clinical Research: Definitions, "Anatomy and Physiology," and the Quest for "Universal Truth"
    Introduction to Clinical Research Concepts, Essential Characteristics of Clinical Research, Overview of Clinical Research Study Designs
    A Focus on Clinical Trials
    Alternative Interventional Study Designs
    Phase 4 (Postmarketing) Research
    The Role of the USA Food and Drug Administration in Clinical Research
    The Placebo and Nocebo Effect
    Recruitment and Retention in Clinical Research
    Data Safety and Monitoring Boards (DSMBs)
    Meta-analysis, Evidence-Based Medicine, and Clinical Guidelines
    Research Methods for Genetic Studies
    Research Methods for Pharmacoepidemiology Studies
    Implementation Research: Beyond the Traditional Randomized Controlled Trial
    Research Methodology for Studies of Diagnostic Tests
    Statistical Power and Sample Size: Some Fundamentals for Clinician Researchers
    Association, Cause, and Correlation
    Bias, Confounding, and Effect Modification (Interaction)
    It's All About Uncertainty
    Grant and Manuscript Writing
    The Media and Clinical Research
    Mentoring and Advising
    Presentation Skills: How to Present Research Results.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph McIsaac, Kelly McQueen, Corry Kucik.
    Summary: "The primary thrust of our book is to quickly provide guidance and prepare those anesthesia and critical care providers who respond to a disaster-whether as a volunteer traveling to help at a disaster site or as a responder who has survived a disaster event at home. The book intends to be a clinical guide to the essentials of anesthesia and critical care for disasters and austere environments. It can also serve as a guide for those doing mission work under austere conditions. It is not a comprehensive reference textbook but rather, a practical primer or refresher for the field"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Fredric E. Wondisford.
    Summary: Developed from time-tested material utilized in endocrinology courses for medical students, this comprehensive and practical guide draws together a number of related disciplines to create a straightforward and accessible approach to the study of endocrine and metabolic diseases. Designed with the student in mind, each of the main endocrine organs and disorders are covered in thematic sections on diabetes, thyroid disorders, calcium disorders, adrenal disorders, and hypothalamus and pituitary disorders. Opening with clear learning objectives, chapters within each section discuss core concepts, anatomy, embryology, histology, testing, diagnosis and pharmacology, and include clinical case scenarios and multiple choice review questions. Full-color figures and diagrams enhance and extend the content. Perfect for in-class reference or board licensing review, Essentials of Endocrinology and Metabolism is an indispensable resource for medical and nursing students alike.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Endocrinology Concepts
    Part I: Diabetes
    GPS for Diabetes
    Diabetes Types and Diagnosis
    Diabetes Complications
    Diabetes Pharmacology
    Diabetes Cases
    Part II: Thyroid
    GPS for Thyroid
    Abnormal Thyroid Function
    Thyroid Testing
    Thyroid Pharmacology
    Thyroid Nodules and Cancer
    Thyroid Cases
    Part III: Calcium
    GPS for Calcium
    Hypercalcemia
    Hypocalcemia
    Calcium Pharmacology
    Calcium Cases
    Part IV: Adrenal
    GPS for Adrenal
    Adrenal Cortex
    Adrenal Testing
    Adrenal Pharmacology
    Secondary Hypertension
    Adrenal Cases
    Part V: Hypothalamus and Pituitary
    GPS for Pituitary
    Prolactin
    Growth Hormone
    Reproductive Function
    Posterior Pituitary
    Pituitary Cases
    Puberty Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Baha Al-Shaikh, Simon G. Stacey.
    Summary: "This practical textbook comprehensively covers all the equipment used in the operating theatre and intensive care unit, including why it is used and any related safety concerns. It has been fully updated in its sixth edition to include new technologies introduced during the Covid-19 pandemic. This is ideal as the main text for all trainees undertaking the primary FRCA exams and is also suitable anyone who works with anaesthetic equipment, including anaesthetic and intensive care nurses and operating department practitioners. It features concise and consistent text and illustrations, self-assessment features, and exam tips"-- Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Medical gas supply
    The anaesthetic machine
    Pollution in theatre and scavenging
    Breathing systems
    Tracheal tubes, tracheostomy tubes and airways
    Face masks and oxygen delivery devices
    Laryngoscopes and tracheal intubation equipment
    Ventilators
    Humidification and filtration
    Noninvasive monitoring
    Invasive monitoring
    Pumps, pain management and regional anaesthesia
    Additional equipment used in anaesthesia and intensive care
    Point-of-care testing
    Electrical safety.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mindy A Smith, Sarina Schrager, Vince WinklerPrins.
    Contents:
    Primary care and the evolving US health care system
    Population health
    Information mastery
    Working in an ambulatory care office
    Behavior change
    Patient safety in primary care
    Overview of prevention and screening
    Prenatal care
    The pediatric well-child check
    Care for the aging parent
    Acute problems: approach and treatment
    Approach to common chronic problems
    Weight management and nutrition
    Contraception
    Women's health care
    Men's health care
    Musculoskeletal problems
    Sexuality and relationship issues
    Skin problems
    Chronic pain
    Family violence
    Common psychosocial problems
    Substance use disorders
    Community engagement, health equity, and advocacy.
  • Digital
    senior editor, Peter F. Lawrence ; editors, Jessica Beth O'Connell, Matthew R. Smeds.
    Summary: "Focused on the information all medical students need to know to pass the NBME surgery shelf or other rotation examinations, this Sixth Edition of Lawrence's popular Essentials of General Surgery offers concise, high-yield content and a smaller format ideal for study on the go. Updated to reflect the latest advances in the field, this edition provides the authoritative, up-to-date content today's busy medical students need for exam success. Includes general surgery and surgical specialties all in one volume Offers authoritative information by leading surgery educators Provides five in-book practice questions per chapter, with additional questions online Focuses on high-yield information for quick reference Offers an enhanced array of online resources, including a question bank, case studies, and outlines for students and oral exam questions and an image bank for instructors Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Perioperative evaluation and management of surgical patients
    Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base balance
    Surgical nutrition
    Surgical bleeding: bleeding disorders, hypercoagulable states, and replacement therapy in the surgical patient
    Surgical shock
    Surgical critical care
    Wounds and wound healing
    Surgical infection
    Trauma
    Burns
    Abdominal wall, including hernia
    Esophagus
    Stomach and duodenum
    Small intestine and appendix
    Colon, rectum, and anus
    Biliary tract
    Pancreas
    Breast
    Surgical endocrinology
    Liver and spleen
    Transplantation
    Surgical oncology: malignant diseases of the skin and soft tissue
    Pediatric surgery: surgical diseases of children
    Plastic surgery: diseases of the skin and soft tissue, face, and hand
    Cardiothoracic surgery: diseases of the heart, great vessels, and thoracic cavity
    Diseases of the vascular system
    Otolaryngology: diseases of the head and neck
    Orthopedic surgery: diseases of the musculoskeletal system
    Urology: diseases of the genitourinary system
    Neurosurgery: diseases of the nervous system.
  • Digital
    Mark Edberg, PhD, Professor, Department of Prevention and Community Health, Milken Institute School of Public Health, Secondary Appointments, Department of Anthropology and Elliott School of International Affairs, The George Washington University Washington, DC.
    Summary: "This book will examine what is meant by culture, the ways in which culture intersects with health issues, how public health efforts can benefit by understanding and working with cultural processes, and a brief selection of conceptual tools and research methods that are useful in identifying relationships between culture and health. The book will also include practical guidelines for incorporating cultural understanding in public health settings, and examples of programs where that has occurred"-- Provided by publisher.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    Sara E. Wilensky, Joel B. Teitelbaum.
    Summary: "Essentials of Health Policy and Law, Fifth Edition provides students of public health, medicine, nursing, public policy, and health administration with an introduction to a broad range of seminal issues in U.S. health policy and law, analytic frameworks for studying these complex issues, and an understanding of the ways in which health policies and laws are formulated, implemented, and applied. Thoroughly revised, the Fifth Edition explores the key health policy and legal changes brought about by the Biden Administration and the presently Democrat-controlled Congress. It also addresses the Covid-19 pandemic, and its many devastating and intertwined health, economic, and social consequences.KEY FEATURES:- New chapters provide an overview of Public Health and explain emergency preparedness.- Updated figures, tables, statistics, and discussion questions- New textbox icons identify discussion questions, special topics and, technical spotlights to help faculty pick and choose the appropriate content- New concluding chapter on Health Advocacy teaches readers the art and skill of advocacy.- Interactive timeline fully updated and incorporated into the eBook"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Understanding the role of and conceptualizing health policy and law
    Policy and the policymaking process
    Law and the legal system
    Overview of the United States healthcare system
    What is public health?
    Individual rights in health care and public health
    Structural and social drivers of health and the role of law in optimizing health
    Understanding health insurance
    Health economics in a health policy context
    Government health insurance programs : Medicaid, CHIP, and Medicare
    Health reform and the Patient Protection adn Affordable Care Act
    Healthcare quality policy and law
    What is public health emergency preparedness?
    The art of structuring and writing a health policy analysis
    Federal policy advicacy : advancing policy goals.
    Digital Access R2Library 2023
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Karl E. Misulis, E. Lee Murray.
    Contents:
    Overview of hospital neurology
    Interface between hospital and outpatient neurology
    Business of hospital neurology
    Motor and sensory disturbance
    Mental status change
    Visual change
    Language ad hearing deficits
    Cranial neuropathies
    Dizziness, vertigo, and imbalance
    Pain and headache
    Neurologic complications in medical patients
    Neurologic complications in surgical patients
    Neurologic manifestations of systemic disease
    Hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy
    Brain death and persistent vegetative state
    Vascular disease
    Infectious diseases
    Cognitive disorders
    Seizures and epilepsy
    Headache
    Neuromuscular disorders
    Demyelinating diseases
    Movement disorders
    Spinal cord disorders
    Neuro-oncology
    CSF circulation disorders
    Pregnancy and neurology
    Endocrine disorders
    Nutritional deficiencies and toxicities
    Neurotoxicology
    Neuro-ophthalmology
    Neuro-otology
    Cranial nerve disorders
    Autonomic disorders
    Traumatic brain injury
    Sleep disorders
    Developmental and genetic disorders
    Psychiatric disorders
    Toolkit assessments
    Toolkit studies
    Toolkit neurologic management
    Toolkit difficult encounters.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Amitabh Gulati, Vinay Puttanniah, Brian M. Bruel, William S. Rosenberg, Joseph C. Hung, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Laxmaiah Manchikanti, editor-in-chief ; Alan D. Kaye, Frank J.E. Falco, Joshua A. Hirsch, editors.
    Contents:
    Section I: Basic Considerations
    Chapter 1. Evolution of Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 2. Chronic Pain: Pathophysiology and Mechanisms
    Chapter 3. Pharmacology and Clinical Relevance of Commonly Used Drugs
    Chapter 4. Compliance and Documentation for Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 5. Sedation for Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 6. Antithrombotic and Antiplatelet Therapy
    Section II: Spinal Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 7. Anatomy of the Spine for the Interventionalist
    Chapter 8. Radiology of the Spine for the Interventionalist
    Chapter 9. Fluoroscopy in Interventional Pain Management
    Chapter 10. Needle Manipulation Techniques
    Chapter 11. Lumbar Epidural Injections
    Chapter 12. Thoracic Epidural Injections
    Chapter 13. Cervical Epidural Injections
    Chapter 14. Percutaneous Adhesiolysis
    Chapter 15. Discography
    Chapter 16. Percutaneous Lumbar Thermal Annular Procedures
    Chapter 17. Lumbar Percutaneous Mechanical Disc Decompression
    Chapter 18. Sacroiliac Joint Interventions
    Chapter 19. Lumbar Facet Joint Interventions
    Chapter 20. Thoracic Facet Joint Interventions
    Chapter 21. Cervical Facet Joint Interventions
    Chapter 22. Atlanto-Occipital and Atlanto-Axial Joint Injections
    Chapter 23. Percutaneous Image-Guided Lumbar Decompression
    Chapter 24. Vertebroplasty, Kyphoplasty, and Sacroplasty
    Section III: Nonspinal and Peripheral Nerve Blocks
    Chapter 25. Ultrasound Basics
    Chapter 26. Trigeminal Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 27. Occipital Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 28. Suprascapular Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 29. Chest Wall Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 30. Abdominal Wall Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 31. Upper Extremity Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 32. Lower Extremity Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
    Section IV: Sympathetic Interventional Techniques
    Chapter 33. Sphenopalatine Ganglion Blocks
    Chapter 34. Cervical and Thoracic Sympathetic Blocks
    Chapter 35. Lumbar Sympathetic Blocks and Neurolysis
    Chapter 36. Hypogastric Plexus Blocks
    Chapter 37. Ganglion Impar Blockade
    Chapter 38. Celiac Plexus Blocks and Splanchnic Nerve Blocks
    Section V: Soft Tissue and Joint Injections
    Chapter 39. Trigger Point Injections
    Chapter 40. Tendon Insertion, Tendon Sheath, and Bursa Injections
    Chapter 41. Botulinum Toxin Injections for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 42. Upper Extremity Joint Injections
    Chapter 43. Lower Extremity Joint Injections
    Section VI: Implantables
    Chapter 44. Spinal Cord Stimulation
    Chapter 45. Intrathecal Drug Delivery Systems
    Chapter 46. Peripheral Nerve Stimulation.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Brian Luke Seaward.
    Contents:
    Part 1: The wellness mandala: holistic stress management. The nature of stress
    The body: the battlefield for the mind's war games
    The emotions: from a motivation of fear to a motivation of love
    The mind: the psychology of stress
    The spirit: health of the human spirit
    Part 2: Effective coping skills. Reframing: creating a positive mind-set
    Comic relief: the healing power of humor
    Simple assertiveness and healthy boundaries
    Time and money: effective resource management
    Expressive art therapy
    Creative problem solving
    Communication skills (in the information age)
    Additional coping skills
    Part 3: Effective relaxation techniques. The art of calm: relaxation through the five senses
    The art of breathing
    The art of meditation
    The power of mental imagery and visualization
    Soothing sounds: music to relax by
    Massage therapy and bodywork
    Hatha yoga
    Self-hypnosis and autogenics
    Nutrition: eating for a healthy immune system
    Physical exercise: flushing out the stress hormones
    Ecotherapy: the healing power of nature
    Additional relaxation techniques
    Part 4: Designing your personal relaxation program.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 2 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Dean R. Hess, Robert M. Kacmarek.
    Summary: "This trusted guide is written from the perspective of authors who have more than seventy-five years' experience as clinicians, educators, researchers, and authors. Featuring chapters that are concise, focused, and practical, this book is unique. Unlike other references on the topic, this resource is about mechanical ventilation rather than mechanical ventilators. It is written to provide a solid understanding of the general principles and essential foundational knowledge of mechanical ventilation as required by respiratory therapists and critical care physicians. To make it clinically relevant, Essentials of Mechanical Ventilation includes disease-specific chapters related to mechanical ventilation in these conditions"--Publisher's description.
  • Digital
    Dean R. Hess, Robert M. Kacmarek.
    Summary: "This book is intended to be a practical guide to adult mechanical ventilation. We have written this book from our perspective of nearly 100 years of experience as clinicians, educators, researchers, and authors. We have made every attempt to keep the topics current and with a distinctly clinical focus. We have reviewed every word and updated the content as necessary. We have added new content such as mechanical ventilation of the obese patient and advanced monitoring procedures. Concepts such as driving pressure are included. We have checked the content against recently published clinical practice guidelines. As in the previous editions, we have kept the chapters short, focused, and practical"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    I: Principles of mechanical ventilation
    II: Ventilator management
    III: Monitoring during mechanical ventilation
    IV: Topics related to mechanical ventilation.
  • Digital
    N.V. Bhagavan, Chung-Eun Ha.
    Contents:
    The human organism: organ systems, cells, organelles, and our microbiota
    Water, acids, bases, and buffers
    Amino acids
    Three-dimensional structure of proteins and disorders of protein misfolding
    Energetics of biological systems
    Enzymes and enzyme regulation
    Clinical enzymology and biomarkers of tissue injury
    Simple carbohydrates
    Heteropolysaccharides: glycoconjugates, glycoproteins, and glycolipids
    Connective tissue: fibrous and nonfibrous proteins and proteoglycans
    Gastrointestinal digestion and absorption
    Carbohydrate metabolism I: glycolysis and the tricarboxylic acid cycle
    Electron transport chain, oxidative phosphorylation, and other oxygen-consuming systems
    Carbohydrate metabolism II: gluconeogenesis, glycogen synthesis and breakdown, and alternative pathways
    Protein and amino acid metabolism
    Lipids I: fatty acids and eicosanoids
    Lipids II: phospholipids, glycosphingolipids, and cholesterol
    Lipids III: plasma lipoproteins
    Contractile systems
    Perturbations of energy metabolism: obesity and diabetes mellitus
    Structure and properties of DNA
    DNA replication, repair, and mutagenesis
    RNA and protein synthesis
    Regulation of gene expression
    Nucleotide metabolism
    Hemoglobin
    Metabolism of iron and heme
    Endocrine metabolism I: introduction and signal transduction
    Endocrine metabolism II: hypothalamus and pituitary
    Endocrine metabolism III: adrenal glands
    Endocrine metabolism IV: thyroid gland
    Endocrine metabolism V: reproductive system
    Immunology
    Biochemistry of hemostasis
    Mineral metabolism
    Vitamin metabolism
    Water, electrolytes, and acid-base balance.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Matthew M. Lunn.
    Summary: Essentials of Medicolegal Death Investigation uses a unique approach by combining medical issues, injury patterns, and investigative procedures to provide the reader with the basic fundamentals for a death investigation. The text introduces the reader to death investigation, common causes of death, and very specific types of death, including blunt-force injuries, gunshot wounds, and toxicology deaths. Each section includes case studies with written and visual descriptions. Written by a well-known and experienced medicolegal death investigator, the book fills a void in medicolegal literature for both students and professionals alike.

    Contents: <br/
    >1. Introduction to Death Investigation;
    2. Death Scene Basics;
    3. Cause and Manner of Death;
    4. Common Natural Diseases and Disorders;
    5. Asphyxiation;
    6. Blunt-Force Injuries;
    7. Sharp-Force Injuries;
    8. Gunshot Wounds;
    9. Toxicology Deaths;
    10. Special Death Investigations;
    11. Ethical/Legal issues;
    12. Working with Families
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, Shalender Bhasin, associate editors, Michael P O'Leary, Shehzad S. Basaria.
    Summary: "The textbook emphasizes pathophysiologic basis of major mens health problems, evidence-based algorithms for disease management, and integrated models of patient-centric treatment. It offers useful guidance on optimizing workflow, and patient education tools and resources, consistent with recent trends in healthcare delivery"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Pathophysiological basis of androgen disorders in men / Ilpo Huhtaniemi
    Pathophysiology of erectile disfunction / Chirag N. Dave, Arthur L. Burnett, and Amin S. Herati
    The pathophysiology of male infertility / Ramy Abou Ghaydaa and Martin Kathrinsa
    Reproductive disorders associated with aging / Shalender Bhasin
    Genetics of male reproductive deficiency / Rena Xu, Cigdem Tanriku, and Robert Oates
    An rationale approach to the physical examination of men for the evaluation of male reproductive disorders / Farah Daneshvar and Bradley D. Anawalt
    Laboratory evaluation of men with reproductive disorders in the primary care setting / Maria A. Yialamas
    The effective use of the electronic health record (EHR), internet resources, and patient education materials in clinical practice / Ramy Abou Ghayda, Anna Goldman and Martin Kathrins
    Diagnosis and treatment of androgen deficiency syndromes in men / Frances J. Hayes
    Gynecomastia / Thiago Gagliano-Jucá and Shehzad Basaria
    Disordered sleep and reproductive dysfunction / Fiona Yuen, Amy James, Jeanne Wallace, and Peter Y. Liu
    Evaluation and management of erectile dysfunction / Alan W. Shindel and Tom F. Lue
    What a sex therapist wants you to know about treating men with sexual disorders / Michael A. Perelman
    The evaluation of the infertile man / Ramy Abou Ghayda, Shalender Bhasin, and Martin Kathrins
    Assisted reproductive technologies (ART) for male infertility / Martin Kathrins, Ramy Abou Ghayda, and Elena Yanushpolsky
    Contraceptive options for single men and men in stable relationships / Christina Wang and Ronald S. Swerdloff
    Genitourinary disorders in primary care / Katherine M. Rodriguez, Zachary Dao, Alexander W. Pastuszak, and Mohit Khera
    Lower urinary tract symptoms secondary to benign prostatic hyperplasia / Joseph Mahon and Kevin T. McVary
    Diagnoses and management of chronic pelvic pain in men / Iryna M. Crescenze and J. Quentin Clemens
    Screening for prostate cancer / Manuel Ozambela Jr. and Mark A. Preston
    Detection, prevention, and treatment of sexually-transmitted infections in men / Kevin L. Ard and Sigal Yawetz
    The use of body-appearance and performance-enhancing drugs and body image disorders in men / Gen Kanayama and Harrison G. Pope Jr.
    Body image, eating disorders and appearance and performance enhancing drug use in males / Trevor C. Griffen and Tom Hildebrandt
    Integrated care of the transgender and gender non-binary person / Anna Goldman and Ole-Petter R. Hamnvik
    Optimizing the use of gender affirming therapies / Jason A Park and Joshua D. Safer
    Health issues among survivors of testicular cancer and infertile men / Angel Elenkov, Stefan Arver, and Aleksander Giwercman
    Management of complications related to the treatment of localized prostate cancer / Ramy Abou Ghayda and Michael O'Leary
    Fertility and reproductive health of long-term cancer survivors / Robert E. Brannigan.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
  • Digital
    Mervyn Deitel, editor.
    Summary: This book indicates the technique and fine points of the mini- and one-anastomosis gastric bypass, and looks at the means of revising other operations related to it. The chapters discuss postoperative complications, treatment and requirements, postoperative diet and medications, the remarkable effects on the co-morbidities of morbid obesity, and the durability of the weight loss, as well as the improvement in the quality of life. Essentials of Mini - One Anastomosis Gastric Bypass aims to help surgeons manage the difficulties encountered within this procedure and to help create improved practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Franklin Amthor, W. Anne Burton Theibert, David Standaert, Erik Roberson.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessNeurology
    AccessMedicine
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    edited by Hemanshu Prabhakar, Department of Neuroanaesthesiology and Critical Care, All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi, India.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Ansgar M. Brambrink, Jeffrey R. Kirsch, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, evidence-based book is intended to serve as a reference for medical practitioners involved in the perioperative care of neurosurgical patients. Fundamental aspects of neuroanesthesiology and neurocritical care are thoroughly examined across 101 chapters, outlining key elements that are crucial to a care provider's knowledge of the practice. These elements include specific diagnostic procedures and treatment options, concepts and applicable details of the available neurosurgical interventions and techniques, and mechanisms necessary to provide top of the line care for patients. Each chapter features definitive and distinct areas of this multi-specialty discipline, and is designed to guide the reader from problem to solution in situations that can arise in the clinical setting. Essentials of Neurosurgical Anesthesia & Critical Care, 2nd edition is a problem-oriented approach textbook that will aid a wide variety of readers in handling day-to-day issues and developments relevant to the perioperative care of neurosurgical patients.

    Contents:
    Section I. Basics of Neuroanesthesia Care
    1
    The Adult Central Nervous System: Anatomy and Physiology
    2
    Neuroendocrine Physiology: Fundamentals and Common Syndromes
    3
    Cerebral Edema: Pathophysiology and Principles of Management
    4
    Management of Fluids, Electrolytes and Blood Products in Neurosurgical Patients
    5
    Key Monitoring in Neuroanesthesia: Principles, Techniques and Indications
    6
    Assessing the Anesthetized State with the Electroencephalogram
    Section II. Preoperative Concerns of the Neuroanesthesiologist
    7
    Cardiovascular Risk and Instability: Evaluation, Management and Triage
    8
    Risk Assessment and Treatment of Critical Carotid Stenosis: Suggestions for Perioperative Management
    9
    Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Complications
    10
    Traumatic Brain Injury: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Management
    11
    Rare Neurologic Disorders and Neuromuscular Diseases: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Management
    12
    Perioperative Pharmacotherapy in Neurosurgery: Risk Assessment and Planning
    13. Specific Considerations Regarding Consent and Communication with Patients and Family Prior to Neurosurgery
    14. Neurotoxicity of General Anesthetics
    15. Postoperative Neurocognitive Disorders in the Geriatric Patient
    16: The Chronic Pain Patient Scheduled For Neurosurgery
    17
    Anesthesia for Patients Scheduled for Intraoperative Electrophysiological Monitoring
    18
    Factors Influencing Outcome in Neurosurgical Anesthesia
    19
    A Comparison of Inhaled Anesthesia and Total Intravenous Anesthesia with Target-Controlled Infusion for Neuroanesthesia
    Section III. Fundamentals of Adult Neurosurgery / Neuroanesthesia
    20. Preparing for Anesthesia in Neurosurgical Patients
    21
    Basics of Neurosurgical Techniques and Procedures
    22
    Positioning the Patient for Neurosurgical Operations
    23
    The Intraoperative Team: Getting the Most out of Collaborative Care in the Operating Room
    24
    Next Level Communication
    Section IV. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Brain Surgery in Adults
    25: The "Tight Brain": Cerebral Herniation Syndrome
    26: Cerebral Ischemia: Options for Perioperative Neuroprotection
    27 : Massive Hemorrhage During Craniotomy: Emergency Management
    28: Challenges During Anesthesia for Awake Craniotomy
    29: Perioperative Challenges During Stereotactic Neurosurgery and Deep Brain Stimulator Placement
    30: Perioperative Challenges During Posterior Fossa Surgery
    31: Perioperative Challenges During Surgical Evacuation of Subdural and Epidural Hematomas
    32: Perioperative Challenges During Cerebrovascular Surgery
    33: Perioperative Challenges During Pituitary Surgery
    34: Perioperative Challenges During Craniotomy for Space-Occupying Brain Lesions
    Section V. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Spinal Surgery in Adults
    35: Perioperative Challenges in Patients With Unstable Spine
    36: Airway Crisis Associated with Cervical Spine Surgery
    37: Spinal Cord Injury During Spinal Surgery
    38: Blood Loss During Spinal Surgery
    39
    Coagulopathy in Spinal Surgery
    40
    Postoperative Visual Loss Following Spinal Surgery
    Section VI. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Other Procedures in Adult Neurosurgery
    41: Perioperative Challenges During Diagnostic and Perioperative Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    42: Perioperative Challenges During Electro Convulsive Therapy (ECT)
    43: Perioperative Challenges During Carotid Artery Revascularization
    VII. Specific Perioperative Concerns in Adult Neuroanesthesia
    44: Venous Air Embolism During Neurosurgery
    45
    Arterial Hypotension, Hypertension
    46
    Hyperthermia and Hypothermia During Neurosurgical Procedures
    47: Challenges Associated with Perioperative Monitoring During Neurosurgery
    48: Unintended Wake-up During Neurosurgery
    49: Cardiac Arrest/Code
    50: Arousal from Anesthesia: Failure to Emerge
    51: Communication Challenges During the Perioperative Period
    Section VIII. Fundamentals of Pediatric Neurosurgery and Neuroanesthesia
    52: Anatomy and Physiology of the Central Nervous System in Children
    53: Pediatric Anesthetic Care Requirements
    54: The Pediatric Airway in Neurosurgery
    55: Specific Aspects of Positioning, Fluids, Glucose Control and Temperature Management
    Section IX. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Pediatric Neurosurgery
    56:Challenges During Surgery for Hydrochephalus
    57: Challenges During Surgery for Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and Adults
    58: Challenges During Surgery for Meningomyelocele and Encephalomyelocele
    59: Challenges During Cranial Decompression
    60: Challenges During Surgery for Craniosynostosis and Craniofacial Surgery
    61: Challenges During Tumor Surgery in Children and Infants
    62: Challenges During Surgery for Vascular Anomalies in Pediatrics
    63: Challenges During Epilepsy Surgery in Pediatric Patients
    64: Challenges During Pediatric Endoscopic Neurosurgery
    65: Challenges During Diagnostic and Perioperative Imaging in Children with Brain Pathology
    Section X. Postoperative Concerns in Pediatric Neuroanesthesia
    66: Emergence from Anesthesia Following Pediatric Neurosurgery
    67: Postanesthesia Care Unit Risks Following Pediatric Neurosurgery
    68: Intensive Care Risks of Pediatric Neurosurgery
    Section XI. Fundamentals of Interventional Neuroradiology
    69: Radiation Safety in Interventional Neuroradiology
    70: Understanding Basic Techniques and Procedures in Interventional Neuroradiology
    71: Basics of Image Interpretation in Interventional Neuroradiology
    Section XII. Specific Concerns Regarding Anesthesia for Interventional Neuroradiology
    72: Procedural Challenges in Interventional Neuroradiology
    73
    Anesthesiological Challenges During Neuroradiological Interventions
    74
    Specific Challenges during Neuroradiologic Interventions in Pediatric Patients
    Section XIII. Challenges During Postoperative Anesthesia Care After Neurosurgery
    75
    Surgical Emergencies After Neurosurgery
    76
    Postoperative Respiratory Complications
    77
    Neurologic Emergencies After Neurosurgery
    78
    Hemodynamic Complications After Neurosurgery
    79
    Endocrinologic Emergencies After Neurosurgery
    80
    Postoperative Paralysis, Skin Lesions and Corneal Abrasions After Neurosurgery
    81
    Postoperative Pain Management in Patients After Neurosurgical Operations
    82
    Management of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting After Neurosurgery
    83
    The Intrahospital Transport of Neurosurgical Patients
    84
    Acute Post-op Brain Edema: Treatment Strategies
    Section XIV. Challenges in Neurocritical Care of Neurosurgical Patients
    85
    Altered Mental Status in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    86
    Cerebrovascular Vasospasm, Normal Pressure Breakthrough Edema, Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome (PRES) in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    87
    Sedation, Analgesia, and Neuromuscular Blockade in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    88
    Airway and Pulmonary Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    89
    Myocardial and Vascular Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    90
    Nutrition and Glucose
    91
    Fluid and Electrolyte Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    92
    Temperature Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    93
    Coagulation Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    94
    Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage in Neurosurgical Critical
    95
    Intracranial Monitors in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    96
    Central Nervous System Infection in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    97
    Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    98
    Withdrawal of Mechanical Ventilation in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    99
    Brain Death in Neurosurgical Critical Care
    100
    Organ Donation
    101
    Interaction with Family and Friends in Neurosurgical Critical Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fred A. Mettler, Jr., Milton J. Guiberteau.
    Summary: "Covering both the fundamentals and recent developments in this fast-changing field, Essentials of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging, 7th Edition, is a must-have resource for radiology residents, nuclear medicine residents and fellows, nuclear medicine specialists, and nuclear medicine technicians. Known for its clear and easily understood writing style, superb illustrations, and self-assessment features, this updated classic is an ideal reference for all diagnostic imaging and therapeutic patient care related to nuclear medicine, as well as an excellent review tool for certification or MOC preparation"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Radioactivity, radionuclides, and radiopharmaceuticals
    Instrumentation and quality control
    Central nervous system
    Thyroid, parathyroid, and salivary glands
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Gastrointestinal tract
    Skeletal system
    Genitourinary system and adrenal glands
    Non-PET neoplasm imaging and radionuclide therapy
    Hybrid PET/CT neoplasm imaging
    Inflammation and infection imaging
    Authorized user and radioisotope safety issues
    Self-evaluation
    Unknown case sets
    Answers to unknown case sets
    Appendices. Characteristics of radionuclides for imaging and therapy
    Radioactivity conversion table for international system (SI) units
    Radioactivity conversion table for international system (SI) units
    Technetium-99m decay and generation tables
    Other radionuclide decay tables
    Injection techniques and pediatric dosages
    Sample techniques for nuclear imaging
    Nonradioactive pharmaceuticals in nuclear medicine
    Pregnancy and breastfeeding
    General considerations for hospitalized patients receiving radionuclide therapy
    Special considerations and requirements for iodine-131 therapy
    Emergency procedures for spills of radioactive materials and special circumstances.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Rachel A. Powsner, Matthew R. Palmer, Edward R. Powsner.
    Summary: "Clear and simple guidance with excellent illustrations and examples . New chapter on basic MRI physics and instrumentation. New and refreshed discussions of the very latest technological advances in PET-MRI/SPECT/CT. Fully revised throughout"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Front Matter
    Basic Nuclear Medicine Physics
    Interaction of Radiation with Matter
    Formation of Radionuclides
    Nonscintillation Detectors
    Scintillation Detectors
    Imaging Instrumentation
    Single-photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT)
    Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
    X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
    Hybrid Imaging Systems
    Image Reconstruction, Processing, and Display
    Information Technology
    Quality Control
    Radiation Biology
    Radiation Dosimetry
    Radiation Safety
    Radiopharmaceutical Therapy
    Management of Nuclear Event Casualties / Kevin Donohoe, Rachel A Powsner, Edward R Powsner
    Appendix A: Common Nuclides
    Appendix B: Major Dosimetry for Common Pharmaceuticals
    Appendix C: Guide to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Publications
    Appendix D: Recommended Reading by Topic
    Index
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Virginia K. Saba, Kathleen A. McCormick.
    Summary: In the years since the previous edition of "Essentials in Nursing Informatics" was published, U.S. hospitals have achieved nearly universal adoption of electronic health record systems (EHR). This edition incorporates updated teaching aids to help educators develop more sophisticated users of technology, who are equipped to improve processes and workflows that result in safer, more effective, and efficient patient care. Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Nursing Informatics Technologies
    System Standards
    System Life Cycle
    Informatics Theory Standards
    Policies and Quality Measures in Healthcare
    Nursing Practice Applications
    Advanced Applications for the Fourth Nursing IT Revolution
    Educational Applications
    Research Applications
    Appendix Clinical Care Classification (CCC) System: Overview, Applications, and Analyses
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Amar Agarwal, Dhivya Ashok Kumar.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
  • Digital
    Prakash P. Punjabi.
    Summary: This book will aid surgeons in mastering the essential skills necessary in the ever expanding field of cardiac surgery. As well as presenting basic surgical principles, emphasis throughout the book has been placed on providing essential tips to make every cardiac surgical operation easy, reproducible and safe to perform, and tricks to enable surgeons to manage the difficult situations they are likely to encounter and prevent serious complications. Essentials of Operative Cardiac Surgery is an indispensable text for trainees and established consultants in adult cardiac surgery.

    Contents:
    Echocardiography In Cardiac Surgery
    Basic Set Up In Cardiac Surgery
    Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Aortic Valve Surgery
    Mitral Valve Surgery
    Tricuspid Valve Surgery
    Aortic Surgery
    Cardiac Tumours.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Prakash P. Punjabi, Panagiotis G. Kyriazis, editors.
    Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides a practically applicable guide to a range of essential techniques in cardiac surgery. As well as presenting basic surgical principles, emphasis is placed on providing detailed instructions on how to perform each technique. Practically relevant guidance on how to effectively manage potential complications is also featured for standard and complex cardiac surgical procedures (e.g., aortic surgical interventions, David's procedure, tricuspid valve interventions etc.). Essentials of Operative Cardiac Surgery systematically reviews a comprehensive range of diagnostic technologies and surgical interventions in cardiac surgery, thus providing the reader with an in-depth, detailed and step-by-step synopsis of almost all routine, standard and advanced surgical techniques. Therefore, this book provides an indispensable primer for practising as well as trainee cardiac surgeons and serves both as a basic and advanced treatise.

    Contents:
    Echocardiography in Cardiac surgery
    Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging In Cardiac Surgery
    Systemic Inflammatory Response and Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Basic Setup in Adult Cardiac Surgery
    Coronary Artery Bypass Graft with Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Off pump Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
    Aortic Valve Repair/Replacement
    Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Degenerative Repair
    Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Degenerative Replacement
    Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Ischemic Repair
    Minimally Invasive Mitral Valve Repair/Replacement
    Tricuspid Valve Repair/ Replacement
    Cannulation Strategies for Aortic Root Surgery
    Ascending Aortic Aneurysm Surgery
    Ascending Aortic Dissection Surgery
    Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement (Yacoub Remodelling Technique)
    Valve-Sparing Aortic Root Surgery: The Reimplantation Technique
    Coronary Artery Bypass Graft vs Percutaneous Intervention.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Honorio T. Benzon, Srinivasa N. Raja, Spencer S. Liu, Scott M. Fishman, Steven P. Cohen ; associate editors, Robert W. Hurley, Khalid Malik, Philip Peng.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Sudarshan Kumar Khokhar, Chirakshi Dhull, editors.
    Summary: The book highlights various pediatric cataract surgeries. It covers variants of pediatric cataract along with other rare morphologies. It covers selected challenging clinical situations along with surgical management steps. Additionally, it includes the management of surgical complications. The book provides relevant concise text supported by clinical pictures and 50 short videos. This book is a collection of clinical images and videos over 2 decades. Chapters cover recent advances in the field of pediatric cataract, such as ultrasound biomicroscopy, intraoperative rhexis assistant, operative room aberrometry. The accompanying video describes the surgical procedures with a voiceover lucidly explaining every step. It discusses unique cases of buphthalmous with cataract, anterior segment dysgenesis, persistent fetal vasculature and pre-existing persistent capsular defect with their latest management techniques. This book is relevant for practicing ophthalmologists and students alike.

    Contents:
    Part I: Management of pediatric cataract
    Pre-operative evaluation and investigative modalities in pediatric cataract
    Anesthesia considerations
    IOL power calculation
    Step wise surgical treatment of pediatric cataract
    Bag in the lens
    Secondary IOL in congenital cataract
    Intra-operative and post-operative complications
    Visual axis opacification management
    Post-operative management
    Part II: Pediatric cataract surgery in challenging situations
    Surgery in different scenario - big eyes and small eyes, plaques - anterior and posterior
    Persistent fetal vasculature
    Pre-existing posterior capsular defect
    Management of subluxated lens and spherophakia
    Traumatic cataract
    Uveitic and complicated cataract
    Infective cataract (TORCH)
    Anterior segment dysgenesis including aniridia
    Cataract associated with ROP, retinal pathologies and miscellaneous cataract (drug induced, radiation induced, albinism).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sulpicio Soriano, Craig McClain.
    Summary: Due to the differences in the neurophysiology and cranial development of infants and children, the anesthetist's approach to the pediatric neurosurgical patient cannot simply be modelled on that for adults. Infants and children undergoing anesthesia for neurosurgical procedures therefore present unique challenges for the anesthetist. Essentials of Pediatric Neuroanesthesia is a practical guide to best practice in managing the perioperative care of pediatric neurosurgical patients, providing comprehensive information on the techniques to administer anesthesia and sedation to this vulnerable patient group. The chapters, written by leading experts, highlight clinical pearls as well as key recommended references, providing rapid access to vital information in the care of the pediatric neurosurgical patient. It is the first book of its kind to be dedicated solely to neuroanesthesia for pediatric patients, making it an essential read for both experienced and trainee pediatric anesthetists and neuroanesthetists.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    Terri Goodman, PhD, RN, CNOR, Terri Goodman & Associates, Dallas, Texas, Cynthia Spry, MA, MS, RN, CNOR, CSIT, Independent Clinical Consultant, New York, New York.
    Summary: This guide to the operating room orientation process is an educational companion tool designed to provide a framework for developing an educational program or supplementing an existing one, a resource to facilitate independent study, and an on-going reference for OR nursing staff. Each chapter provides an outline, lesson content, programmed instructional exercises, test, references, and information that is basic, significant, and essential to each topic. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction to perioperative nursing
    Preparing the patient for surgery
    Prevention of infection : instrument processing
    Aseptic practices : preparing the sterile field and the patient for surgery
    Prevention of injury : positioning the patient for surgery
    Prevention of retained surgical items
    Prevention of injury : hemostasis, tourniquets, and electrosurgical equipment
    Effective management of surgical instrumentation
    Prevention of injury : wound management
    Prevention of injury : anesthesia and medication safety
    Environment of care and life safety.
    Digital Access R2Library 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Muhammad Sajid Hamid Akash, Kanwal Rehman.
    Summary: Recent advances in the pharmaceutical sciences and biotechnology have facilitated the production, design, formulation and use of various types of pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals. This book provides detailed information on the background, basic principles, and components of techniques used for the analysis of pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals. Focusing on those analytical techniques that are most frequently used for pharmaceuticals, it classifies them into three major sections and 19 chapters, each of which discusses a respective technique in detail. Chiefly intended for graduate students in the pharmaceutical sciences, the book will familiarize them with the components, working principles and practical applications of these indispensable analytical techniques.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    About the Authors
    1: Introduction to Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Types of Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.1 Qualitative Analysis
    1.2.2 Quantitative Analysis
    1.2.3 Classical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.3.1 Gravimetry
    1.2.3.2 Titrimetry
    1.2.3.3 Volumetry
    1.2.4 Instrumental Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.4.1 Optical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    Absorption of Radiation Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    Emission of Radiation Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis 1.2.4.2 Chromatographic Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.4.3 Electrochemical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.5 Radiochemical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.2.6 Thermal Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.3 Where We Do Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.4 Socio-Economic Impact of Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.5 Regulatory Issues for Pharmaceutical Analysis: The Present Situation and Future Trends
    1.6 Basic Requirements for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.7 Terms Used in Analytical Techniques
    1.7.1 Analyte
    1.7.2 Analytical Blank
    1.7.3 Standard Solution 1.7.3.1 Molarity
    1.7.3.2 Normality
    1.7.3.3 Primary Standard Solution
    1.7.3.4 Secondary Standard Solution
    1.7.4 Indicators
    1.7.5 Calibration of Analytical Method for Pharmaceutical Analysis
    1.7.6 Statistical Analysis
    1.7.6.1 Errors
    1.7.6.2 Types of Errors
    Determinate Errors
    Instrumental Errors
    Personal Errors
    Operative Errors
    Reagent Errors
    Constant Errors
    Proportional Errors
    Errors in Method
    Absolute Error
    Relative Error
    Indeterminate Errors
    Sources of Errors
    1.7.6.3 Limit of Detection
    1.7.6.4 Limit of Quantification 1.7.6.5 Linearity
    1.7.6.6 Range of Method
    1.7.6.7 Selectivity
    1.7.7 Sensitivity
    1.7.8 Accuracy
    1.7.9 Precision
    1.7.10 Repeatability
    1.7.11 Reproducibility
    1.7.11.1 Within-Laboratory Reproducibility
    1.7.11.2 Between-Laboratory Reproducibility
    1.7.11.3 Dilution
    1.7.11.4 Analysis of Variance
    1.8 Properties of Drug
    1.8.1 Physical Properties of Drugs
    1.8.2 Chemical Properties of Drugs
    1.9 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)/Protocols
    1.10 Applications of Pharmaceutical Analysis
    Further Reading
    2: Introduction to Spectrophotometric Techniques
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey E. Janis.
    Summary: "The second edition of a bestseller, this new edition has been totally revised and updated with 10 new chapters and many new contributors. It provides essential information in a convenient and easily accessible outline format and is small enough to fit in a lab coat pocket, while still providing comprehensive coverage of the essential topics in aesthetic and reconstructive surgery. The book does not skimp on coverage of aesthetic surgery, face lift, neck lift, fillers, and breast augmentation are given equal time with reconstructive topics such as wound healing, flaps, and microsurgery"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    pt. 1. Fundamentals and basics
    pt. 2. Skin and soft tissue
    pt. 3. Head and neck
    pt. 4. Breast
    pt. 5. Trunk and lower extremity
    pt. 6. Hand, wrist, and upper extremity
    pt. 7. Aesthetic surgery.
  • Digital
    edited by Jeffrey E. Janis.
    Summary: "Essentials of Plastic Surgery, Third Edition by renowned plastic surgeon Jeffrey E. Janis and an impressive group of esteemed colleagues, retains its reader-friendly formatting, while featuring extensive updates that reflect significant changes in the field. The book is organized by the same seven sections as the prior edition: Fundamentals and Basics; Skin and Soft Tissue; Head and Neck; Breast; Trunk and Lower Extremity; Hand, Wrist, and Upper Extremity; and Aesthetic Surgery. The new edition includes 127 chapters, as well as updated and expanded references that guide readers to classic and definitive articles and chapters." -- Publishers website "New chapters include Pain Management in Plastic Surgery, Decreasing Complications in Plastic Surgery, Basics of Plastic Surgery Wound Closure, Scars and Scar Management, Skin Grafting, Posterior Trunk Reconstruction, Perineal Reconstruction, Nerve Transfers, Targeted Muscle Reinnervation, Hand Rehabilitation, Basics of Skin Care, Aesthetic Facial Anatomy, Secondary Rhinoplasty, Buttock Augmentation, and Male and Female Aesthetic Genital Surgery. Breakout chapters covering breast reconstruction and nonsurgical facial rejuvenation reflect new procedures developed since publication of the second edition." -- Publishers website.
  • Print
    edited by Alex P. Jones, Jeffrey E. Janis ; with the assistance of Anna R. Barnard.
    Summary: "This publication is a companion to the popular Essentials of Plastic Surgery textbook and provides readers with a comprehensive Q & A book to help them cement the core principles covered within the Essentials text. More than 1000 questions in 102 chapters are presented. The content is structured as multiple choice questions (MCQ) and extended matching questions (EMQ) single best answer format. Furthermore, to increase understanding and context, additional references are provided that help clarify the answers. Each chapter mirrors the equivalent chapter from Essentials with the same format and many of the images and tables are reproduced. Furthermore, the layout ensures answers are not accidentally seen during testing. Questions are repeated in the answer section to avoid the reader having to page back and forth. The answer is fully explained and correct and incorrect answers are justified. This book will be a useful adjunct to the Essentials book on which it is based"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Fundamentals and basics
    part 2. Skin and soft tissue
    part 3. Head and neck
    part 4. Breast
    part 5. Trunk and lower extremity
    part 6. Hand, wrist, and upper extremity
    part 7. Aesthetic surgery.
  • Digital
    editors, Robert C. Smith, Gerald G. Osborn, Francesca C. Dwamena, Dale D'Mello, Laura Freilich, Heather S. Laird-Fick.
    Contents:
    Three axioms of mental health care for medical settings
    Evaluating physical symptoms
    Mental health care model
    Major depression and related disorders
    Generalized anxiety and related disorders
    Prescription substance misuse and other substance misuse
    The diagnostic interview
    Other mental disorders
    Psychotic disorders
    Personality disorders
    Enhancing your own care.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019
  • Digital
    Mohammad Jafferany, Bárbara Roque Ferreira, Arsh Patel.
    Summary: Patients with psychocutaneous disease may present to multiple professionals to seek care. The multidimensional nature of the conditions can lead to specialists being fearful of how to properly manage patients. For example, a dermatologist may be unfamiliar and uncomfortable with acquiring sensitive psychosocial information and a psychiatrist may not know management protocols of wound care related to the patients condition. With the basic information provided in The Essentials of Psychodermatology, healthcare providers can increase their comfort and become less hesitant when making decisions in determining the proper treatment course and assessing the need for referral. This book provides vital information for a multidisciplinary audience to spark collaboration, increased awareness, and ultimately, improved patient-care and will find audience with: Healthcare providers from multiple diverse fields such as, but not limited to, family medicine, dermatology, and psychiatry; Physicians, physicians assistants, nurses, psychologists, and students with exposure to patients with psychocutaneous conditions and/or a special interest in the field; and Professors, educators, and researchers with an interest in psychodermatology or interdisciplinary medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction: why to study psychodermatology and to whom it may concern
    2. Skin and psyche: psychoneuroendocrinoimmunology
    3. Basic principles of dermatology applied to psychodermatology
    4. Basic principles of psychopathology applied to psychodermatology
    5. Classification and terminology of psychodermatologic disorders
    6. Screening questionnaires, scales and approach to patients with psychodermatologic disorders
    7. Psychophysiologic dermatoses
    8. Dermatoses with important psychiatric and social co-morbidities
    9. Psychodermatologic disorders with primary psychopathology
    10. Cutaneous sensory disorders
    11. Common psychotropic treatments used in dermatology, how and when to use
    12. Principles of psychotherapy applied to the psychodermatologic disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Timothy R. Deer, Nomen Azeem, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the development of radiofrequency ablation (RFA) for the treatment of chronic pain. The book consists of three sections; it begins with the foundations of RFA by examining its history, development, mechanisms of action, and types. The second section explores various indications for RFA, including cervical pain, spinal metastasis, vertebral body, and hip joint pain. The final section then discusses the utilization of peripheral nerve ablation. The book concludes with future indications and forward-looking options for these therapies. Essentials of Radiofrequency Ablation of the Spine and Joints is a forward-looking resource that recognizes the expanding field of RFA indications and new tools for ablation.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Foundations of RFA
    1. History/Development of Radiofrequency Ablation (for Chronic Pain)
    2. Mechanism of Action of Radiofrequency Ablation
    3. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Pulsed RFA
    4. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Cool RFA
    5. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Monopolar/Bipolar
    Part II. Indications for RFA
    6. Cervical Pain
    7. Thoracic Pain
    8. Lumbar Pain
    9. Vertebral Body (Basiverterbral nerve) .-10. Spinal Metastasis
    11. Sacroiliac Joint Pain.-12. Hip Joint Pain
    13. Knee Joint Pain
    14. Shoulder Joint Pain
    Part III. Other Indications and the Future of RFA
    15. Peripheral nerve ablation
    16. Future Indications.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Fred A. Mettler, Jr.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Introduction
    Ch. 2. Head and soft tissues of face and neck
    Ch. 3. Chest
    Ch. 4. Breast
    Ch. 5. Cardiovascular system
    Ch. 6. Gastrointestinal system
    Ch. 7. Genitourinary system and retroperitoneum
    Ch. 8. Skeletal system
    Ch. 9. Nonskeletal pediatric imaging.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Alan David Kaye, Richard D. Urman, Nalini Vadivelu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Hitesh Verma, Alok Thakar, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a practical guide for the otorhinolaryngologists to better understand the diseases of the sinonasal region, diagnosis, and management. The detailed knowledge of the complex anatomy of the sinonasal region is the key to surgical success. The text aims to help budding and practicing rhinologists to get an essence abreast of the current scientific advancement by engaging rhinologists with excellent awareness and knowledge as contributors. The book expands its span afar the usual by including topics on complications of endoscopic surgeries, empty sinus syndrome, packing material, open transcranial approach, biofilm, instruments, cavity management, and improved quality of life, etc. The purpose of microbiology, interventional radiology, pathology and nuclear medicine in the diagnosis and management of sinonasal diseases is contributed by authors from allied specialties. This book will be a useful resource for medical students, postgraduates in ENT, practicing rhinologists and general physicians in treating sinonasal diseases. .

    Contents:
    Endoscopic anatomy and surgery
    Rhinoplasty anatomy and procedures
    Nasal physiology and sinusitis
    Granulomatous disease and faciomaxillary trauma
    Diagnostic method and instrumentation in rhinology
    Tumours of nose and paranasal sinuses
    Extended procedures
    Prevention and management of complications
    Septum, adenoid and epistaxis
    Radiotherapy, chemotherapy and quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Matthew Kroh, Sricharan Chalikonda, editors.
    Summary: Essentials of Robotic Surgery is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of-the-art approach to robotic surgery within the broad confines of general surgery. Sections address preliminary issues surgeons face when initially undertaking robotics. These areas include training, basic techniques, setup, and general troubleshooting. Subsequent chapters focus on specific disease processes and the robotic applications for those procedures. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections address patient selection, preoperative considerations, technical conduct of the most common operations, and avoiding complications. A brief review of the existing literature addressing the particular topic follows in each section. The text concludes with chapters on other robotic platforms beyond the only current FDA approved device (Intuitive Surgical) as well as future directions, including single-site, enhanced imaging, 3-D modeling, and tele-proctoring, including to and distant site surgery. Extensive illustrations and links to video make this an interactive text. Essentials of Robotic Surgery is of great value to general surgeons and associated sub-specialists, trainees including residents and fellows, fully trained surgeons looking to start a robotic surgery practice, and experienced robotic surgeons looking to expand the types of procedures that they currently perform robotically.

    Contents:
    History of and Current Systems in Robotic Surgery
    Training and Credentialing in Robotic Surgery
    Basic Set-Up, Principles, and Troubleshooting in Robotic Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Esophageal Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Gastric Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Bariatric Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Colon Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Rectal Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Hepato-Biliary Surgery, Including Cholecystectomy
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Pancreatic Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Endocrine Surgery
    Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Major Pulmonary Resection
    Single-Site Surgery
    Advanced Imaging, Tele-proctoring, and Off-Site Surgery
    Future Directions and Alternate Systems for Robotic Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Hans Behrbohm, MD, PhD, Professor and Director, Department of Otolaryngology, Facial Plastic Surgery Park-Klinik Weissensee, Teaching Hospital of the Charité University Hospital, Berlin, Germany ; Eugene Tardy Jr. MD, FACS Professor Emeritus and Former Director, Division of Facial Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, USA ; with contribution from Wibke Behrbohm [and 18 others].
    Summary: "Essentials of Septorhinoplasty: Philosophy-Approaches-Techniques, Second Edition, integrates the functional and aesthetic aspects of complex nasal surgery to address both cosmetic and breathing issues that often occur simultaneously. Fully revised and updated, this new edition covers surgery of the septum, open rhinoplasty techniques, and closed endonasal techniques, as well as anatomy, diagnosis and preoperative planning, patient psychology, postoperative treatment, and potential complications. Illustrations detailing surgical steps and before-and-after photographs to help plan procedures make this book a complete and practical guide to septorhinoplasty. Features: New and expanded discussion of biostatic surgery, submucosal septal surgery, radiofrequency surgery, endoscopic procedures, DCF implants, and more. Step-by-step description of operative procedures, including the latest graft and suture techniques. More than 600 exquisite illustrations and high-quality color photographs that enhance the text. Contributions from renowned names in the fields of otolaryngology and facial plastic surgery. Essentials of Septorhinoplasty: Philosophy-Approaches-Techniques, Second Edition, is the only book of its kind to incorporate functional and aesthetic considerations in nasal surgery. It is a beneficial addition to the library of any otolaryngologist, facial plastic surgeon, and maxillofacial surgeon who aims to improve both form and function of the nose"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The Dual character of nasal surgery
    Contemporary rhinoplasty: personal principles and philosophy
    Facial proportions and aesthetic ideals in rhinoplasty
    Physiology and pathophysiology of nasal breathing
    Preoperative management
    Principles of modern septoplasty
    Structural grafting via the external rhinoplasty approach
    Endonasal tip rhinoplasty approaches and techniques
    Alar reduction and sculpture
    The deviated nose
    The functional tension nose, the overprojected nose
    The saddle nose -causes and pathogenesis, approaches and operative techniques, principles of tissue replacement in the nose
    Rhinoplasty after cleft lip repair
    Nasal trauma
    Postoperative care and management.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Miles Fisher, Gerard McKay.
    Contents:
    Overview of Type 2 diabetes
    SGLT2 inhibitors for treating diabetes
    Guidelines for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes mellitus
    Using SGLT2 inhibitors in special populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by M. Safwan Badr, Jennifer L. Martin.
    Contents:
    SECTION I: INTRODUCTION TO SLEEP MEDICINE
    Normal human sleep
    Pharmacology of Sleep
    Health disparities in sleep medicine
    Models of care for patients with sleep disorders/care coordination
    Cases
    SECTION II: SLEEP DISORDERED BREATHING
    Sleep Disordered Breathing: Epidemiology and clinical presentation
    Sleep Disordered Breathing: Diagnosis
    Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Pathophysiology and Clinical management (treatments)
    Central Sleep Apnea: Pathophysiology and clinical management
    Hypoventilation during sleep
    Peri-operative care for patients with obstructive sleep apnea
    SDB in pediatric populations
    Cases
    SECTION III: OTHER SLEEP DISORDERS
    Diagnosis of insomnia disorder
    Treatment of insomnia (CBT-I and pharmacotherapy)
    Circadian Rhythm Sleep Wake Phase Disorders
    Narcolepsy
    Parasomnias
    Movement disorders
    Sleep in critical illness
    Sleep in hospitalized patients
    Sleep in pregnancy
    Sleep in older patients
    Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Langston T. Holly, Paul A. Anderson, editors.
    Summary: This text includes stabilization techniques for the entire spinal column, ranging from the cranio-cervical junction to the pelvis. The information is presented in an easily digestible format that is suitable for those in school or training, yet includes pearls and insight that can be appreciated by even the most seasoned surgeon. The text is divided into major sections based on the anatomical regions of the spine - cervical, thoracic, and lumbosacral. An additional section is devoted to related surgical concepts and principles such as spinal biomechanics and bone grafting options. Each chapter has a uniform design including background, indications, patient selection, preoperative considerations, surgical technique, technical pearls, and strategies for complication avoidance. Preoperative and postoperative images and/or illustrations are utilized to highlight the presented information. - Description from publisher, viewed April 26, 2018.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Alpaslan Şenköylü, Federico Canavese, editors.
    Summary: This concise textbook covers the full spectrum of spine surgery-related topics in a comprehensive yet easy-to-follow, readily accessible format. Addressing trauma, deformity, degeneration, oncology and infections, both in pediatric and adult patients, it provides a broad overview of this complex surgical discipline. Subdivided into four parts, each chapter exhaustively addresses a clinical problem, ranging from signs and symptoms, physical examination through differential diagnoses and classification to treatment options, possible complications and follow-ups. In appendix the reader will find relevant classifications, indexes, questionnaires and quality of life assessments. Didactical videos complement the book illustrating essential basic spine surgery techniques in the daily practice. Written by an international panel of experts this practical and handy guide is an invaluable tool for trainees of both orthopedic surgery and neurosurgery, spine fellows, and junior spine surgeons.

    Contents:
    Part-1 Pediatric Spine Trauma
    1. Pediatric cervical injuries
    2. Thoracolumbar Spine Injuries in Children
    3 Atlanto-axial (C1-C2) subluxation and dislocation
    4 Spinal Cord Injury without Radiographic Abnormality
    Part-2 Adult Spine Trauma
    5 Upper cervical injuries
    6 Sub-axial cervical spine injurie
    7 Thoracolumbar injuries
    9 Spinal cord injury and related conditions
    10 Osteoporotic fractures
    Part-3 Pediatric Spine Pathology
    11 Back pain in children
    12 Congenital scoliosis
    13 Early onset idiopathic scoliosis
    14 Syndromic scoliosis
    15 Early onset neuromuscular scoliosis
    16 Idiopathic scoliosis: gebe
    17 Progression risk of Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis during puberty and natural history
    18 Conservative Treatment for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    19 Determination of the fusion levels in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
    20 Late onset neuromuscular scoliosis
    21 Postural kyphosis
    22 Scheuermann Disease
    23 Cervical Kyphosis in Neurofibromatosis type I
    24 Congenital kyphosis
    25 Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis
    26 Disc Bulging and Herniation in Children and Adolescents
    27 Schmorls nodes
    28 Congenital Torticollis (torticollis not related to trauma)
    29 Klippel Feil Syndrome
    30 Chiari malformation
    31 Spinal dysraphism
    32 Sacralization of the 5th Lumbar Vertebra
    33 Osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma
    34 Osteochondroma
    35 Eosinophilic Granuloma (Vertebra Plana)
    36 Medulloblastoma and other seeding tumors
    37 Spinal astrocytoma
    38 Osteosarcoma
    39 Ewing sarcoma
    40 Discitis in Pediatric spine
    Part-4 Adult Spine Pathology
    41 Back pain and its generators
    42 Cervical degenerative disc disease (including cervical disc herniation)
    43 Cervical spondylotic myelopathy (CSM)
    44 Thoracic disc herniation
    45 Lumbar degenerative disc disease (including lumbar disc herniation)
    46 Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
    47 Degenerative instability
    48 Neglected idiopathic scoliosis
    49 De Novo deformity
    50 Sagittal plane malalignment
    51 Post-traumatic Kyhphosis
    52 Post-infectious deformity
    53 Pagets disease
    54 Ankylosing disorders of the spine: AS and DISH
    55 Vertebral Hemangioma
    56 Aneurismal bone cyst
    57 Giant cell tumor
    58 Spinal Meningioma
    59 Spinal Nerve Sheath Tumor
    60 Spinal Ependymoma
    61 Plasmacytoma
    62 Chordoma
    63 Metastatic lesions of spine
    64 Tuberculosis of spine
    65 Pyogenic spondylodiscitis
    66 Post-surgical spinal infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Marta C. Cohen, Irene Scheimberg.
    Summary: Essentials of Surgical Pediatric Pathology is a clear and practical yet comprehensive guide for trainee pediatric pathologists and non-pediatric pathologists. Each chapter corresponds to one of the main subspecialties, such as dermatopathology, head and neck pathology, and system pathology. Practical guidance is given on handling pediatric specimens and the authors highlight the ways in which common conditions present differently in adults and children. Other chapters cover conditions typical of childhood, including soft tissue tumors and blue round cell tumors. The chapters begin with a brief clinical presentation, followed by a clear macroscopical and histological description of the principal pathologies seen in children. Up-to-date genetic and immunohistochemical information is provided, and the book includes hundreds of high-quality color images. Written and edited by leading international experts in the field, this is an essential resource for trainee pediatric pathologists, as well as general pathologists who may encounter pediatric cases.

    Contents:
    Skin / Isabel Colmenero, Antonio Torrelo, and Miguel Reyes-Mugica
    Gastrointestinal tract / Marie-Anne Brundler, Paula Borralho, Riitta Karikosky, Paola Domizio, and Marta C. Cohen
    Hepatobiliary system and pancreas / Jens Stahlschmidt, Eumenia Castro, and Dolores Lopez-Terrada
    The head and neck / Jo MacPartland, Alena Skalova, Rajeev Shukla, and Roman
    Kodet
    Respiratory system / Gail Deutsch and Erin R. Rudzinski
    Endocrine / Maria Teresa Davila, Laura Galluzzo, Derek de Saa, and Irene
    Scheimberg
    Lymph nodes, bone marrow, and immunodeficiencies / Bo-Yee Ngan, Jo-Anne Vergilio, and Megan S. Lim
    Kidneys and lower urinary tract pathology / Marie-Anne Brundler, Aurore Coulomb and Gordan Vujanic
    The reproductive system / Katja Gwin, Naveena Singh, Allison Cavallo, and Miguel Reyes-Mugica
    The breast / Pamela Lyle, Jane Dahlstrom, and Melinda E. Sanders
    Soft tissue tumors in young patients / Cheryl M. Coffin, Mariana M. Cajaiba, Justin M.M. Cates, and Rita Alaggio
    Bone and joint lesions / Paul S. Dickman and Julie C. Fanburg-Smith
    Neuropathology / David A. Ramsay and Fabiana Lubienicki
    Introduction to small round cell tumors of childhood / Erin R. Rudzinski
    Molecular genetics and diagnostic techniques / Luc Laurier Oligny.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2014
  • Digital
    Vivian Gahtan, Michael J. Costanza, editors.
    Contents:
    Diagnosis and imaging
    Surgical and endovascular technique and tools
    Peripheral arterial thrombosis/emboli
    Compartment syndrome
    Diabetic foot infection
    PAD and claudication
    Critical limb ischemia
    Lower extremity amputations
    Deep venous thrombosis
    Superficial thrombophlebitis
    Chronic venous insufficiency
    Varicose veins
    Inferior vena cava filters
    Vascular injuries in the neck
    Vascular injuries in the abdomen
    Extremity vascular injuries
    Temporary venous catheters
    Arteriovenous hemodialysis access
    Access complications
    Arterial occlusive disease: carotid, mesenteric, renal
    Aortic pathology: AAA, dissection, traumatic transection
    Non-atherosclerotic vascular disease: vasculitis, popliteal entrapment, hypercoaguable
    Surgical and endovascular complications: infection, hemorrhage.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Stefano Zaffagnini, Roland Becker, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, João Espregueira-Mendes and C. Niek Dijk, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an update on a wide variety of hot topics in the field of knee surgery, sports trauma, and arthroscopy, covering the latest developments in basic science and clinical and surgical methods. It comprises the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 16th ESSKA Congress, which was held in Amsterdam during May 2014 and brought together the worlds leading orthopaedic and sports physicians. The contributions are all written by European and international experts in their field. Each lecture has a practical focus and provides an up-to-date synthesis of core knowledge on the subject in question with the aid of high-quality illustrations. Take home messages and key recommendations are highlighted. This book will be of value to practitioners and researchers alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Fares Haddad, Michael T. Hirschmann, Jón Karlsson, Romain Seil, editors.
    Summary: "This book, comprising the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 18th ESSKA Congress in Glasgow in 2018, provides an excellent update on current scientific and clinical knowledge in the field of Orthopaedics and Sports Traumatology. A variety of interesting and controversial topics relating to the shoulder, elbow, hip, knee, and foot are addressed, all of which are very relevant to the daily practice of orthopaedic surgeons. All of the contributions are written by well-known experts from across the world. The presentations will enable the reader to gain a better understanding of pathologies and may permit more individualized treatment of patients. The book will be of interest to clinicians and researchers alike."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Advances in the treatment of complex knee injuries
    "Small" fractures below the knee: do not miss
    do not mistreat!.- Meniscal injuries, management and outcome.- Basic concepts in hip arthroscopy.- Osteotomy, the surgical details you want to know.- Fast-track in TKA surgery- where are we now?.- New insights in diagnosis and treatment of distal biceps pathology.- Visualisation and anesthesia in shoulder arthroscopy.- The role of arthroscopy in ankle instability treatment.- Combined meniscus and cartilage lesions.- Osteotomies, advanced and complex techniques.- Patellofemoral joint instability: Where are we in 2018?
    Extra-articular shoulder endoscopy, a review of techniques and indications.- Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty.- Sports injuries in throwing athletes.- Decision making in anterior shoulder instability.- Pediatric ACL Injuries: Treatment & challenges.- Return to play following achilles tendon rupture.- Management of less frequent and multiligament knee injuries.- Patellofemoral instability: How to operatively stabilize the patella.- Massive retracted rotator cuff tear: treatment options.- Instability after total knee arthroplasty.- Dance Orthopaedics, ballet injuries and when to perform surgical treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Tobias Hirschmann, Elizaveta Kon, Kristian Samuelsson, Matteo Denti, David Dejour.
    Summary: This book, comprising the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 19th ESSKA Congress in Milan in 2021, provides an excellent update on current scientific and clinical knowledge in the field of orthopaedics and sports traumatology. It addresses a variety of interesting and controversial topics relating to the shoulder, elbow, hip, knee and foot, all of which are highly relevant to orthopaedic surgeons daily practice. Featuring contributions written by leading experts from around the globe, it enables readers to gain a better understanding of pathologies, which in turn can lead to more individualized treatments for patients. The book is of interest to clinicians and researchers alike.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Meniscus allografts: how to improve clinical results, limit chondral degeneration?
    Chapter 2. First-Time Patellar Dislocation: a Modern Treatment Strategy Patellar height as a factor
    Chapter 3. Operative Techniques Kinematic alignment
    Chapter 4. Medial opening wedge high tibial osteotomy
    Chapter 5. "Reverse arthroplasty VS other options"
    Cases examples
    Chapter 6. How to avoid complications in hip arthroscopy
    Chapter 7. State of the art in ankle ligament surgery Repair vs. reconstruction. How to choose?
    Chapter 8. Mind your head
    Chapter 9. All the secrets of elbow instability
    Chapter 10. Basics of 2D Planning in Total Knee Replacement
    Chapter 11. Minimally invasive osteotomies around the knee
    Chapter 12. ACL Reconstruction using a flat Quadriceps Tendon graft without bone block
    Chapter 13. Void Filler in opening wedge osteotomies around the knee
    Chapter 14. Mobile-bearing Unis
    Chapter 15. Reconstructions with tibial slings. When and How?
    Chapter 16. Arthroscopic Capsulolabral Repair
    Chapter 17. Managing Cam FAI
    Intermediate Hip Arthroscopy
    Chapter 18. An Update on Ankle Arthroscopy: Current Evidence and Practical Recommendations for 2020
    Chapter 19. ACL injury: Where are we now? Is prevention the key for all sports?
    Chapter 20. Allograft: biology, mechanics, integration, outcomes (with arthroscopy and cartilage committee according to the European Allograft Initiative)
    Chapter 21. Surgical technique: what we would do in different situations
    graft choice, one or two steps, fixation, associated lesions
    Chapter 22. Cell-Free Biomaterials
    Indications And Borders
    Chapter 23. The rationale for using navigation for revision total knee arthroplasty
    Chapter 24. Pearls, Pitfalls and Complications (MPFL reconstruction)
    Chapter 25. What to do if it goes wrong? Solutions after failure
    Chapter 26. Advanced Hip arthroscopy: Whats new?
    Chapter 27. Platt´s Syndrome: A Nerve Co mplication Associated with Ligament Injuries
    Chapter 28. Biologic Therapies In Orthopaedics And Sports Medicine
    Chapter 29. ARIF (Arthroscopic Reduction and Internal Fixation) around the Elbow
    Chapter 30. Intraarticular Osteotomies after Tibial Head Fractures
    Chapter 31. Preoperative planning
    Chapter 32. Inlay Patellofemoral Arthroplasty
    Chapter 33. Conservative Treatment Approaches of Patellar and Achilles Tendinopathies
    Chapter 34. Tendinopathy: From Basic Science to Return to Play.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Ugur Erdemir, Esra Yildiz, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Definition and Causes of Diastema
    Initial Consultation
    Diagnosis
    Esthetic Parameters and Smile Design
    Soft Tissue Considerations
    Treatment Planning
    Treatment Options, Timing, and Sequencing
    Material Selection
    Cases.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kenneth W. Aschheim.
    Summary: "Help your patients look better and improve their self-esteem with this complete, user-friendly guide to all of the latest esthetic dentistry procedures that are in high demand. Thoroughly updated by the most renowned leaders in the field, the new third edition of Esthetic Dentistry: A Clinical Approach to Techniques and Materials offers clearly highlighted techniques in step-by-step fashion, with unmistakable delineation of armamentarium, for the treatment of esthetic problems. Hundreds of clinical tips are included throughout the book to help alert you to potential problems, variations on techniques, and other treatment considerations. Plus, an invaluable troubleshooting guide covers the different types of esthetic problems (such as size, discoloration, and spacing issues), potential solutions, and references to chapters where the specific problem is discussed in detail. With this expert reference in hand, you will have all you need to master the latest esthetic procedures that your patients want!"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Troubleshooting guide
    Introduction to esthetics
    Fundamentals of esthetics and smile analysis
    Dentin bonding agents
    Color modifiers and opaquers
    Composite resin: fundamentals and direct technique restorations
    Composite resin: indirect technique restorations
    Porcelain laminate veneers restorations
    Porcelain-full coverage and partial coverage restorations
    Ceramometal full coverage restorations
    Acrylic and other resins: provisional restorations
    Acrylic and other resins: removable prosthetics
    Luting agents
    Bleaching and related agents
    Esthetics and periodontics
    Esthetics and orthodontics
    Esthetics and implant surgery
    Esthetics and Implant Prosthetics
    Esthetics and oral and maxillofacial surgery
    Esthetics and pediatric dentistry
    Esthetic dentistry and occlusion
    Esthetics and laser surgery
    Esthetics and oral photography
    Esthetics and computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) systems
    Esthetics and dermatologic pharmaceuticals
    Esthetics and plastic surgery
    Esthetics and dental marketing
    Esthetics and dental jurisprudence
    Esthetics and psychology
    Esthetic dentistry and eating disorders
    Esthetic dentistry and domestic violence
    Custom staining
    Ninety second rubber dam placement.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015
  • Digital
    Richard D. Trushkowsky, editor.
    Summary: This book acquaints the clinician with the full range of parameters that need to be considered before undertaking an esthetic rehabilitation with veneers and describes current clinical concepts and techniques. The initial chapters provide the foundation for a comprehensive treatment plan. It is explained how digital smile design in conjunction with a wax-up and functional esthetic prototype allow a patient to visualize the possibilities. Occlusion prior to the initiation of treatment and following treatment is key to the longevity of restorations, and this aspect is given careful consideration. Detailed advice is also offered on proper selection of materials and their placement. The guidance provided will ensure that the reader is fully equipped to gather and assess all relevant information prior to commencement of the final treatment. The treatment itself can range from minimally invasive to more complex depending on the requirements of each individual case. Among the clinical concepts discussed in the book are the use of etched porcelain restorations, minimally invasive CAD/CAM veneers, and the ink glue technique.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Update to Preparation Design and Clinical Concepts Using the LeSage Veneer Classification System
    Chapter 2 Orthodontics for Esthetic Dental Treatment: Symbiotic Efforts for Optimal Results
    Chapter 3 Periodontal Considerations in Aesthetic Dentistry
    Chapter 4 Material Options for the Esthetic Dental Team
    Chapter 5 Shade Evaluation for Porcelain Laminate Veneers (PLV)
    Chapter 6 Photographic Communication in Esthetic Dentistry
    Chapter 7 Adhesion to Glass-ceramics: Concepts and Clinical Implications
    Chapter 8 New Materials for CAD/CAM Systems: Resin-based Composites, Polymer Infiltrated Ceramic Network, Zirconia-reinforced Lithium Silicate and High Translucent Zirconia
    Chapter 9 The Artificial Intelligence Based 3D Smile Design
    Chapter 10 Contact Lens Veneers with Pressed Ceramic
    Chapter 11 Minimally Invasive CAD/CAM Veneers
    Chapter 12 Aesthetic and Functional Rehabilitation of Worn Teeth with Veneer Materials
    Chapter 13 Transforming Discolored Anterior Teeth
    Chapter 14 Occlusal Considerations for Esthetic Rehabilitation.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Iñigo de Miguel Beriain.
    Summary: This book proposes an ethical and legal framework to improve the responses to social issues related not only to the current SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, but also to future pandemics. Its contents cover the issues that are likely to be most controversial in any public health crisis. It starts by discussing non-pharmacological measures, such as the appropriateness of confinement, how to control compliance with public health measures and the ethical, legal and social acceptability of health certificates. Then it turns to issues related to the production, distribution and administration of vaccines, with a particular focus on the design and implementation of vaccination policies. Finally, it analyses the most appropriate criteria to develop a triage, when the situation brings us to this terrible scenario. The analyses presented in this book are based on the ethical and legal frameworks, as well as the social context, of the European Union, and aims to address the main dilemmas faced by any liberal democracy dealing with a pandemic: how to reconcile the defense against a public health crisis together with a respect for fundamental rights and freedoms. The European legal systems have developed a number of conceptual tools designed to ensure that there is no room for arbitrariness in the restrictions introduced by the political power in emergency situations, and this book builds upon these tools. The Ethical, Legal and Social Issues of Pandemics: An Analysis from the EU Perspective is a predominantly practice-oriented book, which will help policy makers to adopt policies that effectively combine public health needs with individual rights and freedoms. It will also help health care givers to understand better the ethical and legal issues involved in their work and citizens, in general, to participate in public decision making in an informed manner. Finally, it will help to design tools that faithfully comply with existing fundamental rights standards.

    Contents:
    1.Confinement, isolation and tracking
    2.Immunity Certificates: The New Frontier
    3.Vaccines (I). Creation and distribution
    4.Vaccination (II). Vaccination policies
    5.Triage: when the tsunami hits.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Axel W. Bauer, Ralf-Dieter Hofheinz, Jochen S. Utikal, editors.
    Summary: "This book presents in detail the problems and ethical challenges in daily oncological practice. In western industrialized countries, roughly 25 percent of all citizens still die from cancer. Despite significant progress in basic science and in individual areas of clinical care, even in the 21st century, being diagnosed with cancer has lost none of its dread and can still be a death sentence. This situation raises many problems and challenges for medical ethics, e.g., the question of the benefits and risks of prevention programs, or the right to know and not to know. Clinical trials with cancer patients and quality assurance for surgery, radiotherapy and medication also pose a series of ethical dilemmas. Furthermore, cancer treatment is a psychological challenge not only for patients but also for physicians and caregivers. The issues of adequate pain management and good palliative care, of treatment limiting and the question of assisted suicide at the end of life also have to be considered. In order to reflect the subject's diverse and multifaceted nature, the book incorporates legal, ethnographic, historical and literary perspectives into ethical considerations"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Cancer as an ethical challenge
    Historical aspects of the fight against cancer
    One in four dies of cancer. Questions about the epidemiology of malignant tumors
    Ethical issues related to human papillomavirus vaccination programs: an example from Bangladesh
    Ethical challenges around cell lines in cancer research
    Risk-adapted prevention. Governance perspective for benefits of genetic (breast cancer) risk
    The right to know and not to know: predictive genetic diagnosis and non-diagnosis
    Benefits and harms of cancer screening
    Ethical dilemmas in conducting clinical trials
    Ethical aspects in cancer drug approval, balancing individual versus societal perspectives
    Liver living donation for cancer patients: benefits, risks, justification
    Quality assurance of cancer medication and the challenge of biosimilars
    Cancer in children
    Pain and palliative medicine
    Advance directives for medical decisions
    Euthanasia and assisted suicide
    Doctor's health and the health of caregivers
    Diagnosis breast cancer. An ethnographic study of illness and disease
    The patient's view
    The patients' advocate
    Cancer in literature.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Angela Georgia Catic, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to present an overview of common geriatrics ethical issues that arise during patient care and research activities. Each chapter includes a case example and practical learning pearls that are useful in day-to-day patient care. Coverage includes a brief overview of geriatric epidemiology, highlighting the high rates of dementia, use of surrogate decisions makers at the end-of-life, relocation from home to long-term care facilities, and low health literacy in the geriatrics population. Sections are devoted to issues around capacity, surrogate decision making, end-of-life care, hemodialysis in the elderly, and futility as well as challenges presented by independence questions, such as dementia care, driving, feeding, and intimacy in nursing homes. The text also addresses questions around recognizing, reporting, and treating elder abuse and self-neglect, ethics related to research and technology in the geriatric population, and the use of e-mail, Facebook, and open notes. Written by experts in the field, Ethical Considerations and Challenges in Geriatrics is a valuable tool for trainees at a variety of levels including medical students, residents, and fellows. In addition, it provides practical guidance and a useful reference for practicing geriatricians, primary care physicians, geriatric nurses, social workers, nursing home workers, hospice care employees, and all medical health professionals working with the elderly.

    Contents:
    Geriatric Epidemiology
    Evaluating Capacity for Safe and Independent Living among Vulnerable Older Adults
    Surrogate decision making and advance care planning
    End of Life Care of Older Adults
    Special Considerations in Older Surgical Patients
    Ethical Issues of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Elderly
    Ethical Considerations for the Driver with Dementia
    Medical Futility
    Feeding Issues in Advanced Dementia
    Intimacy in the Long-Term Care Setting
    Elder Abuse and Neglect
    Hospital and Physician Rating Web Sites: Ethical Challenges without Context
    Considerations and Challenges in Information and Communication Technology
    Ethical Issues in Geriatric Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Janice L. Berliner.
    Contents:
    Introduction to clinical ethics / Rebecca R. Anderson
    The (micro) array of options for preconceptional and prenatal testing / Daragh Conrad and Christy Stanley
    The "ART" of assisted reproductive technologies / Sonja Eubanks Higgins
    Testing children for adult onset conditions / Dawn Allain
    These are not the genes you're looking for : incidental findings identified as a result of genetic testing / Curtis Coughlin, II
    Is that a threat or a promise? Direct-to-consumer marketing of genetic testing / Laura Hercher
    Genetics and patent law / Rebecca R. Anderson
    Ethical issues in genetic and genomic research / Dawn Allain and Kelly Ormond.
    Digital Access Oxford [2015]
  • Digital
    Barbara G. Jericho, editor.
    Contents:
    1. Informed Consent: Pediatric Patients, Adolescents, and Emancipated Minors
    2. Preoperative Testing: Ethical Challenges, Evidence-Based Medicine and Informed Consent
    3. Informed Consent and the Disclosure of Surgeon Experience
    4. Perioperative Considerations of Do Not Resuscitate and Do Not Intubate Orders in Adult Patients
    5. Pediatric Patients: Do Not Resuscitate Decisions
    6. Ethical Care of the Children of Jehovah?s Witnesses
    7. Fatigue and the Care of Patients
    8. Conscientious Objection
    9. Ethical Implications of Drug Shortages
    10. Ethical Challenges in High-Risk Innovative Surgery
    11. Professionalism in the Operating Room
    12. Honesty in the Perioperative Setting: Error and Communication
    13. Futility and the Care of the Perioperative Patient
    14. End-of-Life Issues: Management of Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
    15. End-of-Life Issues: Spirituality
    16. Ethics in Research and Publication
    17. Ethics and Evidence Regarding Animal Subjects Research: Splitting Hares- or Swallowing Camels?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Grace Lee, Judy Illes, Frauke Ohl, editors.
    Summary: Behavioral neuroscience encompasses the disciplines of neurobiology and psychology to study mechanisms of behavior. This volume provides a contemporary overview of the current state of how ethics informs behavioral neuroscience research. There is dual emphasis on ethical challenges in experimental animal approaches and in clinical and nonclinical research involving human participants.

    Contents:
    Section I. Experimental Animal Research
    Ethical Issues Associated with the Use of Animal Experimentation in Behavioural Neuroscience Research
    The use of animal models in behavioural neuroscience research
    Does the goal justify the methods? Harm and Benefit in Neuroscience Research Using Animals
    A Framework for investigating animal consciousness
    Telos, Conservation of Welfare, and Ethical Issues in Genetic Engineering of Animals
    Would the elimination of the capacity to suffer evolve ethical dilemmas in experimental animal research?
    Section II. Clinical Research
    Ethics of human research in behavioral neuroscience: Overview of section II
    What?s special about the ethical challenges of studying disorders with altered brain activity?
    Effects of brain injury on moral agency: Ethical dilemmas in investigating human behavior
    Genetic testing and neuroimaging for youth at risk for mental illness: Trading off benefit and risk
    Externalization of consciousness: Scientific possibilities and clinical implications
    How does enhancing cognition affect human values? How does this translate into social responsibility?
    Deep brain stimulation: A principled and pragmatic approach to understanding the ethical and clinical challenges of an evolving technology
    Ethical issues and ethical therapy associated with anxiety disorders
    Just like a circus: The public consumption of sex differences
    Money and morals: Ending clinical trials for financial reasons.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Artemis Igoumenou, editor.
    Summary: This work explores and discusses the ethical dilemmas clinicians face in everyday forensic psychiatry practice. We discuss and reflect on ethical issues involving treatment decisions such as antipsychotic polypharmacy, high doses antipsychotics and prescribing anti-libidinal medications. Ethical issues surrounding the use of technology for the management of mentally disordered offenders are explored in depth. The use of the polygraph test, a controversial method of truth facilitation for sex offenders, is discussed. Similarly, we discuss the use of "tagging" for serious offenders that despite being used in the United States of America for a while it has been heavily criticized and opposed. Tagging is gradually being introduced in the UK and other European countries, making consideration of the ethical issues and dilemmas surrounding its use both timely and necessary. This work is a valuable guide for clinicians working in forensic psychiatry settings, particularly when faced with ethical dilemmas concerning decisions around interventions.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Clinical Forensic Psychiatry
    Clinical Forensic Psychiatry; Settings and Practices
    Forensic Psychiatry and the Mentally Disordered Offender. Ethical Issues in Treatment Provision within Secure Hospital Environments; Clinical and Legal
    Part 2: Ethical Issues in the Treatment and Management of Sex Offenders
    Introduction
    The Use of Medications for the Treatment of Sex Offenders. Ethical Issues and Controversies
    The Use of Polygraph Test in Clinical Forensic Psychiatry Settings
    Part 3: Ethical Issues in the Assessment, Treatment and Management of Violent Offenders and Sex Offenders
    Ethical Issues Arising from the Prescription of Antipsychotic Medication in Clinical Forensic Settings
    The Many Faces of Surveillance: Ethical Considerations that Encompass the Use of Electronic Monitoring in Criminal and Clinical Populations
    Assessment and Management of Specific Populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kate A. Mazur, Stacey L. Berg, editors.
    Summary: This book identifies the various ethical challenges that arise in pediatric hematology/oncology and provides the necessary tools to overcome these challenges. Aiming to expand upon and strengthen providers' knowledge and experience in pediatric health care ethical issues, the text positions providers to be beneficial resources to faculty, staff, patients, and families within their institution. It presents a multidisciplinary approach to sound ethical practices that is necessary to effectively care for these patients and their families. The book reviews the principles of ethical decision-making, the unique difficulties in using children as research subjects, common ethical conundrums involved in providing end-of-life care, and general moralities of professional practice. Written by experts in their fields, Ethical Issues in Pediatric Hematology/Oncology is an innovative and valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and trainees who work in the field of pediatric hematology/oncology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Introduction to Ethics in Pediatrics;
    Chapter 1: Ethics: A Historical Perspective; Respect for Autonomy; Beneficence and Non-maleficence; Justice; The State of Medical Ethics Today: Practical Applications; Pediatric-Related Ethics; Best Interest Standard of a Child; Informed Consent Process and Assent in Pediatrics; Past, Present, and Future Pediatric Ethical Challenges and Controversies; References;
    Chapter 2: Ethical Principles in the Practice of Medicine; Introduction; Defining Ethics; Approaches to Medical Ethics; The Problem of Pluralism The Four Principles of Biomedical Ethics "Doing Ethics": A Modest Approach; Legal and Professional Considerations in Ethics; The Four Boxes of Clinical Ethics; Ethics Consultation; Conclusion; References; Part II: The Ethics of Everyday Clinical Encounters;
    Chapter 3: Communicating Prognosis at Diagnosis and Relapse or Progression; Evidence for Honest Communication; Why Is Honest Communication Difficult?; Why Is Honest Communication Important?; Why Is Honest Communication Vital to Decision Making?; Are We Taking Away Hope?; Parental Decision Making: Other Considerations for the Clinician Consideration of Cultural Variations Nuts and Bolts of Honest Communication; Conveying Prognostic Information; Complications in Communication; Communicating with Children; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Managing Conflict When There's Disagreement in Care Between Medical Providers, Caregivers, and Patient; Introduction; Conflict Between Patients/Families and Professionals; Source of Conflict #1: Decisional Authority and the Best Interest Standard; Ethical Considerations; Source of Conflict #2: Decisional and Non-decisional Rights of Adolescent Patients; Ethical Considerations Source of Conflict #3: Problems in Alignment and Communication Among ProfessionalsEthical Considerations; Strategies for Conflict Resolution; Conflict Within Teams and Between Specialties; Source of Conflict #1: Goals of Care; Ethical Considerations; Sources of Conflict #2: Disagreement Over Treatment Options/Interventions; Ethical Considerations; Source of Conflict #3: Clarification and Coordination of Roles; Ethical Considerations; Strategies for Conflict Resolution; Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Unique Considerations for Adolescents and Young Adults Adolescence Is a Unique Developmental Period; Informed Consent and Decision-Making in Young Adult and Pediatric Populations; Negotiating the Parent: Patient-Provider Triad; Special Circumstances: Emancipated and Mature Minors; Case-Based Learning: Potential Conflicts in AYA Care; Factors to Consider; Conclusion; References; Part III: Ethical Issues Surrounding Children in Research;
    Chapter 6: Ethics in Genetic and Genomic Research; Pediatric Oncology Genomic Studies; Ethical Issues in Pediatric Oncology Genomic Research; Informed Consent in Pediatric Genetic and Genomic Research.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by Rebecca A. Greenberg, Aviva M. Goldberg, David Rodríguez-Arias.
    Summary: This book offers a theoretical and practical overview of the specific ethical and legal issues in pediatric organ transplantation. Written by a team of leading experts, Ethical Issues in Pediatric Organ Transplantation addresses those difficult ethical questions concerning clinical, organizational, legal and policy issues including donor, recipient and allocation issues. Challenging topics, including children as donors, donation after cardiac death, misattributed paternity, familial conflicts of interest, developmental disability as a listing criteria, small bowel transplant, and considerations in navigating the media are discussed. It serves as a fundamental handbook and resource for pediatricians, transplant health care professionals, trainees, graduate students, scholars, practitioners of bioethics and health policy makers.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Rodríguez-Arias, Greenberg, and Goldberg
    1.0 Living Donation
    1.1 Minors as organ donors
    Freedman Ross, Parker and Thistelwaite
    1.2 Living donors for fulminant hepatic failure in children
    Segedi and Grant
    1.3 The Ethics of Persuasion: Evaluating the ethical limits on attempting to persuade families to donate the organs of deceased family members
    Chandler and Gruben
    1.4 Misattributed Paternity
    Freeman and Parker
    2.0 Deceased Donation
    2.1 Death determination in children
    Shemie and Ortega-Deballon
    2.2 Controlled donation after cardiac death (2 chapters)
    2.2.1 Controlled donation after cardiac death in pediatrics
    Talati and Frader
    2.2.2 Ethical and organizational challenges in controlled donation after cardiac death for children
    Harrison
    3.0 Emerging Technology
    3.1 Ethical issues in pediatric bowel rehabilitation and small bowel transplantation
    Fecteau
    3.2 Vascularized Composite Allotransplantation (VCA)
    Zlotnik Shaul, Wright, Flynn, Borschel, Hanson, and Zuker
    3.3 Media management
    Amaral and Feudtner
    4.0 Allocating Organs
    4.1Transplantation for pediatric foreign nationals
    Fortin and Greenberg
    4.2 Neurodevelopmental status as a criterion for solid organ transplant eligibility
    Wightman, Diekema and Smith
    5.0 Recipient Issues
    5.1 Psychosocial aspects of pediatric organ transplantation
    Derrington, Goldberg and Frader
    5.2 Ethical issues in adolescents and transplantation
    Goldberg and Fine
    Conclusion
    Rodríguez-Arias, Greenberg, Goldberg.
  • Digital
    Dónal O'Mathúna, Ron Iphofen, editors.
    Summary: This Open Access book provides illustrative case studies that explore various research and innovation topics that raise challenges requiring ethical reflection and careful policymaking responses. The cases highlight diverse ethical challenges and provide lessons for the various options available for policymaking. Cases are drawn from many fields, including artificial intelligence, space science, energy, data protection, professional research practice and pandemic planning. Case studies are particularly helpful with ethical issues to provide crucial context. This book reflects the ambiguity of ethical dilemmas in contemporary policymaking. Analyses reflect current debates where consensus has not yet been achieved. These cases illustrate key points made throughout the PRO-RES EU-funded project from which they arise: that ethical judgement is a fluid enterprise, where values, principles and standards must constantly adjust to new situations, new events and new research developments. This book is an indispensable aid to policymaking that addresses, and/or uses evidence from, novel research developments.

    Contents:
    Chapter1. Introduction: Making the Case for the Case (Dónal O’Mathúna)
    Chapter 2. Space: The Final Frontier (Emmanouil Detsis)
    Chapter 3. Research and the Ethics of Urban Exploration and Criminal Trespass (Mark Israel)
    Chapter 4. Science Advisors and "Good Evidence": A Case Study (Gabi Lombardo)
    Chapter 5. Automated Justice, Automated Policing: Issues, Benefits and Risks in the Use of Artificial Intelligence and its Algorithms in Access to Justice and Law Enforcement (Caroline Gans Combe)
    Chapter 6. Data Protection in Croatia: An Indicator of Ethics Processes in Research Institutions (Zvonimir Koporc)
    Chapter 7. Intellectual Corruption and the American Psychological Association (James F. Welles)
    Chapter 8. PRO-RES Guidance Framework for Scientific Research: A Novel Response to Long-standing Issues (P. Kavouras)
    Chapter 9. RRI and Research Ethics (Maria Teresa Berliri)
    Chapter 10. The Wave Power Project (Ron Iphofen)
    Chapter 11. Formulating a Guidance Code for Research Managers (the UK ARMA case) (John Oates)
    Chapter 12. Ethics Versus The Law: The Case Of the Belfast Project (Helen Kara)
    Chapter 13. Regulating Zoonotic Disease Research: Implications for Pandemic Preparedness (Dónal O’Mathúna)
    Chapter 14. Responsible Research and Innovation and India: Towards a Dialectical Approach in Theory and Practice (Krishna Ravi Srinivas).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Deborah Mascalzoni, editor.
    Summary: Biobank research and genomic information are changing the way we look at health and medicine. Genomics challenges our values and has always been controversial and difficult to regulate. In the future lies the promise of tailored medical treatments and pharmacogenomics but the borders between medical research and clinical practice are becoming blurred. We see sequencing platforms for research that can have diagnostic value for patients. Clinical applications and research have been kept separate, but the blurring lines challenges existing regulations and ethical frameworks.Then how do we regulate it? This book contains an overview of the existing regulatory landscape for biobank research in the Western world and some critical chapters to show how regulations and ethical frameworks are developed and work. How should international sharing work? How design an ethical informed consent? An underlying critique: the regulatory systems are becoming increasingly complex and opaque. The international community is building systems that should respond to that. According to the authors in fact, it is time to turn the ship around. Biobank researchers have a moral responsibility to look at and assess their work in relation to the bigger picture: the shared norms and values of current society. Research ethics shouldn?t only be a matter of bioethicists writing guidelines that professionals have to follow. Ethics should be practiced through discourse and regulatory frameworks need to be part of that public discourse. Ethics review should be then not merely application of bureaucracy and a burden for researchers but an arena where researchers discuss their projects, receive advice and practice their ethics skills.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Deborah Mascalzoni
    Biobanks: a definition / Barbara Parodi
    A participatory space beyond the "autonomy versus property" dichotomy / Mariachiara Tallacchini
    Intellectual Property and Biobanks / Naomi Hawkins
    Consent, Privacy and Property in the Italian Biobanks Regulation: A Hybrid Model within EU / Matteo Macilotti, Simone Penasa, Marta Tomasi
    Data Protection Principles and Research in the Biobanks Age / Roberto Lattanzi
    The New General Data Protection Regulation: where are we are and where might we be heading? / Jane Reichel and Anna-Sara Lind
    The Tension between Data Sharing and the Protection of Privacy in Genomics Research / Jane Kaye
    Incidental findings: the time is not yet ripe for a policy for biobanks / Jennifer Viberg, Mats G. Hansson, Sophie Langenskiöld, Pär Segerdahl
    Biobanking across borders: the challenges of harmonization / Ruth Chadwick, Heather Strange
    Governing Biobanks Through A European Infrastructure / Emmanuelle Rial-Sebbag, Anne Cambon-Thomsen
    EU governance for research and ethics in biobanks / Jane Reichel
    A Bold Experiment: Iceland's Genomic Venture / David Winickoff
    The Estonian Genome Center, University of Tartu / Aime Keis
    The management of the ethical aspects of a local mental diseases biobank for research purposes. An Italian experience / Corinna Porteri
    Biobank governance in Spain: From the autonomy of research ethics committees to the autonomy of lay people / Antonio Casado da Rocha
    Public deliberation and the role of stakeholders as a new frontier in the governance of science: the British Columbia Biobank Deliberation and the DePGx Project / Claudio Corradetti, Gillian Bartlett
    Making researchers moral / Linus Johnsson, Stefan Eriksson, Gert Helgesson, Mats G. Hansson.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    by Shabih H. Zaidi.
    Summary: Medical ethics and the medical profession are inseparable, yet the formal teaching of medical ethics is a relatively new phenomenon. Furthermore, since the introduction of managed health care, with the physician becoming a 'health provider' and the patient a 'client', the whole concept of medical ethics has undergone a sea change. The contractual relationship between the provider and the client engenders caution and precaution, resulting in defensive medicine. This book both presents a succinct history of medical ethics and discusses a wide range of important ethical dilemmas in the provision of modern health care. A synopsis is provided of ethics through the ages and the role of ethics in the evolution of medicine. Principles and sources of medical ethics, as well as different religious and secular perspectives, are explained. Ethical concerns in relation to a variety of specific issues are then examined. These issues include, for example, human experimentation, stem cell research, assisted reproductive technologies, termination of pregnancy, rationing of health care, euthanasia, and quality of life issues. The author's many years of practicing medicine in different cultures and countries and his passion for religious works, philosophy, literature, poetry, history, and anthropology have informed and enriched the contents of this stimulating book.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Ethics through the ages: 1 . Early period
    2. Greek period
    Sophists and Socrates et al
    3. Arab period
    4. Bacon
    Bertrand Russell
    5. Voltaire
    Dawkins- McIntyre
    Part 2. Metaphysics, religious- secular perspectives: 6. Analysis of secular and religious thought
    Part 3. Cultural anthropology and medical ethics: 7. Normative principles, autonomy, beneficence, non maleficence and justice
    8. Universalism or Relativism
    9. Medical ethics in a pluralistic society
    Part 4. Nomenclature and description: 10. Principles and sources of medical ethics
    11. Justice: a pillar of ethics. Distributive justice and international clinical trials
    Part 5. The role of ethics in evolution of medicine: 12.Research ethics
    13. Human experimentation
    14. The scourge of drug trials
    15. Human embryonic stem cell research
    16. Stem cell in cultivation of sensory organs, curing deafness
    17. Cybrid. Is science going mad?
    18. Teaching medical ethics
    Part 6. Reproductive health, ART, IVF, Abortion, Pregenetic diagnosis (PGD): 19. Assisted Reproductive Technologies
    20. IVF, Pre genetic diagnosis, termination of pregnancy
    21. Surrogacy
    Part 7. Managed health care: 22. Rationing. Services within limited resources
    23. Futility of treatment. Euthanasia
    24. Therapeutic nihilism
    Part 8. Quality of life issues: 25. Care of the elderly, and QALYS
    26. Hospices and palliative care
    27. Controversial pathways , passive euthanasia. Assisted life termination
    28. Assisted life prolongation and end of life issues
    Part 9. Physicians' oaths: 29. Lessons drawn from Duae Makaram Al Akhlaq
    30. Hippocratic oath and contemporary faith based oaths.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nancy Kirsch.
    Summary: "A collection of case studies exploring ethical decision making for physical therapy students and practicing physical therapists"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Part One: Ethics for the Physical Therapist
    Chapter 1: Healthcare Ethics
    Chapter 2: Professionalism
    Chapter 3: Ethical Guidance: The Code of Ethics for Physical Therapists and Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
    Chapter 4: Ethical Risk Factors
    Chapter 5: Applying Ethical Decision-Making Models in Clinical Practice
    Chapter 6: The Ethical Challenges of the Future
    Part Two: Types of Ethical Decisions: Case Analysis
    Chapter 7: Introduction to Case Analysis
    Chapter 8: Accountability
    Chapter 9: Boundary Issues
    Chapter 10: Practice Issues
    Chapter 11: Professional Relationships
    Chapter 12: Professional Responsibility
    Chapter 13: Professional Self-Regulation
    Chapter 14: Supervision
    Chapter 15: The Student Physical Therapist
    Appendix A: The Code of Ethics for Physical Therapists
    Appendix B: Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
    Appendix C: Ideas to Consider Answers
    Appendix D: References.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
    AccessPhysiotherapy
  • Digital
    Marike L. D. Broekman, editor.
    Summary: This book covers all ethical aspects of introducing novel implants and procedures in neurosurgery in a structured way, addressing the current knowledge gap concerning ethical innovations in neurosurgery. Initially it explores the difficulties involved in defining when a procedure should be considered innovation, research, or care. To this end, it presents not only an overview of current literature, but also data from a recent survey among neurosurgeons in Europe. The book subsequently discusses the ethical issues related to innovation. These include: informed consent (what should a surgeon tell the patient and how should he/she do so), oversight (can any surgeon simply implant a novel spinal device?), the learning curve (when should a surgeon be allowed to perform a novel procedure?), vulnerable patients (how to innovate in the pediatric population or in an emergency setting), and conflicts of interest, as well as the ethics of paying for innovative treatments. In turn, the closing chapters focus on the evaluation of neurosurgical research and innovation. Are cultural changes necessary and how could innovation benefit from (international) collaborations? Given the range of topics addressed, the book offers neurosurgeons, residents, scientists, companies and hospital administrations a valuable guide to introducing novel implants and techniques in neurosurgery.

    Contents:
    Innovation in neurosurgery: key ethical challenges
    Payment for and right to innovation in neurosurgery
    Evaluation of innovations in neurosurgery
    Innovation in neurosurgery: required culture and team collaboration.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Jenny Krutzinna, Luciano Floridi, editors.
    Summary: This open access book presents an ethical approach to utilizing personal medical data. It features essays that combine academic argument with practical application of ethical principles. The contributors are experts in ethics and law. They address the challenges in the re-use of medical data of the deceased on a voluntary basis. This pioneering study looks at the many factors involved when individuals and organizations wish to share information for research, policy-making, and humanitarian purposes. Today, it is easy to donate blood or even organs, but it is virtually impossible to donate one's own medical data. This is seen as ethically unacceptable. Yet, data donation can greatly benefit the welfare of our societies. This collection provides timely interdisciplinary research on biomedical big data. Topics include the ethics of data donation, the legal and regulatory challenges, and the current and future collaborations. Readers will learn about the ethical and regulatory challenges associated with medical data donations. They will also better understand the special nature of using deceased data for research purposes with regard to ethical principles of autonomy, beneficence, and justice. In addition, the contributors identify the key governance issues of such a scheme. The essays also look at what we can learn in terms of best practice from existing medical data schemes.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction (Jenny Krutzinna and Luciano Floridi).- Part I: Conceptualising the Ethics of Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 2. Data Donation: How to Resist the iLeviathan (Barbara Prainsack).- Chapter 3. Data Donations as Exercises of Sovereignty (Patrik Hummel, Matthias Braun and Peter Dabrock).- Chapter 4. The Ethics of Uncertainty for Data Subjects (Philip J. Nickel).- Chapter 5. Incongruities and Dilemmas in Data Donation: Juggling our 1s and 0s (Kerina H. Jones).- Part II: Governance and Regulation of Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 6. Posthumous Medical Data Donation: The Case for a Regulatory Framework (Edina Harbinja).- Chapter 7. Medical Data Donation, Consent and the Public Interest after Death: A Gateway to Posthumous Data Use (Annie Sorbie).- Part III: Implementing Ethical Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 8. The Personal Data is Political (Bastian Greshake Tzovaras and Athina Tzovara).- Chapter 9. Personal Data Cooperatives
    A New Data Governance Framework for Data Donations and Precision Health (Ernst Hafen).- Chapter 10. Defining Data Donation After Death: Metadata, Families, Directives, Guardians and the Road to Big Consent (David M. Shaw).- Part IV: An Ethical Code for Posthumous Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 11. Enabling Posthumous Medical Data Donation: A Plea for the Ethical Utilisation of Personal Health Data (Jenny Krutzinna, Mariarosaria Taddeo and Luciano Floridi).- Chapter 12. An Ethical Code for Posthumous Medical Data Donation (Jenny Krutzinna, Mariarosaria Taddeo and Luciano Floridi).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Roxana Cobo.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Digital
    Pietro Amedeo Modesti, Francesco P. Cappuccio, Gianfranco Parati, editors.
    Summary: In the context of the most significant influx of migrants in European history, the objective of this book is to provide healthcare professionals with essential knowledge and skills to effectively treat and prevent cardiovascular diseases in ethnic minorities. Acknowledging that the scientific and cultural training of health professionals on the specific health needs of minority groups is still limited and likely biased, the book sheds light on the different health policies in European countries as well as epidemiologic data on cardiovascular events among migrants. In addition, it presents an in-depth analysis of potential ethnic-group-specific drivers of global cardiovascular risk within this new and challenging framework - as well as issues related to its prevention and treatment. The prevalence of hypertension, diabetes, chronic kidney disease, obesity, and metabolic syndrome is found to be higher among most minority groups than in the native population, yet their access to treatment and health services may be limited by cultural and language barriers. As health professionals are confronted with such intercultural challenges on a daily basis, specific training and dedicated publications are thus essential to accompany and foster a constructive development towards a pluralist and healthier society. This book addresses that need, offering a unique and revealing resource.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Becky S. Li, Howard I. Maibach, editors.
    Summary: This book is written to help educate dermatologists and general physicians of the challenges involved in treating those with darker skin tones in culturally appropriate ways. Distinctly broken up into three sections for ease of use, the reader enters the text through a series of chapters meant to introduce the physician to the anatomical structure and makeup of patient with skin of color as well as the evolution basic concepts for understanding and treatment. The second and longest section looks at diseases and cosmetic concerns covering some of the most common issues for patients with skin of color. The last section offers cultural considerations to treatment and care. Socially conscious and comprehensive, Ethnic Skin and Hair is written by some of the leading names in dermatological treatment of skin of color, and functions as a concise and thorough tool for dermatologists at every stage in their career.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction/Overview
    Chapter 1. Defining Skin of Color
    Chapter 2. Skin of Color: Biology, Physiology, Structure, and Function
    Chapter 3. Biology of Hair
    Chapter 4. Physiology of Skin Pigmentation
    Part II. Skin Diseases and Concerns in Ethnic Skin.-Chapter 5. Skin Cancer Knowledge, Awareness, and Perception
    Chapter 6. Other Effects of Ultraviolet Light: Photosensitivity, Photoreactivity, and Photoaging
    Chapter 7. Inflammatory Disorders: Acne Vulgaris, Atopic Dermatitis, Seborrheic Dermatitis, Lupus Erythematosus, Dermatomyositis, and Scleroderma
    Chapter 8. Inflammatory Disorders: Psoriasis, Lichen Planus, Pityriasis Rosea, Sarcoidosis
    Chapter 9. Pigmentary Disorders
    Chapter 10. Management of Pigmentary Disorders
    Chapter 11. Hair Loss in Women of Color
    Chapter 12. Ethnic Skin Disorders
    Part III: Other Considerations.-Chapter 13. Multicultural Competence and Other Considerations
    Chapter 14. The Impact of Skin and Hair Disease in Ethnic Skin.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Gwen Yeo, Linda A. Gerdner and Dolores Gallagher-Thompson.
    Summary: In recent years, the literature on the topic of ethnic and racial issues in Alzheimer's disease and other dementias has increased dramatically. At the same time, the need for cultural competence in all of geriatric care, including dementia care, is increasingly being acknowledged. Dementia is a large societal problem affecting all communities, regardless of race or ethnicity, and understanding dementia for specific groups is tremendously important for both clinical knowledge and for health planning as a nation. This third edition of Ethnicity and the Dementias offers invaluable background information in this area, while also examining how those suffering from dementia and their family members respond or adapt to the challenges that follow. Thoroughly updated and revised throughout, the book features contributions from leading clinicians and researchers in the field, with particular attention given to genetic and cultural factors related to dementia, effective prevention and treatment strategies, and issues in caregiving and family support.

    Contents:
    Incidence and prevalence of dementia in U. S. race and ethnic populations
    Risk factors for dementia among race and ethnic populations in the United States
    Assessment of cognitive Impairment, alzheimer's disease, and other forms of dementia
    Dementia assessment in African Americans
    Dementia assessment in American Indians
    Dementia assessment in Asian Americans
    Dementia assessment in Latino Americans
    Treatment and management of dementia in the context of family care
    Working with lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender families
    Working with African American families
    Working with American Indian and Alaska native families
    Working with Asian Indian and South Asian American families
    Working with Chinese American families
    Working with Filipino American families
    Working with Hmong American families
    Working with Japanese American families
    Working with Korean American families
    Working with Vietnamese American families
    Working with Cuban American families
    Working with Mexican American families
    Future directions and recommendations.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2019
  • Digital
    Arshad Mehmood Abbasi, Rainer W. Bussmann, editors.
    Summary: Natural resources and associated biological diversity provide the basis of livelihood for human population, particularly in the rural areas and mountain regions across the globe. Asia is home to the world's highest mountain regions including the Himalayas, Karakorum and Hindukush. These regions are renowned around the globe because of their unique beauty, climate, and biocultural diversity. Because of geoclimatic conditions, the mountains of Asia are medicinal and food plant diversity hot spots. The indigenous communities residing in the valleys of these mountains have their own culture and traditions, and have a long history of interaction with the surrounding plant diversity. Local inhabitants of these mountains areas possess significant traditional knowledge of plant species used as food, medicine, and for cultural purposes. So far, many workers have reported traditional uses of plant species from different regions of Asia including some mountain areas; however, there is not one inclusive document on the ethnobotany of mountains in Asia. This book provides a comprehensive overview on ethno-ecological knowledge and cross cultural variation in the application of plant species among various communities residing in the mountains of Asia; cross cultural variation in traditional uses of plant species by the mountain communities; high value medicinal and food plant species; and threats and conservation status of plant species and traditional knowledge. This book should be useful to researchers of biodiversity and conservation, ethnobiologists, ethnoecologists, naturalists, phytochemists, pharmacists, policy makers, and all who have a devotion to nature.

    Contents:
    Medicinal, Nutritional, and Spiritual Significance of Plants in Bhutan: Their Biodiscovery Potential and Conservation Status
    Ethnobotany of the Himalayas--Kashmir, India
    Food from Forest: Diversity of Wild Vegetables Used by Pwo People Thailand
    Study of Medicinal Plants of the Chitral Gol National Park (CGNP) with Special Emphasis on Future Conservation and Sustainability
    Ethnobotany of Western Himalayan Region, Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan
    Floral Composition, Sustainable Utilization, and Conservation of Important Medicinal Plants in the Ayubia National Park, Abbottabad, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Pakistan
    Ethnomedicinal Uses of Plant Species from the Himalayas
    Plant Resources and Their Uses in Salt Range, Pakistan
    Ethno-Medicinal Uses of Wildlife in Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan
    Ethnobotanical Study of Traditional Medicinal Plants of Tharu Community in Swathi Village, Nawalparasi District Nepal
    Ethnomedicinal Uses of Animals in Vicinity of Ayubia National Park, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa-Pakistan
    Ethnobotany of Karakorum, Pakistan
    Ethnobotany of Mountain Region of Himalaya, District Poonch, Azad Kashmir
    Diversity and Uses of Wild Animals in Bagh, AJ&K, Pakistan
    Ethnobotanical Appraisal of Medicinal Plants from Bajaur; A Remote Area of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Province of Pakistan
    Folk Formulations of Asteraceae Species as Remedy for Different Ailments in Lesser Himalayas, Pakistan
    Medicinal Flora and Cultural Values of Arkot-Biakand Valley Hindu Kush Region Swat, Pakistan
    Healthcare Choices and Use of Medicinal Plants: An Ethnobotanical Study in Kanda Area of Bajhang District, Kailash Sacred Landscape, Nepal
    Exploration, Conservation, and Utilization of Ethnobotanical Knowledge: Sri Lankan Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors: T. Pullaiah, K.V. Krishnamurthy, Bir Bahadur.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Ketevan Batsatsashvili, Zaal Kikvidze, Rainer W. Bussmann.
    Summary: Research in recent years has increasingly shifted away from purely academic research, and into applied aspects of the discipline, including climate change research, conservation, and sustainable development. It has by now widely been recognized that "traditional" knowledge is always in flux and adapting to a quickly changing environment. Trends of globalization, especially the globalization of plant markets, have greatly influenced how plant resources are managed nowadays. While ethnobotanical studies are now available from many regions of the world, no comprehensive encyclopedic series focusing on the worlds mountain regions is available in the market. Scholars in plant sciences worldwide will be interested in this dynamic content. The field (and thus the market) of ethnobotany and ethnopharmacology has grown considerably in recent years. Student interest is on the rise, attendance at professional conferences has grown steadily, and the number of professionals calling themselves ethnobotanists has increased significantly. Various societies of such professionals include the Society for Economic Botany, the International Society of Ethnopharmacology, the Society of Ethnobiology, the International Society for Ethnobiology, and many regional and national societies in the field that currently have thousands of members. Growth has been most robust in BRIC countries. The objective of this new MRW on Ethnobotany of Mountain Regions is to take advantage of the increasing international interest and scholarship in the field of mountain research. We anticipate including the best and latest research on a full range of descriptive, methodological, theoretical, and applied research on the most important plants for each region. Each contribution will be scientifically rigorous and contribute to the overall field of study.

    Contents:
    Central Asia and Altai
    Introduction to the Region
    Kazakhstan
    Kyrgystan and Tadjikistan
    Mongolia
    Siberian Russia
    Plant profiles.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lenise Cummings-Vaughn, Dulce M. Cruz-Oliver, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Ethnogeriatric Foundations
    Why Ethnogeriatrics is Important.- Theoretical Foundations
    Demographic Trends in Aging for Ethnogeriatrics
    Impact of Immigration: Disease Exposure and Health Maintenance
    Part II: Research Issues on Ethnogeriatrics
    Clinical and Translational Research
    Trial Participation and inclusion
    Measurement and Instrumentation
    Part III: Clinical Care in Ethnogeriatrics
    Health Disparities: Access and Utilization
    Epidemiology of Aging: Racial/Ethnic Specific Disease Prevalence
    Caregivers: Roles in Health Management
    Hospice/Palliative Care: Concepts of Disease and Dying
    Geriatric Psychiatry: Perceptions, Presentations and Treatments
    Part IV: Education in Ethnogeriatrics
    Incorporating Ethnogeriatrics into Training Competencies
    Assessments for the Practicing Clinicians: Practical Tools
    Part V: Policy and Economics
    Policy: Impact on Delivery and Access
    The Future of Ethnogeriatrics.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Lyndy J. McGaw, Muna Ali Abdalla, editors.
    Summary: The importance of a complementary approach to animal health is highlighted in this book, with core themes encompassing reviews of traditional veterinary medicine for common diseases afflicting livestock, as well as local practices in different areas of the world. The book includes chapters on ethnoveterinary medicine used to prevent and treat ticks and tick-borne diseases, infectious diseases and parasites. Ethnoveterinary practices in parts of the world which have not been comprehensively reviewed before are highlighted, including Estonia, Belarus and the Maghreb-- the north-western tip of Africa. A fascinating account of African ethnoveterinary medicine and traditional husbandry practices is provided by a veteran in the field with a wealth of practical experience in the area. Neglected areas of research involve the relationship of ethnoveterinary medicine with environmental, ethical, cultural and gender aspects, and leading experts explore these issues. The book is intended to provide an informative compilation of current research and future prospects in ethnoveterinary medicine, which hopes to inform and encourage investigations in new directions. Sustainable development requires a concerted effort to combine indigenous knowledge systems with scientific research to improve animal health. This is the case not only in rural areas where access to orthodox veterinary health care may be limited, but also against the backdrop of antibiotic resistance and increased demand for alternative and complementary therapies to enhance the health of both production and companion animals. Students, academics and veterinary professionals will find this book a useful addition to knowledge on present and future aspects of ethnoveterinary research.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Conclusion
    Part I: The Role of Natural Products and Remedies in Treating Animal Diseases
    Chapter 2: The Pharmacological and Nutritional Significance of Plant-Derived Natural Products: An Alternative for Animal Health
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Effect of Dietary Plant Natural Products on Animal Performance
    2.3 Reported Plant Natural Products with Pharmacological Significance Against Animal Diseases
    2.3.1 Animal Infectious Diseases
    2.3.1.1 Parasitic Diseases
    2.3.1.2 Bacterial and Fungal Infections 2.3.1.3 Viral Diseases
    2.3.1.4 Inflammatory Diseases
    2.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects
    References
    Chapter 3: Alternative Antimicrobials: Medicinal Plants and Their Influences on Animal Infectious Diseases
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Novel Antimicrobials and the Need for Ethnoveterinary Studies
    3.3 In Vitro Studies
    3.4 Discussion
    3.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Ethnoremedies Used for Horses in British Columbia and Trinidad and Tobago
    4.1 Background
    4.2 Methods
    4.3 Results
    4.3.1 Commercial Products
    4.3.2 Ocular Remedies
    4.3.3 Injuries 4.3.4 Nutrition
    4.3.5 Stress
    4.3.6 Cultural Practices
    4.3.7 Broodmares
    4.3.8 Insect Repellents
    4.3.9 Poultices
    4.3.10 Illegal Practices
    4.3.11 Canada
    4.4 Discussion
    4.4.1 Trinidad and Tobago
    4.4.2 Canada
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 5: Plants for Controlling Parasites in Goats
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Gastrointestinal Parasitism in Goats
    5.3 External Parasitism in Goats
    5.4 Conventional Methods of Controlling Parasites
    5.5 Plant-Derived Ethnoveterinary Medicaments for Controlling Parasites 5.6 Preparation of Plant-Derived Ethnoveterinary Medicines and Administration
    5.7 Anthelmintic and Acaricidal Efficacy of Plants Indigenous to South Africa
    5.8 Phytochemical Composition and Their Health Beneficial Activities
    5.9 Toxicity Effects of Medicinal Plants
    5.10 Mechanism of Action of Plants Used to Control Parasites in Goats
    5.11 Challenges in the Use of Plant-Derived Ethnomedicines
    5.12 Future Potential of Plant-Derived Ethnomedicines
    5.13 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Ethnoveterinary Practices for Control of Ticks in Africa
    6.1 Introduction 6.2 Source of Information
    6.3 Southern Africa
    6.4 East and North Africa
    6.5 West and Central Africa
    6.6 Evaluation and Validation of Medicinal Plants
    6.7 Cultivation and Commercialization of Ethnoveterinary Plants
    References
    Part II: Sociological Aspects and Considerations Relating to Documentation of Ethnoveterinary Medicine
    Chapter 7: Gender Aspects and Multiple Contexts in Ethnoveterinary Practice and Science
    7.1 Introduction
    7.2 Rise and Embedding of Ethnoveterinary Medicine as a Science 7.3 Cultural and Ethical Context of Ethnoveterinary Scientists and Practices.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bernd Würsig, editor.
    Summary: This book concentrates on the marine mammalian group of Odontocetes the toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises. In 23 chapters, a total of 40 authors describe general patterns of ethological concepts of odontocetes in their natural environments, with a strong bent towards behavioral ecology. Examples are given of particularly well-studied species and species groups for which enough data exist, especially from the past 15 years. The aim is to give a modern flavor of present knowledge of ethology and behavior of generally large-brained behaviorally flexible mammals that have evolved quite separately from social mammals on land. As well, the plight of populations and species due to humans is described in multiple chapters, with the goal that an understanding of behavior can help to solve or alleviate at least some human-made problems.

    Contents:
    Part I. Patterns of odontocete ethology and behavioral ecology. 1. Grouping behaviors of dolphins and other toothed whales / Shannon Gowans ; 2. Communication by sound and by visual, tactile, and chemical sensing / Peter Tyack ; 3. Social ecology of feeding in an open ocean / Robin Vaughn-Hirshorn ; 4. Sexual strategies : male and female mating tactics / Dara N. Orbach ; 5. Maternal care and offspring development in odontocetes / Janet Mann ; 6. Movement patterns of odontocetes through space and time / Stefan Bräger and Zsuzsanna Bräger ; 7. Predator/prey decisions and the ecology of fear / Mridula Srinivasan ; 8. Odontocete social strategies and tactics along and inshore / Katherine McHugh ; 9. Oceanic dolphin societies : diversity, complexity, and conservation / Sarah L. Mesnick, Lisa T. Ballance, Paul R. Wade, Karen Pryor, and Randall R. Reeves ; 10. Odontocete adaptations to human impact and vice versa / Giovanni Bearzi, Sarah Piwetz, and Randall R. Reeves
    Part II. Examples of odontocete ethology and behavioral ecology : present knowledge and ways forward. 11. Killer whales : behavior, social organization, and ecology of the oceans' apex predators / John K.B. Ford ; 12. Sperm whale : the largest toothed creature on earth / Mauricio Cantor, Shane Gero, Hal Whitehead, and Luke Rendell ; 13. Pilot whales : delphinid matriarchies in deep seas / Jim Boran and Sara Heimlich ; 14. Behavior and ecology of not-so-social odontocetes : Cuvier's and Blainville's beaked whales / Robin W. Baird ; 15. Common bottlenose dolphin foraging : behavioral solutions that incorporate habitat features and social associates / Randall S. Wells ; 16. The Indo-Pacific bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops aduncus) / Richard C. Connor, Mai Sakai, Tadamichi Morisaka, and Simon J. Allen ; 17. Spinner dolphins of islands and atolls / Marc O. Lammers ; 18. Dusky dolphins of continental shelves and deep canyons / Heidi C. Pearson ; 19. Cetacean sociality in rivers, lagoons, and estuaries / Dipani Sutaria, Nachiket Kelkar, Claryana Araújo-Wang, and Marcos Santos ; 20. Hector's and Māui dolphins : small shore-living delphinids with disparate social structures / Rochelle Constantine ; 21. Porpoises the world over : diversity in behavior and ecology / Jonas Teilmann and Signe Sveegaard ; 22. Endangered odontocetes and the social connection : selected examples of species at risk / Thomas A. Jefferson ; 23. Ethology and behavioral ecology of odontocetes : concluding remarks / Bernd Würsig.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kimberly C. Harper.
    Summary: This book discusses existing problems with Black maternal health and the rhetorical implications of ethos in American society. The Ethos of Black Motherhood in America: Only White Women Get Pregnant examines the ethos of Black and white mothers in America's racialized society. Kimberly C. Harper argues that the current Black maternal health crisis is not a new one, but an existing one rooted in the disregard for Black wombs dating back to America's history with chattel slavery. Examining the reproductive laws that controlled the reproductive experiences of black women, Harper provides a fresh insight into the “bad black mother” trope that Black feminist scholars have theorized and argues that the controlling images of black motherhood are a creation of the American nation-state. In addition to a discussion of black motherhood, Harper also explores the image of white motherhood as the center of the landscape of motherhood. Scholars of communication, gender studies, women's studies, history, and race studies will find this book particularly useful.

    Contents:
    Historical representations of Black motherhood
    Setting the tone
    The legislative decisions governing Black wombs
    Ideology, ethos, and silence
    Where are all the Black mothers in pregnancy books?
    Reproductive justice and Black women's lives
    Black midwives and reclaiming choice
    The will to resist is a form of love
    Conclusions.
  • Digital
    edited by Toshio Nakanishi, Roger R. Markwald, H.Scott Baldwin, Bradley B. Keller, Deepack Srivastava, Hiroyuki Yamagishi.
    Contents:
    Part I. From Molecular Mechanism to Intervention for Congenital Heart Diseases, Now and Future
    Reprogramming Approaches to Cardiovascular Disease: From Developmental Biology to Regenerative Medicine
    The arterial epicardium, a developmental approach to cardiac disease and repair
    Cell sheet tissue engineering for heart failure
    Future treatment of heart failure and pathophysiological analysis of various heart diseases using human iPS cell-derived cardiomyocytes
    Congenital heart disease: in search of remedial etiologies
    Part II. Left-Right Axis and Heterotaxy Syndrome
    Left-right Asymmetry and Human Heterotaxy Syndrome
    Roles of motile and immotile cilia in left-right symmetry breaking
    Role of cilia and left-right patterning in congenital heart disease
    Pulmonary arterial hypertension in patients with heterotaxy /polysplenia syndrome
    Part III. Cardiomyocyte and Myocardial Development
    Single Cell Expression Analyses of Embryonic Cardiac Progenitor Cells
    Meis1 Regulates Post-Natal Cardiomyocyte Cell Cycle Arrest
    Intercellular signalling in cardiac development and disease: NOTCH
    The epicardium in ventricular septation during evolution and development
    S1P-S1p2 signaling in cardiac precursor cells migration
    Myogenic progenitor cell differentiation is dependent on modulation of mitochondrial biogenesis through autophagy
    The role of the thyroid in the developing heart
    Part IV. Valve Development and Diseases
    Atrioventricular valve abnormalities: From molecular mechanisms underlying morphogenesis to clinical perspective
    Molecular Mechanisms of Heart Valve Development and Disease
    A novel role for endocardium in perinatal valve development: Lessons learned from tissue specific gene deletion of the Tie1 receptor tyrosine kinase
    The Role of the Epicardium in the Formation of the Cardiac Valves in the Mouse
    TMEM100, a novel intracellular transmembrane protein essential for vascular development and cardiac morphogenesis
    Cell autonomous regulation of BMP-2 in endocardial cushion cells during AV valvuloseptal morphogenesis
    Part V. The Second Heart Field and Outflow Tract
    Properties of cardiac progenitor cells in the second heart field
    Nodal signaling and congenital heart defects
    Utilizing Zebrafish to Understand Second Heart Field Development
    A history and interaction of outflow progenitor cells implicated in "Takao syndrome"
    The loss of Foxc2 expression in the outflow tract links the interrupted arch in the conditional Foxc2 knockout mouse
    Environmental modification for phenotype of truncus arteriosus in Tbx1 hypomorphic mice
    Part VI. Vascular Development and Diseases
    Extracellular matrix remodeling in vascular development and disease
    The "cardiac neural crest" concept revisited
    Roles of endothelial Hrt genes for vascular development
    Placental Expression of Type 1 and 3 Inositol Trisphosphate Receptors is Required for the Extra-embryonic Vascular Development
    Tissue Remodeling in Vascular Wall in Kawasaki Disease-related Vasculitis Model Mice
    Part VII. Ductus Arteriosus
    Progerin expression during normal closure of the human ductus arteriosus: A case of premature ageing?
    The multiple roles of prostaglandin E2 in the regulation of the ductus arteriosus
    Developmental Differences in the Maturation of Sarcoplasmic Reticulum and Contractile Proteins in Large Blood Vessels Influences Their Contractility
    Fetal and Neonatal Ductus Arteriosus is Regulated with ATP-sensitive Potassium Channel
    Part VIII. Conduction System and Arrhythmia
    Regulation of vertebrate conduction system development
    Cardiac Pacemaker Development from a Tertiary Heart Field
    Endothelin receptor type A expressing cell population in the inflow tract contributes to chamber formation
    Specific isolation of HCN4 positive cardiac pace-making cells derived from embryonic stem cell
    Part IX. Current Molecular Mechanism in Cardiovascular Development
    Combinatorial functions of transcription factors and epigenetic factors in heart development and disease
    Pcgf5 contributes to PRC1 (Polycomb repressive complex 1) in developing cardiac cells
    non-coding RNAs in cardiovascular disease
    Part X. iPS Cells and Regeneration in Congenital Heart Diseases
    Human pluripotent stem cells to model congenital heart disease
    Engineered cardiac tissues generated from immature cardiac and stem-cell derived cells: Multiple approaches and outcomes
    Dissecting the left heart hypoplasia by pluripotent stem cells
    Lentiviral gene transfer to iPS cells; toward the cardiomyocyte differentiation of Pompe disease-specific iPS cells
    Molecular analysis of long-term cultured cardiac stem cells for cardiac regeneration
    Epicardial contribution in neonatal heart regeneration
    Part XI. Current Genetics in Congenital Heart Diseases
    Genetic discovery for congenital heart defects
    Evidence that deletion of ETS-1, a gene in the Jacobsen syndrome (11q-) cardiac critical region, causes congenital heart defects through impaired cardiac neural crest cell function
    Notch signaling in aortic valve development and disease
    To detect and explore mechanism of CITED2 mutation and methylation in children with congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Juan Manuel Mejía-Aranguré, editor.
    Summary: Childhood acute leukemias are one of the main causes of death in children aged 1 to 14 years in some countries; and unfortunately, we have been unable to prevent it. Certainly, a good parcel of it is due to the poor understanding about its etiology. This book aims to describe the most important theories and hypothesis regarding childhood acute leukemia. Written by the most outstanding researchers in the field, this book intends to contribute to a greater understanding of the etiology of this disease. It goes beyond the simple and common analysis of risk factors, which hardly allows us to draw definite conclusions. By addressing the etiology of the disease, discussing from molecular biology until epidemiology and clinical manifestations, this book will guide present and future approaches, contributing for a better clinical management of leukemia in children. The knowledge regarding etiology is a crucial step for a better evaluation, prevention and treatment of a disease. Thus, this book finally intends to provide such knowledge, allowing physicians and practitioners to a better manage of childhood acute leukemias.

    Contents:
    1. Acute leukemias
    An introduction
    2. Etiology and prevention of acute leukemias in children
    3. Direct viral leukemogenesis hypothesis
    4. Etiology of leukemia in children with Down syndrome
    5. Origin of leukemia in children with Down syndrome
    6. Model: Susceptibility, exposure and vulnerability period
    7. Molecular origin of acute leukemias
    8. When as environmental factor would be considered cause of acute leukemia in children
    9. Early bone marrow hematopoietic differentiation in acute lymphoblastic leukemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Herbert B. Allen.
    Summary: Atopic dermatitis has been called "the itch that rashes", and this book reveals what causes the "itch". It presents completely new and unique findings in eczema: sweat ducts that become occluded with staphylococcal biofilms trigger the innate immune system with TLR2 receptor activity and this leads to production of the "itching" and inflammation in this disease. The Etiology of Atopic Dermatitis details new concepts that bacterial biofilms occlude sweat ducts, trigger the innate immune system, and produce the lesions in atopic dermatitis. The author discusses the findings in terms of microbiology, pathology, immunology, genetics, physiology, treatment, diseases where eczema is considered a secondary component, and diseases not previously thought to be eczema, and followed by an epilogue where eczema and psoriasis are compared. Both these diseases are caused by bacteria, but neither one can be considered an infection. As such, this book is for all who take care of patients with atopic dermatitis, including dermatologists, pediatricians, family practice doctors, allergists and pathologists. It will also be interesting for those involved in research in microbiology, physiology, immunology, and genetics.

    Contents:
    Clinical presentations
    Microbiology
    Pathology
    Immunology
    Genetics
    Physiology
    Treatment
    Diseases in which eczema is a secondary component (Meyerson?s nevus and Doucas Kapetanakis pigmented purpuric dermatosis)
    Diseases with occluded sweat ducts other than eczema (tinea pedis, axillary granular parakeratosis, seborrheic dermatitis)
    The Story of Eczema in Pictures
    Epilogue: A comparison of psoriasis and eczema: both caused by bacteria, but neither an infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Guillain, Georges; Alajouanine, Théophile; Mollaret, Pierre.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L346 .G95
    1
  • Digital
    Alexandra Minna Stern.
    Summary: "With an emphasis on the American West, Eugenic Nation explores the long and unsettled history of eugenics in the United States. This expanded second edition includes shocking details that demonstrate that the story is far from over. Alexandra Minna Stern explores the unauthorized sterilization of female inmates in California state prisons and ongoing reparations for North Carolina victims of sterilization, as well as the topics of race-based intelligence tests, school segregation, the U.S. Border Patrol, tropical medicine, the environmental movement, and opposition to better breeding. Radically new and relevant, this edition draws from recently uncovered historical records to demonstrate patterns of racial bias in California's sterilization program and to recover personal experiences of reproductive injustice. Stern connects the eugenic past to the genomic present with attention to the ethical and social implications of emerging genetic technologies"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Race betterment and tropical medicine in imperial San Francisco
    Quarantine and eugenic gatekeeping on the U.S.-Mexican border
    Instituting eugenics in California
    "I like to keep my body whole" : reconsidering eugenic sterilization in California
    California's eugenic landscapes
    Centering eugenics on the family
    Contesting hereditarianism : reassessing the 1960s.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Steven D. Schwartzbach, Shigeru Shigeoka, editors.
    Summary: "This much-needed book is the first definitive volume on Euglena in twenty-fire years, offering information on its atypical biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, and potential biotechnology applications. This volume gathers together contributions from well-known experts, who in many cases played major roles in elucidating the phenomenon discussed. Presented in three parts, the first section of this comprehensive book describes novel biochemical pathways which in some instances have an atypical subcellular localization. The second section details atypical cellular mechanisms of organelle protein import, organelle nuclear genome interdependence, gene regulation and expression that provides insights into the evolutionary origins of eukaryotic cells. The final section discusses how biotechnologists have capitalized on the novel cellular and biochemical features of Euglena to produce value added products. Euglena: Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology will provide essential reading for cell and molecular biologists with interests in evolution, novel biochemical pathways, organelle biogenesis and algal biotechnology. Readers will come away from this volume with a full understanding of the complexities of the Euglena as well as new realizations regarding the diversity of cellular processes yet to be discovered"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Evolutionary origin of Euglena / Bożena Zakryś, Rafał Milanowski, Anna Karnkowska
    The mitochondrion of Euglena gracilis / Verena Zimorski, Cessa Rauch, Jaap J. van Hellemond, Aloysius G.M. Tielens [and others]
    C2 metabolism in Euglena / Masami Nakazawa
    Biochemistry and physiology of reactive oxygen species in Euglena / Takahiro Ishikawa, Shun Tamaki, Takanori Maruta, Shigeru Shigeoka
    Biochemistry and physiology of vitamins in Euglena / Fumio Watanabe, Kazuya Yoshimura, Shigeru Shigeoka
    Biochemistry and physiology of heavy metal resistance and accumulation in Euglena / Rafael Moreno-Sánchez, Sara Rodríguez-Enríquez, Ricardo Jasso-Chávez [and others]
    Cell and molecular biology. Euglena gracilis genome and transcriptome: organelles, nuclear genome assembly strategies and initial features / ThankGod Echezona Ebenezer, Mark Carrington, Michael Lebert [and others]
    Euglena transcript processing / David C. McWatters, Anthony G. Russell
    Photo and nutritional regulation of Euglena organelle development / Steven D. Schwartzbach
    Protein targeting to the plastid of Euglena / Dion G. Durnford, Steven D. Schwartzbach
    Photomovement in Euglena / Donat-P. Häder, Mineo Iseki
    Gravitaxis in Euglena / Donat-P. Häder, Ruth Hemmersbach
    Biotechnology. Wax ester fermentation and its application for biofuel production / Hiroshi Inui, Takahiro Ishikawa, Masahiro Tamoi
    Large-scale cultivation of Euglena / Kengo Suzuki.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Nancy Guillen, editor.
    Summary: The intestine is home to diverse bacterial communities forming the microbiome that influences host nutrition, immune functions and health. DNA-based methods have been instrumental to gain insight into the microbial eukaryotic diversity of the human gut. For instance, the microbiome share the intestinal ecosystem with a population of uni- and multi-cellular eukaryotic organisms. These eukaryotic organisms are very common and often very abundant in individuals with intestinal healthy conditions as well as those with intestinal diseases. The impact of the relationship between bacterial and eukaryotic organisms within the intestinal ecosystem on homeostasis and intestinal diseases is limited and can be considered an important emerging field of research. In addition, the factors that differentiate pathogenic eukaryotes from commensals are still unknown. Our interest focuses on the families of eukaryotic microbes inhabiting the intestine, called "intestinal eukaryome", that include fungi, protists and helminths. All these organisms and their interplay with bacteria and the human immune system are a challenge to assess the impact (present and future) of intestinal infectious diseases on public health. This book presents an overview of the science presented and discussed in the First Eukaryome Congress, held from October 16th to 18th, 2019 at Pasteur Institute in Paris, France. This contributed volume is of special interest for PhD students, postdoctoral fellows, researchers and clinicians interested in the effect of the eukaryotic microbiome on human health.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Eukaryome Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    1 Eukaryome: Emerging Field with Profound Translational Potential
    Introduction
    The Diversity of Species Within the Human Intestinal Eukaryome
    Evolution of Microbial Eukaryotes in the Human Intestine
    Impact of Eukaryome Species in Human Populations
    Protozoan Feed on Bacteria from the Microbiome
    The Eukaryome, Public Health and Zoonosis
    Tissue Homeostasis and Immune-Modulatory Roles of the Eukaryome
    Cytokines as Major Players of Intestinal Immunity During Parasite Infection E. coli Confers Resistance to OS to E. histolytica and Has an Effect on the Redox Proteome of the Parasite
    E. coli Has an Effect on the Transcriptome of E. histolytica Exposed to OS
    Integration of Redox Omics and Transcriptomics Data on the Response of E. histolytica to OS in Presence of E. coli
    Perspectives
    References
    4 Histomonas meleagridis Molecular Traits-From Past to Future
    Introduction-Histomonas meleagridis and Histomonosis
    Defined in Vitro Cultures-An Essential Fundament for Molecular Research
    Histomonas meleagridis-Phylogenetic Positioning Genetic Diversity and Geographical Distribution of Blastocystis Subtypes
    Clinical Association or Commensal Behavior of Blastocystis spp.
    Interaction of Blastocystis spp. and the Gut Microbiota of Asymptomatic Individuals
    Blastocystis spp. and Their Effect on the Immune Response
    References
    7 Cryptosporidium Infection in Bangladesh Children
    Introduction
    Genomic Diversity in Bangladesh Cryptosporidium hominis
    Polymorphic DNA
    Recombination
    Conclusions
    References Histomonas meleagridis-Omics Studies
    Conclusions and Future Aspects
    References
    5 Exploring the Biology and Evolution of Blastocystis and Its Role in the Microbiome
    General Introduction
    Prevalence, Diversity and Biogeography
    Blastocystis and Microbiome
    Blastocystis Biology
    Blastocystis MROs
    Conclusion
    References
    6 Advances in the Study of Blastocystis spp. in Mexico: Prevalence, Genetic Diversity, Clinical Association and Their Possible Role in the Human Intestine
    Background
    Advances in the Study of Blastocystis spp. in Mexico Tissue Protection Against Microbial Eukaryotes
    Intestinal Models to Study Eukaryome-Microbiome-Host Interplay
    References
    2 Resolving Amoebozoan Encystation from Dictyostelium Evo-Devo and Amoebozoan Comparative Genomics
    Encystation as a Universal Protist Survival Strategy
    Insights into Encystation from Dictyostelium Sporulation
    References
    3 Integrative Omics Analysis of the Effect of Bacteria on the Resistance of Entamoeba histolytica to Oxidative Stress
    Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    A.D. Katsambas, Torello M. Lotti, Clio Dessinioti, Angelo Massimiliano D'Erme editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Wiley v. 47-, 1987-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    3
  • Digital
    Sven Sebastian Uhlmann, Clara Ulrich, Steven J. Kennelly, editors.
    Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive examination of the European Landing Obligation policy from many relevant perspectives. It includes evaluations of its impacts at economical, socio-cultural, ecological and institutional levels. It also discusses the feasibility and benefits of several potential mitigation strategies. The book was timely published, exactly at the time where the Landing Obligation was planned to be fully implemented. This book is of significant interest to all stakeholders involved, but also to the general public of Europe and to other jurisdictions throughout the world that are also searching for ways to deal with by-catch and discard issues.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Global and European perspectives on discard policies.- 1. Strategies used throughout the world to manage fisheries discards
    lessons for implementation of the EU Landing Obligation.- 2. Discards in the Common Fisheries Policy: The evolution of the policy.- 3. Requirements for documentation, data collection and scientific evaluations.- Part II. Potential social, economic and ecological impacts of the Landing Obligation.- 4. Fishing Industry perspectives on the EU Landing Obligation.- 5. The implementation of the Landing Obligation in small-scale fisheries of southern European Union countries.- 6. Potential economic consequences of the Landing Obligation.- 7. The impact of fisheries discards on scavengers in the sea.- Part III. Cultural, institutional and multi-jurisdictional challenges.- 8. How the implementation of the Landing Obligation was weakened.- 9. Muddying the waters of the Landing Obligation: how multi-level governance structures can obscure policy implementation.- 10. The Baltic cod trawl fishery: the perfect fishery for a successful implementation of the Landing Obligation?.- 11. Creating a breeding ground for compliance and honest reporting under the Landing Obligation: insights from behavioural science.- Part IV. Tactical and technological options for reducing unwanted catches.- 12. A Marine Spatial Planning approach to minimize discards: challenges and opportunities of the Landing Obligation in European waters.- 13. The best way to reduce discards is by not catching them!.- 14. Discard avoidance by improving fishing gear selectivity: helping the fishing industry help itself.- 15. Mitigating slipping-related mortality from purse seine fisheries for small pelagic fish: Case studies from European Atlantic waters.- 16. Onboard and vessel layout modifications.- 17. What to do with unwanted catches: valorisation options and selection strategies.- Part V. Control, monitoring and surveillance.- 18. Tools and technologies for the monitoring, control and surveillance of unwanted catches.- 19. Monitoring the implementation of the Landing Obligation: The Last Haul programme.- 20. Possible uses of genetic methods in fisheries under the EU Landing Obligation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Teresa Pinto-Correia (University of Évora, Portugal), Jørgen Primdahl (University of Copenhagen), Bas Pedroli (Wageningen University & Research).
    Summary: European rural landscapes as we experience them today are the result of ongoing processes and interactions between nature and society. These are changing fast: the future landscapes will be different from those we know currently. Written for academics, policy-makers and practitioners, this book is the first to explore the complex histories of rural landscapes in Europe as a basis for their sound governance in future. Tensions between the needs of agricultural spaces driven by economic incentives and a variety of non-agricultural functions are explored to demonstrate current challenges and the shortfalls in the policies that address them. Using inspiring case studies that highlight the roles of regional agents and communities, the authors go further than the usual analyses to illustrate the importance of local context. Written by experts currently working to revitalise the rural landscapes of Europe, the text concludes with suggestions for improving landscape policy and planning practice.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    José Carlos Santos, John R. Cutcliffe, editors.
    Summary: This groundbreaking book has a number of features that set it apart from other textbooks on this subject: Firstly, it focuses on interpersonal, humanistic and ecological views and approaches to P/MH nursing. Secondly, it highlights patient/client-centered approaches and mental-health-service user involvement. Lastly, it is a genuinely European P/MH nursing textbook - the first of its kind - largely written by mental health scholars from Europe, although it also includes contributions from North America and Australia/New Zealand. Focusing on clinical/practical issues, theory and empirical findings, it adopts an evidence-based or evidence-informed approach. Each contribution presents the state-of-the-art of P/MH nursing in Europe so that it can be transferred to and implemented by P/MH nurses and the broader mental health care community around the globe. As such, it will be the first genuinely 21st century European Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing book.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Section 1. Principles and Theories
    Chapter 2. Taxonomies: Towards a shared nomenclature and language
    Chapter 3. Interpersonal
    Chapter 4. Humanistic
    Chapter 5. Cognitive Behavioural
    Chapter 6. Psychodynamic
    Chapter 7. Biopsychosocial
    Chapter 8. Two types of P/MH nurse
    Section 2. Epidemiology
    Chapter 9. European Mental Health Epidemiology and trends
    Section 3. The person in mental distress
    Chapter 10. Service User involvement and views
    Chapter 11. Psychological adaptation
    Chapter 12. Mental Health nurses and responding to suffering in the 21st century occidental world: Accompanying people on their search for meaning. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 29, 19-25
    Chapter 13. Types of personality and how this effects responses to mental health challenges
    Chapter 14. Trauma informed care
    Section 4. Human experie nces of and P/MH nursing responses
    Chapter 15 Problems effecting a person's mood
    Chapter 16 Problems related to anxiety
    Chapter 17 Problems related to schizophrenia
    Chapter 18 Problems related to dementias and cognitive impairment
    Chapter 19 Problems related to substance and alcohol misuse
    Chapter 20 Problems related to eating disorders
    Chapter 21 Problems related to PTSD
    Section 5. P/MH Nursing competencies and ways of working
    Chapter 22. Forming and maintaining Interpersonal Relationships
    Chapter 23. Communication skills
    Chapter 24. Working in groups
    Chapter 25. Working with families
    Chapter 26. Mental Health promotion
    Chapter 27. Therapeutic Milieu
    Chapter 28. Descalation and defusion
    Section 6. Special Populations
    Chapter 29. P/MH Nursing care of children and adolescents
    Chapter 30. P/MH Nursing care of older adults
    Chapter 31. P/MH Nursing care of clients with Dual diagnosis/concurrent disorder
    Chapter 32. P/MH Nursing care of migrants and refugees
    Chapter 33. P/MH Nursing care of the indigent and homeless
    Section 7. Specific Challenges
    Chapter 34. Suicide/Self harm
    Chapter 35. Violence/aggression
    Chapter 36. The withdrawn or recalcitrant client
    Chapter 37. Combating stigma
    Chapter 38. Navigating the legal minefield of mental health care- f) P/MH nursing: cultural and spiritual contexts and challenges
    Section 8. Settings and Contexts
    Chapter 39. Inpatient
    Chapter 40. Day patient (out patient) and Community
    Chapter 41. Green Care and Therapeutic Communities
    Chapter 42. Prisons, Forensics and Correctional facilities
    Chapter 43. "E" Health, telehealth and telematics
    Chapter 44. Public Health or ecological approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    George Bentley, editor.
    Summary: "This important reference textbook covers the surgical management of all major orthopaedic and traumatological conditions. The book will act as the major source of education and guidance in surgical practice for surgeons and trainees, especially those preparing for higher surgical examinations and the Board of Orthopaedics and Traumatology examinations within and beyond Europe. The emphasis throughout is on the application of current knowledge and research to technical problems, how to avoid operative problems, and how to salvage complications if they occur. The didactic text is complemented by abundant illustrations that highlight the essentials of each clinical scenario. The authors are all recognized international authorities active at congresses and workshops as well as in universities and hospitals across the world."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Cathy Willermet, Sang-Hee Lee.
    Summary: "Biological anthropology is a diverse field, with countless research methods and techniques in different subdisciplines. This book takes a critical perspective to the current state of the field, exploring theory and practice in paleoanthropology, bioarchaeology, and ecology. Contributors challenge how evidence is discovered, collected, and interpreted, and explain that researchers gain insights by defamiliarizing themselves from well-known methods and taking a different perspective - "making the familiar strange." The book covers how researchers' biases and assumptions affect the interpretation of topics such as human evolution and population movements; race, health, and disability; bodies and embodiment; and landscapes and ecology. A final chapter includes a critical assessment of new thinking about technology, in addition to the multilayered and complex nature of both research questions and evidence. This is an insightful text for researchers and graduate students in anthropology, biology, ecology, history, and philosophy of science"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Mbuso Precious Mabuza.
    Summary: This book makes an original contribution in addressing contemporary critical discussions and reflections on international health policies, strategies, programmes, systems, diseases, disasters, and public health issues. It includes reflections on how levels of governance, development and technical assistance affect countries disaster readiness and health systems. In addressing inequalities between the rich and the poor, and unpacking how this affects public health services, policies, strategies and their collective implementation, the book aspires to improve standards of public health and quality of life for sustainable development globally. It provides a comprehensive overview of international health policies and aid structures, and pays particularly close attention to policies on HIV/AIDS in the workplace, discussing how HIV/AIDS has overshadowed non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as hypertension and stroke, which are on the rise. This book will be of great benefit to students and researchers, as well as policymakers in governmental and non-governmental organisations, who have an interest in achieving greater sustainability and improved health for populations in low-, middle- and high-income countries. It will be an indispensable book for students in Public Health programmes, and related courses.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 International Public Health and the Burden of Diseases
    Chapter 2 Inequity in Low- and Middle-Income Countries and the Colonial History of Public Health
    Chapter 3 Health Systems
    Chapter 4 The UN Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
    Chapter 5 Diseases Control and the Promotion of Public Health Equity
    Chapter 6 Adolescents, Sexual Reproductive Health (SRH) and Equity
    Chapter 7 Globalisation, Climate Change, and Disasters
    Chapter 8 Conclusions and Notes to the Reader.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    by Jeffrey W. Alstete, Iona College, USa, Nicholas J. Beutell, Iona College, USA, John P. Meyer, Iona College, USA.
    Summary: Faculty members, scholars, and researchers often ask where they should publish their work; which outlets are most suitable to showcase their research? Which journals should they publish in to ensure their work is read and cited? How can the impact of their scholarly output be maximized? The answers to these and related questions affect not only individual scholars, but also academic and research institution stakeholders who are under constant pressure to create and implement organizational policies, evaluation measures and reward systems that encourage quality, high impact research from their members. The explosion of academic research in recent years, along with advances in information technology, has given rise to omnipresent and increasingly important scholarly metrics. These measures need to be assessed and used carefully, however, as their widespread availability often tempts users to jump to improper conclusions without considering several caveats. While various quantitative tools enable the ranking, evaluating, categorizing, and comparing of journals and articles, metrics such as author or article citation counts, journal impact factors, and related measures of institutional research output are somewhat inconsistent with traditional goals and objectives of higher education research and scholarly academic endeavors.
  • Print
    edited by Nick Heather, Matt Field, Antony C. Moss, and Sally Satel.
    Summary: "This ground-breaking book advances the fundamental debate about the nature of addiction. As well as presenting the case for seeing addiction as a brain disease, it brings together all the most cogent and penetrating critiques of the brain disease model of addiction (BDMA) and the main grounds for being skeptical of BDMA claims. The idea that addiction is a brain disease dominates thinking and practice worldwide. However, the editors of this book argue that our understanding of addiction is undergoing a revolutionary change, from being considered a brain disease to a disorder of voluntary behavior. The resolution of this controversy will determine the future of scientific progress in understanding addiction, together with necessary advances in treatment, prevention, and societal responses to addictive disorders. This volume brings together the various strands of the contemporary debate about whether or not addiction is best regarded as a brain disease. Contributors offer arguments for and against, and reasons for uncertainty; they also propose novel alternatives to both brain disease and moral models of addiction. In addition to reprints of classic articles from the addiction research literature, each section contains original chapters written by authorities on their chosen topic. The editors have assembled a stellar cast of chapter authors from a wide range of disciplines - neuroscience, philosophy, psychiatry, psychology, cognitive science, sociology, and law - including some of the most brilliant and influential voices in the field of addiction studies today. The result is a landmark volume in the study of addiction which will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers in addiction as well as professionals such as medical practitioners, psychiatrists, psychologists of all varieties, and social workers"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section I For the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
    1. Introduction to Section I
    2. Addiction is a brain disease, and it matters
    3. Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of addiction
    4. Time to connect: bringing social context into addiction neuroscience
    5. Drug addiction: updating actions to habits to compulsions ten years on
    6. Is addiction a brain disease? The incentive-sensitization view
    7. Addiction is a brain disease (but does it matter?)
    Section II Against the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
    8. Introduction to Section II
    9. Giving the neurobiology of addiction no more than its due
    10. The brain disease model of addiction: is it supported by the evidence and has it delivered on its promises?
    11. Brain disease model of addiction: why is it so controversial?
    12. Brain disease model of addiction: misplaced priorities?
    13. Addiction and the brain-disease fallacy
    14. Recovery is possible: overcoming 'addiction' and its rescue hypotheses
    15. Superpower rivalry, the American Grand Narrative, and the BDMA
    16. My brain disease made me do it: bioethical implications of the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
    17. Addiction is a human problem, but brain disease models divert attention and resources away from human-level solutions
    18. Before 'rock bottom'? Problem framing effects on stigma and change among harmful drinkers
    19. Brain change in addiction: disease or learning? Implications for science, policy, and care
    20. Brains or persons? Is it coherent to ascribe psychological powers to brains?
    21. The persistence of addiction is better explained by socioeconomic deprivation-related factors powerfully motivating goal-directed drug choice than by automaticity, habit or compulsion theories favored by the brain disease model
    22. Addiction and criminal responsibility: the law's rejection of the disease model
    23. One cheer for the brain-disease interpretation of addiction
    Section III Unsure about the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
    24. Introduction to Section III
    25. In search of addiction in the brains of laboratory animals
    26. Addiction treatment providers' engagements with the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
    27. Balancing the ethical and methodological pros and cons of the BDMA
    28. The making of the epistemic project of addiction in the brain
    29. Addiction and the meaning of disease
    30. The pitfalls of recycling substance-use disorder criteria to diagnose behavioral addictions
    Section IV Alternatives to the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
    31. Introduction to Section IV
    32. Addiction is socially engineered exploitation of natural biological vulnerability
    33. Toward an ecological understanding of addiction
    34. Addiction biases choice in the mind, brain, and behavior systems: beyond the brain disease model
    35. Multiple enactments of the brain disease model: which model, when, for whom, and at what cost?
    36. The social perspective and the BDMA's entry into the non-medical stronghold in Sweden and other Nordic countries
    37. Beyond the medical model: addiction as a response to trauma and stress
    38. Psychotherapeutic strategies to enhance motivation and cognitive control
    39. Addiction is not (only) in the brain: molar behavioral economic models of etiology and cessation of harmful substance use
    40. Understanding substance use disorders among veterans: virtues of the Multitudinous Self Model
    41. How an addiction ontology can unify competing conceptualizations of addiction
    42. Looping processes in the development of and desistance from addictive behaviors
    43. Recovery and identity: a socially focused challenge to brain disease models
    44. Replacing the BDMA: a paradigm shift in the field of addiction.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editor, Mary Anne Jackson.
    Contents:
    Introduction: core knowledge for medical decision-making
    Part I: Infectious diseases: Section 1: Common infectious conditions. Acute otitis media and acute bacterial rhinosinusitis
    Central venous catheter-associated bloodstream infections
    Gastroenteritis
    Meningitis
    Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
    Pneumonia and empyema
    Skin and soft-tissue infections
    Section 2: Bacterial infections. Anaerobic infections
    Brucella
    Cat-scratch disease
    Cholera
    Diphtheria
    Group A streptococcal infections
    Group B streptococcal infections
    Helicobacter pylori infections
    Listeria monocytogenes infections
    Lyme disease
    Meningococcal disease
    Pertussis
    Rat-bite fever
    Staphylococcus aureus infections
    Tetanus
    Tick-borne rickettsial diseases
    Tuberculosis and nontuberculous mycobacterial infections
    Tularemia
    Section 3: Viral infections. Cytomegalovirus
    Encephalitis
    Enteroviruses and Parechoviruses
    Epstein-Barr virus
    HIV
    Influenza
    Measles, mumps, rubella
    Parvovirus
    Rabies
    Respiratory viruses
    Rotavirus
    Varicella-zoster virus
    Section 4: Fungal infections. Aspergillosis
    Candidiasis
    Endemic mycoses
    Mucormycosis
    Section parasitic infections
    Intestinal helminthic infections
    Malaria
    Pneumocystis jiroveci infection
    Schistosomiasis
    Toxoplasmosis
    Part II: Dermatology. Acne
    Alopecia
    Atopic dermatitis and eczematous disorders
    Diaper dermatitis
    Erythema nodosum
    Pigmented lesions
    Pruritus
    Psoriasis and papulosquamous disorders
    Rashes
    Scabies
    Stevens-Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis
    Warts and Molluscum contagiosum.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editors, John M. Lorenz, Warren M. Siegel.
    Summary: Obtain evidence-based information to make timely and accurate diagnoses and treatment decisions. Continuing with this volume, Succinct Pediatrics is an ongoing series covering the entire scope of pediatric medicine. Each volume includes concise chapters with key features and invaluable tables and algorithms--resources health care professionals can use to deliver the highest quality of care. This third volume features 41 topics with key points and detailed therapies in neonatology, genetics, neurology, and developmental and behavioral disorders. Evidence-based levels of decision support are also provided throughout the book to provide insight into diagnostic tests and treatment modalities"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Pt. 1 Neonatology
    1.Anemia / Sujit Sheth
    2.Apnea of Prematurity / David G. Fisher
    3.Birth Injuries / Catherine Hansen
    4.Congenital Heart Disease / John M. Lorenz
    5.Congenital Hypothyroidism / Thomas A. Wilson
    6.Herpes Simplex Virus Infection / Samir S. Shah
    7.Intestinal Obstruction in the Newborn / Robert A. Cowles
    8.Neonatal Hypoglycemia / Richard A. Polin
    9.Neonatal Neutropenia / Said Omar
    10.Neonatal Polycythemia / Virginia Delaney-Black
    11.Neonatal Sepsis / Richard A. Polin
    12.Neonatal Thrombocytopenia / David A. Paul
    13.Patent Ductus Arteriosus / Jeff Reese
    14.Perinatal HIV Infection / Marc Foca
    15.Prenatal Exposure to Substances of Abuse / Tove Rosen
    16.Respiratory Distress Syndrome / Andrew C. Herman
    17.Sudden Unexpected Infant Death / Rachel Y. Moon
    pt. 2 Genetics
    18.Down Syndrome and Turner Syndrome / J. Edward Spence
    19.Chromosomal Abnormalities / Robert Marion Note continued: 20.Inborn Errors of Metabolism / Susan E. Sparks
    21.Neurofibromatosis 1 / Laurie Demmer
    22.Teratogens / Robert Marion
    23.Tuberous Sclerosis Complex / John J. Bissler
    pt. 3 Neurology
    24.Altered Levels of Consciousness / Joshua Cappell
    25.Ataxia and Movement Disorders / Phillip L. Pearl
    26.Cerebral Palsy / Joelle Mast
    27.Dizziness and Vertigo / Klaus Jahn
    28.Epidural and Subdural Hematomas / Richard C. E. Anderson
    29.Febrile Seizures / Russell C. Bailey
    30.Headaches and Migraines / Marco A. Arruda
    31.Hydrocephalus / George I. Jallo
    32.Hypotonia / Lamar Davis
    33.Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension / Shannon Standridge
    34.Seizure Management / Lorraine M. Lazar
    35.Weakness / Amy Harper
    pt. 4 Development and Behavior
    36.Autism Spectrum Disorder / Joseph Stegman
    37.Behavior Patterns in Infancy and Preschool / Yasmin Suzanne N. Senturias
    38.Depressive and Bipolar Disorders / David F. Lelio Note continued: 39.Fears, Phobias, and Panic Attacks / Mary K. Rogers
    40.Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder / Anna Kerlek
    41.Tourette Syndrome / David H. Dennison.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018
  • Digital
    Juan Idiaquez, Eduardo Benarroch, Martin Nogues, editors.
    Summary: This book approaches the basic features of autonomic dysfunction in a practical way, complemented by an examination of unique and didactic case reports. Unlike other books on autonomic disorders, its goal is to provide a brief, practical and ready to use resource for physicians faced with patients' autonomic complaints. Autonomic dysfunctions are specific disorders that affect or are related to the autonomic nervous system. Despite being primarily a field of neurology, it also has important ties to cardiology, endocrinology, gastroenterology and many other medical specialties. Moreover, as the action of the autonomous system tends to be diffuse, affecting different systems and organs throughout the body, its disorders may present a complex and multifaceted background, complicating its diagnosis, clinical evaluation and management. Thus, it is important to gather all the relevant information about autonomic dysfunction in a handy and practical way, providing an accessible guide for professionals and practitioners across a wide range of specialties. The content presented in this book is divided into two main parts: In the first part, the general principles of autonomic dysfunction are discussed. Here the reader will find information on the anatomy, physiology and pharmacology of the nervous system, the classification of autonomic disorders, general evaluation of these disorders and the principles of their management. In the second part, clinical cases for the most important autonomic disorders are presented and discussed in detail, particularly in light of their special importance for differential diagnosis. Using a clinical case-based approach, Evaluation and Management of Autonomic Disorders offers readers - primarily but not exclusively general practitioners in the fields of neurology, internal medicine, family medicine and cardiology - rapid access to the information required for the evaluation and management of these complex patients.

    Contents:
    PART A. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
    1. Anatomy, physiology and pharmacology of the Autonomic nervous system
    2. Classification of Autonomic disorders
    3. General evaluation of autonomic disorders
    4. Principles of managements of autonomic disorders.- PART B. CLINICAL CASES
    1. Acute or subacute Pure autonomic failure
    2. Chronic and progressive Pure autonomic failure
    3. Chronic autonomic failure associated with Parkinsonism, ataxia or dementia
    4. Autonomic failure in chronic peripheral neuropathy
    5. Autonomic failure in subacute sensory ganglioneuronopathies
    6. Autonomic failure and acute motor weakness
    7. Distal painful autonomic neuropathy
    8. Orthostatic intolerance
    9. Autonomic hyperactivity.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bonnie Huang Hall, editor.
    Summary: Primary care physicians are often the first caretakers to whom patients present for chronic pain. The current literature targeted at these providers is sparse, and the existing literature is very broad and large in scope and size. There are no quick pocket guides on this topic that the general practitioner may use as a point of care reference. This first of its kind text provides a practical, hands-on approach to the evaluation and treatment of chronic pain in the family medicine setting. Divided into four main sections, the first part focuses on the general approach to any patient suffering from chronic pain. Chapters in this section include the physical exam, formulating a diagnosis, formulating a variety of treatment plans including medication, physical therapy and psychiatric therapy, and specialist referral, among others. The second section focuses on evaluation and management of the chronic pain patient who requires opioid therapy. This section includes useful guidance on how to convert into morphine equivalents, interpretation of urine drug tests, and helpful office procedures for managing refills. It gives practical guidance on how to prescribe opioid reversal agents and opioid tapering regimens. A systems based approach to managing the patient is also discussed. The third section informs the reader of viable alternative and complementary treatment options. Five main treatment types are discussed each with their own separate chapter. These include musculoskeletal-based therapy, medicinal therapies, sense-based therapy, relaxation-based therapy and physical/exercise-based therapy. Given the controversy and limited training primary care physicians have on marijuana and cannabis, one chapter is dedicated specifically to inform the primary care physician on marijuana as a medicinal therapy for chronic pain. The fourth section focuses entirely on myofascial pain and trigger point therapy. The chapters in this section teach the reader how to examine and diagnose m yofascial pain and distinguish between fibromyalgia. They also provide general principles of myofascial trigger point therapy and how to practically perform these in sthe clinical setting. Topics discussed include: trigger point massage, cold and stretch, isometric contraction, trigger point injection, and ischemic compression. It also includes general instruction so that the practitioner can teach patients how to perform trigger point therapy easily in their own home. The last chapter details chronic myofascial back pain and how to examine and practically treat with trigger point therapies. Evaluation and Management of Chronic Pain is a first-of-its-kind pocket-guide text specifically designed for primary care providers. It also appeals to residents, medical students and any other professional interested in treating chronic pain.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part 1 GENERAL EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT OF CHRONIC NONCANCER PAIN
    Chapter 1 History Taking for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 2 Physical Examination for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 3 Diagnostic Evaluation for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 4 Specialist Evaluation for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 5 Formulating a Diagnosis for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 6 Management of Chronic Pain: Medication
    Chapter 7 Management of Chronic Pain: Nonpharmacological and Multidisciplinary approach
    Pat 2 THE OPIOID REQUIRING PATIENT
    Chapter 8 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Evaluation and Management
    Chapter 9 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Office Level Management
    Chapter 10 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Systems Level Management
    Chapter 11 Implementing and following a safe and compassionate opioid-prescribing policy
    Part 3 COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE AND CHRONIC NONCANCER PAIN.-Introduction to Complementary and Alternative medicine
    Chapter 12 Manipulative Therapies for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 13 Energy based Therapies for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 14 Medical Marijuana for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 15 Medicinal Therapies for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 16 Exercise or Movement based Therapies for Chronic Pain
    Chapter 17 Mental based Therapies for Chronic Pain
    Part 4 CHRONIC MYOFASCIAL PAIN
    Chapter 18 Chronic Myofascial Pain, Fibromylagia, and Myofascial Trigger Points
    Chapter 19 Treatment principles of myofascial pain syndrome
    Chapter 20 Example Myofascial Pain Case: Quadratus lumborum trigger point and chronic low back pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Dhyanesh A. Patel, Robert T. Kavitt, Michael F. Vaezi, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of dysphagia. The text reviews current evidence behind the diagnosis, evaluation, and management of esophageal disorders that cause dysphagia, including GERD, eosinophilic esophagitis, achalasia, and spastic motor disorders. The book also focuses on the different variants of dysphagia, from oropharyngeal dysphagia to functional dysphagia, highlights advances in testing for dysphagia, and features evidence-based algorithms. Written by experts in the field, Evaluation and Management of Dysphagia: An Evidence-Based Approach is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, otolaryngologists, and other clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with dysphagia.

    Contents:
    Dysphagia: How to Recognize and Narrow the Differential
    Advances in Testing for Dysphagia
    Oropharyngeal Dysphagia
    Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
    Non-Reflux Mediated Esophageal Strictures
    Eosinophilic Esophagitis
    Achalasia
    Spastic Motor Disorders
    Ineffective Motility Disorder
    Functional Dysphagia.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lewis R. Roberts, Ju Dong Yang, Sudhakar K. Venkatesh, editors.
    Summary: This text provides a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the evaluation and management of liver mass lesions. Major topics covered include epidemiology, the use of different imaging modalities in the differential diagnosis of liver lesions, the use of biomarkers and immunohistochemical stains for diagnosis, and treatment of the different types of liver masses. These include hepatocellular adenoma and hepatocellular carcinoma, fibrolamellar carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, hemangioma, focal nodular hyperplasia, liver masses in adult patients with congenital heart disease, and other infectious, inflammatory, and cystic lesions of the liver. The volume presents highly practical case presentations of typical patients seen in a clinical hepatobiliary practice. Written by experts from multiple disciplines, Evaluation and Management of Liver Masses is a valuable resource for clinicians and professionals who manage patients with these conditions.

    Contents:
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma
    Cholangiocarcinoma
    Biphenotypic Tumors
    Hepatacellular Adenoma
    Infectious and Inflammatory Lesions of the Liver
    Focal Nodular Hyperplasia
    Hemangiomas and Other Vascular Tumors
    Rare Liver Tumors
    Liver Lesions in Congestive Hepatopathy
    Fibrolamellar Carcinoma
    Gallbladder Carcinoma
    Cystic Lesions of the Liver.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    edited by Emma Ciafaloni, Patrick F. Chinnery, Robert C. Griggs.
    Contents:
    Structure and function of normal muscle / Robert C. Griggs
    Evaluation of the patient with myopathy / Robert C. Griggs, Emma Ciafaloni
    Genetic evaluation of the patient and family / Gerald Pfeffer, Patrick F. Chinnery
    The muscular dystrophies / Emma Ciafaloni, Robert C. Griggs
    Myofibrillar myopathies / Duygu Selcen
    Congenital myopathies / Francesco Muntoni, Caroline Sewry, Heinz Jungbluth
    Metabolic myopathies / Gráinne S. Gorman, Patrick F. Chinnery
    Mitochondrial myopathy / Gerald Pfeffer, Patrick F. Chinnery
    Muscle channelopathies / Araya Puwanant, Robert C. Griggs
    Inflammatory myopathies / Anthony A. Amato, Andrew Mammen
    Myopathies of systemic disease and toxic myopathies
    Muscle pain and fatigue / Michael R. Rose, Dr. Patrick Gordon
    Prevention and management of systemic complications of myopathies / Wendy M. King, Robert C. Griggs.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC925 .G75 2014
    1
  • Digital
    Charles P. Friedman, Jeremy C. Wyatt, Joan S. Ash.
    Summary: This 3rd edition of Evaluation Methods in Biomedical and Health Informatics has been extensively revised and expanded. It builds on a solid foundation of evaluation theory to explain methods and techniques within health informatics, using many examples, real-world case studies and numerous self-tests with answers. Expanded to 20 rather than 12 chapters, new chapters have been added on qualitative methods, ethics, mixed methods, evidence-based informatics and how to conduct evaluation studies using routine, real-world data. Designed as a practical guide for masters and PhD students, informatics researchers and seasoned professionals seeking a comprehensive resource, this book describes health and biomedical information resource evaluation in a practical stepwise manner. Critiques and discussion of actual evaluation studies help to build the readers knowledge of the judicious application of the techniques described. As information and communications technologies take on increasingly central roles in self-care, healthcare, biomedical research and education, understanding how to design and carry out successful rigorous evaluation studies becomes more imperative. Evaluation Methods in Biomedical and Health Informatics is an unparalleled reference for a broad range of health information professionals and is usable as both a textbook to support formal courses and a reference book for researchers and practitioners. From those training for careers in informatics to on-site biomedical information systems staff, this is an invaluable guide to the successful evaluation of digital healthcare, eHealth, telemedicine, electronic health records and other clinical and non-clinical information systems.

    Contents:
    Challenges of Evaluation in Biomedical Informatics
    Evaluation as a Field
    Determining What to Study
    The Structure of Objectivist Studies
    Measurement Fundamentals
    Developing and Improving Measurement Methods
    The Design of Demonstration Studies
    Analyzing the Results of Demonstration Studies
    Subjectivist Approaches to Evaluation
    Performing Subjectivist Studies in the Qualitative Traditions Responsive to Users
    Economic Aspects of Evaluation
    Proposing and Communicating the Results of Evaluation Studies: Ethical, Legal, and Regulatory Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Uday C. Ghoshal, editor.
    Summary: This volume features chapters written by experts from global academia, including from India, Singapore, Japan, Taiwan, Europe and USA, integrating knowledge on evaluation methods with evidence of best practices for the management of motility disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Richard A. Windsor, MS, PHD, MPH.
    Contents:
    Introduction to evaluation
    Planning an evaluation
    Efficacy and effectiveness evaluation
    Measurement and analysis in evaluation
    Process and qualitative evaluation
    Cost analysis and economic evaluation.
    Digital Access Oxford 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joanne V. Hickey, Eileen R. Giardino.
    Summary: "The preface for the third edition builds on the intent described in the preface for the second edition, which is, to provide a high-quality resource on evaluation for nurses. The intent of this book is to address the special needs of DNP nurses to understand the principles of conducting large scale evaluations, and translating those principles into developing smaller projects, such as unit-based projects or projects required in DNP degree programs. Five years after the preparation of the second edition of this book, some things (principles/concepts/content) have stayed the same while significant changes in other areas of content and knowledge are noteworthy. First, what has stayed the same is the expectation of competency in evaluation of patient outcomes of all professional nurses. However, the competency bar is raised for Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) nurses for evaluating health care and health care systems from a systematic and comprehensive science-based data driven perspective. Evaluation occurs in all areas of healthcare including populations, organizations, systems, programs/projects, health informatics, practice guidelines/protocols, health policy, and other health-related entities. Along with the higher expectations for DNP nurses come greater opportunities to lead evaluation teams and influence high-level decision making in all areas of health care"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Evaluation and Advanced Nursing Practice : The Mandate for Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
    The Nature of Evidence as a Basis for Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
    Models for Evaluation in Advanced Nursing Practice / Joanne V. Hickey
    Evaluation and Outcomes / Eileen G. Giardino
    Financial Evaluation / Eileen R. Giardino and Angelo P. Giardino
    Evaluation of Organizations and Systems / Nancy Manning Crider and Beth Ulrich
    Evaluation of Health Care Information Systems and Patient Care Technology / Juliana J. Brixey and V. Gail Roberson Turner
    Planning a Program or Project Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
    Evaluation in Quality Improvement / Eileen R. Giardino
    Evaluation of Patient Care Based on Standards, Guidelines, and Protocols / Ronda G. Hughes
    Evaluation of Interprofessional Health Care Teams / Joanne V. Hickey
    Evaluation of Simulation to Support Ongoing Competency of the Health
    Care Workforce / Kristen Starnes-Ott and M. Roseann Diehl
    Evaluation of Populations and Population Health / Joanne V. Hickey
    Evaluation of Health Policy: From Problem to Practice / Joyce Batcheller, Peggy L. Landrum, Nancy Manning Crider, and Patricia S. Yoder-Wise
    Drivers of Change, Impact, and Challenges for Evaluation of Health Care / Joanne V. Hickey and Eileen R. Giardino.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
  • Print
    editors, Frederic J. Zucchero, Mark J. Hogan, Christine D. Schultz.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Reference (Upstairs)
    RM302 .A512
    2
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RM302 .A512
    2
  • Print
    Evaporated Milk Association.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I602.2 .E93 1929
    1
  • Print
    Darren Diess, BAS, and Michelle Gilmore, CFRE.
    Summary: Plain and simple, people donate to causes because they want to be part of something larger than themselves. They want to make a difference. In "Eventology", Darren Diess and Michelle Gilmore skillfully combine the art, science, and math of event fundraising to create a comprehensive resource guide to help you flawlessly execute a successful fundraising event and build long-term donor relationships that equate to sustainability for your cause. After reading "Eventology", you will come away with the skills to develop an iron-clad event plan, build an interdisciplinary winning team, leverage technoogy to measure effectiveness, implement innovative funding techniques, expertly engage sponsors, and create a tailored event experience to build deep and lasting commitments from your donors. -- back cover

    Contents:
    Acknowledgments
    Preface
    Chapter 1: The hidden cost of tradition
    Chapter 2: Mindset
    a new way of thinking
    Chapter 3: Collaborative fundraising: 2 + 2 = 10
    Chapter 4: The art & science of delivering your message
    Chapter 5: Different types of giving
    Chapter 6: People
    your most important asset
    Chapter 7: Going digital
    the importance of technology in fundraising. EVENTOLOGY 101 : Chapter 8: Guest focused event management
    Chapter 9: Fundraising math
    Chapter 10: Before the event
    Chapter 11: The event
    Chapter 12: Post-event
    Conclusion
    About the authors
    Glossary
    Bibliography.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Media Gov & Nonprof 103
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Wes Ely, MD.
    Summary: "Over the next ten years, 40 to 60 million people in this country will be admitted to the ICU. Most of these hospitalizations will be sudden, unexpected, and harrowing, experiences that can alter patients and their families physically and emotionally, with effects that endure for years. Every Deep-Drawn Breath is a rich blend of science, medical history, profoundly humane patient stories, and personal reflection. Dr. Wes Ely's mission is to prevent patients from being inadvertently harmed by the technology that is keeping them alive. Readers will experience the world of critical care through the eyes of this physician who drastically changed his clinical practice, and through cutting-edge research convinced others to do the same. For decades, millions of ICU survivors left the hospital with disabling symptoms including newly acquired dementia, depression, PTSD, and nerve damage, all now recognized as Post Intensive Care Syndrome, or PICS (a severe subset of Long Covid symptoms). Dr. Ely's groundbreaking investigations advanced the understanding of PICS and introduced crucial changes that reshaped intensive care: minimizing sedation, maximizing mobility, attending to the family, and providing supportive aftercare. Dr. Ely shows that this new way-technology plus touch-is the future of healthcare, and is a proven path toward reclaiming life. Full of wisdom and heart, Every Deep-Drawn Breath is an essential resource for anyone who will be affected by critical illness, which is all of us"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Prologue
    Fractured Lives : Embracing a New Normal
    Early History of Critical Care : Bumpy Gravel Roads to ICU Interstates
    Culture of Critical Care : The Era of Deep Sedation and Immobilization
    The World of Transplant Medicine : Harvesting the Right Path Forward
    Delirium Disaster : An Invisible Calamity for Patients and Families
    The View from the Other Side of the Bed : Illness Revisited
    Deciding My Path : Combining Research with Clinical Care
    Unshackling the Brain : Finding Consciousness in the ICU
    Awakening Change : Patients Are Resurfacing
    Spreading the Word : Putting New Ideas into Practice
    Finding the Person in the Patient : Hope through Humanization
    End-of-Life Care in the ICU : Patient and Family Wishes Can Come True
    Epilogue.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    RA975.5.I56 E49 2021
    1
  • Print
    Howard J. Ross.
    Summary: If you are human, you are biased. From this fundamental truth, Howard Ross explores the biases we each carry within us. Most people do not see themselves as biased towards people of different races or different genders. And yet in virtually every area of modern life disparities remain. Even in corporate America, which has for the most part embraced the idea of diversity as a mainstream idea, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences give some idea why our results seem inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is natural to the human mind, a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity. And overwhelmingly it is unconscious. Incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines alongside case studies from over 30 years as a nationally prominent diversity consultant, Ross help readers understand how unconscious bias impacts our day-to-day lives and particularly our daily work lives. And, he answers the question: Is there anything we can do about it? by providing examples of behaviors that the reader can engage in to disengage the impact of their own biases. With an added appendix that includes lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace, this book offers a resource for a broad audience, from individuals seeking to understand and confront their own biases to human resource professionals and business leaders determined to create more bias-conscious organizations in the belief that productivity, personal happiness, and social growth are possible if we first understand the widespread and powerful nature of the biases we don t realize we have.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Blinded by the light of our bias
    If you are human, you are biased
    Thinking about thinking
    The many faces of bias
    Life, death and unconscious bias on a rainy night
    Who has the power?
    Like water for the fish: Networks of bias in everyday life
    Shifting to neutral: How we can learn to disengage from bias
    Incubators of consciousness: Creating more conscious organization
    Conclusion: A brave new world, a grand new journey.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BF575.P9 R67 2014
    1
  • Print
    Edwidge Danticat.
    Summary: A romance unexpectedly sparks between two wounded friends. A marriage ends for what seem like noble reasons, but with irreparable consequences. A young woman holds on to an impossible dream even as she fights for her survival. Two lovers reunite after unimaginable tragedy, both for their country and in their lives. A baby's christening brings three generations of a family to a precarious dance between old and new. A man falls to his death in slow motion, reliving the defining moments of the life he is about to lose. Set in locales from Miami and Port-auPrince to a small unnamed country in the Caribbean and beyond, here are eight emotionally absorbing stories, rich with hard-won wisdom and humanity. At once wide in scope and intimate, Everything Inside explores with quiet power and elegance the forces that pull us together or drive us apart, sometimes in the same searing instant. -- back cover.

    Contents:
    Dosas
    In the old days
    The Port-au-Prince marriage special
    The gift
    Hot-air balloons
    Sunrise, sunset
    Seven stories
    Without inspection.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3554.A5815 A6 2020
    1
  • Print
    edited by James J. Ponzetti, Jr.
    Summary: "This is the first book to provide a multidisciplinary and global overview of evidence-based sexuality education (SE) programs and practices. Readers are introduced to the fundamentals of creating effective programs to prepare them to design new or implement existing programs that promote healthy sexual attitudes and relationships. Noted contributors from various disciplines critically evaluate evidence --based programs from around the globe and through the lifespan. Examples and discussion questions encourage application of the material. Guidance for those who wish to design, implement, and evaluate SE programs in various social contexts is provided." -- publisher.

    Contents:
    Sexuality education : yesterday, today, and tomorrow / James J. Ponzetti, Jr.
    Part I. Frameworks. International framework for sexuality education : UNESCO's international technical guidance / Ekua Yankah
    Framing sexuality education discourses for programs and practice / Tiffany Jones
    A practical guide to holistic sexuality education / Erika Frans
    Part II. Program development and implementation. Sexuality education program development and implementation / Karen S. Myers-Bowman
    Between worlds : releasing sexuality education from bondage / Mary Crewe
    Obstacles to teaching ethics in sexuality education / Sharon Lamb and Renee Randazzo
    Part III. Social contexts. Families and sexuality education / Suzanne Dyson
    Schools and sexuality education / Karin Coyle, Pamela Anderson, and B.A. Laris
    Community-based sexuality education / Nicole Cushman
    Religion and sexuality education / Katia Moles
    Part IV. Developmental contexts and special populations. Early childhood sexuality education / Larry Bobier and Karin A. Martin
    Sexuality education during adolescence / Eva S. Goldfarb and Lisa Lieberman
    Sexuality education in adulthood / Peggy Brick
    Sexuality education with LGBT young people / Eleanor Formby
    Sexuality education and persons with disabilities / Sigmund Hough, Anne Marie Warren, and Eileen T. Crehan
    Part V. Global perspectives on sexuality education. Sexuality education in Latin America / Silvana Darré, Elena Jerves, Jéssica Castillo, and Paul Enzlin
    Openness and opposition : sexuality education in Europe / Hans Olsson
    Sexuality education in Asia / Wenli Liu and Jingru Sun
    Sexuality education in Africa / Rosemary W. Eustace, Gladys B. Asiedu, and William N. Mkanta
    Advancing sexuality education in developing countries : evidence and implications / Heather D. Boonstra
    Conclusion. Future trends and directions in sexuality education / James J. Ponzetti, Jr.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Elizabeth S. Sburlati, Heidi J. Lyneham, Carolyn A. Schniering, and Ronald M. Rapee.
    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. An Introduction to the Competencies-Based Approach
    2. Effective Training Methods / Carolyn A. Schniering / Heidi J. Lynehanti / Elizabeth S. Sburlati
    3. Self-Assessment of Our Competence as Therapists / Emily Jones / Katharina Manassis
    4. Professional Evidence-Based Practice with Children and Adolescents / James Bennett-Levy / Elizabeth S. Sburlati
    5. Child and Adolescent Characteristics that Impact on Therapy / Rinad S. Beidas / Julie Edmunds / Matthew Ditty / Margaret Mary Downey
    6. Building a Positive Therapeutic Relationship with the Child or Adolescent and Parent / Caroline L. Donovan / Sonja March
    7. Assessing Child and Adolescent Internalizing Disorders / Michael A. Southam-Gerow / Bryce D. McLeod / Ruth C. Brown / Kimberly M. Palter
    8. Theoretical Foundations of CBT for Anxious and Depressed Youth / Sophie C. Schneider / Carol Newall / Jennifer L. Hudson / Talia Morris
    9. Case Formulation and Treatment Planning for Anxiety and Depression in Children and Adolescents / Sarah J. Perini / Ronald M. Rapee
    10. Effectively Engaging and Collaborating with Children and Adolescents in Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Sessions / Heidi J. Lyneham
    11. Facilitating Homework and Generalization of Skills to the Real World / Philip C. Kendall / Cara A. Settipani / Jeremy S. Peterman
    12. Managing Negative Thoughts, Part 1: Cognitive Restructuring and Behavioral Experiments / Nikolaos Kazantzis / Philip C. Kendall / Colleen M. Cummings
    13. Managing Negative Thoughts, Part 2: Positive Imagery, Self-Talk, Thought Stopping, and Thought Acceptance / Shirley Reynolds / Gemma Bowers / Sarah Clark
    14. Changing Maladaptive Behaviors, Part 1: Exposure and Response Prevention / Sarah Clark / Shirley Reynolds / Maria Loades
    15. Changing Maladaptive Behaviors, Part 2: The Use of Behavioral Activation and Pleasant Events Scheduling with Depressed Children and Adolescents / Stephen P. Whiteside / Thomas H. Ollendick / Brennan J. Young
    16. Managing Maladaptive Mood and Arousal / Sandra L. Mendlowitz
    17. Problem-Solving Skills Training / Caroline E. Kerns / Christina Hardway / Jonathan S. Comer / Donna B. Pincus / Ryan J. Madigan
    18. Social Skills Training / Ana M. Ugueto / John R. Weisz / Lauren S. Krumholz / Lauren C. Santucci
    19. Modifying the Family Environment / Lauren C. Santucci / John R. Weisz / Ana M. Ugueto / Lauren S. Krumholz.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Derek Milne.
    Contents:
    Recognising supervision
    Understanding supervision
    Reframing supervision
    Relating in supervision
    Applying supervision
    Learning from supervision
    Supporting and guiding supervision
    Developing supervision
    Concluding supervision.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Charlie Changli Xue, RMIT University, Australia, Chuanjian Lu, Guangdong Provincial Hospital of Chinese Medicine, China.
    Summary: "In the third volume of the Evidence-based Clinical Chinese Medicine series, the authors focus on a challenging dermatological condition -- chronic urticaria. Chronic urticaria can have a significant impact on quality of life, and while medical management can be effective, many people experience frequent and unpredictable recurrence. This book unearths treatments used in classical Chinese medicine textbooks, many of which are inaccessible to non-Chinese speaking Chinese medicine practitioners. Oral and topical Chinese herbal medicines used in pre-modern China for urticaria are identified, some of which are still in use today. Evidence from clinical studies has been subject to rigorous evaluation, with analyses conducted using the internationally recognized Cochrane-GRADE approach. Chinese herbal medicine formulas and acupuncture therapies which offer the most potential for treatment of chronic urticaria are highlighted. This book provides an easy to use reference for clinicians who are interested in Chinese medicine management of chronic urticaria. The authors are internationally recognized, well-respected leaders in the field of Chinese medicine and evidence-based medicine with strong track records in research."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Eric Swanson.
    Summary: Insisting on an evidence-based approach, Dr. Swanson brings the light of science to bear on the many controversies in cosmetic breast surgery today. Conventional wisdom is challenged with factual analysis, made possible by Dr. Swansonℓ́ℓs large body of published research. In his hallmark detailed style, the author lays the foundation with clinical studies, measurements, and patient-reported outcomes. The work is all here in one place for the first time, leading to some surprising conclusions. For plastic surgeons who prefer data to dogma, Evidence-Based Cosmetic Breast Surgery provides a unique and invaluable resource.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Robert C. Hyzy, Jakob McSparron, editors.
    Summary: This extensively updated textbook comprehensively reviews the latest developments in evidence-based critical care. Topics are covered in a case study format with an emphasis on the principles of diagnosis and therapy. Each topic is covered using a variety of case studies and features a case vignette, clinical question and an additional discussion section to clarify areas of particular importance. Topics including cytokine release syndrome, sympathomimetic overdose and palliative care in the intensive care unit have been extensively revised, while new sections focusing on neuromuscular disease and subarachnoid hemorrhages have been added. Evidence-Based Critical Care, 2nd edition is a critical resource for critical care practitioners, fellows, residents; allied health professionals and medical students who wish to expand their knowledge within critical care. The case study-based approach taken in the textbook makes this an ideal resource for those preparing for board examinations.

    Contents:
    Sympathomimetic overdose (designer drugs)
    Cardiac Arrest Management
    Beta blocker overdose
    Post- Cardiac Arrest Management
    Undifferentiated Shock
    Hypovolemic Shock and Massive Transfusion
    Acute Respiratory Failure
    Encephalitis
    Hyperkalemia NIV Implementation and Intubation
    Subarachnoid Hemorrhages
    Diagnosis and Management of Tricyclic Antidepressant Ingestion
    Hypernatremia
    Management of Calcium Channel Blocker Poisoning
    ICU Care Delivery and Medical Ethics
    Diagnosis and Management of Ethylene Glycol Ingestion
    Accidental Hypothermia
    Management of Cardiogenic Shock
    Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Management of Acute Coronary Syndrome
    Complications of Myocardial Infarction
    Management of Cardiac Tamponade
    Hypertensive Crises
    Atrial Fibrillation and Other Supraventricular Tachycardias
    Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
    Management of Endocarditis
    Community Acquired Pneumonia
    ^Management of Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
    Acute Exacerbation of COPD: Non-Invasive Positive Pressure Ventilation
    Management of Status Asthmaticus
    Immunocompromised Pneumonia
    Venous Thromboembolism in the Intensive Care Unit
    Massive Hemoptysis
    Sedation and Delirium
    Prolonged Mechanical Ventilation
    Complications of trach
    Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia and Other Complications
    Respiratory Failure in a Patient with Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Weaning from Mechanical Ventilation
    The Post-Intensive Care Syndrome
    Management of Decompensated Right Ventricular Failure in the Intensive Care Unit
    Multi-disciplinary care/communication in the ICU
    Palliative care in ICU
    Family involvement in ICU
    Diffuse Alveolar Hemorrhage
    Acute Stroke Emergency Management
    Bacterial Meningitis in the ICU
    Management of Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    Status Epilepticus
    Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome
    Traumatic Brain Injury
    ^Management of Anoxic Brain Injury
    Traditional and Novel Tools for Diagnosis of Acute Kidney Injury
    Management of Acute Kidney Injury
    Rhabdomyolysis
    Hyponatremia
    Management of Severe Hyponatremia and SIADH
    Diabetic Ketoacidosis
    Thyroid Storm
    Adrenal Insufficiency
    Management of Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar Syndrome
    Management of Myxedema Coma
    Urosepsis
    Management of Sepsis and Septic Shock
    Invasive Aspergillus
    Management of Strongyloides Hyperinfection Syndrome
    Treatment of Viral Hemorrhagic Fever in a Well-Resourced Environment
    Management of Severe Malaria
    Dengue
    Chikungunya
    Leptospirosis
    Management of Acute Upper Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Variceal Hemorrhage
    Acute Pancreatitis
    Management of Acute Liver Failure
    Acute Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Diagnosis and Management of Clostridium Difficile Infection (CDI)
    Principles of Nutrition in the Critically Ill Patient
    Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis
    ^ICU Management of the Patient with Alcoholic Liver Disease
    Diagnosis and Management of Thrombotic
    Thrombocytopenic Purpura
    Acute Leukemia Presentation with DIC
    Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
    Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
    ICU Complications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell
    Transplantation Including Graft vs. Host Disease
    Tumor Lysis Syndrome
    Management of Hyperviscosity Syndromes
    Thoracic Trauma
    Blunt Abdominal Trauma
    Oncologic emergencies
    Abdominal Sepsis and Complicated Intraabdominal Infection
    Intestinal Obstruction: Small and Large Bowel
    Management of Acute Compartment Syndrome
    Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO) and Extracorporeal CO2 Removal (ECCO2R)
    Coagulopathy Management of Acute Thermal Injury
    Acute Arterial Ischemia
    Management of Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infection
    Cytokine release syndrome
    Biliary Infections
    Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
    Obstetric haemorrhage
    ^Management of Amniotic Fluid Embolism
    Respiratory Diseases of Pregnancy
    Preeclampsia, Eclampsia and HELLP Syndrome
    Management of Severe Skin Eruptions
    Management of Alcohol Withdrawal Syndromes
    End of Life Care in the ICU
    Neuromuscular Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Hywel C. Williams ; associate editors, Michael Bigby, Andrew Herxheimer, Luigi Naldi, Berthold Rzany, Robert P. Dellavalle, Yuping Ran, Masutaka Furue.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Arianne Verhagen, Jeroen Alessie.
    Summary: Valid diagnostic strategies are the basis of good clinical care. This book provides an overview of the evidence that underpins history taking, physical examination, specific tests and diagnostic imaging in patients with musculoskeletal disorders that consult primary care. Alongside this book there is a website presenting videos showing the up-to-date performance of diagnostics that are regarded valid together with their psychometric properties. In the introduction, we present various ways of clinical reasoning followed by three chapters on 'validity', 'reproducibility' and the differences between a single test compared to a combination of tests. Next the chapters each deal with the diagnostic of patients with low back pain, hip, knee, foot/ankle, neck, shoulder, elbow and hand/wrist pain. Each chapter starts with a case study and ends with a conclusion that reflects on the case study presented. In addition, in each chapter attention is paid to red flags (alarm signals) that could be an indicator of serious pathology. Evidence based diagnostics of musculoskeletal disorders offers a wealth of information for physiotherapists, general practitioners, students and other people with professional interest in the actual evidence underpinning the diagnostic strategies in patients with musculoskeletal disorders. Arianne P Verhagen is a physiotherapist, manual therapist and clinical epidemiologist by background. She received her PhD in 1999 and from 1999 to January 2018 she worked at the Erasmus University Medical Centre Rotterdam at the department of General Practice. From 2009 - 2014 she was also a professor 'Diagnostics' at the School of Physiotherapy of Avans University of Applied Sciences in Breda, where this book was initiated. Since February 2018 Arianne is the Head of Discipline and professor Musculoskeletal Research at the School of Physiotherapy at UTS (University of Technology Sydney) in Australia. Jeroen Alessie is physiotherapist, educational science & technologist and senior teacher at the School of Physiotherapy of Avans University of Applied Sciences in Breda.

    Contents:
    Validity
    Reproducibility
    Test versus model
    Low back
    Hip
    Knee
    Ankle-foot
    Neck
    Shoulder
    Elbow
    Wrist.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Aine Kelly, Paul Cronin, Stefan Puig, Kimberly E. Applegate, editors.
    Summary: This book presents evidence-based criteria to systematically assess the appropriate use of medical imaging in the emergency department and other acute care settings. Over the last decade, there have been profound changes in the diagnostic testing and work-up of patients presenting to the emergency department with emergent symptoms. One of the most far-reaching changes has been the increased availability, speed, and accuracy of imaging due, in part, to technical improvements in imaging modalities such as CT, MR, and PET. Although the use of high-end imaging has plateaued in general, increased utilization continues in the ED. These patients are more acutely ill and there is additional pressure to make an accurate diagnosis as quickly as possible to facilitate prompt disposition or treatment. There is also strong evidence for the beneficial use of imaging in the emergency setting that results in improved patient outcomes. This book answers that need by providing protocols and guidelines for neuroradiological, cardiothoracic, abdominal and pelvic, musculoskeletal, and pediatric imaging are reviewed in terms of the available imaging modalities, diagnostic criteria, and treatment options. Distinguished by its unique focus on evidence-based emergency imaging in adults, children, and special populations, this book is a unique resource for radiologists, emergency medicine physicians, and physicians in other specialties who need to be informed about the most appropriate uses of diagnostic imaging in the emergency care setting.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rajeev Parameswan, Amit Agarwal, editors.
    Summary: In this textbook, leading experts from highly acclaimed institutions describe evidence-based best practice in the management of a wide range of benign and malignant thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, and neuroendocrine conditions. Detailed attention is devoted to the current role of surgery, including minimally invasive surgery and robotic surgery, in different endocrine disorders. The reader will also learn how best to respond to the problems that may be encountered during endocrine surgical practice. While much of the focus is on surgical aspects, the approach is multidisciplinary, with inclusion of information on recent advances in epidemiology, genetics, cytology, pathology, imaging modalities, and other treatment options. The clear text is complemented by instructive clinical cases as well as numerous high-quality illustrations and tables summarizing key points. This book will be of value for specialists in endocrine medicine and surgery as well as general surgeons with an interest in endocrine surgery.

    Contents:
    THYROIDOLOGY
    Benign thyroid disease: Overview
    Chapter. Anatomy and Physiology of the thyroid
    Chapter. Genetics of thyroid disease
    Chapter. Investigating a thyroid nodule
    Chapter. Nodular goiter
    Chapter. Investigating hyperthyroidism
    Chapter. Thyroiditis
    Chapter. Subclinical thyroid disease
    Chapter. Grave's disease
    Chapter. Cytology of benign disease
    Thyroid oncology: Overview
    Chapter. Molecular pathogenesis of thyroid cancer
    Chapter. Cytology of malignant disease
    Chapter. Differentiated thyroid cancer
    Chapter. Medullary thyroid cancer
    Chapter. Anaplastic thyroid cancer
    Chapter. Imaging in thyroid cancer
    Chapter. Locally Advanced Thyroid cancer
    Chapter. Neck dissection in thyroid cancer
    Chapter. RAI ablation in cancer
    Chapter. Management of metastatic thyroid cancer
    Thyroid technology& outcomes: Overview
    Chapter: Neuromonitoring in thyroid surgery
    Chapter: Robotic and Endoscopic thyroid surgery
    ^Chapter: Outcomes in thyroid surgery
    PARATHYROID
    Benign disease overview
    Chapter: Anatomy and Physiology of the parathyroidgland
    Chapter: Investigating primary hyperparathyroidism
    Chapter: Asymptomatic and normocalcaemic HPT
    Chapter: Managing primary HPT and related complications
    Chapter: Parathyroid surgery
    Chapter: Adjuncts in parathyroid surgery
    Chapter: Renal hyperparathyroidism
    Chapter: Outcomes of parathyroid surgery
    Chapter: Reoperative parathyroid surgery
    Malignant disease and miscellaneous
    Chapter: Genetics of parathyroid disease
    Chapter: Parathyroid cancer
    Chapter: Ethanol ablation for parathyroid disease
    ADRENAL
    Overview
    Chapter: Anatomy and Physiology of the adrenal gland
    Chapter: Genetics of adrenal tumours
    Chapter: Incidentaloma
    Chapter: Cushing's syndrome
    Chapter: Conn's syndrome
    Chapter: Adrenocortical cancer
    Chapter: Paraganglionomas
    ^Chapter: Perioperative management of endocrine hypertension
    Chapter: Laparoscopic adrenalectomy
    Chapter: Complications of adrenal surgery
    NEUROENDOCRINE
    Overview
    Chapter: Epidemiology of NET's
    Chapter: Pathology of NET's
    Chapter: Imaging in NET's
    Chapter: Gastric NET's
    Chapter: Pancreatic NET's
    Chapter: Carcinoid tumours
    Chapter: Chemotherapy and adjuvant treatment
    Chapter: Outcomes in NET's.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    [editors] Pauline M. Camacho, Hossein Gharib, Glen W. Sizemore.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Peter J. Kertes, T. Mark Johnson.
    Summary: "Now in a revised and updated Second Edition, this handy guide to eye care uses evidence from the latest clinical trials to deliver practical advice directly applicable to the challenges of daily ophthalmic practice. Helpful illustrations and tables support the text and improve outcomes, summarizes the major clinical trials in ophthalmology that support the current standard of care. Practical focus helps readers apply research findings to day-to-day practice. Logical organization guides readers from general epidemiology to disease-specific sections. Broad scope addresses the full range of ophthalmologic subspecialties--from treatment of corneal defects, glaucoma, and cataracts to management of vitreo-retinal disorders. NEW in the Second Edition ... Results from the latest clinical trials let readers put current findings into practice. Coverage of new pharmacologic agents broadens therapeutic choices. Three new chapters address arterial occlusive disease, non-exudative age-related macular degeneration, and biostatistics"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Clinical Epidemiology / Sanjay Sharma
    ch. 2 Biostatistics / Hussein Hollands
    ch. 3 Health Economics / Sanjay Sharma
    ch. 4 Anterior Segment: Cornea and External Diseases / Qais A. Farjo
    ch. 5 Refractive Surgery / Clara C. Chan
    ch. 6 Glaucoma: Clinical Trials in Glaucoma Therapy / Robert J. Campbell
    ch. 7a Diabetic Retinopathy: Prevention and Screening / Yoshihiro Yonekawa
    ch. 7b Diabetic Macular Edema: Clinical Trials / Dean Eliott
    ch. 7c Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy: Clinical Trials / Dean Eliott
    ch. 8a Clinical Trials in Nonneovascular Age-Related Macular Degeneration / Emily Y. Chew
    ch. 8b Clinical Trials in Wet Age-Related Macular Degeneration / Peter K. Kaiser
    ch. 9 Retinal Vein Occlusions (Evidence-Based Eye Care) / Sharon Fekrat
    ch. 10 Evidence-Based Ophthalmology: Clinical Trials and Beyond Retinal Detachment and Proliferative Vitreoretinopathy / T. Mark Johnson
    Contents note continued: ch. 11 Evidence-Based Medicine: The Prophylaxis and Treatment of Endophthalmitis / William F. Mieler
    ch. 12 Arterial Occlusive Disease / Mark O. Baerlocber
    ch. 13 Retinopathy of Prematurity (ROP) / Antonio Capone
    ch. 14 Amblyopia / Raymond T. Kraker
    ch. 15 Uveal Melanoma: Approaches to Management / Ernest Rand Simpson
    ch. 16 Optic Neuritis / Jonathan D. Trobe
    ch. 17 Thyroid-Associated Orbitopathy: An Evidence-Based Approach to Diagnosis and Management / HarmeetS. Gill
    ch. 18 Traumatic Optic Neuropathy: An Evidence-Based Perspective on Management / Robert A. Kersten.
    Digital Access Ovid 2014
  • Digital
    Marie Boltz, executive editor ; Elizabeth Capezuti, DeAnne Zwicker, Terry Fulmer, editors.
    Summary: "Across health care settings, older adults represent the majority of consumers served. They present with the most clinically and socially complex situations, and thus require nurses to possess highly developed assessment competencies, critical thinking abilities, and relationship-based skills. Nurses have an enormous responsibility when providing care to older adults in this rapidly changing health care environment with its increasing regulatory requirements, variable staffing levels, and unpredictable reimbursement. Nurses also have an amazing opportunity to positively change the daily experiences and health of older adults. The nurse who is armed with an understanding of the unique clinical presentations and response to treatment in older adults, and who has knowledge about evidence-based assessment and interventions, is situated to not only prevent and manage health problems, but also to promote function and quality of life"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Contributors
    Foreword
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    PART I. INCORPORATING EVIDENCE INTO PRACTICE. 1. Developing and evaluating clinical practice guidelines: a systematic approach / Kathleen Phillips
    2. Measuring performance and improving quality / Lenard L. Parisi
    3. Informational technology: embedding geriatric clinical practice guidelines / Rebecca L. Trotta and Terese Kornet.
    4. Organizational approaches to promote person-centered care / Andrea Yevchak Sillner and Liza Behrens
    5. Environmental approaches to support aging friendly care / Rana Sagha Zadeh
    PART II. ASSESMENT AND MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES. 6. Age-related changes in health / Marianne Logan Fingerhood
    7. Healthcare decision-making / Joanne Roman Jones and Marie Boltz
    8. Sensory changes in the older adult / Pamela Z. Cacchione
    9. Assessing cognitive function in the older adult / Donna M. Fick, Pieter Heeren, and Koen Milisen
    10. Assessment of physical function in the older adult / Denise M. Kresevic
    11. Oral healthcare in the older adult / Linda J. O'Connor
    12. Managing oral hydration in the older adult / Phyllis M. Gaspar and Janet C. Mentes
    13. Nutrition in the older adult / Rose Ann DiMaria-Ghalili
    14. Family caregiving / Deborah C. Messecar
    15. Issues regarding sexuality in older adults / Elaine E. Steinke
    16. Elder mistreatment detection / Billy A. Caceres, Neelima Kurup, Terry Fulmer
    17. Advance care planning / Joanne Roman Jones and Marie Boltz
    PART III. CLINICAL INTERVENTIONS. 18. Preventing functional decline in the acute care setting / Marie Boltz, Barbara Resnick, and Elizabeth Galik
    19. Late life depression / Glenise McKenzie and Kathryn Sexson
    20. Delirium: prevention, early recognition, and treatment / Cheri Blevins
    21. Dementia: assessment and care strategies / Marie Boltz
    22. Pain management in the older adult / Ann L. Horgas, Joanne Laframboise-Otto, Karen Aul, and Saunjoo L. Yoon
    23. Assessing, managing and preventing falls in acute care / Deanna Gray-Miceli and Patricia A. Quigley
    24. Reducing adverse drug events in the older adult / DeAnne Zwicker, Carolina Carvajal, and Terry Fulmer
    25. Urinary incontinence in the older adult / Annemarie Dowling-Castronovo, Joanna Long, and Christine Bradway
    26. Prevention of catheter-associated urinary tract infection / Michelle Kidd and Mary Beth Flynn Makic
    27. Physical restraints and side rails in acute and critical care settings / Cheryl M. Bradas, Satinderpal K. Sandhu, and Lorraine C. Mion
    28. Preventing pressure injuries and skin tears / Reneeka Persaud-Jaimangal, Elizabeth A. Ayello, and R. Gary Sibbald
    29. Optimizing mealtimes for persons living with dementia / Melissa Batchelor
    30. Disorders of sleep in the older adult / Jonna L. Morris, Lynn Baniak, Michelle L. Klimpt, Eileen R. Chasens, and Grace E. Dean
    31. The frail hospitalized older adult / Stewart M. Bond
    32. HIV prevention and care for the older adult / Rosanna F. DeMarco and Simon Manga
    33. LGBTQ perspectives for older adult care / Janejira J. Chaiyasit and Anthony R. Lutz
    PART IV. INTERVENTIONS IN SPECIALTY PRACTICE. 34. Substance misuse and alcohol use disorder in the older adult / Donna E. McCabe, Michelle M. Knapp, and Madeline A. Naegle
    35. Comprehensive assessment and management of the critically ill older adult / Michele C. Balas, Lee Cordell, Paige Donahue, and Mary Beth Happ
    36. Fluid overload: identifying and managing heart failure patients at risk of hospital readmission / Ameera Chakravarthy and Joan Davenport
    37. Cancer assessment and intervention strategies in the older adult / Janine Overcash
    38. Perioperative care of the older adult / Fidelindo Lim and Larry Z. Slater
    39. General surgical care of the older adult / Fidelindo Lim and Larry Z. Slater
    40. Care of the older adult with fragility hip fracture / Anita J. Meehan, Ann Butler Maher, Valerie MacDonald, Karen Hertz, and Ami Hommel
    PART V. MODELS OF CARE. 41. Acute care models / Elizabeth Capezuti, Marie Boltz, Michael L. Malone, and Robert M. Palmer
    42. Transitional care / Fidelindo Lim and Janice B. Foust
    43. Palliative care models / Constance Dahlin
    44. Care of the older adult in the emergency department / Rachel Arendacs and Marie Boltz
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
  • Digital
    Dilly OC Anumba, Shamanthi M. Jayasooriya, editors.
    Summary: This is an open access book. In this open access book the NIHR Global Health research group on preterm birth, PRIME, prioritizes the development of prenatal risk assessment guidance for preterm birth. This book is based on global literature, published international, national and regional guidance and it is structured into six chapters providing: an overview of the domains for risk assessment and the summary recommendations in greater depth maternal demographics and past pregnancy histories, accurate pregnancy dating, and the contribution of infection, nutritional status and substance misuse to preterm birth risk. Each chapter has structured sections which include a) background information, b) an evidence statement highlighting the risk factors covered, and c) practical recommendations for evaluating those risks as well as the evidenced recommended and effective interventions for women deemed to be at risk. The chapter ends with clinical and research recommendations regarding factors of unknown or unproven risk "myth busters". This open access book will be a very useful guide for all health care professionals involved in delivering pregnancy care.

    Contents:
    Antenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth: A guidance Document for Healthcare Providers
    Prenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth in Low-resources Settings: Demographics and Obstetric History
    Pregnancy Dating Guidance
    Prenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth in Low-resources Settings: Infections
    Nutritional Status and the Risk of Preterm Birth
    Evaluating Alcohol, Tobacco and other Substance Use in Pregnancy Women.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    David Camfield, Erica McIntyre, Jerome Sarris, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part I: Clinical evidence in support of herbal and nutritional treatments for anxiety: Herbal Anxiolytics with sedative actions
    Adaptogens
    Cognitive Anxiolytics
    Nutritional-based Nutraceuticals
    Treatments for comorbid anxiety and mood disorders
    Part II: Traditional Treatments in Need of further study: Plant-based Psychotropics
    Other Potential anxiolytic Phytotherapies
    Part III: Clinical Perspectives and Case Studies
    Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) and Panic
    Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
    Comorbid Anxiety and Depression
    Appendix: Herb-drug Interactions table.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    David E. Rosow, Chandra M. Ivey, editors.
    Summary: This text provides a critical look at the state of the evidence in the most compelling areas of laryngology. Rather than being a comprehensive text covering every single possible area, it focuses on published works in the 9 areas that are of the most interest to laryngologists as well as speech pathologists, general otolaryngologists, and head and neck oncologists managing laryngologic issues. The state of the literature is succinctly summarized and tabulated in each area, allowing the reader to see which areas have high-grade evidence (Levels 1 or 2) to support decision making, and which areas are in need of better quality studies. Each chapter is divided into three main sections: Diagnosis and Pathophysiology, Surgical management, and Non-surgical management. This makes it easier for the reader to browse to the area of interest in each section and to find the evidence basis for a given concept. Evidence-Based Laryngology will be an invaluable resource to otolaryngologists, residents, speech-language pathologists, and other clinicians who manage laryngological problems and would like to know the evidence basis behind different treatment options.

    Contents:
    Vocal Fold Nodules
    Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
    Early Glottic Cancer
    Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis and Paresis
    Spasmodic Dysphonia and Vocal Tremor
    Laryngopharyngeal Reflux
    Chronic Cough
    Laryngotracheal Stenosis
    Evidence Based Practice in Dysphagia.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Tim Raderstorf.
    Summary: "Evidence from numerous studies support that leadership and innovation are critical factors for organizational success and improved outcomes. Further, no change takes place and sustains without strong leadership. Although the United States spends more money on healthcare than any western world country, our health outcomes are poor. For example, the U.S. is the worst western world country for a women to give birth. Sick care continues to be the predominant paradigm and needs to be shifted to well care since 80 percent of chronic conditions can be prevented with healthy lifestyle behaviors. We also are living during a time when over 50 percent of clinicians are suffering from burnout, which is affecting the quality and safety of care. Solutions, including strong leaders and innovators, are urgently needed"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Making the Case for Evidence-Based Leadership and Innovation / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Tim Raderstorf
    Important Lessons Learned from a Personal Leadership, Innovation, and Entrepreneurial Journey / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
    Understanding and Developing Yourself as a Leader / T. Scott Graham
    Key Strategies for Optimizing Personal Health and Well-being : A Necessity for Effective Leadership / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Susan Neale
    Learning from a History of Great Leaders / T. Scott Graham
    Forming and Leading a High-Performing Team / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Robert Smith
    Leading Organizational Change and Building Wellness Cultures for Maximum ROI and VOI / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Sharon Tucker
    Achieving the Quadruple Aim in Healthcare with Evidence-based Practice : A Necessary Leadership Strategy for Improving Quality, Safety, Patient Outcomes and Cost Reductions / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Lynn Gallagher-Ford
    Healthcare Finance for Leaders / Cheryl L. Hoying, Courtney Campbell-Saxton, and Alma Helping
    Healthcare Innovation : Bringing the Buzzword to Real World Healthcare Settings / Nancy Albert and Tim Raderstorf
    Emerging Trends in Healthcare Innovation / Bonnie Clipper and Tami H. Wyatt
    Patient-Centered Innovation / Adrienne Boissy
    Positive Deviance : Advancing Innovation to Transform Healthcare / Kathy Malloch and Tim Porter-O'Grady
    Measuring Innovation and Determining Return on Investment (ROI) / Deborah Mills-Scofield, Sidney Kushner, Stefanie Lyn Kaufman, and Eli MacLaren
    Design Thinking for Healthcare Leadership and Innovation / Jess Roberts and Suratha Elango
    Negotiating Complex Systems / Dan Weberg
    Entrepreneurship in Healthcare / Tim Raderstorf
    Identifying Opportunities to Innovate and Creating Your Niche / David Putrino
    Intrapreneurship, Business Models, and How Companies Make Money / Tim Raderstorf, Michelle Podlesni, Christine Meehan, Joe Novello, Pamala Wilson
    Legal Considerations in Starting a Healthcare Business / Jonathon Vinocur
    Building and Pitching Your Plan / Tim Raderstorf
    Starting and Sustaining a Healthcare Business / Gary L. Sharpe
    Starting and Sustaining a Healthcare Practice / Candy Rinehart and John McNamara
    Key Strategies for Moving from Research to Commercialization with Real World Success Stories / Caroline Crisafulli, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Mary Beth Happ
    Leveraging Social Media and Marketing for Professional Branding and Business Influence / Betsy Sewell, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, Linsey Grove, and Vibeke Westh.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Robert F. LaPrade, Jorge Chahla.
    Contents:
    Comprehensive clinical examination
    Plain radiography of the knee
    Magnetic resonance imaging of the knee: conventional and novel techniques
    Computed tomography of the knee joint: indications and significance
    Mechanical malalignment of the knee joint: how and when to address
    Anterior cruciate ligament
    Posterior cruciate ligament
    Repair and reconstruction of the superficial medial collateral ligament and the posteromedial corner
    Posterolateral corner of the knee
    Anterolateral ligament and the anterolateral corner
    Multiligament knee injuries
    Arthroscopic primary repair of the cruciate ligaments
    Meniscal pathology: meniscus anatomy
    Meniscus biomechanics
    Meniscal tears: meniscectomy versus repair
    Meniscal root tears
    Meniscal radial tears
    Meniscal ramp lesions
    Meniscus deficiency and meniscal transplants
    Synthetic meniscal substitutes
    A basic science understanding of cartilage repair and its clinical application
    Focal chondral injuries
    Ocd injuries in the paediatric and adult population
    How to manage the active patient with osteoarthritis:: biological approaches
    Osteonecrosis of the knee
    Patellofemoral anatomy and its surgical implications
    Treatment algorithm in patellofemoral disorders: 'le menu à la carte'
    Tibial tuberosity osteotomies
    Pathological torsion of the lower limb
    Lateral patellar instability:: diagnosis, treatment algorithm, conservative approaches, surgical techniques, outcomes, rehabilitation and future directions
    Medial patellar instability: primary and iatrogenic
    Trochleoplasty
    Injuries of the patellar tendon
    Quadriceps tendon injuries
    Knee arthrofibrosis: how to prevent and how to treat
    The paediatric knee
    Miscellaneous complex pathological conditions of the knee
    Intraoperative management: anaesthesia, tourniquet, tranexamic acid, blood loss and fluid management
    Preparing the surgical team for a quick and efficient procedure
    Postoperative management
    Postoperative rehabilitation concepts.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Jonathan A. Perkins, Karthik Balakrishnan, editors.
    Summary: This text addresses vascular anomalies and the management of these diverse and clinically challenging set of conditions which have significant impact on patient function, quality of life and, in certain cases, survival. The text covers each category and type of vascular anomaly and the unique diagnostic and therapeutic challenges they pose. The chapters will also include fundamental scientific literature pertaining to each specific condition to help clinicians and clinical researchers better assess and manage vascular anomalies of the head and neck. Each vascular condition will be supported with medical photographs and radiographic images, summaries of diagnostic and therapeutic options, a list of syndromes and genetic mutations known to be associated with each anomaly, case studies, and clinical and research pearls from national and international leaders in the field. Management of Head and Neck Vascular Anomalies: Evidenced-based Assessment will be an invaluable resource for otolaryngologists, plastic surgeons, general and general pediatric surgeons, orthopaedic surgeons, dermatologists, interventional radiologists, residents and fellows in these fields, and researchers with interest in vascular anomalies of the head and neck.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Sharon E. Straus, Paul Glasziou, W. Scott Richardson, R. Brian Haynes.
    Summary: Constitutes a traditional way of presenting ideas about EBM. It explains how to ask answerable clinical questions, translate them into effective searches for the best evidence, critically appraise that evidence for its validity and importance, integrate it with patients' values and preferences, assess the practice of EBM. Additional materials, including resources for practicing EBM can be downloaded to PDAs, contain clinical examples, critical appraisals and background papers from other healthcare disciplines such as nursing and occupational therapy with links to various evidence resources. A supporting website for this book also provides updates and new materials.

    Contents:
    Asking answerable clinical questions
    Acquiring the evidence: how to find current best evidence and have current best evidence find us
    Appraising the evidence
    Therapy
    Diagnosis and screening
    Prognosis
    Harm
    Evaluation
    Teaching evidence-based medicine.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC80 E7 2019
    1
  • Digital
    David Isaacs.
    Contents:
    How to search for evidence
    Epidemiology
    Clinical manifestations
    Laboratory tests
    Rational antibiotic use
    Adjunctive treatment
    Bacterial meningitis
    Respiratory tract infections
    Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
    Urinary tract infections
    Necrotizing enterocolitis and gastrointestinal infections
    Eye infections
    Skin and soft tissue infections
    Bacterial infections
    Mycoplasmas
    Fungal infections
    Viral infections
    Other congenital infections
    Breast milk
    Surveillance
    Infection control
    Developing countries
    Prevention of neonatal infections
    Neonatal antimicrobials.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Elie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to guide the dental practitioner in the medical and surgical management of the oral surgery patient. It provides dentists and dental professionals with up-to-date, evidence-based information on how to handle any oral surgical problem and how to work up a patient. The book is divided into five sections, the first two of which present overviews of general and basic perioperative topics and the principles of exodontia. Management of oral pathology is then discussed in detail, covering odontogenic infections, osteonecrosis, preprosthetic surgery, common oral pathology, biopsy techniques, and dentoalveolar trauma. The fourth section is devoted to topics in advanced oral surgery, such as disturbances of the temporomandibular joint apparatus, facial deformities, and dental implants. Finally, a series of illustrative case reports and unusual surgical cases is presented. The book is multi-institutional and multispecialty based. Both editors have extensive academic experience and have authored numerous scientific publications.

    Contents:
    Patient assessment
    Principles of exodontia
    Management of oral pathology
    Advanced oral surgery
    Illustrative case reports.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Mohit Bhandari.
    Summary: "Surgical orthopedic procedures such as hip replacements, arthroscopy or knee replacements are surrounded by pre- and post-operative complications, and there are varying different methods for the procedures themselves. This book brings together the best evidence for treatments as well as any complications. Not only does it cover the evidence base for orthopedic surgery, but also orthopedic conditions requiring medical treatment, and pediatric orthopedics. Using the approved EBM methodology, and edited by teachers of evidence-based medicine this EBM textbook is an essential resource for all orthopedic specialists and trainees"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2020
  • Digital
    Steven McGee, M.D., Professor of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA.
    Contents:
    What is evidence-based physical diagnosis?
    Diagnostic accuracy of physical findings
    Using the tables in this book
    Using the evidence-based medicine calculator (expert consult)
    Reliability of physical findings
    Mental status examination
    Stance and gait
    Jaundice
    Cyanosis
    Anemia
    Hypovolemia
    Protein-energy malnutrition and weight loss
    Obesity
    Cushing syndrome
    Pulse rate and contour
    Abnormalities of pulse rhythm
    Blood pressure
    Temperature
    Respiratory rate and abnormal breathing patterns
    Pulse oximetry
    The pupils
    Diabetic retinopathy
    The red eye
    Hearing
    Thyroid and its disorders
    Meninges
    Peripheral lymphadenopathy
    Inspection of the chest
    Palpation and percussion of the chest
    Auscultation of the lungs
    Ancillary tests
    Pneumonia
    Chronic obstructive lung disease
    Pulmonary embolism
    Pleural effusion
    Inspection of the neck veins
    Percussion of the heart
    Palpation of the heart
    Auscultation of the heart : general principles
    The first and second heart sounds
    The third and fourth heart sounds
    Miscellaneous heart sounds
    Heart murmurs : general principles
    Aortic stenosis
    Aortic regurgitation
    Miscellaneous heart murmurs
    Disorders of the pericardium
    Congestive heart failure
    Coronary artery disease
    Inspection of the abdomen
    Palpation and percussion of the abdomen
    Abdominal pain and tenderness
    Auscultation of the abdomen
    Peripheral vascular disease
    The diabetic foot
    Edema and deep vein thrombosis
    Examination of the musculoskeletal system
    Visual field testing
    Nerves of the eye muscles (iii, iv, and vi) : approach to diplopia
    Miscellaneous cranial nerves
    Examination of the motor system : approach to weakness
    Examination of the sensory system
    Examination of the reflexes
    Disorders of the nerve roots, plexuses, and peripheral nerves
    Coordination and cerebellar testing
    Tremor and Parkinson disease
    Hemorrhagic versus ischemic stroke
    Acute vertigo and imbalance
    Examination of nonorganic neurologic disorders
    Examination of patients in the intensive care unit
    Likelihood ratios, confidence intervals, and pre-test probability.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Kate Gawlik, DNP, RN, ANP-BC, FNP-BC, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, PhD, APRN-CNP, FAANP, FNAP, FAAN, Alice M. Teall, DNP, APRN-CNP, FAANP.
    Summary: "We begin this preface by emphasizing that the only way to ensure an accurate diagnosis for an individual's health and well-being is through a thorough history and evidence-based health and well-being assessment. Learning to effectively assess the health and well-being of an individual involves integrating skills of history taking, physical exam, and diagnostic decision-making within the context of patient-centered, culturally-sensitive, evidence-based clinical practice. The process of teaching and learning assessment is complex"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library 2021
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    edited by Kari Bø, Bary Berghmans, Siv Mørkved, Marijke Van Kampen ; forewords by Robert Freeman, Christopher Chapple.
    Contents:
    Overview of physical therapy for pelvic floor dysfunction / Kari Bo
    Critical appraisal of randomized trials and systematic reviews of the effects of physical therapy interventions for the pelvic floor / Rob Herbert
    Functional anatomy of the female pelvic floor / James A. Ashton-Miller, John O.L. DeLancey
    Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of pelvic floor muscles / David B. Vodusek
    Measurement of pelvic floor muscle function and strength and pelvic organ prolapse
    Pelvic floor and exercise science
    Female pelvic floor dysfunctions
    Male pelvic floor dysfunctions and evidence-based physical therapy
    Evidence-based physical therapy for pelvic floor dysfunctions affecting both women and men
    Evidence for pelvic floor physical therapy in children / Wendy F. Bower
    Pelvic floor physical therapy in the elderly: where's the evidence? / Adrian Wagg
    Evidence for pelvic floor physical therapy for neurological disease / Marijke Van Kampen, Inge Geraerts
    Pelvic floor dysfunction, prevention and treatment in elite athletes / Kari Bo
    The development of clinical practice guidelines / Bary Berghmans [and others].
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Dyane E. Tower, editor.
    Summary: This practical text reviews the most recent literature supporting clinical decisions regarding over a dozen common foot and ankle conditions, along with presentations of the techniques themselves, both surgical and non-surgical. The conditions are presented anatomically from forefoot to ankle, beginning with issues surrounding toenails, such as fungal infection and treatment of ingrown toenails, then proceeds to discuss the toes and toe joints, including hammertoe fixation, 2nd MPJ pathology, and Lapidus bunionectomy. Treatmentsfor arthritis of the midfoot and flatfoot follow, along with arthroscopy and arthroplasty of the ankle, surgical and non-surgical approaches for Achilles tendon ruptures, and treatments for Charcot neuroarthropathy, clubfoot and general considerations of wound care of the foot and ankle. Throughout, an emphasis is placed on the best available evidence for each treatment strategy. Evidence-Based Podiatry will be a valuable resource for podiatrists, orthopedic surgeons, and residents, fellows and trainees treating these common foot and ankle conditions.

    Contents:
    Permanent Ingrown Toenails
    The Fungal Toenail
    Hammertoe Fixation
    2nd Metatarsophalangeal Joint Pathology
    Lapidus Bunionectomy
    Midfoot Arthritis
    Flatfoot Deformity
    Ankle Arthroscopy
    Achilles Tendon Ruptures
    Charcot Neuropathy
    Clubfoot
    Podiatric Wound Care
    Total Ankle Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Heather Hall, Linda Roussel.
    Summary: "This text is intended for graduate-level audiences in nursing research courses and is particularly well suited for those in administration tracks. It focuses on understanding how research-based evidence drives scholarly practice and how that evidence can justify innovation and policy change to improve patient outcomes. The new edition will add implementation and dissemination science applications to the EBP framework. It will feature health policy content and incorporate global and population health perspectives, content on informatics and technology, and educational strategies for patient and provider practices"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Quantitative research
    Qualitative research
    Mixed methods research
    Data analysis
    Navigating the institutional review board
    Critical appraisal of research-based evidence.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    [edited by] Nola A. Schmidt, Janet M. Brown.
    Summary: "Evidence-Based Practice for Nurses: Appraisal and Application of Research, Fifth Edition is an essential resource for teaching students how to translate research into practice. The text is based on the five step IDP process (knowledge, persuasion, decision, implementation, and confirmation). The authors employ a fresh and updated approach to teaching nursing research using evidence-based practice. This text is incredibly inclusive and a terrific fit for undergraduate classrooms. The Fifth Edition features a new chapter on evidence hierarchy, new information on mixed-methods research, updated "Apply What You've Learned" articles, and more. Additional content has been added on the evolution of nursing science, quality improvement projects and how they relate to evidence-based practice, and search strategies and authentic web content. Chapters throughout the text have been updated, with significant changes made in chapters on evidence appraisal, quality and outcomes, and change theories. This new edition pays great attention to detail to the Magnet Recognition Program, which is becoming increasingly important for hospitals"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What Is Evidence-Based Practice?
    What is Nursing Research?
    Using Evidence Through Collaboration to Promote Excellence in Nursing Practice
    Identifying Research Questions
    Finding Sources of Evidence
    Linking Theory, Research, and Practice
    Key Concepts and Principles of Quantitative Designs
    Quantitative Designs: Using Numbers to Provide Evidence
    Epidemiologic Designs: Using Data to Understand Populations
    Qualitative Designs: Using Words to Provide Evidence
    Using Samples to Provide Evidence
    Collecting Evidence
    What Do the Quantitative Data Mean?
    What Do the Qualitative Data Mean?
    Appraising Evidence to Determine Best Practice
    Transitioning Evidence to Practice
    Developing Oneself as an Innovator
    Evaluating Outcomes of Innovation
    Sharing the Insights with Others.
    Digital Access R2Library 2022
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Geri LoBiondo Wood, Judith Haber, Marita G. Titler.
    Summary: "A straightforward yet comprehensive guide to planning, implementation, and evaluation of EBP and QI projects to improve quality of care and health outcomes. This brand-new, full-color, richly illustrated textbook begins with foundational content and then works through the processes of developing and exploring clinical questions, implementing results, and disseminating information." -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Overview of evidence-based practice
    Models and evidence
    Part II. Processes of developing EBP and questions in various clinical settings
    Developing compelling clinical questions
    Search and critical appraisal of the literature
    Principles of assessing research quality
    Intervention studies
    Observational studies
    Systematic reviews and clinical practice guidelines
    Qualitative studies
    Understanding statistics for evidence-based practice
    Part III. Implementation
    Evidence-based approaches for improving healthcare quality
    Planning for success
    Launching implementation
    Implementation strategies for stakeholders
    Patient-centered evidence-based practices
    Part IV. Evaluation and dissemination
    Evaluation of evidence-based practice
    Dissemination
    Appendices.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
  • Digital
    Laura Cullen, Kirsten Hanrahan, Michele Farrington, Jennifer DeBerg, Sharon Tucker, Charmaine Kleiber.
    Summary: One of the biggest challenges of evidence-based practice (EBP) is translating knowledge, research, and clinical expertise into action. Failure to execute EBP well is rarely due to a lack of information, understanding, or experience; rather, it comes down to the lack of tools and practicality of implementing EBP into nursing care.

    Contents:
    Identifying triggering issues/opportunities
    State the question or purpose
    Is the topic a priority?
    Form a team
    Assemble, appraise, and synthesize body of evidence
    Is there sufficient evidence?
    Design and pilot the practice change
    Implementation
    Evaluation
    Is change appropriate for adoption in practice?
    Integrate and sustain the practice change
    Disseminate results.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2018
  • Digital
    Laura Cullen, Kirsten Hanrahan, Michele Farrington, Sharon Tucker, Stephanie Edmonds.
    Summary: "Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a process of shared decision-making between clinicians and patients based on research evidence, the patient's experiences and preferences, and the clinician's clinical expertise. We are now well beyond the Institute of Medicine (IOM) goal that 90% of healthcare be evidence-based by 2020 (IOM, 2010), and a gap persists. The need for EBP is more crucial than ever and must consider value-based care; patient preferences; diversity, equity, and inclusion; regulatory standards; costs; and implementation science. EBP in Action addresses the need for a clear EBP process along with precise, accurate, and effective selection of implementation strategies and resources to promote adoption and sustainability of EBP recommendations. In this book, we will inspire you to use the EBP process, think creatively, and engage patients in EBP co-design for improved outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Identify Triggering Issues/Opportunities
    State the Question or Purpose
    Is This Topic A Priority?
    Form a Team
    Assemble, Appraise, and Synthesize Body of Evidence
    Is There Sufficient Evidence?
    Design and Pilot the Practice Change
    Evaluation
    Implementation
    Is Change Appropriate for Adoption in Practice?
    Integrate and Sustain the Practice Change
    Disseminate Results.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2023
  • Digital
    Supriya Mallick, Prashanth Giridhar, Goura K. Rath, editors.
    Summary: This book provides evidence-based management in neuro-oncology covering all aspects such as pathology, radiology, surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy. The field of neuro-oncology is rapidly evolving and new evidence is coming out every day towards the optimal management of brain tumors. This necessitates a requirement of a complete guide that shall provide an evidence-based and personalized approach towards dealing with patients. This book also covers recent advances in personalized treatment formed through the relevant basis of anatomy, imaging, radiology, surgical, radiation and systemic treatment of brain and spinal tumors. In addition it also covers the , practical aspects of the planning of the Gamma knife and other radio surgical aspects. The book shall provide valuable assistance to practicing neuro-oncologists to practice better evidence-based personalized medicine.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Epidemiology, neuro-anatomy and neuro- pathology for a neuro-oncologist
    1 Epidemiology and demography of brain tumours
    2 Neuro-anatomy for Oncologist
    3 Pathology, Molecular Biology and classification of Gliomas
    4 Pathology and Molecular pathology of ependymoma
    5 Pathology and Molecular pathology of meningioma
    6 Pathology and Molecular pathology of medulloblastoma
    Part 2 Clinical examination, neuro-imaging and basics of radiotherapy in neuro-oncology
    7 Radiology in modern neuro-oncology practice
    8 PET in Brain Tumors
    9 Fundamentals of Radiation for Neuro-oncology
    10 Stereotactic Radiosurgery: Planning and Evaluation
    11 Radiation induced brain injury
    Part 3 Management of brain tumours
    12 Glioblastoma
    13 Oligodendroglioma
    14 Anaplastic Astrocytoma
    15 Grade 2 Gliomas
    16 Grade 1 Gliomas
    17 Mixed Gliomas or Oligoastrocytoma
    18 Pleomorphic Xanthoastrocytoma
    19 Astroblastoma
    20 Management of Gliomatosis Cerebri
    21 Nervous System Hemangioblastoma
    22 Rare/Uncommon brain tumors
    23 Medulloblastoma & other embryonal brain tumors
    24 Ependymoma
    25 Intracranial germ cell tumour
    26 Management of Pineal region tumors
    27 Skull Base Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
    28 Intracranial Hemangiopericytoma
    29 Management of Choroid Plexus Carcinoma
    30 Meningioma
    31 Pituitary tumors: Diagnosis and management
    32 Craniopharyngioma
    33 Acoustic Neuroma
    34 Spinal cord tumors
    35 Brain metastases
    36 Paediatric CNS tumours
    37 Primary central nervous system lymphoma
    Part 4 Miscellaneous
    38 Neurocognition in Neurooncology
    39 Syndromes associated with Brain Tumors
    40 Endocrine management in Neuro-oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thomas L. Christenbery, editor.
    Summary: "Delivers unique systematic guidelines for understanding and applying EBP in nursing programs. A fundamental, reader-friendly guide to evidence-based practice (EBP) for BSN, MSN, and DNP nursing students, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing explains the conceptual underpinnings of EBP and demonstrates how nurses can put EBP concepts into practice. Replete with critical knowledge, skills, tools, and scholarly development to enable nurses to fully and confidently deliver the highest-quality EBP care, this book eschews a one-size-fits-all approach in favor of unique systematic guidelines for understanding and applying EBP. Building blocks of information grow progressively more complex, enabling their application to any point along nursing's academic trajectory. Thoughtfully organized to fit a variety of EBP-related course objectives, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing easily adapts for standalone EBP courses at any level as well as advanced practice specialty courses that integrate EBP content. This book addresses the needs of all nursing instructors, including those who teach at multiple levels simultaneously. Key content includes requisite conceptual knowledge of EBP for building clinical decision-making skills; conceptualizing, implementing, and evaluating EBP projects; applying translational science; quality improvement for implementation and evaluation of EBP; developing leadership and structural empowerment strategies; and analyzing how students at each degree/level work with EBP independently, interprofessionally, and intraprofessionally. Chapters align with American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) essentials."--Back cover.

    Contents:
    Nursing's commitment to best clinical decisions / Thomas L. Christenbery
    Using evidence to inform and reform clinical practice / Thomas L. Christenbery
    Integrating best evidence into practice / Phillip Walker and Thomas L. Christenbery
    Setting the boundaries for nursing evidence / Donna McArthur, Rene Love
    Using nursing phenomena to explore evidence / Joanne Duffy
    Evidence-based practice : success of practice change depends on the question / Mary Meyer
    Change theories : the key to knowledge translation / Lydia Rotondo
    How to read and assess for quality of research / Rene Love, Donna McArthur
    Clinical practice guidelines / Molly Bradshaw
    Identifying significant evidence-based practice problems within complex health environments / Nancy Wells, Elizabeth Card
    Organizing an evidence-based practice implementation plan / Alison Edie
    Translational research / Lianne Jeffs, Marianne Saragosa, Michelle Zahradik
    Translational science : bridging the gap between science and application / Lianne Jeffs, Marianne Saragosa, Michelle Zahradik
    Quality improvement processes and evidence-based practice / Susie Leming Lee, Richard Watters
    Evidence-based practice : a culture of organizational empowerment / Thomas L. Christenbery
    Nursing leadership : the fulcrum of evidence-based practice culture / Thomas L. Christenbery
    A prosperous evidence-based culture : nourishing resources / Thomas L. Christenbery
    Advancing evidence-based practice through mentoring and interprofessional collaboration / Elaine Kauschinger
    Evidence-based practice : sequential layering of BSN, MSN, and DNP competencies and opportunities / Thomas L. Christenbery
    Evidence-based practice : empowering nurses / Thomas L. Christenbery.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Print
    Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt.
    Summary: "The go-to guide to evidence-based practice in nursing for more than a decade, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing & Healthcare: A Guide to Best Practice, 5th Edition, presents the latest perspectives on research-backed nursing practice in an engaging, user-friendly approach that has made this the bestselling resource of its kind. AJN award-winning authors Bernadette Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt combine straightforward, conversational storytelling, inspiring quotes, and engaging case studies to make evidence-based practice accessible for students at any level of familiarity. With real-world examples and meaningful strategies in every chapter, this revised and reimagined 5th Edition gives students the confidence to meet today's clinical challenges and ensure the most effective patient outcomes for years to come. New to this edition: NEW! Reimagined coverage and a new chapter on applying implementation science to clinical practice settings familiarize students with the latest evidence and emerging implementation and evaluation tools.. UPDATED! Content throughout empowers you to more effectively teach evidence-based practice principles in academic and clinical settings. UPDATED! Making EPB Real case studies reinforce clinical application through real-world examples"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Unit 1. Steps 0, 1, and 2 : getting started: Chapter 1. Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of inquiry / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
    Chapter 2. Asking compelling clinical questions / Ellen Fineout-Overholt and Shelly J. Johnson
    Chapter 3. Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions / Tami A. Hartzell, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, and Cyndi B. Kelley
    Unit 1 making EBP real, a success story: Improving outcomes in intensive care through adherence to evidence-based sedation protocol.
    Unit 2. Step 3 : critically appraising evidence: Chapter 4. Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making / Ellen Fineout-Overholt
    Chaper 5. Clinician expertise and patient-valued preferences as context for critical appraisal for evidence-based decision making / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Gina M. Nickels-Nelson, and Lisa English Long
    Chapter 6. Critically appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making / Dónal P. O'Mathúna, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Debra B. Graham, and Amanda Canada
    Chapter 7. Critically appraising qualitative and mixed methods evidence for clinical decision making / Mikki Meadows-Oliver and Chaluza Kapaale
    Chapter 8. Advancing optimal care with robust clinical practice guidelines / Doris Grinspun, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Shanoja Naik, and Katherine Wallace
    Unit 2 making EBP real, a success story: Diabetic foot care in Hispanic females with type II diabetes : an evidence-based quality improvement initiative.
    Unit 3. Steps 4 and 5 : moving from evidence to sustainable practice change: Chapter 9. Key strategies for implementing evidence in real-world clinical settings / Lynn Gallagher-Ford, Kevin P. Browne, Amanda Shrout, and Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
    Chapter 10. The role of quality improvement and evidence-based quality improvement in practice change / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Tracy L. Brewer, Deana Hays, and Dana Tschannen
    Chapter 11. Implementing the evidence-based practice competencies in clinical and academic settings to enhance healthcare quality, safety, and patient outcomes / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Lynn Gallagher-Ford, and Cindy Zellefrow
    Chapter 12. Leadership strategies for creating and sustaining evidence-based practice organizations / Lynn Gallagher-Ford, Penelope F. Gorsuch, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, and Jacalyn S. Buck
    Unit 3 making EBP real, a success story: Improving outcomes for depressed adolescents with the brief cognitive behavioral skills building COPE intervention delivered in 30-minute out-patient visits.
    Unit 4. Creating and sustaining a culture and environment for evidence-based practice: Chapter 13. Innovation and evidence : a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care / Kathy Malloch and Timothy Porter-O'Grady
    Chapter 14. Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice / Sandra L. Dearholt [and 13 others]
    Chapter 15. Implementation science to clinical practice settings : accelerating the uptake of evidence into practice for best outcomes / Sharon Tucker and Molly McNett
    Chapter 16. Evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice in clinical and educational settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt and Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
    Chapter 17. Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
    Chapter 18. Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Alice E. Dupler, and Heather Carter-Templeton
    Chapter 19. Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Marcella Upshaw, and Kathleen M. Williamson
    Unit 4 making EBP real, a success story: Skilled nursing facility readmissions : an evidence-based telemedicine innovation project.
    Unit 5. Step 6 : disseminating evidence and evidence-based practice implementation outcomes: Chapter 20. Using evidence to influence health and organizational policy / Todd E. Tussing, John C. Welch, and Jacqueline M. Loversidge
    Chapter 21. Disseminating evidence through presentations, publications, health policy briefs, and the media / Cecily L. Betz, Kathryn A. Smith, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, and Philip J. Saken
    Unit 5. Making EBP real, a success story: Taking a moment : evaluating preceptions of burnout and wellbeing in bone marrow transplant nurses using a mindfulmess smartphone app.
    Unit 6. Generating external evidence and writing successful grant proposals: Chapter 22. Generating evidence through quantitative and qualitative research / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Denise Cote-Arsenault
    23. Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
    Chapter 24. Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation / Dónal P. O'Mathúna, Joanne Cleary-Holdforth, and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
    Unit 6 making EBP real, a success story: COPE/Healthy lifestyles TEEN : a school-based RCT.
    Appendix A. Question template for asking PICOT questions
    Appendix B. PICOT questions to systematic search strategy : development and use worksheet example
    Appendix C. General appraisal overview for all studies
    Appendix D. Evaluation table template and synthesis table examples for critical appraisal
    Appendix E. ARCC model timeline for an EBP in educational settings
    Appendix F. Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in educational settings
    Appendix G. Title short versions of instruments to evaluate EBP in clinical settings
    Appendix H. Instruments to assess the EBP competencies and EBP mentorship in any setting.
    Glossary
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt.
    Contents:
    Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of inquiry
    Asking compelling, clinical questions
    Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions
    Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making
    Critically appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making
    Critically appraising qualitative evidence for clinical decision making
    Integration of patient preferences and values and clinician expertise into evidence-based decision making
    Advancing optimal care with rigorously developed clinical practice guidelines and evidence-based recommendations
    Implementing evidence in clinical settings
    The role of outcomes and quality improvement in enhancing and evaluating practice changes
    Leadership strategies and evidence-based practice competencies to sustain a culture and environment that supports best practice
    Innovation and evidence: a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care
    Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice
    Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations
    Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings
    Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings
    ARCC evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice
    Disseminating evidence through publications, presentations, health policy briefs, and the media
    Generating evidence through quantitative research
    Generating evidence through qualitative research
    Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects
    Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    RT42 .M44 2015
    1
  • Print
    Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, PhD, RN, APRN-CNP, FAANP, FNAP, FAAN, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, PhD, RN, FNAP, FAAN.
    Summary: "Enhance your clinical decision-making capabilities and improve patient outcomes through evidence-based practice. Develop the skills and knowledge you need to make evidence-based practice (EBP) an integral part of your clinical decision-making and everyday nursing practice with this proven, approachable text. Written in a straightforward, conversational style, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing and Healthcare delivers real-world examples and meaningful strategies in every chapter to help you confidently meet today's clinical challenges and ensure positive patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Unit 1: Steps zero, one, two; getting started :
    Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of identity
    Asking compelling clinical questions
    Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions
    Unit 1 making EBP real: A success story. Using an evidence-based, autonomous nurse protocol to reduce catheter-associated urinary tract infections in a long-term acute care facility
    Unit 2: Step three: critically appraising evidence :
    Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making
    Critical appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making
    Critically appraising qualitative evidence for clinical decision making
    Integration of patient preferences and values and clinician expertise into evidence-based decision making
    Advancing optimal care with robust clinical practice guidelines
    Unit 2 making EBP real: A success story. Intradermal lidocaine intervention on the ambulatory unit : an evidence-based implementation project
    Unit 3: Steps four and five: moving from evidence to sustainable practice change :
    Implementing evidence in clinical settings
    The role of outcomes and evidence-based quality improvement in enhancing and evaluating practice changes
    Implementing the evidence-based practice competencies in clinical and academic settings to ensure healthcare quality and improved patient outcomes
    Leadership strategies for creating and sustaining evidence-based practice organizations
    Unit 3 making EBP real: A success story. Improving outcomes for depressed adolescents with the brief cognitive behavioral COPE intervention delivered in 30-minute outpatient visits
    Unit 4: Creating and sustaining a culture and environment for evidence-based practice :
    Innovation and evidence : a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care
    Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice
    Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations
    Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings
    Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings
    ARCC evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice
    Unit 4 making EBP real: A success story. Mercy heart failure pathway
    Unit 5: Step six: Disseminating evidence and evidence-based practice implementation outcomes :
    Using evidence to influence health and organizational policy
    Disseminating evidence through presentations, publications, health policy briefs, and the media
    Unit 5 making EBP real: A success story. Research projects receive worldwide coverage
    Unit 6: Generating external evidence and writing successful grant proposals :
    Generating evidence through quantitative and qualitative research
    Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects
    Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation
    Unit 6 making EBP real: Selected excerpts from a funded grant application. COPE/healthy lifestyles for teens : a school-based RCT
    Appendix A: Question templates for asking PICOT questions
    Appendix B: Rapid critical appraisal checklists
    Appendix C: Evaluation table template and synthesis table examples for critical appraisal
    Appendix I: ARCC model timeline for an EBP implementation project
    Appendix J: Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in educational settings
    Appendix K: Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in clinical settings.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    Davy C.H. Cheng, Janet Martin, Tirone David, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive yet concise book addresses current best practice in the combined areas of cardiac surgery and anesthesia, interventional minimally invasive cardiac procedures, perioperative management and monitoring, and critical care recovery. This book not only provides the latest best practices in the perioperative management of cardiac surgical patients, but also it summarizes the current clinical guidelines and algorithms from leading cardiac programs and professional societies. Contemporary best practice approaches are written by experts from leading cardiac surgical centers. The preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative management and recovery of surgical patients, including medication, monitoring techniques, and innovative surgical procedures, are presented by experts in the field of cardiac anesthesia and surgery. Perioperative clinical care guidelines, postoperative recovery pathways and models of care are presented with supporting protocols. Evidence-Based Practice in Perioperative Cardiac Anesthesia and Surgery is aimed at all cardiac anesthesiology consultants, fellows, and trainees; all cardiac surgery consultants, fellows, and trainees; nurses in perioperative care and those involved in patient recovery management; cardiac program administrative professionals; and all critical care consultants and trainees looking after cardiovascular surgical patients in the modern era. .

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Overview of a Cardiac Anesthesia & Surgical Program
    Overview of a Cardiology Interventional Program
    Prognostic Risks and Preoperative Assessment
    Section II. Anesthesia and Cardiopulmonary Bypass Management
    Fast Track Cardiac Anesthesia Management in On-Pump and Off-Pump Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery
    Anesthetic Management in Valvular Heart Surgery
    Anesthetic Management in Robotic Cardiac Surgery
    Anesthetic Management in Interventional Cath Lab Procedures
    Circulatory Arrest and Neuroprotection
    Anesthesia for Combined Cardiac and Thoracic Surgery
    Anesthesia for Intrathoracic Transplantation
    Anesthesia for Patients with Ventricular Assist Devices
    Anesthesia in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
    Anesthetic Management of Co-Morbid Diseases Affecting Cardiopulmonary Bypass
    Regional Anesthesia Techniques and Management
    Perioperative Monitoring in Cardiac Surgery
    Perioperative Transesophageal Echocardiography
    Essence of CP B Circuit and Intra-aortic Balloon Pump
    Cardiac Pharmacology
    Weaning From Cardiopulmonary Bypass and Low Output Syndrome
    Pulmonary Hypertension and Right Ventricular Dysfunction Post-CPB
    Perioperative Blood Conservation
    Antifibrinolytics and Coagulation Management
    Heparin Associated Thrombocytopenia and Alternatives to Heparin
    Management of Cardiac Surgical Emergency
    Section III. Perioperative Echocardiography Monitoring and Management
    Perioperative Transesophageal echocardiography
    Perioperative Transthoracic echocardiography
    Section IV. Surgical Technique and Postoperative Consideration
    Myocardial Protection During Cardiac Surgery
    On-Pump Aorto-Coronary Bypass Surgery
    Off-Pump Coronary Revascularization Surgery
    Robotic Coronary Artery Revascularization Surgery
    Surgery of the Aortic Valve
    Surgery of the Mitral Valve
    Surgery of the Tricuspid Valve
    Robotic Cardiac Valvular Surgery
    Surgery of the Transverse Arch and Cerebral Protection
    Surgery of Descending Thoracic Aorta
    Combined Cardiac and Vascular Surgery
    Surgery for Mechanical Complications of Myocardial Infarction
    Surgery for End-Stage Heart Disease and Heart Transplantation
    Lung and Heart-Lung Transplantation Surgery
    Ventricular Assist Devices Implantation
    Congenital Heart Surgery
    Ventricular Aneurysm Resection & Partial Left Ventriculotomy
    AICD and Pacemakers Insertion
    Section V. Cardiac Surgical Recovery Unit and Postoperative Complications Management
    Routine Cardiac Surgery Recovery Care: Extubation to Discharge Pathway
    Common Problems in Cardiac Surgery Recovery Unit
    Atrial and Ventricular Arrhythmia Management
    Tamponade and Chest Reopening
    Infection, Sternal Debridement and Muscle Flap
    Difficult Weaning From Mechanical Ventilation and Tracheotomy Care
    Renal Failure and Dialysis
    Neurological Complications and Management
    Section VI. Surgical Ward Management
    Routine Surgical Ward Care
    Common Ward Complications and Management
    Section VII. Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Clifford S. Deutschman, Patrick J. Neligan.
    Contents:
    PrefaceIs
    hypothermia useful to prevent brain injury after cardiac arrest? In other settings?
    1. Has evidence-based medicine changed the practice of critical care?
    2. Do protocols/guidelines actually improve outcomes?
    3. What happens to critically ill patients after they leave the ICU?
    4. What can be done to enhance recognition of the post-ICU syndrome (PICS)? What can be done to prevent it? What can be done to treat it?
    5. How have genomics informed our understanding of critical illness?
    6. Is oxygen toxic?
    7. What is the role of noninvasive respiratory support and high-flow nasal cannula in the intensive care client?
    8. What is the role of PEEP and recruitment maneuvers in ARDS?
    9. What is the best way to wean and liberate patients from mechanical ventilation?
    10. How does mechanical ventilation damage lungs? What can be done to prevent it?
    11. How should exacerbations of COPD be managed in the intensive care unit?
    12. Is diaphragmatic dysfunction a major problem following mechanical ventilation?
    13. ARDS: Are the current definitions useful?
    14. What are the pathologic and pathophysiologic changes that accompany ARDS?
    15. What factors predispose patients to acute respiratory distress syndrome?
    16. What is the best mechanical ventilation strategy in ARDS?
    17. Is carbon dioxide harmful or helpful in ARDS?
    18. Does patient positioning make a difference in ARDS?
    19. Do inhaled vasodilators in ARDS make a difference?
    20. Does ECMO work?
    21. What lessons have we learned from epidemiologic studies of ARDS?
    22. What are the long-term outcomes after ARDS?
    23. How do I approach fever in the intensive care unit and should fever be treated?
    24. What fluids should be given to the critically ill patient? What fluids should be avoided?
    25. Should blood glucose be tightly controlled in the intensive care unit?
    26. Is there a role for therapeutic hypothermia in critical care?
    27. How do I manage the morbidly obese critically ill patient?
    28. How do I safely transport the critically ill patient?
    29. What are the causes of and how do I treat critical illness neuropathy/myopathy?
    30. What is sepsis? What is septic shock? What are mods and persistent critical illness?
    31. How do I identify the patient with "sepsis"?
    32. Is there immune suppression in the critically ill patient - pro?
    33. Is there immune suppression in the critically ill patient--con?
    34. Does the timing of antibiotic administration matter in sepsis?
    35. What is the role of vasopressors and inotropes in septic shock?
    36. Does monitoring the microcirculation make a difference in sepsis? Outcome?
    37. Are we getting any better at diagnosing sepsis?
    38. Do the surviving sepsis campaign guidelines work?
    39. Has outcome in sepsis improved? What works? What does not?
    40. What happens to the autonomic nervous system in critical illness?
    41. Is persistent critical illness a syndrome of ongoing inflammation/immunosuppression/catabolism? --42. How do I optimize antibiotic use in critical illness?
    43. How do I identify pathologic organisms in the 21st century?
    44. How do I diagnose and manage catheter-related bloodstream infections?
    45. How do I manage central nervous system infections (meningitis/encephalitis)?
    46. How can biomarkers be used to differentiate between infection and non-infectious causes of inflammation?
    47. What is ventilator-associated pneumonia? How do I diagnose it? How do I treat it?
    48. What is the role of invasive hemodynamic monitoring in critical care?
    49. Does the use of echocardiography aid in the management of the critically ill?
    50. How do I manage hemodynamic decompensation in a critically ill patient?
    51. What are the best tools to optimize the circulation?
    52. How should cardiogenic shock be managed (including assist devices)?
    53. How do I manage acute heart failure?
    54. How do I diagnose and manage myocardial ischemia in the ICU?
    55. How do I prevent or treat atrial fibrillation in postoperative critically ill patients?
    56. How do I rapidly and correctly identify acute kidney injury? --57. What is the role of renal replacement therapy in the intensive care unit?
    58. What is the value of nondialytic therapy in acute kidney injury?
    59. How should acid-base disorders be diagnosed?
    60. Is hyperchloremia harmful?
    61. Dysnatremias--what causes them and how should they be treated?
    62. Why is lactate important in critical care?
    63. How does critical illness alter metabolism?
    64. How should traumatic brain injury be managed?
    65. How should aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage be managed?
    66. How should acute ischemic stroke be managed in the intensive care unit?
    67. How should status epilepticus be managed?
    68. When and how should I feed the critically ill patient?
    69. What does critical illness do to the liver?
    70. How do I manage a patient with acute liver failure?
    71. Is there a place for anabolic hormones in critical care?
    72. How do I diagnose and manage acute endocrine emergencies in the ICU?
    73. What is the current role for corticosteroids in critical care?
    74. How should trauma patients be managed in the intensive care unit?
    75. What is abdominal compartment syndrome and how should it be managed?
    76. How should patients with burns be managed in the intensive care unit?
    77. What is the best approach to resuscitation in trauma?
    78. How do I diagnose and treat major gastrointestinal bleeding?
    79. How should the critically ill pregnant patient be managed?
    80. How do I diagnose and manage patients admitted to the intensive care unit after common poisonings?
    81. When is transfusion therapy indicated in critical illness and when is it not?
    82. Is there a role for granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor and/or erythropoietin in critical illness?
    83. What anticoagulants should be used in the critically ill patient? How do I choose?-- 84. Is there a better way to deliver optimal critical care services?
    85. How do critical care pharmacists contribute to team-based care?
    86. What is the role of advanced practice nurses and physician assistants in the ICU?
    87. Do the guidelines for brain death determination need to be revised?
    88. How do I diagnose, treat, and reduce delirium in the intensive care unit? --
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    Murad Alam, editor.
    Summary: This book compiles the best evidence in procedural dermatology, including skin cancer surgery, laser techniques, minimally invasive cosmetic surgery, and emerging techniques. Building on the highly successful first edition, this volume provides much expanded coverage of a range of topics. The best information is provided to reveal the most appropriate interventions for particular indications, optimal treatment techniques, and strategies for avoiding adverse events. Evidence-Based Procedural Dermatology, 2nd edition, includes two types of chapters: procedures and indications. Each chapter is designed to be clear and concise, with tables and flowcharts to showcase main findings. Each cited study is tagged with a level of evidence, and every recommendation includes a strength of evidence score. More than double the length of the first edition, this newest edition includes added procedures and interventions like: new lasers and energy devices for skin resurfacing and pigmentation; non-invasive fat reduction and skin tightening using cryolipolysis, radiofrequency, ultrasound, and chemical adipocytolysis; specific post-skin cancer excision reconstruction techniques; and novel approaches for melanoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tina Bhutani, Wilson Liao, Mio Nakamura, editors.
    Summary: Given the multitude of new treatment options for psoriasis, including topicals, phototherapy, oral systemic therapy, and injectable biologics, the treatment of the disease has truly become an art. Evidence-Based Psoriasis passes on this art to practicing physicians in a very practical and easy-to-use format, focusing on mild, moderate, and severe psoriasis. Offering evidence-based information in a concise text, this book discusses new treatment options, including topicals, phototherapy, oral systemic therapy, and injectable biolgoics. This text also describes unique methods of use, such as sequential and combination therapy, and is written for practicing dermatologists, residents, and primary care physicians. Evidence-Based Psoriasis also includes high quality color photographs and tables for quick and easy reference.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Psoriasis: Overview and Diagnosis
    Chapter 2. Topical Treatments
    Chapter 3. Phototherapy and Photochemotherapy
    Chapter 4. Oral Agents for Psoriasis
    Chapter 5. Biologics
    Chapter 6. Future Therapeutics in Psoriasis
    Chapter 7. Combination Therapy
    Chapter 8. Maximizing Treatment Compliance in Psoriasis.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel David, Steven Jay Lynn, Guy Montgomery.
    Contents:
    An introduction to the science and practice of evidence-based psychotherapy : a framework for evaluation and a way forward / Daniel David, Steven J. Lynn and Guy H. Montgomery
    Varieties of psychotherapies for major depressive disorder in adults : an evidence-based evaluation / Daniel David, Ioana A. Cristea and Aaron T. Beck
    Evidence-based psychological interventions for bipolar disorder / Aurora Szentágotai-Tatar and Daniel David
    Panic and phobias disorders / Barbara Depreeuw, Leigh A. Andrews, Sharon Eldar and Stefan G. Hofmann
    Generalized anxiety disorder / Hanna McCabe-Bennett, Katie Fracalanza, and Martin M. Antony
    Obsessive-compulsive disorder / Lindsey M. Collins, Laura B. Bragdon and Meredith E. Coles
    Evidence based practice for posttraumatic stress disorder / B. Christopher Frueh, Anouk L. Grubaugh, Alok Madan, Sandra Neer, Jon Elhai and Deborah C. Beidel
    Evidence-based psychological interventions for eating disorders / Diana M. Cândea, Daniel David and Aurora Szentágotai-Tatar
    Evidence-based treatment for alcohol use disorders : a review through the lens of the theory : efficacy matrix / James MacKillop, Monika Stojek, Lauren VanderBroek and Max Owens
    Psychotherapeutic treatments for male and female sexual dysfunction disorders / Jessica C. Emanu, Isabelle Avildsen and Christian J. Nelson
    The psychological treatment of psychopathy : theory and research / Lisa K. Hecht, Robert D. Latzman and Scott O. Lilienfeld
    Borderline personality disorder / Lorie A. Ritschel, Colleen M. Cowperthwait, Lindsay M. Stewart and Noriel E. Lim
    The treatment of dissociation : an evaluation of effectiveness and potential mechanisms / Reed Maxwell, Harald Merckelbach, Scott O. Lilienfeld and Steven Jay Lynn
    Psychotherapy for schizophrenia-spectrum disorders / Stacy Ellenberg, Steven Jay Lynn and Gregory P. Strauss
    Psychotherapy and autism spectrum disorder : conceptual and pragmatic challenges / Raymond G. Romanczyk, Rachel N.S. Cavalari and Jennifer M. Gillis
    Varieties of psychotherapies for ADHD : an evidence-based evaluation / Anca Dobrean, Costina R. Păsărelu and Manfred Döpfner
    Insomnia / Elisabeth Hertenstein, Bogdan Voinescu and Dieter Riemann
    The scientific status of evidence-based psychotherapies : concluding thoughts / Daniel David, Steven J. Lynn and Guy H. Montgomery.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Ross C. Brownson, Elizabeth A. Baker, Anjali D. Deshpande, Kathleen N. Gillespie.
    Summary: The acclaimed textbook for navigating the practice and challenges of public health, now updated and completely revised ""It should be recommended or assigned to all students in public health.""--American Journal of Epidemiology This fully revised and updated edition Evidence-Based Public Health offers an essential primer on how to choose, carry out, and evaluate evidence-based programs and policies in public health settings. It addresses not only how to locate and utilize scientific evidence, but also how to implement and evaluate interventions in a way that generates new evidence.

    Contents:
    The need for evidence-based public health
    Building capacity for evidence-based public health
    Assessing scientific evidence for public health action
    Understanding and applying economic evaluation and other analytic tools
    Conducting community assessment
    Developing an initial statement of the issue
    Quantifying the issue
    Searching the scientific literature and using systematic reviews
    Developing and prioritizing intervention options
    Developing an action plan and implementing interventions
    Evaluating the program or policy
    Opportunities for advancing evidence-based public health.
    Digital Access Ovid 2018
  • Digital
    Siu-Wai Leung, Hao Hu, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide to the evidence-based medicine (EBM) research methods that are applicable to Chinese medicine (CM). It includes 3 parts: clinical research, healthcare data research and laboratory research. In each chapter, it explains how to acquire, analyze and evaluate a specific kind of CM research result. Authors exemplify the most important methods with successful cases in transforming reliable data into new knowledge of CM. This book emphasizes the requirements for CM researchers to design and conduct CM studies by following the best available principles, standards and guidelines.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Achilles Thoma, [and 3 others], editors.
    Summary: The purpose of this book specifically is to teach surgeons (academic or community), surgical fellows and surgical residents regardless of the surgical specialty, the skills to appraise what they read in the surgical literature. Surgeons need to be able to understand what they read before applying the conclusions of a surgical article to their practice. As most surgeons do not have the extra training in health research methodology, understanding how the research was done, how to interpret the results and finally deciding to apply them to the patient level is indeed a difficult task. Chapters explain the methodological issues pertaining to the various study designs reported in the surgical literature. Most chapters begin with a clinical scenario with uncertain course of action with which most surgeons are struggling. Readers are taught how to search the literature for the best evidence that will answer the surgical problem under discussion. An identified article that seems relevant to the problem you are investigating can be appraised by addressing 3 key questions: 1). Is the study I am reading valid? 2). What are the results of this study? 3). Can I apply these results to my patients? While the primary goal of Evidence-Based Surgery is to teach surgeons how to appraise the surgical literature, an added benefit is that the concepts explained here may help research-minded surgeons produce higher quality research.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    E. Sebastian Debus, Reinhart T. Grundmann.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Michele Berk.
    Summary: The book includes a chapter, written by the treatment developer(s), on each of the six treatments that have been shown in randomized controlled trials to reduce suicidal and/or self-harm behavior in adolescents with prior histories of these behaviors.

    Contents:
    Risk and protective factors for suicidal thoughts and behaviors in adolescents / Andrew C. Porter, Jaclyn C. Kearns, Erika C. Esposito, and Catherine R. Glenn
    Safety planning and risk management / Michele Berk and Stephanie Clarke
    Dialectical behavior therapy for suicidal multiproblem adolescents / Alec L. Miller, Jill H. Rathus, Michele Berk, and Amy S. Walker
    Mentalization-based therapy for adolescents / Peter Fonagy, Chloe Campbell, Trudie Rossouw, and Anthony Bateman
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy for co-occurring suicidal behavior and substance use / Christianne Esposito-Smythers, Anthony Spirito, and Jennifer Wolff
    A psychiatric adaptation of multisystemic therapy for suicidal youth / Melisa D. Rowland
    Attachment-based family therapy for suicidal youth and young adults / Guy S. Diamond, Quintin A. Hunt, Bora Jin, and Suzanne A. Levy
    The SAFETY program : a youth and family centered cognitive-behavioral intervention informed by dialectical behavior therapy / Jennifer L. Hughes, Kalina Babeva, and Joan R. Asarnow
    Pharmacological approaches for treating suicidality in adolescents / Isheeta Zalpuri and Manpreet K. Singh.
  • Digital
    Ulrich Schnyder, Marylène Cloitre, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an evidence based guide for clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, psychotherapists and other clinicians working with trauma survivors in various settings. It provides easily digestible, up-to-date information on the basic principles of traumatic stress research and practice, including psychological and sociological theories as well as epidemiological, psychopathological, and neurobiological findings. However, as therapists are primarily interested in how to best treat their traumatized patients, the core focus of the book is on evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related mental disorders. Importantly, the full range of trauma and stress related disorders is covered, including Acute Stress Reaction, Complex PTSD and Prolonged Grief Disorder, reflecting important anticipated developments in diagnostic classification. Each of the treatment chapters begins with a short summary of the theoretical underpinnings of the approach, presents a case illustrating the treatment protocol, addresses special challenges typically encountered in implementing this treatment, and ends with an overview of related outcomes and other research findings. Additional chapters are devoted to the treatment of comorbidities, special populations and special treatment modalities, and to pharmacological treatments for trauma-related disorders. The book concludes by addressing the fundamental question of how to treat whom, and when.

    Contents:
    Traumatic stress: The basic principles
    Epidemiology of trauma and trauma-reated disorders
    Trauma as a public mental health issue
    Psychological and sociological theories
    Neurobiological findings
    Trauma and physical health
    The diagnostic spectrum of trauma-related disorders
    Acute Stress Disorder
    Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
    Complex PTSD
    Enduring Personality Change After Catastrophic Experience
    Beyond DSM-IV and ICD-10
    Evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related disorders
    Prolonged Exposure Therapy
    Cognitive Processing Therapy
    Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
    Narrative Exposure Therapy
    Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy for PTSD
    STAIRS for Complex PTSD
    Evidence based trauma-focused psychotherapies for children
    Evidence based trauma-focused psychotherapies for elderly people
    Treating special populations: Tortured refugees
    Chronic pain
    Combat veterans
    Special treatment settings: Group treatment
    Couples treatment
    Web based treatment
    Pharmacological treatment for trauma-reated disorders
    How to treat whom and when?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Ulrich Schnyder, Marylène Cloitre, editors.
    Summary: The second, completely updated edition of this book offers an evidence based guide for clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, psychotherapists and other clinicians working with trauma survivors in various settings. It provides easily digestible, up-to-date information on the basic principles of traumatic stress research and practice, including psychological and sociological theories as well as epidemiological, psychopathological, and neurobiological findings. However, as therapists are primarily interested in how to best treat their traumatized patients, the core focus of the book is on evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related mental disorders. The full range of trauma and stress related disorders is covered, including Acute Stress Reaction, Complex PTSD and Prolonged Grief Disorder, reflecting important anticipated developments in diagnostic classification. Each of the treatment chapters begins with a short summary of the theoretical underpinnings of the approach, presents a case illustrating the treatment protocol, addresses special challenges typically encountered in implementing this treatment, and ends with an overview of related outcomes and other research findings. Additional chapters are devoted to the treatment of comorbidities, special populations and special treatment modalities and to pharmacological treatments for trauma-related disorders. A novel addition is the chapter on Innovative interventions to increase global mental health. The book concludes by addressing the fundamental question of how to treat whom, and when--Pulisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Traumatic Stress : The Basic Principles. Trauma as a public health issue : epidemiology of trauma and trauma-related disorders
    Psychological and sociological theories of PTSD
    An integrative view on the biopsychology of stress and posttraumatic stress disorder
    Understanding pathways from traumatic exposure to physical health
    Stress and Trauma Related Disorders. The diagnostic spectrum of trauma-related disorders
    Psychotherapy. Early intervention after trauma
    Prolonged exposure therapy
    Cognitive therapy for PTSD : updating memories and meanings of trauma
    Cognitive processing therapy
    EMDR therapy for trauma-related disorders
    Narrative exposure therapy (NET) : reorganizing memories of traumatic stress, fear and violence
    Brief eclectic psychotherapy for PTSD
    STAIR narrative therapy
    Prolonged grief disorder therapy (PGDT)
    Innovative interventions to increase global mental health
    Treating Comorbidities. Trauma and addiction : a clinician's guide to treatment
    Treating PTSD and borderline personality disorder
    The complexity of chronic pain in traumatized people : diagnostic and therapeutic challenges
    Treating Special Populations. Evidence-based treatments for children and adolescents
    Treating PTSD symptoms in older adults
    Treatment of traumatized refugees and immigrants
    Considerations in the treatment of veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder
    Special Treatment Modalities. Group treatment for trauma-related psychological disorders
    Couple treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder
    Telemental health approaches for trauma survivors
    Pharmacotherapy. Pharmacological treatment for trauma-reated psychological disorders
    Conclusions. Next steps : building a science for improving outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Subhash C. Mandal, Raja Chakraborty, Saikat Sen, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: The demand for traditional medicines, herbal health products, herbal pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, food supplements and herbal cosmetics etc. is increasing globally due to the growing recognition of these products as mainly non-toxic, having lesser side effects, better compatibility with physiological flora, and availability at affordable prices. In the last century, medical science has made incredible advances all over the globe. In spite of global reorganization and a very sound history of traditional uses, the promotion of traditional medicine faces a number of challenges around the globe, primarily in developed nations. Regulation and safety is the high concern for the promotion of traditional medicine. Quality issues and quality control, pharmacogivilane, scientific investigation and validation, intellectual property rights, and biopiracy are some key issues that restrain the advancement of traditional medicine around the globe. This book contains diverse and unique chapters, explaining in detail various subsections like phytomolecule, drug discovery and modern techniques, standardization and validation of traditional medicine, and medicinal plants, safety and regulatory issue of traditional medicine, pharmaceutical excipients from nature, plants for future. The contents of the book will be useful for the academicians, researchers and people working in the area of traditional medicine. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Global Approach for Drug Discovery and Development from Indian Traditional Medicine
    Chapter 2. Bioactive Natural Leads TargetingCancer Cell Metabolism
    Chapter 3. Omics Technologies and Development of Anti-diabetic Therapies from Prospective Natural Products
    Chapter 4. Amaryllidaceae Alkaloids as Anti-inflammatory Agents Targeting Cholinergic Anti-inflammatory Pathway: Mechanisms and Prospects
    Chapter 5. Neurodegenerative Diseases and Small Molecule Protein Chaperone Activator of Natural Origin
    Chapter 6. Role of Phytomolecules on the Basic Biology of Aging
    Chapter 7. Role of phytomedicine in alleviating oxidative stress mediated vascular complications in diabetes
    Chapter 8. Plant Based #xF062;-Secretase (BACE-1) Inhibitors: A Mechanistic Approach to Encounter Alzheimer's Disorder
    Chapter 9. Bioactive Compounds of Mangroves as Potent Drug and in Nanoparticle Synthesis
    Play a Pivotal Role in Combating Human Pathogens. Chapter 10. Medicinal Plants: A Rich Source of Bioactive Molecules Used in Drug Development
    Chapter 11. Cell-based Assays in Natural Product-based Drug Discovery
    Chapter 12. Allelochemicals: An Emerging Tool for Weed Management
    Chapter 13. Secondary Metabolites of Higher Plants as Green Preservatives of Herbal Raw Materials and Their Active Principles During Postharvest Processing
    Chapter 14. Importance of Chromatography Techniques in Phytomedicine Research
    Chapter 15. Reverse Pharmacology - A Tool for Drug Discovery From Traditional Medicine
    Chapter 16. Role of Modern Biological Techniques in Evidence-Based Validation of Ayurvedic Herbometallic Preparations
    Chapter 17. HPTLC Fingerprinting analysis of Phytoconstituents from Indigenous Medicinal Plants
    Chapter 18. Climate Change,Geographical Location and Other Allied Triggering Factors Modulate the Standardization and Characterization of Traditional Medicinal Plants: AChallenges and Prospect for Phyto-Drug Development
    Chapter 19. Molecular Docking Studies of Plant-Derived Bioactive Compounds: A Comprehensive in silico Standardization Approach
    Chapter 20. Standardization and Quality Evaluation of Botanicals with Special Reference to Marker Components
    Chapter 21. Analytical Standardization of Haridra Formulation by UV-VIS Spectrophotometry and RP-HPLC
    Chapter 22. Ethnobotanical survey: the foundation to evidence based validation of medicinal plants
    Chapter 23. Phytotherapeutics: The Rising Role of Drug Transporters in Herb-Drug Interactions with Botanical Supplements
    Chapter 24. An Insight into Herb Interactions: Clinical Evidence Based Overview
    Chapter 25. Pharmacovigilance of Herbal Medicines: An Overview
    Chapter 26. Herbal Drugs: Efficacy, Toxicity and Safety Issues
    Chapter 27. Herbal Drug Patenting
    Chapter 28. Safety and Regulatory Issues on Traditional Medicine Entrusted Drug Discovery
    Chapter 29. Pharmacovigilance of Herbal Medicine: An Evolving Discipline
    Chapter 30. Toxicity Studies Related to Medicinal Plants
    Chapter 31. Herb-Drug Interactions
    Chapter 32. Plant Based Traditional Herbal Contraceptive Use in India: Safety and Regulatory Issues
    Chapter 33. Traditional Medicine Stability and Pharmacokinetic Issue
    Chapter 34. Pharmacovigilance: Methods in developing the safety and acceptability of traditional medicines
    Chapter 35. Zoopharmacognosy (Plant-Animal Interaction)
    Chapter 36. Significance of Stability and Pharmacokinetic issues in Traditional Medicine
    Chapter 37. Pharmaceutical Formulations Development Based on the Polymers Obtained from Edible Plants: An Excellent Approach for the Betterment in Health Care Services
    Chapter 38. Evaluation of bioactivity of green nanoparticles synthesized from traditionally used medicinal plants: a review
    Chapter 39. Physicochemical, Micromeritics, Biomedical and Pharmaceutical Applications of Assam Bora Rice Starch
    Chapter 40. Natural Excipients in Pharmaceutical Formulations
    Chapter 41. A Wonder Plant Withania: Pharmacological and Chemical Perspectives
    Chapter 42. Immunomodulators and Phyto Drugs
    Chapter 43. Combined Effects of Plant Extracts on Ovarian Cell Functioning
    Chapter 44. Pterocarpussantalinus: A Wonder Gift of Nature
    Chapter 45. Phytochemicals And Investigations On Traditionally Used Medicinal Mushrooms
    Chapter 46. A Review On Investigational Studies Of Marine Macroalgae Spogomorpha Indica L
    Chapter 47. Validation of Traditional Claim of Oxalis debilis Kunth., An Ethnomedicinal Plant from North-eastern Region of India
    Chapter 48. Traditional Herbal Medicine Practiced in Plateau-Fringe and Rarh Districts of West Bengal, India
    Chapter 49. Pharmacology and Mechanisms of Natural Medicine in Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
    Chapter 50. Indian Traditional Herbs and Alzheimer's Disease: Integrating Ethnobotany and Phytotherapy. .
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ronald H.M.A. Bartels, Maroeska M. Rovers, Gert P. Westert, editors.
    Summary: This book covers spinal, cranial and peripheral nerve surgeries. Each chapter has a uniform format for ease of reading, including a description of the problem, a literature summary and analysis, and conclusions made using evidence-based medicine (including the GRADE method). The scientific evidence for a selection of neurosurgical procedures for well-known pathologic entities is thoroughly summarized and analysed in order to provide an overview of the efficacy and effectiveness of procedures in relation to the target patient population. Evidence for Neurosurgery: Effective Procedures & Treatment is aimed at a professional audience of junior and consultant neurosurgeons, researchers in the area, and policy makers.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Jacqueline M. Loversidge, Joyce Zurmehly.
    Summary: "What happens in health policy at local, state, and federal levels directly affects patients, nurses, and nursing practice. Some healthcare professionals, though, are intimidated by the complex and often nonlinear policy process or simply don't know how to take the first step toward implementing policy change. In the second edition of Evidence-Informed Health Policy, authors Jacqueline M. Loversidge and Joyce Zurmehly demystify health policymaking and equip nurses and other healthcare professionals with the knowledge, tools, and confidence to navigate the first of many steps into health policy. This book translates the EBP language of clinical decision-making into an evidence-informed health policy (EIHP) model-a foundation for integrating evidence into health policymaking and leveraging dialogue with stakeholders. Readers will develop a stronger understanding of policymaking and its role within government, learn strategies for influencing policymakers, and help shape future healthcare policy that makes the best use of evidence. This new edition includes: Fresh perspectives on the use of evidence to inform smart health policy, learned knowledge of the COVID-19 pandemic and global crisis to more effectively strategize for sound policy informed by the best science, a new visual graphic representation of the EIHP Model with added descriptions of the EIHP process, and additional breadth and depth on policymaking theories and models"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    edited by Donatella Marazziti, Stephen M. Stahl.
    Contents:
    Evil, terrorism and psychiatry / Donatella Marazziti and Stephen M. Stahl
    To die to kill : suicide as a weapon. some historical antecedents of suicide terrorism / Stefano Salvatori and Donatella Marazziti
    The philosophy of hate and anger / Claudio Bonito and Guido Traversa
    Identity, alienation and violent radicalisation / Antonio Ventriglio and Dinesh Bhugra
    The mind of suicide terrorists / Donatella Marazzitti, Antonello Veltri and Armando Piccinni
    Psychopathology of terrorists / Armando Piccinni, Donatella Marazziti and Antonello Veltri
    Why is terrorism a man's business? / Anne Maria Moller-Leimkuhler
    Religion, violence, and the brain : a neuroethical perspective / Alberto Carrara
    Brain alterations potentially associated with aggression and terrorism / Bernhard Bogerts, Maria Schone, and Stephanie Breitschuh
    Political terrorism and affective polarization in "black" and "red" terrorists in Italy during the years 1968-1988 / Matteo Pacini and Icro Maremmani
    Conditions of life and death of psychiatric patients in France during world war II : euthanasia or collateral casualties? / Patrick Lemoine and Stephen M. Stahl
    Neuropsychiatric characteristics of antiterrorist operation combatants in the Donbass (Ukraine) / Konstantin N. Loganovsky, Natalia A. Zdanevich, Marina V. Gresko, Donatella Marazziti, and Tatiana K. Loganovskaja
    The international scenario of terrorism / Donato Marzano
    Identification and prevention of radicalisation. Practice and experiences with a multidisciplinary working model / Dorte Sestoft
    How to fight terrorism? Political and strategic aspects / Erich Vad.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Waclaw Tworzydlo, Szczepan M. Bilinski, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Theoretical background. 1. Reflections on model organisms in evolutionary developmental biology / Alan C. Love and Yoshinari Yoshida ; 2. Hourglass or twisted ribbon? / Peter K. Dearden ; 3. Ambulacrarians and the ancestry of deuterostome nervous systems / Laurent Formery, Michael Schubert, and Jenifer C. Croce
    Part II. New and emerging model systems in evo-devo research. 4. Oikopleura dioica : an emergent chordate model to study the impact of gene loss on the evolution of the mechanisms of development / Alfonso Ferrández-Roldán, Josep Martí-Solans, Cristian Cañestro, and Ricard Albalat ; 5. Neuropeptides, peptide hormones, and their receptors of a tunicate, Ciona intestinalis / Honoo Satake, Shin Matsubara, Akira Shiraishi, Tatsuya Yamamoto, Tomohiro Osugi, Tsubasa Sakai, and Tsuyoshi Kawada ; 6. Emergence of embryo shape during cleavage divisions / Alex McDougall, Janet Chenevert, Benoit G. Godard, and Remi Dumollard ; 7. Sex determination, sexual development, and sex change in slipper snails / Maryna P. Lesoway and Jonathan Q. Henry ; 8. The cricket Gryllus bimaculatus : techniques for quantitative and functional genetic analyses of cricket biology / Arpita Kulkarni and Cassandra G. Extavour ; 9. The rove beetle Creophilus maxillosus as a model system to study asymmetric division, oocyte specification, and the germ-somatic cell signaling / Malgorzata Kloc ; 10. Cell biology of the tardigrades : current knowledge and perspectives / K. Ingemar Jönsson, Ingvar Holm, and Helena Tassidis ; 11. Development of Xenoturbellida / Hiroaki Nakano ; 12. Cellular and molecular mechanisms of hydra regeneration / Puli Chandramouli Reddy, Akhila Gungi, and Manu Unni ; 13. Paramecium biology / Judith Van Houten
    Part III. Evo-devo in comparative context. 14. Insights into germline development and differentiation in molluscs and reptiles : the use of molecular markers in the study of non-model animals / Liliana Milani and Maria Gabriella Maurizii ; 15. Molecular markers in the study of non-model vertebrates : their significant contributions to the current knowledge of tetrapod glial cells and fish olfactory neurons / Simone Bettini, Maurizio Lazzari, and Valeria Franceschini ; 16. Embryogenesis of marsupial frogs (Hemiphractidae), and the changes that accompany terrestrial development in frogs / Eugenia M. del Pino ; 17. Evolution and regulation of limb regeneration in arthropods / Yuichiro Suzuki, Jacquelyn Chou, Sarah L. Garvey, Victoria R. Wang, and Katherine O. Yanes ; 18. Viviparity in two closely related epizoic dermapterans relies on disparate modifications of reproductive systems and embryogenesis / Szczepan M. Bilinski, Mariusz K. Jaglarz, and Waclaw Tworzydlo ; 19. Morphology of ovaries and oogenesis in chelicerates / Izabela Jędrzejowska ; 20. Reproduction, gonad structure, and oogenesis in tardigrades / Izabela Poprawa and Kamil Janelt ; 21. Architecture and life history of female germ-line cysts in clitellate annelids / Piotr Świątek and Anna Z. Urbisz.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Graham A.W. Rook, Christopher A. Lowry, editors.
    Summary: This edited collection of 12 chapters by research workers from a wide range of disciplines resolves the confusion that currently surrounds the "hygiene hypothesis" by considering the human need for exposure to microorganisms from an evolutionary point of view. The book explains why we evolved a requirement for exposure to microbiota from our mothers, from other people, and from the natural environment. It also explains the physiological roles of these exposures, what goes wrong when the exposures are distorted and how human lifestyles and activities, including degradation of the natural environment, are leading to this distortion. Particular attention is given to the range of pathologies associated with inappropriate microbial exposures and inappropriate colonization, including immunoregulatory problems such as allergies and autoimmunity, metabolic problems such as obesity and diabetes, and problems of central nervous system function and neurodegeneration. This book is of profound relevance to most medical disciplines, but also to those concerned with preserving the natural environment and with developing healthier urbanisation.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. From observing children in traditional upbringing to concepts of health
    Chapter 2. Human evolution, microorganisms, socioeconomic status and reconciling necessary microbial exposures with essential hygiene
    Chapter 3. Biodiversity, microbiomes, and human health
    Chapter 4. Regulation of host immunity by the gut microbiota
    Chapter 5. The gut microbiota and host metabolism
    Chapter 6. The impacts of the microbiota on animal development and physiology
    Chapter 7. The development of the gut microbiota in childhood, and its distortion by lifestyle changes
    Chapter 8. Distortion of the microbiota of the natural environment by human activities
    Chapter 9. The nature and functions of vertebrate skin microbiota
    Chapter 10. The influence of the microbiota on brain structure and function: Implications for stress-related neuropsychiatric disorders
    Chapter 11. Neurodegenerative diseases and the gut microbiota
    Chapter 12. Clinical application of the biodiversity hypothesis in the management of allergic disorders. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA776.5 .E86 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Pierre Pontarotti, editor.
    Summary: This book presents 15 selected contributions to the 22nd Evolutionary Biology Meeting, which took place in September 2018 in Marseille. They are grouped under the following major themes: · Origin of Life · Concepts and Methods · Genome and Phenotype Evolution The aims of these annual meetings in Marseille are to bring together leading evolutionary biologists and other scientists who employ evolutionary biology concepts, e.g. for medical research, and to promote the exchange of ideas and encourage interdisciplinary collaborations. Offering an up-to-date overview of recent advances in the field of evolutionary biology, this book represents an invaluable source of information for scientists, teachers and advanced students.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Origin of Life; 1 A Non-paradoxical Pathway for the Chemical Evolution Toward the Most Primitive RNA-Based Life-like System; 1.1 Importance of the RNA World Hypothesis for the Origin-of-Life Problem; 1.2 Drawbacks Regarding the RNA World Hypothesis; 1.2.1 RNA-Based Life-like System Involving Both Information and Metabolism Machineries; 1.2.2 Compartmentalization for the RNA-Based Life-like System; 1.2.3 Importance of Additional Functions to the Self-replication of RNA; 1.3 Two-Gene Hypothesis; 1.4 Experimental Techniques Simulating the Hadean Earth Environments 1.4.1 Compatibility with the Hadean Earth Environments1.4.2 Hydrothermal Flow Reactor Systems; 1.4.3 Other Methods on Extreme Conditions; 1.5 Chemical Evolution of Proteins and RNA Under the Hadean Earth Environments; 1.5.1 Protein-like Molecules; 1.5.2 RNA; 1.5.3 High-Temperature Origin of Life; 1.6 Conclusions; References; 2 Formation of Nucleosides and Nucleotides in Chemical Evolution; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Formation of Nucleobases; 2.3 Formation and Conformation of Ribose; 2.4 Formation of Nucleosides and Nucleotides; 2.5 Concluding Remarks; References 3 The First Universal Common Ancestor (FUCA) as the Earliest Ancestor of LUCA's (Last UCA) Lineage3.1 Historical Background; 3.1.1 The Lineage of LUCA; 3.1.2 LUCA and the Viruses; 3.2 Life Versus Biological Systems; 3.2.1 Origins Versus Emergence; 3.3 Biological Systems are Chemical Translators; 3.3.1 The Molecular Establishment of the Genetic Code; 3.3.2 The Anatomy of Ribosomes; 3.4 FUCA Is Born at the Proto-PTC; 3.5 The Maturation of FUCA; 3.6 Conclusions; References; Concepts and Methods; 4 Repeatability and Predictability in Experimental Evolution; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Factors Limiting Predictability in Experimental Evolution4.2.1 Historical Contingency and Determinism in Experimental Evolution; 4.2.2 Influence of Genetic Background; 4.2.3 Environmental Influence; 4.2.4 Complexity and Diversity in Experimental Evolution; 4.2.5 Relevance to Natural Populations; 4.3 Causes of Repeated Experimental Evolution; 4.4 Potential for Forecasting on Different Biological Levels; 4.4.1 Prediction of Fitness; 4.4.2 Prediction of Phenotypes; 4.4.3 Origin of Adaptive Mutants; 4.4.4 Prediction of Mutational Effects 4.4.5 Conclusion-Desired Properties of Model Systems for Forecasting Experimental EvolutionReferences; 5 RetroSpect, a New Method of Measuring Gene Regulatory Evolution Rates Using Co-mapping of Genomic Functional Features with Transposable Elements; 5.1 Background; 5.2 Methods; 5.2.1 Quantitative Metrics of Genes and Pathways Regulatory Evolution; 5.2.2 Extraction and Quantitation of RE-Specific TFBS; 5.2.3 Evolutionary Age of REs; 5.2.4 Gene Enrichment by RE-Linked TFBS; 5.2.5 Pathway Enrichment by RE-Linked TFBS; 5.2.6 Specific Cell Line Distribution Patterns of RE-Linked TFBS
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Georg Glaeser, Werner Nachtigall.
    Summary: With spectacular large-format images complemented by scientifically grounded, yet easy-to-read, explanatory texts, Georg Glaeser and Werner Nachtigall take you on an exciting journey through the fascinating world of macrostructures - small structures in nature that fulfill specific functions. This book will pique your curiosity about a secret world known only to a few by presenting an impressive range of evolutionary mechanisms, from shrimps "tail flips" to the adhesive pads of gecko setae and the implementation of biological structures in the field of bionics. The book can be read in any fashion you please - the cross-references make it easy to jump across the sections, which are largely self-contained and discuss various highlights of the evolutionary process.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Table of contents; 1. Shape, Movement, Lever; Morphological structures; Flexible shells and levers; Spiral twisting; Protected as a ball; Ants in interaction; Stiffening under internal pressure; Distending and extending apparatuses; Extendable stalks; Seeing in the macro world; Hydraulics in spider legs; Active and passive growth; Hinge joints and ball-and-socket joints; Leg-flexing; Kinematic chains; Sling jaw; Click mechanism and stings; The joint system of insect antennae; 2. Sticking, Filtering, Drilling; Adhesion apparatuses; Sticky spider webs; Sticky sundew droplets Coupling mechanisms; Predetermined breaking points; Digging shovels; "Sand shoes"; Brushes; Pollen-gathering with abdomen and legs; Pollen-gathering with pollen baskets; Dust filters and sealing strips; Traps and filters; Earth drillers; Mobile ovipositors and stings; 3. Gripping, Stretching, Folding; Gripping devices; Pincers; Injection syringes and cannulas; Apparatuses for gripping and scraping; Barb Systems; Springs and bolts; Stretching space; Membrane constructions; Folding mechanisms; 4. Signaling, Swimming, Flying, Exploding; Light organs and signal flags; Surface tension (1) Flutter stability and tensile strength6. Packaging, Primordia, Unfolding Mechanisms; Packaging; Casing of mericarp fruits and seeds; Casing (2); Unfolding mechanisms; Pre-fabricated structures; Pollination Mechanisms (1); Pollination Mechanisms (2); Environmental sensors; Antennae; Dragonflies
    world champion maneuverers; 7. Brave New World; Lateral torsional buckling in Strelitzia blossoms; The anteater's claw; The pectoral fins of large rays; Fin edges and the kickback principle; Superhydrophobia ... ; ... and the Salvinia Paradox; Corrosion-resistant sandfish scales; The famous lotus effect Surface tension (2)Flow adaptation; The swiftest predators under water; Propulsion Apparatuses; Swimming with paddle fins; Parachutes and Gliders; Wing cascades and slats; Explosion mechanisms; Powder dispensers; Cocoons; Hanging by a thread; 5. Storage, Constructions, Building materials; Botanical traps for animals; Water reservoirs; Clay constructions; Protective shells; Chitin as a building material; Stockwork and frame construction; Bone constructions (1); Bone constructions (2); Lightweight constructions in the plant world; Above-ground constructions in the plant world The elephant's trunk ... and a cutting-edge technical gripper arm; Remarks on the pictures of the chapter headings; Select Bibliography; Index
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Christian Foth, Oliver W.M. Rauhut, editors.
    Summary: Feathers are one of the most unique characteristics of modern birds and represent the most complex and colourful type of skin derivate within vertebrates, while also fulfilling various biological roles, including flight, thermal insulation, display, and sensory function. For years it was generally assumed that the origin of flight was the main driving force for the evolution of feathers. However, various discoveries of dinosaur species with filamentous body coverings, made over the past 20 years, have fundamentally challenged this idea and produced new evolutionary scenarios for the origin of feathers. This book is devoted to the origin and evolution of feathers, and highlights the impact of palaeontology on this research field by reviewing a number of spectacular fossil discoveries that document the increasing morphological complexity along the evolutionary path to modern birds. Also featuring chapters on fossil feather colours, feather development and its genetic control, the book offers a timely and comprehensive overview of this popular research topic.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction to the morphology, development, and ecology of feathers
    2. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of feather development provide a basis for diverse evolution of feather forms
    3. The origin of birds: current consensus, controversy, and the occurrence of feathers
    4. Integumentary structures in Kulindadromeus zabaikalicus, a basal neornithischian dinosaur from the Jurassic of Siberia
    5. Filamentous integuments in non-avialan theropods and their kin: advances and future perspectives for understanding the evolution of feathers
    6. Two of a feather: A comparison of the preserved integument in the juvenile theropod dinosaurs Sciurumimus and Juravenator from the Kimmeridgian Torleite Formation of southern Germany
    7. Feather evolution in Pennaraptora
    8. The feathers of the Jurassic Urvogel Archaeopteryx
    9. The plumage of basal birds
    10. A morphological review of the enigmatic elongated tail feathers of stem birds
    11. Review on color patterns of fossil feathers
    12. On the ancestry of feathers in Mesozoic dinosaurs.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hubert-Jean Ceccaldi, Yves Hénocque, Teruhisa Komatsu, Patrick Prouzet, Benoit Sautour, Jiro Yoshida, editors.
    Summary: Coastal and estuarine environments at the interface of terrestrial and marine areas are among the most productive in the world. However, since the beginning of the industrial era, these ecosystems have been subjected to strong anthropogenic pressures intensified from the second half of the 20th century, when there was a marked acceleration in the warming (climate change) of the continents, particularly at high latitudes. Coastal ecosystems are highly vulnerable to alteration of their physical, chemical and biological characteristics (marine intrusion, acidification of marine environments, changes in ecosystems, evolution and artificialization of the coastline, etc.). In contact with heavily populated areas, these environments are often the receptacle of a lot of chemical and biological pollution sources that significantly diminish their resilience. In this context of accelerated evolution and degradation of these areas important for food security of many populations around the world, it is necessary to better identify the factors of pressure and understand, at different scales of observation, their effects and impacts on the biodiversity and on the socio-eco-systems, in order to determine the degree of vulnerability of these coastal ecosystems and the risks they face. A transdisciplinary and integrated approach is required to prevent risks. Within this framework, operational coastal oceanography occupies an important place but also the implementation of a true socio-eco-system approach in order to set up an environmentally friendly development. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Introductory Communications
    Chapter 1. Our Future and The Oceans
    Chapter 2. General guidelines for future exchanges in marine science and technology between the two Sociétés franco-japonaises dOcéanographie
    Part II: Identification and Analysis of Environmental Stressors
    Chapter 3. The Japan Sea: a changing Pacific Asian marginal sea
    Chapter 4. Statistical analysis of surface circulation in Sagami Bay using High Frequency(HF)Radar
    Chapter 5. Statistical analysis of high frequency pCO2 data acquired with the Astan buoy (Southern Western English Channel, off Roscoff)
    Chapter 6. Spatial variation in pCO2 based on 16 years of in-situ measurements in the Seto Inland Sea, Japan
    Chapter 7. The Bay of Seine: a resilient socio-eco-system under cumulative pressures
    Chapter 8. Effect of bacterial infection on the expression of stress proteins and antioxidative enzymes in Japanese flounder
    Part III: Impacts on Socio-Eco-Systems and Biological Resources
    Chapter 9. A Review of the Effects of Global Warming and Currents Trends on Fisheries and its Impact on Important Commercial Species in Japan
    Chapter 10. Physiology of winter coral bleaching in temperate zone
    Chapter 11. Preliminary report of impacts of the 2011 earthquake and tsunami and subsequent events on macrobenthic community in a shallow brackish lagoon in Sendai Bay, Japan
    Chapter 12. Post-tsunami oyster feeding environment in Nagatsuraura Bay for three years
    Chapter 13. Seagrass-oyster farmers interaction detected by eelgrass DNA analysis in Hinase area of the Seto Inland Sea, Japan
    Chapter 14. Fisheries Biology of Blue Sharks in Sagami Bay, Japan
    Part IV: Vulnerability of Coastal Ecosystems and Risk Assessment
    Chapter 15. Temperature and salinity changes in coastal waters of Western Europe: variability, trends and extreme events
    Chapter 16. Risk Based Consenting of Offshore Renewable Energy Projects (RICORE)
    Chapter 17. Does global warming favour the occurrence of recent blue mussel mortality events in France?
    Chapter 18. Integrated ecosystem management for exploited coastal ecosystem dynamics under oligotrophication and climate changes
    Chapter 19. Forty years of decline and 10 years of management plan: are European eels (Anguilla anguilla) recovering?
    Chapter 20. The management of Mediterranean coastal habitats: a plea for a socio-ecosystem-based approach.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Elisabeth A. Murray, Steven P. Wise, Kim S. Graham.
    Summary: Current theories about human memory have been shaped by clinical observations and animal experiments. This doctrine holds that the medial temporal lobe subserves one memory system for explicit or declarative memories, while the basal ganglia subserves a separate memory system for implicit or procedural memories, including habits. Cortical areas outside the medial temporal lobe are said to function in perception, motor control, attention, or other aspects of executive function, but not in memory. The Evolution of Memory Systems' advances dramatically different ideas on all counts. It proposes that several memory systems arose during evolution and that they did so for the same general reason: to transcend problems and exploit opportunities encountered by specific ancestors at particular times and places in the distant past. Instead of classifying cortical areas in terms of mutually exclusive perception, executive, or memory functions, the authors show that all cortical areas contribute to memory and that they do so in their own ways-using specialized neural representations. The book also presents a proposal on the evolution of explicit memory. According to this idea, explicit (declarative) memory depends on interactions between a phylogenetically ancient navigation system and a representational system that evolved in humans to represent one's self and others. As a result, people embed representations of themselves into the events they experience and the facts they learn, which leads to the perception of participating in events and knowing facts.The Evolution of Memory Systems' is an important new work for students and researchers in neuroscience, psychology, and biology.

    Contents:
    Part I. Foundations of memory systems. 1. The history of memory systems ; 2. The history of the brain
    Part II. Architecture of vertebrate memory. 3. The reinforcement memory systems of early animals ; 4. The navigation memory system of early vertebrates ; 5. The biased-competition memory system of early mammals
    Part III. Primate augmentations. 6. The manual-foraging memory system of early primates ; 7. The feature memory system of anthropoids ; 8. The goal memory system of anthropoids
    Part IV. Hominin adaptations. 9. The goal and feature memory systems of hominins ; 10. The social-subjective memory system of hominins ; 11. The origin of explicit memory in hominins
    Part V. Deconstructing and reconstructing memory systems. 12. Deconstructing amnesia ; 13. Reconstructing memory's past.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Kensal E. van Holde, Jordanka Zlatanova.
    Summary: The Evolution of Molecular Biology: The Search for the Secrets of Life provides the historical knowledge behind techniques founded in molecular biology, also presenting an appreciation of how, and by whom, these discoveries were made. It deals with the evolution of intellectual concepts in the context of active research in an approachable language that accommodates readers from a variety of backgrounds. Each chapter contains a prologue and epilogue to create continuity and provide a complete framework of molecular biology. This foundational work also functions as a historical and conceptual supplement to many related courses in biochemistry, biology, chemistry, genetics and history of science. In addition, the book demonstrates how the roots of discovery and advances-and an individual's own research-have grown out of the history of the field, presenting a more complete understanding and context for scientific discovery.

    Contents:
    Beginnings
    The Origins of Biochemistry
    The Chemical Structure of Proteins
    Proteins in Three Dimensions
    The Origins of Genetics
    Nucleic Acids
    The Great Synthesis
    How DNA is Replicated
    The Central Dogma
    The Genetic Code
    Gene to Protein: The Whole Path
    Eukaryotes Pose New Problems
    Development and Differentiation
    Recombinant DNA: The Next Revolution
    Understanding Whole Genomes: Creating New Paradigms
    Whole Genomes and Evolution
    Practical Applications of Recombinant DNA Technologies
    Appendix: Nobel Prize Laureates That Have Contributed to the Development of Molecular Biology.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Wolfgang Seeger.
    Summary: The main focus of this book is on providing students, neurosurgery trainees, certified neurosurgeons and colleagues in neighbouring disciplines essential information on the evolution of the central nervous system (CNS) of craniata and homo. Therefore the book is divided in three parts: Part I is describing the evolution of CNS of craniata (starting 800 million of years ago). Part II is explaining in detail the exceptional position of the human encephalon. Part III is discussing maturity and immaturity of all parts of CNS of craniatas and the consequences concerning further development of brain structure and psychological functions. In all parts anatomical fundamentals are presented in the form of didactic and self-explanatory illustrations. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Part I: Evolution of Craniata and Homo; Part II: Exceptional Position of the Human Encephalon; Part III: Morphologic Maturity and Immaturity; Contents; Part I: Evolution of Craniata and Homo;
    1: Chronological Survey;
    2: Ontogenetic and Phylogenetic Basis; 2.1 Survey (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4); 2.2 Details (Figs. 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, and 2.12);
    3: Comparative Morphology of the Adult Central Nervous System of Craniata; 3.1 Pisces (Figs. 3.1 and 3.2); 3.2 Amphibia (Fig. 3.3); 3.3 Reptilia and Aves (Both Together: Sauropsides) (Fig. 3.4) 3.4 Mammalia (Figs. 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, and 3.10)Part II: Exceptional Position of the Human Encephalon;
    4: Telencephalon, Survey;
    5: Diencephalon, Mesencephalon, Rhombencephalon, Cerebellum: Survey;
    6: Telencephalon: Details; 6.1 Definition of Telencephalic Fiber Systems and Gyri: Introduction; 6.1.1 Gyrification and U-Fibers (Figs. 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, and 6.5); 6.1.2 Association Fibers (Figs. 6.6, 6.7, and 6.8): Anatomical Fiber Dissections; 6.1.3 Projection Fibers (Figs. 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15, and 6.16) 6.1.3.1 Intratelencephalic Projection System (Corpus Callosum): Survey (Figs. 6.9 and 6.10)6.1.3.2 Corpus Callosum and Extra-Intratelencephalic Systems (Corona Radiata) (Figs. 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15, and 6.16);
    7: Diencephalon, Mesencephalon, and Rhombencephalon: Details; 7.1 Topography (Figs. 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4); 7.2 Fiber Connections (Figs. 7.5, 7.6, and 7.7);
    8: Transectional Planes of Rhombencephalon (Medulla Oblongata, Pons) and Mesencephalon; 8.1 Topography (Figs. 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, and 8.7); 8.2 Fiber Connections (Figs. 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11)
    9: Cranial Nerves9.1 Principles of the Embryonic Developments: Survey (Fig. 9.1); 9.2 Cranial Nerves: Details (Figs. 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 9.11, and 9.12); Part III: Morphologic Maturity and Immaturity;
    10: Recent Neocortex; 10.1 Neocortical Areas (Figs. 10.1, 10.2, and 10.3); 10.2 Paleoanthropological Aspects (Figs. 10.4 and 10.5); Bibliography; Further Readings
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    John Montgomery and David Bodznick.
    Summary: Uses an evolutionary perspective to open up the exciting body of work that is cerebellar research to a wide audience. Understanding the brain is of interest to many people, from many different backgrounds, and for many different reasons. Therefore, understanding cerebellum is a significant step towards the wider challenge of understanding the brain.

    Contents:
    Introduction to the cerebellar sense of self
    Cerebellar sense of self and sense of agency
    Cerebellum as a neuronal machine : the cerebellar 'chip'
    Self and other in sensory systems : the cerebellum-like structure in sharks
    From cerebellum-like to cerebellum : evolution by duplication?
    How does the cerebellum work? Model systems: compensating for self-movement (vestibulo-ocular reflex), predictive motor learning (eye blink reflex), voluntary goal-directed behaviour (saccades), and action and reaction
    Adaptive filter as the basis for cerebellar function and versatility
    A history of cerebellum research : science, scientists, and the competition of ideas and evidence
    Learning from the cerebellum : applications for rehabilitation, sports, and technology
    General conclusion.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Michel A. Hofman.
    Summary: "Evolution of the Human Brain: From Matter to Mind, Volume 250 in the Progress in Brain Research, series documents the latest developments and insights about the origin and evolution of the human brain and mind. Specific sections in this new release include Evolution and development of the human cerebral cortex, Functional connectivity of the human cerebral cortex, Lateralization of the human cerebral cortex, Life history strategies and the human cerebral cortex, Evolution of the modern human brain, On the nature and evolution of the human mind, Origin and evolution of human cognition, Origin and evolution of human consciousness, and more."--publisher's web page, viewed November 7, 2019.

    Contents:
    Preface / Michel A. Hofman
    Section I: Molecular and cellular mechanisms of human brain evolution. Chapter 1. Genetics of human brain evolution / Eric J. Vallender
    Chapter 2. Genetic diversity underlying behavioral plasticity in human adaptation / Amy L. Bauernfeind, Courtney C. Babbitt
    Section II: Cerebral cortex: neural organization and functional connectivity. Chapter 3. The origin and evolution of neocortex: from early mammals to modern humans / Jon H. Kaas
    Chapter 4. Allometry, evolution and development of neocortex size in mammals / Jeroen B. Smaers, Carrie S. Mongle, Kamran Safi, Dina K.N. Dechmann
    Chapter 5. Neurodevelopmental disorders of the prefrontal cortex in an evolutionary context / Branka Hrvoj-Mihic, Katerina Semendeferi
    Chapter 6. The human connectome from an evolutionary perspective / Dirk Jan Ardesch, Lianne H. Scholtens, Martijn P. van den Heuvel
    Chapter 7. Evolution of cerebral asymmetry / Michael C. Corballis
    Chapter 8. Life history changes accompany increased numbers of cortical neurons: a new framework for understanding human brain evolution / Suzana Herculano-Houzel
    Section III: Origin and evolution of the human mind. Chapter 9. Evolution of the modern human brain / Amélie Beaudet, Andrew Du, Bernard Wood
    Chapter 10. On the nature and evolution of the human mind / Michel A. Hofman
    Chapter 11. Origin and evolution of human cognition / Gerhard Roth, Ursula Dicke
    Chapter 12. Origin and evolution of human consciousness / Franco Fabbro, Damiano Cantone, Susanna Feruglio, Cristiano Crescentini
    Chapter 13. Origin and evolution of human speech: emergence from a trimodal auditory, visual and vocal network / Maëva Michon, Vladimir López, Francisco Aboitiz.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Jennifer A. Clack, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Vertebrate Diversity in a Sensory System: The Fossil Record of Otic Evolution
    Actinopterygians: The Ray-Finned Fishes, an Explosion of Diversity
    Sarcopterygians: From Lobe-Finned Fishes to the Tetrapod Stem Group
    Early Tetrapods: Experimenting with Form and Function
    Nonmammalian Synapsids: The Beginning of the Mammal Line
    Evolution of the Middle and Inner Ears of Mammaliaforms: The Approach to Mammals
    Evolution of the Ear of Mammals: From Monotremes to Humans
    Basal Reptilians, Marine Diapsids, and Turtles: The Flowering of Reptile Diversity
    The Lepidosaurian Ear: Variations on a Theme
    Archosaurs and their Kin: The Ruling Reptiles
    Amphibia: A Case of Diversity and Convergence in the Auditory Region.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Michael C. Brodsky.
    Summary: This text is a comprehensive collection and discussion of scientific essays that define the pathogenesis of common forms of pediatric strabismus and nystagmus in terms of their common evolutionary mechanisms. The goal of this book is to assemble these essays, to provide a definitive source for current clinicians to use along with follow up comments to help direct future scientific research in the field of pediatric ophthalmology. This book includes 20 original essays written by Michael C. Brodsky which mechanistically explain and unify such enigmatic conditions such as infantile esotropia, latent nystagmus, primary oblique muscle overreaction action, dissociated vertical divergence, infantile nystagmus, and intermittent exotropia in terms of ancestral evolutionary reflexes which become expressed in different ways to generate these disorders. This collection of essays is poised to become a classic reference, providing the necessary neurological framework for contextualizing unique ocular motor disorder and understanding the evolutionary mechanisms responsible for their development in early childhood. Written with focused interest for pediatric ophthalmologists and neuro-ophthalmologists, this reference will also find audience with ophthalmologists, neurologists, evolutionary biologists, and neuroscientists.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: Dissociated Vertical Divergence: A Righting Reflex Gone Wrong
    Chapter 3: DVD Remains a Moving Target
    Chapter 4: Primary Inferior Oblique Overaction: The Brain Throws a Wild Pitch
    Chapter 5: Do You Really Need Your Oblique Muscles? Adaptations and Exaptations
    Chapter 6: Latent Nystagmus: Vestibular Nystagmus with a Twist
    Chapter 7: Dissociated Vertical Divergence: Perceptual Consequences of the Human Dorsal Light Reflex
    Chapter 8: Visuo-Vestibular Eye Movements: Infantile Nystagmus in Three Dimensions
    Chapter 9: Does Infantile Esotropia Arise from a Dissociated Deviation
    Chapter 10: The Lizard's Tail: An Ocular Allegory
    Chapter 11: The Accessory Optic System: The Fugitive Visual Control System in Infantile Strabismus
    Chapter 12: The Optokinetic Cover Test: Subcortical Optokinesis in Infantile Esotropia
    Chapter 13: An Expanded View of Infantile Esotropia: Bottoms Up!
    Chapter 14: A Unifying Neurologic Mechanism for Infantile Nystagmus
    Chapter 15: An Optokinetic Clue to the Pathogenesis of Infantile Esotropia
    Chapter 16: Intermittent Exotropia and Accommodative Esotropia: Two Ends of a Spectrum?
    Chapter 17: Is Infantile Esotropia Subcortical in Origin?
    Chapter 18: Phoria Adaptation: The Ghost in the Machine
    Chapter 19: Monocular Nasotemporal Asymmetry: Unravelling the Mystery
    Chapter 20: Intermittent Exotropia: A Deficit in Phoria Adaptation?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Cara M. Wall-Scheffler, Helen K. Kurki, Benjamin M. Auerbach.
    Summary: "Lately, a number of interesting and innovative investigations have started to approach the pelvis and pelvic variation from different perspectives, including developmental, demographic and phylogenetic, as well as functional from the perspectives of tasks other than unloaded, level walking, like burden transport and a combination of arboreality and terrestriality. Additionally, as technology improves, we have begun the vast task of actually quantifying the variation of this complex three-dimensional shape and comparing across and between populations. All of these different studies - functional, morphological, developmental - offer important clues towards a better understanding of hominin evolution, sexual dimorphism, morphological modularity and development constraints. In this volume, people at the forefront of work on the pelvis will process and expand our knowledge in order to explain the evolutionary mechanisms acting on hominin pelvic morphology"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Robert Jack, Louis Du Pasquier.
    Summary: Immunology is a nodal subject that links many areas of biology. It permeates the biosciences, and also plays crucial roles in diagnosis and therapy in areas of clinical medicine ranging from the control of infectious and autoimmune diseases to tumour therapy. Monoclonal antibodies and small molecule modulators of immunity are major factors in the pharmaceutical industry and now constitute a multi billion dollar business. Students in these diverse areas are frequently daunted by the complexity of immunology and the astonishing array of unusual mechanisms that go to make it up. Starting from Dobzhanskys famous slogan, "Nothing in biology makes sense except in the light of evolution", this book will serve to illuminate how evolutionary forces shaped immunity and thus provide an explanation for how many of its counter intuitive oddities arose. By doing so it will provide a conceptual framework on which students may organise the rapidly growing flood of immunological knowledge.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: What makes evolution tick?
    Chapter 2: Immunity
    the unicellular to metazoan transition
    Chapter 3: Innate immunity
    Chapter 4: The triumph of individualism: evolution of somatically generated adaptive immune systems
    Chapter 5: The other side of the arms race
    Chapter 6: Postface.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    L. Nuno de la Rosa, G.B. Müller, editors.
    Summary: This reference work provides an comprehensive and easily accessible source of information on numerous aspects of Evolutionary Developmental Biology. The work provides an extended overview on the current state of the art of this interdisciplinary and dynamic scientific field. The work is organized in thematic sections, referring to the specific requirements and interests in each section in far detail. Evolutionary Developmental Biology A Reference Guide is intended to provide a resource of knowledge for researchers engaged in evolutionary biology, developmental biology, theoretical biology, philosophy of sciences and history of biology.

    Contents:
    Key Concepts in evo-Devo/Theoretical Issues in evo-Devo
    Philosophy of evo-Devo
    History of evo-Devo
    Extensions of evo-Devo
    Evolution of Development
    Developmental Mechanisms of Evolution
    Populational Mechanisms of Developmental Evolution
    Methods in evo-Devo Biology
    Macroevolutionary Patterns
    Evo-Devo by Phenotype: evo-Devo of Organs and Body Parts
    Evo-Devo by Phenotype: evo-Devo of Tissues and Cell Types
    Plant evo-Devo
    Animal evo-Devo
    Vertebrate evo-Devo
    Invertebrate evo-Devo.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jeremy J. Burdon, Anna-Liisa Laine.
    Summary: This volume sits at the cross-roads of a number of areas of scientific interest that, in the past, have largely kept themselves separate - agriculture, forestry, population genetics, ecology, conservation biology, genomics and the protection of plant genetic resources. Yet these areas also have a lot of common interests and increasingly these independent lines of inquiry are tending to coalesce into a more comprehensive view of the complexity of plant-pathogen associations and their ecological and evolutionary dynamics. This interdisciplinary source provides a comprehensive overview of this changing situation by identifying the role of pathogens in shaping plant populations, species and communities, tackling the issue of the increasing importance of invasive and newly emerging diseases and giving broader recognition to the fundamental importance of the influence of space and time (as manifest in the metapopulation concept) in driving epidemiological and co-evolutionary trajectories.

    Contents:
    The diverse and ubiquitous nature of pathogens
    Environment as a determinant of pathogen incidence, abundance and evolution
    Genetics of host plant resistance and pathogen infectivity and aggressiveness
    Sources and patterns of variation in plant pathogens
    Demographic and genetic processes in host and pathogen populations
    Coevolutionary dynamics in a metapopulation context
    Coevolutionary and host and pathogen life-histories
    Effect of pathogens on plant community dynamics
    Future developments.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Alexandra Alvergne, Crispin Jenkinson, Charlotte Faurie, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1: Applying evolutionary thinking in medicine: an introduction
    Chapter 2: "Foetal-maternal conflicts" and adverse outcomes in human pregnancies
    Chapter 3: Obstructed labour: the classic obstetric dilemma and beyond
    Chapter 4: Bottle feeding: the impact on postpartum depression, birth spacing and autism
    Chapter 5: Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
    Chapter 6: The Developmental Origins of Health and Disease: adaptation reconsidered
    Chapter 7: Is calculus relevant to survival? Managing the evolutionary novelty of modern education
    Chapter 8: Binge eating, Disinhibition and obesity
    Chapter 9: Evolutionary aspects of the dietary omega-6/omega-3 fatty acid ratio: medical implications
    Chapter 10: Evolutionary paradigms in cardiology: the case of chronic heart failure
    Chapter 11: Evolutionary imprints on cardiovascular physiology and pathophysiology
    Chapter 12: Darwinian Strategies to Avoid the Evolution of Drug Resistance During Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 13: Why chemotherapy does not work: cancer genome evolution and the illusion of oncogene addiction
    Chapter 14: Evolution, Infection, and Cancer
    Chapter 15: Microbes, Parasites and Immune diseases
    Chapter 16: Evolutionary principles and Host Defense
    Chapter 17: Helminth immunoregulation and Multiple Sclerosis treatment
    Chapter 18: Inflammaging and its role in ageing and age-related diseases
    Chapter 19: Dementias of the Alzheimer type: views through the lens of evolutionary biology suggest amyloid-driven brain aging is balanced against host defence
    Chapter 20: The Evolutionary Etiologies of Autism Spectrum and Psychotic-Affective Spectrum Disorders
    Chapter 21: Why are humans vulnerable to Alzheimer's Disease?
    Chapter 22: Evolutionary approaches to depression: prospects and limitations
    Chapter 23: The ups and downs of placebos. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Hitoshi Yoshiji, Kosuke Kaji.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest developments in the diagnosis and treatment of liver cirrhosis, including molecular mechanisms and therapeutic strategies. It elaborates on and explores the relation between chronic liver disease (CLD) and its causes, including viral hepatitis, steatohepatitis, autoimmune liver diseases and/or inherited liver diseases, and sustained liver injury. Furthermore, it discusses various complications such as hepatic encephalopathy, ascites, sarcopenia, esophagogastric varices, muscle cramps and pruritus, and the fact that it frequently leads to the development of hepatocellular carcinoma. CLD is becoming a growing issue with substantial effects on public health, and Evolving Landscape in Management of Liver Cirrhosis provides scholars in gastroenterology and hepatology with invaluable insights. At the same time, it is a valuable resource for clinicians specializing in gastroenterology and hepatology as well as for researchers who are curious about new research on liver disease.

    Contents:
    Liver cirrhosis with steatohepatitis-ASH and NASH
    Liver cirrhosis with autoimmune liver diseases-AIH and PBC
    Diagnostic imaging in liver cirrhosis
    Liver cirrhosis with inherited liver diseases-hemochromatosis
    Liver cirrhosis with inherited liver diseases-Wilson disease
    Nutrition in liver cirrhosis
    Microbiome in liver cirrhosis
    Hepatic encephalopathy in liver cirrhosis
    Hepatic ascites in liver cirrhosis
    Sarcopenia in liver cirrhosis
    Esophagogastric varices in liver cirrhosis
    Muscle cramps in liver cirrhosis
    Management of pruritus in liver cirrhosis
    Prevention of hepatocarcinogenesis in liver cirrhosis
    Antifibrotic therapy for liver cirrhosis
    Liver transplantation for liver cirrhosis
    Regenerative therapy for liver cirrhosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Amir R. Aref, David Barbie, editors.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to Ex Vivo Cancer Models
    2. Patient-derived Xenografts in Oncology
    3.Organoid Culture: Applications in Development and Cancer
    4. Microfluidics and future of cancer diagnostics
    5. Advancing techniques and insights in circulating tumor cell (CTC) research
    6. The Cancer Secretome
    7. An overview of the tumor microenvironments and future of cancer therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Summary: Examination preparation and subject review for USMLE Step 1 (9000+ questions), USMLE Step 2 (5000+ questions), USMLE Step 3 (3000+ questions), and PANCE (1200+ questions) among others. Certification Review aids cover Family Practice, General Pediatrics, General Surgery, Internal Medicine, Obstetrics and Gynecology, and SPEX. Students can create self-study exams in a variety of subjects.
    Digital Access Database
    Users must register with their Stanford.edu email at https://stanford.myexammaster.com and login via this link. Access is not IP restricted.
  • Digital
    Stephen Russell.
    Summary: "This book teaches the reader how to properly examine a patient with a suspected focal neuropathy. This instruction includes the pertinent anatomy of each peripheral nerve, clear photographs illustrating the muscular examination, and also discussion on how to approach localization and diagnosis. Because a strong foundation in anatomical relationships is paramount for examining patients with nerve injury, this is stressed in the text and by using numerous illustrations." --Excerpt from notes provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Median Nerve
    2. Ulnar Nerve
    3. Radial Nerve
    4. Brachial Plexus Anatomy
    5. Clinical Evaluation of the Brachial Plexus
    6. Sciatic Nerve
    7. Inguinal Complex of Nerves
    8. Lumbosacral Plexus.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Martin Caon.
    Summary: This second edition provides 2400 multiple choice questions on human anatomy and physiology, and some physical science, separated into 40 categories. The answer to each question is accompanied by an explanation. Each category has an introduction to set the scene for the questions to come. However, not all possible information is provided within these Introductions, so an Anatomy and Physiology textbook is an indispensable aid to understanding the answers. The questions have been used in end-of-semester examinations for undergraduate anatomy and physiology courses and as such reflect the focus of these particular courses and are pitched at this level to challenge students that are beginning their training in anatomy and physiology. The question and answer combinations are intended for use by teachers, to select questions for their next examinations, and by students, when studying for an upcoming test. Students enrolled in the courses for which these questions were written include nursing, midwifery, paramedic, physiotherapy, occupational therapy, nutrition and dietetics, health sciences, exercise science, and students taking an anatomy and physiology course as an elective.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Second Edition; Advice to the Exam Candidate; Some Thoughts on Writing Good MCQs and on Answering Poorly Prepared MCQ Quizzes; Ten Pieces of Advice for Writing Good Multiple Choice Questions; Five Ways to Score More Highly on a Poorly Prepared Multiple Choice Question Test; Some Thoughts on the Marking of MCQ Tests (Where There Are 4 Choices of Answer, One of Which Is the Best Correct); Bibliography; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Organisation of the Body;
    Chapter 2: Cells and Tissues; 2.1 Cells and Tissues; 2.2 Cell Cycle (Mitosis and Protein Synthesis). 12.5 Pressure Applied to the Cardiovascular System12.6 Blood Pressure and Its Control;
    Chapter 13: Respiratory System; 13.1 Anatomy and Physiology; 13.2 Pressure Applied to the Respiratory System;
    Chapter 14: Nervous System; 14.1 Cells and Action Potential; 14.2 Brain and Spinal Cord Anatomy; 14.3 Autonomic Nervous System, Neurotransmitters, and Reflexes; 14.4 Special Senses (Eye and Ear); 14.4.1 Eye; 14.4.2 Ear;
    Chapter 15: Reproductive System;
    Chapter 16: Waves, Light Waves, Sound Waves and Ultrasound (The Physics of); 16.1 Waves; 16.2 Light Waves; 16.3 Sound; 16.4 Ultrasound.
    Chapter 17: Ionising Radiation17.1 Medical Imaging with X-Radiation; 17.2 Radioactivity, Radiotherapy, Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Safety;
    Chapter 18: Electricity;
    Chapter 19: Biomechanics;
    Chapter 20: Body Temperature, Energy and Heat Loss;
    Chapter 21: Essay Topics for a Written Assignment Assessment in Anatomy and Physiology.
    Chapter 3: Measurement, Errors, Data and Unit Conversion
    Chapter 4: Chemistry for Physiology; 4.1 Atoms and Molecules; 4.2 Solutions; 4.3 Diffusion and Osmosis; 4.4 Tonicity, Moles and Osmoles; 4.5 Acids, Bases and Buffers; 4.6 Organic Chemistry and Macromolecules;
    Chapter 5: Integument;
    Chapter 6: Homeostasis;
    Chapter 7: Skeleton and Joints;
    Chapter 8: Muscles;
    Chapter 9: Gastrointestinal System;
    Chapter 10: Endocrine System;
    Chapter 11: Renal System;
    Chapter 12: Cardiovascular System; 12.1 Blood; 12.2 Heart; 12.3 Blood Vessels; 12.4 Pressure: The Physics of Pressure.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Michael F. Klaassen, Earle Brown.
    Summary: This book serves as a guide for senior trainees preparing for their final professional exams at the end of at least 4 - 5 years of advanced training in an approved plastic and reconstructive surgery training programme. These exams are extremely challenging and difficult to pass, and a knowledge of plastic surgery alone is not enough. Judgement, discipline and the ability to handle the pressure of the exam interactions are key. The book dissects each segment of the exam and presents the common clinical, anatomical and pathological cases that candidates are likely to encounter.

    Contents:
    The psychology of exam performance
    Caught in the spotlight
    Knowledge is power, experinece is key
    General principles
    The art of writing exam answers
    Long clinical cases
    Shrot clinical cases
    Scenarios : surgical pathology + operative surgery
    Applied anatomy
    Anaesthesia for plastic surgeons
    Aesthetic surgery principles
    Science principels for plastic surgery
    The successful candidate
    The failed candidate
    For your support team/family/friends
    Summary and general advice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eelco F.M. Wijdicks.
    Summary: This indispensable title rethinks the neurologic examination in a format tailored, modified, and specialized for neurocritical illness. Generously illustrated, this book provides a detailed clinical assessment of the acutely ill neurologic patient. It explains why certain neurologic signs appear and provides fundamentals of localization. Certain situations demand certain structured examinations. Eventually, all information has to be integrated logically. Different examination techniques may be needed. Recognition of deterioration and increased vigilance with important mimickers and confounders are part of our professional fabric. Other necessary skills include predicting a clinical course and outcome, coordinating effective transfers of unstable patients, and communicating expected clinical changes. Neurologists traditionally have carefully considered the examination findings before acting and localized findings before ordering tests; these heuristics must remain. An indispensable title designed for all learners, Examining Neurocritical Patients preserves the beauty of a comprehensive clinical neurologic examination and serves as a high-yield master class for every health care professional tasked with clinical assessment of a neurocritically ill patient. .

    Contents:
    CHAPTER 1: Taking a History
    CHAPTER 2: Scales and Scores
    CHAPTER 3: Patterns: Interpreting Localizing Findings
    CHAPTER 4: Excess or Paucity: Making Sense of Movements
    CHAPTER 5: Mimickers, Misleads and Confounders
    CHAPTER 6: Detecting Worsening
    CHAPTER 7: Unraveling Unconsciousness
    CHAPTER 8: Declaring Brain Death
    CHAPTER 9: Recognizing Acute Spinal Cord Injury
    CHAPTER 10: Sorting through Acute Neuromuscular Disease
    Chapter 11: Clinical Course and Anticipated Outcome
    CHAPTER 12: Communicating Clinical Findings.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editor, Tetsuo Himi, Kenichi Takano.
    Contents:
    Clinical review of cochlear implantation performed at Sapporo Medical University Hospital / Ogasawara, N., Takano, K., Shintani, T., Saikawa, E., Takahashi, N., Ito, F., Himi, T.
    Cochlear implantation in children with cochlear malformation / Saikawa, E., Takano, K., Ogasawara, N., Tsubomatsu, C., Takahashi, N., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
    Congenital microtia treated at Sapporo Medical University Hospital : clinical characteristics and associated anomalies / Ogasawara, N., Jitsukawa, S., Takahashi, N., Takano, K., Himi, T.
    Influence of age on caloric response / Jitsukawa, S., Takano, K., Ito, F., Tsubomatsu, C., Himi, T.
    Pneumolabyrinth with labyrinthitis as the suspected cause / Nomura, K., Takano, K., Yamamoto, K., Abe, A., Takahashi, N., Okuni, T., Himi, T.
    Behavior of primary cilia and tricellular tight junction proteins during differentiation in temperature-sensitive mouse cochlear precursor hair cells / Kakuki, T., Kaneko, Y., Takano, K., Ninomiya, T., Kohno, T., Kojima, T., Himi, T.
    Relationship between otitis media and epithelial function in the lymphoepithelium of pediatric adenoids / Ogasawara, N., Yamamoto, K., Takano, K., Himi, T.
    Role of cysteinyl leukotrienes in allergic rhinitis / Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
    Radiological assessment of the anatomy of frontal recess cells and the Anterior ethmoidal artery / Okuni, T., Takano, K., Nomura, K., Yamashita, K., Abe, A., Ito, F., Murayama, K., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
    Nasal mucosal expression of the receptors for inflammatory chemical mediators / Shirasaki, H., Kanaizumi, E., Seki, N., Kikuchi, M., Himi, T.
    Adenovirus-mediated ICOSIg gene therapy in a presensitized murine model of allergic rhinitis / Sato, J., Konno, N., Murakami, M., Uede, T., Himi, T.
    A Novel drug delivery system for the human nasal epithelium / Takano, K., Kojima, T., Keira, T., Miyata, R., Nomura, K., Kakuki, T., Kaneko, Y., Yajima, R., Kakiuchi, A., Himi, T.
    Role of crosstalk between epithelial and Immune cells, the epimmunome, in allergic rhinitis pathogenesis / Kamekura, R., Yamashita, K., Jitsukawa, S., Nagaya, T., Ito, F., Ichimiya, S., Himi, T.
    A clinical study of maxillary sinus squamous cell carcinoma / Kondo, A., Kurose, M., Obata, K., Yamamoto, K., Murayama, K., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
    A clinical review of thyroid cancer at Sapporo Medical University Hospital / Koizumi, J., Takano, K., Obata, K., Yamamoto, K., Murayama, K., Himi, T.
    Junctional Adhesion Molecule-A in Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma / Kurose, M., Kakuki, T., Takano, K., Kondo, A., Obata, K., Nomura, K., Miyata, R., Kaneko, Y., Konno, T., Kohno, T., Kojima, T., Himi, T.
    Expression of inflammasome-associated proteins in human oropharyngeal squamous cell carcinoma / Takano, K., Kondo, A., Kurose, M., Yamashita, K., Nomura, K., Obata, K., Murayama, K., Ito, F., Himi, T.
    Diagnosis and treatment of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome in children / Tsubomatsu, C., Abe, A., Yajima, R., Takahashi, N., Ito, F., Takano, K., Himi, T.
    Expression and localization of human defensins in palatine tonsils / Kamekura, R., Imai, R., Takano, K., Yamashita, K., Jitsukawa, S., Nagaya, T., Ito, F., Hirao, M., Tsubota, H., Himi, T.
    Studies of tonsils in basic and clinical perspectives : from the past to the future / Yamashita, K., Ichimiya, S., Kamekura, R., Nagaya, T., Jitsukawa, S., Matsumiya, H., Takano, K., Himi, T.
    A case study of anisakiasis in the palatine tonsils / Takano, K., Okuni, T., Murayama, K., Himi, T.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    Clifford D. Packer.
    Summary: Working in the outpatient clinic is a key training experience for medical students. When they arrive at the clinic, students may discover that their time on the inpatient wards does not necessarily prepare them to perform well in the outpatient setting. Everything is different in the clinic, from the nature and context of the patient encounter to the student’s role in note-writing, oral case presentation, and case discussion with the attending physician. The purpose of this book is to guide students as they transition to the world of 15-minute appointments, telemedicine, cyberchondriasis, motivational interviewing, shared medical appointments, and real-time informatics. The aim is to give students a clear understanding of their role in a variety of clinic settings, to evaluate and present their patients well, maximize learning, and provide excellent care for their patients. Excelling in the Clinic explains the process of becoming an effective, efficient, and scholarly worker in the primary care clinic.

    Contents:
    The Importance of Primary Care
    Medical Education in the Outpatient Clinic: Benefits and Barriers
    Clinic Settings, Schedules, and Structures
    COVID-19 and the Rapid Rise of Telemedicine
    Preparing to See the Patient
    The Patient-Centered Interview
    The Physical Exam
    The Concise Oral Case Presentation
    Discussing the Case
    Writing a Clinic Note
    Service-Learning Clinics
    Careers in Primary Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Print
    [Jerome Hellmuth, editor].
    Contents:

    v. 1. The Normal infant.--
    v. 2. Studies in abnormalities.--
    v. 3. Assessment & intervention.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    P501 .H46
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Elkhonon Goldberg.
    Summary: Executive Functions in Health and Disease provides a comprehensive review of both healthy and disordered executive function. It discusses what executive functions are, what parts of the brain are involved, what happens when they go awry in cases of dementia, ADHD, psychiatric disorders, traumatic injury, developmental disorders, cutting edge methods for studying executive functions and therapies for treating executive function disorders. It will appeal to neuropsychologists, clinical psychologists, neuroscientists and researchers in cognitive psychology.

    Contents:
    Part I. Executive functions in health
    Prefrontal executive functions predict and preadapt
    The cellular mechanisms of executive functions and working memory: relevance to mental disorders
    Gene expression in the frontal lobe
    A functional network perspective on the role of the frontal lobes in executive cognition
    Neural network models of human executive function and decision making
    Crucial role of the prefrontal cortex in conscious perception
    Neurodevelopment of the executive functions
    Executive functions and neurocognitive aging
    Assessment of executive functions in research
    Part II. Executive functions in disease
    Cognitive, emotional, and behavioral inflexibility and perseveration in neuropsychiatric illness
    Functional neuroimaging of deficits in cognitive control
    Executive function in striatal disorders
    Neurodevelopmental disorders and the frontal lobes
    Executive control and emerging behavior in youth with Tourette's syndrome
    Inside the triple-decker: Tourette's syndrome and cerebral hemispheres
    Executive dysfunction in addiction
    Seizures of the frontal lobes: clinical presentations and diagnostic considerations
    Executive functions after traumatic brain injury: from deficit to recovery
    Dementias and the frontal lobes
    Executive function in posttraumatic stress disorder
    Executive dysfunction in medical conditions
    Assessment of executive functions in clinical settings.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Ning Chen, editor.
    Summary: This book establishes a bridge between exercise-mediated functional status of autophagy and non-communicable chronic diseases for elucidating and clarifying the corresponding signal pathways and underlying mechanisms. The book consists of 13 chapters focusing on the in-depth discussion on signal pathways for regulating the functional status of autophagy for the prevention, treatment and rehabilitation of chronic diseases, the optimization of exercise intervention strategies for common and frequently-occurring chronic diseases, and the development of exercise mimetic pills for the persons with disability for exercise performance, or the persons without willing to exercise. This book is interesting and will be useful to a wide readership in the various fields of exercise science, exercise fitness, sports medicine, preventive medicine, and functional foods.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Molecular processes and regulation of autophagy
    Chapter 2. Acute and chronic exercise on autophagy
    Chapter 3. The beneficial roles of exercise-mediated autophagy in T2DM
    Chapter 4. Exercise-induced autophagy and obesity
    5. Exercise-mediated autophagy and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
    Chapter 6. Exercise-mediated autophagy and brain aging
    Chapter 7. Exercise-mediated autophagy and Alzheimers disease
    Chapter 8. Exercise-induced autophagy and Parkinsons disease
    Chapter 9.Exercise-mediated autophagy in cardiovascular diseases
    Chapter 10. Exercise-induced autophagy in the prevention and treatment of sarcopenia
    Chapter 11. Prospective advances in exercise-induced autophagy on health
    Chapter 12. Exercise mimetic pills for chronic diseases based on autophagy
    Chapter 13. Exercise-mediated functional status of autophagy is beneficial to health.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Paolo Palatini, Enrico Agabiti-Rosei, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the current knowledge on the mechanisms by which exercise lowers blood pressure in hypertension and on its effects on the heart and arteries. In addition, it focuses on the optimal exercise protocols, the international consensus on clinical implementation, and the clinical indications for special populations (obese, diabetic etc). It also addresses possible drawbacks of exercise on left ventricular structure and function. Many experts in epidemiology, patophysiology and clinical research have contributed in preparing the chapters, with the main purpose of guiding clinicians in the optimal application of the present knowledge and to stimulate scientists to fill the gaps in knowledge by performing further research. The book is addressed not only to specialists in Hypertension, Internal Medicine, Cardiology, Metabolism, and Nephrology, but also to general practitioners and all healthcare professionals working in the field of rehabilitation medicine.

    Contents:
    Haemodynamics of Exercise Testing and Sports Activities
    Effect of Physical Activity on Blood Pressure and Prevention of Hypertension
    Effect of Regular Exercise on Autonomic Nervous System Activity
    Endothelial Function and Physical Exercise: A Key to Cardiovascular Protection?
    Exercise and Microcirculation in Hypertension
    Effect of Regular Physical Activity on Arterial Distensibility
    Physiological Versus Pathological Left Ventricular Hypertrophy in the Hypertensive Athlete
    Atrial Fibrillation and Sports: Still a Challenging Problem
    Metabolic Syndrome: Effect of Physical Activity on Arterial Elasticity.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Diana Vaamonde, Stefan S du Plessis, Ashok Agarwal, editors.
    Contents:
    Overview of the male reproductive system.- Overview of the female reproductive system.- Overview of Fertilization, Gestation and Parturition.- Conceptual and terminological foundations for the sciences of physical exercise: new perspectives.- Sports Physiology and Endocrinology (Endurance vs. Resistance Exercise).- General adaptations to exercise. Acute vs. chronic and strength vs. endurance training.- Impact of physical activity and exercise on male reproductive potential. Semen alterations.- Hormonal changes associated with physical activity and exercise training.- Common male reproductive tract pathologies associated with physical activity, exercise and sport.- Consequences of the Use of Anabolic Androgenic Steroids In Male Athletes' Fertility.- Impact of physical activity and exercise on female reproductive potential.- Hormonal and Reproductive Changes Associated with Physical Activity and Exercise.- Risk Biotypes and the Female Athlete Triad.- Consequences Of The Use Of Anabolic Androgenic Steroids On Female Athletes' Fertility.- Impact of intense physical activity on puberty and reproductive potential of young athletes.- Physical activity and pregnancy.- Impact of combined oral contraceptive use on exercise and health in female athletes.- Oxidative Stress and Infertility: a Possible Link to Exer cise.- Nutritional Deficiencies and Impairment of Fertility in Athletes
    Recommendations and therapeutic guidelines for exercise-related reproductive disorders
    Exercise strategies as therapeutic treatment for fertility disorders (obesity, PCOS, etc).
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rita Santos-Rocha, editors.
    Summary: This is the second edition of a well-received, practice oriented, multidisciplinary book filling the gap between evidence-based knowledge on the benefits of physical activity and exercise during pregnancy and postpartum and the implementation of exercise programs and related health promotion measures in pregnant women. Readers will find up-to-date evidence on the psychological, social, physiological, body composition, musculoskeletal, and biomechanical changes that occur during pregnancy and their implications for physical activity and exercise. Further, the authors equip the reader with the latest guidelines and detailed description of exercise testing, prescription, selection and adaptation for pregnant and postpartum women, including those with clinical conditions. This new edition has been thoroughly updated, and includes additional chapters focused on the pedagogical intervention in pre and postnatal exercise programs, exercise prescription and adaptation during postpartum and diet recommendations for the pregnant exerciser and athlete. Written by recognized experts in the field, the book aims to allay undue fears regarding the consequences of exercising during pregnancy. Moreover, it provides medical, sports, and fitness professionals both with the knowledge and the practical expertise needed to offer an optimal guidance on exercising to pregnant exercisers and athletes. .

    Contents:
    1. Physical Activity, Exercise and Health Promotion for the Pregnant Exerciser
    2. Psychological, Social and Behavioural Changes during Pregnancy. Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
    3. Physiological Changes during Pregnancy. Main Adaptations and Discomforts and Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
    4. Body Composition Changes during Pregnancy and Effects of Physical Exercise
    5. Biomechanical Adaptations of Gait in Pregnancy. Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
    6. Specific Musculoskeletal Adaptations in Pregnancy: pelvic floor, abdominal muscles, pelvic girdle, and lower back. Implications for physical activity and exercise
    7. Evidence-Based and Practice-Oriented Guidelines for Exercising during Pregnancy
    8. Exercise Testing and Prescription in pregnancy
    9. Exercise Selection and Adaptations during Pregnancy
    10. Exercise prescription and adaptations in early postpartum. 11.Strengthening competences of future healthcare professionals to promote physical activity during pregnancy and post-partum
    12. Therapeutic Exercise regarding Musculoskeletal Health of the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
    13. Nutritional and energy Requirements for the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
    14. Diet Recommendations for the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
    (new chapters, not included in the first edition, are highlighted in bold).
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Joost Dekker, editor.
    Summary: Osteoarthritis (OA) is among the top 10 of most disabling diseases in the Western world. It is the major cause of pain and disability among the elderly. This book provides a contextual review of recent research on neuromuscular factors and behavioral risk factors for functional decline in OA, with a special emphasis on explanatory mechanisms. In addition, the book discusses innovative approaches to exercise and physical activity in OA, derived from research on behavioral and neuromuscular risk factors for functional decline in OA. Recent research has shown that neuromuscular factors (such as muscle strength, joint laxity) and behavioral factors (such as avoidance of activity, depressed mood) predict pain and disability in OA. Furthermore, exercise and physical activity are among the dominant interventions aiming at reducing pain and disability, and innovative interventions targeting neuromuscular and behavioral interventions have been recently developed. This research has been published as separate papers, with the result that the field is in need of an integrative contextual review that puts the research into theoretical perspective.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    Part I. Osteoarthritis of the knee or hip
    2. Epidemiology, pathogenesis, and clinical aspects
    3. Therapeutic options
    Part II. Functional decline
    4. Risk factors for functional decline
    5. Neuromuscular mechanisms explaining functional decline
    6. Behavioral mechanisms explaining functional decline
    Part III. Exercise therapy
    7.Regular exercise therapy
    8. Exercise aiming at neuromuscular mechanisms
    9. Exercise aiming at behavioral mechanisms
    10. Comorbidity, overweight, and exercise
    11. Concluding remarks.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Rita Santos-Rocha, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
    1: Physical Activity, Exercise, and Health Promotion for the Pregnant Exerciser and the Pregnant Athlete; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Education for Health and Lifestyle During Pregnancy; 1.2.1 Pregnancy as an Opportunity to Promote Health; 1.2.2 Preparing for Childbirth and Parenting; 1.2.3 Health and Lifestyle Promotion; 1.3 Public Health and Physical Activity During Pregnancy; 1.3.1 Impact of Maternal Physical Activity on Chronic Disease Risk; 1.3.2 Impact of Maternal Physical Activity on Offspring Health 1.4 Correlates of Physical Activity Among Pregnant Women1.4.1 Identifying Physically Active Pregnant Women; 1.4.2 Identifying Physically Inactive Women; 1.5 Physical Activity Patterns Among Pregnant Women; 1.6 Further Research; References;
    2: Psychological, Social and Behaviour Changes During Pregnancy: Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise; 2.1 Psychological and Social Changes During Pregnancy; 2.1.1 Identity; 2.1.2 Loss of Control; 2.1.3 Cognitive Function; 2.1.4 Behaviour Changes 2.2 The Influence of Physical Activity and Exercise on Psychological Well-Being During Pregnancy2.2.1 Depressive Symptoms; 2.2.2 Anxiety Symptoms; 2.2.3 Sleep; 2.2.4 Summary; 2.3 Psychosocial Barriers and Facilitators to Being Active During Pregnancy; 2.3.1 Individual Factors; 2.3.2 Physical Symptoms; 2.3.2.1 Fatigue; 2.3.2.2 Nausea; 2.3.2.3 Discomfort, Physical Limitations and High-Risk Pregnancies; 2.3.2.4 Lack of Time; 2.3.2.5 Motivation; 2.3.2.6 Beliefs; 2.3.3 Social Factors; 2.3.3.1 Social Norms; 2.3.3.2 Healthcare Professional Advice; 2.3.3.3 Social Support 2.3.4 Physical Environmental Factors2.3.4.1 Transport; 2.3.4.2 Access to Facilities; 2.3.5 Summary; 2.4 Behaviour Change Strategies; 2.4.1 Systematic Reviews; 2.4.2 Walking Interventions; 2.4.3 Supervised Individual or Group Exercise; 2.4.4 Information and Behavioural Counselling; 2.4.5 Combined Interventions; 2.4.6 Summary; 2.5 Using Theory to Support Physical Activity in Pregnancy; 2.5.1 The COM-B Model; 2.6 Conclusion; References;
    3: Physiological Changes During Pregnancy: Main Adaptations, Discomforts, and Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Cardiovascular Changes3.2.1 Implications of Exercise During Pregnancy on the Maternal Heart; 3.2.2 Maternal Cardiovascular Response to Exercise; 3.2.3 Maternal Cardiovascular Adaptations to Exercise; 3.3 Hematological Changes; 3.4 Respiratory Changes; 3.5 Metabolic Changes; 3.6 Locomotor Changes; References;
    4: Body Composition Changes During Pregnancy and Effects of Physical Exercise; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Body Composition Overview; 4.2.1 Body Composition Levels; 4.2.2 Fat and Adipose Tissue; 4.2.3 Fat Depots and Adipose Tissue Location
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Annalisa Cogo, Matteo Bonini, Paolo Onorati, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an innovative and comprehensive overview of the relationship between lung and exercise, both in healthy, active subjects and in subjects with chronic respiratory diseases. It investigates in detail the central role of the lungs during exercise and illustrates the impact of respiratory impairment due to both acute and chronic lung diseases on performance. Further, the book presents the latest evidence-based findings, which confirm that exercise is an effective and safe form of prevention and rehabilitation in respiratory diseases. The first section describes the changes in the respiratory system during exercise and the contribution of respiration to exercise, while readers will learn how to perform a respiratory assessment in the second section. The third section addresses a broad range of chronic respiratory diseases and the (in)ability of those affected to play sports and perform exercise, thus providing a basis for individual assessments. The last two sections focus on respiratory training, rehabilitation and the relationship between respiration and the environment, e.g. in high-altitude and underwater sports. The book will appeal to a wide readership, including pulmonologists, sport medicine physicians, physiotherapists and trainers, as well as instructors and students in exercise science.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Brendon Stubbs, Simon Rosenbaum.
    Summary: Exercise-Based Interventions for People with Mental Illness: A Clinical Guide to Physical Activity as Part of Treatment provides clinicians with detailed, practical strategies for developing, implementing and evaluating physical activity-based interventions for people with mental illness. The book covers exercise strategies specifically tailored for common mental illnesses, such as depression, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and more. Each chapter presents an overview of the basic psychopathology of each illness, a justification and rationale for using a physical activity intervention, an overview of the evidence base, and clear and concise instructions on practical implementation. In addition, the book covers the use of mobile technology to increase physical activity in people with mental illness, discusses exercise programming for inpatients, and presents behavioral and psychological approaches to maximize exercise interventions. Final sections provide practical strategies to both implement and evaluate physical activity interventions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gail M. Sullivan, Alice K. Pomidor.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kathryn H, Schmitz, editor.
    Summary: This groundbreaking book presents a unique and practical approach to the evolving field of exercise oncology - the study of physical activity in the context of cancer prevention and control. Presenting the current state of the art, the book is sensibly divided into four thematic sections. Following an opening chapter presenting an overview and timeline of exercise oncology, the chapters comprising part I discuss primary cancer prevention, physical activity and survivorship, and the mechanisms by which these operate. Diagnosis and treatment considerations are discussed in part II, including prehabilitation, exercise during surgical recovery, infusion and radiation therapies, and treatment efficacy. Post-treatment and end-of-life care are covered in part III, including cardio-oncology, energetics and palliative care. Part IV presents behavioral, logistical and policy-making considerations, highlighting a multidisciplinary approach to exercise oncology as well as practical matters such as reimbursement and economics. Written and edited by experts in the field, Exercise Oncology will be a go-to practical resource for sports medicine clinicians, family and primary care physicians, oncologists, physical therapy and rehabilitation specialists, and all medical professionals who treat cancer patients.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Exercise Oncology: Past and Present
    Part 1
    Physical Activity and Cancer Prevention
    Chapter 2. Primary Prevention
    Chapter 3. Physical Activity and Cancer Survival
    Chapter 4. Mechanisms of Exercise in Cancer Prevention, Treatment and Survivorship
    Part 2
    From Diagnosis through Treatment
    Chapter 5. Exercise Oncology from Diagnosis through Treatment: An Overview of Outcomes and Considerations
    Chapter 6. Prehabilitation: An Emerging Standard in Exercise Oncology
    Chapter 7. Exercise during Surgical Recovery
    Chapter 8. Exercise during Infusion Therapy
    Chapter 9. Exercise During Radiation Therapy
    Chapter 10. Effects of Exercise on Cancer Treatment Completion and Efficacy
    Part 3
    Post-treatment to End of Life
    Chapter 11. Exercise Oncology from Post-Treatment to End of Life: An Overview of Outcomes and Considerations
    Chapter 12. Exercise during Immediate Post-treatment
    Chapter 13. Long-term and Late Effects of Cancer Treatments on Prescribing Physical Activity
    Chapter 14. Exercise and Cardio-Oncology
    Chapter 15. Energetics and Cancer Outcomes
    Chapter 16. Exercise for Advanced Cancers, Metastatic Disease and Palliative Care
    Part 4
    Behavior, logistics, and policy
    Chapter 17. Cancer Survivors Becoming and Staying Physically Active: Challenges of Behavior Change
    Chapter 18. Making Exercise Standard in Cancer Care
    Chapter 19. Viewing Exercise Oncology through the Lens of Multidisciplinarity
    Chapter 20. Policy and Reimbursement Considerations for Exercise Programming in Cancer
    Chapter 21. Shaping the Future of Exercise Oncology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Scott K. Powers, University of Florida, Edward T. Howley, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, John Quindry, University of Montana.
    Summary: "The eleventh edition of this book has undergone major revisions. Identical to all previous editions, this edition of Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance is intended for students interested in exercise physiology, medicine, clinical exercise physiology, exercise science, human performance, physical therapy, and physical education. The objective of this text is to provide the student with an up-to-date understanding of the physiology of exercise. Moreover, the book contains numerous clinical applications including a discussion of the benefits of exercise for multiple sclerosis patients and the latest information on sports-related brain injuries. This book is intended for a one-semester, upper-level undergraduate or beginning graduate exercise physiology course. Clearly, the text contains more material than can be covered in a single 15-week semester. This is by design. The book was written to be comprehensive and afford instructors the freedom to select the material that they consider to be the most important for their course. Furthermore, if desired, the book could be used in a two-semester sequence of exercise physiology courses (e.g., Exercise Physiology I and II) to cover the entire 25 chapters contained in the text"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Physiology of exercise
    Chapter 1: Common measurements in exercise physiology
    Chapter 2: Control of the internal environment
    Chapter 3: Bioenergetics
    Chapter 4: Exercise metabolism
    Chapter 5: Cell signaling and the hormonal responses to exercise
    Chapter 6: Exercise and the immune system
    Chapter 7: The nervous system, structure and control of movement
    Chapter 8: Skeletal muscle: structure and function
    Chapter 9: Circulatory responses
    Chapter 10: Respiration during exercise
    Chapter 11: Acid-base balance during exercise
    Chapter 12: Temperature regulation
    Chapter 13: The physiology of training effects of aerobic and anaerobic training
    Chapter 14: The physiology of resistance training
    Section 2: Physiology of health and fitness
    Chapter 15: Preventing chronic disease : physical activity and healthy eating
    Chapter 16: Exercise prescriptions for health and fitness
    Chapter 17: Exercise for special populations
    Chapter 18: Nutrition, body composition and weight management
    Section 3: Physiology of performance
    Chapter 19: Factors affecting performance
    Chapter 20: Training for performance
    Chapter 21: Training for the female athlete, children, special populations and the masters athlete
    Chapter 22: Nutrition, body composition and performance
    Chapter 23: Exercise and the environment
    Chapter 24: Ergogenic aids.
    Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Jonathan Rhodes, Mark E. Alexander and Alexander R. Opotowsky.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of exercise physiology in patients with congenital heart disease and other pediatric cardiopulmonary disorders. It begins with an in-depth but pragmatic discussion of exercise physiology and the cardiopulmonary adaptations to physical activity, followed by a review of the conduct and interpretation of cardiopulmonary exercise tests. Subsequent chapters discuss exercise physiology and testing in patients with a variety of congenital heart diseases, including tetralogy of Fallot, Fontan physiology, transposition of the great arteries, aortic valve disease, and coarctation of the aorta. Additional chapters analyze other conditions commonly encountered by pediatric and congenital cardiologists such as pulmonary vascular disease, cardiomyopathies, heart transplants, and metabolic disorders. The book also examines the role of exercise testing in patients with electrophysiologic issues such as Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome, long QT syndrome, atrioventricular node dysfunction, and pacemakers. The presentations are enhanced by data from Boston Childrens Hospitals vast experience with clinical exercise testing. The textbook concludes with a series of interesting and illustrative cases that build on the earlier chapters, present some fascinating physiology, and provide real-world examples of how exercise testing can inform clinical decision making. Exercise Physiology for the Pediatric and Congenital Cardiologist is a detailed, practical reference for clinicians and other health care providers engaged in exercise testing for children and adults with congenital heart disease and other conditions that may be encountered by the pediatric and congenital cardiologist. It is an essential resource for physicians, medical students, and exercise physiologists as well as researchers in cardiology, pediatrics, and cardiopulmonary fitness.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Rhodes' Postulates and the Reasons Why Pediatric and Congenital Cardiologists Should Study Exercise Physiology; Clinical Value of Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing in Patients with CHD and Other Disorders; Contents; Contributors; Part I: The Normal Cardiopulmonary Response to Exercise;
    1: Biochemistry of Exercise; Suggested Readings;
    2: Oxygen Delivery; Heart Rate; Stroke Volume; Oxygen Extraction; Kinetics of Oxygen Delivery and Oxygen Debt; References;
    3: Central Hemodynamics and Coronary Blood Flow During Exercise; References;
    4: CO2 Elimination (V̇CO2); Tidal Volume Respiratory RateVD/VT Ratio; Anaerobic Threshold: Implications for CO2 Elimination (and Oxygen Delivery); References; Part II: Conduct of the Cardiopulmonary Exercise Test;
    5: Laboratory Setup, Equipment, and Protocols; Environment; Equipment; Protocols; The 6-Minute Walk Test (6MWT); Exercise Testing with Electrocardiographic Monitoring; Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing (CPET); Other Protocols; References;
    6: Exercise Stress Echocardiography; Background; Assessment of Myocardial Ischemia; Assessment of Patients with Known or Suspected Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Assessment of Patients with Known or Suspected Pulmonary HypertensionConclusions; References;
    7: Other Modalities: Assessment of Pulmonary Response and Measurement of Cardiac Output; Exercise Flow-Volume Loops; Measurement of Cardiac Output; Noninvasive Measurement of Cardiac Output: Inert Gas Rebreathing; Invasive Measurements of Cardiac Output; Blood Sampling During Exercise; Exercise Oscillatory Ventilation; References;
    8: Supervision and Safety Precautions for Exercise Testing; References;
    9: Special Considerations for Children; Introduction; Pediatric Patients and Their Families Test EquipmentImaging Studies; Conclusion; References;
    10: Special Considerations for Adults with Congenital Heart Disease; Introduction; Comorbidities; Exercise Testing; Conclusion; Reference; Part III: Interpretation of the Cardiopulmonary Exercise Test;
    11: Peak Exercise Parameters; Peak V̇O2; Peak Work Rate and Endurance Time; Heart Rate; The Oxygen Pulse (O2P); Respiratory Exchange Ratio (RER); Blood Pressure; Arterial O2 Saturation; Respiratory Measurements; References;
    12: Parameters from Submaximal Exercise; Ventilatory Anaerobic Threshold (VAT); V̇E/V̇CO2 Slope; End-Tidal pCO2
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kazumi Kawahira, Megumi Shimodozono, Tomokazu Noma, editors.
    Summary: This book introduces an innovative, efficient, and patient-friendly neural net constructive therapy for patients with mild to severe hemiplegia, not only in the recovery phase but also in acute and chronic phases. The explanations are supported by extensive photographs of each position and a set of 72 video clips to help readers follow and reproduce the techniques. This book explains the theory of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise (RFE), which is a combination of repetitive volitional flexion and extension movements from neurofacilitation approaches. This exercise is aimed at achieving the intended movements and lessening synergistic movement patterns by reconstructing and strengthening the neuropathways of the injured nerve tract. Instead of interpreting disorders based on reflex theory and constructing treatment methods, the new approach considers scientific treatment methods that emphasize the formation of neural pathways by improving synapse formation and transmission efficiency based on functional localization, central programs, and neural nets. Chapters provide a basic theory of RFE, offering the underlying mechanisms of nerve tract formation/strengthening, such as functional localization, voluntary movement, plasticity, and neural lateral sprouting, giving readers a comprehensive understanding of the prompt and repetitive therapy. This is followed by an exposition of practice and techniques, planning of treatment programs, and facilitation techniques for voluntary movements of the upper limb, individual fingers, and lower limb. Finally, the book introduces RFE to facilitate and enhance motor skills in walking and other functions. Exercise Therapy for Recovery from Hemiplegia - Theory and Practice of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise will provide rehabilitation therapists, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, and medical doctors a refreshing alternative theory and practice to current approaches. Neuroscience researchers, stroke patients, and their families would find this book informative. .

    Contents:
    Part I: Basics
    Chapter 1. Theory of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise
    Part II: Practice
    Chapter 2. Principles and Basic Techniques for Repetitive Facilitative Exercise
    Chapter 3. Planning Treatment Program
    Chapter 4. Repetitive Facilitative Exercise for the Upper Limb
    Chapter 5. Repetitive Facilitative Exercise for the Lower Limb
    Chapter 6. Walking Training to Stimulate the Function of the Affected Lower Limb
    Chapter 7. Basic Natural Movements (Rolling Over, Sitting Up, Standing Up, and Sitting Down from a Standing Position).
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    William M. Adams, John F. Jardine, editors.
    Summary: This authoritative work provides clinicians, scientists and students with a comprehensive overview of exertional heat illness. Specifically, it addresses the prevention, recognition, treatment, and care of the various medical conditions that fall within the realm of exertional heat illness. In doing so, the book also offers a setting-specific (that is, athletics, military, occupational, and road race medicine) discussion of exertional heat illness for the consideration of the varied medical providers working in these settings. Clinicians will benefit from the discussion of the evidence-based best-practice considerations that should be made in the management of exertional heat illness. Scientists will benefit from this text in that it will provide them with a review of the current scientific evidence related to exertional heat illness and the translation of evidence to clinical practice - while also discussing directions for future research. Finally, students -- primarily postgraduate students interested in developing a line of research related to exertional heat illness -- will find this title an indispensable text to familiarize themselves with this fascinating field of study. A major contribution to the literature, Exertional Heat Illness: A Clinical and Evidence-Based Guide will be of significant interest to clinicians and scientists at all levels of training and experience, especially professionals in athletic training, emergency medical services, emergency room care, sports medicine and primary care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Overview of Exertional Heat Illness
    Chapter 2: Physiological Response to Heat Stress
    Chapter 3: Predisposing Factors for Exertional Heat Illness
    Chapter 4: Exertional Heat Stroke
    Chapter 5: Heat Exhaustion
    Chapter 6: Exercise-Associated Muscle Cramps
    Chapter 7: Minor Heat Illnesses
    Chapter 8: Molecular Aspects of Thermal Tolerance and Exertional Heat Illness Susceptibility
    Chapter 9: Management of Exertional Heat Stroke in Athletics: Interdisciplinary Medical Care
    Chapter 10: Exertional Heat Illness Considerations in the Military
    Chapter 11: Considerations for Road Race Medical Staff
    Chapter 12: Climate Change and Heat Exposure: Impact on Health in Occupational and General Populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Guilherme Messas.
    Summary: This book contributes to one of the most challenging areas of mental health: substance misuse. Its focus is on the psychopathological experiences associated with it: both the consequences of substance misuse and the existential vulnerabilities that lead to it, even if such a clear-cut distinction is rarely possible. The work brings an innovative perspective to the issue, as it draws on two scientific fields whose association has not yet been fully explored: phenomenological psychopathology and substance misuse studies. The association of these two perspectives could build a greater understanding of this important topic and be of practical help to a wide array of professionals in their clinical practice. The structure of the book is inspired by this overall perspective. Its division into three parts is designed to introduce the reader, in a stepwise manner, to the complexities of the theme, based on the latest advances in the specific literature. The broad objective of this work is therefore to offer a useful instrument for mental health clinicians, psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses, undergraduate students of these disciplines, and all substance abuse workers.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Andrei I. Ivanov.
    Contents:
    Pharmacological inhibitors of exocytosis and endocytosis: novel bullets for old targets
    Systematic analysis of endocytosis by cellular perturbations
    Real-time detection of SNARE complex assembly with FRET using the tetracysteine system
    Profiling lysine ubiquitination by selective enrichment of ubiquitin remnant-containing peptides
    Secretion of circular proteins using sortase
    Fractionation of subcellular membrane vesicles of epithelial and non-epithelial cells by OptiPrep density gradient ultracentrifugation
    Combining pulsed SILAC labeling and click-chemistry for quantitative secretome analysis
    Probabilistic density maps to study the spatial organization of endocytosis
    Use of Kaede and Kikume green-red fusions for live cell imaging of g protein-coupled receptors
    HaloTag as a tool to investigate peroxisome dynamics in cultured mammalian cells
    SNAP-tag to monitor trafficking of membrane proteins in polarized epithelial cells
    FlAsh-palm: Super-resolution pointillist imaging with FlAsh-tetracysteine labeling
    Analysis of protein dynamics with tandem fluorescent protein timers
    Synchronization of secretory cargos trafficking in populations of cells
    Use of transmembrane fret to investigate the internalization of glycosylated proteins
    A method to rapidly induce organelle-specific molecular activities and membrane tethering
    A novel pair of split Venus fragments to detect protein-protein interactions by in vitro and in vivo bimolecular fluorescence complementation assays
    Real-time investigation of plasma membrane deformation and fusion pore expansion using polarized total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy
    Nanocones to study initial steps of endocytosis
    A novel permeabilization protocol to obtain intracellular 3d immunolabeling for electron tomography
    VIS2FIX: Rapid chemical fixation of vitreous sections for immuno-electron microscopy
    Chemical genomics: Characterizing target pathways for bioactive compounds using the endomembrane trafficking network
    Application of RNAi technology and fluorescent protein markers to study membrane traffic in c. Elegans
    Visualization of clathrin-mediated endocytosis in live drosophila egg chambers
    A novel extraction protocol to probe the role of cholesterol in synaptic vesicle recycling
    Microfluidic devices for imaging trafficking events in vivo using genetic model organisms
    The "in situ" proximity ligation assay to probe protein-protein interactions in intact tissues
    Probing the role of the actin cytoskeleton during regulated exocytosis by intravital microscopy
    Measurement of dynamic F-actin changes during exocytosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Peter Thorn, School of Biomedical Sciences, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, QLD, Australia.
    Contents:
    Part I. Techniques in the Measurement of Exocytosis
    Solution Single-Vesicle Fusion Assay by Single-Molecule Alternating-Laser Excitation / Jae-Yeol Kim, Bong-Kyu Choi, Yeon-Kyun Shin, and Nam Ki Lee
    Imaging the Stages of Exocytosis in Epithelial Type II Pneumocytes / Thomas Haller and Paul Dietl
    Carbon-Fiber Amperometry in the Study of Exocytosis / Michael D. Duffield, Ravinarayan Raghupathi, and Damien J. Keating
    Imaging of Insulin Exocytosis from Pancreatic Beta Cells / Mica Ohara-Imaizumi, Kyota Aoyagi, and Shinya Nagamatsu
    Functional, Quantitative, and Super-Resolution Imaging and Spectroscopic Approaches for Studying Exocytosis / Rory R. Duncan and Colin Rickman
    Electrophysiologic Measurements of Membrane Capacitance in Hormone-Secreting Cells / Boštjan Rituper and Robert Zorec. Part II. Model Systems for the Study of Exocytosis
    Measuring Exocytosis in Endocrine Tissue Slices / Maša Skelin Klemen, Jurij Dolenšek, Andraž Stožer, and Marjan Slak Rupnik
    Intravital Microscopy and Its Application to Study Regulated Exocytosis in the Exocrine Glands of Live Rodents / Oleg Milberg, Natalie Porat-Shliom, Muhibullah Tora, Laura Parente, Andrius Masedunskas, and Roberto Weigert
    Rapid Analysis of Synaptic Vesicle Endocytosis in Synaptosomes / James A. Daniel and Phillip J. Robinson
    Isolated Neurohypophysial Terminals: Model for Depolarization-Secretion Coupling / José R. Lemos, James McNally, Edward Custer, Adolfo Cuadra, Hector Marrero, and Dixon Woodbury
    The Sea Urchin Egg and Cortical Vesicles as Model Systems to Dissect the Fast, Ca²-Triggered Steps of Regulated Exocytosis / Prabhodh S. Abbineni, Elise P. Wright, Tatiana P. Rogasevskaia, Murray C. Killingsworth, Chandra S. Malladi, and Jens R. Coorssen.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Armando DeVirgilio, Giuseppe Spriano.
    Contents:
    Exoscopic technology
    Educational role and preclinical application of exoscope-assisted surgery
    Exoscope-assisted microlaryngeal surgery
    Exoscope-assisted laser laryngeal surgery
    Exoscope-assisted submandibular salivary stones surgery
    Exoscope-assisted oropharyngeal surgery
    Exoscope-assisted middle ear surgery
    Exoscopic surgery of lateral skull base
    The application of the exoscope in lacrimal surgery
    3D exoscopic parotidectomy
    Exoscope-assisted thyroid surgery
    Exoscope application in free flap head and neck reconstruction.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Karl L. Mettinger, Pranela Rameshwar, Vinod Kumar, editors.
    Summary: "This volume provides insight into the pivotal roles of stem cells, exosomes and other microvesicles in biofunction and molecular mechanisms and their therapeutic potential in translational nanomedicine. It further highlights evidence from recent studies as to how stem cell derived exosomes and microRNAs may restore and maintain tissue homeostasis, enable cells to recover critical cellular functions and begin repair regeneration. These early studies in animal models of aging also show evidence of improved immune, cardiovascular and cognitive functions as well as improved health span and life span. The use of exosomes from body fluids to define specific biomarkers for various tumors may also clear the path to patient-targeted treatments by developing exosome-derived microRNA based cancer therapeutics. It is essential reading for graduate students, research fellow and biomedical researchers in academia or the pharmaceutical or biotech industries"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I. A new stem cell biology: transplantation and baseline, cell cycle and exosomes / Peter Quesenberry, Laura R. Goldberg
    The emerging roles of microRNAs in stem cell aging / Catharine Dietrich, Manish Singh, Nishant Kumar, Shree Ram Singh
    Part II. Treating age-related diseases with somatic stem cells / Robert W. Brooks, Paul D. Robbins
    Targeting miRNA for therapy of juvenile and adult diabetic cardiomyopathy / Shyam Sundar Nandi, Paras Kumar Mishra
    Stem cell therapies for neurodegenerative diseases / Kiminobu Sugaya, Manjusha Vaidya
    Part III. MicroRNAs, regulatory messengers inside and outside cancer cells / Simone Anfossi, Xiao Fu, Rahul Nagvekar, George A. Calin
    Exosomes function in tumor immune microenvironment / Yin Huang, Keli Liu, Qing Li, Yikun Yao, Ying Wang
    EV, microvesicles/microRNAs and stem cells in cancer / Jacob A. Tickner, Derek J. Richard, Kenneth J. O'Byrne
    Human aging and cancer: role of miRNA in tumor microenvironment / Oleta A. Sandiford [and others].
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Junjie Xiao, Sanda Cretoiu, editors.
    Summary: The book provides and intensive overview on exosomes in cardiovascular diseases, its potential as biomarkers, as well as pathological and therapeutic effects. It firstly describes the general aspects of exosomes including the definition, formation and secretion of exosomes and highlight their roles as biomarkers and pathological and therapeutic effects in cardiovascular diseases as well. Secondly, basic aspects of exosomes including the purification methods of exosomes, exosomes content, and functional roles of the cardiovascular exosomes are summarized. Thirdly, exosomes as biomarkers of cardiovascular diseases are overviewed including their roles in diagnosis, prognosis and reaction to therapy. Fourthly, pathological effects of exosomes and therapeutic effects of exosomes are highlighted. Finally, future prospects of exosomes in cardiovascular research would be provided. This is an essential reference for researchers working in cell biology and regeneration, as well as clinicians such as cardiologist"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The multifaceted functions of exosomes in health and disease: an overview / Claudia Arenaccio, Maurizio Federico
    Basic aspects of exosomes. Exosomes: nanocarriers of biological messages / Alice Conigliaro, Simona Fontana, Stefania Raimondo, Riccardo Alessandro
    Functional role of cardiovascular exosomes in myocardial injury and atherosclerosis / Maarten Vanhaverbeke, Diane Gal, Paul Holvoet
    Exosomes as biomarkers of cardiovascular diseases. Exosomes as diagnostic biomarkers in cardiovascular diseases / Felix Jansen, Qian Li
    Exosomes-based biomarkers for the prognosis of cardiovascular diseases / Yihua Bei, Pujiao Yu, Dragos Cretoiu, Sanda Maria Cretoiu, Junjie Xiao
    Pathological effects of exosomes. Exosomes as new intercellular mediators in development and therapeutics of cardiomyocyte hypertrophy / Qi Huang, Benzhi Cai
    Dual behavior of exosomes in septic cardiomyopathy / Valter Vin̕cius Silva Monteiro, Jordano Ferreira Reis, Rafaelli de Souza Gomes [and others]
    Pathological effects of exosomes in mediating diabetic cardiomyopathy / Esam S. B. Salem, Guo-Chang Fan
    Peripartum cardiomyopathy: do exosomes play a role? / Huanyu Gu, Qiying Dai, Zhuyuan Liu, Hongbao Wang, Jianhua Yao, Lei Zhou
    Vascular calcification regulation by exosomes in the vascular wall / Marcel Liberman, Luciana Cavalheiro Marti --Therapeutic effects of exosomes. Cardioprotective effects of exosomes and their potential therapeutic use / Shengguang Ding, Jingying Zhang, Qiying Dai, Mengfei Zhao, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu [and others]
    Therapeutic effects of mesenchymal stem cell-derived exosomes in cardiovascular disease / Etsu Suzuki, Daishi Fujita, Masao Takahashi, Shigeyoshi Oba [and others]
    Exosomes derived from embryonic stem cells as potential treatment for cardiovascular diseases / Yao-Hua Song, Lianbo Shao, Yu Zhang, Jin Zhou, Bin Liu, Xiangbin Pan, Yong-jian Geng [and others]
    Cardiac progenitor-cell derived exosomes as cell-free therapeutic for cardiac repair / E. A. Mol, M. J. Goumans, J. P. G. Sluijter
    Therapeutic potential of hematopoietic stem cell-derived exosomes in cardiovascular disease / Jana Radosinska, Monika Bartekova
    Cardiac telocyte-derived exosomes and their possible implications in cardiovascular pathophysiology / Mirca Marini, Lidia Ibba-Manneschi, Mirko Manetti
    Circulating exosomes in cardiovascular diseases / Yihua Bei, Ting Chen, Daniel Dumitru Banciu, Dragos Cretoiu, Junjie Xiao
    Therapeutic effects of ischemic-preconditioned exosomes in cardiovascular diseases / Shengguang Ding, Zhiqing Fan, Che Lin, Qiying Dai, Jinzhe Zhou, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu [and others]
    Future prospects. Exosomes: outlook for future cell-free cardiovascular disease therapy / Bahar Barani, Sheeja Rajasingh, Johnson Rajasingh.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, James W. Carpenter, MS, DVM, Diplomate ACZM, Professor, Zoological Medicine, Department of Clinical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas ; assistant editor, Christopher J. Marion, DVM, MPH, Marion Veterinary Consulting, Manhattan, Kansas.
    Contents:
    Invertebrates
    Fish
    Amphibians
    Reptiles
    Birds
    Backyard Poultry and Waterfowl
    Sugar Gliders
    Hedgehogs
    Rodents
    Rabbits
    Ferrets
    Minature Pigs
    Primates
    Wildlife
    Select topics for the exotic animal veterinarian.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Tauqeer Hussain Mallhi, Yusra Habib Khan, Azreen Syazril Adnan, Nida Tanveer, Raja Ahsan Aftab.
    Summary: The book discusses all aspects of expanded dengue syndrome (EDS), an emerging entity of dengue infection, and serves as definitive source of information for health care professionals. With each chapter focusing on a different type of EDS, the book covers the definition, concept, prevalence, pathophysiology, management, complications and outcomes of the condition. It also highlights the impact of the disease on healthcare. Further, based on both basic and the latest, cutting-edge research, it examines treatments, algorithms, standard treatment guidelines and the pharmacotherapy of EDS. EDS is referred to as atypical/unusual manifestations of the dengue infections, also termed as isolated organopathies, including hepatic, renal, cardiac, respiratory and neurological involvements that could be explained as a result of severe, profound shock or associated with underlying host conditions or co-infections. Raising awareness of this neglected and little-known complication of dengue infection, the book serves as an educational and teaching aid and useful resource for upper-undergraduate students. It also provides up-to-date reference material for researchers in academia and corporations as well as for clinicians wanting to improve the management of EDS during dengue outbreaks.

    Contents:
    Classification and symptomology of dengue viral infection
    Expanded dengue syndrome
    Gastro-hepatic complications in dengue
    Renal complications in dengue
    Cardiac complications in dengue
    Respiratory complications in dengue
    Neurological complications in dengue
    Musculoskeletal complications in dengue
    Lymphoreticular complications in dengue
    Miscellaneous complications in dengue
    Recommendations for managing expanded dengue syndrome.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editor, Claudio Ronco.
    Contents:
    Expanded hemodialysis : a new concept therapy / X. Yu
    Middle-molecule uremic toxins and outcomes in chronic kidney disease / Z.A. Massy, S. Liabeuf
    Uremia retention molecules and clinical outcomes / F. Carvalho Barreto, D. Veit Barreto, M.E.F. Canziani
    End-stage renal disease, inflammation, and cardiovascular outcomes / L. Dai, E. Golembiewska, B. Lindholm, P. Stenvinkel
    The cardiovascular burden in end-stage renal disease / M. Cozzolino, A. Galassi, F. Pivari, P. Ciceri, F. Conte
    Inflammation and protein-energy wasting in the uremic milieu / M. Jankowska, G. Cobo, B. Lindholm, P. Stenvinkel
    Inflammation : a key contributor to the genesis and progression of chronic kidney disease / Q. Qian
    Solute transport in hemodialysis : advances and limitations of current membrane technology / W.R. Clark, D. Gao, M. Neri, C. Ronco
    Membrane innovation in dialysis / A. Boschetti-de-Fierro, W. Beck, H. Hildwein, B. Krause, M. Storr, C. Zweigart
    Multidimensional classification of dialysis membranes / C. Ronco, M. Neri, A. Lorenzin, F. Garzotto, W.R. Clark. Modeling of internal filtration in TheraNova hemodialyzers / A. Lorenzin, M. Neri, W.R. Clark, F. Garzotto, A. Brendolan, F. Nalesso, N. Marchionna, M. Zanella, M. Sartori, G.B. Fiore, C. Ronco
    The rational for extended haemodialysis therapy (HDx) / C.A. Hutchison, M. Wolley
    Expanded hemodialysis therapy : prescription and delivery / N. Heyne
    Effects of hemodialysis therapy using dialyzers with medium cut-off membranes on middle molecules molecules / A.H. Kirsch, A.R. Rosenkranz, R. Lyko, D.H. Krieter
    The place of large pore membranes in the treatment portfolio of patients on hemodialysis / W. Van Biesen, R. Vanholder, E. Schepers, G. Glorieux, A. Dhondt, S. Eloot
    Large middle molecules and albumin removal : why should not we rest on our laurels? / N. Florens, L. Juillard
    Effects of expanded hemodialysis therapy on clinical outcomes / S. Mitra, K. Kharbanda.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Paul Guichard, Virginie Hamel.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Jaung-Geng Lin, editor.
    Summary: This book focuses on the use of acupuncture as a possible and alternative treatment in analgesia, drug addiction, depression, itchiness, peripheral nerve regeneration, stroke, diabetes, cognitive deficits and sleep regulation. Formal recognition by WHO and UNESCO concerning the use and efficacy of acupuncture science in modern medicine has encouraged high levels of investment and commitment to research and development activities into acupuncture science from several top-level health science research and treatment institutes in China Mainland, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, France and the USA. This book aims to provide direction and guidance on how the medical community can proceed with acupuncturology in modern medical treatment and precision medicine.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Stanley E. Lazic.
    Summary: Specifically intended for lab-based biomedical researchers, this practical guide shows how to design experiments that are reproducible, with low bias, high precision, and widely applicable results. With specific examples from research using both cell cultures and model organisms, it explores key ideas in experimental design, assesses common designs, and shows how to plan a successful experiment. It demonstrates how to control biological and technical factors that can introduce bias or add noise, and covers rarely discussed topics such as graphical data exploration, choosing outcome variables, data quality control checks, and data pre-processing. It also shows how to use R for analysis, and is designed for those with no prior experience.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Key ideas in experimental design
    3. Replication (what is'N'?)
    4. Analysis of common designs
    5. Planning for success
    6. Exploratory data analysis.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2016
  • Digital
    John H. Challis.
    Summary: This is the first textbook to comprehensively cover the experimental methods used in biomechanics. Designed for graduate students and researchers studying human biomechanics at the whole-body level, the book introduces readers to the theory behind the primary data collection methods and primary methods of data processing and analysis used in biomechanics. Each individual chapter covers a different aspect of data collection or data processing, presenting an overview of the topic at hand and explaining the math required for understanding the topic. A series of appendices provide the specific math that is required for understanding the chapter contents. Each chapter leads readers through the techniques used for data collection and processing, providing sufficient theoretical background to understand both the how and why of these techniques. Chapters end with a set of review questions, and then a bibliography which is divided into three sections (cited references, specific references, and useful references). Provides a comprehensive and in depth presentation on methods in whole-body human biomechanics; First textbook to cover both collection and processing in a single volume; Appendices provide the math needed for the main chapters. .

    Contents:
    The Experimental Method
    Experimental Tools
    Signal Contents
    Signal Processing
    Electromyography
    Motion Analysis
    Force Plates and Related Technologies
    Anthropometry
    Kinematics
    Inverse Dynamics and Energetics
    Error Analysis
    Scaling
    Appendix A: Matrices
    Appendix B: SI Units and Quantities Used In Biomechanics
    Appendix C: Binary Math
    Appendix D: Trigonometry
    Appendix E: Logarithms
    Appendix F: Numerical Data Differentiation
    Appendix G: Data Sets for Testing Data Differentiation
    Appendix H: Singular Value Decomposition
    Appendix I: Ellipses
    Appendix J: Calculus
    Appendix K: Inertial Properties of Geometric Solids
    Appendix L: Dot Product
    Appendix M: Cardan and Euler Angles
    Appendix N: Quaternions
    Appendix O: Cross Product.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Jiménez Brundelet, Pablo.
    Contents: <br/
    >1. Histological study in rats of the intra-pulmonary bronchial route of elimination.
  • Digital
    Akshay Kumar Chakravarthy, Venkatesan Selvanarayanan, editors.
    Summary: The earliest land-plants evolved around 450 million years ago from aquatic plants devoid of vascular systems. The diversification of flowering plants (angiosperms) during the Cretaceous period is associated with speciation in insects. Early insect herbivores were mandibulate, but the evolution of vascular plants led to the co-evolution of other forms of herbivory, such as leaf feeding, sap-sucking, leaf mining, tissue borer, gall forming and nectar-feeding. Plant defense against biotic stress is an adaptive evolution by plants to increase their fitness. Plants use a variety of strategies to defend against damage caused by herbivores. Plant defense mechanisms are either inbuilt or induced. Inbuilt mechanisms are always present within the plant, while induced defenses are produced or mobilized to the site where a plant is injured. Induced defense mechanisms include morphological, physiological changes and production of secondary metabolites. Host plant resistance (HPR) is one of the eco-friendly methods of pest management. It protects the crop by making it less suitable or tolerant to the pest. While books on theoretical aspects of HPR are available, an exclusive book on the practical aspects is lacking. There is a wide gap between the theory and the experimental procedures required for conducting studies on plant resistance for the post graduate students and young researchers. A dire need for a book on practical aspects was strongly felt. Initially a practical manual was prepared which eventually evolved into the present book. We hope this book provides information on major aspects of screening crop germplasm, sampling techniques, genetic and biochemical basis of HPR, behavioural studies on pheromone and plant volatiles, and some of the recent approaches in HPR. Further, the references provide the scientific articles and books as additional information to readers and workers alike.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: Prerequisites for Host Plant Resistance Studies; Introduction; 1 Introduction; 2 Early Success; 3 Role in Pest Management; References; Further Reading; Germplasm Exploration and Collection; 1 Introduction; 2 Major Sources of Crop Germplasm; 2.1 Banana/Plantain, Musa spp.; 2.2 Barley, Hordeum vulgare; Oat, Avena sativa; and Rye, Secale cereale; 2.3 Bean, Phaseolus Species, and Cowpea, Vigna Species; 2.4 Capsicum; 2.5 Castor; 2.6 Cassava, Manihot esculenta 2.7 Chickpea, Cicer arietinum, and Lentil, Lens culinaris2.8 Citrus; 2.9 Coconut; 2.10 Cotton; 2.11 Maize; 2.12 Mango; 2.13 Peanut; 2.14 Peas, Pisum; 2.15 Potato; 2.16 Rice; 2.17 Sesame, Sesamum Species; 2.18 Sorghum, Sorghum Species; 2.19 Soybean, Glycine max; 2.20 Spices (Black Pepper, Cardamom); 2.21 Sugarcane, Saccharum Species; 2.22 Sunflower; 2.23 Sweet Potato, Ipomoea batatas; 2.24 Tomato, Lycopersicon Species; 2.25 Wheat, Triticum aestivum; References; Further Reading; Comparison of Germplasm Evaluation Parameters; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading 3.3 Larval Rearing Containers3.4 Oviposition Chambers; 4 Diamondback Moth (DBM), Plutella xylostella; 4.1 Materials Required; 4.2 The Rearing Procedure Is as Follows; 5 Cotton Aphid, Aphis gossypii; 5.1 Materials Required; 5.2 The Aphids Can Be Reared as Follows; 6 Bhendi Leafhopper, Amrasca devastans; 6.1 Materials Required; 6.2 Procedure; 7 Green Leafhopper, Nephotettix spp., and Brown Planthopper, Nilaparvata lugens; 7.1 Materials Required; 7.2 Procedure; 8 Whiteflies, Bemisia tabaci; 8.1 Materials Required; 8.2 Procedure; References; Further Reading Determining Relative Abundance and Distribution Patterns of Insect Pests1 Introduction; 2 Distribution Patterns, Sample Size and Sampling; 3 The Steps Are as Follows; 4 Sample Size; 5 Number of Larvae in Damaged Fruiting Structures; References; Further Reading; Mass Culturing of Phytophagous Insects for Host Plant Resistance Studies; 1 Introduction; 2 Tobacco Caterpillar, Spodoptera litura (Muthukumaran and Selvanarayanan 2008); 2.1 Materials Required; 2.2 Procedure; 3 Tomato Fruit Worm, Helicoverpa armigera (Arivudainambi and Selvanarayanan 2000); 3.1 Materials Required; 3.2 Artificial Diet Part II: Instrumentation in Host Plant Resistance StudiesLaboratory Equipments Used for Host-Plant Resistance Studies; 1 Introduction; 2 Electroantennogram; 3 EthoVision; References; Further Reading; Electroantennogram for Recording Olfactory Responses of an Insect to Plant Volatiles; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading; Standardization of Feeding Tests in Phytophagous Insects to Host and Nonhost Plants; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading; Wind Tunnel: A Tool to Test the Flight Response of Insects to Semiochemicals; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Structure of Wind Tunnel (Kainoh 2011)
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    von Dr. W. Kolle ... und Dr. H. Hetsch ...
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Google Books
    Google Books
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    G175 .K8 1911
    2
  • Digital
    Michael D. Coleman.
    Contents:
    A brief history of occupational toxicology
    The expert report process in legal context
    Acute toxicity : case histories of solvent exposure
    Chronic and permanent injury : bladder cancer and occupation
    Chronic and acute toxicity of herbicides and pesticides
    Toxicity of imported goods.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Print
    [edited by] Miral D. Jhaveri [and five others].
    Contents:
    Part I: Skull and brain
    I: Scalp, skull
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Clinical based differentials
    II: Meninges
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    III: Ventricles, periventricular regions
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    IV: Extraaxial spaces and subarachnoid cisterns
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    V: Brain parenchyma, general
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    Clinically based differentials
    VI: Supratentorial brain parenchyma
    Anatomically based differentials
    VII: Infratentorial brain parenchyma
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Clinically based differentials
    VIII: Sella/Juxtasellar, pineal region
    Anatomically based differentials
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    IX: Arteries
    Anatomically based differentials
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    X: Veins, venous sinuses
    Anatomically based differentials
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    XI: Cranial nerves
    Clinically based differentials
    Part II: Spine
    I: Transspatial
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Clinically based differentials
    II: Craniovertebral junction
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    III: Vertebral body, posterior elements
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    IV: Intervertebral disc, endplate
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    V: Extradural
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    Clinically based differentials
    VI: Intradural extramedullary
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    Clinically based differentials
    VII: Intramedullary
    Anatomically based differentials
    Generic imaging patterns
    Modality-Specific imaging findings
    Clinically based differentials.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC386.5 .E97 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Len Jennings and Thomas M. Skovholt.
    Summary: "Thomas Skovholt and Len Jennings' landmark Master Therapists: Exploring Expertise in Therapy and Counseling was the first book to apply qualitative methodology to the study of validly selected expert therapists. Considering the growing number of international qualitative studies on psychotherapy expertise, the authors join forces once again to provide students, academics, researchers, and practitioners with Expertise in Counseling and Psychotherapy: Master Therapist Studies from Around the World. In this book, Jennings and Skovholt compile and compare, for the first time, a series of parallel studies of expertise in psychotherapy from around the world. The studies include therapist expertise research projects in Southeast Asia (Singapore, Japan, and Korea), North America (the U.S.A. and Canada), and Europe (Czech Republic and Portugal). Synthesizing and presenting common characteristics of master practitioners on a global scale, Expertise in Counseling and Psychotherapy is the most comprehensive description of psychotherapy expertise at the international level that has ever been conducted."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The world of expertise in counseling and psychotherapy
    Czech master therapists
    Canadian master couple therapists
    Being and becoming a psychotherapist in Portugal : a dialogue between personal and professional experiences
    Psychotherapy expertise in Singapore : a qualitative investigation
    Personal and professional characteristics of Japanese master therapists : a qualitative investigation on expertise in psychotherapy and counseling in Japan
    Characteristics of Korean master group counselors
    Bringing it all together : a qualitative meta-analysis of seven master therapists studies from around the world.
    Digital Access Oxford [2016]
  • Digital
    Tyler VanderWeele.
    Summary: "The book provides an accessible but comprehensive overview of methods for mediation and interaction. There has been considerable and rapid methodological development on mediation and moderation/interaction analysis within the causal-inference literature over the last ten years. Much of this material appears in a variety of specialized journals, and some of the papers are quite technical. There has also been considerable interest in these developments from empirical researchers in the social and biomedical sciences. However, much of the material is not currently in a format that is accessible to them. The book closes these gaps by providing an accessible, comprehensive, book-length coverage of mediation. The book begins with a comprehensive introduction to mediation analysis, including chapters on concepts for mediation, regression-based methods, sensitivity analysis, time-to-event outcomes, methods for multiple mediators, methods for time-varying mediation and longitudinal data, and relations between mediation and other concepts involving intermediates such as surrogates, principal stratification, instrumental variables, and Mendelian randomization. The second part of the book concerns interaction or "moderation," including concepts for interaction, statistical interaction, confounding and interaction, mechanistic interaction, bias analysis for interaction, interaction in genetic studies, and power and sample-size calculation for interaction. The final part of the book provides comprehensive discussion about the relationships between mediation and interaction and unites these concepts within a single framework. This final part also provides an introduction to spillover effects or social interaction, concluding with a discussion of social-network analyses. The book is written to be accessible to anyone with a basic knowledge of statistics. Comprehensive appendices provide more technical details for the interested reader. Applied empirical examples from a variety of fields are given throughout. Software implementation in SAS, Stata, SPSS, and R is provided. The book should be accessible to students and researchers who have completed a first-year graduate sequence in quantitative methods in one of the social- or biomedical-sciences disciplines. The book will only presuppose familiarity with linear and logistic regression, and could potentially be used as an advanced undergraduate book as well"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Cover; Explanation in Causal Inference; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Preface; Part 1 Mediation Analysis; 1 Explanation and Mechanism; 1.1 Causal Inference and Explanation; 1.2 Forms of Explanation and Types of Mechanisms; 1.3 Motivations for Assessing Mediation, Interaction, and Interference; 1.4 Organization of this Book; 2 Mediation: Introduction and Regression-Based Approaches; 2.1 Classic Regression Approach to Mediation Analysis; 2.2 Counterfactual Approach to Mediation Analysis: Continuous Outcomes; 2.3 Assumptions about Confounding; 2.4 Binary and Count Outcomes. 2.5 Binary Mediators2.6 Comparison of Approaches: Product-of-Coefficient and Difference Methods; 2.7 Description of the SAS Macro; 2.8 Description of the SPSS Macro; 2.9 Description of the Stata Macro; 2.10 Hypothetical Example with Output; 2.11 Empirical Example in Genetic Epidemiology; 2.12 When to Include an Exposure
    Mediator Interaction; 2.13 Proportion Mediated; 2.14 Proportion Eliminated; 2.15 Study Design and Mediation Analysis; 2.16 Counterfactual Notation for Natural Direct and Indirect Effects; 2.17 An Alternative Regression-Based Estimation Approach Using Simulations. 2.18 Code for the Simulation-Based Approach in R2.19 Discussion; 3 Sensitivity Analysis for Mediation; 3.1 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Total Effects; 3.2 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Controlled Direct Effects; 3.3 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Natural Direct and Indirect Effects; 3.4 Sensitivity Analysis Using Two Trials; 3.5 Sensitivity Analysis for Direct and Indirect Effects in the Presence of Measurement Error; 3.6 Discussion; 4 Mediation Analysis with Survival Data. 4.1 Earlier Literature on Mediation Analysis with Survival Models4.2 Mediation Analysis with an Accelerated Failure Time Model; 4.3 Mediation Analysis with a Proportional Hazards Model; 4.4 Mediation with an Additive Hazard Model; 4.5 A Weighting Approach to Direct and Indirect Effects with Survival Outcomes; 4.6 Sensitivity Analysis with Survival Data; 4.7 Discussion; 5 Multiple Mediators; 5.1 Regression-Based Approaches to Multiple Mediators; 5.2 A Weighting Approach to Multiple Mediators; 5.3 Controlled Direct Effects and Exposure-Induced Confounding. 5.4 Effect Decomposition with Exposure-Induced Confounding5.5 Path-Specific Effects; 5.6 Sensitivity Analysis for Exposure-Induced Confounding; 5.7 Discussion; 6 Mediation Analysis with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.1 Notation and Definitions; 6.2 Controlled Direct Effects with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.3 Natural Direct and Indirect Effects and their Randomized Interventional Analogues with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.4 Counterfactual Analysis of MacKinnon's Three-Wave Mediation Model; 6.5 Discussion; 7 Selected Topics in Mediation Analysis.
  • Digital
    by Tabish Qidwai.
    Summary: This book is aimed to cover the role of genetic polymorphisms in human genes related to RBC disorders, metabolic enzymes, immune response, and cytoadherence in the susceptibility/resistance to malaria caused by Plasmodium falciparum. The chapters provide current information on the balancing trait and the significance of such traits in the malaria resistance. The book covers polymorphisms in the genes of the red blood cells-sickle cell anaemia; glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency and thalassemia that confer protection against malaria. In addition, the book explores selection of genetic variations in the human genome as genetic control mechanism against malaria in endemic regions. It also provides a comprehensive overview of the molecular epidemiology and natural selection of alleles in the genes which are associated with malaria, and presents description of the role of human genetic polymorphisms in malaria disease risk and disease outcome.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Human genetics and infectious disease
    Part 1. RBC disorders
    Chapter 2. Sickle cell gene
    Chapter 3. Alpha-Thalassemia
    Chapter 4. Beta-Thalassemia
    Chapter 5. Duffy blood group locus
    Part 2. Metabolic enzymes
    Chapter 6. Pyruvate kinase deficiency
    Chapter 7. Glucose 6-Phosphate dehydrogenase
    Part 3. Host immune response
    Chapter 8. TNF genetic polymorphisms
    Chapter 9. iNos genetic polymorphisms
    Chapter 10. Human complement receptor 1 polymorphisms
    Chapter 11. Interferonalpha receptor-1 (IFNAR1) polymorphisms
    Part 4. Cytoadherence
    Chapter 12. Intercellular adhesion molecule-1 polymorphisms
    Chapter 13. Platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule-1 (PECAM-1) polymorphisms
    Chapter 14. Vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM1) polymorphisms.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    Tegan Kehoe.
    Summary: "This full-color book tells the story of American healthcare history through color photographs of real objects from museums and both famous and little-known medical discoveries"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Unwashed groins and child labor: cancer in the early industrial age
    George Washington's toothbrush
    The age of the vaccine
    No wrong way to eat
    A pioneering operation
    Healing by a higher power
    Morton's ether inhaler and the advent of anesthesia
    Bitters and irregulars: alternative healing in the nineteenth century
    Blood shed after the battle: bleeding cups
    Under the surgeon's tent: the physician in the Civil War
    "Inflammatory mischief" meets antiseptic techniques
    Answering the milk question
    Skull shape and scientific racism
    "Health and comfort of body, with grace and beauty of form"
    East meets West in the medicine cabinet: a Chinese doctor in America
    The "cure" that wasn't
    Cocaine the medicine and the drug
    Don Pedrito, a legendary healer
    A wooden leg in a mechanized world
    A community doctor's legacy
    Carville, the "Louisiana leper home"
    The professional nurse only
    The pandemic of the century: the 1918 flu
    The Bubonic plague meets bacteriology
    Safe, simple, sure? The power of x-rays
    "Are you playing the health game?"
    The problem with "good" genes
    Machinery and machinations
    Diabetes: a fatal disease becomes chronic
    The tools of a contested trade: a midwife's kit
    Sipping on the sunshine vitamin
    Preemie care beyond the World's Fair
    The penicillin revolution
    Blood transfusion comes of age
    Insuring and ensuring health
    Nursing at war
    The science and politics of inhaling dust
    Health uplifted, health upended
    DDT: the double-edged sword
    The iron lung and the polio epidemics
    Two eras of change in pharmacy
    More than a metaphor: the straitjacket
    Changing ways of looking at the gut
    The pill's new era of choice (for some)
    Smoking under scrutiny
    Ed Roberts and the independent living movement
    Bypassing the heart
    False hopelessness or false hope: the early years of AIDS
    September 11 and emergency response
    Saving lives amid the opioid crisis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RA395.A3 K45 2021
    1
  • Digital
    Gerard Ahern, Maurice Brygel.
    Summary: "Medicine is an ever-changing science. As new research and clinical experience broaden our knowledge, changes in treatment and drug therapy are required. The authors and the publisher of this work have checked with sources believed to be reliable in their efforts to provide information that is complete and generally in accord with the standards accepted at the time of publication. However, in view of the possibility of human error or changes in medical sciences, neither the authors nor the publisher nor any other party who has been involved in the preparation or publication of this work warrants that the information contained herein is in every respect accurate or complete, and they disclaim all responsibility for any errors or omissions or for the results obtained from use of the information contained in this work. Readers are encouraged to confirm the information contained herein with other sources. For example, and in particular, readers are advised to check the product information sheet included in the package of each medication they plan to administer to be certain that the information contained in this work is accurate and that changes have not been made in the recommended dose or in the contraindications for administration. This recommendation is of particular importance in connection with new or infrequently used medications."--Notice

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: Abdomen
    Chapter 2: Distal Lower Limb
    Chapter 3: Head
    Chapter 4: Mediastinum --Chapter 5: Neck
    Chapter 6: Pelvis
    Chapter 7: Pleural Cavity
    Chapter 8: Proximal Lower Limb
    Chapter 9: Spine
    Chapter 10: Upper Limb-- Appendix: Atlas.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    Gerard Ahern, Maurice Brygel.
    Summary: Exploring essential surgery introduces basic surgical concepts and techniques to the medical student. Each learning module is grouped by region for ease of study. Numerous videos, images, and definitions comprise each module, giving context to the topic. Clerks can track their understanding of the material with quizzes.

    Contents:
    Principles
    Skin
    Head and neck
    Thorax
    Abdomen
    Hernia
    Anorectal
    Pelvis
    Upper limb
    Lower limb
    Spine
    Procedures.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
  • Digital
    Ganji Purnachandra Nagaraju, Aramati BM Reddy, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively describes the association between metabolic syndrome and pancreatic cancer progression, and the mechanism of action and target definition with a view to drug discovery. Metabolic syndrome, which includes adnominal obesity, hypertension, dyslipidemia, and hyperglycemia, has recently been shown to play an important role in the etiology and progression of various cancers. Further, obesity and diabetes have been associated with an increased incidence of gastric cancers. The book reviews the key biological mechanisms underlying the association between metabolic dysregulation, including obesity-associated enhancement of growth factor signaling, inflammation, and perturbation in pancreatic cancer cell growth and metastasis. It also illustrates the role of the inflammatory signaling pathway in metabolic diseases as well as tumor growth and explores the potential of these pathways as the rational targets for pancreatic cancer therapy. Lastly, the book offers a comprehensive description of the challenges associated with diabetes and pancreatic cancer therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sonia Malik, editor.
    Summary: Natural compounds obtained from plants represent a tremendous global market due to their use as food additives, cosmetics, in agriculture and in pharmaceuticals. This book provides up-to-date information on various strategies and methods for producing compounds of interest. Leading researchers discuss the latest advances in environmentally friendly natural compound production from plants, making the book a valuable resource for biotechnologists, pharmacists, food technologists and researchers working in the medical and healthcare industries.

    Contents:
    1. Secondary Metabolite Production in Plant Cell Culture: A New Epigenetic Frontier
    2. Plant Cell Biofactories as in vitro production platforms of the anti-cancer drug Camptothecin
    3. Not One for All: The Interwoven Relationship Between Morphophysiology and Secondary Metabolite Production in Plant Cell Cultures
    4. Anthocyanins and proanthocyanidins as Anti-cancer agents
    5. Duckweeds for the production of therapeutic proteins
    6. Essential oils from plants: Industrial applications and Biotechnological production
    7. Biotechnological production of antistress compounds: Current status and future prospects
    8. Elicitors as a biotechnological tool for in vitro production of bioactive phenolic compounds
    9. Immobilization and Application of Industrial Enzymes on Plant Based New Generation Polymers
    10. Recent advances towards development plant cell culture process for sustainable production of lignans and its health benefits
    11. Physiology of camptothecin synthesis in plants and root organ cultures of Ophiorrhiza mungos L. and its production in root fermenters
    12. In vitro culture of Haloxylon recurvum and Haloxylon salicornicum: valuable source of food additives, pharmaceutical and nutritional components from extreme arid zone.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    V. Venkatramanan, Shachi Shah, Ram Prasad, editors.
    Summary: The existential environmental crisis prompted the United Nations to formulate the Millennium Development Goals at the turn of the 21st century in order to embark on an era of sustainable development. The progress and deficiencies in achieving the Millennium Development Goals provided impetus to the intelligentsia and policymakers to map out the pertinent goals for a sustainable growth trajectory for humanity and the planet. The United Nations' 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, which was adopted in September 2015, took the shape of 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and 169 targets. In effect, the 17 Sustainable Development Goals focus on protecting the earth's life support systems for intra- and inter-generational equity and for development that is rooted in sustainability science. Attaining these goals is an uphill task; nevertheless, scientific knowledge, trans and interdisciplinary inquiries, concerted global action and capacity building would provide an enabling environment for achieving the SDGs. This book explores the synergies and trade-offs between climate change management and other SDGs. It highlights the policy imperatives as well as the interrelations between combating climate change and its impacts (SDG 13) and food and nutritional security (SDG 2), water security (SDG 6), soil security (SDG 15), energy security (SDG 7), poverty eradication (SDG 1), gender equality (SDG 5), resilient infrastructure (SDG 9), and sustainable and resilient cities (SDG 11).

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Achieving Food and Nutrition Security and Climate Change: Clash of the Titans or Alignment of the Stars?
    Chapter 2. Climate Change, Hunger and Food Security in Asia with special reference to Sri Lanka: Can the SDGs be Achieved by 2030?
    Chapter 3. The Status of Climate Variability and Food Accessibility: A Case of Households in Gauteng Province, South Africa
    Chapter 4. Climate resilient mariculture technologies for food and nutritional security
    Chapter 5. Climate change and adaptation: Recommendations for agriculture sector
    Chapter 6. Integrated Farming Systems: Climate Resilient Sustainable Food Production System in the Indian Himalayan Region
    Chapter 7. Adaptation mechanism of methylotrophic bacteria to drought condition and its strategies in mitigating plant stress caused by climate change
    Chapter 8. Synergies and Trade-offs between Climate Change and the Sustainable Development Goals in the Context of Marine Fisheries
    Chapter 9. Increasing Synergies between Climate Change and Sustainable Development in Energy Policy
    Chapter 10. Ensuring Domestic Water Security for Cities under Rapid Urbanisation and Climate Change Risks
    Chapter 11. Improving Water Productivity for Smallholder Rice Farmers in the Upper West Region of Ghana: A Review of Sustainable Approaches
    Chapter 12. Synergies between climate change, biodiversity, ecosystem function and services, indirect drivers of change and human well-being in forests
    Chapter 13. Climate change projections of current and future distributions of the endemic Loris lydekkerianus (Lorinae) in peninsular India
    Chapter 14. Climate Change, Air Pollution and SDG 3: An Indian Perspective
    Chapter 15. Empowerment of fisherwomen through marine farming.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Eman Ali Saeed Alghamdi, Abdulmalik Yahya Al Qahtani, Mazen M. Sinjab, Khalid Mohammed Alyahya.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Abstract
    Acknowledgment
    Contents
    About the Authors
    Abbreviations
    Part I
    Chapter 1: Ocular Pharmacokinetics
    References
    Chapter 2: Factors Affecting Bioavailability and Efficacy of Topical Ophthalmic Preparations
    References
    Chapter 3: Ideal Characteristics of Ophthalmic Drug Delivery System
    References
    Chapter 4: Inactive Ingredients Used in the Preparation of Ophthalmic Products
    References
    Chapter 5: Preservatives Used in Ophthalmic Preparations
    Reference
    Part II
    Chapter 6: Topical Ophthalmic Drug Forms
    References Chapter 7: Extemporaneous Compounding of Ophthalmic Products
    Reference
    Chapter 8: Guidelines of The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists (ASHP) on Pharmacy-Prepared Ophthalmic Products
    Reference
    Chapter 9: Formulations of Extemporaneous Topical Ophthalmic Preparations
    9.1 Acetylcysteine Ophthalmic Solution [1-4]
    9.2 Amikacin Ophthalmic Solution [5, 6]
    9.3 Amphotericin B Ophthalmic Solution [7-12]
    9.4 Atropine Ophthalmic Solution [13-15]
    9.5 Autologous Serum Ophthalmic Solution [16-22]
    9.6 Bacitracin Ophthalmic Solution [15, 23] 9.7 Cefazolin Sodium Ophthalmic Solution [15, 24-29]
    9.8 Ceftazidime Ophthalmic Solution [15, 24, 30-33]
    9.9 Cefuroxime Ophthalmic Solution [15, 34, 35]
    9.10 Ceftriaxone Ophthalmic Solution [36, 37]
    9.11 Clindamycin Ophthalmic Solution [38]
    9.12 Cyclosporine Ophthalmic Solution [39-49]
    9.13 Colistimetate Ophthalmic Solution [50-54]
    9.14 Edetate Disodium Ophthalmic Solution [15, 55-58]
    9.15 5-Fluorouracil Ophthalmic Solution [59-65]
    9.16 Gentamicin Ophthalmic Solution [38, 66, 67]
    9.17 Interferon Alfa-2b Ophthalmic Solution [68-80] 9.18 Medroxyprogesterone Ophthalmic Solution [81-83]
    9.19 Mitomycin-C Ophthalmic Solution [84-100]
    9.20 Penicillin G Potassium Ophthalmic Solution [84, 85, 101]
    9.21 Tacrolimus Ophthalmic Solution [102, 103]
    9.22 Tobramycin Ophthalmic Solution [84, 85, 104]
    9.23 Vancomycin Hydrochloride Ophthalmic Solution [38, 105-107]
    9.24 Voriconazole Ophthalmic Solution [108-118]
    References
    Part III
    Chapter 10: Intravitreal Injections
    References
    Chapter 11: Intracameral Injections
    Reference
    Chapter 12: Formulations of Extemporaneous Intraocular Injections 12.1 Amikacin Sulfate Intravitreal Injection [1]
    12.2 Amphotericin B Intravitreal Injection [2-6]
    12.3 Bevacizumab Intravitreal Injection [7-12]
    12.4 Cefazolin Sodium Intravitreal Injection [3, 13]
    12.5 Ceftazidime Intravitreal Injection [3, 13, 14]
    12.6 Cefuroxime Intracameral Injection [15]
    12.7 Cidofovir Intravitreal Solution [16]
    12.8 Clindamycin Intravitreal Injection [17-20]
    12.9 Dexamethasone Phosphate Intravitreal Injection [21]
    12.10 Foscarnet Intravitreal Injection [22-24]
    12.11 Ganciclovir Intravitreal Injection [22, 25, 26]
    12.12 Penicillin G Potassium Intravitreal Injection [27-29]
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Hiro Kiyosue, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: External Carotid Artery
    References
    2: Anterior (Visceral) Branches from the Proximal ECA (Superior Thyroidal, Lingual, and Facial Arterial System)
    2.1 Superior Thyroidal Artery
    2.1.1 Branches of the Superior Thyroidal Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6)
    2.1.1.1 Infrahyoid Branch
    2.1.1.2 Sternocleidomastoid Branch
    2.1.1.3 Superior Laryngeal Artery
    2.1.1.4 Cricothyroid Branch
    2.1.1.5 Anterior and Posterior Branch (Figs. 2.4 and 2.5)
    2.1.1.6 Prevertebral Branch
    2.2 Lingual Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.7, and 2.8) 2.2.1 Branches of the Lingual Artery (Figs. 2.2, 2.7, and 2.8)
    2.2.1.1 Pharyngeal Branch
    2.2.1.2 Superior Hyoidal Branch
    2.2.1.3 Dorsal Lingual Branch
    2.2.1.4 Sublingual Artery
    2.2.1.5 Deep Lingual Artery
    2.3 Facial Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10)
    2.3.1 Branches of the Facial Artery
    2.3.1.1 Ascending Palatine Artery
    2.3.1.2 Tonsillar Branch
    2.3.1.3 Glandular Branches
    2.3.1.4 Submental Artery
    2.3.1.5 Masseter Branches and Buccal Branches
    2.3.1.6 Inferior and Superior Labial Arteries
    2.3.1.7 Lateral Nasal Artery 2.3.1.8 Angular Artery (Fig. 2.10)
    References
    3: Posterior (Neural) Branches from the Proximal ECA
    3.1 Occipital and Ascending Pharyngeal Arterial System
    3.2 Occipital Artery
    3.2.1 Branches of the Occipital Artery
    3.2.1.1 Sternocleidomastoid Branches (Figs. 2.1, 3.3, and 3.4)
    3.2.1.2 Stylomastoid Artery
    3.2.1.3 Jugular Branch (Meningeal Branch)
    3.2.1.4 Descending Muscular Branch
    3.2.1.5 Mastoid Branches
    3.2.1.6 Small Muscular Branches and Transosseous Branch
    3.3 Ascending Pharyngeal Artery
    3.3.1 Branches of the Ascending Pharyngeal Artery 3.3.1.1 Pharyngeal Branches (Figs. 3.11, 3.12, and 3.13)
    3.3.1.2 Inferior Tympanic Artery (Fig. 3.14)
    3.3.1.3 Neuromeningeal Branches (Figs. 3.4, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, and 3.16)
    3.3.1.4 Muscular Branches
    References
    4: Superficial Arteries from the Distal ECA
    4.1 Posterior Auricular Artery and the Superficial Temporal Artery
    4.2 Posterior Auricular Artery (Figs. 1.1, 2.1, 4.1, and 4.2)
    4.2.1 Branches of the Posterior Auricular Artery
    4.2.1.1 Parotid Branches
    4.2.1.2 Muscular Branches
    4.2.1.3 Stylomastoid Artery 4.3 Superficial Temporal Artery (Figs. 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, and 4.3)
    4.3.1 Branches of the Superficial Temporal Artery
    4.3.1.1 Transverse Facial Artery (Fig. 4.4)
    4.3.1.2 Anterior Tympanic Artery (Figs. 4.2 and 4.3)
    4.3.1.3 Anterior Auricular Branches (Figs. 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4)
    4.3.1.4 Zygomatico-Orbital Artery (Figs. 2.1, 4.3, and 4.4)
    4.3.1.5 Posterior Deep Temporal Artery
    4.3.1.6 Frontal Branch and Parietal Branch (Terminal Branches) (Figs. 2.1, 3.10, and 4.3)
    References
    5: Maxillary Artery
    5.1 Branches of the First Segment
    5.1.1 The Anterior Tympanic Artery (Fig. 5.6)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jennie B. Leach, Elizabeth M. Powell.
    Summary: This volume provides comprehensive procedures for analyzing the extracellular matrix in native, injured, and engineered neural tissues. Divided into four parts, each focusing on different aspects of the extracellular matrix and the nervous system, Extracellular Matrix covers methods to analyze native tissue, in vitro models for investigating cell-extracellular matrix interactions in a variety of contexts, protocols to investigate the role of the extracellular matrix in nervous system injury, degeneration, and regeneration, as well as therapeutics and engineered systems. Each chapter is written by leading experts and presents established protocols in a concise format, encompassing current technologies as well as methods developed over years of research. Beginning with an introduction to the method, chapters continue with a listing of the materials and equipment, step-by-step protocols, and a Notes section with troubleshooting tips, supplemental details and alternative approaches, as well as a list of references for further information.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ephraim Cohen, Hans Merzendorfer, editors.
    Summary: The extracellular matrix (ECM) is an acellular three-dimensional network composed of proteins, glycoproteins, proteoglycans and exopolysaccharides. It primarily serves as a structural component in the tissues and organs of plants and animals, or forms biofilms in which bacterial cells are embedded. ECMs are highly dynamic structures that undergo continuous remodeling, and disruptions are frequently the result of pathological processes associated with severe diseases such as arteriosclerosis, neurodegenerative illness or cancer. In turn, bacterial biofilms are a source of concern for human health, as they are associated with resistance to antibiotics. Although exopolysaccharides are crucial for ECM formation and function, they have received considerably little attention to date. The respective chapters of this book comprehensively address such issues, and provide reviews on the structural, biochemical, molecular and biophysical properties of exopolysaccharides. These components are abundantly produced by virtually all taxa including bacteria, algae, plants, fungi, invertebrates and vertebrates. They include long unbranched homopolymers (cellulose, chitin/chitosan), linear copolymers (alginate, agarose), peptoglycans such as murein, heteropolymers like a variety of glycosaminoglycans (hyaluronan, dermatan, keratin, heparin, Pel), and branched heteropolymers such as pectin and hemicellulose. A separate chapter is dedicated to modern industrial and biomedical applications of exopolysaccharides and polysaccharide-based biocomposites. Their unique chemical, physical and mechanical properties have attracted considerable interest, inspired basic and applied research, and have already been harnessed to form structural biocomposite hybrids for tailor-made applications in regenerative medicine, bioengineering and biosensor design. Given its scope, this book provides a substantial source of basic and applied information for a wide range of scientists, as well as valuable textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate students.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Aminosugar-Based Exopolysaccharides Chitin-based extracellular matrices. Chapter1. Chito-Protein Matrices in Arthropod Exoskeletons and Peritrophic Membranes (Xiaoming Zhao, Jianzhen Zhang and Kun Yan Zhu)
    Chapter2. Mineral-Chitin Composite in Mollusks (Ingrid M. Weiss)
    Chapter3. Chitosan Derivatives and Grafted Adjuncts With Unique Properties (Hans Merzendorfer)
    Chapter4. Hyaluronan Extracellular Matrix
    Synthesis and Physiological Properties (Alberto Passi and Davide Vigetti)
    Chapter5. Sulfated Chondroitin, Dermatan, Heparan and Keratan
    Structure and Function (Emiliano Bedini, Maria Michela Corsaro, Alfonso Fernández-Mayoralas and Alfonso Iadonisi)
    Chapter6. Peptidoglycan Structures, Biosynthesis and Deposition in Bacterial Cell Walls (Axel Walter and Christoph Mayer)
    Chapter7. Cellulose and Hemicellulose Synthesis and their Regulation in Plant Cells (Xiaoyu Zhu, Xiaoran Xin, and Ying Gu)
    Chapter8. Cellulose in Bacterial Biofilms (Diego O. Serra and Regine Hengge)
    Chapter9. Role of Glucan-Derived Polymers in the Pathogenic Fungus Candida albicans
    Chapter10. Structure and Biological Properties of Lasiodiplodan (Mário A.A. Cunha, Vidiany A.Q. Santos, Gabrielle C. Calegari, William N. Sánchez Luna, Sandra L.A. Marin, Robert F.H. Dekker and Aneli M. Barbosa-Dekker)
    Chapter11. Structure and Biological Properties of Botryosphaeran (Robert F.H. Dekker, Eveline A.I.F. Queiroz, Mario A.A. Cunha, and Aneli M Barbosa-Dekker)
    Chapter12. Pectic Polysaccharides in Plants: Structures, Biosynthesis and Functions (Charles Anderson)
    Chapter13. Alginate-based bacterial biofilms (M. Fata Moradali and Bernd H.A. Rehm)
    Part2. Industrial and Biomedical Applications of Biopolysaccharides. chapter14. Chitin/Chitosan
    Versatile Ecological, Industrial and Biomedical Aapplications (Hans Merzendorfer and Ephraim Cohen)
    Chapter15. Marine Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) and GAG-Mimetics
    Applications in Medicine and Tissue Engineering (Sy lvia Colliec-Jouault and Agata Zykwinska)
    Chapter16. Alginate
    Pharmacological and Medical Applications (Patrícia Sofia Pinhanços Batista, Alcina Maria Miranda Bernardo de Morais, Maria Manuela Estevez Pintado, and Rui Manuel Santos Costa de Morais)
    Chapter17. Nanocellulose Composite Biomaterials in Industry and Medicine (Oded Shoseyov, Doron Kam, Tal Ben Shalom, Zvi Shtein, Sapir Vinkler and Yehudit Posen).
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Sheila Spada, Lorenzo Galluzzi.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Extracellular Vesicles
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Preface
    Extracellular vesicles: An exciting and rapidly expanding field of investigation
    Acknowledgments
    Disclosures
    References
    Chapter One: Genetic labeling of extracellular vesicles for studying biogenesis and uptake in living mammalian cells
    1. Introduction
    2. Equipment and materials
    2.1. Equipment
    2.2. Cells and culture medium
    2.3. Reagents and chemicals
    3. Protocol
    3.1. Cell culture
    3.2. Generation of transient and stable CD63-GFP/VSVG-GFP expressing cells 3.3. Exosome preparation from conditioned medium
    3.4. Cell and exosome imaging
    3.5. Cellular uptake of exosomes by confocal microscopy and flow cytometry
    4. Concluding remarks
    5. Notes
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter Two: Fluorescent labeling of extracellular vesicles
    1. Introduction
    1.1. Uptake studies
    1.2. Biodistribution studies
    1.3. Characterization studies
    2. Fluorescent labeling
    2.1. EV Labeling approaches
    2.1.1. Surface marker labeling of EVs
    2.1.2. Lipid membrane labeling of EVs
    2.1.3. Luminal labeling of EVs 2.2. Post-labeling clean-up
    2.2.1. Differential ultracentrifugation
    2.2.2. Density gradient centrifugation
    2.2.3. Size exclusion chromatography
    2.2.4. Filtration
    3. Materials, equipment and reagents
    4. Protocols
    4.1. Sample labeling
    4.2. Removing excess dye
    4.3. Coverslip preparation
    4.4. Fluorescent imaging
    4.5. Size assessment using NTA
    5. Pros and cons
    5.1. Surface marker labeling
    5.2. Lipid membrane labeling
    5.3. Luminal labeling
    6. Conclusion
    References Chapter Three: Use of antibody arrays to probe exosome and extracellular vesicle mediated functional changes in cells
    1. Introduction
    1.1. Exosomes and extracellular vesicles
    1.2. Antibody arrays
    2. Methods
    2.1. Cell culture
    2.2. Isolation of exosome fraction
    2.3. Labeling of exosome fraction
    2.4. Treatment of cells
    2.5. Antibody arrays
    3. Notes
    4. Concluding remarks
    References
    Chapter Four: Analysis of individual extracellular vesicles by imaging flow cytometry
    1. Introduction
    2. Single EV analyses
    2.1. Equipment
    2.2. Materials 2.3. Protocol optimization
    2.4. Instrument calibration
    3. Protocol
    3.1. Preparation of antibody solution
    3.2. Sample preparation
    3.3. Controls
    3.4. Sample acquisition with the ISX
    4. Data analysis
    4.1. Defining of masks to analyze the raw image file data
    4.2. Using the feature manager to determine single events
    4.3. Data presentation and calculation of subset concentrations
    5. Summary
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter Five: Imaging intercellular interaction and extracellular vesicle exchange in a co-culture model of chronic lymph ...
    1. Introduction
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Print
    editors, Thomas V. Brogan, Laurance Lequier, Roberto Lorusso, Graeme MacLaren, Giles Peek.
    Contents:
    I. Extracorporeal life support: General principles
    II. Extracorporeal life support: Neonatal respiratory disease
    III. Extracorporeal life support: Pediatric respiratory disease
    IV. Extracorporeal life support: Neonatal and pediatric cardiac disease
    V. Extracorporeal life support: Adult respiratory disease
    VI. Extracorporeal life support: Adult cardiac disease
    VII. Extracorporeal life support: Special indications
    VIII. ECLS: Procedures and adjunctive extracorporeal therapies
    IX. Extracorporeal life support: Organization.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD598.35.A77 M49 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Gregory A. Schmidt, editor.
    Contents:
    Physiology of Extracorporeal Life Support (ECLS), Matthew J. Brain, Warwick W. Butt, Graeme MacLaren
    Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Darryl Abrams, Matthew Bacchetta, Daniel Brodie
    Cardiogenic Shock: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Nicolas Bréchot, Alain Combes
    ECCO2R in Obstructive Diseases: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Lorenzo Del Sorbo, V. Marco Ranieri
    ECLS as a Bridge to Lung Transplantation, Christian Kuehn.- Modes of ECLS, L. Keith Scott, Benjamin Schmidt
    Vascular Access for ECLS, Steven A. Conrad
    Circuits, Membranes, and Pumps, Bradley H. Rosen
    Ventilator Management during ECLS, Antonio Pesenti, Giacomo Bellani, Giacomo Grasselli, Tommaso Mauri
    Daily Care on ECLS, Giles J. Peek
    Crises during ECLS, Cara L. Agerstrand, Linda B. Mongero, Darryl Abrams, Matthew Bacchetta, Daniel Brodie
    Mobilization during ECLS, Gregory A. Schmidt
    ECMO Weaning and Decannulation, Sundar Krishnan and Gregory A. Schmidt
    The Story of ECLS: History and Future, J. Ann Morris, Robert Pollock, Brittany A. Zwischenberger, Cherry Ballard-Croft, Joseph B. Zwischenberger.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gregory A Schmidt, editor.
    Summary: This new edition presents an evidence-based review of extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) for adults, with a particular focus on veno-venous (VV) ECMO. Due to the dramatic impact of COVID-19, the number of institutions offering ECMO, thus the number of clinicians performing ECMO (or referring their patients for ECMO), has exploded in a truly unprecedented way. While the pandemic may fade, programs built in response will survive by extending the application of ECMO to previously overlooked populations. This fully updated second edition refines its focus to VV ECMO, which has seen the most dramatic increase and relevance. This allows expert authors to go further in depth regarding VV ECMO and provide readers with better guidance from the physiology of VV ECMO to weaning and decannulation. Several areas have been expanded, including anti-thrombotic approaches; how to set the mechanical ventilator and judge the complex interactions between patient, ventilator, and ECMO circuit; assessing the systemic circulation during VV ECMO (especially right ventricular function and intravascular volume); and recognizing membrane lung dysfunction. Finally, new chapters addressing how the VV-capable clinician should think about VA ECMO and how to incorporate ethical principles in patient selection and withdrawal of ECMO have been added. This is an ideal guide for intensive care and respiratory medicine specialists, fellows training in critical care, ECMO specialist staff, perfusionists, nurses, and respiratory therapists.

    Contents:
    Physiology of Extracorporeal Life Support (ECLS)
    Circuits, Membranes, and Pumps
    Modes of ECMO
    Vascular Access
    Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions
    Ventilator management during ECLS
    Managing the Systemic Circulation: Volume Status and RV Function
    Antithrombotic therapy for ECMO
    Membrane Dysfunction
    ECCO2R in Obstructive Diseases: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions
    ECMO as a bridge to lung transplantation
    Daily management of patients on VV ECMO
    Crises During ECLS
    Mobilization During ECLS
    ECMO Weaning and Decannulation
    Veno-arterial ECMO in respiratory failure
    Ethical Challenges in Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Sachinder Singh Hans, editor.
    Summary: Carotid and vertebral artery disease affects a large segment of the population with the potential of causing severe disability from a major stroke. This book places emphasis on the medical, endovascular and surgical approaches in managing patients with extracranial carotid and vertebral artery disease following pertinent diagnostic studies. Sections focus on carotid and vertebral anatomy, physiology and diagnostic modalities. Subsequent chapters discuss specific disease processes and their management with the best medical therapy neuro-interventions. Contributions from many interrelated specialties, including cerebrovascular physiology, pathology, neuro-radiology, neuro-interventions, stroke-neurology and vascular surgery significantly enhance our knowledge of carotid and vertebral artery disease. Extracranial Carotid and Vertebral Artery Disease: Contemporary Management provides an comprehensive and state-of-the-art approach to managing complex arterial reconstructions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Rochelle Buffenstein, Thomas J. Park, Melissa M. Holmes, editors.
    Summary: This volume focuses on the huge advances in the last 25 years on the use of this animal model for biomedical research (cancer, heart disease and neurodegeneration), fundamental neuroscience and basic subterranean biology. In 2013, Science magazine named the naked mole-rat as the Vertebrate of the Year. This was partly due to research carried out documenting its extreme longevity, negligible senescence, and prolonged maintenance of cancer free, good health well into old age as well as seminal work on mechanisms involved in these processes, pain and hypoxia resistance. In addition to this research focus on longevity and chronic diseases such as cancer and cardiovascular disease, the naked mole-rat has also made a substantial contribution to the fields of ecophysiology, neuroscience and behavior. With international contributions, this book provides a valuable text for zoological students, behavioral scientists and biomedical researchers.

    Contents:
    Dedication
    About the editors
    Preface (Jarvis JUM)
    Chapter 1. Social evolution in African mole-rats - a comparative overview (Faulkes CG & Bennett NC)
    Chapter 2. Social behavior in naked mole-rats: individual differences in phenotype and proximate mechanisms of mammalian eusociality (Holmes MM & Goldman BD)
    Chapter 3. Neuropeptidergic and neuroendocrine systems underlying eusociality and the concomitant social regulation of reproduction in naked mole-rats: a comparative approach (Coen CW, Bennett N, Holmes MM, & Faulkes CG)
    Chapter 4. Adult neural plasticity in naked mole-rats: implications of fossoriality, longevity and sociality on the brains capacity for change (Mooney SJ, Forger NG, & Holmes MM)
    Chapter 5. Sensory Systems of the African Naked Mole-Rat (Vice EN, Lagestee S, Browe BM, Deb D, Smith ESJ, Park TJ)
    Chapter 6. Hearing and vocalizations in the naked mole-rat (Barker AJ, Koch, U, Lewin GR, Pyott, SJ)
    Chapter 7. The somatosensory world of the African naked mole-rat (Lewin GR, Smith ESJ, Reznick J, Debus K, Barker A, and Park TJ)
    Chapter 8. The idiosyncratic physiological traits of the naked mole-rat; a resilient animal model of aging, longevity, and healthspan (Buffenstein R and Craft W)
    Chapter 9. African Naked Mole-Rats Demonstrate Extreme Tolerance to Hypoxia and Hypercapnia (Park TJ, Smith ESJ, Reznick J, Bennett NC, Applegate DT, Larson J, Lewin GR)
    Chapter 10. A sweet story of metabolic innovation in the naked mole-rat (Reznick J, Park TJ, and Lewin GR)
    Chapter 11. Insights into the molecular basis of genome stability and pristine proteostasis in naked mole-rats (Narayan V, McMahon M, OBrien J, McAllister F and Buffenstein R)
    Chapter 12. The Unusual Immune System of the Naked Mole-Rat (Lin TD and Buffenstein R)
    Chapter 13
    Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells from Cancer-Resistant Naked Mole-rats (Miura. K, Oiwa Y, and Kawamura Y)
    Chapter 14. Naked mole-rats: resistant to developing cancer or good at avoiding it? (Hadi F, Smith ESJ and Khaled WT)
    Chapter 15. Spontaneous Disease and Pathology of Naked Mole-rats (Delaney MA, Imai DM, Buffenstein R)
    Chapter 16. Managed Care of Naked Mole-rats (Smith M, and Buffenstein R)
    Chapter 17. Some exciting future directions for work on naked mole-rats (Smith ESJ, ParkTJ, Holmes MM and Buffenstein R).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editor, Douglas D. Brunette.
    Contents:
    Airway
    Appendages
    Central nervous system
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary
    Obstetrics and gynecology
    Foreign bodies
    Otolaryngology
    Abdomen
    Electrocardiogram
    Intriguing
    Ophthalmology
    Orthopedics
    Dermatology
    Genitalia
    Self imposed
    Life saving.
  • Digital
    Alper Sener, Hakan Erdem, editors.
    Summary: This book brings awareness to a neglected condition that is nevertheless prevalent world-wide. Much focus is justly given to pulmonary tuberculosis, one of the key medical scourges of humanity, but this disease also often manifests itself in organs outside of the lungs. There is however a surprising lack of information available on extrapulmonary TB, which this book aims to remedy. Specifically, research, as well as epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment options, are discussed in detail by an international list of experts.

    Contents:
    1. Epidemiology of extrapulmonary tuberculosis
    2. Pleural Tuberculosis
    3. Gastrointestinal Tuberculosis
    4. Hepatobiliary and splenic tuberculosis
    5. Lymphatic Tuberculosis
    6. Bone and Joint Tuberculosis
    7. Tuberculous Spondylodiscitis
    8. Tuberculous Meningitis
    9. Tuberculous Encephalitis
    10. Spinal tuberculosis
    11. Genitourinary Tuberculosis
    12. Cardiovascular Tuberculosis
    13. Cutaneous Tuberculosis
    14. Tuberculosis of Eye
    15. Infection control in extrapulmonary TB
    16. Tuberculosis in the ICU.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Emilia Pauline Liao, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro; Series Editor Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Vitamin D Biochemistry and Physiology; Introduction; Vitamin D Production; Vitamin D Metabolism; Transport of Vitamin D Metabolites in the Blood and Their Cellular Uptake; Vitamin D Mechanism of Action; Vitamin D Regulation of Cellular Function; Classic Vitamin D Target Tissues; Nonclassic Vitamin D Target Tissues; Regulation of Proliferation and Differentiation; Regulation of Hormone Secretion; Regulation of the Immune System; References;
    Chapter 2: Vitamin D and Autoimmune Diseases; Introduction; Vitamin D Deficiency
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Eduardo de Santibañes, Victoria Ardiles, Fernando A. Alvarez, Virginia Cano Busnelli, Martin de Santibañes, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the diagnoses; staging and management of patients with colorectal liver metastases initially considered unresectable and portrays the different strategies to increase resectability along with their tactics and tricks. Colorectal carcinoma is the third most commonly diagnosed cancer in the world and according to recent cancer statistics around 1.23 million patients are diagnosed each year. Of these patients, approximately 50% will develop liver metastases during the course of their disease and around 15-25% are found to have stage IV disease at diagnosis. Liver resection has been recognized as the treatment of choice for these patients, offering overall 5-year survival rates of up to 50-60% and the only hope for cure. However, at diagnosis only 10-20% of these patients are possibly amenable to surgical resection with curative intent. The possibility to achieve an R0 resection is many times limited by the amount and quality of the future liver remnant (FLR), being posthepatectomy liver failure (PHLF) the most feared and severe complication after major liver resections. With the years, diverse strategies have been developed with the intention to increase resectability by increasing the future liver remnant and/or reducing tumor size, e.g. ALPPS. Along with these techniques, associated surgeries are developed including multivisceral resections, which broadens even more the resectability for patients.

    Contents:
    Part I Introduction. 1. Introduction
    2. Liver surgical anatomy
    II. Global patient evaluation and oncological assessment
    3. Resectability assessment with diagnostic imaging
    4. Liver function evaluation before extreme liver surgery
    5. Imaging-based preoperative planning
    6. Choosing the best strategy. Multidisciplinary evaluation
    III
    Non-operative multimodal therapies
    7. Conversion and neoadjuvant therapies
    8. Portal embolization
    9. Intraarterial chemotherapy
    10. Radioembolization
    IV. Surgical strategies
    11. Anesthetics management
    12. Intraoperative evaluation of resectability
    13. Vascular control in major hepatic resections
    14. Two-stage liver surgery
    15. Two-stage liver surgery with portal occlusion
    16 ALPPS
    17. Parenchymal-sparing liver resections
    18. Combined vascular resections
    19. Ex-vivo liver surgery
    20. Liver transplant
    21. The roll of laparoscopy in advanced liver disease
    V. Management of concomitant extrahepatic disease
    22. Pulmonary metastases
    23. Nodal involvement
    24. Peritoneal disease
    25. Adjacent organs invasion. Multivisceral resections
    VI. Postoperative complications and their management
    26. Complications of hepatic resections
    VII. Palliative care
    27. Palliative care in patients with extensive disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Francesco Feletti, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Medicine in extreme sports: 1Psychology and the extreme sports experience
    2 Nutrition for extreme sports
    3 Endocrine responses to extreme sports
    4 Infectious diseases and extreme sports
    5 Ocular problems in extreme sports: high altitude trekking and surfing
    6 Extreme sports dermatology
    7 Medical support for expedition-length adventure races
    8 Emergency medicine in mountain sports: treatment of casualties in hostile environments
    9 Drug abuse and doping in extreme sports. Part II. Injuries and illnesses in the most popular extreme sports: 10 Rock and ice climbing medicine
    11. Alpine skiing and snowboarding: current trends and future directions
    12 Extreme mountain biking injuries
    13 Ultramarathon running: medical issues
    14Skateboarding: accidents and injuries
    15 BASE jumping and wingsuit flying: accidents and injuries,
    16 Foot-launched flying: accidents and injuries. Hang gliding, paragliding, powered hang gliding and powered paragliding
    17 Paragliding medicine
    18 Kitesports medicine: Kite surfing, snow kiting and kite buggying
    19 Injuries associated with skydiving
    20 Surfing and skimboarding medicine
    21 Windsurfing injuries
    22 Extreme sailing injuries
    23 White-water paddlesports medicine: canoeing, kayaking and rafting
    24 Wakeboarding injuries. 25 Extreme scuba diving medicine. Part III. Prevention, training and rehabilitation: 26 Training and injury prevention strategies in extreme sports
    27 An ecological dynamics framework for the acquisition of perceptual motor skills in climbing
    28 Windsurfing: the physiology of athletic performance and training
    29 Employment of near-infrared spectroscopy to assess the physiological determinants of hiking performance in single-handed dinghy sailors
    30 Whole body vibration in extreme sports
    31 Physiology and risk management of cold exposure
    32 Helmets: technological innovations for safety
    33 The eye in extreme sports: prevention, treatment and rehabilitation
    34 Rehabilitation of extreme sports injuries
    35 Legal issues related to extreme sports.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RD97 .E98 2017
    1
  • Digital
    A. Neil Salyapongse, Samuel O. Poore, Ahmed M. Afifi, Michael L. Bentz, editors.
    Summary: Extremity Replantation is a comprehensive text covering all aspects of the upper and lower limb, with an emphasis on state-of-the-art techniques in the surgical and medical management of amputation and avulsion injuries as well as the current understanding of the recovery of function following replantation. It is organized following anatomical zones ? thumb, digits, wrist, forearm and elbow; foot, ankle and lower leg ? with special chapters dedicated to issues common to all replants, such as complications, medical management, nerve recovery and rehabilitation. Furthermore, the international team of authors demonstrates approaches from the entire spectrum of replantation care specialists, including plastic and reconstructive surgeons, orthopedists, and hand therapists. Generously illustrated with intra-operative photos, this book will serve as a standard reference for orthopedic, reconstructive, plastic, and hand surgeons as well as physicians or ancillary medical staff caring for the replant patient.

    Contents:
    The History of Extremity Replantation
    Principles of Musculoskeletal Repair in Extremity Replantation
    Principles of Nerve Repair and Neural Recovery in Extremity Replantation Surgery
    Replantation of the Thumb
    Replantation of the Digits
    Replantation at the Level of the Radiocarpal Joint
    Replantation of the Forearm or Arm
    Optimizing Vascular Patency in Replantation
    Toe-to-Hand Transplantation after Failed Replantation
    Heterotopic Digital Replantation
    Replantation in the Child and Adolescent
    Lower Limb Replantation
    Management of Complications after Replantation
    Secondary Procedures in Replantation
    Rehabilitation following Replantation in the Upper Extremity.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sikha Mandal, Jnanendra Rath.
    Summary: This volume presents recent developments in the novel drug development and potential of extremophilic cyanobacteria. It discusses how these tiny organism originated, produce oxygen that leads to evolution of life on the earth, how their survival strategies in extreme climatic conditions lead to diverse metabolic pathways, and the opportunity to use them to develop novel drugs. The book is comprised of five chapters, starting with the origin of cyanobacteria, their survival strategies under extreme conditions, and their capabilities to change metabolic activities.The second chapter explores the different metabolic pathways found in cyanobacteria and examines advances in this field and recent techniques like MALDI-TOF imaging and metagenomics tools as well as in silico techniques for rapid screening of secondary metabolites. Further chapters cover the glycomics of cyanobacteria, anticancer drug development, and some issues and challenges of using cyanobacteria to develop drugs. Extremophilic Cyanobacteria For Novel Drug Development provides insight into future perspectives in drug development and is a key resource for students, researchers and professionals in pharmacy, medicinal chemistry, pharmacognosy biotechnology, biology, and academics.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Secondary Metabolites of Cyanobacteria and Drug Development
    3 Glycoconjugates of Cyanobacteria and Potential Drug Development from them
    4 Anticancer Drug Development from Cyanobacteria
    5 Issues and Challenges of Drug Development from Cyanobacteria.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Rajesh K. Sani, Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, editors.
    Summary: This book presents a review and in-depth analyses of improved biotechnological processes emphasizing critical aspects and challenges of lignocellulosic biomass conversion into biofuels and value-added products especially using extremophiles and recombinant microorganisms. The book specifically comprises extremophilic production of liquid and gaseous biofuels (bioethanol, biobutanol, biodiesel, biohydrogen, and biogas) as well as value added products (e.g. single cell protein, hydrocarbons, lipids, exopolysaccharides, and polyhydroxyalkanoates). The book also provides the knowledge on how to develop safe, more efficient, sustainable, and economical integrated processes for enhanced conversion of lignocellulosic feedstocks to liquid and gaseous biofuels. Finally the book describes how to perform the techno-economical and life-cycle assessments of new integrated processes involving extremophiles. These modeling exercises are critical in addressing any deficiencies associated with the demonstration of an integrated biofuels and value-added products production process at pilot scale as well as demonstration on the commercialization scale.

    Contents:
    Bioprospecting of Extremophiles for Biotechnology Applications / Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, Rajesh K. Sani
    Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstocks into Bioethanol Using Extremophiles / Sean Michael Scully, Johann Orlygsson
    Biobutanol Production Using Recombinant Microorganisms / Rakhee Khandeparker, Rajesh K. Sani
    Biodiesel (Microalgae) / Karen M. Moll, Todd C. Pedersen, Robert D. Gardner, Brent M. Peyton
    Biohydrogen Production from Lignocellulosic Feedstocks Using Extremophiles / Raman Rao, Rajesh K. Sani, Sachin Kumar
    Biogas from Extremophiles / Karthik Rajendran, Gergely Forgacs
    Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstocks into Biogas / Ritika Verma, Abhilash Kumar Tripathi, Sudhir Kumar
    Bioconversion of Methane for Value-Added Products / Qiang Fei, Philip T. Pienkos
    Synthetic Biology Enables Photosynthetic Production of Limonene from CO2 and H2O / Charles Halfmann, Liping Gu, William Gibbons, Ruanbao Zhou
    Exopolysaccharide Productions from Extremophiles: The Chemical Structures and Their Bioactivities / Paola Di Donato, Annarita Poli, Giuseppina Tommonaro, Gennaro Roberto Abbamondi, Barbara Nicolaus
    Polyhydroxyalkanoates Production from Renewable and Waste Materials Using Extremophiles/Recombinant Microbes / Özkan Danış, Ayşe Ogan, Meral Birbir
    Rewiring Extremophilic Electrocatalytic Processes for Production of Biofuels and Value-Added Compounds from Lignocellulosic Biomass / Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, Rajesh K. Sani, David Salem
    Integrated Consolidated Bioprocessing for Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstock to Biofuels and Value-Added Bioproducts / Jia Wang, Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, David R. Salem, Rajesh K. Sani
    Value-Added Products from Wastes Using Extremophiles in Biorefineries: Process Modeling, Simulation, and Optimization Tools / Elias Martinez-Hernandez, Kok Siew Ng, Myriam A. Amezcua Allieri, Jorge A. Aburto Anell, Jhuma Sadhukhan
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by Hugh Davson.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Vegetative physiology and biochemistry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP475 .E92
    2
  • Digital
    John V. Forrester, Andrew D. Dick, Paul G. McMenamin, Fiona Roberts, Eric Pearlman.
    Summary: "The Eye: Basic Sciences in Practice provides highly accessible, one-stop coverage of all the essential basic science required by today's ophthalmologists and optometrists in training. It is also core reading for those embarking on a career in visual and ophthalmic science, as well as an invaluable, current refresher for the range of practitioners working in this area. Building on previous success, this fifth edition has been fully revised in line with current curricula, key research developments and clinical best practice. It succinctly incorporates critical developments in fast-moving fields related to the eye and vision, including genetics, pharmacology, microbiology, immunology, pathology, neurophysiology, neuroanatomy and imaging"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the eye and orbit
    Embryology and early development of the eye and adnexa
    Genetics
    Biochemistry and cell biology
    Physiology of vision and the visual system
    General and ocular pharmacology
    Immunology
    Microbial infections of the eye
    Pathology
    Addendum.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
  • Digital
    Alex V. Levin, Robert W. Enzenauer, editors.
    Summary: "Written and edited by experts in areas of pediatric ophthalmology and pediatrics, this new text describes ocular manifestations of systemic diseases in the pediatric populations in a comprehensive and cataloged fashion. The Eye in Pediatric Systemic Disease is designed as an in-depth and up-to-date reference work that provides extensive citations, thus allowing the reader ready access to the international supporting literature. Everything from ocular manifestations of hematologic disease, child abuse, psychiatric diseases, renal disorders, and vitamin disorders are covered, allowing readers to know what to look for in the eyes of children with a given systemic disorder. The Eye in Pediatric Systemic Disease is written in language that is accessible to ophthalmologists and pediatricians and virtually every physician and allied health who cares for children" -- Back cover.

    Contents:
    Normal postnatal ocular development / Laura J. Heinmiller and Alex V. Levin
    Ocular manifestations of prematurity / Edward W. Cheeseman, Jr., Brita S. Deacon, and Dorothea Jenkins
    Ocular manifestations of allergic and immunologic diseases / Logan Christensen, John T. McDonnell, and Jasleen Singh
    Ocular manifestations of cardiac disease / Tara j. Guretzky, Peter C. Dyke II, and Herbert G. Whitley
    Ocular manifestations of child abuse / Naomie Warner, Kathryn M. McCans, and Alex V. Levin
    Oculofacial manifestations of chromosomal aberrations / Mario Zanolli, Alex V. Levin, and Guillermo Lay-Son
    Ocular manifestations of craniofacial disorders / Edward P. Buchanan, Emily R. Gallagher, Kara C. LaMattina, Veeral S. Shah, Amy S. Xue, and Jane Edmond
    Ocular manifestations of dermatologic diseases / Jennifer L. Jung, Lance M. Siegel, Lawrence F. Eichenfield, and Gregg Lueder
    Ocular manifestations of endocrinologic diseases / Rebecca Sands Braverman and Sarah K. Bartz
    Ocular manifestations of gastrointestinal disease / James E. Elder and winita Hardikar
    Hematologic disorders of the eye / Mary Ellen Hoehn, James E. Elder, and Jeremie Heath Estepp
    Ocular manifestations of infectious diseases / Mariam Ahmad, Cara Elise Capitena, Donna Curtis, and Emily A. McCourt
    Ocular manifestations of inborn errors of metabolism / Anuradha Ganesh, Fethiya Al-Murshedi, Sana Al-Zuhaibi, and Khalid Al-Thihli
    Ocular manifestations of musculoskeletal disorders / Michael Clarke, Gar-Yun Wong, and Jeffry Hogg
    Ocular manifestations of neurologic diseases / Rebecca B. Mets-Halgrimson, Melissa L. Cirillo, WanWan Xu, Radha Ram, Allison R. Soneru, Kirstin Tawse, Abigail Angulo, and Robert W. Enzenauer
    Phakomatoses-neurocutaneous syndromes / Sabra Lofgren Leitenberger, Mariah N. Mason, Jason Coryell, Robert W. Enzenauer, and Daniel J. Karr
    Ocular manifestations of psychiatric diseases / James E. Elder and Andrew Court
    Ocular manifestations of pediatric pulmonary diseases / Sylvia H. Yoo, MyMy C. Buu, Marin H. Kollef, and Robert W. Enzenauer
    Ocular manifestations of pediatric renal diseases / Sudhi P. Kurup, Mahima Keswani, and Robert W. Enzenauer
    Ocular manifestations of pediatric rheumatic diseases / R. Christopher Walton, Clara Lin, and Robert W. Enzenauer
    Ocular manifestations of systemic syndromes / Arcot Sadagopan Karthikeyan and Adele S. Schneider
    Ocular manifestations of vitamin disorders / Eun Young Choi, Rebecca Freedman Neustein, nancy F. Krebs, and David S. Walton.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Aasef Shaikh, Fajun Wang.
    Summary: This book describes the abnormal eye movements encountered in the critical care unit in everyday practice and elaborates on the mechanism and clinical significance behind them. Beginning with a thorough grounding of the basic anatomy and physiology ocular motor system and how they move the eyeballs; chapters explore the pathological descriptions of all the signs that a practicing neurologist, ophthalmologist, or emergency medicine specialist might see in other ICU's, as well as the diagnostic and prognostic evidence to answer the consult questions. Further chapters describe the abnormal ocular movements seen in the Neuro-ICU, Eye Movements in the Critical Care Setting is a comprehensive resource on eye movement in the critical care setting, and a useful guide for the neurologist, ophthalmologist, and emergency medical specialist and residents alike.

    Contents:
    Basic anatomy and physiology of ocular motor system
    Eye movement disorders in critically ill patients.-Gaze disorders
    Roving eye movements.-Ocular dipping.-Inverse ocular dipping.-Medication-induced opsoclonus
    Medication-induced nystagmus
    Saccades disorders.-Saccadic slowing in encephalopathy.-Medication-induced saccadic slowing
    Vestibulo-ocular reflex (VOR) disorders
    VOR impairments in cooling
    VOR impairments in encephalopathy
    Eye movement disorders leading to Neuro-ICU admissions
    Eye movements in cerebellar lesions leading to ICU admission
    Eye movements in medullary lesions leading to ICU admission
    Eye movements in pontine lesions leading to ICU admission
    Eye movements in midbrain lesions leading to ICU admission
    Eye movements in cerebral cortex lesions leading to ICU admission
    Myasthenia gravis crisis
    Guillain-Barre syndrome (Miller-Fischer variant)
    Eye movements in epilepsy
    Medication-induced abnormal eye movements
    Epileptic eye movements
    Abnormal eye movements in autoimmune disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ralph C. Eagle, Jr.
    Contents:
    An introduction to ocular anatomy and histology
    Congenital and developmental anomalies
    Inflammation
    Ocular trauma
    Conjunctiva
    Cornea and sclera
    The lens
    Glaucoma
    Retina
    Vitreous
    Intraocular tumors in adults
    Retinoblastoma and simulating lesions
    The eyelid and lacrimal drainage system
    Orbit
    Optic nerve
    Laboratory techniques, special stains, and immunohistochemistry.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Steffen Heegaard, Hans Grossniklaus, editors.
    Summary: This book is a comprehensive, in-depth, and up-to-date resource on eye pathology that will be of great practical value for ophthalmic and general pathologists and ophthalmologists. Congenital abnormalities, inflammatory conditions, infections, injuries, degenerative diseases, and tumors are all covered with the aid of more than 700 images. In the case of tumors, the wide variety of neoplasms that occur in the eyelid, conjunctiva, retina, uveal tract, lacrimal gland and sac, orbit, and optic nerve are comprehensively reviewed, and the most recent knowledge on the relation between genetics and prognosis is presented. Entries on specific diseases are organized in a standard way, with information on etiology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, pathological characteristics, differential diagnosis, therapy, and prognosis. The authors are all recognized experts and members of the European and American ophthalmic pathology societies.

    Contents:
    The Eye
    Conjunctiva
    Cornea
    Sclera
    Lens
    Glaucoma
    Optic Nerve
    Vitreous
    Retina
    Uvea
    Eyelid
    Orbit.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Dominique Raynaud.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QM511 .R39 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Saif Aldeen Saleh AlRyalat.
    Summary: The book provides high yield information in basic ophthalmology including anatomy, physiology, pathology, pharmacology, microbiology, and embryology that are required for preparation of ophthalmology exams. The book focusses on all parts of the eye, with special focus on basic science including appropriate amount of information on clinical science for students and trainees. It is written in a lucid manner with textual notes and illustrations for quick learning and better understanding. Each section contains high yield information in separate points, with commonly asked information in Eye Yield Note boxes. It also includes estimated study time for each section to better plan the study. It also includes a pre-exam night study section at the end of the book that provides the information to be reviewed just before the exam. The book will be very helpful in passing almost all basic ophthalmology exams in a relatively short study time, by skipping the filling text available in most of the textbooks. It will be an excellent read for post graduate students looking for concise revision material. It will be relevant for medical students, ophthalmology residents, and medical doctors applying for ophthalmology residency and also for FRCS Part 1 exam.

    Contents:
    How to use the book
    Structural anatomy, physiology, and pathology of eye
    Essential pathology and immunology for ophthalmologists
    Genetics and embryology for ophthalmologists
    Pharmacology for ophthalmologists
    Microbiology for ophthalmologists
    Neurology for ophthalmologists
    Pre-exam eye yields.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Mark A. Codner, Clinton D. McCord ; with illustrations by Bill Winn, Amanda Yarberry Behr, Brenda Bunch.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Part I: Fundamentals
    Part II: Aesthetic surgery
    Part III: Aesthetic nonsurgical periorbital treatments
    Volume 2. Part IV: Reconstructive surgery
    Part V: Orbital and lacrimal surgery.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
  • Digital
    Jerry A. Shields, Director, Ocular Oncology Services, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA, Carol L. Shields, Co-Director, Ocular Oncology Services, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA.
    Summary: The authors provide guidance on recognition, evaluation, and treatment of ocular tumors, highlighted by more than 3,000 photographs and surgical drawings. This guide to the clinical features, diagnosis, management, and pathology of eyelid, conjunctival, and orbital tumors and pseudotumors, depicting clinical variations, treatment and histopathologic characteristics of the wide spectrum of neoplasms and related lesions includes clinical and scientific innovations.

    Contents:
    Pt. 1. Benign tumors of the eyelid epidermis
    Premalignant and malignant tumors of eyelid epidermis
    Eyelid sebaceous gland tumors
    Eyelid sweat gland tumors
    Eyelid hair follicle tumors
    Eyelid melanocytic tumors
    Neural tumors of the eyelid
    Vascular tumors of the eyelids
    Eyelid lymphoid, plasmacytic, and metastatic tumors
    Eyelid histiocytic, myxoid, and fibrous lesions
    Eyelid cystic lesions simulating neoplasms
    Eyelid inflammatory lesions simulating neoplasms
    Eyelid miscellaneous conditions simulating neoplasms
    Tumors of the lacrimal drainage system
    Surgical management of eyelid tumors
    pt. 2. Tumors of the conjunctiva. Conjunctival and epibulbar choristomas
    Conjunctival benign epithelial tumors
    Premalignant and malignant lesions of the conjunctival epithelium
    Conjunctival melanocytic lesions
    Vascular tumors and related lesions of the conjunctive
    Conjunctival neural xanthomatous, fibrous, myxomatous, and lipomatous tumors
    Conjunctival lymphoid, leukemic, and metastatic tumors
    Caruncular tumors
    Miscellaneous lesions that simulate conjunctival neoplasms
    Surgical management of conjunctival tumors
    pt. 3. Tumors of the orbit. Inflammatory orbital lesions that simulate neoplasms
    Orbital cystic lesions
    Orbital vascular and hemorrhagic lesions
    Orbital peripheral nerve tumors
    Optic nerve, meningeal, and other neural tumors
    Orbital myogenic tumors
    Orbital fibrous connective tissue tumors
    Orbital osseous, fibro-osseous, and cartilaginous tumors
    Orbital lipomatous and myxomatous tumors
    Orbital histiocytic tumors
    Orbital primary melanocytic tumors
    Lacrimal gland primary epithelial tumors
    Orbital metastatic cancer
    Orbital lymphoid tumors and leukemias
    Orbital secondary tumors
    Surgical management of orbital tumors.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Mathilde Kaspi, Elisa Cinotti, Jean-Luc Perrot, Thibaud Garcin.
    Summary: This Atlas gives the complete expert opinion on the diagnostic features of eyelid and conjunctival tumors (benign and malignant): a state-of-the-art guide with numerous images, useful for both dermatologists and ophthalmologists. This invaluable resource, illustrating clinical, histological and re fectance confocal microscopy features, first addresses the normal conditions of the ocular surface, then reviews lesions due to epidermal, melanocytic and adnexal tumors. A final part is devoted to conjunctiva conditions, from normal to malignant conjunctival tumors. The high number of illustrations and their description of many ocular surface lesions with in vivo confocal microscopy make this atlas an essential guide for the practitioners of both specialities.

    Contents:
    Preface
    I EXAMINATION OF THE OCULAR AND PERIOCULAR SURFACE
    1 Clinical examination of the eyelid and conjunctiva
    2 In vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy examination of eyelid and conjunctiva
    3 Histopathological examination of the eyelid and conjunctiva
    II EYELID AND EYELID MARGIN
    4 The normal eyelid
    5 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Squamous papilloma
    6 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Molluscum contagiosum
    7 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Seborrheic keratosis
    8 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Melanoacanthoma
    9 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Epidermal cyst
    10 Precancerous epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Actinic keratosis
    11 Malignant epidermal tumors: Squamous cell carcinoma
    12 Malignant epidermal tumors: Basal cell carcinoma
    13 Benign lesions with basal melanocyte proliferation: Actinic lentigo
    14 Benign melanocytic tumors: Junctional nevus
    ^15 Benign melanocytic tumors: Subepithelial nevus
    16 Benign melanocytic tumors: Compound nevus
    17 Malignant melanocytic tumors : Melanoma
    18 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Trichoepitelioma
    19 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Pilomatricoma
    20 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Hidrocystoma
    21 Malignant adnexal tumors of th eyelid: Sebaceous carcinoma
    22 Vascular tumors of the eyelid: Infantile Hemangioma
    23 Vascular tumors of the eyelid: Lobular capillary Hemangioma
    24 Miscellaneous tumors of the eyelid: Nerve sheath tumors (Neurofibroma)
    25 Non lymphoid cutaneous infiltrates (Xanthelasma)
    III CONJUNCTIVA
    26 Normal conjunctiva
    27 Benign conjunctival lesions: Pterygium
    28 Benign conjunctival lesions: Primary acquired melanosis
    29 Benign conjunctival lesions:: Nevus
    30 Primary acquired melanosis: Epithelial cystic nevus
    31 Malignant conjunctival tumors: Squamous cell carcinoma
    32 Malignant conjunctival tumors: Melanoma
    ^33 Malignant conjunctival tumors: B-cell Lymphoma. .
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Suzanne K. Freitag, N. Grace Lee, Daniel R. Lefebvre, Michael K. Yoon.
    Summary: Highly practical eyelid surgery resource informs important reconstruction decisions and strategies Skin malignancies frequently affect the periocular area, necessitating excision followed by eyelid reconstruction. Periocular trauma is also quite common, and because of the highly complex regional anatomy, requires expertise for effective reconstruction. Preparation by ophthalmic plastic surgeons prior to periorbital reconstruction is often not possible due to the unpredictability of defects left after Mohs micrographic surgeons clear tumor margins or in cases of trauma. Eyelid Reconstruction by.

    Contents:
    1 Periocular Anatomy
    2 Periorbital Surgical Principles
    3 Mohs Micrographic Surgery for Periorbital Cutaneous Malignancies
    4 Medial Canthal Eyelid Reconstruction
    5 Lower Eyelid Reconstruction
    6 Upper Eyelid Reconstruction
    7 Lateral Canthal Eyelid Reconstruction
    8 Eyelid Reconstruction following Trauma
    Index
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
  • Digital
    Arnab Biswas.
    Summary: Eyelid tumors are commonly encountered by oculoplastic as well as plastic surgeons. The challenge of managing these cases lies not only in performing the surgery in a precise manner in small area, but also in ensuring a visually-appealing cosmetic outcome. This is an innovative and concise portable handbook that guides the surgeons on how to approach and manage these cases in a step-by-step manner. Each chapter of this practical guidebook has outstanding illustrations drawn in full color clearly showing each incision line, flap management, suture placement and its technique, and the expected cosmetic outcome. When a lid tumor is excised, there is a tissue defect that needs to be corrected. Ophthalmologists and plastic surgeons will find this work an excellent reference material to solve the jigsaw puzzle of tissue defects in and around the periorbital region. Importantly, they can quickly refer to the images just before starting a procedure. The author has first explained the anatomical aspects and anesthetic techniques for eyelid surgery, followed by review of the benign and malignant tumors, finally describing the flap creation and reconstruction techniques that are currently used in various lid tumors in an organized fashion.

    Contents:
    Eyelid Anatomy
    Types of Lesions Involving the Eyelid Skin
    Clinical Evaluation for a Suspected Case of Eyelid Tumor
    Classification of Eyelid Tumors
    Benign Eyelid Lesions
    Malignant Eyelid Lesions
    Histopathology of Eyelid Tumors
    Anesthesia for Eyelid Surgery
    Flaps in Eyelid Reconstruction
    Biopsy and Frozen Section
    Basics of Eyelid Reconstruction
    Upper Eyelid Reconstruction
    Lower Eyelid Reconstruction
    Medial Canthal Reconstruction
    Lateral Canthal Reconstruction
    Technique of Repair of Defects Not Involving the Eyelid Margin.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
all 929 "E" titles

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.